Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D99-0432 - Parkway Supercenter - Best Buy
d99-0432 17364 southcenter Parkway Supercenter-Best Buy CITY OF TUKWILA <63OO SOUTHCFNTER. BOULEVARD, SUITE `TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY Occupant PARTWAY,SI.1PERCENTER `BEST E3UY „Perin. Bu i i d i ng. Address, 17364 SOUTHCE.'NTER PY Suite Nu THIS CERTIFICATE ISSUED °`PURSUANT ID THE REQUIREMENTS:::, ' ECTTON log OF THE '.UNIFORM BUILDING :CODE,rCFRTIFYIN�G: THAT AT `uTHE T II4E,,oF;. ISSUANCE TI•115 STRUCTURE WAS IN COMPLIANCE .DWI, TH THE ?VARIOUS ORD"T NANCES 0 1 HE CITYk,RE� ULATINC BUILO I NG ,,'CONSTRUCTION OR ,USE: FO 'THE FOLLOWING .1 ,: City of Tukwila 4. (206) 431-3670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 WARNING: IF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS BEFORE APPEAL PERIOD EXPIRES, APPLICANT IS PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK. Parcel No: 262304 -9079 Address: 17364 SOUTHCENTER PY Suite No: Location: Category: NRET Type: DEVPERM Zoning: Coast Type: V -N Gas /Elec.: Units: 001 Setbacks: North: Water: TUKWILA Wetlands: Contractor License No: SDDEACW108NT OCCUPANT PARKWAY SUPERCENTER -BEST BUY Phone: 17364 SOUTHCENTER PY, TUKWILA, WA 98188 _ OWNER MBK NORTHWEST Phone: 206 575 -8090 C/O TRAMMEL CROW COMPANY, 17560 SOUTHCENTER PY, TUKWILA WA 98188 CONTACT JESSICA COYLE Phone: 503- 223 -8030 KOIN CENTER, 222 SW COLUMBIA, 41250, PORTLAND, OR 97201 CONTRACTOR S D DEACON CORP OF WASHINGTON Phone: 425- 454 -5038 P.O. BOX 3070, BELLEVUE WA 98009 ***************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: NEW BUILDING CONSTRUCTION FOR COMMERCIAL USE. ***************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Construction Valuation: $ 2,028,072.80 PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS: *(Water Meter Permits Listed Separate) Eng. Appr: Curb Cut /Access /Sidewalk /CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N No: Size(in): .00 Flood Control Zone: N Hauling: N Start Time: Erid Time: Land Altering: N Cut: Fill: Landscape Irrigation: N Moving Oversized Load: N Start Time: Erid Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: N No: Sewer Mairi Extension: N Private: N Public: N Storm Drainage: N Street Use: N Water Mairi Extension: N Private: N Public: N ******************************************************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * TOTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEES: $ 15,456.09 *************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *,* ******* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Center Authorized Signature:_ ._ I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of t h i s permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this development permit. S •i g n a t u Y e DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Print Name: __ OLW__L._CL1I ._ Permit No: Status: Issued: Expires: D99 -0432 ISSUED 02/23/2000 08/21/2000 Occupancy: STORE UBC: 1997 Fire Protection: NONE .0 South: .0 East: .0 West: .0 Sewer: TUKWILA Slopes: N Streams: Date: 2 3`2.o00 Date: 23 - F.6 -0o This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. • Address: -17364 SOUTHCENTER PY Wi to Teriarit: :Type: DEVPERM ParcE•~ l ` # : 262304-9079 *** * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * tk. ** * * * * ** * * * ** Permit Conditions: No changes w i l l be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer and the Tukwila Fiui ld;ing; Division. • ;111 permits, . inspection , records; , and approved plans shall be • .available at the job site e prior to the start' of. any cori- 'struct.ion . These :` documents are to be maintained and avail- . able until Final inspection ;; approval is granted • ;Electrical permits shall be obtained through the Washington State Division oF Labor' and 'Industries and all ,electrical . {work will be insnected by that agency (248 - 6630). f .;Plumbing permits shall be obtained through the Seattle Ki'ncj County Department of :'Public . Health. Plumb •i ng Y w i 11 -be )inspected by that :agency, including all gas piping ;(296 -4722) mechanical work:; shall be under separate permit issued b the City or Tukwila. All construction to he . dune i ri, conformance with approved; plans 'and requirements of the Uniform Buil'd•ing Code (1997 ;; 'Edition) as 'amended', Uniform ' Mechan i c i l . Code (1997 Edition?. land Citash State Energy Code (1997 . _Edition). Va l i;d ty of Pee rmi :t : ` The issuance of a permit or approval-: Of plans, spec,1 f icat i ons, and computations shall not be con.:1 ' strued to be a.: permit For, or are approval of, any v i o l a t i o n oF any of the p r o v i s i o n s of the building, :code or of any ,other :ordinance oF the jurisdiction. ' -No permit presuming to 'give authority to . violate or cancel the ' : p r o v i s i o n s or this, code shall be valid. 8. When .special inspection is required either the owner, architect: or engineer shall notify thc,: l a B u i l d i n g Division of appointment of the inspection agencies prior :to the first building inspection. Copies of all special . 'inspecti on.`repor•LS shall be submitted to the B u i l d i n g Division in a:t^imely manner. Reports shall contain address, project name,' permit number and type of inspection being ;performed. • 9. 1'he special inspector shall submit 'a Finial signed report 'stating whether the work requiring special .inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in coriformarice with approved plans and speciFications and the applicable, workmanship provisions of the UBC. 10. Any new ceiling grid and light fixture :installation is required to meet lateral bracing requirements for Seisiiiic Zone 3. 11. Partition walls attached to ceiling gr i d d must be laterally braced if over eight (8) Feet in length. 12. Readily accessible access to roof mounted equipment 15 required. 13. Engineered truss drawings and calculations shall be on site and available to the building inspector for •inspection purposes. Documents shall bear the seal and signature oF a Washington State Professional Engineer. 14. Any exposed insulations backing material shall have ca Flame c. „.� rl CJr l ir,r, r,f 9C:, in:.,t r�r•i;.i'1 c <1 -sii i hptav 1riEar7'I 1 •- No: D99-0432 Status: ISSUED Applied: 12/13/ 'Issued: 02/2342000 l c ation showing t, "Fire + per.For manc.e rat i rig '1 � eo . St ructural o bserv y in shhz11 be provided for project.. rchitect or. i ri r , respons i b 1 e fort the : s truct'u,ra l design ha11 submit a: written - statement° to the,Bu.ildi,rig • Uff1 cial 1r1 acco ":w.i th 'UBCK . Sec 307. { Noti Fy Lhe City of Tukwi la Bui 1 I. ngi i Division prior: to r p 1 is i ng ; ;any; contra tc .. This procedures.; i s ; .i n add l.t i on to any requirements. for special ..irispection ,; A1 1[: woocl to :: rremaln: 1n placed .concrete, s hall be treated .,wood. l 1$ structural . masanr'y shall : be :spacial 1rispected' :per uric • • ec 346(a)7....: �A11;; r•a�ck s torage require a separate: perm...t th the., Cty t, of : :`Tukwi lai :. Structural : calculati stamped :by a Washington ( State yl i,oensed :S tr'u`ctural Engineer are required •For rack .' • :s tczi^ a g e ` eight f( 8) Feet i rn :hei +�There�� sha11 be_:no occuparlcy_,.,o.F ,the bu.iiding(s); uriti.1 the • ,Ii ria 1 `; i rispect..i on hair .been comp 1 eted by, the- Tukwi 1 a Elu i l d i ng" lrlspeCtor �; :` z '[i . {A GERTIF ZC UF, OCCU PANC,.Y� W1lr BE' REQUIRED FOR T{ 1T;S PEFRM1T M 41' Project NamefTenant: Parkway Supercenter /Best Buy Value of Construction: $2,028,072.80 Site Address: City State /Zip: 17300 Southcenter Tukwila,WA 98188 T arpgjll}�ipry loTdlrJTfiJ► i n Property Owner: MBK Northwest Phone: (503) 636 - 1331 Street Address: 4949 City State /Zip: SW Meadows Rd, #675 Lake0sweao,OR Fax #: (503) 636 -1331 Contractor: \97035/ Phone: Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax #: Architect: Mulvanny Architects Phone: (503) 223 - 8030 Street Address: City State /Zip: KOIN Center 222 SW Columbia, #1250 Portland,OR Fax #: (503) 223 - 8381 Engineer: Froelich \ 972 01 Phone: (503) 624 - 7005 Consulting Engineers Street Address: City State /Zip: 6969 SW Hampton St Tigard, OR 97223 Fax #• 503) 624 - 9770 Contact Person: Jessica Coyle Phone: (503) 223 - 8030 Street Address: City State /Zip: KOIN Center 222 SW Columbia, #1250 Portland,OR Fax #: (503) 223 - 8381 Description of work to be done: New building construction for commercial use. Existing use: ❑ Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑ Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Proposed use: ® Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Will there be a change of use? 0 yes an no If yes, extent of change: Existing fire protection features: ❑ sprinklers ❑ automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Building Square Feet: existing 45,884 new Area of Construction: Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material in the building? Attach list of materials and storage location on separate 8 1/2 X 11 paper indicating ❑ yes ® no quantities & Material Safety Data Sheets `` CITY OF TUK("LA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 OR STAFF USE ONLY Project` Nut tiem.' Permit Numb&. New Commercial / Addition / Multi - Family Permit Application Application and plans must be complete In order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mall or facsimile. .t: APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SITE/CIVIL PLAN REVIEW OPINE FOLLOWING: ( Additional reviews may be determined bythe:Publc Works .Departmerit): ❑ Channelization /Striping ® Curb cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: ❑ Flood Control Zone ❑ Hauling ® Land Altering 0 Cut cubic yds. ❑ Moving an Oversized Load: Start Time: End Time: ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: ❑ Sewer Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ® Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Water Meter /Exempt #: Size(s): 0 Deduct 0 Water Only ❑ Water Meter /Permanent # Size(s): ❑ Water Meter Ternp # Size(s): Est. quantity: gal Schedule: ❑ Miscellaneous Size(s): 0 Fill cubic yds. Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. NCPERMIT.DOC 1 /29/97 Date appli n 11 _ _C Date applicat n s: xpire Co - Appliccaor ken by: (Initials) PLEASE SIGN BACK OF APPLICATION FORM BUILDIN 0 R OR THORIZED AGENT: Signature. Date: 12 . t'O .9C! Print name: J CCr1 LG- Mu r ua lA. !a\ ►.4I Phii► .ne: 03 .223.803(? Fax #: 563. 123.8 38 I Address: V . 0 1 W c jik . 222 SW d0 i,uM1 Ilk 1 125D City /State /Zip: p 0 , LI t ) , O R c 20 I ALL NEW COMMERCIAL/ADDITIO ULTI- FAMILY PERMIT APPLICATIONS. T BE SUBMITTED WITH THE FOLLOWING: D ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER > ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN > BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED ❑ ® Copy of recorded Legal Description from King County ® ❑ Certificate of water /fire flow availability (Form H -11a). Contact the Public Works Department (206) 433- 0179 for servicing district. ❑ ® Certificate of sewer availability (Form H -11). Contact the Public Works Department (206) 433 -0179 for servicing district. ❑ ® Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Five (5) sets of working drawings, which include : ❑ ® Site Plan 1. North arrow and scale. 2. Existing and proposed utilities and existing hydrant location(s). 3. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements. 4. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions. 5. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas, with parking calculations & location & type of dump - ster recycling screening. 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage. 7. Limits of clearing /grading with existing & proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries, erosion control measures & three buffer protection measures. 8. Identify location of sensitive areas slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (TMC 18.45.040). 9. Identify location and size of existing trees, note by size and species those to be maintained and those to be removed. 10. Landscape plan with irrigation: Existing trees to be saved by size and species. Proposed: Include size, species, location and spacing. Location of service areas and vault with proposed screening. 11. Location of high water mark of the Green /Duwamish River if site is located within 200' of the high water mark. 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if flood control zone permit required). 13. Civil plans to include size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. 14. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H -9). Vicinity Map showing location of site Building Elevations (Include dimensions of all building facades and major architectural elements) Mechanical Drawings Structural Drawings (detail of sprinkler hangers, pipe, duct & vent penetrations in structure) Architectural drawings Specifications (if separate document) Structural Calculations Sprinkler structural calculations indicating load of water - filled sprinkler piping Height Analysis Soils Report stamped by Washington State licensed Geotechnical Engineer Topographical and Boundary Survey Tree Coverage Analysis (Multifamily only ) Washington State Energy Code Data and Non - Residential Energy Code Compliance Form H -7 Completed Land Use Applications if not previously submitted (i.e. SEPA, BAR, Variance, Shoreline or Tree permit) ❑ Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions ® ❑ Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Pub- lic Health is located at 201 Smith Tower, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) ® ❑ Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal. 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT 1 HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. NCPERMIT.DOC 1 /29/97 *******:***********:*.**:************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *.. CITY OF TUKWILA WA TRANSMIT.. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * **(1* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** TRANSMIT, Number: R9800239 Amount.: 9,369'.10 02/23/00 14:28 Payment Method: CHECK Natation: S D DEACON Init WER • Permit No: D99 -0432 Type: DEVPERM DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel.No, 262304 -9079 Site! .Address:.17364..SOUTHCENTERPY Total Fees:' 15,456.09 This Payment 9,369.10 Total ALL Pmts, :.. 15,456.09. Balance: .00 ***********************.********** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** :Account Code Description Amount 000/322.100 BUILDING - NONRES 9,364.60 000/386.904 . :STATEBUILDING SURCHARGE 4.50 \ JS U 184B 02/24 9717 TOTAL 9369.10 CITY OF * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * ** * * * ** ' * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** J RAN' 1 A r TUKWILA, T * * * * * ** * * ** * * * ** * * * * * ** **** ** * ** *** TRANSMIT Number: R9800203 Amount: 6,086.99.12/13 /99 1 Method: CHECK Notation: BEST BUY Init OtO. Permit No:. D9.9 -0432 Type: DEVPERM DEVELOPMENT PERM' Parcels No: 262304 -9079 :Site Address: .17300 SOUTHCENTER PY . Total Fees: 15,456, . This: Payment 6,086.99 Total ALL Pmts: 6,086.' -Y Balance: , 9,369 .. i ' :- ' 1./ ' /99 ***************** f ********** *k' * * ** * * ** *** * * * * * * * ** * * * ** *.* *fit_* `k *+ . Y , ) ';N) i F;��� 7 Account Code Description AmoE�ri( 000/345.830 PLAN CHECK - NONRES 6 ;086 , 9564 1.2/14 971.6 TOTAL 6086.919 Pro 1 �C - ;t" ' 1�-� Type of Inspection: . r'irmcc 1 - - )t.) ICI t(�C Address: I1' (D - 1 `� pate called: f -- (' = J 00) Special instructions: t. l re, I' e p* on r S t'}'e @. q *. 0 Aim t- . 11 ✓1! Cj : . "�oAM . D to wanted: x - (-- (Er . p .m m . e ue ter: v-1 Phone: 2C.:(1 �- S' - I L(c, PERMIT NO. • - INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. f 4 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tu WA 98188 (206)431- A pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. • COMMENTS: • El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED, Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule'reinspection. Receipt No: Date: _. ,ft"." tk.A.titgllRCtkN.lea:1'. 4a9 IetV llitY.'AiiiuAdird. "' i Proje _ST Ty� I /y/iC/r7 pection A d r s / ic Date called: Special instructions: Date wa �J a.m. P.m. Reques , i f�, Phone: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 Approved per applicable codes. ,........I..1........ _.4..... COMMENTS: LJ $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. • Prp�ct: j' "� � SQ G44>� T of Inspection: �' P �,(. n: C' ,,r, )7 4 ' SG PC Date called: Special instructions: Date a�Jd: a.m. p.m. Req er: Phone: OtONCSIM1410 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Approved per . applicable codes. E Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date; { Project: - 1561 7- A4t? Type of Inspection: Address: ' t 7 %LI Sru yk-WziAtin1 Date called. 149 — 00 Special instructions: ■, Date wanted: Requester: , , t 13% X X CAoLSSr) tr) Phone: Zek 2-55 195 ard.44•0101/..1WWWWWS....1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila WA 9818 COMMENTS: 6 ) Da8 Approved per applicable codes. E Corrections required prior to approval. $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: z. ,• • i ..... - A. COMMENTS: • 11 0 S©t. e Lo∎fe C 1 . ) 1 \ cp erects 6NS • r Qw\ J 1'� (` cu r y\�p t VW W C' v1r 1 r�rrd C t�t , V r() (' b 1 C S∎I.S'� Q 1 Oo s-e eiriSPA -0r ( tl NO 4V4 ttiest- e04. — j vrcni ne 1fNOnv►1 ``__ yvev- \ rcarcoeW JT C vati s-ap a C C1 G\-) f ove 0 f r P O INA rr cl room 5 J 0 . 1ci Ck1W1' G✓IChcr S\vv1S : 1 v *Pticat4 (x\r) c1 J A. 1. rr ' P - $ I."G'i 1 DYc, t t ? ( 6 ? Si co r m. r. o ( l rte V \'e ` Su 7 vf^r roll-up ((or GS rev/St Pr ject: r T�je'rf TSt.c a/ L/ ._ )J /'�.ew 7 Typ of I spection: (.M ► 1' , i e. ('() re f d rr , ' /1:5 / L/ '>/Y/ / /� /'/ 0//'f Date called:. -J • r•' // `00 Special, mstruct ns: T[rr, % Date wanted: -// e) C� //aa r� `i. N `p-.m: Reques�. 1/ Phone: i7f103ECMAZ9iVZIV.C4ETC MIVSL Y.41AAMIVpAf7L^7fSik INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. /'Corrections required prior to approval. $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: , 1 Prt �� � v , J �/ Type o,,l pe ion: called: dress: - -s c . es t Date Special instructions: V ::te w nt > � a.m er. l(S Pf, c77 Phone: 446...e •! ... _.. _. COMMENTS: ? f /arts P6 c.t')e S fo .S XMID -P • P.40“ /T - /rt(Pt t- 7V,i.. .�i26i7/ ,C.(c7. S vs P.rP '�- /24-"Pc7._ / /VS . pyt‘ Inspgl!! r: Dat 17o 7 at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. � �.C6rrections required prior to approval. Ait $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid Receipt No: Date: COMMENTS: fee at tet. (6 fet (ee■e Ode colee ro,--tS ,4754e0-vAse... , ce„ c , 70 , I ( OA rg.--b/ - z r— 00 gile a.e.ote.--fir 1 SC oc.,4,7-x . 5 T - \131DP6 , 1) Svi 1 (0- 11 01)A4 4N1) CovGb AroT e • _i,r5.- 'The PlC.--(;) COPL-1 (A3C' - r - )#is la.,Peert5:ise-00 gq -44E Phone: Pc_e_Ase p PrEcr) COPq ,qi&io (7971'Vet 7 OM Aro 776!;56 - ... , Prof t: topesreez/r Type of Inspection: 5.,e0--Cfe ''i /emso Address: /7361- ce. "ef Date called: Special instructions: Date w 7 7 1 ay/ 0 a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone: El Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. , CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Daty 1 ' d El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: COMMENTS: 0 4 777 / Kcldr! I i 0 q , iftviceirter vy Date called ..... Oa 1 Special instructions: 5,46.4,7, lz.-4/7 ,for Cb,wriie7n 6,.651502fregi ,4 1---xf gi=419 _ –Nject: 1 ep i A - --S-1— — i l i :o . f \ I ; s ct pectr: v.\ pal I II Kcldr! I i 0 q , iftviceirter vy Date called ..... Oa 1 Special instructions: wadj r dr Ritquqstel: i i •••..../1••7•••!1•••...1,11••••••••••Isa•Ine.../1401.1■••••••• ••••••••• • Wootwo•••**11 ••••*••••••••• • ••■:, • sr INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Approved per applicable codes. ...,E5rrrecti_ons requi ed prior to approval. CIO $47.00 REINSPECTION FIE REQUIRED. Prior to inspec on, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: V ;. •'• • .• • . ',•• • • • • •• Date PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 ot) ••••• • ••• Pr U Y T pe of d ,�� ed: ��� Address: 1 -1 ; (� 1r�r�Lrr p ate called: C o — I t Z Special instructions: Date wted: �� (Ft `�,�, m p. m. 1 Pl e SS 1 q 9 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPE TION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: c3 A. o (map L4 s OE- cc-is F • 3 ! U /,4t=G Inspe Date: $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: Project: -B 1 Type Smcjis rgte2 5004 irV4 111"liqj f ate called 5( —co W -2a Special instructions: Date P-m• Requesterr2 • 11 14,10 11 I P nta -- 2.- -- 11-15q • INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 J J Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206)431-367 El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS, /24 etc e>oeieic.S Dat El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: COMMENTS: , Y — / � / j� r l e G - it.. 7 07C76 s /,i /,,�r, "( s4 c 0:) PevGce_. S r Oe r GaitG Special instru lions:. - Dat nted: a.m. 1O R:1 ` P 1 ...„. ..-_,. 1454 ,7 4 _ 1 / • r t: T e of nspeelion: VIN i id . Date I Special instru lions:. - Dat nted: a.m. 1O R:1 ` P 1 ...„. ..-_,. 1454 proved per applicable codes. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 orrec jons required prior to approval. $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQ IRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: P Ty nspection: (ii f/(ltrt • .. -ss: ,, _esege Date . ed: Special inst ctions: / Dat /0() wilW p.m. R ter: //J P o SILO C M.1.1.0041.1G 11*,01¢'!x'VG INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approv Jl.. ' ef/ COMMENTS: V/ SPikIAL ! S Eno,q Po 57E6 PArkioal LESS E .t iq 4(&U F c r(Dtf - .. w C fcr7S 1 p o r ; Ins rT Date; Z5 a0 $47.00 REINSPECTION FIE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: COMMENTS: 1 - 0 V6tCrA4 s P C—(1. ./A,C!) p6(770.4 Fee9Afr Cof-kra4v 44 Cq..) nuTD TXA(G f,/ver ),. zes.s -..ermq 0 etz 711 .6).t_.7_ 5/ z' 4-7 A107 - e-fx-ft: , / FieMer OpeTiceS ,47ti D 4-r Si peer& fl . 11 6 Special instrt.cticins: i P :"- t ..- +. e of Inspection:. A Ap / l ed ' illg .4.11 r P A D t e c fl . 11 6 Special instrt.cticins: Date . te. . 1. 1 a.m. p.m. r • gualr, 1:0 • 4 .; —% • • 0 4) • INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ,a3 N C)1 PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUI ED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Approved ppjje codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Receipt No: Date: , ,!::;1.• .1'4! P ect: T of Ins coon: 'NOVA Address: Ilgd4 filer D calle : L -ti �41C Date wa ted: a.m. ��I`�(C C Special instructions: Requeg I i Phone 2: Ob 255 -! L91 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 981 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Inspector; INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit J L -5r 5 . n., .. • .. ..,_ ... ...r. „re, NJ ...I.',. PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. �� n ' #_69 ''2 C0.! 5(. $47.00 REINSPECTIO EE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: j Date: Date: ...621 COMMENTS: , ' v Type of,lnspethon (, 5, ,gaaw Date c I L� i&Ol? l As pe,e ,Di11s5 acs A/17/-i Ca i ; )D 14, V�4 Requ r I I i lasc ll Phon , -2s -I Li. 114-E. s P f4C i s, r32e d6,42 r;'iiV (' 'n1 t. 76 4 °,/4 i( P'67 - 4-i ID 1Ae'1, ' itt .//igreFiiiI.VF / z 7 is , , - 1D4 T p A ., n . Pro l a Type of,lnspethon (, Adg�s; 64C ` Date c I L� i&Ol? l Special instructions )Sc,L 1 c V Ca i ; )D Date wanted: a.m. C) z °�� Requ r I I i lasc ll Phon , -2s -I Li. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD 1 Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION AKA swz 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 pprovelper applicable comes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. .,*1•3 ".00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: (HOB PERMIT NO. h COMMENTS:, /M Pii-C&,‘,551.25 t ee f eAg€ &4 gegH /7& WrZe ..047X-6 315-00 .? 9 - z" - c.v• 1 06/ Nes n r _ , 1 graeti , At-ier P lue 0-7 Aro ric, .4q 5 Giee ,z5tc01/ ‘26,~2146-"-ivr '1;572p .F/zo 00 r2i6 /5 4 /Cro? co-, .4,44e #59'.53 ‘ac-ril OfAV &o14 two-I/7-.4.4; (i_d Ai S _..- ...- . Proj : sr i TypAlection: ,.. Date called: Special instructions: Date wante4 V . P.m. Reque: //tivt s771 Phone: ,...' JrZ INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. AKA skaz000-ooct (206)431-3670 El Approved per applicable codes. c orrections required prior to approval. D $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to insp ction, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: /If COMMENTS: e Pg4 17/5( c.)55(5-4( 6 ,0 / 7.?4_ l' P64 Z,70.47z "\imk1 A‘e-C.5CW ,9--,(a) M 774.e j f 7b. DE.Cerkf m1 x 71) I (r 14 . S-15 - :-oc.3) / Date called: 6 COND/tio-x.(4c, /5 K," /17,(1 - 7 - e). .Ae4(174/2 , (79-1//, _ Oxic 8,s ei -- W . 40 ZeAaS , 6 grcvisgws kwz &E, Ariopmieb tri fitxt 5 - r67,2 47 , r e:6 , /- 6 . Type ohi j 7/071 IN , ti ....4 ic i t yZ / Date called: */. k Special instructions: re'lle1/4,4101 I 4.4.. Date wanted: 1 57 00 a.m. p.m. Requester: phorp „255 gsy 111 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Appro d per applicable codes. Inspe Date. PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 ( Corrections required prior to approval. $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspe tion, fee muhe paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: Proj* ae 7 Typ pec id Date cnti is i 00 Addrel: • c_ ceite Special instructions: . p V Date wand? 1. 6 100 Reque Phone - (9; --- -- iti5 kt: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 q 01 PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 Approved perapplicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: lx-6/'t.c-r79 (971( 5 / att-r-/Arv..-c4" geZier I/ 57 & ; • .1-14-M-)cl El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: t. COMMENTS: Faern- 10 7 g6.(itc /Olin 324-MAD 2 - -0---fawr-p4 ve-lati 771: S".": 7 P.Crxyc 04 iii-~ bef1 St/13(,/ (772b ,4 /260760 3- /5-co ..&r giu_ 2Y•45507(1 or c'D D6roAl • 47 ia-t/C7V4 g-cincr-rtd 4( a ST g ,4~b 1 owl c 17 • 4,26f s Po Afar C4Pptil attdOlfEr, Pr 1 ct: T Date called: .a / / 7 sires .10 (../ . i ,,, g Special instrucns: f t 0 0 .., ... 46.44 err ,.... a.m. Date wanted:-.3/ / 6)0 P.m. Requester: 6 Phone e955...iii,54 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit • INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431-3670 El Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. OP Inspect El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQ IRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd,, Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Dat7 Receipt No: Date: COMMENTS: - 4,-A0? '7.C.,4/ R-44eattltiCie6:41 7rAl 1 OA/ 57 640- rzoe/ hi,,,',L-- / 2,a, , a9 7 t( (97(1 77 A47 0,' -s /e-ecewavalz 5,e.c.64e p‘.c.ff ffe) //-7 ACCe'SS TO Ge.,0 74 /e-/e rs a.m. p.m. Requester: / ", ect: ;1 Ty=sgeftionL0/3 al a Ti A151:6) Date called: 3 fq /00 Special instructions. t -ilak,Ft/V1 lf00 Date wanted: 34 a.m. p.m. Requester: PhoriP-.- INSPECTION REdLORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 Li Approved per applicable codes. fl Corrections required prior to approval. Ins cL.d i AllrA r El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: COMMENTS: 10 i i reeme. Fo©rijj€, P! EL. - 5 IA fS f q'7a/0 R. cp J I JeE 2• C i O - TrCH A'64,)&7° e' co/uo,Utt4/ O us Be. .- ,o1--G q 5 c r Date called: . /1...(S ¶ crPE 0 - 6 7" - .4( (JS r / // ?. 'D7e -r OL Q ,a ?/4I &O /to P�4. ' p1 ('0/ 7`7 4 c _ 7`' P - iD / rx S fie_ c /cr-c-- SP c feltG / Aj.S? ,, E/244 - /l94sco•tfm,' M/Sf 070,4 Mar BE .rvsitri iieie b A S COQ' -(Ti, v e--r/s o eXiefoDic iC.ai / /_cre e . ,-e QG CO,CiS P ct: f 0 / Type O h 0, 1 Addris: 06 Date called: . Special instruct or�s� 0-1, _ t �, t e 50 G Date wanted: 5 /Q Requester: � �� n �/ Ph; / & - 5'" f t kjQ 1 4 1: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Inspe e ∎ PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Approv per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Date: oo $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. CaII to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: COMMENTS: Iii 0 sy Colt- S P6( (.4-(-- //)•E._ci).97%%i "496e-A_ 0 AS itio1 i'U V3700 cc 7--Tx_las t FA% q mUL04-Awy 1 Cr, 0-r - 1 - VizAA0A - ; co icrs'ne47,eiti (iJ ILL. \Licri'E., PLeat rrtib th4 /2-6 (f(s/o Ae weet-va) A=0:1:P.BiLl 0 ot AIL( ) OiLl Si M. Phori: Pro rest' : 1 50 e - Z>U Type .1c ; o p z e l ctio`n :-/ Address: 1 3&f Sc. pgy Date called: Special instructions: Date a.m. P.m. Requeoeri Phori: INSPECTION NO. ot.• 0 1. ...I, , .. ..._.k INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit '10OCZ■ PERMIT NO CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ' (206)431-367 D Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Dated Ei $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Ins Receipt No: Date: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: ( FINALAPP.FRM A3,Yf' -• Y. i S t i rn .. `*'. g ,�' vY City of Tukwila Fire Department - Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Project Name _) TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT .FINAL APPROVAL FORM 113tc)ot R\( Retain., current inspection schedule,_ Needs. shift inspection ;_ Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued ; r t- 9- cc o +y Steven M. Mullet, Mayor bo - mtY1- D2 B Suite # i \ ;; 510 Authorized Signature Date Rev. 2/19/98 T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206.575 -4404 • Fax: 206.575.4439 Krazan & ASSOCIATES, INC. August 30, 2000 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON P. O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Final Letter Regarding Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Parkway Permit Nq, Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes: In accordance with your request and authorization, we have performed special testing and inspection services for the above referenced project. The special inspections for this project were: • Soil Bearing Investigation • Reinforced Masonry • Reinforced Concrete • Structural Steel To the best of our knowledge, all work and noted deficiencies have been tested and/or inspected and have been found to be in general accordance with the approved plans and specifications, and Chapter 17 of the 1997 Uniform Building Code. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Region WB11DA\pc CC CITY OF TUKWILA i 1 2 � ,.: ' 01 2000 COM iVi N!TY DEVELOPML7-1N'T Dean A - ander Principal Engineer R.P.E. #30508 With Ten Offices Serving The Western United States Project No. 066 -00054 1501 - 1P Street NW Suite 106 • Auburn, WA 98002 • (253) 939.2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 00054 final -Best Buy.doc June 9, 2000 Wi lam B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBT/sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA • •••• • •. diK razari 8, A S Scoc FATES IN GEOTECIINICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Project No. Permit RECEIVED JUN 16 2000 Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION COMMUNITY P.O. Box 3070 DEVELOPMENT Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. Offices Serving The Western United States 25418. 74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854-1330 • Fax: (253) 854-1757 00054 breuk • Krazan & Associates, Inc. Project No. 066-00054 Weather Partly Cloudy Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data supplier Miles S & G Concrete Mortar Prisms Grouted Cyl. Code 0556 Time Truck # Ticket # 10:20 031 497475 Placement Area Footings Slab/Deck Walls X Slab Columns Grade Beams Pilings Other Grids Line 1, E to H. Line 2, C to G Line H, 1.5 to 4 approx., Placed via line pump. Consolidated by vibration. Remarks Reinforcement per wall type 1, pilasters per detail 10/53. Inspector P. Seely Laboratory Data Test Field Date Cure Age Dim 4/10/200 7 4X4X8 0556-2 5/1/2000 0556-3 5/1/2000 0556-4 0556-5 0556-6 0556-7 0556-8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Cyl. Code 0556 Pour Date Jurisdiction City of Tukwila 28 4X4X8 28 4X4X8 Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Ungrouted Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. -- Fluid 62 55 Reviewed By Design Strength 2000 Date Specimens Rec'd. 4/5/00 Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 16.43 32500 1,980 ML 4 18.83 82500 4,380 SHJ 3 18.83 82000 4,360 SHJ 3 Site Mix Plant No. 1 Grout X Flex Beams Other 2. Cone & Split 25418 74th Avenue South,( t. WA 98032, (253) 854 Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Date Reviewed 3. Cone & Shear 4/3/2000 Report No. Permit No. D99-0432 Reported Batch Data Cement Type I - II Design X Mix No. 037003 Cem. lbs. 658 F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. -- C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 850 Sand lbs. 1990 Water 44 gal Admixture Other Air Ent. (ozlcwt) 4. Shear / Water Added on Job (gals.) Actual Items Inspected X Conforming Non-Conforming Test Method ASTM C39 • • C-1231 Other 6,;1'0/1 06 ,1 7 ‘ Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non-Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) tiiiKraz WBT/sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA (-) & ASSOCIATES:1NC. GEOTECIINICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Jeff Hughes H. S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division Offices Serving The Western United States 25418 - 74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854-1330 • Fax: (253) 854-1757 • Project No. 066-00054 Permit No. D99-0432 00014 brook Krazan & Associates, Inc. 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code ` -': 0732 Pour Date 4- 29 -20u0 Report No. Weather Clear Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D99 -0432 Project Best Buy Engineer Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy Architect Client S.D. Deacon Contractor S.D. Deacon Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete X Prisms Mortar Grouted Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # °lo Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 6:15 031 500268 - 5" 59 43 Placement Area Footings Walls Columns Slab /Deck Slab X Pilings Grids 2 -4.5, frim D.S -H, E. S -H, from 1 -2 Grade Beams Other Remarks Concrete placed by line pump. All WWF in place. Inspector L.Love /B. Smith Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age 0732 -1 5/6/2000 7 0732 -2 5/26/200 27 0732 -3 5/26/200 27 0732 -4 0732 -5 0732 -6 0732 -7 0732 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Grout Ungrouted Reviewed By , Site Mix Plant No. 3 Flex Beams Other Design Strength 3500 Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 6x12 28.18 116000 4,120 I ML 2 6x12 28.21 152000 5,390 I EM 1 6x12 28.21 151500 5,370 I EM 3 2. Cone & Split T Date Reviewed 4 '7 7 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Mix No. 153BB Cem. lbs. 500 F. Ash lbs. 100 C. agg. lbs. 1880 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 1310 Water Admixture 30 OZ Other 64 Oz Air Ent. (oz/cwt) -- Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Actual 0 MP NO Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 05 -01 -00 Test Method Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) Project No. 066-00054 Permit No. D99-0432 Dear Mr. Hughes, mrazan & ASSOCIATES INC. • GEOTECIINICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING 84 INSPECTION • Mr. Jeff Hughes • S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: • Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. • Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBT/sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA • Offices Serving The Western United States 25418 - 74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854-1330 • Fax: (253) 854-1757 00054 break krazati & Associates, Inc. Project No. 066 -00054 Weather Indoors Project Best Buy Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy Client S.D. Deacon Field Data supplier Miles Concrete X Prisms Grouted Ungrouted nspector R. Best Laboratory Data Mortar Time Truck # Ticket # % Air 9:00 52 500698 - Placement Area Footings Slab /Deck Grids Remarks Walls Slab X Columns Pilings Grade Beams Other Cyl. Test Field Wt. Max. Code Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load 0766 -1 5/11/200 7 4X8 12.54 43500 0766 -2 6/1/2000 28 4X8 12.47 83000 0766 -3 6/1/2000 28 4X8 12.47 83500 0766 -4 0766 -5 0766 -6 0766 -7 0766 -8 Remarks No weights pro ide Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Cyl. Code 0766 Pour Date Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Slump (F) (F) Wt. 4" 60 54 Grout Reviewed By ‘ ,..i g e Design Strength 3000 2. Cone & Split 25418 74th Avenue South( nt, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Site Mix Plant No. 3 Flex Beams Other T 5/4/2000 Report No. Permit No. D99 -0432 Engineer Architect Contractor S.D. Deacon Comp. Str. (psi) Set # 3,470 II 6,510 II 6,550 II Date Reviewed 6/7..._ 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Mix No. 153BB Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (orlcwt) -- Actual M IN Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 5/5/00 Tested Break By Type ML 1 EM 2 EM 1 Test Method Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 0 5. Columnar (Split) Krazan & Associates, Inc. ( 25418 74th Avenue South" ant, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0765 Pour Date 5/4/2000 Report No. Weather Indoors Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D99 -0432 Project Best Buy Engineer Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy Architect Client S.D. Deacon Contractor S.D. Deacon Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete X Prisms Site Mix Plant No. 3 Mortar Grout Flex Beams Grouted Ungrouted Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 8:10 48 500671 - 4.5" 62 50 Placement Area Footings Walls Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab X Pilings Other Grids Remarks Inspector R. Best Reviewed By ,,+ Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Code Date 0765 -1 5/11/200 0765 -2 6/1/2000 0765 -3 6/1/2000 0765 -4 0765 -5 0765 -6 0765 -7 0765 -8 Remarks No weights pr Results Reviewed By 28 4X8 12.64 78000 6,170 1 EM 3 Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone 2. Cone & Split A 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Date Reviewed 10 /2 Mix No. /Vi3 Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (ozlcwt) Design Strength 3000 Date Specimens Recd. 5/5/00 Field Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 7 4X8 12.54 59500 4,740 I ML 1 28 4X8 12.64 78500 6,210 I EM 1 Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Actual 10 Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Test Method Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming loalaMONW 5. Columnar (Split) June 21, 2000 azan & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECIINICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila„ Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above= referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors on June 9, 2000. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, AWS D1.1 98 and the 1997 Uniform Building Code. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. WBT\DA\sm cc: CITY OF TUKWILA William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division Offices Serving The Western United States Dean Alexander Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 1501 — 15' Street NW Suite 106 • Auburn, Washington 98002 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 011054 dit d4 ' I(r Lan & Associates, Inc. GEOrECIINICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: 09 ZIAAJ aOOO PROJECT It: it:046 - Ooc,sq/ PROJECT: rag Bu y LOCATION: / 736 y sotamcw.tafrx stC441Y • PUtstij&A KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: 4181 /usArrT>`rn Arr7ic//wisxyr or r410.0172 eAvutvoy UGC. /nse... ca cid/dt' P,ETw C.3 Aloe. E. 2 VA ac a,Un zoo _ cobanray r.- cwS C BE7weeky D .o k.ub e. 2 1...w e. . sGt04.1 to,a#771101A, WPM Far..A.)a /w.1 eDd)alwry ?, AAlag To the best of my knowledge, the abo Superintendent / epresentative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St, #I, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348-2200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633 -2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271.2200 Ptl DSA File /Appl. No. OSHPD No Permit No 99`6431 CONTRACTOR' S• 0. DEAco LO.R.: S. /2A MOS PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: pr dixstA,D WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 226 N. Sherman, Ste. A, Corona, CA 92880 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. I 77th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 r nov TEMP: (916) 564-2200 (909) 549. 1188 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 Gf:O'I'I (;IINIC'AL Ii\GIN.EERING • ENVIRONMENTAL IsNCINIilsftING C:ONST RUCTION 'TESTING & INSPECTION Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy. Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. WBT /sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division Offices Serving The Western United States 25418 - 74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854 - 1330 • Fax: (253) 854.1757 00054 htc*k Krazan & Associates, Inc. 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0734 Pour Date 4/29/2000 Report No. Weather Clear Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D99 -0432 Project Best Buy Engineer Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy Architect Client J.D. Deacon Contractor S.D. Deacon Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete X Prisms Mortar Grouted Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 12:00 50 500319 - Placement Area Footings Walls Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab X Pilings Other Grids 2 -4.5 from D.5 -H from 1 -2 Remarks Concrete placed by line pump. All w.w.f. in place. Inspector L.Love /B.Smith Reviewed By Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age 0734 -1 5/6/2000 7 0734 -2 5/27/200 28 0734 -3 5/27/200 28 0734 -4 0734 -5 0734 -6 0734 -7 0734 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Grout Ungrouted Site Mix Plant No. 3 Flex Beams Other 6" 72 61 Design Strength 3500 Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 4X8 12.52 47000 3,750 III ML 3 4X8 12.57 70000 5,570 III EM 3 4X8 12.57 69500 5,530 III EM 2 2. Cone & Split Date Reviewed 5 / 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Actual Mix No. 153BB 153BB Cem.lbs. 500 496.5 F. Ash lbs. 100 101.5 C. agg. lbs. 1880 1876 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 1310 1392 Water Admixture 30oz 300z Other 64oz 64oz Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear 1 0 WIND Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 5/1/00 Test Method Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) Krazan & Associates, Inc. Project No. 066 -00054 Cyi. Code 0725 Pour Date 4 -27 -2000 Report No. Weather Indoors Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D99 -0432 Project Best Buy Engineer Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy Architect Client S.D. Deacon Contractor S.D. Deacon Field Data supplier Miles Concrete X Prisms nspector B. Smith Mortar Grouted Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 6:15 23 499954 5.5" 56 60 Placement Area Footings Walls Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab X Pilings Other Grids Interior slab 1st pour Lines 4.5- 6 /A -H. Sampled at lines 5.7/G line Remarks Concrete placed via line pump 330 ft and hand screeded. Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age 0725 -1 5/4/2000 7 0725 -2 5/25/200 28 0725 -3 5/25/200 28 0725 -4 0725 -5 0725 -6 0725 -7 0725 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Site Mix Plant No. 1 Grout Flex Beams Ungrouted Other Reviewed By h i Design Strength 3500 Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Test Method Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 6X12 28.22 130000 4,610 1 ML 1 ASTM C39 6X12 28.27 15000 5,480 1 EM 2 C -1231 X 6X12 28.27 155500 5,500 I Em 2 Other 7,A 2. Cone & Split 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Date Reviewed ���.7 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type 1 -11 Design Actual Mix No. 153BB Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) Date Specimens Rec'd. 04 -29 -00 4. Shear Items Inspected Conforming X Non - Conforming Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 0 Compressive X Flexural 5. Columnar (Split) Krazan & Associates, Inc. 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0723 Pour Date 4 -27 -2000 Report No. Weather Indoors Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D99 -0432 Project Best Buy Engineer Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy Architect Client S.D. Deacon Contractor S.D. Deacon Field Data Site Mix Supplier Miles Plant No. 3 Concrete X Mortar Grout Flex Beams Prisms Grouted Ungrouted Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 12:00 51 0500101 Placement Area Footings Walls Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab X Pilings Other Grids Interior slab 1st pour Lines 4.5- 6 /A -H. Sampled at lines 5.5/B line Remarks Concrete placed via pump and hand screeded. Inspector B. Smith Reviewed By Laboratory Data Design Strength 3500 Date Specimens Rec'd. 04 -29 -00 Cyl. Test Field Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 0723 -1 5/4/2000 7 6X12 28.22 100500 3,560 III ML 2 5/25/200 28 6X12 28.27 140500 4,970 ID EM 2 5/25/200 28 6X12 28.27 140000 4,950 III EM 2 0723 -2 0723 -3 0723 -4 0723 -5 0723 -6 0723 -7 0723 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone 5" 60 63 2. Cone & Split A Date Reviewed 5 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type 1 -11 Design X Actual X Mix No. 153BB Cem. lbs. 5000# 5020# F. Ash lbs. 1000# 950# C. agg. lbs. 7/8" 18800# 18800# C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 14111# 14040# Water 149 gal 149 gal Admixture pozz 534 600 oz 600 oz other poly 640 oz 640 oz Air Ent. (oz/cwt) -- Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear 10 NM el Items Inspected Conforming X Non - Conforming Test Method Other ASTM C39 C -1231 X Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) Krazan 8 Assoc I nc. Project No. 066 -00054 Weather Indoors Project Best Buy Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy Client S.D. Deacon Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete X Mortar Prisms Time Truck # Ticket # % Air 9:15 23 0500028 - Placement Area Footings Slab /Deck Walls Slab X Columns Pilings Grade Beams Other Grids Interior slab 1st pour Lines 4.5- 6 /A -H. Sampled at lines 5/D line. Remarks Concrete placed via line pump and hand screeded. Inspector B. Smith Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age Dim Area 0724 -1 5/4/2000 7 6X12 28.22 0724 -2 5/25/200 28 6X12 28.27 0724 -3 5/25/200 28 6X12 28.27 0724 -4 0724 -5 0724 -6 0724 -7 0724 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Cyl. Code 0724 Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Grout Grouted Ungrouted Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Slump (F) (F) Wt. 5.5" 58 60 Reviewed By e Site Mix Plant No. 3 Flex Beams Other Design Strength 3500 Wt. Max. Comp. Lbs. Load Str. (psi) 117000 4,150 162000 5,730 162500 5,750 2. Cone & Split 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 - 1330 Pour Date 4 -27 -2000 Report No. Permit No. D99 -0432 Engineer Architect Contractor S.D. Deacon Date Reviewed 5 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type 1 -11 Design X Mix No. 153BB Cem. lbs. 5000# F. Ash lbs. 1000# C. agg. lbs. 7/8" 18800# C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 13879# Water 176 gal. Admixture pozz 534 600 oz • Other poly 640oz Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Actual X 5030# 940# 18270# 13840# 176 gal 596 oz 640 oz 0 Items Inspected Conforming X Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 04 -29 -00 Tested Break By Type ML 2 EM 2 EM 2 Test Method Other ASTM C39 C -1231 X Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) i Krazan & Associates, Inc. 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 • Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0753 Pour Date 4/29/2000 Report No. Weather Clear Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D99 -0432 Project Best Buy Engineer Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy Architect Client S.D. Deacon Contractor S.D. Deacon Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete X Prisms Cyl. Code 0753 -1 0753 -2 0753 -3 0753 -4 0753 -5 0753 -6 0753 -7 0753 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: Mortar Grouted 1. Cone Grout Ungrouted Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 9:40 109 500299 - 5" 62 52 Placement Area Footings Walls Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab X Pilings Other Grids 2 -4.5 from D.5 -H and E.5 - H, from 1 -2 Remarks Concrete placed by line pump. All w.w.f. in place. Inspector L.Love /B.Smith Reviewed By Laboratory Data Design Strength 3500 Date Specimens Rec'd. 5/1/00 Test Field Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 5/6/2000 7 6X12 28.18 111000 3,940 II ML 2 5/27/200 28 6X12 28.21 158000 5,600 II EM 3 5/27/200 28 6X12 28.21 157500 5,580 II EM 2 2. Cone & Split Site Mix Plant No. 3 Flex Beams Other Date Reviewed 5 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Actual Mix No. 153BB 153BB Cem.lbs. 500 500.5 F. Ash lbs. 100 98.5 C. agg. lbs. 1880 1892 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 1310 1392 Water Admixture 300z 300z Other 640Z 640Z Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear 0 Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Test Method Other ASTM C39 C -1231 X Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) . June 12, 2090 Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 • RE: Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Parkway • Tukwila,, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above- referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors from May 22 to May 25, 2000. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, AWS D1.1 98 and the 1997 Uniform Building Code. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBINDA\sm GEOTECIINICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION CC: CITY OF TUKWILA azari & ASSOCIATES, INC. Offices Serving The Western United States KA No. 066-00054 Permit No. D99-0432 C> ) 'N • CIJ' ) f2 0 1.■.... Dean Alexander Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 1501 — 15 Street NW Suite 106 • Auburn, Washington 98002 • (253) 939-2500 • Fax: (253) 939-2556 OWS4 JI't Jac Krazan & AsLciates, Inc. GEOTECEINICAI. ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: t aa / P CONTRACTOR: s f PROJECT #: C66 - 00059 1.0.R.: S, zweis PROJECT: BEIT itg PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: /7364 ir Pk KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: war Er STRUCTURAL STEEL / SHOP WELDING ErV.T. ❑ MATERIAL ID ❑ U.T. ❑ M.T. ❑ P.T. ftem(s) inspected: jQflOF PARAPET & u- e—O/Wue PtIe DE771 L. VSS , Oit) Um $eitagrm , F time' ; Giuol y Frt.4•14flu r esil t_, OE Afton iEk/.577 A4,p4 i• 7C • 3f. • 1.=r Location: it Welder qualification /certification verified for: PItetvoust i vex/Jr/en Eii' Position: FLAT VERTICAL HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD 9r Filler Metal: &701f N Process: FCAW GMAW SAW ❑ Other: L Weld Type: �l� C.P. P.P. PLUG ❑ Other: Weld Size: 5/16" 3 /8' Rii" Other: rir lir Codes: AWS 11'1 AISC TITLE 21 TITLE 24 UBC ASME ❑ NOTES To the best of my knowledge, the abov Superintendent /Representative: 4231 Foster Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 (805) 633 -2200 ❑ DISCREPANCIES COPIES TO: OSA Filel( OSHPD No. Permit No. Met —Dol39., WEATHER: pi, caj TEMP: ❑ % COMPLETE 25418 74th Ave. S Kent, WA 98032 (253) 854 -1330 WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: Z15 West Dakota Avenue Clovis, CA 93612 (209) 348 -2200 FILE COPY 550 Parrott St. #1 San Jose, CA 95112 (408) 271 -2200 123 Commerce Circle Sacramento, CA 95815 (916) 564-2200 1I (I3Z3.f1& As ,,'ciates, Inc. GEOIECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION rESrING AND INSPECTION DATE: ac MA,i 9L312) PROJECT q: 0I.,(, GIt9054 PROJECT &ST Ray LOCATION: 17314 SGttrlICEi) PPL&V -TLlilLogia KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: an/BT APp.ui D GAZ Si1E Th JA)SPECT /4777L'J,IwiA pF CAt >tnio v Raaf DeexinNr /A) Ae'i'n12114A)eB r.Lrk 44/&)L Qtia9w)( /fin s14K2'IC /CATThA)S 1 ~pi/Jl.'/EL gt&T*#atiazim nx) DAneD q//r14Q ) JL) PiaTEQ A7't'*laew4 hr OF ("AM:WV/ DG*Z',M/N4 , i jACT aP Lt*Jt Mmi 1tw1#. avJ meityab rn C. 2 1414,11 eac TV t lcisrmiG RuleDJ4Q - 7L� .Souxii SCL!w PArrnst) u s <oiAw3D 7D CamPLY ca.n7lt RAPat*V0) 1/2"Al $ To the best of my knowledge, the abov SuperintendenURegresentative: 21 ..West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave, Ste, 8, Visalia, C4 93291 4231 Foster Ave., 8akers(ield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. 111, San Jose, CA 95112 CONTRACTOR* S• D• Di) I.O.R.: S. A4F4as PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: py WAS NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: USE Aalt sRF - GRirL.J /� (559) 348.2200 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 (559) 651.8267 226 N. Sherman, Ste. A, Corona, CA 92880 (661) 633.2200 25418 74th Ave, 5, Kent, WA 98032 (209) 572.2200 383 Equestrian Dr„ Poulsbo, WA 98370 (408) 271.2200 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 cu c r•noV DSA File /Appl. t. ' OSHPD No. Permit No. n 91 -Dia V- TEMP: (916)564.2200 (909)549.1188 (253) 854.1330 (360)598.2126 (425) 485.5519 ri GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION May 24, 2000 KA No. 066- 00054 Permit No. D99 -0432 Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila„ Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above - referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors from May 4 to May 15, 2000. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, AWS D1.1 98 and the 1997 Uniform Building Code. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division W B11DA\sm cc: CITY OF TUKWILA aZall & ASSOC[ATES, INC. .rTh Dealt Ale Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 Offices Serving The Western United States 1501 — I5'" Street NW Suite 106 • Auburn, Washington 98002 • (253) 939-2500 • Fax: (253) 939-2556 OW54 dll.lw HOURS DESCPT IN OUT ST OT 1 MIL Sc) c 11:00 ):3 1I(Ii 13Z311 & Associates, Inc. GEOM:FINICAt. ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENIAL ENGINEERING Crmrsn2UCHON fLsnr'c , t 1?) Irtsmecnot,' • DATE: _57.4/ 0C.). PROJECT k: .0.6 6:7_000 5. 9 . PROJECT: _._B.CSIL I,3.b LOCATION. /? 3G KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: ZSTRUCTURAL STEEL IELD SHOP WELDING 'V.T. ❑ MATERIAL ID ❑ U.T. ❑ M.T. ❑ P.T. item(s) inspected: Vi6' F,'// ? c,elots on [ .4nc/. 7 1e) Shoo r.e•-e / S',L C CAP ,iliac ,6' ,1 r .t 4-o rmoP c.ea.•.1e J 'no Location re7of /e moo/ — 40 6 ,'Weider qualification/certification verified for: Pr tv ;'oui 1 ver'Fi a c.[ Position: Process: 'Weld Type: geld Size Codes: To the best of my knowledge, the abov Superintendent/Representative: 4231 Foster Ave. 25418 74th Ave, S Bakersheld, CA 93308 Kent, WA 98032 (805) 633.2200 (253) 854.1330 VERITC& FCAW C.P. 1/4" AISC NOTES El DISCREPANCIES 385 Equestrian Dr. Poulsbo, WA 98370 (360) 598.2126 ORIZONTAL GMAW P.P. 5/16" TITLE 21 / WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: 13434 N. E. 177th Place Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 485-5519 % COMPLETE WELDING INSPECTION REPO fk10.: 1 0 4 4 CONTRACTOR: S 12 1' e Can PERMIT NO: _ p `l i ' ` ' - 3 - 2 - INSPECTOR' L ctic1_ 9_Z. cLv JURISDICTION: _L- WEATHER: Pi _ S 9 TEMP: GERHEAIIP r'T' Filler Metal: £ 70/6' SAW ❑ Other: PLUG ❑ Other: 3/8" ❑ Other TITLE 24 UBC ASME 215 West Dakota Avenue Clovis, Ca 93612 (559) 348-2200 550 Parrott St. 111 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G 123 Commerce Circle San Jose, CA 95112 Modesto, CA 95351 Sacramento, CA 95815 (408) 271.2200 (209) 572-2200 (916) 564-2200 • ciiliKrazan Grp Nrc :I INICAL EfV ;INEri ,'sic; • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINI ERINC; C� t Ei1171J(:nr)N 1ESIINO ArNr) Ir;PI:Cnr)r1 DATE: S'. /5 PROJECT it: . 066 - Q00 5 PROJECT 13 es /3c.)3 LOCATION: .. /_'Z 3.6'/._ -. -.. SogHi.cern ec &4 KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: _ STRUCTURAL STEEL NOTES & As 'bciates, Inc. CONTRACTOR: _S.,-/D ,DectGOn._ - PERMIT NO P9 - c / 3 ?- INSPECTOR: _Lctrtyl.0Ye. JURISDICTION: j_f _Tuf . %cL TEMP: 5 5 WEATHER: G / e ,t r WELDING INSPECTION REPOFH\10.: 10 4 •r . cl< FIELD / SHOP WELDING V.T. ❑ MATERIAL ID C U.T. ❑ M.T. ❑ P.T. ite Cr:IL: er 4o e_mb �.:�CPr fo Cd I S.1 .Tn'sf 4ca wall emi as 1?0 7s Location —4 ol Mdr c it aculcc/ 0y31,"19 Welder qualification /certification verified for: jev, (3 Veh °F; ea. Position: FLAT Process: SMAW X' Weld Type: FILLET XI Weld Size 3/16" Codes: VERITCAL FCAW C.P. 1/4" AWS AISC 97 [1 DISCREPANCIES n % COMPLETE 37afSL {hoNa4, cRv ci, orc.t hn'Gl sc f o r r edct'/ 5 Tin Se/ SiL,'// . °- 1co.vr%Epiv 4231 Foster Ave. 25418 74th Ave. S Bakersfield, CA 93308 Kent, WA 98032 Poulsbo, WA 98370 Woodinville, WA 98072 (805) 633.2200 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598-2126 (425) 485.5519 Fir a)1 47 OI)' G- Tol HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD !sr Filler Metal: E 70 1 S' GMAW SAW ❑ Other: P.P. PLUG ❑ Other 5 /16" 3/8" ' Other: 4 TITLE 21 TITLE 24 UBC ASME To the best of my knowledge, the above WAS WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specificat ons, and regulatory requirements. Superintendent/Representative: Technician: 385 Equestrian Dr. 13434 N, E. 177th Place 215 West Dakota Avenue 550 Parrott St. #1 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #86 123 Commerce Circle Clovis, Ca 93612 San Jose, CA 95112 Modesto, CA 95351 Sacramento, CA 95815 (559) 348-2200 (408) 271.2200 (209) 572-2200 (916) 564-2200 HOURS IN OUT I i OT 1 MIL DESCPT 500 6 :O0 g :oo 1 a 1 /0 :30 13 ;3p a 1 I 1 1 • ciiliKrazan Grp Nrc :I INICAL EfV ;INEri ,'sic; • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINI ERINC; C� t Ei1171J(:nr)N 1ESIINO ArNr) Ir;PI:Cnr)r1 DATE: S'. /5 PROJECT it: . 066 - Q00 5 PROJECT 13 es /3c.)3 LOCATION: .. /_'Z 3.6'/._ -. -.. SogHi.cern ec &4 KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: _ STRUCTURAL STEEL NOTES & As 'bciates, Inc. CONTRACTOR: _S.,-/D ,DectGOn._ - PERMIT NO P9 - c / 3 ?- INSPECTOR: _Lctrtyl.0Ye. JURISDICTION: j_f _Tuf . %cL TEMP: 5 5 WEATHER: G / e ,t r WELDING INSPECTION REPOFH\10.: 10 4 •r . cl< FIELD / SHOP WELDING V.T. ❑ MATERIAL ID C U.T. ❑ M.T. ❑ P.T. ite Cr:IL: er 4o e_mb �.:�CPr fo Cd I S.1 .Tn'sf 4ca wall emi as 1?0 7s Location —4 ol Mdr c it aculcc/ 0y31,"19 Welder qualification /certification verified for: jev, (3 Veh °F; ea. Position: FLAT Process: SMAW X' Weld Type: FILLET XI Weld Size 3/16" Codes: VERITCAL FCAW C.P. 1/4" AWS AISC 97 [1 DISCREPANCIES n % COMPLETE 37afSL {hoNa4, cRv ci, orc.t hn'Gl sc f o r r edct'/ 5 Tin Se/ SiL,'// . °- 1co.vr%Epiv 4231 Foster Ave. 25418 74th Ave. S Bakersfield, CA 93308 Kent, WA 98032 Poulsbo, WA 98370 Woodinville, WA 98072 (805) 633.2200 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598-2126 (425) 485.5519 Fir a)1 47 OI)' G- Tol HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD !sr Filler Metal: E 70 1 S' GMAW SAW ❑ Other: P.P. PLUG ❑ Other 5 /16" 3/8" ' Other: 4 TITLE 21 TITLE 24 UBC ASME To the best of my knowledge, the above WAS WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specificat ons, and regulatory requirements. Superintendent/Representative: Technician: 385 Equestrian Dr. 13434 N, E. 177th Place 215 West Dakota Avenue 550 Parrott St. #1 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #86 123 Commerce Circle Clovis, Ca 93612 San Jose, CA 95112 Modesto, CA 95351 Sacramento, CA 95815 (559) 348-2200 (408) 271.2200 (209) 572-2200 (916) 564-2200 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING 8c INSPECTION • Mr. Jeff Hughes • S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O BOx 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. RE: Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy • Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, • William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBT/sm Enclosures CC: CITY OF TUKWILA Offices Serving The Western United States 254)8 74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854-1330 • Fax; (253) 854 Krazah & Associates, Inc. 25418 74th Avenue South, went, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Weather Overcast Project Best Buy Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy client S.D. Deacon Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete Mortar Cyl. Code 0754 -1 Prisms Grouted Ungrouted Placement Area Footings SlablDeck Inspector P. Seely Laboratory Data Test Field Date Cure 4/13/2000 0754 -2 5/4/2000 0754 -3 5/4/2000 0754 -4 0754 -5 0754 -6 0754 -7 0754 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: Walls X Slab Cyl. Code 0754 Pour Date Jurisdiction City of Tukwila 1. Cone �\ Grout X Flex Beams Columns Pilings 2. Cone & Split Plant No. Design Strength 2000 Wt. Max. Age Dim Area Lbs. Load 7 4X4X8 16.50 66940 28 4X4X8 14.88 39000 28 4X4X8 14.88 38500 Engineer Architect Contractor S.D. Deacon Site Mix Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 11 :00 049 181969 - fluid 63 52 Grade Beams Other Grids Line 1, E.5 to H, Line 2, B.5 to G to joist bearing ele. E.5, 1 to 2, 30th. Remarks Reinforcement in place, joist bearing embeds in place & weld plates per 3/17/00 revision 4/54. 2nd bond at joist bearing) Reviewed By A Comp. Str. (psi) Set # 4,060 2,620 2,590 Date Reviewed 5 3. Cone & Shear 4/6/2000 Report No. Permit No. D99 -0432 Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Mix No. 0370030 Cem. lbs. 7 sk F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 30% Sand lbs. 70% Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Actual 10 Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 4/8/00 Tested Break - Test Method By Type DH 4 ML 3 ML 4 Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 • Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) Krazan' & Associates, Inc. 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 y' Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0638 Pour Date 4 -10 -2000 Report No. Weather Sun Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D99 -0432 Project Best Buy Engineer Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy Architect Client S.D. Deacon Contractor S.D. Deacon Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete Prisms Mortar Grouted Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump 1:35 729 111797 n/a fluid Placement Area Footings Walls Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab Pilings Other X Grids Canopy piers C.5, E5 to H, and wedge pier. Reinforcement per 19/ S -3 for piers and per 12/S -3 for wedge. Remarks Placed via pump, consolidated by mech. vibration. Inspector P.Seely Reviewed By Cyl. Code 0638 -1 0638 -2 0638 -3 0638 -4 0638 -5 0638 -6 0638 -7 0638 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Plant No. Grout X Flex Beams Ungrouted Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit (F) (F) Wt. 61 72 n/a 2. Cone & Split Site Mix Date Reviewed '5A rn 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type 1-11 Design X Actual Mix No. 0370030 Cem. lbs. 7 sack F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 30% Sand lbs. 70% Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear 20 Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Laboratory Data Design Strength 2000 Date Specimens Rec'd. 04 -12 Test Field Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 4/17/2000 7 4x4x8 15.97 51000 3,190 SHJ 3 5/8/2000 28 4x4x8 15.90 73000 4,590 ML 2 5/8/2000 28 4x4x8 15.90 73500 4,620 ML 1 Test Method Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) 1<jraZarl ASSOCIA s I N C' . . • • • . ( ; 1 “ ) . 1 1 . , ( ! 1 1 N 1 ( ' Al N 1;;It • 1 NVIRON NI F . N I A I . • 1 N 1; 1 N RINU (')NNT.1411('TION THSTIN(.;•&••1NSPF.(.T1()N. • .•• • • Mr..leff Hughes S.1).1)IikcoN CoRPortATIoN . P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcentcr Parkway Tukwila„ Washington • Dear Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above- referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors t'rom April 18 to May 5, 2000. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, AWS D1.1 98 and the 1997 Uniform Building Code. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. . rone Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division W1311DA\sni cc: CITY 01; TrKwit.A Dean Alexander Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 Offices Serving The Western Ignited States 1501 15' Street NW Suite I Oh • Auburn, Washington 98002 • (253) 939-2500 • Fax: (253) 939-2556 KA:No 066-0( Permi • RECEIVED: .•••• MAY 22 MO - • . COMMUNITY • DEVELOPMENT • 1004 .111 ■11.4 / 7A Sri — z .4 / 't sf r.✓G To the best of my knowledge, the ab Superintendent/Representative: viiKrazan & As „Jciates, Inc. r .I • ii'.l It II(./ 1 I: It Ii FI itlr, • El IVI(N,tiiAl Uinl I Ill .11111 Mt lr • (,r ,tl',Ilrl(r,(Ird II !MI l Atli) IrI: ;i .(.ri t 4 DALE. 5 `/ _ Gr G CONTRACTOR: S -/4 i /fer3 PROJECT #: &"' GCC Spy I.O.R.: _.1.S 44 7 PROJECT. /� AZc1 PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: /% W --J S , C74, A4 / — /x,14,:,,., ('1- COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: („ � / %Y' WEATHER: e li j/ TEMP: Z." S 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott Sr. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348-2200 (559) 651-8267 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572.2200 (408) 271.2200 DSA File/App OSHPD No Permit No. 09? 6X1 �c�✓ /.f c %'`� .Q�zAJA t .i(.47 - t 7 L ,44 /.,/mils -4T ,./ .Rt� A / — 0 To 3 c,:— ;2 — 7& /� , S' 7 -z � �T, �, w Ait/Q c..v� 72 .4, .?,.J �.�1�i!� �• .4.�'c ! T �O�.ei✓S 4— � e- f' (.✓ l 14 ; - "Z" :ea 6 GZs'. .-'7 .47 it.. 4.e-4 i1: = •‘- lS Lr v -L u r. .s1.✓� /d 4 001r, r 4 dlI P IPIP 723 Comrne, Sacramento, CA 95815 35 E. Santa GMKa, / Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. 5, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. C. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 r r. MAY 2 9, 2000 1 UMMUNrr flPVEI QP AS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598-2126 (425) 485.5519 OA 1E: C I(razan 8 Associates, Inc. ( ;I r 4111114114 AI 1.4'4 444'44 114IN4 ; • I: r1VINUrlrAl rl l: \I I:rlr,lr•ll I kIN(, ( Ill IN 11 .1 1Nr, Aril) Irl'.i'l1 PROJECT /1: / _ PROJECT: ?M •7 /34/ LOCATION: /7 i4, [! s, C7,O, KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: Ea STRUCTURAL STEEL / SHOP WELDING C'ZRd E2 Itemis) inspected: Location: 12(1/1... E" Position: FLAT 19' Process: 12r Type: FICC Weld Size: 3/16" ❑ Codes: 4231 Foster Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 (805) 633 -2200 4 j,J p szpfS ice: SS ?.�/� �' Jj ' E,2 )W4+�/ £A.1%/ZY LtlY4 A- 1 ,t,fr> - RNA Lz �l.� i ' �'%- ;� Superintendent /Representative: To the best of my knowledge, the above Wq �}T S / 70 CeVii{/7 FCAW C.P. AISC 25418 74th Ave. S Kent, WA 98032 (253) 854-1330 ❑ MATERIAL ID CONTRACTOR: S'1 . �,� «,� , I.O.R.: PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: 215 West Dakota Avenue Clovis, CA 93612 (209) 348 -2200 WEATHER: ❑ Welder qualification /certification verified for: A l e L" .. r/ �,il rs "t.r. NOTES I�' DISCREPANCIES ❑ % COMPLETE DSA fdl:k _ No. DSHPD No. Permit No. ❑ U.T. ❑ M.T. 550 Parrott St. #1 San Jose, CA 95112 (408) 271 -2200 ❑ P.T. To L : i / Ls�.r�L/L TEMP: Z,p f /t✓ /4 - t 7 �3 / / (c 7c "C DRI ONT J OVERHEAD ©`Filler Metal: 7‘,/,g--- GMAW SAW ❑ Other: P.P. PLUG ❑ Other: 5/16" Ye" Other: 7r TITLE 21 TITLE 24 UBC ASME — 4s') 43 �J/ys f4J L2,v/L !p i tio v>E ZAS To : ' j / -JAM - ?v No? 1✓.'1.44c f ) J i C Zi4 j !i2 7 , Cetir/`7,l $ Na CA'.4/1 44,( 6e, �;;. G rp /s'y • A 47-4 -1.r. I2,2- Pot, 7s 'lo 41- Ay Ak-A4L Axevir jasi Tv C. A41,e LAVA A44- 1‘) 47.v4,i ►.v.0C/C 1 1/CW4A. ON 4✓.4/L ,4- /o 7a 3 •-�- RECEIVED donned in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. • I A/ ecl,nician: MAY 2 2 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 123 Commerce Circle Sacramento, CA 95815 (916) 564 -2200 % I(razan & AsLociates, Inc. (;I(rlll'IINII'AI f.rI(.INlillINt, • Eriviui 00.41 NT Al Ern ;lrlllkrru, (t ,IRUr'lllrrl fT', IN( , floN OA FE: aQ 1 9 1L ado CONTRACTOR: S D D EACenA ) PROJECT d: iO66 _ I.O.R.: s'. Rieb p S PROJECT: &sr Buy PRESENT AT SITE: tMtrtlDR „hope e LOCATION: t 73 by Soul /cF cp pi JJ)Y ruiteJ /4.4 COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: (,t 18 1 frii" STRUCTURAL STEEL Itemis) inspected: SCOT TO E?.l 6D wew Peg. DETIpc- Sl /sy • �• nee 70 Saar # eMAED aN C Eco -r * r F AQ y4q . I A) cO»1&,/ r1COE Location: ER- Welder qualification /certification verified for: /'/2E:V OL,4 -6/...Y 1.'h7 E2> Position: ��Process: SMAW Weld Type: FILLET - Weld Size: Codes: 4231 Foster Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 (805) 633-2200 SHOP WELDING 'V.T. ❑ MATERIAL ID ❑ U.T. Superintendent /Representative: VERTICAL FCAW C.P. To the best of my knowledge, the above WAS / 25418 74th Ave. S Kent, WA 98032 (253) 854 -1330 Technician: 215 West Dakota Avenue Clovis, CA 93612 (209) 348 -2200 DSA Fde; No. OSHPD No. Permit No. D 99 -oV WEATHER: 5u&».. y TEMP: ❑ M.T. ❑ P.T. o,vr a U - irse411 4 rcYr-5 F.y:. HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD Filler Metal: 676/$' GMAW SAW ❑ Other: P.P. PLUG ❑ Other: 5/16" 3 /e" ❑ Other: TITLE 21 TITLE 24 UBC ASME ❑ NOTES DISCREPANCIES ❑ % COMPLETE /Men v6 RED ,QonF Lac/ . p.+, L5 t l 7¢E tAin ow*" uRSire DowQ Nytec1C1Arforx2 -), 76°Yo of i1,21F 86E1) ZA /L7 3 RUT - Y Wtn70 - 7 3CXEn JA) PGRCL LOOP! T7#E Sh E73 JA1 uPSiD[-' - L WA) 1 17 A5 VERY .1>IFfeittALF TV ACHIEVE: ?7}F /2A1Zwwl1Pn .510E se c z.o PeR Patio I&, i7F /CD DgACDA, _47A s e s P t 7 L „ 07A 7 � 1174 0 A A X D M g Q B n J L 4440,AJE F D / t . E A 4 / 1 1 0 . A Q u G e t i ) G43 A 7 C7 2. JD '7Dj' D-exiA1L - 4 q e r STI2u c.Tu/Li42 e± t) 7? FOIL f)/5 &77410' RECEIVED formed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. 550 Parrott St. #1 San Jose, CA 951 12 (408) 271 -2200 WELD S Lot-'7e.6” MAY 2 2 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 123 Commerce Circle Sacramento, CA 95815 (916) 564 -2200 614211<razan 8 Asociates, Inc. DATE: o2y APRIL 4200 ) PROJECT //: 066 _000 PROJECT: B au'/ PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: ) 7 36S/ SuwTN0'!)7;I? PR WV COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: l v,C3r WEATHER: Su () g u / TEMP: Et STRUCTURAL STEEL FIELD / SHOP WELDING fegi V.T. ❑ MATERIAL ID ❑ U.T. ❑ M.T. ❑ P.T. Item(s) inspected: !A) PRW6PE3C. k)EZ 1A/G' OF 4E204fAX.72 A - A.1G/g 70 .7.7d OA.) g L /NE g Jt) ft 4i$ )A) PJZG6.t6SS Alit FrtD E 4J,~71.# J/ *to.%) a1E • Location: (ii ( 'it ( 1trUi,V Ern Atli 1RINr1 • I_rivii uNr.11N I. NI ;IMIIhINf ('(,ri,l RIICIIC,N fttillrlr, AN( ) INtiI'I(' II( r ❑ Welder qualification /certification verified for: ❑ Position: ' VERTICAL HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD Q Metal: e ❑ Process: SMAW FLAW GMAW SAW ❑ Other: ❑ Weld Type: C.P. P.P. ® ❑ Other: ❑ Weld Size: 3/16" %" 5/16" ' /e ❑ Other: Codes: AWSgJiI ISC TITLE 21 TITLE 24 UBC ASME lair NOTES ❑ DISCREPANCIES ❑ % COMPLETE AS mow) reEpoicr D,g1-A-n 4 /) / THE- Lttc.r sstEArB cat /' ,fir h44 /AMA" mrEA TO hItiii Jam) Pr 72 c✓si.tae" - Dent& • .96 or TN/S DA VI" , AL4- SJ+ezTS MOVE ) l..) PUPPED C4/67Z 1 ~V 771st_ Bast aF rNe" S.sit PLA e4'7) . !aa_coi.ur, imks SUST 9r)127E D . To the best of my knowledge, the abov Superintendent /Representative: 4231 Foster Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 (805) 633 -2200 1.0.R.: 5 12 0 9, 4 , 6 DSA File14. tri No. OSHPD No. Permit No. CONTRACTOR: s' p . • liLISTA z0J76n_..1 AF 1200AI..)i&- l.AD __0, e uD D S77z44.1 6LC 44 4S NO A¢OG/2ES 5 25418 74th Ave. S Kent, WA 98032 (253) 854 -1330 REC %V T) WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. MAY 2 2 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELO PME NT Technician: 215 West Dakota Avenue Clovis, CA 93612 (209) 348 -2200 550 Parrott St. #1 San Jose, CA 951 12 (408) 271 -2200 123 Commerce Circle Sacramento, CA 95815 (916) 564 -2200 IKrazari & Associates, Inc. I;/•11.: e/- Ac-oo I # O 6 - PROJECT: /3 c /3 q LriCATION: / 7 36 S ° C. fliCon 4 er- KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: III Al 1 :If .111111.11P. • IIIJIi.Vr,iftl f I 4111 1 Mr . 4 l',11.11 II 0 I I %III I /N111 I 11141 11 4 I To the best of my knowledge, the above Superintendent/Representative: Pkwy • p 9 ho WAS NOT performed 4231 F' i Ave. 254(8 74th Ave. S 385 Equestrian Or. 13434 N. E. 177th Place 215 West Dakota Avenue Rar,ersheld, CA 93308 Kent, WA 98032 Poulsbo, WA 98370 Woothnville., WA 98072 ClOvis, Ca 93612 1805)633.2200 (253) 854 1360) 598-2126 (425)4115-5519 (559) 348.2200 WELDIU INSPECTION REPORT NO.: CONTRACTOR: 9 • P e<Ico PERMIT NO: D c / C 1 O 3 INSPECTOR: . t r9 Loy< JURISDICTION: C Q f • - "/c:!■ WEATHER: 0 TEMP: Xi STRUCTURAL STEEL X FIELO / SHOP WELDING V.T. 0 MATERIAL ID 0 U.T. 0 M.T. 0 P.T. item(s) inspected: _LA...0.,_ctu. 9 oc2.fi Location rj A 71-c.) - 5,4;?/ pre_y_te_s-s Welder qualification/certification verified for: eAle. iciers . 6e- /36 /0 LA N. Position: VERITCAL (HORIZONTfD OVERHEAD Filler Metal: C 1 V k* Process: (CI) FCAW GMAW SAW 0 Other: ) Weld Type: FILLET C.P. P.P. PLUG Other ...4 rc- S130 3 C cm c4.(1 k Weld Size 3/16" 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" (Other Codes: 617NS) AISC TITLE 21 TITLE 24 I.: %3C ASME DI. 3 scir C4 ? IX NOTES P1 1 DISCREPANCIES (:)/0 COMPLETE Hckdit.ir____Mare____(z, 14 1 L 0 ri-A-i's :_.)- _C ere r t ,von csasycd) fs _c_c) r r e,-.1 Ea 1 i_ii it. c..4 t4c,U o F 5 il d_e.i- ste c., I , ji). ‘'ns' -c. r o_F__!_c 20F cApc-ki L(..fiar_.._ov_.a_gk.__:!±t I. cirf t o 4-__“_ _____......coil 1_44.1__LALeS .1. ECLOrLez_t_ CefrLccioit___ ___e, r cc- ill c brl C—C).......part9 /In _ 010 ".:CA.r1__ o ,9____6 e. fj 54__C d C ell -LI' E7 1 c_cA...i- ,o r) to e_Eor_t_ COOF (.----e_l_are a.9. civ / i L_ pen_pf_kj /D1.3 - . r e.4:or.n... o o . 4 -1 7:3 6 -_- 9 Edor:.___.(41 4,14 e , 7 .. . ctuc.4./.,"77 cA..i cc. 4 - ,c e _ HOURS DESCPT IN OUT — 1 ST OT MIL 5o0 If :3o T 0;00 I - - - • ■- RECEIVED in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: MAY 2 *4 2000 550 Parrott St. ol COMMUNITY 1025 Lone. Palm Ave. #8G 1,23 Commerce Circle San Jose, CA 95112 Modesto, CA 95351 Sacramento, CA 95815 (408) 271-2200 (209) 572-2200 (916) 564-2200 ; azan & Associates, Inc. )11 .111 11 .A1 1;t1( A1111141 • ENVIlif )NMI ifAl Ern Ara 1 pit , 1,, , ri P At ) IN"01 (.111 )N DA 1E - A - u Q PROJECT It: 6 - (: 0 c PROJECT: /3 c /3 c•Li LOCATION: /? 3 6 4 / 50u fi ,/er __.P k KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: • ) Wt. cto_ - C.. 4 'C4j r 10 10 e_r r CA__1__/:2_e_c. ct r C Syl2Q7 t (..,A./Nn / ci or (.-- . Pe r Frr C...ii.:c..If'F?e /3 e/ut,., .s c / of c.4 e.rForvi L: A • C. Fr° "Ill a.. 7"C) 3. Comp /2.4 I1I5 ot e-ct. 3) Per Frir m pa. C.-t- e a.or Pe r Fr) r tv)c.t.-IC e Q )C4 , ..e e,S4- 4-4 ri 14 0 e 5' 44.1 _ e_ ,c / cv c For .4 )Ap I 1 P)o4 , — ctrl sr? )3 5 ecu-v, Lk) a1cA...s r6orr s co./ 7 V (-tilt) V Lo-c 5.1an4 3 co r LAJ e, lc-Ls (71-)Ctr, HernctricA. e — C.t_rC- SiO 0 7 3) o_ct i fr..!._ AO), t^7 )3ic4 4 c CArC Spe)7 in./eic45 Cick.rerlce_ J7/ ) •••• crc Sp(- s. - Tes-1 1 - Cour 0 s Lt) e r e. cyxcL ( r ckr cA_ t ci ck (. s s - ' _ To the best of rny knowledge, the abov Superintendent/Representative: 215 frst Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. 08G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. 01, San Jose, CA 95112 • (559) 348-2100 • (559) 651-8167 • (661) 633-2200 • (209) 572•2200 • (408)271.2200 CONTRACTOR: S. ID. I) PERMIT NO: .. / P. INSPECTOR: JURISDICTION: c;'L oif . 777_, ■ /4. 1 „ ) ." WEATHER: (jcr TEMP: 5c Fo r _NO 7E_ Cet_2'41C.k.e.):_ C1_7 g C.,141eln_f 5 v LL for _Fo ec, Technician: FIELD REPORT NO.: r F LA.J /el r L./ %.1 4--e) r re.) rA GIG n vs ),•") S'o net_ E n4err e WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. • MAY 2 2 2000 L&� 123 C e Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 226 N. Sherman, Ste. A Corona, CA 92880 • (909) 549-1188 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 • (253) 854-1330 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 • (360) 5982126 13434 N. E. 7 77th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 • (425) 485-5519 I I . (31 EN( Ar11rim ; • I :NVIU( tJAI rMMAI t :Nt ;Ira (dry , (:( 1 l: ;llti R; II( it r t I STN(; /\Nr, INShr(; rK NI c/- „2 7- (C/ 066' - 00C) / 57 /3b(..) . . DATE: PROJECT if: PROJECT LOCATION: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: M & Associates, Inc. _..__/kr.c an .hisarc ' c�i _ s:f c:�.s r e sou esLe.s:.. h j Coe vmac: far _ Q r r.'rfo rL )__lr/ CA.±_ekr ?n-,. r ,, S�cur>n c�r�1c4 Fr r rcic!F r:�1C,' J , l e r ? .1'L \—.): 3 f ' c* rc s . i G, - 3 S rzckth w Oaf c2 A R ) �r4 �GvS JDi. 3 - `I$. To the best of my knowledge, the abov Supermlendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, C4 93291 4231 Foster Ave., 8akerslteid, C4 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #86, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. r«1, San Jose, CA 95112 3 l ie) 3,5: v r - • (559) 348-2200 • (559) 651-8267 • (661) 633-2200 • (209) 572-2200 • (408) 271-2200 Technician: FIELD REPORT NO.: CONTRACTOR: S D' J) c' ct C cIr1 PERMIT NO: . .12.1 3 ::Z. _ • INSPECTOR: Lrr( . JURISDICTION: C;',L J of WEATHER: G../ %�u TEMP: S r DESCPT �N Gov 3c) 123 C' erre Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 226 N. Sherman, Ste. A, Corona, C4 92880 25418 74th Ave. 5, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 n ca e> S c.✓ 4. fvv'tc•(. tv.`"5'uc€1 / cit P »r. h /• r e� HOURS OUT ST . OT ct:oo 1.5 f I MIL • I r / WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. MAY 2 2 2000 COMMUNITY 1 IN or • (909) 549.1188 • (253) 854.1330 • (360) 598.2126 • (425) 485.5519 . azan & Associates, Inc. ( . . ; 1 UM( ,AI 1_19 At 11 miry , • Trivile f 11AI FPI( ;111111,1 Ir (:( Jr Num( ,11( ,N 71 stir I( ANI, Irr,i4(.tiriri DATE 4: 1 4ct-oc) PROJECT II: 0 PROJECT: 13 e (-)9 . LOCATION: . 2 73 6. .. C.g 27 e KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: FIELD U REPORT NO.: CONTRACTOR: D PERMIT NO: ) 9cj. . INSPECTOR: 4_ eka- o 4,/ /3; JURISDICTION: oF WEATHER: C TEMP: 6 ?.. QCJc e Y 5 r e co re.A.c__Eyr e 1- r.,F cr.7,1c v.. 4-0 5 / s 0 F (Y Y 1 ) 3 R'3 (..ticts e ie.( e _ c _t e; 5" s / et. - o c4-4- c.)-S 4-0 41, 5 Pro ev-t 1- -An /D, 5 ccmc-(- i c c-4 ckc 9-- „ev '3 5 e of” Cnc,,tprs (.4) • cc SI For co rypt- es s:jk Ge. Cr)elcr 4- // - z-1/ 66 ,c'or- F r ; FrIr nn r"1 u rA CAI, (A.). F i p) c c c.zr rrr-qoar s e. 4JJ 1 ups' (.tck 10 e s LA.) e r 4. CA. nc: P ;:c_Ar: c ) B3 441 gam _CapprOv Rev% 3500 ps: -4-cCep4saaCe 12f -1112.r 's t.? S7 1 4-11., To the best of my knowledge, the above WAS / WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved pia Superintendent/Representative: Technician: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste, 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 • (559) 348•2200 • (559) 6514267 • (661) 633-2200 • (209) 572.2200 • (408)277.2200 ,1))4s , u ) •1 sc.-)c( .7 ci-J.e. 11 HOURS OQT OESCPT 4.1..ov WA() 123 C Circle rarnen • 95815 226 N. She e. A, C 92880 25418 74th Ave. 5, Kent, W 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Pouisbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. I 77th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 r MIL Efl , and regulatory requirements. MAY 2 2 2000 COM TY 1111..1 IT -2200 • (909) 549-1188 • (253) 854-1330 • (360) 598-2126 • (425) 485.5519 Lib rE PROJECT t!: PROJECT LOCATION: & Associates,. r.l'41'.11(11r ni I11'.Ililiiii . • I.riviio 'am l.( it.Pli{I:Il ! ,' •r i'.II:I V IU 'l l I I '.I It 1' . ( it . It ISI'I r .II' it `/- act -00 066 - vou /3 es, /3L 1 36 Sc,c ce,,LQ Pk KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: STRUCTURAL STEEL IEL1'J SHOP WELDING ¥ V.T. ❑ MATERIAL ID 0 U.T. ❑ M.T. ❑ P.T. item(s) inspected: vY) c9,U Location rocF /mot. tr / — E. S Ito F Fro , v% a 4 - o 4 /. S' 3 tcv n� ..•f. 7C ..4 ;-v f 3 fr O 'W 4 /.S' 4 - Welder qualification /certification verified for: .Position: A" Process: Weld Type: ,Weld Size Codes: 4231 Fdstei Ave. 84erstsehl, CA 93308 1805) 833.2100 FILLET 3/16" VERITCAL FCAW C.P. 1/4" WS, AISC /J1. I NOTES DISCREPANCIES 5 Ne_gc..e 6 c:cn r,! t �.�4. / .r ?-ca Gi. To the best of my knowledge, the above Supetintendent/Representative: 25418 74th Ave. S Kent, WA 98032 (253) 854.1330 385 Equestrian Dr. Poulsbo, WA 98370 (360) 598-2126 GMAW P.P. 5/16" TITLE 21 WELDI' INSPECTION nc. REPORTNO.: CONTRACTOR: S �� PERMIT NO: fJ9 > 04 A. INSPECTOR: . ctrr t,. 1. a i.• JURISDICTION: c uP 7 v % <(„� - %c� - _ WEATHER: G / cv TEMP: OVERHEAD N Filler Metal: 6 SAW ❑ Other: PLUG 3/8" TITLE 24 ASME 47 ( % COMPLETE Other: a rc p j S e.ctM ) Other: " i /1 , HOURS DE_KPT 1 VL OUT 1 ST OT MIL , Soy' ?:3U /0::10 1 / WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulq`ory requirements. Technician: � � 4 ZOO() 13434 N. E. 177th Place Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 485-5519 COMMUNITY ga'MENT 215 West Dakota Avenue 550 P.inoa St..xl 1025 Lone Palm Ave. a8G 123 Commerce Grcle Clovis, Ca 93612 San Jose, CA 95112 Modesto, CA 9535/ Sacramento, CA 95815 (559) 348.2200 (408) 271.2200 (Z09) 572-2200 (916) 564.2200 & Associates, f .I )If r Ill 11 ./11 I.rl ,uu11ar1'. • Irrnro ,nr,I.•, LilldinI f .1I••II:1u .r Wolff •ArIf,I(rd'Ir.Ilr DA 5 -/ -oo f ROJECI 066.- 000 5 .4 / PROJECT: /.3 es/ 13v y LOCATION: / 7 36'/ Sovt/,cen-!e . KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: 01 STRUCTURAL STEEL / SHOP WELDING X V.T. item(s) inspected: eLc On k __-9uc zc�q_rn-tit.c.4L_cA.eck Gn9 . r rov F 1 e vt L- Location._ {c2,F — J , -, L-$ /3 fu,4/ {rv.M 4 / tc: X Welder qualification /certification verified for: Pre v i uuS /cj V 9r F; e a- X Position: N Process: X Weld Type: FILLET k Weld Size g Codes: 3/16" Di.) �I NOTES n DISCREPANCIES To the best of my knowledge, the above Superintendent/Representative: 4231 roster Ave, 25418 74th Ave, S 6alcrsneld, CA 93308 Kent, WA 98032 18051633.2200 (253)854.1330 385 Equestrian Or. Poulsbo, WA 98370 13601 598•.126 t*ORIZONTAIO Inc. WELDI(. ; INSPECTION REPORT NO.: CONTRACTOR: • 1.)• l7 c?ctcGn PERMIT NO: l') cr - O °/ 3.2- INSPECTOR: Lc r ry l- cave. JURISDICTION: .t;_„t vF 7,A WEATHER: 0 v c.4_ 3 ❑ MATERIAL ID I✓ U.T. ❑ M.T. ❑ P.T. DESCPT._, 500 TEMP: 55 VERITCAL OVERHEAD X Finer Metal: C 70/ If FCAW GMAW SAW 0 Other: C.P. P.P. PLUG Ye Other:.,,Arc sro f P S v u ne, , C 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" $1 Other* VA r /$ ./ fi AISC TITLE 21 TITLE 24 UB0 ASME y7 jg loci % COMPLETE Fr e.e . 41,0vf HECEIVED COdMUNMTY DEVELOPMENT HOURS IN — OUT __ ST —; MIL,_ / WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: 13434 N. E. 177th Place 215 West Dakota .4 enue 550 Parrott St, #1 1025 Lone Palm A%e. #8G 123 Commerce Cfrc:e Woodinville, WA 98072 Clovis, Ca 93612 San Jose, CA 95112 Modesto, CA 95351 Sacramento, CA 95,515 (425)485.5519 (559) 348.2200 (408) 271.2200 (209) 572.2200 (916)564.2200 To the best of my knowledge, the above .ntendent/Representative: raze & As�,.�:;ciates, Inc. r;l ,l(r,IIr1U.Al f.N ,I1III Pit I', • I:PIvfl ,t ItAIfI ?Al 1:t 41111.11i r,u+u .n ,n ts.,nn , ntu, Irra's'.hr,t DA - y 2 L)O() PROJECT • C %G=C: =; PROJECT Ei=J/ LOCATION: / 7 7 U _S&L ,?6,t/C/' PKL. Y KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: F6A 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 IV. Doe Ave. Ste. 13, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield CA 93308 1025 Lune Palm Ave. 48G, Modesto, (:A 95351 550 Parrott St. 41, San Jose, CA 95112 ( 559) 348.2200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633.2200 (209) 572.2200 (408) 271.2200 DSA Fllc /Appl.�.. OSHPD No Permit No O `/ `i - 6 4 7 / ).C.: CONTRACTOR - 3 • 4 47 L /I (€'it.' PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: et % ef S 4 2:4 ‹- WEATHER: //VDc Y.M3J 41.ei 4= 7 E f7 S' f'c G' �'�%�1' i 4 7 ,NJ C / /674114 c. NC N� G 6- ,C44E /rt'_'CA`) G F /A.! /JtC 1t:,i✓Lc. 4S . 7 •f• ' C,A :c r - 7 4 /•� LAn. . .t°Ei.�:/ - Air �� , �L.i G•,1 freZIO [G >iL S '72) 2,4A✓.1 AN. S ‘ F % 7U»,f, /k" 6-4 Dcr i 26: S . 4C ti 49 A.'v CL - 7,1 S4A, 4A Cr/4vaL /)GC.l t.� �cD ?.45 YO J' pf AA ,'X A l f : S i c*-,t) /5J &x ,a' C7? i E it/4 Y Cc-7 O v,',9 G' / 1V 7R4.‘/( i94/6 &IR ,v L.i4 c.LY (1 040 0:4 7 i wC . Sr %.S b F 4' (bAr t.c 'lE c' L.i A; k9c: R, j k/��2E fR 1 °i22 72 - a+‘.-,i)•( s r7A) AS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. TechrGcian: 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 226 N. Sherman, Ste, A, Corona, CA 92880 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestnan Or., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 171th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 TEMP: a2)",1 RECEIVI=U I AY 2 COMMUNITY utVELOPMENT (916) 564.2200 (909) 549-1188 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 IA aZan & As�„:`ciates, Inc. .11 Inni.ni Lrn .nIIrim , • ErNilo rirnl'irni HI( .1???! par( , A I';II :I 1+.11 ,r 1 11'.1111' , n111 U1%1 )11 To the best of my knowledge, the above WA Superintendent/Representative: 15 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Cl 93612 80201V. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visaha, CA 9.1,.'91 4:31 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, ('.4 9535 55(t Rinott St. #1, San Jose, CA 9511: ,559) 348-2200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633.2200 (209) 572.2200 (408) 271 2200 DSA File /Appl.\ OSHPD No Permit No 0199 — �+ • 3z CONTRACTOR S • • . 0.kC'< -v.l DA FE Ci -S - orj PROJECT 4: C 47, 1.0.R.: • fir . PROJECT •.6Er PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: / 7361 .5e .z /Y COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: F . a. eq. WEATHER: c- 7 /Sy/ / iNeC77 LF TEMP: ,.Sn" CAN S r7 E FMS ZEQ uF:17 *. t' J ENT' ir ?E AFC' tar7'1 Pr-wvtGKLet- rrA,c-4e r:7F. /�vc� C '77tWS � S LR'' rvs/ Fre & F r irelevt".! i'Ttr /r 4ORDIn/G tsnCie w.9t_g S 7e, F /Nn/Es / To z • >E- )=.E. iPA lc »F \ 7 7 14/ c)A1 s -3. E-.4'7FEL F ioWr 141/1•15 Rt..cr, /N ›LAC.F PP 774/GS . to' -: A/G . 4c7 ".X a/Sion/ /rlcbI JGrdP17r)n! TO Afrn∎r701NA7M »,r e 4,0 VF. e s • -s •r C��nrcSf ST of y 9iva Xemzs C&, / z. "a . c . w/ Hopei rewmft c.4J a41e s Asxr /•/ e )7Z I bF. FACE of wALL s C� 4/ <c 77 v A/ Sa ,VcTE• /N 7c4' /S ) 'A eAnixY Do ►i) L/# 6. ttef CAT7nNs • W t en1 I TE " w7 Ahcr2A S- ve'nr.nrrrC P>nS , h>F /.4 YIN Fi ��7• iiv/7714t. 7- I C0/97E"v1•' t et2nrts• � f JiP7 :e. " vi K2AzE $ Sr- :1;e4-�/.t•zs 74 ertormed in accordance with the approved..• ans, specifi i Technician: 123 Commerce Circle, Sa ' mento, CA 95815 226 N. Sherrnan, Ste. A, Corona, CA 92880 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestnan Dr., Poulsbu, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564.2200 (909) 549.1188 (253)854.1330 (360)598.2126 (425) 485.5519 RECE vvFn MAY 22 2000 CpMMI JNITV DEVELOPMENT regulatory requirements. May 4, 2000 WBT/sm Enclosures CC: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division CITY OF TUKWILA • RECEIVED NIP( 1 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Project No. 066-0 Permit Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. • ' • Offices Serving The Western United States 25418-74th Avenue South • Kent. Washington 98032 (253) 854-1330 • Fax; (253) 854-1757 rC /A.rs KaA ✓A •M. Krazan & Associates, Inc. Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0555 Pour Date 4/3/2000 Report No. Weather Partly Cloudy Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. 099 -0432 Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Site Mix Supplier Pre - Mix Plant No. Concrete Mortar X Grout Flex Beams Prisms Grouted Ungrouted Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck 1 Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 11:10 -- -- -- 66 -- • Placement Area Footings Walls X SlablDeck Slab Columns Pilings Grids 13th to 15th Course, line 1. C to E Type S, pre- mix/specmix Remarks Grade Beams Other Inspector P. Seely Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Reviewed By „e Design Strength 1800 2. Cone & Split 25418 74th Avenue South, L. ;t, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Comp. Str. (psi) 2,080 2,220 2,060 Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field • Wt. Max. Code Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load 0555 -1 4/10/2000 7 2X4 3.13 6500 0555 -2 5/1/2000 28 2X4 3.15 7000 0555 -3 5/1/2000 28 2X4 3.15 6500 0555 -4 0555 -5 0555 -6 0555 -7 0555 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By i Date Reviewed 5 Set 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design X Actual Mix No. Premix Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 4/5/00 Tested Break By Type ML 1 SHJ 3 SHJ 3 Test Method ASTM C39 K C -1231 Other Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) Krazan & Associates, Inc. ( . ry�x ..HIln.'.hd.VK,wbO. >aww:- -'+vv Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0574 Pour Date 4 -5 -2000 Report No. Weather Overcast Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D99 -0432 Project Best Buy Location 17634 Southcenter Pkwy Client S.D. Deacon Field Data Site Mix Supplier Miles Stg Plant No. - Concrete Mortar Grout X Flex Beams Prisms Grouted Ungrouted Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 8:25 020 111707 - Fluid 61 52 Placement Area Footings Walls X SlablDeck Slab Columns Pilings Grade Beams Other Grids Line 1, E.5 to H. Line 2, B.5 to G. H line, 1.5 to 4. Line E.5, 1 to 2, Line to I above dock doors. 24th course. Remarks 15.5 yards miles 7 sack grout placed via pump, consolidation by vibrator. reinforcement in place per structure det. Inspector P. Seeley Reviewed By Laboratory Data ` - � 25418 74th Avenue South, . . it, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Design Strength 2000 Engineer Architect Contractor S.D. Deacon Cyl. Test Field Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 0574 -1 4/12/2000 7 4x4x8 15.45 45000 2,910 SHJ 4 0574 -2 5/3/2000 28 4x4x8 18.83 74500 3,960 SHJ 3 0574 -3 5/3/2000 28 4x4x8 I$.$3 83000 4,410 SHJ 3 0574 -4 0574 -5 0574 -6 0574 -7 0574 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone 2, Cone & Split Date Reviewed S cibk. 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Actual Mix No. 0370030 Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 4. Shear Test Method ASTM C39 C -1231 Other - - 40 x Compressive )( Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) AMIlawlab Laboratory Cyl. Code 0575 -1 0575 -2 0575 -3 0575 -4 0575 -5 0575 -6 0575 -7 0575 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By o r--jla • Krazan & Associates, Inc. Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Pkwy Client S.D. Deacon Data Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Field Data Site Mix X Supplier Pre -mix Plant No. Concrete Mortar X Grout Flex Beams Prisms Grouted Ungrouted Other Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump 10:05 - Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit (F) (F) Wt. 58 53 Placement Area Footings Walls Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab Pilings Other X Grids Canopy piers at front of store approx 4' to 6" level. Remarks Pre -mix product batched from on site silo. Inspector P. Seeley Reviewed By 2. Cone & Split 25418 74th Avenue South, t. WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Cyi. Code 0575 Pour Date 4 -5 -2000 Report No. Weather Overcast Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D99 -0432 Engineer Architect Contractor S.D. Deacon Date Reviewed Sid /Ba 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Actual Mix No. Type S Com. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Design Strength 1800 Date Specimens Recd. 04 -07 Test Field Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 4/12/2000 7 2x4 3.14 6000 1,910 SMJ 2 5/3/2000 28 2x4 3.15 7500 2,380 SMJ 3 5/3/2000 28 2x4 3.15 7000 2,220 SMJ 3 4. Shear Test Method ASTM C39 C -1231 Other Compressive Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Project No 066 -00054 Permit No. D99 =0432 Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBT /sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA Offices Serving The Western United States 25418.74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253)854-1330. Fax: (253) 854 -1757 00034 brcsk,doe Field Data Supplier TMC Concrete Prisms 12:00 Mortar X Grouted ' Prdlect No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code C 0521 Pour Date 3 -29 -7 )0 Report No. Weather Partly cloudy Jurlsdlction City of Tukwila Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway client S.D. Deacon Corp. Time Truck* Ticket * % Air Slump Plant No. Grout Flex Beams Ungrouted Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit (F) (F) Wt. plastic 57 54 Site Mix Placement Area Footings Walls X Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab Pilings Other Grids Walls @ truck dock to 4', line 6 - E to H, H -3 + 6 to t.o.w. Remarks Inspector Sam Hyatt Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age Dim Area 0521 -1 4/5/2000 7 2 x 4 3.13 0521 -2 4/26/2000 28 2 x 4 3.15 0521 -3 4/26/2000 28 2 x 4 3.15 0521 -4 0521 -5 0521 -6 0521 -7 0521 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Reviewed By / Design Strength 1800 Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Lbs. Load Str. (pal) Set * By Type 5000 1,600 ML 2 7200 2,290 SHJ 3 6900 2,190 SHJ 3 2. Cone & Split irrc °r ' ownatr (, •mai it, vvm aou4L; (153) tl54 - 1330 Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Date Reviewed 56/ 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Mix No. Cem. lbs. F. Ash Iba. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (ozlcwt) Actual Permit No. 099 -0432 Water Added on Job (gals.) Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 04 -01 -00 4. Shear Test Method Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project; If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBT /sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA Offices Serving The Western United States 25418.74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253)854-1330. Fax: (253) 854.1757 00054 bruk.doo ,::. a.ttt, r40::4R lw:u.. «v , .u. . Kirazan 8 Associates If1C. 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code C 0473 Pour Date 3- 23 -2t...3 Report No. Weather Partly cloudy Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. 099 -0432 Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Site Mix Supplier Miles Sand and Gravel Plant No. 2 Concrete Mortar Grout X Flex Beams Prisms Grouted Ungrouted Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 10:30 109 0496258 n/a fluid 59 49 n/a Placement Area Footings Walls X Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab Pilings Other Grids Remarks 12 cmu wall @ 6 line A to D, 12th to 18 course, 6 line E to H, 18th to 24th course. Resteel per scheme type 1 wall nspector P. Seely Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Wt. Code Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. 0473 -1 3/30/2000 7 4X4X8 14.23 0473 -2 4/20/2000 28 4X4X8 16.27 0473 -3 4/20/2000 28 4X4X8 16.27 0473 -4 0473 -5 0473 -6 0473 -7 0473 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By �j� "f/(ti✓ Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Reviewed By G Design Strength 2000 2. Cone & Spilt Date Specimens Rec'd. 03 -24 Max. Comp. Tested Break Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 29500 2,070 ML 3 65000 3,990 SHJ 3 67000 4,120 SHJ 3 Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Date Reviewed $/r /Gtr 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Mix No. 0370030 Cem. lbs. 7 -SK F. Ash lbs. C. app. lbs. C. egg. lbs. 2 C. egg. lbs. 3 30% Sand lbs. 70% Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Actual Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Test Method ASTM C39 C -1231 Other G /op, Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) �K�aian '8 �ssocit #fes; inc: w.- ` ..,. �� , _� .. 2541 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code ( 0493 Pour Date 3- 27 -2L__J Report No. Weather Overcast/rain Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. 099 -0432 Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Site Mix Supplier Miles Sand and Gravel Plant No. 2 Concrete X Mortar Grout Flex Beams Prisms Grouted Ungrouted Other Time Truck 0 Ticket p % Air Slump 12:45 30 0496638 fluid 10" 61 56 Placement Area Footings Wails X Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab Pilings Other Grids Wall- A- 3 to 6, 6 - A to D to T.O.W. 6 -E to H & H- 3 to 6 to 24' Remarks nspector Sam Hyatt Reviewed By Laboratory Data 0493 -4 0493 -5 0493 -6 0493 -7 0493 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone l X i 2. Cone & Split Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit (F) (F) Wt. Design Strength 2000 Date Specimens Rec'd. 03 -29 Cyl. Test Field Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set I By Type 0493 -1 4/3/2000 7 4X4X8 16.03 28000 1,750 ML 4 0493 -2 4/24/2000 28 4X4X8 16.27 90000 5,530 SHJ 3 0493 -3 4/24/2000 28 4X4X8 16.27 85000 5,220 SHJ 3 i....,.(iC Date Reviewed Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon 1 Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Actual Mix No. 0370030 Cam. lbs. 7 -SK F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 70/30 pea C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Test Method ASTM C39 X C -1231 Other C /01'! fC Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) Krazan & Associates, Inc. • Project No. 066 -00054 Weather Partly cloudy Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Cyl. Code C 0522 Pour Date Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Field Data supplier Miles Concrete Prisms Mortar Grouted Time Truck # Ticket # 11:45 52 496940 Site Mix Plant No. 1 Grout X Flex Beams Other Ungrouted Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. fluid 58 52 Placement Area Footings SlablDeck Walls X Slab Columns Pilings Grade Beams Other Grids Walls @ truck dock to 4', line 6 - E to H, H -3 + 6 to t.o.w. Remarks Inspector Sam Hyatt Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age 0522 -1 4/5/2000 7 0522 -2 4/26/2000 28 0522 -3 4/26/2000 28 0522 -4 0522 -5 0522 -6 0522 -7 0522 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: Dim 4x4x8 4x4x8 4x4x8 1. Cone Reviewed By Al Wt. Area Lbs. 16.38 16.27 16.27 Design Strength 2000 2. Cone & Split 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 - 1330 Max. Comp. Load Str. (psi) 38500 2,350 63000 3,870 65000 3,990 Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon 3. Cone & Shear 3 -29 -2Z _ J Report No. Permit No. 099 -0432 Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design X Actual Mix No. 0370037 Cem. lbs. 5922 F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 7650 pea C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 17910 Water 396 Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 04 -01 -00 Tested Break Set # By Type ML 4 SHJ 1 SHJ 3 Date Reviewed SiVvo 4. Shear Test Method Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) 41611KraZarl & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION April 21, 2000 Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBT/sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA Offices Serving The Western United States 25418- 74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 •.(253) 854-1330 • Fax: (253) 854-1757 Project No 066-00054 Permit No. D99-0432 111111.1A kratalt s. Krazan & Associates, Inc. - 25418 74th Avenue South,l. ,,t, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Protect No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0465 Pour Date Weather Partly cloudy Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Supplier Miles Sand and Gravel Concrete X Mortar Grout Prisms Grouted Ungrouted Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Time Truck I>t Ticket 1 % Air Slump (F) (F) 1:20 033 0496318 5.4% 3.5" 64 56 Placement Area Footings Slab /Deck Walls Slab X Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age Dim 0465 -1 3/30/2000 7 6X12 0465 -2 4/20/2000 28 6X12 0465 -3 4/20/2000 28 6X12 0465 -4 0465 -5 0465 -6 0465 -7 0465 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone :..u., maw.hW.. .:aWui..b 1£: 1.i ig Sf+' nu :.Y.IRX,44,!baitm.mttttN>+esruwv o..._,._....... „.. Columns Pilings Grids Loading dock ramp. 6” concrete slab on grade, with #5 @ 18' o.c. E.W. trash compactor slab, #5 @ 18 o.c. Remarks All concrete place via truck chute consolidated by vibration. nspector P. Seely Reviewed By Wt. Area Lbs. 28.26 28.25 28.25 Site Mix Plant No. 3 Flex Beams Other Design Strength 3500 2. Cone & Split Max. Load 89000 142500 139000 Grade Beams Other Unit Wt. n/a Comp. Tested Str. (psi) Set 1 By 3,150 ML 5,040 SHJ 3. Cone & Shear 3 -23 -2000 Report No. Permit No. 099 -0432 Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon 4,920 SHJ 3 Date Reviewed 4 / 2 " 44 Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design X Actual Mix No. Cam. lbs. 5SK F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 3/8" C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) 5% MB 90 Water Added on Job (gals.) 0 Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Recd. 03 -24 Break Type 2 3 4. Shear Test Method ASTM C39 C -1231 X Other Compressive X Flexural Test Results Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) • " . ., • , .soiocaetkostdif 46111KraZan& ASSOCIATES, INC. April 20, 2000 Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Cqmpressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. WBT/sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division Offices Serving The Western United States 25418 -74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 t(253) 854.1330. Fax: (253) 854-1757 Project No. 066-00054 Permit No. D99-0432 00034 brosk.doc Krazan & Associates, Inc. Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete X Mortar Prisms Grouted Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age 0451 -1 3/29/2000 7 0451 -2 4/19/2000 28 0451 -3 4/19/2000 28 0451 -4 0451 -5 0451 -6 0451 -7 0451 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Grout Ungrouted Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 0845 17 496068 4" 61 55 Placement Area Footings X Walls Columns Grade Beams SlablDeck Slab Pilings Other Grids Building front column footings Remarks Inspector Sam Hyatt Reviewed By Design Strength 3000 2. Cone & Split 25418 74th Avenue South ; WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 co. Code 0451 Pour Date 3 -22 -2000 Report No. Weather Rain Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. 099 -0432 Site Mix Plant No. 3 Flex Beams - Other Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 4x8 12.46 43000 3,450 ML 3 4x8 12.54 70000 5,580 SHJ 3 4x8 12.54 68500 5,460 SHJ 5 Date Reviewed 4 1/A! 3. Cone & Shear Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design X Actual Mix No. 01500 Cem. lbs. 4700 F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. ' 18600 7/8" C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 14800 Water 325 Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Items Inspected X Conforming Non- Conforming Date Specimens Recd. 03 -23 -00 Test Method Other ASTM C39 C -1231 X Compressive X Flexural Test Results V Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) ri GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION , 7:•: - ! . 1:' , ;•••f: , :•:! • - . April 19, 2000 Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington • Dear Mr. Hughes, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regardhig the above referenced Project: I you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBT/sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA Offices Serving The Western United States 25418- 74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854-1330 • Fax: (253) 854-1757 00054 break,tiOc , io4i0 i‘myHVenuerbooirr; rcerttr; vvPcbova Project No. 066 -00054 Weather Pt cloudy Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete Prisms Time Truck P 1250 49 0495953 Placement Area Footings Slab /Deck Mortar Grouted Codes for Break Types: Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age Dim Area 0461 -1 3/28/2000 7 4X4X8 17.45 0461 -2 4/18/2000 28 4X4X8 16.38 0461 -3 4/18/2000 28 4X4X8 16.38 0461 -4 0461 -5 0461 -6 0461 -7 0461 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Cyl. Code 0461 Pour Date Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Grout Ungrouted Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. fluid 63 59 Walls X Slab Columns Pilings Grids To 8' - A -3 to 6, 6- A to H, H -6 to 4' Remarks nspector Sam Hyatt Reviewed By 1. Cone 2. Cone & Split Site Mix Plant No. 2 X Flex Beams Other Grade Beams Other Design Strength 2000 Wt. Max. Comp. Lbs. Load Str. (psi) 58500 3,350 74000 4,520 87000 5,310 Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Date Specimens Rec'd. 03 -22 -00 Tested Break Set By Type ML 2 SHJ 5 SHJ 3 Date Reviewed 'x/ 3. Cone & Shear 3- 21 -2LJ Report No. Permit No. 099 -0432 Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design X Actual Mix No. Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) 0370030 7 SK 70/30 PEA Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Test Method Other ASTM C39 C -1231 X Compressive X Flexural Test Results Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) C Rraz Ks nt t...... " .eslIt,>,S..., 41.r.. «:KPo».., CDili 1 0 l .4 111 nv 1121 ,uu vvuu r'fc /rril Project No. 066 -00054 Weather Pt cloudy Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Site Mix Supplier Miles Plant No. 3 Concrete X Mortar Grout Flex Beams - Prisms Grouted Ungrouted Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck 0 Ticket 0 % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 1:00 108 0495977 4" 60 47 • Plai;ement Area Footings Walls X Slab /Deck Slab Columns Pilings Grade Beams Other Grids Line 1/C.5 -E.5 Line E.5/1 Line 1.8/C.5 -E.5 Remarks Concrete placed vai pump & mech. consolidated. Inspector B. Smith Reviewed By Design Strength 3000 Cyl. Test Field Wt, Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 0436 -1 3/28/2000 7 4x8 12.55 42500 3,390 ML 1 0436 -2 4/18/2000 28 4x8 12.53 63000 5,030 SHJ 1 0436 -3 4/18/2000 28 4x8 12.53 61000 4,870 SHJ 1 Laboratory Data 0436 -4 0436 -5 0436 -6 0436 -7 0436 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1, Cone Cyl. Code C 0436 Pour Date Jurisdiction City of Tukwila 2. Cone & Split Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Date Reviewed 1/0-/ 3. Cone & Shear 4, Shear Report No. 3 -21 -203 Permit No. 099 -0432 Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Mix No. 0150AL Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Actual Water Added on Job (gals.) Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 03 -22 -00 Test Method ASTM C39 C -1231 X Other Compressive X Flexural Test Results Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) - . rcrazan - a- Assoclaies ont:: – Project No. 066 -00054 Weather Pt cloudy Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Supplier T.M.C. Concrete Prisms Time Truck* 12:55 - Inspector Sam Hyatt Laboratory Data Cyl. Code 0462 -1 4/18/2000 4/18/2000 Mortar X Grouted Test Field Date Cure Age Dim 3/28/2000 7 2X4 0462 -2 0462 -3 0462 -4 0462 -5 0462 -6 0462 -7 0462 -8 Remarks 41/441 6,..- Results Reviewed By 28 28 Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Grout Ungrouted Cyl. Code e; 0462 Pour oat. Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Ticket * % Air Slump plastic Reviewed By Are Wt. Area Lbs. 3.13 2X4 3.15 2X4 3.15 2. Cone & Split ul v "Zo errifirr n - auuUr, - t ill, vvr% avvvt, fke-vv, vv-v- .vvv Design Strength 1800 Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Site Mix X Plant No. Flex Beams Other Conc. Alr Temp. Temp. Unit (F) (F) Wt. 56 60 Placement Area Footings Slab/Deck Walls X Slab Grids To 8' - A -3 to 6, 6- A to H, H -6 to 3 Remarks Type S pre -mix Columns Pilings Grade Beams Other Max. Comp. Tested Load Str. (psi) Set At By 4500 1,440 ML 5000 1,590 SHJ 6000 1,900 SHJ S 9? i/o4S yy sN.u� Date Reviewed 4 010 3 0 3. Cone & Shear 3- 21 -2G1, , i Report No. Permit No. 099 -0432 Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Mix No. Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Actual Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Recd. 03 -22 -00 Break Type 4 4 3 Test Method ASTM C39 C -1231 X Other Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) KA No. 066-00054 Permit No. D99-0432 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila„ Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above-. referenced project The inspections were performed by our inspectors from April 5 to April 17, 2000. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in . accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, AWS D1.1 98 and the 1997 Uniform • Building Code. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIAT S, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WITINDA\sm CC: CITY OF TUKWILA & ASSOCIATE( ; INC. Dean Alex er Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 Offices Serving The Western United States 25418- Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854.1330 • Fax (253) 854.1757 : • ...1r • 1' .• . , . . . . . • 0o034 dtcolog • • GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVI 'NTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECT DATE: - 5 °eeln PROJECT N: Dd fl -r eel CY PROJECT: Ars r �� V LOCATION: -rztie Gd& 9- , W A KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: r To the best of my knowledge, the abov AS NOT performed In accordance with the ap Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. B, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #80, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 ociates, Inc. (559) 348.2200 (559) 651-8267 (661) 633.2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271.2200 FILE COPY OSA File/Appl. No. OSHPD No Permit No. D71 CONTRACTOR: _ trill pewee, Ai I.O.R.: tT" ,sg0041 PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: Q 'c.4er Technician: roved plans, e 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 3S E Santa Owe, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. 5, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodkwilf, WA 98072 002442 TEMP: 50 S 49A/ cS' /r .414 s'Arc.04-c - rites- AiCcy7eW Tiuccroi,e, , 4 e . (,t1 AL. /.5, ie iv 4/ 4' S Z 1 E . f , a 4. H, 4J--6 V ) (.6 1 >k 2.. 2 r ere.re44 (4 ter • g - eE Nmot cirvG artcc._ Air? (Arc pcleit r,j,t( • 1 yr i2/fieYFr�'.t r•7.-- fc'Pf IN ,GACC. Toair 4,4ome6 & tip pee ,cs 6n( L..S C sv,C Ric/ eVie#ec f4 ACA' 774 CZ) ew Z /Mfi-L i 5e //, o h eA , /S. S" Cr..e. Yc S / /u='S Zror D 37007o AseE0 4/ JbeT!Ci*t/O /M/0 Ces/Soe, DA-7-,c /' 7'1 rn.Eu,/isievee•ve_ " // ,,2» 77f / f r e/ £ / v,'2 Goead r/c. SDL 0 cc c Hr fl-4' O. w l0 d- , a.ferA1T G.i -' 4 t-44 -p ev.vTi.wu tco t;/ £ /k', 2 .4 N // e.-/ Ater � 4/ vim ZL 8.s" GHQ 6 5 ` 8 / 1 a e / l r f i P 1 v ' GR Mg (v eou 1` 7 T 40A7/- Iflcations, and regulatory requirements. (916) 64.2200 (626 294-0449 (2 • 854-1330 60) 598-2126 (425) 485-5519 DATE: 611 n & Ae.socletes, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENV AMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION PROJECTS: 46'6 -464_ PROJECT: e t-S7 rA I.O.R.: . rSeF L PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: 7 ^ Z4 R-00/ L/9- ' COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: T,l' WEATHER: G.q-' TEMP: 5 f OW cl<Tie- Ask $1" ct/R'tf`_ .rA/ s ff Jp ste 1/1?19t W 1 -S_ /A, 1 4.5 , oei SI ,zp ft r& L'ezc d., , L /tv2= 4.5" � / V Criulc 13.5- 4-29 c F ra •.1 ' a T' Oorl4 e/A/G 1z-�' r /erl • /Q/ ,V /eemGi .ie 2 AI /" /AI � , � Mi ie - rS7" frefr2:ga L A44 ides //I/ PGAcC, rG4-res kN r NBC -Sd�xt t5r_ oS 1PL4 "trig 3 -/'7- o ,e i isi , ,v f 5 -V ni Sr Yd5 ,11/4its lil t/ X 0 - 117011 34 4/&C.4/7 t ce-V PA4-Gic-P I -Awed 90 - 10; / (. 4 I .1Asu 414/ £f-'€i4 4 ' D/J"I 4-0v/Z /'9U L),1 A 6“5.0" s? AM -r' 20,0 cccrCd . 141- L°CsdafcD S f /D/✓ DF Ms,E �,.6uiRdlov4 P • 4.1:_/ar✓G otoeipra Nick.) Lo" /c i1%fL2 .ir c_2 Hay nve_ .6 •` - - 6 CONTRACTOR: br • Pried To the best of my knowledge, the abov WAS NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. A Waal., CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. NI, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348.2100 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271.2200 FILE COPY Technician: OSA Flea: ' o. 0024 4 4 OSHPD No Permit No. I/ 9 9 -c'4' 2. 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 9581 35 E Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Faulabo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564 -2200. : (616) 294-0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 ' (425) 485-5519 DATE: & Associates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVI .NTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION PROJECT 8: 4 - d ►,66.71- t / PROJECT• f' t T LOCATION: ' 2- Cgan(A ` Llfn' KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: tL) B -- CONTRACTOR •itCeN I.O.R.: SZ G PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: t'�jL.(/1i TEMP: 40 CAl S //2 4 u_ ens $',eu c 144 - .15 L L 5 i P a i�o 77,4-7` 00-Re-AM 1 444 , e AkisseiCA c s u weE S'' /-0 • C. mid , PALS germ?) Atie9 -S /9-T 4 , 4-Pt T L1 ive S i4her e,P- C i[s, m/ s, ek Seror 01 t0."70o.ro As PL44c1 Vie? LINE' AIAA/1 c 7 •- ,dod.0 A/07 Ldo/1-y - Rio -To 3b 6,4-/2 is (cV($t SA2/iVc eouoescs AND #101/04.0 Pl ect r,C eou.2s ers of LL 6 fI 6 5.o4/ : a el .0 geli GiircebtN /eif-C_ cJA�c -L Gidkitt A, 3,5" /is e. ' 6 u-Iza ev Toe: op 604a, R/ /N. k tbfA/ r " /k' ieti9C,tt_ x.11~'? f /A /t 7.ytl Wi 7i ' G u a?1.0 ,g1►4.V /3g/4414 A- r 're f.5; / 4e ? sus o efoecc t) 7' Tor of WA To the best of my knowledge, the abo Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Vi ails, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bake sfiekl, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. M8G Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St, #1, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348-2200 (559) 651-8267 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271.2200 FILE COPY WAS NOT performed In accordance with t approved pi Technician: DSA File/Appl. M^ OSHPDNo 0ue44p Permit No ,,/ 9 7 0 95 4 ._ s, specifications, and regulatory requirements. 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 35 E. Santa Clara, An adle, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poubbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, WoodhNlr., WA 98072 16) 564-2200 626) 294-0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598-2126 (425) 485.5519 & Assmciates, Inc. DATE: 9 r—Z7e PROJECT It &k ene PROJECT: 44s7 Ai/ LOCATION: To the best of my knowledge, the abov Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Cr 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave, Ste. A vissile, C4 93291 4231 Foster Am, Bakorsliekl, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. *8G, Modssto, C4 95351 550 Parrott St *1, San Jost, C4 951 12 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVI CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: iNTAL ENGINEERING .40a4 ..57774-4 ec 3 7k, z /Om° 4.00,11-4 44ga 742 3 — 7a 7A1 7 4 ) 4 ex. _s",•74- LA) ('/A�/ AtT 4eo^17 cyst.= 6444.a Al —I) 44.0 .4. 77i .44_ 2.ai 4".1,4"../ 4/2,0 AiX) A.0 1 • 4: ni Malt 7 /0/4 1 t.."..0 t 4#74.47 At7" tae-47100v_S 12414— 15/A/ " f•At,e' 4A • S NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: (559) 348-2200 (559) 651-826 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271-2200 FILE COPY DSA File/Appl, OSHPD No. permit No .4094 — a:le/34k CONTRACTOR: 54 4 ec, 01.) PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: A: e/ose.14, av.01..ye Omit Sacramento, CA 95815 3 ta aant Amodio, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr„ Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 M E, 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 TEMP: fts■ (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598-2126 (425) 485-5519 DATE: / ' ( Aorpe PROJECT N: L/Zro — 0404,51 PROJECT: AFX P Niel" LOCATION: 12Vellki.410 / CU KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: Wtv T To the best of my knowledge, the abo Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave, Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Winfield, CA 93308 102S Lone Palm Ave. #80, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Penn St. N 1, San Jose, CA 95112 ' 6111<raZan. & As >nociates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIR.ENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION (559) 348-2200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633.2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271-2200 FILE COPY CONTRACTOR: S D E I.O.R.: �• tS4i��LY PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: .51111( 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 35 E Santa Clara, Arcadia, C4 91006 25418 74th Ave. 5, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr,, Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 v 1; 1 u;.1 DSA Fil&Uppl •�,. OSHPD No. Permit No DP9 "4 f�s� TEMP: 2, W v5/7Z 1,•2 •. 4''' --& 111/e50 I� TTDV/ ei Cmz_t_ 0 49.4iAitee .e.c.4£.4 7"3i l5 4.9-721% 64v' ps i i Ar.e 5 4, fr mG AkifeA0 C. ,S' if. S' ,e -Al d pt$ie j ' v,0 4r" c t�» u kJ�9ct_ , ee,, isrvS 1 A/ A 4 N k '9iD is #11416 AS' 1' f s r ( /v'rr' t- 3 °;° .,� : mss` Ito if 40 ,t ✓r%r e x-4✓r /iv "t« D.er -,%c:• / 9n;, ,, r eh/ S. 3.' , rAitc kert 4444 Joi e ,e,&.v .9 ACTo t - ■4 ,r .z ._ 1n u_ k tm - ,I,reriav R tvffefecr0 4 7$ W s -3 ; - '/iVere thc.VD!` ;✓s eats flbG s• S t 6/eota r. ` (/)t - 0 p'7 3n 7s 79/20 i°.fF.f 4/24•v/C a /20u, iiroa . Vt 4 G,,vr f'tc.ke4/o i9, eAlti.g 4 .E) .8fr sylt -114 - Weve -O Watt. R F CR //a 8 A/z c £ie.Ess'c. - 's T 40A • (916) 564-2200 ( 626 ) 29 + 0449 (253) 854. 1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements Technician: GEOIECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIrLMENTACIENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION CONTRACTOR: -S D • S 5.4CO I.) I.O.R.: 54/7 ��}} PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: / 73 4• 4'' So gerlie'E.tZ2 j�K,4wAy COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: Avei 7 WEATHER: CAA/2_ DATE: PROJECT 8: b4 mot: s y PROJECT: &S r Qcry ,44.. 47/7i - ft c L 1 4/ /G AM& Tsl %�.4 12,..L. .2 -A- 727 6 Tv Q ,gwd Agwd rT 2-.4) L./t,T1.1 /L. A.vs .a_ s�,ce' . f/ nArz /14;44.t. Ar- A /A "Idea 1�' .tLo y t it) co L L!/. -2 . To the best of my knowledge, the ab Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ce 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palen Ave. *8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. art, San Jose, CA 95112 & As ociates, Inc. WAS NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: (559) 34 (559) 6 (661) 63 (209) 5722200 (408) 2712200 FILE COPY DSA FilWApp' "1, OSHPD No. , Permit No D 9g - a 932 eare Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 . Santa Clara, Arred's, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Or, Poubbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564.2200 (626) 29+0449 (253) 85+1330 (360) 5982126 (425) 485.5519 TEMP: //"� V ' & Asgociates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENW 4....ENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: /1 AP IL atz)6 PROJECT #:, # -angel PROJECT: BEST &.4y LOCATION: nLCLIM.A LL.?A KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: /Der /.0 At c1oPQAArg Ls 1/77# APARbugn pt46,15, A,uD cAffa/47eAMAIS. To the best of my knowledge, the above Superintendent/Representative: • 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. A Visalia, CA 93291 4231 foster Ave, Bakersfield, C4 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. 18G, Modesto, C4 95351 550 Parrott St. *1, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348-2200 (559) 651-8267 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271-2200 DSA FileMppl OSHPD No Permit No 1799 ' &cs CONTRACTOR: SD 1iA) I.O.R.: S. .OW 0_5 PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: .?12414 i/ 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, C4 95815 35 E. Santa Clan, Arcadia, C4 91006 25418 74th Ave 5, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Pbulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodfnv1Ne, WA 98072 FILE COPY , TEMP: ARP /►1m elo S/7 In PA,vc a - ,#7u409✓ .ter, LazUcsLe•7Jlrtal< ►� VE72aiEL7 euitamor CA7277 ,'47767s 1 AL ewe SST alaim72S1 senrr A 3b1I A) SS £Z131 icon CMOs W. zAgiaitS gay/ ' 2Ar • a) Vi IJA LY JA A 7 J1) shop t'AEtn►A* OF s►x (4) Cc msvOS L�M►L- I4 /JOT fb,s A 7 AT tnli survP T'is1T_ PIECE Mwitt:it 3o LAri g) ►vAVE AtkAA30 At1, $DVJ / PI52 ,figpP 1310.e �.�GS Aces oi. i W i m eeP &; STprt s E9.61010 r) 1A1.45, ALL Codes w A)S A MIE B ) r 'rm ` j JDis icana5 # insr5 f�Errgn Betwemo t;tint ►o L WWE_S 3 713 '1 l4! 51150 FgbM Ara /L CLUE . 9utf cipnovc mew RicFIZBOQs-'n tom/ /44077. r) . A. )1m 1 Aaew7— Ceuuca,2 nA,ueFs t4.072E ceiA/VD THIS DATE. WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: (916) 564.2200 (626) 2944449 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 • Ohl n & AssPciates, Inc. OSA ROA* N A NTAL ENGINEERING OSHPD No. Penh No, 0¢32. CONTRACTOR: ' c - o J I,O.R,: -7 W PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: C/o/or GEOIECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVI CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: 4 PROJECT 0: ‘4 dent PROJECT: iaet $ uY LOCATION: 7 • C.- k1.4) KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: AT v N Ltt/e A 2 - To the best of my knowledge, the abov Superintendent/Representative: ,y y 2 A -,Ba 5 A-L.-- �°_40)!D / 2 n /n,/ t7 eV 7/z.624.,./ TT/l al 5 64, y'' ' P't'X 037003 7 C12 -17 ry b rte• 21S West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, G 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. St.. 8, Walla, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. 880, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. 81, San Jose, C4 95112 AS NOT performed In accordance with the ap ,•ve• plans, specifications, and regulatory requirement& Technician: (559) 348-2200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633.2200 (209) 572.2200 (408) 271.2200 FILE COPY 123 a Ckth, Saawrento, CA 95815 35 Santa are, Arced4j, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave, S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulabo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodk iUe, WA 98072 TEMP: 5 (916) 564-2200 (626) 294.0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVI CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION & Asp Inc. .cNTAL ENGINEERING DATE: ♦_! /7" PROJECT Ih [AQ .'CS:©©S PROJECT: dA6/7 LOCATION: /7J4 V S. CM, /9 vie.t4l4 KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: DSA FlMMppI. N� OSHPD No. /f Permit No. y - V 3 A CONTRACTOR: - f)ite / LO.R.: i/"1 j4"4-77 PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: Chs. pt,/Z TEMP: 6,10 e'.) Sri2 ,6.e S i k, /4.c.st .4sep T�sdEc/i .c1 tau/, T jam . ,, 6 ' Az." e./.7E.d7" s.i L ,6, '— . /4t A -fa pa. 3 4r-- ? - 4- 7 - a y ' Awe) j dc,L 27 Air_ z.✓ eld,40cdalAr C A./271i 1" L'i'L s Ac ' / caA /lots Z. Z.A. KT 7 '* $� '%L h c-src /a A G .tte)ZG ! Ow� Sow �S _ � To the best of my knowledge, the a Superintendent/RepresentatIve: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. 48G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. 4 San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348 (559) 65 (661) 63 (209) 572.2200 (408) 271-2200 FILE COPY e Carle, Sacren onto, CA 95815 to Clean, Arcadia` CA 91006 418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N E. 177th Puce, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564.2200 (616) 194 -0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598 -V26 (425) 485.5519 r . WAS NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requlremii ts. Technicla : 02K razan & ASSOCIATES, INC. April 14, 2000 Dear Mr. Hughes, William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBT/sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. RE: Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Offices Serving The Western United States 25418 -74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 980320(253)854-1330. Fax: (253) 854-1757 Project No. 066-00054 Permit No. D99-0432 00034 brvek.doc Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact oiu. office. .�o...• „. :, >n., n�nr::.. sx� :xrae7v:,�crM, :;s.: «rn.v„iw.. Krazain & Associates, Inc. Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0423 Pour Date 3/17/2000 Report No. Weather Overcast Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. 099 -0432 Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Supplier T.M.0 Concrete Prisms 13:30 Mortar X Grouted Grout Ungrouted Time Truck S Ticket S % Air Slump Site Mix X Plant No. Flex Beams Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit (F) (F) Wt. Plastic 59 48 Placement Area Footings Walls X Slab /Deck Slab Grade Beams Remarks Type S Spec. mix pre mix. Columns Pilings Other Grids Perimeter foundation wall - A -3 to 6, 6 - A to H, H -3 to 6. nspector S. Hyatt Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age Dim 0423 -1 3/24/2000 7 2X4 0423 -2 4/14/2000 28 2X4 0423 -3 4/14/2000 28 2X4 0423 -4 0423 -5 0423 -6 0423 -7 0423 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Reviewed By ,4tor 2. Cone & Split 25418 74th Avenue South ' Int, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Date Reviewed 7/2y 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Actual Mix No. Type S Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 -- Sand lbs. Water Admixture -- Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) M. Water Added on Job (gals.) Design Strength 1800 Date Specimens Rec'd. 3/18/00 Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set $ By Type 3.09 8000 2,590 SHJ 4 3.09 8500 2,750 SHJ 3 3.09 8500 2,750 SHJ 3 4, Shear Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Test Method Other ASTM C39 K C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) krazan & Associates, Inc. 25418 74tD Avenue South` , nt, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0418 Pour Date 3/17/2000 Report No. Weather Overcast Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. 099 -0432 Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete Prisms Mortar Grouted Time Truck N Ticket p % Air Slump Site Mix X Plant No. Grout X Flex Beams Ungrouted Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit (F) (F) Wt. 13:40 104 0495554 -- Fluid 61 49 Placement Area Footings Walls X Slab /Deck Slab Grids Perimeter foundation wall - A -3 to 6, 6 - A to H, H -3 to 6. Remarks Columns Pilings Grade Beams Other Inspector S. Hyatt Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Reviewed By Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age Dim Area 0418 -1 3/24/2000 7 4X4X8 16.92 0418 -2 4/14/2000 28 4X4X8 15.97 0418 -3 4/14/2000 28 4X4X8 15.97 0418 -4 0418 -5 0418 -6 0418 -7 0418 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By / L.-- 2. Cone & Split Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Design Strength 2000 Date Specimens Rec'd. 3/20/00 Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set S By Type 60000 3,550 SHJ 5 79500 4,980 SHJ 4 85000 5,320 SHJ 5 Date Reviewed 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Mix No. 0370030 Cem. lbs. 7sk F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 70/30 pea C. agg. lbs. 2 -- C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) -- VO Actual AO 1M GIP ■Mi Water Added on Job (gals.) 4. Shear Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Test Method ASTM C39 C -1231 Other G.. top/ Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 20 5. Columnar (Split) GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION -April 13, 2000 . : . Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project I you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact ourciffice.- Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBT/sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA Offices Serving The Western United States 25418-74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854.1330 • Fax: (253) 854.1757 Krazan & Associates, Inc. 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code L 0415 Pour Date 3/16/26w Report No. Weather Sunny /Breezy Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. 099 -0432 Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete X Prisms Mortar Grouted Grout Ungrouted Site Mix Plant No. Flex Beams Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket If % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 10:50 049 495400 4" 56 42 Placement Area Footings X Walls Slab /Deck Slab Grids 1.5 to 6.5 @ 1 line Remarks Columns Pilings Grade Beams Other Inspector Robert Best Laboratory Data Cyl. Test Field Code Date Cure Age 0415 -1 3/23/2000 7 0415 -2 4/13/2000 28 0415 -3 4/13/2000 28 0415 -4 0415 -5 0415 -6 0415 -7 0415 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed By Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Reviewed By Design Strength 3000 2. Cone & Split Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set #I By Type 4X8 12.54 51000 4,070 ML 2 4X8 12.59 77000 6,120 SHJ 1 4X8 12.59 84000 6,670 SHJ 3 Date Reviewed 3. Cone & Shear I A I 4. Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Mix No. 1500L Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) MOP Actual WOOD 01.111 11111. Water Added on Job (gals.) Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Recd. 03/17/00 Test Method Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) an& ASSOCIATES INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Project No. 066 Permit No • 99 -0432 Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 Compressive Strength Test Results Best Buy Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. illiam :. one �2 Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division WBT /sm Enclosures cc: CITY OF TUKWILA Offices Serving The Western United States 25418.74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854-1330 • Fax: (253) 854-1757 00031 biuk,dac Krazan & Associates, Inc. 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Protect No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0396 Pour Date 3/13/2000 Report No. Weather Overcast Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. 099 -0432 Project Best Buy Engineer Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Architect Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Contractor S. D. Deacon Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete X Prisms Site Mix Plant No. 1 Mortar Grout Flex Beams Grouted Ungrouted Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck 0 Ticket N % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 2:15 030 495039 4" 55 52 Placement Area Footings X Walls Columns Grade Beams Slab /Deck Slab Pilings Other Grids H line @ 5.5line Remarks Inspector Robert Best Laboratory Data Design Strength 3000 Cyl. Test Field Wt. Max. Comp. Code Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) 0396 -1 3/20/2000 7 4X8 12.52 42000 3,350 0396 -2 4/10/2000 28 4X8 12.54 73000 5,820 0396 -3 4/10/2000 28 4X8 12.54 73500 5,860 0396 -4 0396 -5 0396 -6 0396 -7 0396 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Reviewed By X 2. Cone & Split Date R`viewed — /s - ' 3. Code & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type Design Mix No. 1500L Cem. lbs. 470 F. Ash lbs. -- C. agg. lbs. 575 C. agg. lbs. 2 1300 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 1460 Water 325 Admixture Other Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) Actual 0 Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Rec'd. 3/14/00 Tested Break Set * By Type ML 2 ML 2 ML 2 4. Shear Test Method Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) Krazan & Associates, Inc. ( . 25418 74th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032, (253) 854 -1330 Project No. 066 -00054 Cyl. Code 0450 Pour Date 3/10/2000 Report No. Weather Partly Sunny Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. 099 -0432 Project Best Buy Location 17364 Southcenter Parkway Client S.D. Deacon Corp. Field Data Supplier Miles Concrete X Prisms Mortar Grouted Grout Ungrouted Site Mix Plant No. 3 Flex Beams Other Conc. Air Temp. Temp. Unit Time Truck # Ticket # % Air Slump (F) (F) Wt. 2:00 109 494912 -- 4" 56 45 Placement Area Footings X Walls Slab /Deck Slab Grids 6 line @ E line. Remarks Inspector R. Best Laboratory Data 0450 -4 0450 -5 0450 -6 0450 -7 0450 -8 Remarks Results Reviewed Codes for Break Types: 1. Cone Columns Pilings Reviewed By 2. Cone & Split Grade Beams Other Design Strength 3000 Engineer Architect Contractor S. D. Deacon Cyl. Test Field Wt. Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim Area Lbs. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 0450 -1 3/17/2000 7 4X8 12.55 42000 3,350 RB 1 0450 -2 4/7/2000 28 4X8 12.54 53500 4,270 ML 2 0450 -3 4/7/2000 28 4X8 12.54 54000 4,310 ML 1 Date R‘ viewed y- =c6 fi 3. Cone & Shear Reported Batch Data Cement Type 5 sk 1 3/8 Design 3000 Actual 3000 Mix No. 1500L 1500L Cem.lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water -- Admixture Other -- Air Ent. (oz/cwt) Water Added on Job (gals.) Items Inspected X Conforming Non - Conforming Date Specimens Recd. 3/11/00 4. Shear Test Method Other ASTM C39 X C -1231 Compressive X Flexural Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 5. Columnar (Split) April .10, 2000 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE:. Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila„ Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above - referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors from April 3 to April 5, 2000. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, and the 1997 Uniform Building Code. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. rone Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division it W BT,DA\sm cc: CITY OF TUKWILA & ASSOCIATES, INC. RECEIVED r APR 2 0 200 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Dean Alexander Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 I► Offices Serving The Western United States 25418- 74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854 -1330 • Fax: (253) 854.1757 KA No. 066 -00054 Permit No. D99 -0432 OOOS4 as ex Krazari & AsUciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION To the best of my knowledge, the abov Superintendent Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #86, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348 -2200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572.2200 (408)271.2200 ru r ni1nV 113 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 35 E. Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 / 25418 74th Ave. S. Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 002440 DSA File/Appi. OSHPD No. Permit No. 9 9 coo - ©s, 3 2 DATE: V-"' 3 e D CONTRACTOR: So Ps Pe A - �'f PROJECT #: �J CO e- DO e Sy LO.R.: A 336# - y PROJECT: I?E'ST Ru 4" 5� PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: ' 7ZtKM.) C.b} , Wes• COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: tg 8 7 WEATHER: rj L , TEMP: de f ©il' Sim k iL 5•r604-<._ 2. Arsaore_rioiv e ,S//Zg.- tGra$2 1)41( ,f 44 s7 I I./4 s• G u$c42 ,e,/.v got/ wr4Uc. t- 'vCS .vsiry a fa if /_-" 'it, •5! /9 Cctrgee- 14 S 00f llli s S . o 024-11C4- e37.00. 'nrs A-cr v/ [ mix 1 F i'7 7,' d f & . 4,ae cs e ALSO fo L /Nic 0 2 I C — .1.e 7 fe Ana.,-, Y-o C . d /..5" ,% 4-N "ex. 7ve•ei - ,fie /mot 1 • ALL G.ttru-? W» $ Coxto I.0 Ai ! i ar.411 Irv""* L (It 3IQ4 -P7 ,t4 /P/c,/Ne4?■ccicrbl/EN 7` ` ®,8S/r ed.4c4 74• PL 9 €- ,04 WALL '0 1 . 1"/lAvST S iic/Z /V6 S, rit/Y- ilcfdE4 Aivz iRAG"'s /iv A1d9 -GC' .be[2 Nro' (9'i261457" /N6 i47" L.d D G/C ���P.� j TIAC elfr2./.s:/l a r- I.,/ Ar 1 ante .E. S' ,ic s i A w A-51 ,4 w1. ceers &2.4€C6 5 4 L Erl.44.6 L Derek , A4074,. - r,f ,s £ rnael t'� iZ #'i' .2 amts 7f *a/ A/ AFB — Re - S i C it►i. it AM m l� ` -cock . 47 Avep �- u s s � . / 4/4/65 1 . 4 S e q - , f b 2 4 r � Ds 7 7 J 4 m'R.4/PACIO WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved pl , specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253)854.1330 (360)598.2126 (425)485.5519 DATE: 0511Kra Zan & A4 Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION 4 my PROJECT #: LeVe PROJECT: S 7 6 LOCATION: -- "niMA)709 - t1/49 KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: /A.'S tnd 77: SiDere/4-4 las e,17,e/-v ,p srfei4 cric/e i/0/9-fraut 4- tOst-ce- S. . 5 /4 /9, #//z,r-S SW/4,9v geihere._ erzeur ia/Je 10-e 71)/9.7 4t4 I d / A/.04: 3 Ye tf sexes Se e 4/A/or- • .. /, r / 6•4(..2.54 • ie,..weernaosA, r , ist 7° (SA F /4445tm/s Sx/i/ c4ilk /7/ A7 e5Af 4-/ s J Q, 4,15n :Art Wt. StS&Al if/a v I-ley/7E4S 47 1er4e) Ave heoves, - 7X/,‘ar ord Ago St.41,440/4 4/27.1) V? /6/zeze7 eP m44 /Zeimf-e/2‘461.4tir e 4l9 "/C2 4-4to 57724 ,N • To the best of my knowledge, the abov Superintendent/Representative: 215 W4sJ#akota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 . Doe Ave. Ste. B, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott Sr. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 / WAS NOT performed in accordance with t approved s, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: 4.4.4A-X> YeJA (559) 348•2200 (559) 651•8267 (661) 6334200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 2714200 roil r- CONTRACTOR: (S CI) 2 5 riCe 1.0.R.: P. Sitr:/E. 9" PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: ,s es es, 0 0 4 4 DSA File/AppL OSHPD No, Permit No. 7 9 efrs 12'3 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 958 35 E. Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 TEMP: (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598-2126 (425) 485 -5519 4151Krazan. & Ash1.)ciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: PROJECT M: —44Q s PROJECT: /'LAS � GS. LOCATION: /73G ' i % �.JT KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: 4/47 r941 / s � s �7 Z4L4X Za.4' $L h42 4• IL ,aT 12Adot_ .2 - /3, c �1� E, i auto) e x 1CokvD ' ?� �... .ZA) not/A,its�•�. Y t SD/,t ■s s�•c c k. CAA7e, 7 / icy a.c- �,,�•�� -- ,4- i. 5)4,,� Lec tT A .) , Lte e7 24c ,s �'J /�r L,)�✓ t �k• mow' 14 ..--za 4e ,r,4 // !/Yd2�s%o�'L_ , DSA File/Ap OSHPD No. Permit No. 9 99 cf 3 CONTRACTOR: S/) AL ee I.O.R.: CPry PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: evdc.u.c AA-CT TEMP: j2. rJ4 e /44 4-I `4.705O4/,L y L.s,04 G /1 e 4.0 To the best of my knowledge, the ab. rte' AS NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 (559) 3 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. B, Visalia, CA 93291 (559) 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 (661) 6 1025 Lone Palm Ave. *8G, Modesto, CA 95351 (209) 572.2200 550 Parrott St. al, San Jose, CA 95112 (408) 271.2200 e Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 3 to Clara, Arcadia, C4 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 March 31, 2000 Krazah & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING .• ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila„ Washington Dear. Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above- referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors on March 30, 2000. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, AWS D1.1 98 and the 1997 Uniform �. Building Code. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division W BT\DA\sm CC: CITY or TUKWILA RECEIVED APR 17 2000 DEVELOPMEN D E T EV 2 Dean Alexander Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 Offices Serving The Western United States 25418 - 74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253)854-1330* Fax: (253) 854 -1757 00054 int Joc Location: 45i1Krazan & Asociates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: 30 MAkcil. ozve CONTRACTOR: lIA1 AD& MAQGIE ENT• PROJECT N: ea- I.O.R.: S. RANas PROJECT: J $J A PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: J/M C _ / 72 E , uak COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: S�:�y WEATHER: st N y TEMP: W' STRUCTURAL STEEL CrFIELD / OP WELDING V.T. ❑ MATERIAL ID ❑ U.T. ❑ M.T. ❑ P.T. Co[uin.vs NM 38 &fry 6� Item(s) inspected: Welder qualification /certification verified for: PEi ,r E. 4.2.410101 , 62A - SZI ad/ /6 ) AP/RES JUL RCS Position: Process: Weld Type: SMAW Weld Size: Codes: er NOTES ❑ DISCREPANCIES IT 33 % COMPLETE OF Ct:Ute fNS ( `S'�� liaum,U. MK .31, et i4k31? werE /J PR61. S S [.Jiu. BO /rt.e.4a ant-) 4/77' To the best of my knowledge, the above Superintendent /Representative: 4231 Foster Ave. Bakersfield, CA 93308 (805) 633 -2200 3/16" wS D /1 / -9f VERTICAL HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD Pa Filler Metal: E / -T7 CAW GMAW SAW ❑ Other: C.P. P.P. PLUG ❑ Other: 5/16" 3 /e" ❑ Other: TITLE 21 TITLE 24 UBC ASME ISC 25418 74th Ave, S Kent, WA 98032 (253) 854-1330 Technician: OSA Filell. No OSHPD No. Permit No. nEcFJ'lED APR 1 7 2000 DEvF pmE T AS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. 215 West Dakota Avenue 550 Parrott St. #1 123 Commerce Circle Clovis, CA 93612 San Jose, CA 95112 Sacramento, CA 95815 (209) 348 -2200 (408) 271 -2200 (916) 564 -2200 1: 11 g rnPv . March 31, 2000 1 I.iaZari & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL. ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila„ Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above - referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors from March 21 to March 31, 2000. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, and the 1997 Uniform Building Code. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIA ES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division W B1\DA\sm cc: CITY OF TUKWILA RECEIVED APR 17 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Dean Alexander Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 Offices Serving The Western United States 25418.74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854.1330 • Fax: (253) 854.1757 WUSJ Jr, A* �Z & ACaciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DSA File/Appl. No. OSHPD No. Permit No. 1 ' oY oz_ DATE 3 -4R/ — ' a CONTRACTOR s-D . a^J PROJECT N. t eYGO_c 9 I.O.R.: . 54m 44-T7 PROJECT: e3it'57 Qk �/ PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: /731"V Sers / Ti (&v701— A f/, COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: h./1r WEATHER: /77 C`e st6 , v TEMP: (..o i f /.QA) — Cl /2 7 S• C/ ∎14 4 — .#114 SON/Ly ree--/JAPA../ 4 4J 7E S /2L .V / To the best of my knowledge, the abo Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 eC ircle, Sacramento, CA 95815 to Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 (408) 271.2200 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (559) 348.22 (559) 651.8 (661) 633.22 (209) 572.2200 (916) 5644200 (626) 294.0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 • �. s i tcc77t0 4i41•Catc -mAl7 6717 ,.. 4.41/s .-T 1.426 - 3 %o 4 1 le — ,+ No h / /5 !p To 44/04 ApsexmO �T To ...) 6:•.41,44. ..4,vc/L_ A //NA .s -0- Sfrc•1 C s e . l 4e..7' G. /01.44/: 6 /1r cif o.c , 4 7 Zweavt47 t- S,tsti•4,.c La•e,,R -% ,us , L..Qas�'i /L.zc tO ��� � ,�v Zt .4,/ �iNso1.44s• /' £AOUT .4iv0 / /Z - WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: I<I a.Za11 & A )ciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DSA File /Appl: No. OSHPD No. P Y3c Permit No. DATE: 3 - ,ZA - © CONTRACTOR: SV 4 «o"- PROJECT 4: fop — me"- I.O.R.• S,di7 4547/ PROJECT: 'ST eKr PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: ,l7141 _e Mkll.✓2 L /�A1 COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: k. WEATHER: ,iFZI✓ TEMP: .S"i ©.✓ Sri ../e. �oi✓e71.4/ ._ x724, c_ � .,4-L_ / zosemix. / S,,s' 4e ./0•& detteU.4./Le. A A// A.A. c'c€ ,✓ s ‘ J.4 .,,4 .✓ At,✓D 414A/, 724A4 ,29 G I.✓ „� w474 ��•�...s — /Y S3 /•?4f / .vT,rsc 2>L /I4cAd ,- ;A coo-A/4_ .�7 �.��.c. �i�.4zTro •t/s .�- �L.au�D /Sy Doc.•, AtS /ilec, - ..'zcAsl, . e4sit 4 tmsr' .4 Sse.4.41-4 - 4, / J " .Ad 415* 4 -0 /1/4: 7 iL O'KT 4..A7: 2iL &iVl /� �rv5,44_ ;V 444 - 4;ex_ 'vc _,4A_ /1?os -0..4* / 444telt i /d 1 .TILT 4 R2/' 4 - 3 rol / 41 6 - ,4 To 4./d , 4,,,, .LT , 6.L- z'.t ln,v4.t.n/.9.dCA- t,rsTAz ,e4.4,44-1t7 arcs L ,,,,e- p`•IS.'s �s zet e ' ,�IDA�s?9L) 6Ai/.. • Zc/v/L /La ,c6' /4:touT / .07 — _„4-44.s.<- fot.GT .c/s /vrT. At Zz,✓.l✓ j D y 5 ,a 1,4 .eG/dwze.0 /:o•vs Zzaelo /, ouT .",, cJ./ .44/ / 014c. , c..44/7"' S..,4s .z1/4i �.,../44.",.4,, To the best of my knowledge, the abo Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. B, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. *86, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. 1*1, San Jose, CA 95112 WAS NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: (559) 348-220 (559) 651-826 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271.2200 r_n nr,n.. metre Circle, Sacramento, C4 95815 35 E. Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253)854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 I( razari & As(,_rciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION To the best of my knowledge, the abovJ/ WAS NOT performed S upe ri ntendent/Rlsentative: 2.1? W est Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. B, Visalia, C4 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348-2200 (559) 651-8267 (661) 633.2200 (209) 572 -2200 (408) 271.2200 DSA File /Appl. No. OSHPD No Permit No. L j 7 -O ft32 DATE 3•'A3 e CONTRACTOR' &b. . PE COn/ PROJECT k: � efZe " emcee I.O.R.: / Sl� L / •E PROJECT: %T gat ' ralli,(4L4- PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: l7 3 -f Si eudel..c? t 4.24a." d COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: GV 5.7-- WEATHER: .t7Z4-f C c' c)" TEMP: Sao 3 3t7t' `Tort sprci c .�..vs ic-r.e cJ,G ,eg /NRRCrAs/C O'rtfLAAi1) &Rou.T PLo9 cedlie,v T /iv fa Cho ZU44.t ,N 4-' g / A �a 1�, I.ZT•L� 76 if Couras• -s ,4wo Z., A10£ 6 l` 'O 4:9 > a Yie. Co"u..zr* --,-, /ki•v ieZF's44eAlr - /A( r / C s c# n//,E Ave 7»r J 44/4 2,c.w,Ditc,erhFVr ,N ," 4C /4" Q, e', A/c 44.5-4 '`lortsf, Y 5.°4 - c iF /c »-7 A/, f 9 4 ,pc Yi4- s j/n/ ex s SAND Akto a•e .- '7 sAic,r 7©/t o pia h-C- /4/ -c ro Aerw 1/,4 Pa "A V *Alb vs'U d ,s-7 Cn „5,-• '», z,, /, ie.e •9-, A '2 / 4445A s A1477£ ei''eoicr eA c�.a/,za ,tir" B,c',4tir 4-T /9". /0;70 A Al /01 v' c+, terse. CR /692. foie Tirs7` Off► -Tr4 . fikwVrs2Ciitlai 7 - 1-0•9 D /NYC 1>acee ~ 7tfs ' edm,4'/gc4 s CA-8 des>.-VI O ~7a ,6/r w w4,1/7h 7%.5 8/4/ P "dam - C o•� otet/ts. Ppo rr efe. 2s4it/' .etraA4f •9-r /: eo, ee is e sr R-,s /olr�e, iN,� p4V rz 9 7 J /3 9.° .fr.e.,E.s 5:5 / - ' ,r h a COA/t e5 )° 4 7".i4 f,£ LOe,gr c ($ 19 7 L(Ck e rc, ( zsu,a eAvr esei T,1#s £ iLA4t3S •9T 2:L.‘.0/rc rovzS P4S ResFFi2a. - /vedc Ci /7c) ,' 9723 zi-ro eK ORO/R pK G /'V, D C ■ /Nits .4 td79-ee.S G /A f}-7 04P/o/zox 3: e�'i I/4sow f Cr A/7a Aletlit 0.ep.c ?.Cj' 9 4 DS to 6204417 L, n/, A 4 6 / / edi4 ais t s c ,zs a e A,/,v 34 7 !v LrNh /2. to /gc'octieszs GAet.t. ,eb, soe, conk-r...d /3f /flittiAlviGoL ti,RRAIr v , / PGf9GC V teic- ,4-T /dMS In accordance with the approv plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Techni 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 35 E. Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 � 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 0 (i 5'; (916) 564 -2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 • KraZ & A C 1 8 t A S, Inc. DSA File&Appl; No GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: 3 a? l -Q e CONTRACTOR: SL? c40k) PROJECT N: tee.— a4Q.s V I.O.R.: 4 .' 4 1 da#,14 -7 7 PROJECT: /SFST ALI /4kt.,iGLw4 -- PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: / IC. Y Sear tv7Ca AgAi liftely COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: i. 5 / 0")7 7-- WEATHER: C/t .. f "PA I Sr/:7 `o e S .2s�c T , -L .4i 1 3A1 c■2 At / 7_• /r�AJ /f41.0 JACI:Z4 4 . s.J4/1.e._".f n , A L✓.tr! Ll, 47 Z.2_2 4- - J Tv (p &AA_ 11- A- i o L 7 Qo • .4.144 E To Al- h 3 /_ n'o 4) J , /lc / 4r✓ � A0,,,,. z7 7o .A.), 2 'i 7 ,2..".0.v t � a'7��4wS oe . a S' L /L/ To the best of my knowledge, the Superintendent/Representative: L21v2 trye AN.D /'Yff G.44reJl c4 /ov✓SOL'2 .772 Ins AcTh ' Atm/ 4zL .74.4.17 /44 w/k.., Ar/ /40 liar Ag-7 /��.l444 — 5:4 0 ,4. L,G.¢re,) rs Lw4- /0u.�/� .47,,/ mm. .ce. j - i.✓s„,LiGe,./ 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 T WAS NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician (559) 348 (559) 65 (661) 63 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271 -2200 " r1 a -8267 12 e OSHPD No. Permit No. p ?9 - ex /34Z 302 J Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 a Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 TEMP: _c z, $ (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485 -5519 fAIKrttd7_ an & As ciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: 3 'r "-5 9 a ( CONTRACTOR: - Z &ed'J PROJECT k: 64> — t >Cad .S y I.O.R.: .5'" i•} PROJECT: _ & S /.3 et j PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: /736 5( r TfJ .1.4!. A /i.41 COPIES TO: n KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: LrOr WEATHER: / OT. '�u ./Jy 6 TEMP: .S fAJ � 1/ .e < k G u 40- L 7 f- G.v� -Y r.er G 2 v ,4AJd 5/ 4. / A-ARrt ' oA.) S� z i/L /4- 1.2 : oo / 42our r / : E' / L4c ay-= z/2 cp.T .4-T A/4-1/ Ls )/—e— 6 - G Ta h , 4.A s.4 - 3 o L. 1 e, 0Z0' 4iv1 4.4zj9 .4 - 3 To (p ) Lt.0 /z 4 — 4 7 4' ) Coal c %2 S/4 % 74�.¢T 7b''c- 4,to 41T G.4" f aR.L7 .44 /4t .9-1 12 Agy TZ 7, GET iT okcht l✓zlhi X•WL. 1A) , 44445/— Ta 2 , /QE 2iuiev.CL.!•tc N ip/e .0.4724 £4) 7;$t- A L E4-f (" 330) / ED 7 cif iy /v07— /'i vA s / 27 cs Miix 64s A/ o% lydE.cJ 2 AA: 40 441 774--- ✓4Z/tJ.u14.. 44 TO /L-- 54.4S/3-a2 // %IL 40fito c.),* Ti¢ ; 2 . ✓�p �a,L L✓4I L .Ac7 �Q.rt / 9 - a T ' 7- 4' ,/}.,J4 / 4' z7 .2 ) Cp.1)�/L.!'siA.t/ 'L L✓t.7 - irvs Rr st t6 s 6.44774.4 2; Oc t G.�7.1eA. t/fif// �.2 sT r �i'� X ffT Tf�tS �a /'s9EGH4 A/L G Ac/` /-b.tW 1:04t SG{ s2 J��//e J /��N� Ott z7 i .p✓I' .;04,4 `t S .6 1 AsteV.t) ./7/ .Z �- 0, v tJ /.t e4441,/ 3 —a7 , To the best of my knowledge, the above WAS Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. B, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #7, San Jose, CA 95112 rformed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: (559) 348-2 (559) 651- (661) 633-2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271.2200 all c rnDV DSA FileIAppL No. OSHPD No. Permit No. Pyq V 3 °2 7Z41.disA Le/41, ' ,t7 . 4'a..) zatie- 4441)4_ erce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 anta Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564-2200 (626) 294.0449 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 cADmAim Cadman, Inc. Plant Locations: 30 Skyriver mg rogrtrher to bold out communifieS 31 Milicreek WATER ADDED AT CUSZER'S REQUEST • gals:to full load gals. to t h load gals. to 1 /3 load LIABILITY WAN( H Cadman, (Inc.) will not assume IIabIty for any property damage or any equipment damage for any deliveries beyond the curb line. AUTHORIZ4 8Y . Concrete Tested 0 Yes • , • Cylinders Taken . As No • 1. • Comments • '11 •• • • • ' 0 , :4• ■ti ' " • • • .1 . ' q •r• ..•!:"*. NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR VARIATIMIN COLOR OR SURFACE DISCOLORVION'i:" „LOAD PLANT " ORDER • 40 . :CUSTOMER JOB ESS 3641 "• t INSTRUCTIONS Tuxiolio :SALES TAX 2 ••WARNINO — Apornciike I • L . E SKIN AND. EyEs 4.. - -• • :/:coNcR . : wum .6... • ' Ya 7 L-71 PRODUCT4 • a.!0• 433 2040 ' 8570 clise 1 • • • , x t ., , r.4;. . . • I • ' - SIGN HERE SIGNA TURE OF RECEIPT- MCKIE A WATER ADDEO A ACENOIELEDGMIXT OF WARD WARDONO 40 Black diamond 50 Redmond 51 Issaquitt BLDG SAND- Reit 1592. 00 WATER GAL 3/8" GRAVEL RM 1089. 00 ASTM CI. III I AIR ASTM Cr-260 14FIA ASTM C-494 26. • • , SHIPMENT SUBJECT TO CONDITIONS ON REVERSE SIDE. TT • • " On Time Correct Mix Correct Slump Correct Sundries 36. 00 53 Bellevue 54 Seattle • • ••• i • : ., • • ciarcirkr: TAX .,TOTAL STANDBY - - 1 ■ . '" '7; ,••• r fr.f! r:L%rAtsill'x sh..011"' .....supEnpagritizin . • ADDED • • !. • , • 4) • •• 1 1' ..1 . 4;'?;; ; ' 1 `4 ■V.! • •;!VVI.;;.4("1:,;, Oki Krazan & A( .)ciates, Inc. DATE: 3 - „ --© PROJECT It 4;6 - CrilOO�y PROJECT: .0 d/ LOCATION: 1734*9 �ow7A/CEN/ 7e_ �igLtL/�•� KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: G✓.T ©4.1 %Z /wo_ 7- e; 4.04. /Zl•¢Sca��/ 1.v e-e 7;, 1r vet — 27, ,^ / o . c) A6 �t ��c. 6 — E To .� i.ert■9 Al- 3 To 4 .?(.1 AS ,4*..4.0 Zr" 7 ddi_ !•rT.+y ,Lwf s� _ . � o.✓ /.v Age •t 7 o"-= /'74 /.[va / A4+ .tX ra- o3Telo3 c A7 mac../721 ) 44. uT Z4/4r-.s / „01.,,e4 Zies GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION Superintendent/Representative: To the best of my knowledge, the abo ' WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. B, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348.22 (559) 651-8267 (661) 633 -2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271-2200 CII C "1"%r7V Technician: DSA File/Appl; No. OSHPD No. Permit No. -4607 — 3 & CONTRACTOR: S2 I.O.R.: �4�r ..ITT PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: pi/E,Qci9,s/ �/ly:stJ ommerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 S E. Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 TEMP:5 S (916)564.2200 (626) 294 -0449 (253)854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 I(i'azaii & AsC)ciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: — a 9 _ ef,6 CONTRACTOR: .. • L Co"..) PROJECT N 4/p at9OS"Lf 10 R. .S¢i1. 41/1A77 PROJECT: & ST d/9/ PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: £ WEATHER: "T' d4c. 4 TEMP: _s s 041 S2� Sj e�cc// L /g 504-1/ / ��vs�a c,.J ,4,v/J Tsai i( . / .r..V.,z c ZI 2 A4 . r S'/E / ,4 G✓.se s %o, Ta ,Sl L.�tl J f�- 3 4 4 I o Gr tmc, 2 - a o fil , L�.,�. -) .- d Tv 4 f ,72ke Abel/ 4.011$ ra. y ' Ate& At. v � D s Al L 7a , 2.) Co ") /yAN L/L,_ t✓tT� ,O�.ts vS Y- Spi of Ce..v/2.sGlv4 �L .?0? t5/ O/` I otc.�istS k '`�/aJ7o / 037 (.tt .$) ,ar 7744- 5.01"/1.- Lo44 •t/ i ' r t Ai/s/ar ,4i2 zsiECi4 use iL IIISLI"I$ A,C , ,/ 0 ".49( e �.r.�tJ. 2N Tf14T /s- 4._ 4A/i72 .aclo� 6AJ7 ) ? 4, /420 , Superintendent/Representative: To the best of my knowledge, the abpd�,V0AS NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 Lc.Qou �./.Jt /hisG irlLC0- /' A/. 0.4/71 (559) 348-2 (559) 651.826 (661) 633.2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271.2200 Technician: OSA File/Appl. No. OSHPD No. ' Q9 • ay)Z Permit No erce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564-2200 (626)294.0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598 -2126 (425) 485.5519 • I( & As( ciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: - awl - e,6 PROJECT M: 040' - 4p0 -CY PROJECT: de S7 449/ LOCATION: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: L.dT ©.ai 41.0 774 DSA File /Appl ' No` OSHPD No, Permit No, 0 Q9 _6y,) CONTRACTOR: )Z • U �) I.o.R.: —Co" yr/t77 -- PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: ft; C.Oce.4 TEMP: ,s7 SiRteehr,405 ■-.g.70..se24"v .27teleZzew-) sAt c /Z/2 .Y ../.4✓L.ri'.t',v i .', cc..) 47 A,,.t. _E 7 ,� , z„cld / - 3T• ,,.t4 .. *7 Lr lot- — d re, 17 / LJ.✓,t.. l --•d , , /b 1T. sc i 4,e A/o /Zs 7 1 !! I A x„v,D s Aft 7b l *)) aJ 7A/✓ -'t �, � / /41AS 1''' S l G LOw,QAPCIp/f "Age. 44.4 / dA - GtKdk, /z,s.� 2 /,j74 ( i . 5 / . e4-5) J -7 74& S rti /L Zoe.4- /Ie.t1J` , `,.20eeT Ll.Vrg � L[/Sa ,4t2 /f- 7“44,tJ2Gltt4. wit r -ex. G> #,z4). iA.) 74 ,�� 4 Lc.Qou Ls/4t /hitG�iVLLwe-Lv �OAvSOI -24 2g 6,J /Z10144,0 � , , 4yl v4 � Superintendent/Representative: To the best of my knowledge, the ab ? (.WAS / 1NAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348.2 (559) 651-826 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572 -2200 Technician: erce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr, Poulsbo, WA 98370 (408) 271.2200 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564 -2200 (626) 294.0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 DATE: 3 - 3/ - © 0 CONTRACTOR' ..-C4 ' Ac �-Cg� PROJECT N: (01P - ' © ©aSy I.O.R.: ..at/ , ( y4TT PROJECT: AST PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: /736 S 7 t1 7. ,a4- COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: L.■ I} 7 WEATHER: ..!— TEMP: • I(i'azan & AsLiciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. B, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. X1, San Jose, CA 95112 4s fr4.. 7 . a k�s7 o 77 s %ek u 4 4- 4 L rF-- 2 Ssi / 04.ed.tt/7 -- Apo_ 77,4_ Asoo.G7 -- 00 f' 14iL ,94J0 ‘, dE,L AA— /41 Z v A) 2AJ ! o.Ji4/ ,.cwc �,LT,� �� OL��s S' yams 44, Sk.6.54 kdr.JT t✓o t t fps �s�.�J smi C A)f»�c.n .eAxac w47 /ZIsms ,f— ptac s' . e Fed E.v 1 Aok Trc T 4,z17 .4L Vitus 4,4 s.%r Xt.," A- c /cif c e ,vr S'��JLs� 2 z ?" Ds COALS 72A'7 4/zTf1 7/41, 4,96to c '4 •¢Nd Sk/,�pt e 4o ors , er,�- 7 ' so �� yi 6 2a.�c10� C / Tiy G J 4 /o/ 2 -id ,Q ei t.4ar7 7745 g4;.6 .4s 44.e.e) 400.44 .4NO tit) Ga ,4/ j77 L.s ou2 Gfliatniz e, nl Th/4-T 7 2 e_ h✓o• k !d ,I calf'# i- T/yes 641- G. - IL LLA7 -- ALS /4 A. L- 7 � .�so2c�.�7'r�.+J wi trAes Thlls Lz cT 4✓ek1d w C •✓Fo/t.✓-t,..e vc To the best of my knowledge, the above WAS / WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Superintendent/Representative: Technician: (559) 348-2200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572.2200 (408) 271-2200 DSA File /Appl, No. OSHPD No. Permit No.. p9q erce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 . Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poulsbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916)564.2200 (626) 294 -0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 & ASSOCIATES', INC. March 22, 2000 Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila„ Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above- referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors from March 15 to March 21, 2000. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, and the 1997 Uniform Building Code. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. Dean Alexander Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division W BT\DA\sm GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION cc: CITY OF TUKWILA RECEIVED APR 0 6 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Offices Serving The Western United States 25418.74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854 -1330 • Fax: (253) 854.1757 I(1.23t1 & As ciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: 3 - eo PROJECT 8:, e(' d QnJ PROJECT: j.$I I — Iti y / LOCATION: / 7 344 �•rZ44i f7 € Ate 1 , 4 y KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: L✓�'% To the best of my knowledge, the above WA Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, G 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Poster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. N80, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 DSA File/Appl.' OSHPD No. ,/� Permit No. !i yq - ��13 CONTRACTOR: S, L 4..4 coA) I.O.R.: ,Sett.o 4479 PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: ,7; LLbti ti TEMP: .5"27 f' OA/ 5.77e7 /4Q 14 — LeA✓ ' 2 7* " 1 94SO•Wi�/ <�A/ C,4 (7 ,� s //� 7%/( i r 4 .4T TiS�cs %tr / •r / / s4 4 frt. z Air Zsti,r /f /54 SifRSA 4/Z41T a 4.'44 $ /t.✓4 AelPis ARI"sE11S /Qt#10 Se' dt lef.:4/AVe C.:41Z 4 rat.." s • n v % t.�ce:/e2 72 , OT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technicia (559) 34: 2200 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 (916) 564.2200 (559) 65 . Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 (626) 294.0449 (661) 633-2200 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 (253) 854-1330 (209) 572-2200 383 Equestrian Dr., Poubbo, WA 98370 (360) 598-2126 (408) 271.2200 13434 M. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 485.5519 FII F COPY . 45111<razan & As ciates, Inc. OSAFile/Appl; OSHPD No. Permit No. 2 7' — 0 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: ,P- /4 PROJECT It D44.- coos PROJECT: iC—K r ,f j v LOCATION: )71L ,Sod nicovin 2 Aid* KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: Akfr AMP Q, ✓ r 1 DN �/r6 A<S REa ufci r To iNJP f /A 4c rM6Wr IF Faa7m1 A-r ME r../ Mfr L r7 rJ; t9 /,• Ar tfi GmAt 2 Lila' FLT A 7b "-1 LoNc, / Le•vE —P-11, f G-J r9 6,4r; /.9 1.„/Ale" e* .i r 4-v3 / It) 2. 7 2E /N63Z°GEMe1/r dF ra rrmierj GodFi2,y r putivS AivO cf'l)6 i Ft c4TiotsI G-4• 4 S •2,49 cS00Rumt-, LAAI4 o e favolorea / efs JAmo .�W�O en4.t2 Dad Are 8AV so - YDJ' dF iv. ac .0Fr'c11lsj /am. ibizizabl I AS eidtc450 144 A/4 ?Atli / one() Avi o 47 t2 GN O'er DP 6J2 408 Gro yc nGYcr4062.1 Wive end r F2 •ebMAifiSirV c' rR. i'JG79 Ttztie16. To the best of my knowledge, the a Superintendent/Representative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. B, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #86, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348-2200 (559) 651-8267 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271-2200 G11 c "noV CONTRACTOR: S. A PStreDA I.O.R.: tj'egr Reiff PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: S AS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technlci 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 35 E. Santa Con, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poubbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 TEMP: 410j 411Krazan & As )ciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: 3 -/7-4, c, CONTRACTOR: Sd O, •o PROJECT e: 6.6 - mOOsy I.O.R.: , /"t 4077 — PROJECT: 0T- L � PRESENT AT SITE: LOCATION: /770V hICFA 7 T, ( /'4,449' COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: 2 ✓0I r WEATHER: 0V.SA.e417 04/ -.12,7c_ 6/L S/RkG aRA1� Je'14aSootAty � ' A e'I �!�►,9C 7012, A&COXItAr .s A r slx C At_ Ar..,0 i 1, Avzsro.J ../07— /344A.) 4-0 6Sy cry G 024c7 4 s %� sd 2 G'l r Ze / 1444id -44/0 Z i' r7 a z77� 9Ao v�4L 7» /Ct /44i , 6.0∎ 4e77/JG /141€-Ad /fr c i,' Z!tcT /i% A - 3 2 ".A -Tbi/ Kr /9L4e44 /5/ LiN�L �' /�•vL ,tme,4410,02L 4" To the best of my knowledge, the abov SuperintendenVRepresentative: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. 880, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. 81, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348- (559) 651- (661) 633- (209) 572-2200 (408) 271.2200 Fit F nr1PY DSA File&Appl OSHPD No. Permit No. 3 s.3 TEMP: rot ,k AS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: ommerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 (916) 564 -2200 E Santa here, Arcadia, CA 91006 (626) 294 -0449 25418 74th Ave. 5, Kent, WA 98032 (253) 854.1330 383 Equestrian Dr., Poubbo, WA 98370 (360) 598.2126 13434 N. E 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 485.5519 ea I(1 1 Z2Ir1 & l� 5 ) c i a t e s , Inc. DSA File/Appl. OSHPD No. Permit No. • ■ °i5/3 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: 3 © © © PROJECT 4: fp& — bet" ry PROJECT: LL°ST At/ LOCATION: /73 ley So•474 /�.�'11 KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: we SuperintendenVRepresentative: 1 TA•s/e 1 /CC2it//SvRi -ws• 07 — �2 A- ? � '4 6-4-71v# 17 4T /4 .3 7 ) / - /Tofi / s.4 K 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 foster Ave., BakenNeid, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #80, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348-22 (559) 651-82 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572.2200 (408) 271.2200 CONTRACTOR: £ �� OHO,) I.O.R.: .$lrei J547T PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: p 7 p./ Technician: 4 iY • Cirri', Sacramento, CA 95815 Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Pouabo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Pace, Woodinville, WA 98072 TEMP: Jds l e:o ' c (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 44��Ei . L/ i.4-tts 6" *7 4mes ,vs?4‘ -' J aa2 � o r ok7 1.441 /`iIccs4 dy 4004.- / G,L / Aud /Vzcliv ate.4l je (4 � �r . ) so t a 77 , ./ XA) , a - A1,44.."44,e.€_ A e, 77, /404,5" 343 �'V /53 7 r3 drs..tirs , rr,✓4L l /.r s4.0., 'e. % 434.. r A0d co-ed c_ 61wc -4 ti 4 "17 To the best of my knowledge, the ab AS NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. 451111KraZan. & As( ciates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: 3/2i fee PROJECT 4: OW ditra"''y PROJECT: CST ?kiY LOCATION: / LtrsaY KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: W:B.T � i✓� �- L/A l 5 / — / 0. istvW /. a . S — e •s DSA File/Appl. OSHPD No Permit No . b t11 CONTRACTOR: SAS. mil I.O.R.: — 8• S•11a714 PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: Y J me TEMP: 47 mot wail, R 3000 Est AN ADbRe vt� j. Am( 7VAtt h WA Itvrn71 A �/ A m A e 71L-375 � / �S 4F � � � RAgnt� 3.4// ✓ A1?'IF' b Ae-#9 To the best of my knowledge, the abc e W WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, sped Superintendent/Representative: Technician: 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Do Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. N8G, Modesto, C4 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 (559) 348-2200 (559) 651-8267 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271.2200 cncr•nov 123 Comoro ' le, to, 95815 35 E. Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poubbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 on a gulatory requirements. (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598-2126 (425) 485.5519 Kraza & INC. March 16, 2000 W BT\DA\sm GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila„ Washington Dear Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above- referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors from March 9 to March 13, 2000. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, and the 1997 Uniform Building Codc. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division cc: CITY OF TUKWILA RECEIVED MAR 2 8 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Dean Alexander Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 Offices Serving The Western United States 25418.74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854.1330 • Fax: (253) 854.1757 KO S4 Y*.doc M1 611 I LTd a[I & A •.ociates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIvnAENTAI ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: ,� ' ' — +? 00C, PROJECT It 04.1e - 4 PROJECT: 4' ST w y u ! /E=1 f 1PMI NFRESENTATSITE: LOCATION: )714k1 ` oamak/r'ER KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: AT To the best of my knowledge, the abo Superintendent/Representative: West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. 080, Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. WI, San Jose, CA 95112 RECEIVED MAR 2 8 2000 CONTRACTOR: S v . -4 EA cc.) grAKt4.111Y COPIES TO: (559) 348.2200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633-2200 DSA F8e(App' OSHPD No. Permit No. 4 - D'+" 3 2 WEATHER: di'E,FC'#' t1 T ,QrR�.Q 7 BozsT flit/vcD WC" AS ,Z TG' bvsPec7 .Per1Nr -aec ,4f1 A/T OF , 77A/4 P,E'�P.P. /Aiif, ?CE/ i 'T DF FbO7 ja,ERJ T wm4`!Td 4.44At'AN40 `CP6" GeF/CA vS FOR Gl'A ,sae:, sP41IAi ., 4#41 AND etEARA/VG.S. ?PIE LOG4I7DNS aF `77., 77A1 cite /01 A AS /Du.aws.' 4 c, D > E, F AT ,cLIAIE 4 4 D t, F, G Air 4- 1iAJE AND L D � E , I is- 47"...? LUW4 t7' GES SAW!) 461 E ,gvEL DE'G/vERE? 345 YDS M 7 Jr iEs«'J / SQL, CC WT WAS PL4CEO 'T. micx c -i 4/400 f 6CHANI c4LL y CONS(14047EV, owe vSE7 DF Fch7R 4x14 doNGAIET6' ?YL INOERS Jj Cr4Sr ItoReonlVersius C 7 7 SmuI. AS PtX" Rt CDr1/?ENO47i1W Dr J-7-2600 /Q j A i1/ /70�vi7ORP4 Tk ,PEf)v4L D F LoDSE LSD /L Cv1%)/ /N 7) re•OnA'1 &' 4N4 ?a/L- AlExcv4L DL" i SD[.,971l V heir .3" DF 24/if 7ce i() / 7N A Abilio,egraeg ANY Q?delt le)/9S ft.A -cce4. WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Techni 123 Comm • Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 35 E. Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 (209) 572-2200 383 Equestrian Dr., Poubbo, WA 98370 (408) 271-2200 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 FILE COPY TEMP: el as (916) 564 -2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 Concrete Supplier /i/Ge Mix No. / DL Time /;fr" Cyl. Code Slump (in.) '4 No. of Samples / Design Strength Jaz Air Temp. 4/ +1 Air Content 0 Total Cubic Yards Placed Conc Temp. (F) , Grout Supplier Time Cyl. Code Slump (in.) No. of Samples Design Strength Air Temp. Total Cubic Yards Placed Grout Temp. (F) Mortar Type of Mortar Time Cyl. Code I No. of Samples Design Strength Air Temp. Slump (in.) Total Cubic Yards Placed Mortar Temp. (F) HOURS DESCPT IN OUT ST OT MIL MATER ~ � 61Krazan & Associates, Inc. REPORTNO.: 1 369 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENV( MENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: - 4 9 '.?LlP0 PROJECT #: P40 - PDIDSy PROJECT: 8tr &Y LOCATION: / 73‘py$ V7 ' 11R PARCI. N4 KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: ,Br Type of inspection Performed Structural Steel Fabrication Structural Steel Erection Expansion Bolts Fire- proofing Reinforcing Steel Reinforced (leerrcrete Reinforced Masonry Shotcrete Other (specify) Specific Location(s) Grids Remarks CONTRACTOR: J.� Ii 3 AV PERMIT NO.: Qom - D4.31 2 INSPECTOR: , , ' - 4rJr MISC.: &7Y of iirmi [r(.4 WEATHER: QIf €4. i- TEMP: lea Type of Str cture Inspected o mgs Pilings Grade Beams Walls Other (specify) Columns Slab -on -Grade Structural Slab Post - tensioned Slab .8 1/4/4 ieiE ROVED MAR 2.8 2000 f':f 1114Mi I MITV DEVELOPMENT To the best of my knowledge, the a Superintendent/Representativ • • Tech AS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specificaltons, and regulatory requirements. (,. R & As( ciates, Inc. DSA FIldAppl, GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING OSHPD No CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION R.FCEVED Permit No. J909- X32 To the best of my knowledge, the ab ta SuperintendenVRe ntive: 215 West Oak ' Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste. 8, Visalia, C4 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. W8G, Modesto, C4 95351 550 Parrott St. #1, San Jose, CA 95112 MAR 2 8 2000 DATE: - 0000 PROJECT 8: - tnee)s Y PROJECT: / r5 r 44.)Y LOCATION: /73 / 4.5 d4.1171e %0ii( CONTRACTOR: 1/41 A• `l) 4(A4 / COMMUNITY I.O.R.: 3r2i 41911 ..iLVVELUNMitadN P RESENT AT SITE: / te∎rLt1Ay COPIES TO: KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: WEATHER: Aeri ricer Ad e,Q1 uor » r Rea iENI7FQ fiR /Prw pmeG/Keor hits/Paz. .gtING7#V 4 Lid j'PD0 A TO Al 1.? ^/e _ TAE' R A/fi)RC4 -frie /7 AoF Die &ernivcsa goA/Prze 7?? 4A/hr f1/V,0 SA.rGF/CrtT /t NJ' 15 C►7E'dwg_, S/ZE jA 4C//lb1 (...449.. (...449.. /five) C6rrR,4dct.C. $ /Le , SANO AN() 67Q,4✓EL Ocrimig,Q LAO Y4 r Moe pnksti is1 y i✓4l N O k % �2C/C. t'Ago ot'✓D 047E-D . ewe D I>r 4¢x LvNC,R.B'T 7 �7 ZiliA/D1AS tvg - ler Cofer ,./e !'.�vtP4e jj ww srxeve,w ` 7?//6_ WAS NOT performed in accordance Technic (559) 348-2200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633.2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271-2200 FILE COPY h the apg,gved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. (te- ger-.7) 123 Commerce Circle, Sacramento, CA 95815 35 E. Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. 5, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poubbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 TEMP: 4 4S 4 r (916) 564-2200 (626) 294-0449 (253) 854-1330 (360) 598-2126 (425) 485 -5519 ktilKrazan & As `'ciates, Inc. DSAFile/Appl. OSHPD No. Permit No D 99 - 0432 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • 11:0444, CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION ZI SWest 0akota Avenue, Cloves, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave. Ste, 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 Foster Ave., Bakersfield, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Ave. #8G, Modesto, C4 95351 550 Parrott St. *1, San Jose, CA 95112 MAR 2 8 2000 COMMUNITY Y DATE: a - /3 - �OGX7 PROJECT It Obb • 04.10S PROJECT: A AduLI LOCATION: /23104- c IXInfCe,Ni Eie A14I'CG ~Ay KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: CONTRACTOR: .5 d • vCACON I.0 R Ao ure A6itr PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: c- T y O F - il<411 /44.. R WEATHER: OVER C.t fT TEMP: 4O 4.P.Q/ v D aN ,SATE .9-j REm/ETTE I 7-01e /A1 ('PCC rlo, %ori/v& ,6/NfvRCEMtN77 . -- /Al,AQC t4 firer fbDT /nib-. Gb�(F Z4i ?' a crAWLS, AAA/S., A /V6 4'49ZI F /CATIONS fv a 6gA. l9 41'i2c . f o.4el,vG --, 4.9/', AN/J SAN 4et- Vc a - i WSJ OF nix rOEJY -N /S C'On/GP67 AJ? ,Di.tG6 Iri.Q 7 CHO74 ANrO fCGnMNLG4LLY CoNV01.0,O4T'EV. D//E de DF Fath2 41c8 thorczeffa TEST GYu4 2.1 /416 CA'ctr r TAIPR61M/ Vts STi N6,71 "rea /n/(, . four ? AJ G-S i<)gZ8 CA.45 OF LA) l SD(L 4# 9 STtne 1.A/L Lc//17 ?�? i 1As A E�O Air .BFm & cv✓c2 C Arm . A4 .4 of tbivczeif ACcAt6/Jr Mtge f}J fstt060 S . A L, 1 2 7O / �./�✓�i s4NJ /V L /44( fRoff /. r T m A, &NA-. S1m1OL4 %/(CEAI) Air 11 Li Ala 4 T Lr Z/Ahke To the best of my kno the above ' WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Superintendent/Repre ntative: Technicia (559) 348.1200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633-2200 (209) 572.2200 (408) 271.2200 FILE COPY 123 Commerce Ckrle, Sacramento, CA 95815 35 E. Santa Clan, Arcadia, CA 91006 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 383 Equestrian Dr., Poubbo, WA 98370 13434 N. E. 177th Place, Woodinville, WA 98072 (916) 564.2200 (626) 294 -0449 (253) 854.1330 (360) 598.2126 (425) 485.5519 411 March 10, 2000 GEOTECHNICAL. ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Mr. Jeff Hughes S.D. DEACON CORPORATION P.O. Box 3070 Bellevue, WA 98009 RE: Special Inspections Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Park$ Tukwila„ Washington an & ASSOCIATES, INC. RECEIVED MAR 2 2 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT KA No. 066 - 00054 .. Permit No. D99 -0432 Dear Mr. Hughes, In accordance with your request and authorization,' our firm performed special inspections for the above- referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors on March 7, 2000.. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications, and the 1997 Uniform Building Code. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily "constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC. W BT\DA\sm L•• William B. Throne Regional Manager Pacific Northwest Division cc: CITY OF TUKWILA Dean Alexander Principal Engineer RPE No. 30508 Offices Serving The Western United States 25418 - 74th Avenue South • Kent, Washington 98032 • (253) 854-1330 • Fax: (253) 854-1757 000$4 041.6 4i1K razan & A( :0CIates, Inc. DSAFil&AprL GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION 113 6'( So.► C 41—^4 12AX P^"y Permit No. - rvc r•A r*-- S b I YY PACc 3-7 .- o 0 DATE: PROJECT N: 066 AneCSI PROJECT: 0 .. 7 4 , LOCATION: / k. k 4/ e / w A KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: F'- n k , d qf✓) S To the best of my knowledge, the abo Superintendent/Representative: ; f e ■ t€l,d .� ---- -- 215 West Dakota Avenue, Clovis, Ca 93612 8020 W. Doe Ave Ste, 8, Visalia, CA 93291 4231 FosterAvey Ilakels14k1, CA 93308 1025 Lone Palm Aw. 884 Modesto, CA 95351 550 Parrott St. 01, San Jose, CA 95112 / t i pro y r6✓ss (559) 348-2200 (559) 651.8267 (661) 633 -2200 (209) 572-2200 (408) 271.2200 FILE COPY CONTRACTOR: 5 , A . I.O.R.: OSHPD No. `ILA- oH37- t( 240z30M - c70 19 Ir/Q c4.. G.O h co r` ! PRESENT AT SITE: COPIES TO: WEATHER: P /C., G(.t r✓✓ TEMP: 70 ° ga_rDr k4i e! X C4 U .7 a f 4 0 7'/ /? ys . eon n GcO S 40 A/G re ex. co, c4cc.v'z.1C Pr p Aa v t. c G�s /A G e n �-�..G Z f (, vv: a.c. 2 740 6 0-.1 j4 � hcds it 1-0 4 on hap. 6 4. ttd rids f / an !ice � A. 9 rn ¢2 at& 'J .1 ho / k h° / S r 4145 G✓G e 1c. C1�- G4 i/0- Y, � __ rt SR- i? L 1 S v its" © p�7- c ec 1 I f . L! it e o ,- n a .Q.1�i"4..f - i a et Gv et. .s W bra- h M,e re pp r as b e-d . 1494 'a. - co ~-4_ a 6� 5 w Qi'1 S o i I era �✓.5 a d se, ✓ I.e.$d 474 Ls a/c r X4.1 Lt+ 11 i`% - i-d a 7�' h . c. C� (/ c4 a i i. s.L dot she ta-1 be- t. 4.maK�- -' *o i cnc...- g SG c. G~ lS #1i... de_ s d Z s' O,P 5 F . 6^ Q.tk f d1•o0 v So c L5 p A t a r• P C4. c dio n - I WAS NOT performed In accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician: Rc.(10u.� 123 Comm. Choi, Sacramento, CA 95815 (916) 564.2200 35 E. Santa Clara, Arcadia, CA 91006 (626) 294.0449 25418 74th Ave. S, Kent, WA 98032 (253) 854.1330 383 Equestrian Dr., Pbulabo, WA 98370 (360) 598.2126 13434 N. E. 177th Pace, Woodinville, WA 98072 (425) 485-5519 I PROJECT MANUAL for Original Issue. Construction Package for the Expansion and Remodel of BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, WA Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, WA CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 8 1999 PERMIT CENTER �1F �\ . r a • v rGrr t r (1 ‘11:11 t i t,.. JAN 3 2000 REID MIDDLETON December 8, 1999 _ Architect Mulvanhy Architects 222 SW Columbia #1250 Portland, OR 97201 (503) 223 -8030 Structural Engineer Froelich Consulting Engineers 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, OR 97223 (503) 624 -7005 M. E. & P. Engineer LIMA & Associates 222 SW Columbia #1275 Portland, OR 97201 (503)295 -4995 MA #99 -3480 DY13 a Civil Engineer • Structural Engineer: Reg. No. Expiration Date: .;: • Reg. No. Expiration Date: • Mechanical Engineer • •. • • ••• • • • Reg. No. • • Expiration Date: • • Electrical Engineer - Project Manual Certification. for the construction of BEST BUY STORES CITY BB-000 address city/state zip Owner: BEST BUY COMPANY 7075 Flying Cloud Drive Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344 December 8, 1999 Mulvanny Architects 222 SW Columbia #1250 Portland,,OR 97201 (503) 223-8030 (503) 223-8381 Reg. No. Expiration Date: Froelich Consulting Engineers 6969 SW Hampton Street Portland, OR 97223 (503) 624-7005 (503) 624-9770 Lima & Associates 222 SW Columbia #1275. _ Portland, OR 97201 (503) 2295-4095 (503) 295-0503 MA #99-3480 00010 - 1 PROJECT MANUAL CERTIFICATION • Mechanical Engineer Electrical Engineer 00010 - 1 • Reg. No. Expiration Date: • • Reg. No. Expiration Date: Reg. No. Expiration Date: Reg. No. Expiration Date: Project Manual Certification for the construction of BEST BUY STORES : CITY, BB-00171- addres city/state zip Owner: BEST BUY COMPANY 7075 Flying Cloud Drive Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344 December 8, 1999 Muivanny Architects 222 SW Columbia #1250 Portland, OR 97201 (503) 223-8030 (503) 223-8381 Froelich Consulting Engineers 6969 SW Hampton Street Portland, OR 97223 (503) 624-7005 (503) 624-9770 Lima & Associates 222 SW Columbia #1275 Portland, OR 97201 (503) 2295-4995 (503) 295-0503 MA #99-3480 PROJECT MANUAL CERTIFICATION BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 DOCUMENT 00015 - TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 00005 00010 00015 Title Page Certification Page Table of Contents DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01002 Summary of Work 01005 Administrative Provisions 01090 Reference Standards 01120 Alteration Project Procedures 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Submittals 01400 Quality Control 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01600 Material and Equipment 01700 Contract Closeout DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02200 Earthwork 02515 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 02580 Pavement Markings 02620 Concrete Sidewalks, Curbs and Gutters 02831 Chain Link Fences and Gates 02840 Walk, Road and Parking Appurtenances DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03200 03300 04300 DIVISION 5 - METAL Concrete Reinforcement Cast -in -Place Concrete DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Unit Masonry System 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07183 Exterior Finish System 07200 Insulation 07241 Exterior Insulation and Finish System 07534 Thermoplastic Membrane Roof System - Mechanically Attached 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07724 Roof Hatches 07900 Joint Sealers Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08210 Wood Doors 08305 Access Doors 08314 Sliding Grilles 08331 Overhead Coiling Doors 08355 Traffic Doors 08360 Sectional Overhead Doors 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 08462 Sliding Automatic Entrance System 08511 Steel Windows 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Glazing 08920 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Wall DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09250 09300 09510 09650 09680 09900 09955 Gypsum Board Systems Tile Suspended Acoustical Ceilings Resilient Flooring Carpeting Painting Wall Coverings DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES MA #99 -3480 10165 Plastic Laminate Toilet Compartments 10210 Metal Wall Louvers 10260 Wall and Corner Guards 10430 Exterior Signage 10440 Interior Signage 10522 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories 10800 Toilet and Bath Accessories 10990 Miscellaneous Specialties DIVISION 11- EQUIPMENT 11160 Loading Dock Equipment DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS Not Required DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Required DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Required TABLE OF CONTENTS 00015 - 1 „ - Park Way Sui3erCenter MA #99-3480 Tukwila. Washuigton DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15001 Mechanical Table of Contents — Certification Page 15010 Mechanical General Provisions 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15250 Mechanical Insulation 15300 Fire Protection 15400 Plumbing 15500 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning 15550 Packaged Roof Top Air Conditioning Units 15880 Air Distribution DIVISION 16- ELECTRICAL 16001 Electrical Table of Contents — Certification Page 16010 General Provisions 16050 Basic Materials and Methods 16400 Service and Distribution 16500 Lighting 16700 Fire Alarm DIVISION 17— ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 17010 Energy Manageinent Systems ' END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 00015-2 TABLE OF CONTENTS _ BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 01002 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. Work Covered by Contract Documents. Contract Method. Work Sequence. Work by Others. Work on Existing Roof Future Work. Contractor Use of Premises. Owner Occupancy. National Accounts Program. Owner- supplied Products. Y2K Compliance Contractor Use of Premises. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Instructions to Bidders: Method of determining assigned subcontractors. B. Agreement Forms: Identification of assigned subcontractors. C. Document 00700 - General Conditions of the Contract: Provisions for use of site and Owner Occupancy; Relations of Contractor - subcontractor. D. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Owner- Supplied Products. E. Individual Sections: Reference to Owners National Accounts Program, where in the Owner has entered in an agreement with selected Material suppliers. Contractor shall use the indicated material suppliers unless authorized in writing by the Owner. F. Individual Sections: Referenced in Article "Pre- Ordered Products ". G. Individual Sections: Referenced in Article "Owner- Supplied Products ". 1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of this Project comprises work for the complete construction of: Project: Best Buy Stores Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, WA Owner: Best Buy Company 7075 Flying Cloud Drive Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344 Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 1.4 CONTRACT METHOD A. Construct the Work under a Cost of the Work Plus a Fee with a Guaranteed Maximum Cost contract. 1.5 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct Work in stages to accommodate Owner's occupancy requirements during the construction period; coordinate construction schedule and operations with Owner.. 1.6 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner will occupy areas of the building prior to Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations. B. Partial Occupancy scheduled under Owner's Anticipated Schedule in this Section refers to Owner's use of Project for installation of Owner's fixtures, furnishings and equipment. 1.7 WORK BY OTHERS MA #99 -3480 A. Work of the Project which may be executed prior to start of Work of this Contract, and which is specifically excluded from this Contract. B. Contract Documents for separate contracts executed prior to or in conjunction with work of Contract may be examined upon request directed to Owner. 1.8 WORK ON EXISTING BUILDING ROOF A. Contractor SHALL verify that work on existing roofing membrane shall not void existing roof membrane warranty. B. Contractor SHALL use either the existing roofing contractor or obtain the existing roofing contractor's approval or use a roofing contractor approved by the Owner, or if applicable the building Landlord, to perform any work on the existing roof. C. Contractor SHALL use roofing materials compatible with existing roofing system. 1.9 PRE - ORDERED PRODUCTS A. Owner may have placed orders with selected suppliers for specific products, to expedite delivery and for other purposes in Owner's interests. B. A copy of each purchase order may be examined upon request directed to Owner. SUMMARY OF WORK 01002 - 1 MA #99 -3480 C. On execution of Owner - Contractor Agreement, Contractor shall execute purchase agreement with the designed supplier, in accordance with terms stated in the agreement. D. Contractor responsibility for purchase, handling, and installation for pre- ordered products is the same as for other Contractor - furnished products. 1.10 OWNER- SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. Products supplied and paid for by Owner are indicated and scheduled on the Drawings in the "Construction Criteria Specifications ". B. Refer to Section 01600 for Owner responsibilities, and Document 00200 and individual Sections for Owner- supplied products affecting each unit of work. C. Include installation, hookup, rough -in, blocking, preparatory work and anchorage devices for Owner- supplied items, where specified in Specifications, or indicated on Drawings. D. Convene a pre - installation conference one week prior to installation of Owner - supplied fixtures under provisions of Section 01200. 1. Require attendance of Contractor, Owner and parties directly affecting work of these fixtures. 2. Review conditions of installation, installation procedures, and coordination required with related work. 1.11 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of selected products. Contractor shall use listed vendors, With Out Substitution, for all products identified under the National Accounts Program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for prior approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.12 Y2K COMPLIANCE A. Construction Documents shall require that all equipment and systems specified by the Architect or their consultants for this Project, including, but not limited to, any elevators; security systems; heating, ventilating and air - conditioning systems, shall be Year 2000 compliant. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila. Washington December 8. 1999 B. Equipment and systems shall be considered Y2K compliant if: 1. Such equipment and systems are designed to function normally prior to, during and after calendar year 2000 AD 2. Such equipment and systems operate during each such time period without failure or interruption caused by date data processing. C. The equipment and systems shall be certified in writing by the manufacturer or supplier to be Y2K compliant. This certification shall be included as part of any submittals. 1.13 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. B. C. D. E. Limit use of premises for Work and for construction operations, to allow for Owner occupancy and work by separate contractors. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Owner. The existing building will be occupied and open for business during construction. Conduct operations to permit public access to existing buildings. Maintain public walks, driveways, and entrances in safe condition, free of equipment, material and debris. Notify Owner as far as possible in advance of commencement of work which would interfere with use of existing buildings. Do not burn without local authority approval, or otherwise dispose of organic or hazardous materials on site. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01002 - 2 SUMMARY OF WORK BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 01005 - ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Alternates. B. Applications for Payment. C. Change Order Procedures. D. Coordination. E. Cutting and Patching. F. Definitions. G. Examination of Work not in Contract. H. Existing Conditions Survey. I. Field Engineering. J. Overlapping and Conflicting Requirements. K. Progress Schedule. L. Reference Standards. M. Request for Information Procedures. N. Subcontractor /Supplier List. O. Schedule of Values. P. Submittals Q. Unforeseen Conditions. R. Unit Prices. S. Work on Other Property. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Instructions to Bidders: Work by Bidder's Forces List; Products /Systems List; Subcontractor/ Supplier List. B. Document 00310 - Bid Forms: Unit Prices, Alternates, Allowances, Change Order Mark -Ups/ Mark - Downs. C. General Conditions of the Contract: Minor Changes in the Contract; Schedule of Values; Performance Bonds; Costs included in Allowances. D. Section 01200 - Project Meetings: Pre - installation conferences for Owner.- supplied Products; Project Coordination Meetings. E. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submission procedure. F. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Cutting and patching tested work. G. Section 01700 - Contract Close -out: Lien Waivers. 1.3 ALTERNATES A. Alternates are amounts proposed by Bidders, and stated on their Bid Form, that will be added to or deducted from Base Bid amount if Owner accepts corresponding change in work described in Contract Documents. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT MA 499 -3480 B. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be exercised as Owner options. Accepted alternates will be listed in Owner - Contractor Agreement. C. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work affected by accepted alternates as required to complete the Work. D. Notify Architect of any additional issues documentation required by Contractor due to Alternate items, prior to commencing or ordering any material affected by Alternate. E. Immediately following award of Contract, prepare and distribute to each party involved, notification of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. A. Submit three copies of each application to Owner on AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment B. Content and Format: As specified and approved for Schedule of Values in this Section. C. Provide substantiating information, justifying line item amounts in question including but not limited to: Itemized subcontractor pay requests, partial lien waivers, etc. D. Prior to the initial Application for Payment, the following shall have been submitted: 1. Schedule of Values. 2. Contractor's staff assignments and principal consultants list. 3. Copies of building permits and similar authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for current performance of work. 4. Certificate of Insurance (AIA G705), and evidence satisfactory to Owner that Contractor's insurance coverages have been secured. E. Provide updated Construction Progress Schedule with each Application for Payment. No payment will be processed without updated schedule. F. Provide Lien Waivers for previous payments with each Application for Payment for each entity (including Contractor) legally entitled to file a lien in excess of one thousand dollars ($1000.00) arising out of Contract and work covered by payment. Final Application for Payment must be accompanied by final and full lien waivers as specified in Section 01700. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS 01005 - 1 MA #99-3480 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Documentation of Change in Contract Sum and Contract Time: 1. Maintain detailed records of work performed on a time and material basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. 2. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. 3. On request of Architect or Owner, support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time and material basis, with the following additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. B. Bulletins: C. Types of Change Orders: 1. Lump Sum Change Order: a. Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's lump sum quotation, or Contractor's request for Change Order as approved Owner. 01005-2 1. Architect may issue Bulletins describing a potential change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Contractor should not proceed with Work described in Bulletins until directed by the Owner in writing. 2. Architect may issue an Architect's Supplemental Instruction to address minor changes in the Work, as defined in the General Conditions of the Contract. 3. Owner may issue a Field Order with a copy to the Architect, instructing Contractor to immediately proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 4. Should any dispute arise relating to Change Orders, Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress during any arbitration proceedings. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 2. Unit Price Change Order: a. For pre - determined unit prices and quantities, Change Order will be executed on a lump sum basis. b. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which arr. not predetermined, execute Work under a construction change authorization. Changes in Contract Sum or Contract Time will be computed as specified for time and material Change Order. 3. Time and Material Change Order: a. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits in Conditions of the Contract. b. Architect will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in Conditions of the Contract. D. Execution of Change Orders: 1. Architect or Owner will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract. E. Correlation of Contractor Submittals: 1. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown on Change Order. 2. Promptly revise Construction Progress Schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise subschedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. 3. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate work of various Sections having interrelated responsibilities for equipment installation, connections and placing in service. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS f BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits, as closely as practicable; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, maintenance, repairs and Owner's fixtures and equipment. D. In finished areas, except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E. Conduct Project Meetings as specified in Section 01200. 1.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Each trade or sub - contractor shall be responsible for cutting and rough patching for their work in a good workman like manner. General Contractor shall provide for finish patching to match adjacent surfaces as required for their portion of the work and approved by the Architect or Owner. B. Submit written request to Architect in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather- exposed or moisture- resistant elements. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight- exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching, including excavation and fill, to complete Work, and to: 1. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other work. 2. Uncover work to install ill -timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective and non - conforming work. 4. Remove samples of installed work for testing. 5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of Mechanical and Electrical work. . Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. E. After uncovering, inspect conditions affecting performance of work. F. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions affecting performance of work. G. Provide supports to assure structural integrity of surroundings; and devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS 01005 - 3 H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Provide protection from elements for areas which . may be exposed by uncovering work; maintain excavations free of water. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide proper surfaces to - receive patching and finishing. • Employ original installer, or, if unavailable, another experienced and specialized firm, to perform cutting and patching for weather- exposed and moisture- resistant elements, and sight- exposed surfaces. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. Fit work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. At penetrations of fire -rated wall, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire -rated material, full thickness of the construction element. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refmish entire unit. Cutting and Patching Existing Building: 1. Cut, fit and patch existing building as necessary to join new Work to existing construction. 2. Provide temporary bracing, shoring, underpinning and support during demolition, cutting, remodeling and new construction as necessary for execution of the Work and protection of persons and property. 3. Provide protective coverings and enclosures necessary to prevent damage to existing construction to remain. 4. Remove or cut existing construction to the extent necessary to join new Work to the existing construction, and otherwise complete the Project. 5. Remove and replace existing construction to remain which is loosened, cracked, or otherwise damaged or defaced as a result of Work and is unsuitable for use intended. 6. Patch existing defective or incomplete surfaces caused or exposed by Work. MA #99 -3480 1.8 DEFINITIONS A. Approved: Where used in conjunction with Architect's response to submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by Contractor, the meaning of the term "approved" will be held to limitations of Architects' responsibilities and duties as specified in General and Supplementary Conditions. In no case will "approval" by Architect be interpreted as a release of Contractor from responsibilities to fulfill requirements of Contract Documents. B. Directed, Requested, Etc.: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as "directed ", "requested ", "authorized ", "selected ", "required ", "accepted ", and "permitted ", mean "directed by Architect ", "requested by Architect ", etc. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend Architect's responsibility into Contractor's area or construction and responsibility. C. Furnish: Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, etc. , as applicable, except as otherwise defined in greater detail. D. Indicated: Cross - reference to graphics, notes or schedules on Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in specifications, and to similar means of recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where terms such as "shown ", "noted ", "scheduled ", and "specified" are used in lieu of "indicated ", it is for the purpose of helping reader locate cross - reference, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically noted. E. Install: Operations at Project site including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations, as applicable in each instance, except as defined in greater detail. F. Installer: The entity (person or firm) engaged by Contractor, Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor for performance of a particular unit of work at Project site, including installation, erection, application and similar required operations. Installers are required to be experienced in operations they are engaged to perform. G. Project Site: The space available for the performance of the work, either exclusively to the Contractor or in conjunction with others performing work as part of the project. H. Provide: Furnish, install and connect, complete and ready for intended use, and shall include, without limitation, all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, services and other items required to Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila. Washington December 8. 1999 complete the indicated and referenced Work, except as defined in greater detail. 1. Related Sections: (As used in Project Manual as an Article heading) This Article is intended to re- direct the Project Manual reader to other Sections of work directly related to work of the Section being read. J. Section Includes: (As used in Project Manual as an Article heading) This Article is not intended to "scope" the section or to imply trade responsibility; but is a convenient listing of the significant items described within the Section, and is not intended to limit items covered by the Section to the items listed. K. Testing Laboratory: An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections, tests, or approvals of the work, either at Project site or elsewhere; and to report and, if required, interpret results of those inspections, tests, or approvals. 1.9 EXAMINATION OF WORK NOT IN CONTRACT A. Examine work not in Contract which is to receive or is adjacent to Work of Contract before commencement of Work. B. C, Do not proceed until conditions which would result in an unsatisfactory installation are corrected. Commencing work shall be construed as acceptance of work not in Contract as satisfactory to receive Work. 1.10 EXISTING CONDITIONS SURVEY A. Contractor shall field survey existing building, verify all dimension, existing building components, mechanical and electrical systems. B. Submit existing conditions survey in written and graphic form, on 8 -1/2" x 11" paper including the following information: 1. Wall elevations indication location of equipment, architectural and structural features. 2. Material of existing floor, wall and ceiling. 3. Reflected ceiling plan indication location of building components. 4. Roof Plan, indication location of equipment and type of roofing materials and flashing. 5. Condition of heating and ventilation, plumbing, communications, fire protection and electrical systems, including size of electrical service available. C. Submit dimensioned floor plan on 8 -1/2" x 11" plan. 01005 - 4 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila. Washington MA 499 -3480 1.11 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Owner's, Responsibilities: 1. Employ services of land surveyor, registered in State in which Project is located, to locate and mark property lines of site and benchmark. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Employ services of Surveyor, registered in State in which Project is located, to perform the following: a. Locate and lay out exterior corners and boundaries of building. b. Establish finished floor elevation, referenced to established benchmark. c. Establish temporary monument for finished floor elevation in protected location near building. d. Remove temporary monument upon Project completion. C. Do not scale Drawings to determine dimensions. 1.12 OVERLAPPING AND CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Where compliance with two or more standards or requirements is indicated, and where overlapping requirements establish different or conflicting levels of quality; the most stringent, requirement shall prevail and will be enforced unless written approval is granted otherwise by the Architect. B. At Bidding stage: Notify Architect of overlapping and conflicting requirements for clarification. C. During Construction: Refer to Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements and uncertainties as to which level of quality is more stringent and receive written clarification from Architect before proceeding with questioned work. 1.13 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, identifying first work day of each week. B. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities, including utility work and final utility connection dates. C. Show submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, and samples; product delivery dates, including those furnished by Owner and those under Allowances; and Preconstruction Conference dates. D. Show delivery dates for Owner furnished products. E. Revisions and updaates to Schedules: 1. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. 2. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. 3. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect, including the effect of changes on schedules of separate contractors. F. Submit Preliminary Schedule to Architect within seven days of date established for Notice to Proceed, or date of Owner - Contractor Agreement. After review, resubmit required revised data within five days. G. Submit two opaque reproductions and one reproducible transparency. H. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in Schedules. I. Upon approval by Owner and Contractor, Preliminary Schedule will become the "Construction Progress Schedule ". J. Distribute to all parties with scheduled activities, and inform all parties of subsequent schedule revisions as they occur. 1.14 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. For products specified by association or trade standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Where a reference in the Contract Documents to a Federal Specification (FS), American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) standard or any other standard does not include the edition or date of the standard, the latest edition and amendments current as of the Bid date, or date of Owner - Contractor Agreement when there are no bids, shall apply. C. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. Maintain copy at jobsite during progress of the specific work. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS 01005 - 5 MA #99 -3480 A. B. 1.17 A. 1.15 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION PROCEDURES Items requiring additional information or clarification, shall be submitted on "Request for Information" Document 00980 Form provided. Number each Information Request For Information (RFD chronologically. Responses will refer to this number. C. Requests shall be submitted in a timely manner, allowing adequate time for the Architect to respond. 1.16 SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER LIST A. Submit a subcontractor /supplier list. B. Include the following information: 1. Proprietary names and suppliers of principal items or systems of materials and equipment proposed for the Work. 2. Names of Subcontractors and other persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for the principal portions of the Work. SCHEDULE OF VALUES Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703; Contractor's standard form or media - driven printout will be considered on request, if based on AIA G703 format. B. Submit three copies of Schedule 15 days prior to first Application for Payment. Form and content shall be acceptable to Owner. C. Format: Table of Contents of this Project manual. Add additional line items as may be requested by Owner. Identify each line item with number and title of the major Specification Sections. D. Include as a separate line item amount of contractor's overhead and profit. E. Revise schedule to list change orders, for each Application for Payment. F. When Owner. requires substantiating information, submit data justifying line item amounts in question. G. Submit revised schedule with each Application for Payment. 1.18 SUBMITTALS Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington A. B. A. B. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 Submit the following Administrative Submittals within 7 days of date established for Notice to Proceed, or date of Owner - Contractor Agreement, whichever is earlier, under the provisions of Section 01300, and as specified in this Section: 1. Schedule of Values. 2. Contractor's Staff and Consultant List. 3. Work by Bidder's Forces List. 4. Subcontractor /Supplier List. 5. Progress Schedule. Submit the following Administrative Submittals at regular intervals, under the provisions of Section 01300, and as specified in this Section: 1. Updated Progress Schedule. 2. Lien Waivers for Previous Payments. 3. Construction Progress Photographs. 1.19 UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS In the event that unforeseen conditions are encountered, and these conditions were not available for reasonable pre -bid inspection or question, the Contractor may be entitled to an extension of time and costs relating to additional work required as approved by the Owner as defined for Concealed Conditions in the General Conditions of the Contract. 1.20 UNIT PRICES A. Unit Prices: Prices per unit of measurement for materials or services, added to or deducted from Contract Documents. B. Unit Prices do not substantially change scope and general character of Work. C. Prices shall be based on labor, material, equipment and related services necessary for complete installation of work described. D. Schedule of Unit Prices as indicated in individual Specification Sections outlining detailed requirements. 1.21 WORK ON OTHER PROPERTY A. Correct damage to existing property on or adjacent to Site, including, but not limited to, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, and utilities cut or damaged by construction and not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement during construction. Construct Work occurring on public property according to governing laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders of public authorities having jurisdiction. 01005 - 6 ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 SECTION 01090 - REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Applicability of reference standards. B. Provision of reference standards at Site. C. Acronyms used in Contract Documents for reference standards, and source of standards. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Document 00700 - General Conditions; for requirements related to compliance with governing regulations. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, Federal Standards, or other reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by governing regulations. B. Where no specific date is specified, the date of the standard is that in effect as of the Bid date, or date of Owner - Contractor Agreement when there are no bids. C. When required by individual Specification Sections or otherwise needed for proper performance of Work, obtain copy of standard. Maintain copy of standard at Site during submittals, planning, and progress of the affected work, until Substantial Completion. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES A. The following acronyms or abbreviations referenced in Contract Documents are defined to mean the associated names. Names and addresses are subject to change, and are believed to be, but are not assured to be, accurate as of date of Contract Documents: AA The Aluminum Association 900 -19th Street N. W., Suite 300 Washington, D.C. 20006 202/862 -5100 AABC Associated Air Balance Council 1000 Vermont Avenue Northwest Washington, DC 20005 Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington AAMA American Architectural. Manufacturer's Association 1540 E. Dundee Road, Suite 310 Palatine, IL 60067 708/202 -1350 AASHTO American Association of State Highway -and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol St., Suite 225 Washington, DC 20001 202/624 -5800 ACI American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Detroit, MI 48219 313/532 -2600 AGA American Gas Association 1515 Wilson Boulevard Arlington, VA 22209 703/841 -8400 AIA American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue Northwest Washington, DC 20006 202/626 -7300 AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers (merged with IEEE) AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 400 N. Michigan Avenue 8th Floor Chicago, IL 60611 312/670 -2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1133 -15th Street N. W. Washington, DC 20005 202/452 -7100 MA 499 -3480 - AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 303/761 -3212 AJCHN American Joint Committee on Horticulture Nomenclature (See USDA; committee convenes intermittently.) AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights, IL 60004 708/394 -0150 ANSI American National Standards Institute 11 West 42nd Street, 13th Floor New York, NY 10036 212/642 -4900 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090 - 1 MA #99 -3480 ANSI/ BHMA Builders' Hardware Manufacturers 60 East 42 Street, Room 511 New York, NY 10165 212/682 -8142 APA American Plywood Association P.O. Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 206/656 -6600 ARI. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 1501 Wilson Boulevard Arlington, VA 22209 703/524 -8800 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air - Conditioning Engineers 1791 Tullie Circle Northeast Atlanta, GA 30329 404/636 -8400 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 212/705 -7722 ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers 3617 Thousand Oaks Blvd., No. 210 Westlake, CA 91362 805/495 -7120 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 215/299 -5400 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute P.O. Box 1550 13924 Braddock Rd., Suite 100 Centreville, VA 22020 703/222 -1100 AWPB American Wood Preservers Bureau P.O. Box 6058 2772 South Randolph Street Arlington, VA 22206 703/931 -8180 AWS American Welding Society P.O. Box 351040 550 Le Jeune Road Northwest Miami, FL 33135 305/443 -9353 Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington Assoc. AWWA BIA BOCA CABO CFR CISPI CPSC CRSI CS DHI EPA FCC American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, Co 80235 303/794 -7711 Building Officials and Code Administrators International 4051 W. Flossmoor Road Country Club Hills, IL 60477 312/799 -2300 Door and Hardware Institute 14170 Newbrook Drive Chantilly, VA 22021 -2223 703/222 -2010 BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 Brick Institute of America 11490 Commerce Park Dr., Suite 300 Reston, VA 22091 703/620 -0010 Council of American Building Officials 507 Three Skyline Place 5201 Leesburg Pike Falls Church, VA 22041 703/931 -4533 Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 (usually first published in Federal Register) Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 1499 Chain Bridge Road; Suite 203 McLean, VA 22101 703/827 -9177 Consumer Product Safety Commission 1111 18th Street Northwest Washington, DC 20207 202/634 -7700 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173 -4758 708/517 -1200 Commercial Standard of NBS (U.S. Dept of Commerce) Government Printing Office; Washington, DC 20402 Environmental Protection Agency 401 M Street Southwest Washington, DC 20460 202/829 -3535 Federal Communications Commission 1919 M Street Northwest Washington, DC 20554 202/632 -7000 01090 - 2 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1 U E t ; r JO BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association 3310 S. W. Harrison Street Topeka, KS 66611 -2279 913/266 -7013 FM FS GA Gypsum Association 810 First Street NE No 510 Washington DC 20002 202/289 -5440 ICBO International Conference of Building Officials 5630 So. Workman Mill Road Whittier, CA 90601 213/699 -0541 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc. 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 212/705 -7900 IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 212/705 -7926 IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council Route 11; Industrial Park Cortland, NY 13045 IRI Industrial Risk Insurers Suite 1500 North 300 South Riverside Plaza Chicago, IL 60606 312/648 -2255 MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry 5203 Leesburg Pike; Suite 502 Falls Church, VA 22041 703/998 -7996 _ REFERENCE STANDARDS Factory Mutual System 1151 Boston - Providence Turnpike Norwood, MD 02062 617/762 -4300 Federal Specification (General Services Administration) Obtain from your Regional GSA Office, or purchase from GSA Specifications Unit (WFSIS) 7th and D Streets Southwest Washington, DC 20406 202/472 -2205 or 2140 Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington MA #99-3480 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 600 S. Federal. Street, Suite 400 Chicago, IL 60605 312/922 -6222 NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association 44 Canal Center Plaza,-Suite 310 Alexandria, VA 22314 703/684 -0084 NBHA NBS National Builders Hardware Association (Now Part of DHI) National Bureau of Standards (U.S. Department of Commerce) Gaithersburg, MD 20234 301/921 -1000 NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association P. 0. Box 781 Herndon, VA 22070 703/435 -4900 NCPWB National Certified Pipe Welders Bureau 5410 Grosvener Lane, Suite 120 Bethesda, MD 20814 301/897 -0070 NEC National Electrical Code (by NFPA) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 2101 L Street Northwest Washington, DC 20037 202/457 -8400 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02269 617/770 -3000 NFPA National Forest Products Association 1619 Massachusetts Avenue Northwest Washington, DC 20036 202/797 -5800 NSF National Sanitation Foundation P. 0. Box 1468 3475 Plymouth Road Ann Arbor, MI 48106 313/769 -8010 OBBC Ohio Basic Building Code Ohio Board of Building Standards 2323 W. Fifth Ave. Rm.2120 P.O. Box 825 Columbus, OH 43216 614/644 -2613 01090 - 3 MA #99 -3480 SJI Occupational Safety & Health Administration (U.S. Department of Labor) Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 312/786 -0300 Product Standard of NBS (U.S. Dept of Commerce) Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 Standard Building Code (See SBCCI) Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc: 900 Montclair Road Birmingham, Alabama 35213 Steel Deck Institute P.O. Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 216/493 -7886 S.D.I. Steel Door Institute 30200 Detroit Road Cleveland, OH 44145 -1967 216/899 -0010 Steel Joist Institute 1205 48th Ave. N., Suite A Myrtle Beach, SC 29577 803/449 -0487 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association 4201 Lafayette Center Drive Chantilly, VA 22021 703/803 -2980 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 5th Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 412/578 -3327 TCA Tile Council of America P.O. Box 326 Princeton, NJ 08542 -0326 609/921 -7050 TIMA Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Assoc. 7 Kirby Plaza Mount Kisco, NY 10549 914/241 -2284 UBC Uniform Building Code (See ICBO) Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila. Washington December 8, 1999 UL Underwriters Laboratories 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 60062 708/272 -8800 USDA United States Department of Agriculture Independence Avenue between 12th and 14th Streets, Northwest Washington, DC 20250 202/447 -4929 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01090 - 4 REFERENCE STANDARDS BESTBUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 01120 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedural requirements. B. Rehabilitation and renovations of existing spaces and materials. C. Installation of products removed in Section 02072. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02072 - Demolition for Remodeling: Removal and storage of products to be reused and reinstalled. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Items indicated to "remain" shall be left in their present condition. B. Items indicated to be "repaired" shall be restored, not replaced, following the general guidelines of Part 3 of this Section, and any more specific guidelines specified in Sections governing work of the respective materials. C. Items indicated to be "replaced" shall follow the more specific guidelines specified in Sections governing work of the respective materials. D. Contractor shall notify Architect if items indicated to "remain" or be "repaired ", appear to need "replacement ". Beginning replacement work without prior approval may result in loss of compensation for additional work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK A. New Materials: As specified in individual Sections. B. Match existing products and work for patching and extending work. C. Determine type and quality of existing products by inspection and any necessary testing, and workmanship by use of existing as a standard. Presence of a product, finish, or type of work, requires that patching, extending, or matching shall be performed as necessary to make Work complete andconsistent with specifications. ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES MA #99 -3480 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that demolition is complete, and areas are ready for installation of new work. B. Beginning of restoration work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovations work; replace and restore at completion. B. Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage, such as rotted wood, rusted metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete; replace materials as specified for finished work. C. Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces. D. Prepare surfaces and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of new work and new finishes. E. Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing work and salvage items from weather and extremes of temperature and humidity. Insulate ductwork and piping to prevent condensation in exposed areas. F. Provide temporary shoring, bracing and structural supporting members of work to be cut to carry existing and imposed loads as required. G. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. H. Maintain all means of egress and exit ways from space and adjacent spaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate work of alterations and renovations to expedite completion sequentially and to accomodate Owner occupancy. B. Project rooms shall be complete in all respects including operational mechanical and electrical systems. C. Remove, cut, and patch work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide means of restoring products and finishes to specified condition. D. Refinish visible existing surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces, to specified condition 01120 - 1 Parlcway Supercenter MA #99-3480 Tukwila. Washington for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent new finishes. E. In addition to specified replacement of equipment and fixtures, restore existing plumbing, heating, ventilation, air conditioning and electrical systems. F. Install products as specified in individual Sections. 34 TRANSITIONS A. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, make a smooth and even transition. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance. B. When finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to Architect. 3.5 ADJUSTMENTS A. Where removal of partitions results in adjacent spaces becoming one, rework floors, walls, and ceilings to a smooth plane without breaks, steps, or bulkheads. Where a change of plane of 1/8 inch or more occurs, submit recommendation for providing a smooth transition for Architect review. B. Trim existing doors as necessary to clear new floor finishes; refinish trimmed areas. C. Fit work at penetrations of surfaces. 3.6 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SURFACES A. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections. B. Repair substrate prior to patching finish. 3.7 FINISHES A. Finish surfaces as specified in individual Sections. B. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean daily the Owner-occupied areas of work daily in which Contractor is working or traversing. END OF SECTION BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 01120 - 2 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 1 t Li I BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS C. PART l - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. B. C. D. Preconstruction Conference. Site Mobilization conference. Progress Meetings. Pre - installation Conferences. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General or Supplementary Conditions: Certificate of Insurance. B. Individual Specification Sections: Pre - installation conferences. 1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES A. Architect and Owner will administer pre - construction conference for execution or discussion of Owner - Contractor Agreement and preliminary submittals. B. Architect or Owner will schedule conference within 15 days of date established for Notice to Proceed or date of Owner - Contractor Agreement, whichever is earlier. C. Attendance: Owner, Architect, Contractor and major sub - contractors. D. Suggested Minimum Agenda: 1. Bonds. 2. Certificate of Insurance. 3. Owner- Contractor Agreement. 4. Contract Documents. 5. Subcontractor /Supplier List. 6. Product/System List. 7. Schedule of Values. 8. Construction Progress Schedule. 9. Work by Contractor List. 10. Contractor's Staff and Consultants. 11. Scheduling. 12. Administrative Procedures. 1.4 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A. Architect or Owner will schedule conference at Project site prior to Contractor occupancy. B. Attendance: Owner, Architect, Consultants, Contractor, Developer and major subcontractors. Suggested Minimum Agenda: 1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor. 2. Owner's requirements and occupancy. 3. Construction facilities and controls provided by Owner. 4. Temporary utilities provided by Owner. 5. Survey and building layout. 6. Security and housekeeping procedures. 7. Schedules. 8. Procedures schedule and review of products for testing. 9. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 10. Requirements for start-up of equipment. 11. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period. 12. Submittals review. 13. Preconstruction conferences review. 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS MA #99 -3480 A. Schedule and administer Project meetings throughout progress of the Work at minimum monthly intervals. B. Make physical arrangements, prepare agenda, and distribute notice of each meeting to participants, and to Architect seven days in advance of meeting date. C. Preside at meetings, record minutes, and distribute copies within seven days to Architect, Owner, participants and those affected by decisions made at meetings. D. Attendance: Job superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers; Owner, Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. E. Suggested Minimum Agenda: 1. Approval of minutes of previous meetings. 2. Status of Contract. 3. Review Work progress. 4. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 5. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 6. Review submittals schedule and status of submittals. 7. Review off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 8. Maintenance of progress schedule. 9. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 10. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 11. Coordination of projected progress. 12. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 13. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 14. Other business relating to Work. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 1 MA #99 -3480 1.6 PRE - INSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. When required in individual specification Section, convene a pre - installation conference at work site prior to commencing work of the Section. B. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, work of the Section. C. Notify Architect seven days in advance of conference date. Prepare agenda, preside at conference, record minutes, and distribute copies within seven days after conference to participants, with copy to • Architect and Owner. 01200 - 2 Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related work. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following Administrative Submittals at the Preconstruction Conference or prior to performing any Work on the Project Site, under the provisions of Section 01300, and as specified in this Section: 1. Building Permits. 2. Certificate of Insurance. B. Submit the following Administrative Submittals, within 7 days following meeting date and under provisions of Section 01300, and as specified in this Section: 1. Pre- Construction Conference Minutes. 2. Site. Mobilization Conference Minutes. 3. Progress Meeting Minutes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION Parkway Supercenter • Tukwila. Washington" • BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 • PROJECT MEETINGS J it BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES General Submittal Procedures. Shop Drawings. Product Data. Samples. Manufacturer's Instructions. Field Samples. Contractor Review. Architect Review. Resubmittals. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Owner- Supplied Products; Allowances, Applications for Payment. B. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Testing laboratory reports; manufacturers' field service reports; manufacturer's certificates; mockups. C. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Contractor's list of Products; submittals procedure for Owner- supplied products. D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Closeout submittals. E. Individual Specification Sections: Submittals. 1.3 PROCEDURES A. Submittals Schedule: Submit within 7 days of Contract Award a schedule of submittal dates proposed for shop drawings, product data, samples and other similar submittals, including required product delivery dates. B. Deliver submittals toArchitect addressed as follows: Mulvanny Architects 222 SW Columbia #1250 Portland, OR 97201 Attention: Brian Roberts C. Transmit each item under Architect- accepted form. Identify Project, Contractor, subcontractor, major supplier; identify pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number, and Specification Section number, as appropriate. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington D. E. Submittals received from sources other than through Contractor's office, or which do not have. Contractor's executed review and approved marking, will be returned "without action ". Comply with progress schedule for submittals related to Work progress. Coordinate submittal of related items. F. Do not allow submittals without appropriate final "action" markings by Architect to be used in connection with the Work. 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. B. Submit in the form of one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproductions. Opaque copies of reproductions will be retained by Architect, and the transparency returned to Contractor. Present in a clear and thorough manner. Title each drawing with Project name; identify each element of drawings by reference to sheet number and detail, schedule, or room number of Contract Documents. C. Identify field dimensions; show relation to adjacent or critical features of Work or products. D. Typical or standard details are not acceptable if not an exact representation of the condition to be constructed. 1.5 PRODUCT DATA A. B. C. A. MA #99 -3480 Submit two copies to be retained by the Architect. Submit to the Contractor, one copy for Project Record Documents, two copies for Operation and Maintenance Manuals and any additional copies which the Contractor requires. Submit only pages which are pertinent; mark each copy of standard printed data to identify pertinent products, referenced to Specification Section and Article number. Show reference standards, performance characteristics, and capacities, wiring and piping diagrams and controls, component parts, finishes, dimensions and required clearances. Modify manufacturer's standard schematic drawings, diagrams and data to supplement standard information and to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. 1.6 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS When required in individual Specification Section, submit manufacturer's printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for product data. SUBMITTALS 01300 - 1 MA #99 -3480 1.7 SAMPLES A. Submit the number specified in respective Specification section; one will be retained by Architect. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in the Specification Section. B. Submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect's selection, where required by individual Specification Sections. Submit samples for selection of finishes within 60 days after date of Contract. C. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. D. Include identification on each sample, giving full information. 1.8 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field samples of fmishes at Project as required by individual Specifications section. Install sample complete and finished. Acceptable samples in place may be retained in completed Work. 1.9 CONTRACTOR REVIEW A. Review submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect determine and verify field measurements, field construction criteria, manufacturer's catalog numbers, and conformance of submittal with requirements of Contract Documents. B. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, and dated, indicating review, verification of products, field dimensions and field construction criteria, and coordination of information with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. Notify Architect in writing at time of submittal of any deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. C. Do not fabricate products or begin work which requires submittals until return of submittal with Architect's "approval ". D. Transmit submittals in accordance with approved Construction Progress Schedule, and in such sequence to avoid delay in the Work or work of other contracts. 01300 - 2 1.11 A. RESUBMITTALS 1.12 DISTRIBUTION Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 1.10 ARCHITECT REVIEW A. Architect will review shop drawings, product data, and samples and will endeavor to return submittals within ten working days from receipt. B. Submittals will be reviewed with the following actions: 1 . "Approved ": Indicates that Submittal is in general conformance with the design intent of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Submittal. 2. "Approved as Noted ": Indicates Submittal is approved as defined above, subject to noted corrections. 3. "Revise and Resubmit ": Indicates unspecified material, insufficient information, unapproved system or similar inadequacies. Additional information must be revised and resubmitted before Submittal will be approved. 4. "Rejected ": Indicates unsolicited submittal; returned unreviewed. C. Submittals not "approved" by Architect will be returned to the Contractor for further action. Make resubmittals under procedures specified for initial submittals; identify changes made since previous submittal. A. Duplicate and distribute reproductions of submittals and samples, which bear Architect's "approval" to job site file, Record Documents file, subcontractors, suppliers, affected separate contractors, and other entities requiring information. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report inability to comply with provisions. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION BEST BUY STORES SUBMITTALS _ C L is L BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. General Quality Control. Workmanship. Installer's Examination of Conditions. Manufacturer's Instructions. Manufacturer's Certificates. Mock -ups. Manufacturers' Field Services. Special Inspections. Testing Laboratory Services. Special Inspections form. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Cutting and Patching. B. Individual Sections: Tests required for materials and/or construction. 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL - GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.4 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards and manufacturer's instructions, except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand reasonable stresses, vibration and racking. 1.5 INSTALLER'S EXAMINATION OF CONDITIONS A. Installer of each unit of work shall examine substrate to receive work, and conditions under which work will be performed, and report in writing to Architect unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. QUALITY CONTROL Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 1.6 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. 1.7 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.8 A. When required by individual Specifications Section, erect complete, full -scale mock -up of assembly at Project site. Tests will be performed in accordance with this Section. Remove mock -up at completion, when approved by Architect. If approved by the Architect, acceptable mock -ups in place may be retained in completed work. 1.9 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in respective Specification Sections, require supplier or manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, and to make appropriate recommendations. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. 1.10 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A. B. Comply with instructions in.full detail, including each step in sequence, except where more stringent requirements are indicated in Contract Documents. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. MOCK -UPS • MA #99 -3480 SPECIAL INSPECTOR; shall be a qualified engineer or technician, who will provide the inspection services and detailed inspection reports on specified construction. Special inspector should be directly supervised by an engineer licensed in the state in which the project is located. Owner will employ and pay for services of a special inspector to perform inspections, tests, and other services required by the building code. 01400 - 1 MA #99 -3480 C. Special Inspections Required: In addition to the Conventional Testing and Inspection required by the Contract Documents, the following Special Structural Testing and Inspection services (SSTI) of work listed below, shall be provided in conformance with UBC sections 106, 108 and 1701 (1997 Edition). BOCA Section 1308. Submit written reports of inspections, tests, and approvals to Building Official and Architect. Required inspections, tests, and approvals for the Work are described in Specification Sections affected: 1. 02200 Earthwork a. Earthwork Inspection Reports b. Compaction Test Reports c. Approvals 2. 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete a. Concrete Placement Observation Reports b. Test Reports 3. 03200 Concrete Reinforcing a. Reinforcing Inspection Reports 4. 04300 Unit Masonry a. Prism Test Reports b. Masonry Inspection Reports 5. 05120 Structural Steel Framing Erection a. Welded Connection Inspection Reports b. Bolted Connection Inspection Reports 6. 05210 Steel Joist and Joist Girder Erection a. Welded Connection Inspection Reports 7. 05311 Steel Deck a. Initial Welding Inspection Report b. Final Welding Inspection Report 8. 05400 Cold Formed Metal Framing a. Inspection Report Provide other Special Inspections required by Building Code for Structural Work or requested by the Owner. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform inspections, tests, and other services required by individual Specification Sections. Perform services in accordance with requirements of governing authorities and with specified standards. Submit reports to Architect, Owner and Building Inspector as applicable, giving observations and results of tests, indicating compliance or Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 non - compliance with specified standards and with Contract Documents. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Contractor shall cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel and provide access to Work. 2. Furnish tools, samples of materials, design mix, equipment, storage and assistance as requested by Testing Laboratory. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested. 4. Notify Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing services. 5. Make arrangements with Testing Laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests for Contractor's convenience. 6. Deliver test samples to Testing Laboratory. 7. Pay costs of Testing Laboratory services. E. Payment for any retesting required due to failures of original tests to be borne by Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample - taking and similar services performed on Work, Contractor shall repair damaged work and restore substrates and finishes. B. Comply with Contract Document requirements for Cutting and Patching specified in Section 01005. C. Protect work exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired work. END OF SECTION 01400 - 2 QUALITY CONTROL Specification Section Article Description Type of Inspector Report Frequency Assigned Firm 02200 Special grading excavation and filling SI -T TA 02360 Driven Piles SI -S Intermittent TA 03200 Concrete reinforcing steel SI-S Intermittent TA 03300 Concrete, during taking of test specimens and placing of reinforced concrete SI- S /SI -T Intermittent TA 03300 Bolts installed in concrete SI -S Intermittent TA 04300 Structural masonry SI -S Intermittent TA 05120 05210 Structural welding SI -S Intermittent TA _ 05311 05120 High strength bolting SI -S Intermittent TA 05210 - 05400 Cold formed metal SI -S Intermittent TA I [ C l L I 1 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SPECIAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SCHEDULE Project Name: Best Buy Store - Location: Permit No.: Each appropriate representative shall sign below: Owner: Firm: Date: Contractor: Firm: Date: Architect: Firm: Date: Firm: Date: Firm: Date: Firm: Date: Firm: Date: Finn: Date: Firm: Date: SER: SI -S: TA: SI -T: F: F: QUALITY CONTROL Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Legend: SER = Structural Engineer of Record SI -T = Special Inspector - Technical TA = Testing Agency SI -S = Special Inspector - Structural F = Fabricator Accepted for the Building Department by Date MA #99 -3480 Project No. 0000.000.00 01400 - 3 •• • : -‘,"-•., :::::::::•::: ',. •! • ,, ,; , .,....: - ... , „ , ,::2'......, •,•.'..'-:'•••••:'..::::.,...•••••::,. BEST BUY , .•_,,."•:„:., ,:,..,..........,,:::,:",.:,... ......,,, ;„.... ..... ...... •-r.,...... • December 8. '''' '''•.••'• : • • . „ ... ... ......., ..... ... ......, . - ... , ,,,. - ..., . , . ,, ., , . .....,.. . . •,...,, , ,,, ,... ' STORE',.' - ".• , ,,,`• ' • .• - - . ,.. ..... ,,. .• • ,.•,..•:•••:. ::...:•,:...-.-„•f ".";:c... . • . ,, • •-....'„,•, •••...„•%,• --,....!,,,,,••...,..,,,••:,::::•:•., -,•,,,....,•.:• ..,,...,.. ;,. • ,.. ',.:: ',•,....4'...'.•-::',:.',2,':•.-.-',...:?;:•,•:,:1-1.1''•,;;Y:''.',':!..,--•,;:-:,:.":-..,.....',;;;,.;::,:,.:-•;::',.'•-:".'..-:,...:',. ,.•,,-. ,......-.,;•„-,,,,,,'!•.•,,,:':-.': i;:::••i,.,:,•.,,,;.',:-,',-,.,-.- ',',.•••••.':", -....• i-.••••;,—,,,•-•:-.,,,.,•:,••,..;.,:,;.;.'•.,;:!,:.,,z-•,:,',-,•'•"••,-••::,";y,;-,;,•:: ,:.,';: :',-,,,.:.'.' .,:-.,,,,•.,' ' ,,..••-,•.• :-.:',:•::::,:,,,:,-. : :,"•,-„..,.. ,..: ..;,‘,..„..;_.. 1 • .,, '''' . ''' (Bl Page) ,:.,...:, , ..; ,,,,,,,,, 2 . . , , % . , , , . , ,, ,•• , ,,, _ • .. 'i..::::::.±•':• .., ,....,..:::;':,;.)".:••:•.:,:',.:,;,„••::',•,,:„-, BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. .1. K. L. M. N. O. Electricity, Lighting. Heat, Ventilation. Telephone Service. Gas Distribution. Water. Sanitary Facilities. Barriers. Enclosures. Protection of Installed Work. Security. Water Control. Cleaning During Construction. Project Identification. Field Offices and Sheds. Fire Extinguishers. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions: Protection of Persons and Property. B. Individual Sections: Minimum temperature, humidity and ventilation requirements. 1.3 ELECTRICITY, POWER AND LIGHTING A. Provide service required for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located to allow service and lighting by means of construction -type power cords. B. Power Service: 1. Temporary terminal/metering pole, meter socket and enclosure with current transformers as required by local utility company, service entrance switch for 400 amp, 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire temporary service. C. Power distribution: 1. Weatherproof distribution boxes, each with minimum eight 20 amp, 120 volt duplex outlets, with GFI grounding, spaced so that a 100 foot extension cord will reach all areas of the building. Circuit each outlet separately. 2. Wiring, connections, and protection for temporary and permanent equipment for environmental control, for temporary use of electrically operated equipment, and for testing. MA #99 -3480 D. Lighting: 1. Provide lighting for construction operations. 2. Locate Fixtures in Areas of Work: One light in rooms, except closets and utility chases; one light for every 750 sq ft in large areas. 3. Lighting levels to be equivalent to not less than one 1-50 watt incandescent lamp per 500 sq ft of floor area, and one 100 watt lamp per 50 ft of corridor and per flight of stairs. E. Permanent power and lighting devices and fixtures may be used during construction under the following conditions: F. Obtain written agreement with Owner establishing start of warranty and conditions of use. G. Provide barriers and warning labels on energized equipment. H. Replace plates, devices, equipment, wiring or fixtures damaged during construction. I. Costs: 1. Obtain and pay for permits and inspections. 2. Obtain and pay for temporary easements across property other than Owner's. 3. Pay for installation, operation, maintenance, and removal of equipment and restoration of permanent equipment used. 4. Pay costs of energy consumed. 1.4 HEAT AND VENTILATION A. Maintain temperature, humidity, and ventilation in enclosed areas to provide specified ambient conditions for Work; to cure installed materials, to prevent condensation, and to prevent accumulations of dust, fumes and gases. B. During non - working hours maintain temperature in enclosed areas at a minimum 60 degrees F, or higher as specified in individual Sections. C. Prior to use of permanent system for temporary purposes: 1. Obtain written agreement with Owner establishing start of warranty and conditions of use. 2. Verify installation is approved for operation. 3. Verify system is complete with all utility connections and safety devices. 4. Verify automatic controls operational. 5. Verify temporary filters are in place. D. Locate units and outlets to provide uniform distribution of heating, cooling, and ventilating. Vent exhaust ducts to the exterior. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila. Washington • E. Modify and extend systems as Work progresses. F. Install temporary filters in air handling units and ducts, replace as necessary to prevent dust in equipment and ducts, to avoid contaminates in Work or finished areas. G. Remove temporary materials and equipment when permanent system is operational. H. After Substantial Completion replace temporary filters with new, clean, filters. I. Costs: 1. Obtain and pay for permits and inspections. 2. Pay for installation, operation, maintenance, and removal of equipment and restoration of permanent equipment used. 3. Pay costs of fuels, permits and inspections used for temporary heating. 1.5 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide telephone service to field office. B. FAX Machine Service: 1. Provide FAX machine service to and from field office. 2. Provide dedicated FAX communication line for FAX service. C. Post local fire, ambulance and police department numbers on each telephone at Project site. 1.6 WATER A. Provide service required for construction operations. Extend branch piping with outlets located so that water is available by use of hoses. B. Pay costs of water used. 1.7 GAS DISTRIBUTION A. Provide temporary gas distribution system if required, sufficient to accommodate temporary gas usage for construction operations. B. Pay for distribution and fuel used. 1.8 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required temporary facilities and enclosures. B. In finished rooms Owner may designate permanent sanitary facilities to be used for temporary purposes. 1. Obtain written permission from Owner establishing start of warranty and conditions of use. 2. Maintain in a sanitary condition, and replace any damaged or worn items before Substantial Completion. 1.9 BARRIERS A. Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways as required by governing authorities for public rights -of -way and for public access to existing buildings. C. Provide barriers around trees and plants designated to remain. Protect against vehicular traffic, stored materials, dumping, chemically injurious materials, and puddling or continuous running water. D. Provide as required by the General Conditions of the Contract for the protection of openings or other hazardous areas. 1.10 ENCLOSURES BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 A. Provide temporary weather -tight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, to allow for temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK Provide temporary protection for installed products. Control traffic in immediate area to minimize damage. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. Protect finished floors and stairs from traffic, movement of heavy objects, and storage. C. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces, on lawn and landscaped areas. 1.12 SECURITY A. Provide security program and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism and theft. B. Contractor shall be responsible for security until Partial Occupancy, at which time the Owner will take over responsibility, except for designated Contractor's storage area. 01500 - 2 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila. Washington MA #99 -3480 C. Owner will employ security personnel after Partial Occupancy with authority to inspect Contractor's storage facilities, personnel, lunch boxes, etc., and establish construction entry for personnel and materials. D. Contractor shall at all times be responsible for tools and construction equipment. 1.13 WATER CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide and operate pumping equipment. B. Provide temporary piped drainage system to extent surface drainage cannot be utilized to dispose of waste water from construction operations, storm water, and sanitary sewage, including sanitary drainage from temporary offices, if any. C. Provide temporary pumps, sewage ejectors, and similar equipment as necessary for adequate drainage from temporary drainage systems. Refer to Division 2 sections of specifications for dewatering of excavations. 1.14 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish; periodically dispose of off -site. B. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. C. Provide containers and enforce compliance with daily disposal of wind -blown material. 1.15 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide 2 - 4 x 8 foot Project identification signs of wood frame and exterior grade plywood construction, painted, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter, to Architect's design and colors. List title of Project, names of Owner, Architect, professional consultants, Contractor and major subcontractors. B. Erect on site at location determined by Owner. C. Allow no other signs to be displayed without Owner's approval. 1.16 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Office: Weather - tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment, and equipped with furniture. Provide, in addition, space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate ten persons. Provide access to office, telephone, furnishings and equipment for use of Architect and Owner. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS B. Storage Sheds for Tools, Materials, and Equipment: Weather - tight, with heat and ventilation for Products requiring controlled conditions, with adequate space for organized storage and access, and lighting for inspection of stored materials. C. Provide emergency first aid equipment at field office. D. Contractor's storage at Partial Occupancy: A portion of the building will be set aside for secure storage of Contractor's tools and equipment, to be handed over to the Owner at Substantial Completion. 1.17 A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Comply with General Conditions of the Contract requirements for protection of persons and property. B. Until fire protection needs may be fulfilled by permanent facilities, install temporary fire protection facilities of types and sizes, as reasonably effective in extinguishing fires during early stages, and as required or recommended by insurance and governing authorities. C. Comply with applicable recommendations of NFPA Standard No.10. D. Locate fire extinguishers where they are most convenient and effective for their intended purpose; but not less than one extinguisher by each building exit, and at each stairwell. E. At earliest feasible date in each area of the Project, complete installation of the permanent fire protection facilities. 1.18 REMOVAL A. Remove temporary materials, equipment, services, and construction prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Remove underground installations to a depth of 2 feet and record on Project Record Documents, or remove completely; grade site as indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 01500 -3 01500 - 4 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1. r L L L BEST -BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8. 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 01600 - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. B. C. D. E. F. Products. Transportation and Handling. Storage and Protection. Product Options. Owner - Supplied Products. Substitutions. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Instructions to Bidders: Substitutions prior to Bid. B. Form 00960 - Substitution Request Form. C. Section 01005 - Administrative Provisions: Owner- furnished Products, Allowances, Products /Systems List. D. Individual Sections: Specific transportation, handling, storage and protection requirements. 1.3 PRODUCTS A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements. C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification section shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable. 1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging, dry. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that: 1. Products comply with requirements of Contract Documents and reviewed submittals. 2. Quantities are correct. 3. Accessories and installation hardware are correct. 4. Containers and packages are intact and labels legible. 5. Products are undamaged. 1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION MA #99 -3480 A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather -tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation. C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well- drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions. 1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those standards. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Any product/manufacturer named. Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named as specified under "Substitutions" article of this Section. C. Products Specified by Naming One or Several Manufacturers, followed by "No Substitutions ": Products of named manufacturers; no substitutions allowed unless one or more of the conditions specified under "Substitutions" in this Section exist. 1.7 OWNER - SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and review shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Submit above shop drawings, product data and samples to Contractor for review after applying signed approval of documents. 3. Coordinate delivery with Contractor to ensure sufficient manpower and storage space available to accommodate shipment. 4. Provide copies of Purchase Orders or other documentation to Contractor on a timely basis as notification of delivery. 5. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 6. Submit claims for transportation damage. 7. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 1 MA #99 -3480 8. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, extra stock, service and any other closeout submittals. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples submitted by Owner, and notify Owner of any observed discrepancies or problems anticipated due to non - conformance with Contract Documents. 2. Return any "submittals" not having approved signature of Owner. 3. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness and damage. 4. Deliver copies of Bills of Lading and other information furnished with delivery immediately upon receipt to Owner, stating amount and condition of all items received. 5. Notify Owner immediately of any discrepancies in amount, or damaged products. 6. Accept responsibility for all received items after acknowledgement of receipt. 7. Handle and store products. 8. Inspect site and materials in advance to avoid "call- back" situations. 9. Coordinate with affected trades. 10. Include hook -up, rough -in, blocking, preparatory work and anchorage devices where applicable. 11. Install and finish unfinished products. 12. Repair or replace items damaged by work of Contractor's installation. 13. Test products as defined in Contract Documents. 1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS A. All substitutions must be requested on the "Substitution Request Form" provided in this Project Manual. No consideration will be given to substitutions requested otherwise. B. All substitutions must be requested by a "Bidding" General Contractor prior to date established in Notice to Proceed. No consideration will be given to substitutions requested directly from suppliers or subcontractors. C. During Bidding Period, Instructions for Bidders govern times for submitting requests for substitutions under requirements specified in this Section. D. Within 30 days after date established in Notice to Proceed, Architect may consider further requests from Contractor for substitutions for products, materials or methods which guarantee an economic advantage to the Owner, or when, due to no fault of the Contractor, one or more of the following conditions exist: 01600 - 2 Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila. Washington December 8. 1999 E. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. - 3. Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for Work to be complete in all respects. 4. Certifies cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract. 5. Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent. 6. Certifies proposed substitution will overcome conditions requiring substitution. F. Substitutions will not be considered if they are: 1. Indicated or implied without being submitted on the "Substitution Request Form" provided in this Project Manual. 2. Indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals without separate written request. 3. Requested directly by subcontractor or supplier. 4. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. - G. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance by Architect or Owner. H. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance, rejection or need for additional information in writing within ten days of receipt of "Substitution Request Form ". I. In the event that additional information is requested, Architect will notify Contractor of substitution acceptance or rejection in writing within ten days of receipt of such information. J. Only one request for substitution will be considered for each product. When substitution is not accepted, provide specified product. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART3- EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT r. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. 1.2 PARTI- GENERAL Substantial Completion Closeout Procedures. Final Completion Closeout Procedures. Reinspection Fees. Final Cleaning. Project Record Documents. Operation and Maintenance Data. Warranties and Bonds. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. RELATED SECTIONS A. Sample Forms: Closeout submittals. B. General Conditions: Substantial Completion requirements. C. Individual Sections: Specific closeout submittals required. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Prior to inspection for Substantial Completion perform Final Cleaning under provisions of this Section. B. When Contractor considers Work is Substantially Complete as defined in General Conditions, submit written notice to Architect and Owner accompanied with or preceded by Substantial Completion submittals as follows: 1. Occupancy Permits and other similar approvals by governing authorities, assuring Owner's full access and use of completed Work. 2. Warranties and Bonds under provisions of this Section. 3. Keys and Keying Schedule under provisions of Section 08710. Submit direct to Owner. 4. Test/adjust/balance records, meter readings, start-up performance reports, and similar changeover information. 5. Application for reduction of retainage, with Consent of Surety to Reduction in or Partial Release of Retainage (A1A G707A). 6. Advice to Owner on coordination of shifting insurance coverages, including proof of extended coverages as required. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 C. Should Owner find Work is defective or not Substantially Complete as defined in the Conditions of the Contract: 2. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second written notice of Substantial Completion. 3. Owner will reinspect Work. D. When Work is substantially complete, Owner will: 1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion (AIA G704), accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, as verified and amended by the Owner, and in accordance with provisions of General Conditions. B. C. 7. Contractor's punch list as defined in the Conditions of the Contract, listing incomplete work recognized as exceptions to Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1. Owner will notify Contractor in writing, listing observed deficiencies. 2. Prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion for Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Complete items on Contractor's Substantial Completion punch list, or provide assurance satisfactory to Owner that incomplete work will be completed without undue delay. Remove temporary facilities, services, surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements. Change over door locks and other provisions for Contractor's access to Owner's property, if applicable. D. When Contractor considers Work is complete, submit the following to Owner: 1. Written Certificate of Final Completion, stating: a. Contract Documents have been reviewed. b. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. c. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents, and deficiencies listed with Certificate of Substantial Completion have been corrected. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington d. Equipment and systems have been tested, adjusted and balanced, and are fully operational. e. Operation of systems has been demonstrated to Owner's personnel. f. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. 2. Project Record Documents under provisions of this Section. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data under provisions of this Section. 4. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials under provisions of this Section. 5. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims (AIA G706); proving satisfactorily to Owner that taxes, fees and similar obligations of Contractor have been paid. 6. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AIA G706A); providing evidence of payment and release of liens in accordance with Conditions of the Contract. 7. Contractor's Lien Waiver in full amount of Contract Sum. 8. Lien waivers from all subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, and major suppliers to Project legally entitled to file a lien in excess of one thousand dollars ($1000.00) arising out of Work of this Contract and covered by payments, totaling full amount of Contract Sum. 9. Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment (AIA G707). 10. Certificates of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations in accordance with Conditions of the Contract. 11. Application for final payment in accordance with provisions of Conditions of the Contract. 12. Statement of Adjustment of Accounts to Contract Sum indicating: a. Original Contract Sum. b. Previous change orders. c. Changes under allowances. d. Changes under unit prices. e. Deductions for uncorrected work. f. Penalties and bonuses. g. Deductions for liquidated damages. h. Deductions for reinspection fees. BEST BUY STORES i. Other adjustments to Contract Sum. j. Total Contract Sum as adjusted. k. Previous payments. 1. Sum remaining due. December 8. 1999 - E. Should Owner find Work incomplete or defective: 1. Owner will promptly notify Contractor and Owner in writing listing observed deficiencies. 2. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies, subject to Arbitration if disputed, and send a second certification of fmal completion. 3. Owner will reinspect. F. When Owner finds work is complete, Owner will: 1. Consider closeout submittals. 2. Issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract Sum not previously made by Change Orders. 1.5 REINSPECTION FEES A. Should status of completion of Work require reinspection by Owner due to failure of Work to comply with Contractor's claims on initial inspection, Owner will deduct the amount of Owner's compensation for reinspection services from final payment to Contractor. 1.6 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute cleaning prior to inspection for Substantial Completion of the Work. B. Owner and Contractor will be responsible to provide final cleaning of their own work after Substantial Completion. Provide access and coordinate with Owner's personnel at a time agreeable to both parties. C. Use materials which will not create hazards to health or property, and which will not damage surfaces. D. Use only materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material being cleaned. E. In addition to removal of debris and cleaning specified in other sections, clean interior and exterior exposed -to -view surfaces. F. Remove temporary protection and labels not required to remain. G. Clean finishes free of dust, stains, films and other foreign substances. 01700 - 2 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila. Washington H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Clean transparent and glossy materials to a polished condition; remove foreign substances. Polish reflective surfaces to a clear shine. Vacuum clean carpeted and similar soft surfaces. Clean and damp mop, resilient and hard - surfaced • floors. Clean surfaces of equipment; remove excess lubrication. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean permanent filters of ventilating equipment and replace disposable filters when units have been operated during construction. Clean light fixtures and lamps. Remove waste, foreign matter, and debris from roofs, gutters, areaways, and drainage systems. Remove waste, debris, and surplus materials from site. Clean grounds; remove stains, spills, and foreign substances from paved areas and sweep clean. Rake clean other exterior surfaces. 1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. In addition to requirements in General Conditions, maintain at the site for Owner one record copy of: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Proposal Requests. 5. Architect's Supplemental Instructions. 6. Owner's Field Orders. 7. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 8. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 9. Field test records. 10. Inspection certificates 11. Manufacturers' certificates. __12. Factory Mutual approved documents. B. Store Record Documents and samples in Field Office apart from documents used for construction. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and samples. C. Label and file Record Documents and samples in accordance with Section number listings in Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. D. Instruction of Owner Personnel: MA #99 -3480 E. Make available Record Documents and samples for inspection by Owner. F. Record information on a set of translucent mylar drawings, and in a copy of Project Manual, provided by Owner. G. •Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. H. At Contract closeout, deliver Record Documents and samples, signed by Contractor, to Owner under provisions of this Section. Transmit with cover letter, with copy to Owner. 1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8 -1/2 x 11 inch three -ring side binders with durable plastic covers. B. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of: Architect, consultants, Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers. C. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system, as specified in each Section. For each system, give names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. List the following: 1. Appropriate design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list. 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions, equipment. 6. Maintenance instructions, fmishes. 7. Shop drawings and product data. 8. Warranties. 1. Before final inspection, instruct Owner's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. 2. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. 3. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 MA #99 -3480 1.9 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Provide original, notarized copies to Owner, with duplicate to Architect. Execute Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For equipment put into use with Owner's permission during construction, submit within ten days after first operation. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. C. Any warranty shall not relieve rights available to Owner under common law or other reserved rights. D. Provide individual product and system warranties as defined in specification Sections, which may extend beyond Complete Project Warranty period. 1.10 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with Owner, deliver to Project site and obtain receipt prior to fmal payment. B. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 1:11 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following Closeout Submittals under the provisions of this Section: 1. Substantial Completion Notice. 2. Certificate of Occupancy. 3. Warranties and Bonds. 4. Keys and Schedule. 5. Test/Adjust/Balance Records. 6. Meter Readings. 7. Start -up Performance Reports. 8. Application for Retainage Reduction. 9. Insurance Coordination Advice, 10. Contractor's Punch List, 11. Final Completion Certification. 12. Project Record Documents, 13. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 14. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials, 15. Affidavit of Pay't of Debts and Claims. 16. Affidavit of Release of Liens. 17. Contractor's Lien Waiver. 18. Other Lien Waivers. 19. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. 01700 - 4 Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8. 1999 20. Certificates of Insurance. 21. Final Application for Payment. 22. Final Statement of Account. 23. Completed Schedule of Submittals. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION CONTRACT CLOSEOUT _ [ BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK 1.1 DESCRIPTION PART 1 — GENERAL A. Conditions of Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements, govern work of this Section. B. Work Included: All excavation, compacted engineered fill, exterior backfill, grading, fine grading and roadway preparation work necessary to complete the work per the Contract Documents. C. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with specific requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Use equipment adequate in size, capacity and numbers to accomplish the work of this Section in a timely manner. 1.3 TESTING SERVICE A. Owner shall secure and pay for the services of a testing laboratory to conduct the soil testing program. B. A qualified representative (Soils Engineer) of the testing laboratory shall be present at the site during the performance of the work required under this Section. Contractor shall notify the testing laboratory a minimum of two days in advance of required testing and shall coordinate all testing with Engineer. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington C. D. E. A. A. B. WO MI MA #99 -3480 The following tests shall be performed: 1. Laboratory tests of proposed fill: ASTM D75. 2. Laboratory compaction tests: ASTM D698. 3. Field Density tests: ASTM D1556. Field density tests of compacted fill, backfill and base materials shall be made every other layer (lift) at intervals selected by the Soils Engineer. In the event the inspections and tests indicate the work has not been performed in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, the materials shall be removed and the work redone and retested, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS Reports of all inspections and tests performed by the Soils Engineer required by this Section shall be submitted to the Owner, Engineer and Contractor as soon as practical during construction of the Work. 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS PART 2 — PRODUCTS Fill and backfill materials: 1. Provide soil materials free from organic matter and deleterious substances. Fill material is subject to the approval of the Soils Engineer conforming to the following: a. Below structures: Engineered fill, predominantly granular, non - expansive, capable of the required compaction to achieve the design bearing capacity for foundation support of structure as shown on Drawings. b. Other areas: Soils removed from excavations or imported from off -site as approved by a Soils Engineer. Base under slabs: 1. Under all slabs on grade, provide 6" minimum thick granular base conforming to requirements of SW, SP or SP -SM, unified soil classification system with no more than 5% passing the #200 sieve. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS EARTHWORK 02200 - 1 MA #99 -3480 A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Soils Engineer. 02200 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. B. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 PROCEDURES A. Utilities: 1. Unless shown to be removed, protect active utility lines shown on the Drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor prior to excavation. If damaged, repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If active utility lines are encountered, and are not shown on the Drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor, promptly take necessary steps to assure that service is not interrupted. 3. If existing utilities are found to interfere with the permanent subsurface work being constructed under this Section, immediately notify the Engineer and secure instructions. 4. Do not proceed with permanent relocation of utilities until written instructions are received from the Engineer. B. Protection: 1. Barricade open excavations as part of the Work. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, railroad tracks and other facilities from damage caused by performance of the work under this Section. C. Dewatering: 1. Remove all water, including rain water, encountered during earthwork operations by pumps, drains and other approved methods. 2. Keep excavations and site construction area free from water. D. Use means necessary to prevent dust becoming a nuisance to the public, to neighbors and to other work being performed on or near the site. E. Maintain access to adjacent areas at all times. 3.3 EXCAVATING B. Excavated materials suitable for fill and backfill shall be stockpiled in an area so as not to cause obstruction to Owner. EARTHWORK A. Perform excavation within the limits of the Work to the lines, grades and elevations required by the Drawings. C. Unsuitable bearing soils encountered during excavation shall be excavated to a distance below grade as directed by the Soils Engineer and replaced with satisfactory materials as specified. D. Dispose of unsuitable excavated material and surplus material away from the site at disposal areas arranged and paid for by the Contractor unless Owner approves otherwise. E. Excavate and backfill in a manner and sequence that will provide proper drainage at all times. F. Borrow: 1. Obtain material for fill, if necessary, from off site, selected and paid for by the Contractor and approved by the Soils Engineer. G. Unauthorized excavation: 1. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific instruction from the Engineer. f BEST BUY STORES _ December 8. 1999 2. When acceptable to the Soils Engineer, compacted fill may be used to bring the bottom elevation to proper elevation. H. Stability of excavations: 1. Slope sides of excavation to 1:1 maximum, unless otherwise directed by the Soils Engineer. 2. Maintain sides and slopes of excavating in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. 3.4 FILLING AND BACKFILLING A. Backfill excavations with approved materials as promptly as progress of the Work permits, but not until completion of the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade. 2. Inspecting, testing, approving and recording locations of underground utilities. 3. Removal of formwork, shoring, bracing, trash and debris. B. Placing and compacting: 1. Place backfill and fill materials in layers (lifts) as specified by Soils Engineer. 2. Before compacting, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide the optimum moisture content. 3. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum density. 4. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen or containing frost or ice. 3.5 GRADING A. General: 1. Uniformly grade the areas within the grading limits, including adjacent transition areas. 2. Compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown on the Drawings or between such points and existing grades. B. Grading: Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 1. Grade adjacent areas to achieve drainage away from the construction work and to prevent ponding. 2. Finish the surfaces to be free from irregular surface changes. 3.6 COMPACTING A. Control soil compaction during construction to provide the minimum percentage of density specified for each area as determined according to ASTM D698, standard proctor. B. Provide not less than the following percentage of maximum density (ASTM D698) of soil material compacted at optimum moisture content for each layer in place and as approved by the Soils Engineer. 1. Below footings: a. Each layer of fill and backfill material at (98 %) of maximum density. 2. Below slabs and paving: a. Each layer of fill and backfill material including base at (95 %) of maximum density. 3. Unsurfaced areas: a. Each layer of fill and backfill material at (95 %) of maximum density. 3.7 CLEAN -UP MA #99 -3480 A. Remove all surplus and discarded materials, equipment, rubbish and temporary structures on all parts of the Work. The project site shall be left in a clean and acceptable condition. END OF SECTION EARTHWORK 02200 - 3 _EST'BUY STORE eCeinfiei'8;:,1999 Atrii*ri BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8. 1999 Tukwila. Washington MA #99 -3480 SECTION 02515 - PORTLAND CEMENT A. Construct forms with tight joints to the exact sizes, • CONCRETE PAVING shapes, lines and dimensions shown and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in the finished structure. 2.1 FORMS PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work included: Provide Portland Cement concrete paving where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Related work: Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Sections in division 1 of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Do not commence placement of concrete until mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction and until copies of the approved mix designs are at the job site and the batch plant. C. Provide access for, and cooperate with, the inspector and testing laboratory representative. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01600. PART 2 — PRODUCTS B. Earth forms will not be permitted for paving. 2.2 REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with the following as minimums: 1. Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, using deformed bars for number 3 and larger. 2. Welded wire fabric: ASTM A185. 3. Bending: ACI318. B. Fabricate reinforcement to the required shapes and dimensions, with fabrication tolerances complying with the CRSI "Manual of Standard Practices ". C. Do not use reinforcement having any of the following defects: 1. Bar lengths, depths or bends exceeding the specified fabricating tolerances; 2. Bends or kinks not indicated on the Drawings or required for the Work; 3. Bars with cross - section reduced due to excessive rust or other causes. 2.3 CONCRETE A. Concrete shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 03300 except as otherwise specified. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at 28 days. Maximum size of aggregate shall be 11/2 inches. B. Air Content 1. Mixtures shall have air content by volume of concrete of 5 to 7 percent, based on measurements made immediately after discharge from the mixer. C. Slump 1. The concrete slump shall be 2 inches where determined in accordance with ASTM C143. D. Comply with the following as minimums: 1. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II, low alkali. E. Aggregate, general: 1. ASTM C30, uniformly graded and clean; PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02515 - I MA #99 -3480 F. Water: Clean and potable. 2.4 OTHER MATERIALS PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS 2. Do not use aggregate known to cause excessive shrinkage. 3. Aggregate, coarse: Crushed rock or washed gravel with maximum size between 3/4" and 1'Y2 ", and with minimum size number 4. 4. Aggregate, fine: Natural washed sand of hard and durable particles varying from fine to particles passing a 3/8" screen, of which at least 12% shall pass a 50 -mesh screen. G. Use only such additives as are recommended in the mix design and approved by the Engineer and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. H. Provide concrete in the proportions established by the approved mix design. A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 FINAL PREPARATION OF SUBGRADES A. After preparation of subgrade as specified in another Section of these Specifications, thoroughly scarify and sprinkle the entire are to be paved and then compact to a smooth, hard, even surface of 95% compaction to receive the aggregates. 02515-2 Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES 'Tukwila, Washington 3.3 PLACEMENT OF BASE COURSE A. Base (where required): I. Spread the specified course aggregate to a thickness providing the compacted thickness shown on the Drawings. 2. Compact to 95 %. C. Smoothness tolerance: Provide the lines and grades shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of 0.05 feet vertically and 1" in alignment at any point. E. Use only the amount of moisture needed to achieve the specified compaction. 3.4 INSTALLATION PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING December 8, 1999 B. Thickness tolerance: Provide the compacted thickness shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of minus 0.0" to plus 0.5 ". D. Correct deviations by removing materials, replacing with new materials and reworking or recompacting as required. A. Upon completion of base course and formwork, install reinforcement (if required) as shown on the Drawings. 1. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, earth and other materials which reduce bond or destroy bond with concrete. 2. Position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction and concrete placement operations. 3. Place reinforcement to obtain the required coverages for concrete protection. B. Transit mix the concrete in accordance with provisions of ASTM C94. 1. With each load, provide ticket certifying to the materials and quantities and to compliance with the approved mix design. 2. On the transit -mix ticket, state the time water was first added to the mix. 3. At the batch plant, withhold 2 1/2 gal of water per cu yd of concrete. 4. Upon arrival at the job site, and as directed by the testing laboratory inspector, add all or part of the withheld water before the concrete is discharged from the mixer. Cy j � BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 5. Mix not less than five minutes after the withheld water has been added and not Tess than one minute of that time immediately prior to discharge of the batch. 6. Unless otherwise directed provide 15 minutes total mixing time per batch after first addition of water. C. Do not use concrete that has stood over 30 minutes after leaving the mixer or concrete that is not placed within 60 minutes after water is introduced into the mix. D. Conveying: 1. Place concrete in accordance with the following and pertinent recommendations contained in ACI 304. 2. Deposit concrete continuously in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. 3. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified herein. 4. Perform concrete placing at such a rate that concrete which is being integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic. 5. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its fmal location so as to avoid segregation due to rehandling and flowing. 6. Do not subject concrete to any procedure which will cause segregation. 7. Do not use concrete which becomes non - plastic and unworkable or does not meet required quality control limits or has been contaminated by foreign materials. 8. Remove rejected concrete from the site. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete in a continuous operation within the limits of construction joints until the placing ofa panel or section is completed. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 1. Bring surfaces to the correct level with a straightedge and then strike off. 2. Use bullfloats or darbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free from bumps and hollows. 3. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not disturb the surfaces prior to start of finishing operations. F. Expansion joints: 1. Do not permit reinforcement to extend continuously through any expansion joint. 2. Locate expansion joints along the edges of all . structures and where indicated, filled to full depth with expansion joint material. G. Finishing: 1. Begin floating when the water sheen has disappeared and when the surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit the operation. 2. During or after the first floating, check the planeness or surface with a ten foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. 3. Cut down high spots and fill low spots and produce a surface level within 1/4" in two feet as determined by a two foot straightedge placed anywhere on the surface in any direction. 4. Refloat the surface immediately to a uniform sandy texture. 5. While the surface is still plastic provide a textured finish by drawing a fiber bristle broom uniformly over the surface. a. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer provide the texturing in one direction only. b. Provide "light ", "medium" or "coarse" texturing as directed by the Engineer. 3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Beginning immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures and mechanical injury. END OF SECTION PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02515 - 3 MA #99 -3480 BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 SECTION 02580 - PAVEMENT MARKINGS PARTI GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only. 1. American Association Of State Highway And Transportation Officials (AASHTO) a, AASHTO M 247 (1981; Rev 1986) Glass Beads Used in Traffic Paint b. AASHTO M 248 (1991I) Ready - Mixed White and Yellow Traffic Paints 2. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 792 (1991) Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacement b. ASTM D 4280 (1995) Extended Life Type, Nonplowable, Prismatic, Raised, Retroreflective Pavement Markers c. ASTM D 4505 (1992) Preformed Plastic Pavement Marking Tape for Extended Service Life d. ASTM E 28 (1992) Softening Point by Ring -and -Ball Apparatus 3. Federal Specifications (FS) a. FS TT -B -1325 (Rev C) Beads (Glass Spheres) Retro- Reflective (Metric) b. FS TT -P -1952 (Rev D) Paint, Traffic and Airfield Marking, Waterborne (Metric) 1.2 QUALITY ASSURNCE A. Use Adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING . MA #99 -3480 A. All materials shall be delivered and stored in sealed containers that plainly show the designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, color, date of manufacture, manufacturer's name, and directions, all of which shall be plainly legible at time of use. 1.4 HAND - OPERATED, PUSH -TYPE MACHINES A. All machines, tools, and equipment used in performance of the work shall be approved and maintained in satisfactory operating condition. Hand- operated push -type machines of a type commonly used for application of paint to pavement surfaces shall be acceptable for marking small streets and parking areas. Applicator machine shall be equipped with the necessary paint tanks and spraying nozzles, and shall be capable of applying - paint uniformly at coverage specified. Sandblasting equipment shall be provided as required for cleaning surfaces to be painted or removal of existing stripping patterns. Hand - operated spray guns shall be provided for use in areas where push - type machines cannot be used. 2.1 PAINT PART 2 PRODUCTS A. The paint shall be homogeneous, easily stirred to smooth consistency, and shall show no hard settlement or other objectionable characteristics during a storage period of 6 months. Paint for parking areas and drives shall conform to AASHTO M 248, color as indicated. Pavement marking paints shall comply with applicable state and local laws enacted to ensure compliance with Federal Clean Air Standards. Paint materials shall conform to the restrictions of the local Air Pollution Control District. 2.2 SAMPLING AND TESTING A. Materials proposed for use shall be stored on the project site in sealed and labeled containers, or segregated at source of supply, sufficiently in advance of needs to allow 60 days for testing. Upon notification by the Contractor that the PAVEMENT MARKINGS 02580 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Surfaces to be marked shall be thoroughly cleaned before application of the pavement marking material. Dust, dirt, and other granular surface deposits shall be removed by sweeping, blowing with compressed air, rinsing with water or a combination of these methods as required. Rubber deposits, surface laitance, existing paint markings, and other coatings adhering to the pavement shall be completely removed with scrapers, wire brushes, sandblasting, approved chemicals, or mechanical abrasion as directed. Areas of old pavement affected with oil or grease shall be scrubbed with several applications of trisodium phosphate solution or other approved detergent or degreaser, and rinsed thoroughly after each application. After cleaning, oil - soaked areas shall be sealed with cut shellac to prevent bleeding through the new paint. Pavement surfaces shall be allowed to dry, when water is used for cleaning, prior to striping or marking. Surfaces shall be recleaned, when work has been stopped due to rain. B. Pretreatment for Early Painting 1. Where early painting is required on rigid pavements, a pretreatment with an 02580 - 2 material is at the site or'source of supply, a sample shall be taken by random selection from sealed containers by the Contractor in the presence of a representative of the Contracting Officer. Samples shall be clearly identified by designated name, specification number, batch number, manufacturer's formulation number, project contract number, intended use, and quantity involved. Testing shall be performed in an approved independent laboratory. If materials are approved based on reports furnished by the Contractor, samples will be retained by the Government for possible future testing should the material appear defective during or after application. PART 3 EXECUTION BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 aqueous solution containing 3 percent phosphoric acid and 2 percent zinc chloride shall be applied to prepared pavement areas prior to painting. C. Cleaning Concrete Curing Compounds 1. On new portland cement concrete' pavements, cleaning operations shall not begin until a minimum of 30 days after the placement of concrete. All new concrete pavements shall be cleaned by either sandblasting or water blasting. When water blasting is performed, thermoplastic and preformed markings shall be applied no sooner than 24 hours after the blasting has been completed. The extent of the blasting work shall be to clean and prepare the concrete surface as follows: a. There is no visible evidence of curing compound on the peaks of the textured concrete surface. b. There are no heavy puddled deposits of curing compound in the valleys of the textured concrete surface. c. All remaining curing compound is intact; all loose and flaking material is removed. d. The peaks of the textured pavement surface are rounded in profile and free of sharp edges and irregularities. e. The surface to be marked is dry. 3.2 APPLICATION A. All pavement markings and patterns shall be placed as shown on the plans. B. Paint 1. Paint shall be applied to clean, dry surfaces, and only when air and pavement temperatures are above 5 degrees C (40 degrees F) and less than 35 degrees C (95 degrees F). Paint temperature shall be maintained within these same limits. New asphalt pavement surfaces and new portland concrete cement shall be allowed to cure for a period of not less than 30 days before applications of paint. Paint shall be applied pneumatically with approved equipment at rate of coverage specified herein. The Contractor PAVEMENT MARKINGS BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8. 1999 Tukwila. Washington shall provide guide lines and templates as necessary to control paint application. Special precautions shall be taken in marking numbers, letters, and symbols. Edges of markings shall be sharply outlined. Rate of Application 1 Nonreflective Markings: Paint shall be applied evenly to the pavement surface to be coated at a rate of 10 plus or minus 0.5 square meter per liter (105 plus or minus 5 square feet per gallon). Drying 1. The maximum drying time requirements of the paint specifications will be strictly enforced to prevent undue softening of bitumen, and pickup, displacement, or discoloration by tires of traffic. If there is a delay in drying of the markings, painting operations shall be discontinued until cause of the slow drying is determined and corrected. END OF SECTION PAVEMENT MARKINGS r • --. ., •. • • • • .• • 02580 73 MA #99-3480 ' '• BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 SECTION 02620 - CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, CURBS AND GUTTERS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Conditions of Contract and Division 1, General Requirements, govern work of this Section. B. Work included: Provide concrete sidewalks, exterior slabs on grade and curb and gutter where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Use equipment adequate in size, capacity and numbers to accomplish the work of this section in a timely manner. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300 Submittals. 1. Copies of all test reports within 24 hours of completion of test. 2. Copies of certified delivery tickets for all concrete used in the construction. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with standard of good practice regarding shipping, delivery and handling of materials that are part of this Section. B. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01600 - Substitutions And Product Options. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington' 1.5 WEATHER LIMITATIONS A. Placing During Cold Weather 1. Concrete placement shall be discontinued when the air temperature reaches 40 degrees F and is falling. 2. Placement may begin when the air temperature reaches 35 degrees F and is rising. 3. Provisions shall be made to protect the concrete from freezing during the specified curing period. If necessary to place concrete when the temperature of the air, aggregates, or water is below 35 degrees F, placement shall be approved in writing. 4. Approval shall be contingent upon full conformance with the following provisions. The underlying material shall be prepared and protected so that it is entirely free of frost when the concrete is deposited. Mixing water . shall be heated as necessary to result in the temperature of the in -place concrete being between 50 and 85 degrees F. 5. The aggregates shall be free of ice, snow, and frozen lumps before entering the mixer. 6. Covering and other means shall be provided for maintaining the concrete at a temperature of at least 50 degrees F for not less than 72 hours after placing, and at a temperature above freezing for the remainder of the curing period. B. Placing During Warm Weather 1. The temperature of the concrete as placed shall not exceed 85 degrees F except where an approved retarder is used. 2. The mixing water and/or aggregates shall be cooled, if necessary, to maintain a satisfactory placing temperature. In no case shall the placing temperature exceed 95 degrees F. 2.1 CONCRETE B. Air Content PART 2 — PRODUCTS A. Concrete shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 03300 except as otherwise specified. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at 28 days. Maximum size of aggregate shall be 1 -1/2 inches. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, CURBS, AND GUTTERS 02620 - 1 MA #99 -3480 MA #99 -3480 Mixtures shall have air content by volume of concrete of 5 to 7 percent, based on measurements made immediately after discharge from the mixer. BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 - 02620 - 2 Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington Slump 1. The concrete slump shall be 2 inches where determined in accordance with ASTM C 143. 2.2 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS Impervious Sheet Materials 1. Impervious sheet materials shall conform to ASTM C 171, type optional, except that polyethylene film, if used, shall be white opaque. White. Pigmented Membrane- Forming Curing Compound 1. White pigmented membrane- forming curing compound shall conform to ASTM C 309, Type 2. 2.3 JOINT FILLER STRIPS A. Contraction Joint Filler for Curb and Gutter: 1. Contraction joint filler for curb and gutter shall consist of hard- pressed fiberboard. Expansion Joint Filler, Premolded: 1. Expansion joint filler, premolded, shall conform to ASTM D 1751 or ASTM D 1752, 3/8 -inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 FORM WORK A. Form work shall be designed and constructed to insure that the fmished concrete will conform accurately to the indicated dimensions, lines, and elevations, and within the tolerances specified. Forms shall be of wood or steel, straight, of sufficient strength to resist springing during depositing and consolidating concrete. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. The subgrade shall be constructed to the specified grade and cross section prior to concrete — placement. Subgrade shall be placed and compacted to conform with applicable requirements of Section 02200. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, CURBS, AND GUTTERS 1 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 B. Forms shall be carefully set to the indicated alignment, grade and dimensions. Forms shall be held rigidly in place by a minimum of three stakes per form placed at intervals not to exceed 4 feet. Corners, deep sections, and radius bends shall have additional stakes and braces, as required. Clamps, spreaders, and braces shall be used where required to insure rigidity in the forms. 1. Forms for sidewalks and curbs and gutters shall be set with the upper edge true to line and grade with an allowable tolerance of 1/8 inch in any 10 -foot long section. 3.2 CONCRETE PLACEMENT AND FINISHING A. Concrete shall be placed in the forms in one layer of such thickness that when consolidated and finished the sidewalks and curbs and gutters will be of the thickness indicated. The concrete shall be consolidated with an approved vibrator, and the surface shall be finished to grade with a wood float, bull float, or darby, edged and broom finished. B. After straightedging, the surface shall be finished to a smooth and uniformly fine granular or sandy texture free of waves, irregularities, or tool marks. A scored surface shall be produced by brooming with a fiber- bristle brush in a direction transverse to that of the traffic. C. All slab edges, including those at formed joints, shall be finished carefully with an edger having a radius of 1/8 inch. Corners and edges which have crumbled and areas which lack sufficient mortar for proper finishing shall be cleaned and filled solidly with a properly proportioned mortar mixture and then finished. D. Finished surfaces shall not vary more than 5/16 inch from the testing edge of a 10- foot straightedge. Permissible deficiency in section thickness will be up to 0.25 inch. 3.3 SIDEWALK JOINTS Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington A. Sidewalk joints shall be constructed to divide the surface into rectangular areas. Transverse contraction joints shall be spaced at a distance equal to the sidewalk width or 5 feet on centers, whichever is less, and shall be continuous across the slab. Longitudinal contraction joints shall be constructed along the centerline of all sidewalks 10 feet or more in width. Transverse expansion joints shall be installed at sidewalk returns and opposite expansion joints in adjoining curbs. Expansion joints shall be formed about structures and features which project through or into the sidewalk pavement. B. Contraction Joints 1. The contraction joints shall be formed in the fresh concrete by cutting a groove in the top portion of the slab to a depth of at least one - fourth of the sidewalk slab thickness, using a jointer to cut the groove, or by sawing a groove. C. Expansion Joints 1. Expansion joints shall be formed with 3/8 -inch joint filler strips. Joint filler shall be placed with top edge 1/4 inch below the surface and shall be held in place with steel pins or other devices to prevent warping of the filler during floating and finishing. Immediately after finishing operations are completed, joint edges shall be rounded with an edging tool having a radius of 1/8 inch, and concrete over the joint filler shall be removed. At the end of the curing period, expansion joints shall be carefully cleaned. 3.4 CURB AND GUTTER JOINTS A. Curb and gutter joints shall be constructed at right angles to the line of curb and gutter. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, CURBS, AND GUTTERS 02620 - 3 MA #99 -3480 MA #99 -3480 B. Contraction joints shall be constructed directly opposite contraction joints in abutting portland cement concrete pavements and spaced so that monolithic sections between curb returns will not be less than 5 feet nor greater than 15 feet in length. Contraction joints shall be constructed by means of 1/8 -inch thick separators and of a section conforming to the cross section of the curb and gutter. Separators shall be removed as soon as practicable after concrete has set sufficiently to preserve the width and shape of the joint and prior to finishing. C. Expansion joints shall be formed by means of preformed expansion joint filler material cut and shaped to the cross section of curb and gutter. Expansion joints shall be provided in curb and gutter directly opposite expansion joints of abutting portland cement concrete pavement, and shall be of the same type and thickness as joints in the pavement. D. Expansion joints shall be placed at the ends of all curved sections, at the ends of the curved portions of entrance and street returns and at 60' o.c. maximum on straight sections. 3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Concrete shall be protected against loss of moisture and rapid temperature changes for at least 7 days from the beginning of the curing operation by means of burlap mats, impervious sheeting or a uniform coating of white - pigmented membrane curing compound. Unhardened concrete shall be protected from rain and flowing water. All equipment needed for adequate curing and protection of the concrete shall be on hand and ready for use before actual concrete placement begins. Protection shall be provided as necessary to prevent cracking of the pavement due to temperature changes during the curing period. 02620 - 4 Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 B. After curing, debris shall be removed and the area adjoining the concrete shall be backfilled, graded, and compacted to conform to the surrounding area in accordance with lines and grades indicated. C. Completed concrete shall be protected from damage until accepted. The Contractor shall repair damaged concrete and clean concrete discolored during construction. Concrete that is damaged shall be removed and reconstructed for the entire length between regularly scheduled joints. Refinishing the damaged portion will not be acceptable. Removed damaged portions shall be disposed of as directed. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall perform the inspection and tests described and meet the specified requirements for inspection details and frequency of testing. Based upon the results of these inspections and tests, the Contractor shall take the action and submit reports as required below, and any additional tests to insure that the requirements of these Specifications are met. B. Concrete Testing: 1. Strength Testing: a. The Contractor shall provide molded concrete specimens for strength tests. b. Samples of concrete placed each day shall be taken not less than once a day nor Tess than once for every 250 cubic yards of concrete. c. The samples for strength tests shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. d. Cylinders for acceptance shall be molded in conformance with ASTM C 31 by an approved testing laboratory. e. Each strength test result shall be the average of two test cylinders from the same concrete sample tested at 28 days, unless otherwise specified or approved. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, CURBS, AND GUTTERS BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 Slump Test: a. Two slump tests shall be made on randomly selected batches of each class of concrete for every 250 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, of concrete placed during each shift. ' b.. Additional tests will be performed when excessive variation in the workability of the concrete is noted or when excessive crumbling or slumping is noticed along the edges of slip - formed concrete. The finished surface of each category of the completed work shall be uniform in color and free of blemishes and form or tool marks. :7:'. SURFACE DEFICIENCIES AND CORRECTIONS Exposed surfaces of the finished work will be inspected by the Owner and any deficiencies in appearance will be identified. Areas which exhibit excessive cracking, discoloration, form marks, or tool marks or which are otherwise inconsistent with the overall appearances of the work shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION Parkway Supercenter Tukwila; Washinitton r. i CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, CURBS, AND GUTTERS 02620 5 1_ -A I #99:34 t BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 SECTION 02831 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fence framework, fabric, and accessories. B. Gates and related hardware. A. Manual cantilevered sliding gates and related hardware. C. Excavation for post bases. D. Concrete anchorage for posts and center drop for gates. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware: Padlocks. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM Al23 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. B. ASTM A392 - Specification for Zinc- Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric. C. ASTM C94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include posts, fabric, accessories, fittings, hardware and anchorages. 2.1 CONCRETE MIX 2.2 FENCE FABRIC PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Concrete: ASTM C94; normal Portland Cement; 2500 psi at 28 days; 3 inch slump; 3/4 inch sized _aggregate. A. Fabric: 2 inch mesh, 9 gauge steel wire, ASTM A392, Class 1; galvanized after fabrication with 1.2 oz. zinc per square foot of surface. B. Provide one piece full height fabric with top and bottom selvages knuckled. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington MA #99 -3480 BRACES 2.4 GATEPOSTS Up to 6 6 to 13 13 to 18 Over 18 2.3 STEEL FENCE POSTS, RAILS, AND A. Line Posts: 1. Fabric Heights Up to and Including 7 feet: 2" OD, schedule 40, steel pipe, 2.72 lbs /ft. 2. Fabric Heights over 7 feet: 2 -1/2" OD, schedule 40, steel pipe, 3.65 lbs/ft. B. Top, Bottom and Center Rails: 1. Fabric Heights up to and including 7 feet: 1 -5/8" OD, steel pipe, 1.8 lbs /ft. 2. Fabric Heights over 7 feet: 1 -5/8" OD, schedule 40, steel pipe, 2.27 lbs/ft. C. Terminal Posts: 1. Fabric Heights up to and including 7 feet: 2 -1/2" OD, schedule 40, steel pipe, 3.65 Ibs /ft. 2. Fabric Heights over 7 feet: 3" OD, schedule 40, steel pipe, 5.79 lbs /ft. A. Gate Posts: Schedule 40, steel pipe, sized as follows: Width/ft. Post/inch lbs/ft 3 0D 4 0D 6 -5/8 OD 8 -5/8 OD 5.79 9.11 18.97 24.70 B. Cantilevered Sliding GatePosts: Schedule 40, steel pipe, sized as follows: Width Post lbs/ft 5.79 9.11 Up to 24' 3" OD 25' and up 4" OD C. Gate Frames: 2" OD, schedule 40, steel pipe; welded at each corner. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Diagonal Braces: 3/8" truss rod. B. Caps: Pressed steel or malleable iron; sized to post dimension, set screw retained. C. Fittings: Sleeves, bands, clips, rail ends, tension bars, fasteners and fittings: Steel. D. Tie Wires: 9 gauge aluminum. E. Bottom Tension Wire: 7 gauge steel, single strand, spring coil wire. 2.6 FINISHES CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 02831 - 1 MA #99 -3480 A. Framing: Galvanized; ASTM Al23; 1.8 oz/sq ft coating. B. Accessories: Same finish as framing. 2.7 SWINGING GATE HARDWARE A. Hinges: Size and material to suit gate size, non - lift-off type, offset to permit 180 deg opening. Provide 1 -1/2 pair for each leaf over 6 feet nominal height. 13. Latch: Provide double drive industrial latch ( "Pioneer" latch) including locking device and padlock provisions as integral part of latch, permitting pairs of gate leaves to be locked with single padlock, if applicable. 2.8 CANTILEVERED SLIDING GATE HARDWARE A. Rollers: Galvanized metal wheels, metal framing and fasteners. B. Latch: Provide "Pioneer" latch including locking device and padlock provisions as integral part of latch, permitting gate leaves to be locked with single padlock. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Post Setting: B. C. D. E. 1. End, Corner, Pull and Gate Posts: Set 36 inches into 12 -inch diameter concrete footing. 2. Line Posts: Set 36 inches into 9 inch diameter footing. 3. Spacing of Posts: 10 feet on center maximum, unless indicated otherwise. Provide terminal post at each end, corner, or pull location. Provide horizontal and diagonal braces on all fences with fabric height more than 6 feet, which does not have a center rail. Provide top and bottom rails, with braces as detailed and as required. Where fence fabric is indicated to be attached to post and rail system not furnished under this Section, provide necessary fence components for complete installation, including bracing and accessories. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington H. I. J. END OF SECTION BEST.BUY STORES December 8. 1999 F. Install fabric with posts on interior offence enclosure. G. Install fabric approximately 2" above finished grade. Stretch fabric taut and securely fasten to posts. At terminal posts, use stretcher bars secured to posts with metal bands spaced not over 15" on center to fasten fabric. Fasten fabric to line posts with wire ties or metal bands spaced not over 15" on center. Fasten fabric to top rail with wire ties spaced not over 24" on center. Install post tops and other accessories. Install gate stop for double gate openings, embedded in concrete. Install gates and hardware, and adjust for proper operation. 02831 - 2 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES . t ..� BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila. Washington SECTION 02840- WALK, ROAD AND PARKING APPURTENANCES • PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Precast Concrete Security Bollards. 1.2 A. B. 1.3 A. RELATED SECTIONS Section 03300 — Cast in Place Concrete. Section 05500 — Metal Fabrications. SUBMITTALS Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings indicating utility anchorage requirements and installation details. 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 3.1 A. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE BOLLARDS A. Manufacturer: Environmental Features, Inc., 248.478.2775, Type 283, modified pre -cast concrete bollard, 10-" diameter x 84" long. with manufacturer's L3 exposed aggregate finish, custom 2" reveal loacted 4" down from top. PART 3- EXECUTION INSTALLATION Install miscellaneous specialties in accordance with manufacturer's standards. WALK, ROAD AND PARKING APPURTENANCES MA #99 -3480 3.2 PRECAST CONCRETE BOLLARD INSTALLATION A. Set steel pipe in -sets for precast concrete bollards in concrete at main entrance in accordance with Drawings. B. Set precast concrete bollards over pipe in -sets and grout base with non - metallic, non - shrink grout specified in Section 05500. END OF SECTION 02840 - r 1. L r L L BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing steel bars, welded steel wire fabric for cast -in -place concrete. B. Support chairs, bolsters, bar supports and spacer for supporting reinforcement. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01400 - Quality Control. B. Section 03300 — Cast in Place Concrete. C. Section 04300 -Unit Masonry System: Reinforcement for masonry. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI SP -66 - Detailing Manual. C. ASTM A82 - Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. D. ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. E. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. F. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. G. CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice. H. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. I. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, and CRS! Documents 63 and 65. B. Conform to ACI 301 and ACI SP -66. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington C. • MA #99 -3480 Fibrous Reinforcement: Provide Manufacturer's technical representative to instruct concrete supplier in proper batching and mixing of materials to be provided. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment. Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate sizes, spacings, locations and quantities of reinforcing steel, wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, splicing, stirrup spacing, supporting and spacing devices. 2.1 MATERIALS PART 2- PRODUCTS A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 40 ksi and 60 ksi yield grade billet -steel and deformed bars, uncoated finish. B. Weldable Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A706, 60 ksi yeld, deformed bars. C. Bar Dowels: ASTM A615;40 and 60 ksi, plain round and deformed. D. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 plain type. E. Steel Wire: ASTM A82, plain, cold drawn steel. 2.2 FIBROUS REINFORCEMENT A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. W. R. Grace & Co.. "Grace Fibers ". 2. Fibennesh, Inc., "Fibermesh ". 3. Forta Fibre. Inc., "Forta CR ". B. Collated. fibrillated polypropylene fibers for secondary reinforcing of concrete members (floor slab and sidewalks). C. Mix materials in conformance with ASTM C -90. 2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Conform to CRSI recommendations. 03200 -1 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT MA #99 -3480 B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and spaced for strength' and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete; including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture. C. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers Adjacent to Architectural Concrete Surfaces: Plastic coated, or Stainless steel type; sized and shaped as required. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate in accordance with AC1 SP -66, providing concrete cover specified in Section 03300. B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings at points of minimum stress. Indicate location of splices on Shop Drawings. C. Weld reinforcing bars in accordance with AWS D1.4. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Before placing concrete, clean reinforcement of foreign particles or coatings. B. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from alignment or measurement. C. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier required by Section 03300. D. Place reinforcement to obtain minimum coverages for concrete protection as specified in Section 03300. E. Install welded steel wire fabric in as long -- -- lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.2 Fibrous Reinforcement: A. Mix batched concrete in strict accordance with fibrous concrete manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for uniform and complete dispersion. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION 03200 - 2 BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 B. Use of fibrous reinforcement shall not change water requirements of mix. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Special Structural Testing and Inspection Services: Structural Testing and Inspection shall be performed by qualified parties as specified herein, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 01400. Include items required by state Building Code and other items which in the professional judgement of the Structural Engineer of Record, are critical to the integrity of the building structure. C. Reinforcing Placement: A special inspector shall inspect the placement of reinforcing for footings, slabs -on- grade, and other concrete work scheduled for reinforcing prior to concrete placement. .; r r L L L t. t BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8. 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 03300 — CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formwork, shoring, bracing, anchorage, inserts, embedded items and openings. B. Form accessories C. Cast -in -place concrete. D. Concrete hardener, sealer, and slip- resistant finish coatings. E. Concrete curing materials and methods. F. Accessories. G. Installation of Storm Drainage covers, frames and accessories. H. Exposed aggregate sidewalk curbcuts. I. Stripping forms. 1.2 PRODUCTS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED (BUT SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) A. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. B. Section 04300 -Unit Masonry System: Masonry accessories attached to formwork. C. Section 05120 - Structural Steel: Anchorages cast in concrete. D. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Steel for embedment into concrete. E. Division 15 — Trench Drain covers and frames. 1.3 PRODUCTS SPECIFIED (BUT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) A. Section 05120 - Structural Steel: Non - shrink grout. 1.4 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry Systems: Concrete for bond beams and core fill. B. Section 05120 - Structural Steel: Anchor bolts and embedded bearing plates for steel joists. C. 1.5 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. MA #99 -3480 Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. REFERENCES AASHTO M182. ACT 117 — Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. ACI 301 - Specifications of Structural Concrete for Buildings. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. ACI 318R - Commentary on Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318). ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. ACI SP -66 - ACI Detailing Manual. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. ASTM C39 - Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc- Coated Welded and Seamless. ASTM A446 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. ASTM A611 - Steel, Cold Rolled Sheet, Carbon, Structural. ASTM C3I - Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. ASTM C42 - Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. ASTM C I43 - Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. ASTM C171 - Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1 MA #99 -3480 U. ASTM C172 - Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. V. ASTM C173 - Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. W. ASTM C231 - Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. X. ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. Y. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. Z. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. AA. ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural construction (Non - extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). BB. ASTM E1155 - Test Method For Determining Floor Flatness and Levelness Using The F- Number System. CC. FS TT -C -800 - Curing Compound, Concrete, for New and Existing Surfaces. DD. PS 1 -83 -U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood. EE. ASTM C1028 - Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces. FF. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Formwork: Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to meet design and code requirements, so that resultant concrete conforms to required shapes, lines, and dimensions; and that formwork is able to support vertical and lateral loads until such Toads can be supported by concrete structure. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with AC1 301, AC1 SP -66 and ACI 347. B. Maintain copy of ACT 301 on site. 03300 - 2 Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington C. D. Concrete Floor Finish Applicator: Company specializing in concrete floor surface finishing with three years experience. Concrete Floor Finishing: Furnish finishing materials in manufacturer's packaging with application instructions. E. Cast -in -Place Concrete:Obtain materials from the same source throughout the Work. 1.8 SUBMITTALS BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Mix Design: Indicate proposed mix for design of each class of concrete to Architect review 15 days prior to commencement of work. Do not begin concrete production until mixes have been reviewed and accepted by Architect. 2. Certification of compliance for each material famished stating that material conforms to acceptable ASTM standards. 3. Proprietary materials and items including forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, curing compounds, dry-shake finish materials. Product conformation to applicable specifications. Submit manufacturers literature. B. Quality Control Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01400: 1. Concrete Delivery Tickets: Indicate quantity, mix identification, admixtures, design strength, aggregate size, design air content, design slump and time of batching for each load delivered. 2. Test Reports: Indicate project identification name and number, concrete placement date, testing service name, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests. C. Waterstops: Samples of material, splicing details, and manufacturers literature indicating conformance with these Specifications for each type indicated. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE L. BB- BEST BUY STORES - CITY. ST (Master Project Manual - Fall 1999) 2.1 GENERAL PART 2- PRODUCTS A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the recommendations of ADAAG for slip resistance using ASTM C1028 as follows: 1. Accessible Routes (as defined by ADAAG): 0.6 static coefficient of friction 2. Ramps (as defined by ADAAG): 0.8 static coefficient of friction 2.2 FORM MATERIALS A. Conform to AC1 301 and AC1347. B. Void Forms: Moisture resistant treated paper faces; biodegradable; structurally sufficient to support weight of wet concrete until initial set; 2 inches thick. 2.3 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Removable or snap -off metal of adjustable length; 1-1/2" break back dimension; free of defects that will leave holes no larger than 1" diameter in concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Proprietary mix, colorless material which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. C. Fillets for Chamfered Corners: 3/4" x 3/4 ", wood, rigid plastic, metal or rubber type; maximum possible lengths; fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts and Anchorages: Sized as required; of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. E. Below Grade Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A53, schedule 40, galvanized. 2.4 INTEGRAL JOINT MATERIALS A. Waterstops: 1. PVC: a. Virgin polyvinyl chloride as manufactured by Greenstreak Plastic Products Co. Inc.; Vinylex Corporation; or equal. b. Construction Joints: Serrated type. 6" wide x 3/8" thick at the center. If 4" wide waterstops are indicated on the drawings, it shall be 3/16" at the center. c. Expansion Joints: Dumbbell type, 9" wide x 3/8" thick at the center, with 3/4" inside dia. hollow center bulb. 2. Extruded neoprene: a. Continuous maximum lengths; 60 Shore A hardness; 2000 psi minimum tensile strength; vertical turns; lubricant/adhesive; black color. b. Construction Joints: Dumbell type, 6" wide. c. Expansion Joints: Dumbbell type with center bulb, 9" wide with 1 1/2" outside dia. hollow center bulb. B. Formed Construction Joints: Tongue groove type profile; knockout holes at 6" o.c. to receive doweling; with anchors. C. Control Joint Insert: T- shaped plastic strip, 1/16" thick with 3/4" wide removable top and barbed bottom. Depth not less than 1/4 slab thickness. Similar to Greenstreak Plastic Products, "Zipcap Control Joint Former ". D. Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, 1/2" thick, preformed, resilient, non - extruding, asphalt impregnated, vegetable fiber and finely divided mineral filler. E. Column Isolation Joint Filler: Plastic squre type as indicated on the drawings, designed to lock shut around columns, full slab thickness. 2.5 SEALANTS A. Sealant and Primer: Specified in Section 07900. 2.6 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, IA, II, I1I, or I11A. Single brand and type of cement. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. 1. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed aggregates. a. Exposed aggregate shall be a contrasting color to the adjacent material either of a "dark gray" or CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -3 Proj. No. MA #99 -3480 03300 - 4 "dark brown" color as approved by the Architect. b. Handicapped Curb Cut Ramps: Provide crushed CA -70 Granite, dark contrasting gray color, 3/8" in size. 2. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C33, but which have shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability may be used when acceptable to Architect. C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete or steel. 2.7 CONCRETE MIX A. Provide concrete of characteristics scheduled at end of Section. B. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. 1. Delete references allowing addition of water to batch if slump is insufficient. Addition of water will not be permitted. 2. During hot weather, or under conditions promoting rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C94 may be required. a. 85 - 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 90 to 75minutes. b. 90 deg F and above,reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. C. High Early Strength Concrete: Type II1 Portland Cement may be used to produce high early strength concrete. Adding additional amounts of Portland Cement to produce high early strength concrete will not be permitted. D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only (below 50 deg F) when approved by Architect. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. E. Use set - retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Architect. F. Add air entraining agent to concrete mix for concrete work subject to freeze -thaw cycling. G. Water - reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete to reduce unit water content, and to increase slump. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington H. Water- Cement Ratio: 0.53 maximum for paving, sidewalks and retaining walls exposed to freeze -thaw action. I. Use air - entraining admixture for air - entrained concrete. Use no other admixtures. 2.8 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260; "Air- Mix ", Euclid Chemical Co; "Protex Air- Entraining Solution ", Protex Industries. B. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C494; containing not more than 1% chloride ions and no calcium chloride: 1. Type A - Water Reducing: "Eucon WR -75 ", Euclid Chemical Co; "Pozzolith 344N ", Master Builders; "Plastocrete 160 ", Sika Chemical Corp; Chemtard ", Chem - Masters Corp. 2. Type D - Water Reducing and Retarding: For hot weather use only; " Pozzolith 300 -R ", MasterBuilders; "Eucon Retarder 75 ",Euclid Chemical Co; "Daratard ", W.R.Grace Co; "Plastiment ", Sika Chemical Co. 3. Type E - Water Reducing and Accelerating: "Accelguard 80 ", Euclid Chemical Co; "Pozzolith 500 ", MasterBuilders. 2.9 FINISHING MATERIALS BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 A. Chemical Hardener: Colorless aqueous solution containing blend of magnesium fluosilicate and zinc fluosilicate combined with a wetting agent, containing not less than 2 lbs fluosilicates per gallon; "Surfhard ", Euclid Chemical Co; "Sanseal ", Master Builders; "Lapidolith ", Sonneborn- Contech. B. Sealer - Dustproofer: Liquid epoxy- ester, one - component, non - pigmented, penetrating coating compatible with chemical hardener, with manufacturer's recommended reducer; "Eucopoxy ", Euclid Chemical Co; "Son -No- Mar ", Sonneborn- Contech. C. Non -Slip Aggregate Finish: Fused aluminum oxide grits or crushed emery, emery aggregate containing not less than 40% aluminum oxide and not less than 25% ferric oxide. Factory- graded, packaged, rust -proof and non - glazing, unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning materials, CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE BB- BEST BUY STORES - CITY, ST D. Exterior Concrete Penetrating Sealer: Silane, 40 percent solids, clear penetrating sealer. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: C. a. Dayton Superior "Weather Worker S- 40" b. Huls America Inc. "Chem -Trete BSM 40" c. L & M "Pentane 40" d. Master Builders "Masterseal SL 40" e. Sonneborn "Penetrating Sealer 40" f. TK Products "TK- 590 -40" E. Interior Concrete Penetrating Sealer/Hardener: Penetrating colorless, odorless, VOC compliant, water -based reactive silicate solution sealer, hardener and dustproofer. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Conspec "Intraseal" b. Curecrete Chemical Company, Inc. "Ashford Formula" c. Dayton - Superior "Day -Chem Sure Hard (J -17)" d. Euclid "Diamond Hard" e. L & M "Seal Hard" f. TK Products "TK- 5329A" 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil thick clear polyethylene film; type recommended for below grade application. Adhesive - backed polyethylene sealing tape. B. Non - shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non - metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 7000 psi in 28 days; "Masterflow 713 ", Master Builders; "Sonnogrout ", Sonneborn- Contech; "Euco -NS', Euclid Chemical Co; "Five Star Grout, U.S. Grout Co; "Duragrout, L &M Construction Chemical Co. 2.11 CURING MATERIALS A. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete or steel. B. Moisture Cover Type: 1. Absorptive Mat: ASTM C171; AASHTO M 182, Class 2; Burlap fabric of 9 oz/sq yd, clean, roll goods. (Master Proiect Manual - Fall 1999) 2. Moisture Retaining Cover: ASTM C171; waterproof curing paper, polyethylene curing film or polyethylene- coated burlap. Membrane Curing Compound: Water based membrane forming curing compound conforming to ASTM C309, Type 1 non - resinous and applicable federal state solvent emissions standards. 1. Compatibility Requirements: Verify compatibility with resilient flooring and carpet adhesives or floor sealer compound. Do NOT use where slabs are scheduled to receive penetrating sealer or sealer/hardener, ceramic tile or quarry tile and exterior sidewalks. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. - Conspec "High Seal ". b. Dayton - Superior "Safe Cure and Seal (J 18)" c. Euclid "Aqua Cure VOX ". d. Master Builders "Masterkure ". e. L & M "Dress & Seal WB ". f. Sonneborn "Kure -N -Seal W ". D. Bonding Compound: Polyvinyl acetate, re- wettable type; Accolade, Euclid Chemical Co; Daraweld C, W.R.Grace; Sonocrete, Sonneborne- Contech. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION A. Ensure all work required to be in place, and furnished by other sections, is coordinated and correctly placed prior to concrete placement. 3.2 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Formwork Inspection: 1. Verify lines, elevations and measurements before proceeding with formwork. B. Formwork Preparation: 1. Earth forms not permitted, unless written approval given by Architect. 2. Minimize form joints. Symmetrically align joints and make water tight to prevent leakage of mortar. 3. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit stripping, so that concrete is not damaged during its removal. 4. Arrange forms to allow stripping without removal of principal shores, where required to remain in place. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -5 Proj. No. MA #99 -3480 C. Formwork Erection: 03300 - 6 1. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances in accordance with ACI 301. 2. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Strengthen formwork liable to be over stressed by construction loads. 3. Provide chamfer strips on all exposed external corners. 4. Install void forms. Protect from moisture before concrete placement. Protect from crushing during concrete placement. 5. Build -in sleeves, anchors, inserts, bolts and other devices indicated or required. Provide sleeves 1/2" larger in diameter than piping to be sleeved, unless otherwise indicated. Install sleeves flush with finished surfaces. Coordinate and build in sleeves, thimbles, and other items furnished or set in place by other sections. 6. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. D. Preparation of form surfaces: 1. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply prior to placing reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. 2. Coat steel forms with a non - staining, rust- preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 3. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to receive rough wood texture or special finishes which may be affected by agent. Soak contact surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to placing concrete. E. Formwork Inserts, Embedded Parts, and Openings: 1. Provide formed openings where required for work embedded in or passing through concrete. 2. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. 3. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. 4. Verify lines, elevations and measurement before proceeding with formwork. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington F. Formwork Cleaning: 1. Clean forms to remove foreign matter as erection proceeds. 2. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out ports. 3. During cold weather, remove'ice and snow from forms. Do not use de -icing salts, calcium chloride or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. Do not use water to clean out completed forms, unless formwork and construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air to remove foreign matter. G. Form Removal: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 1. Notify Architect prior to removing formwork. 2. Do not remove forms, shoring and bracing until concrete has sufficient strength to support its own weight, and construction and design loads which may be imposed upon it. 3. Remove load supporting forms when concrete has attained 100 percent of required 28 day compressive strength. 4. Strip forms after the following times have elapsed after concrete placement: a. Footings: 24 hours minimum. b. Columns and sides of Beams: 36 hours minimum. c. Structural Slabs and Beam Bottoms: 7 days or when job specimens indicate that the strength is at least 2/3 of design strength, whichever is longer. 5. Reshore structural members due to design requirements or construction conditions to permit successive construction. 6. Remove formwork progressively so no unbalanced loads are imposed on structure. 7. Do not damage concrete surfaces during form removal. 8. Store reusable forms for exposed architectural concrete to prevent damage to contact surfaces. 9. Exposed Concrete Surfaces: a. Remove formwork in same sequence as concrete placement to achieve similar concrete surface coloration. b. Clean surfaces of forms to be reused in Work. c. Split, frayed, delaminated, patched or damaged form facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. ik 3 • BB- BEST BUY STORES - CITY, ST (Master Project Manual - Fall 1999) 1. Slabs on Grade: Use joint inserts or saw 3.3 VAPOR BARRIER INSTALLATION cut. A. Install vapor barrier in the middle of the sand base under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints minimum 12" and tape seal. Do not disturb or damage vapor barrier while placing concrete. Repair damaged vapor barrier. 3.4 JOINT INSTALLATION A. Locate and form expansion control and contraction joints to pattern as shown on Drawings. Install waterstops continuous without displacing reinforcement. Place formed construction joints in floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top screed to required elevations. Secure to resist movement of wet concrete. B. C. d. Apply new form coating compound as G. Control Joints: specified for new formwork. D. Install joint fillers and sealants in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use primers of type recommended by joint filler and sealant manufacturer. E. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction and control joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. F. Construction Joints: 1. Joints not shown on Drawings to be located so as not to impair strength or appearance of structure, as determined by Architect. 2. Provide key ways at least 1 -1/2" deep in wall, and wall to footing construction joints. 3. Place construction joints perpendicular to math reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints. Provide dowels where directed. - 4. Roughen and thoroughly clean surface of concrete,remove laitance, and wet surface before placing new concrete against joint. Slush vertical joints with neat cement grout immediately before placing new concrete. 5. Place construction joints in reinforced concrete only as indicated on reinforcing steel shop drawings. H. a. Saw cut control joints at 4 -12 hours after pour completion. Use 1/8" thick blade, cutting 1/4 into depth of slab thickness. b. Place joint inserts in groove formed in concrete with metal straight edge. 2. Sidewalks: Score with finishing tool to 1/4 slab depth; 8 ft o.c. each way maximum, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. Isolation Joints: I. Provide isolation joints at interior slabs - retaining walls and columns, exterior - slabs on fill to vertical surfaces. 2. Form joint with joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/2" of finished slab surface. I. Expansion Joints: 1. Locate where indicated on Drawings and where exterior slabs abut restraining walls. Do not run reinforcing through joints. Form joints with joint filler extending full depth of slab, unless otherwise indicated. Hold joint filler 3/8" below concrete surface. 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. B. Inspection: 1. Verify formwork, anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. Preparation: 1. Thoroughly clean forms before placing concrete. Dampen masonry and porous earth in contact with concrete. Do not place concrete on water or frozen ground. 2. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and thoroughly wet and slush with neat cement grout immediately before placing new concrete. C. Placing Concrete: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -7 Proj. No. MA #99 -3480 03300 - 8 1. Notify Architect minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. 2. Place concrete as close as possible to final position. Prevent segregation. Place with maximum free drop of 5 feet. Compact during placing with internal vibrators (8000 vpm minimum). Work around reinforcement, embedded items and into form corners. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete within forms. 3. Place concrete within one hour after mix water has been added. 4. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301, and as follows: 5. Cold Weather Placement: a. Conform with requirements of ACI 306R. b. Protect work from physical damage or reduced strength caused by frost, freezing, or low temperatures. c. If at 40 deg F or expected, uniformly heat aggregates and water before mixing, to obtain 50 -80 deg F mixture temperature at point of placement. d. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing snow or ice, or place on frozen subgrade or subgrade containing frozen materials. e. Do not use calcium chloride, salt and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. 6. Hot Weather Placement: a. Conform with requirements of ACI 305R. b. Cool ingredients to maintain 90 deg F concrete temperature at time of placement. c. Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing. d. Cover reinforcing steel with water - soaked burlap, to ensure steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. e. Wet forms thoroughly before placing _ concrete. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8. 1999 f. Use water - reducing retarding admixture (Type D) when required by high temperatures. 7. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. 8. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Architect upon discovery. 9. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as noted in ACI 318, Chapter 7. 3.6 EXISTING WORK A. Where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack with non - shrinking grout. - 3.7 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required lines, details, and elevations. B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed or of the specified type. C. Patch imperfections to match in place concrete. 3.8 TOLERANCES A. Maintain surface flatness with maximum variation of 1/8 in 10 feet at all other areas, except at floor drain slopes. B. Screed exposed concrete floors and floors to receive resilient flooring, carpet, or thin -set ceramic and quarry tile to an even, level plane. Float and provide troweled finish in accordance with procedures in ACI 301, Chapter 11 and as recommended by ACI to achieve floor flatness and levelness specified. Uniformly slope to elevations shown on the Drawings to floor drains. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE t=l BB- BEST BUY STORES - CITY, ST (Master Project Manual C. Finished surfaces, other than rooms with floor drains, shall have floor flatness and levelness as determined in accordance with ASTM E1155 as follows: FL Occupancy (Flatness) (Levelness) Offices with fixed partitions industrial, retail: 20 17 FF narrow aisle and warehouses: 100 50 D. A test surface to determine the average value shall be the entire floor. E. A test section to determine the minimum local value shall meet the following criteria: 1. No test section shall measure less than 4 ft. in width nor less than 15 ft. in length. _ 2. No portion of the test surface shall be associated with more than one test section 3. When testing a concrete floor, no test section boundary shall cross any construction joint F. Verify floor flatness and levelness of first section within 72 hours of finishing. If floor slab does not meet minimum average values specified, do not proceed with further installations until corrective measures for installation and finishing are made to meet minimum average floor flatness and levelness, and are approved by the Architect. G. Corrective measures, acceptable to the Architect, may be made to floor slabs scheduled to receive finish materials. H. Corrective measures such as grinding, planing, surface repair or retopping will not be permitted for floor slabs scheduled for clear sealer/hardner finish I. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor level at walls. Slope surface uniformly to drains allowing a 1/2" recess at drain from approximately 4' x 4' around drain 3.9 WATERSTOPS A. Splices: Splice joints in waterstops to form continuous watertight diaphragm. Miter B. A. B. C. D. - Fall 1999) Proj. No. intersections. Splice in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Secure in place. Place wire tie holes, if used, within 1" of edge. Vibrate concrete on both sides to ensure contact between waterstop and concrete. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. Cure cylinders in same proximity to and protected and cured in same manner as in -place concrete from which sample was taken. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C94. 1. Compression: ASTM C31 specimens, ASTM C39 tests; Four concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 100 or Tess cu yds of each class of concrete placed each day, or for each 5000 sq ft of surface area placed. a. One specimen tested at 7 days, tw specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. b. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather and cured on site under same conditions as concrete it represents. c. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens, except when field -cured test specimens are required. d. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85% of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in -place concrete. e. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of two consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -9 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington C. D. 2. Slump: ASTM C143; one slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken, and one test for each concrete load at point of discharge. E. Test results: 03300 - 10 3. Air Content: ASTM A173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each set of compressive strength specimens. 4. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when temperature is 40 deg F and below, and when 80 deg F and above; and each time a set of compression test specimens made. 1. Submit test reports with information requested in Submittals portion of this Section. 2. Report in writing on same day tests made. F. Additional Tests: 1. Testing service shall make additional tests of in -place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. 2. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42, or by other methods as directed. 3.11 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301. B. Uniformly spread, screed, and float concrete. Do not use grate tampers or mesh rollers. Do not spread concrete by vibration. Finish floors as scheduled at end of Section. Handicapped curb cut ramps: 1. Screed exposed concrete ramps to even, level plane. 2. Float and trowel finish surface. 3. Broadcast top surface of concrete with sufficient dark gray crushed granite aggregate and trowel in to create an area of constrasting color with adjacent sidewalk. 4. Finish surface with heavy broom texture. 5. Comply with requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act. 3.12 CURING A. B. C. D. E. F. G. BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. Maintain ambient temperature at 55 degrees F for 7 days for normal concrete and 3 days for High Early Strength concrete. Protect freshly deposited concrete from premature drying and excessively hot or cold temperatures. Changes in temperature of concrete shall not exceed 5 deg F in any one hour or 50 deg F in any 24 hour period. Cure formed surfaces by leaving formwork in place during entire curing period, or if forms are removed during curing period, by one of the methods specified below for unformed surfaces. Keep steel forms heated by sun and wood forms in contact with concrete wet during curing period. Moisture Cover Method: Apply moisture- retaining cover as soon as finishing operations are complete and concrete is sufficiently hard to be undamaged by covering. Sprinkle concrete as necessary during application of covering. Patch holes and tears. H. High Solids and Sealing Compound: Apply as soon as finishing operations are complete, free water on the surface has disappeared and no water sheen can be seen. Apply two coats at right angles to each other. 1. Membrane Curing Compound: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 2. Do not use membrane curing compounds on surfaces to be covered with the following: liquid chemical hardener, waterproofing, damp proofing, flooring, painting, and other coatings and finish materials. J. Ponding: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE BB- BEST BUY STORES - CITY ST (Master Project Manual - Fall 1999) 1. Maintain 100 percent water coverage over slab areas, continuously for 7 days. K. Spraying: 1. Spray water over slab areas; maintain wet for 7 days. L. Absorptive Mat: 1. Spread absorptive mat over slab areas. Lap edges and ends 12 ". Spray with water until mat saturation. Maintain saturation for 7 days. 2. Saturate burlap side of burlap - polyethylene mat. Place over slab areas, burlap side down; lap edges and ends 12 ". Maintain in place for 7 days. M. Polyethylene Film: 1. Spread polyethylene film over slab areas. Lap edges and ends 3" and seal with pressure sensitive polyester tape. 2. Maintain in place for 7 days. 3.13 TREATMENT A. Apply concrete hardener, slip - resistant coating and sealer on floor surfaces as scheduled. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and as follows. B. Apply sealer to floors thoroughly cured, dry, clean, and free of loose dust, dirt, oil, and traces of curing compounds. 1. Close spaces in which sealer is being applied to traffic, and keep closed 48 hours minimum after last application is completed. 2. Clean and acid etch floors with a 18 baume commercial muriatic acid diluted one to one, and thoroughly rinse with water. Solvent clean floors and acid etch again as necessary. 3. Adequately ventilate during and after application. 4. Do not apply sealer when temperature is below 50 deg F. 3.14 PATCHING AND CLEANING FORMED SURFACES A. Patch tie holes and defective areas immediately after form removal. B. Clean exposed concrete to remove laitance, efflorescence and stains. C. Rough Form Finish: Patch holes and defects; otherwise leave surfaces with texture imparted by forms. D. Smooth Form Finish: Patch holes and defects; completely remove fins by rubbing with wood blocks. 3.15 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01600. B. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. PART 4- SCHEDULES 3.16 FORMWORK SCHEDULE Location Form FinishMaterial Exposed smooth plywood, steel, glass reinforced plastic. Unexposed semi - smooth lumber, plywood, steel, glass reinforced plastic. 3.17 CONCRETE MIX SCHEDULE Mix Strength Agg Slump Air Type psi max in Weight A 4000 Standard B 4000 Standard C 3000 Standard D 3000 Standard E 3500 Standard F 3000 Standard 3/4 3/4 3/4 1- 1/23 -5 1 -1/22 3/8 3-4 3-4 3-4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -11 N/A 5 -7 N/A N/A 5 -7 3 -5 N/A Proj. No. 3.19 CURING SCHEDULE Type Location/Finished Floor Parkway MA #99-3480 ' Tukwila, 3.18 CONCRETE LOCATION SCHEDULE Mix Location A All concrete, except as specified below. B Concrete exposed to weather, except as specified below. C Slabs on grade. D Spread and continuous footings. Exterior sidewalks, curbs, dock paving and exposed foundation walls. Fill for masonry lintels and bond beams and fill for steel pan stairs and Interior slabs on permanent metal formwork. Moisture Retaining Slabs to receive sealers, ceramic tile or quarry tile. Absorptive Mat Other areas or Membrane 03300 - 12 Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Washington December 8, 1999 3.20 FLOOR SLAB FINISH SCHEDULE Finish Location/Flooring Trowel Exposed-to-view, thin set tilework, resilient flooring, paint, thin film. Broom or Belt Exterior platforms, sidewalks, steps and ramps. Exposed Aggregate Exterior curb ramps. Non-Slip Interior stair treads, platforms and ramps. Chemical-HardenerExposed interior stock MOM. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Sealei-Dustproofer Wherever chemical hardener used and other unfinished floors. • END OF SECTION I DIVISION 4 MASONRY. BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter r is L i 1 1 • December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 04300 - UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Plain and decorative concrete masonry units. B. Mortar and grout. C. Cavity vents. D. Joint reinforcement, anchorages, and accessories. E. Mortar fill of steel door frames installed in masonry construction. 1.2 PRODUCTS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED(BUT SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) A. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement: Bond beam, lintel and core reinforcement. B. Section 05120 - Structural Steel: Anchorages embedded in masonry. C. Section 05210 - Steel Joists and Joist Girders: Steel bearing pads for joists. D. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Loose steel lintels, fabricated steel items. E. Section 07200 - Insulation: Granular masonry core fill insulation. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Reglets for flashings. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Testing laboratory services. B. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing; for metal back -up framing for masonry veneer. C. Section 07183 — Exterior Finish System: Coating for exterior masonry. D. Section 07200 - Insulation: Insulation for exterior walls. E. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Rod and sealant at control and expansion joints. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM C67 - Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile. B. ASTM A82 - Cold -Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. C. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. D. ASTM C90 - Hollow Load - Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. E. ASTM C 144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. F. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. G. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. H. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry. I. ASTM C476 - Grout for Reinforced and Non- Reinforced Masonry. J. ASTM C744 - Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masonry Units. K. ASTM E119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. L. Uniform Building Code (UBC) - 1994 Edition. M. ASTM E447, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms ". N. ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602, "Specifications for Masonry Structures ". O. ASTM C780, "Test Method For Pre - construction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. 1.5 MOCKUP A. Provide mockup under provisions of Section 01400. B. Construct typical face brick wall mockup, 6' x 4' x full thickness, using mortar and accessories specified. Mockup to indicate proposed range of color, texture and workmanship expected in completed work. C. D. MA #99 -3480 Obtain acceptance of visual qualities of mockup prior to proceeding with work. Do not alter, move or destroy mockup until work is completed. Remove panel when directed by Architect. UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM 04300 - 1 MA #99 -3480 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Independent testing laboratory will perform ongoing inspections during masonry operations under provisions of Section 01400. B. Submit documentation indicating compliance with the requirements for the specified compressive strength of masonry f',,, in accordance with one of the following subsections. This testing shall be arranged by Contractor and performed by Owner's testing agency. 1. Prism Test Method: in accordance with the requirements of UBC. a. In advance of start of construction: Minimum of one set of five (5) prisms. b. Test one at 3 days, two at 7 days, and two at 28 days. Unit Strength Method: in accordance with the requirements of UBC. a. In advance of construction, tests to be performed for compressive strength of units, mortar and masonry grout to show compliance with compressive strength required in UBC Table 21 -D. 1) Prior to the start of construction, prism testing conforming to paragraph above may be used in lieu of testing the unit strength. C. Prior to the start of masonry construction, arrange and conduct a telephone pre- construction conference with the Project Structural Engineer, masonry subcontractor and the inspector present at the same location from where the call is being placed. D. Submit documentation indicating compliance with the requirements for the specified compressive strength of masonry f',,, in accordance with one of the following subsections. This testing shall be arranged by Contractor and performed by Owner's testing agency. 1. Prism Test Method: prism tests in accordance with ASTM E447, Method A incorporating strength correction factor as listed in ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6, to confirm material strength: a. In advance of start of construction: Minimum of one set of five (5) prisms. b. Test one at 3 days, two at 7 days, and two at 28 days. 2. Unit Strength Method: a. Determine the compressive strength of masonry, based on the strength of the unit and type of mortar and masonry grout specified using ACI 530.1, Table 2. The following articles must be met: 1) Units conform to ASTM C55 or ASTM C 90 and are sampled and tested in accordance with ASTM C 140. 2. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 2) Masonry grout to meet specified requirements. 3) Mortar strength test in accordance with ASTM C780. E. Prior to the start of masonry construction, arrange and conduct a telephone preconstruction conference with the Project Structural Engineer, masonry subcontractor and masonry inspector present at the same location from where the call is being placed. F. Do not use more than one manufacturer for each type of concrete block. G. Obtain face brick from one manufacturer. H. Do not change source or brands of mortar materials during the course of the work. I. Fire Performance Characteristics: Where fire rated construction is indicated, provide materials and construction which are identical to assemblies whose fire endurance has been determined by testing in compliance with ASTM E119. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of reinforcement bars. Comply with Section 03200 of this specification. Show bar schedules, diagrams of bent bars and other assemblies as required for fabrication and placement of reinforcement for unit masonry work. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01400: 1. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certificates that materials meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Test Reports: a. Submit test reports indicating project identification name and number, testing service name, mortar type, mortar mix proportions and materials, design compressive strength at 28 days; compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests. b. Submit aggregate reports and mortar mix designs for review not Tess than 14 days prior to beginning of masonry work. do not start masonry work until aggregate test reports and mortar mix designs have been reviewed by the Structural Engineer. 04300 - 2 UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM a BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila. Washington c. Submit pre - construction prism test reports for concrete masonry units prior to starting masonry work. Submit construction prism test reports immediately after testing. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 40 deg. F prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. 1. Take precautions as required to protect the Work from damage by the elements. Employ methods which will provide quality equal in every respect to work completed under favorable conditions. 2. At temperatures between 40 deg F and 32 deg F, heat mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg F and 120 deg F. 3. At temperatures between 32 deg F and 25 deg F, heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 deg F and 120 deg F. 4. Do not use frozen masonry units or materials. B. During freezing or near freezing weather lay masonry in strict accordance to the International Masonry Industry's, "Recommended Practices for Cold Weather Masonry Construction." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, normal -Type I; gray color. Provide white where colored mortar is specified. B. Mortar Cement: Contractor may, at his option, use mortar cement manufactured by Lafarge Corporation (No substitution) conforming to the requirements for mortar types specified and complying with the current Uniform Building Code Standard 21 -14 for Mortar Cement. 1. Submit current certified test report indicating mortar cement meets UBC requirements for air content, flexural bond strength and compressive strength for each mortar type. C. If pre - blended portland cement - hydrated lime is used, submit product data for each mortar type and certification that products contain only portland cement and hydrated lime, and meet ASTM C270, proportion specifications, with maximum air content of 12 percent. D. Masonry cements are NOT acceptable. MA #99 -3480 E. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type; clean, dry, protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter. F. Grout Course Aggregate: Maximum 3/8" size. G. Grout Fine Aggregate: Sand. H. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. I. Water: Clean and potable. 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Hollow Load Bearing Units: ASTM C90, Grade N, Type I; normal weight; minimum 125 pcf, moisture controlled, manufactured from sand and gravel aggregate conforming to ASTM C33, pressure cured. B. Faces of units exposed in finished work shall be of uniform color and texture and free of chips, cracks, or other imperfections detracting from appearance of a sample wall when viewed from a distance of 15 feet. 2.3 SMOOTH AND DECORATIVE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. CMU -0 Smooth Face, Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90, Grade N - normal weight, Type I - autoclave cured at a minimum temperature of 350 degrees F. and a minimum pressure of 120 psi. B. CMU -1 AND CMU -2 Split (Rock) Face, Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90, Grade N - normal weight, Type 1— moisture controlled. C. CMU -3 and CMU -5 Smooth Face, Single Vertical Score, Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90, Grade N - normal weight. Type 1 - autoclave cured at a minimum temperature of 350 degrees F. and a minimum pressure of 120 psi. D. CMU -4 Split (Rock) Face, Single Vertical Score,Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90, Grade N - normal weight, Type 1— moisture controlled. E. Bond Pattern: Running bond with special coursing and patterns. F. Joints: Concave joints. 2.6 MIXES A. Mortar for Non -load and Load Bearing Walls and Partitions: ASTM C270, Type M. B. Grout for Reinforced Masonry: ASTM C476. 2.7 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXING UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM 04300 - 3 MA #99 -3480 A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C270, 2,500 psi. B. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476, 3,000 psi. C. Add mortar color in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. D. Do not use anti -freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar or grout. E. If water is lost by evaporation, retemper within two hours of mixing. Do not retemper mortar after two hours of mixing. 2.8 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. See Structural Notes on Plans for Reinforcement information. 2.9 INSULATION A. Masonry Core Fill Insulation: INSUL -7 as specified in Section 07200. 2.10 MASONRY FLASHINGS A. Plastic Flashings: Sheet polyvinylchloride; 20 mil thick, black. 1. AFCO "V- Seal ". 2. Nervastral Inc., "Nervastral HD ". 3. Sandell "Nu -flex PVC Flashing." 4. Sonneborn- Contech, Hydrocide Vinyl Seal. 5. York Manufacturing, Wascoseal Type 20. 2.11 CAVITY VENTS A. Block Vents: Nominal 16" wide x 8" high x 4" deep, cast aluminum fixed louver box and blades, insect screen, drips top and bottom, internal water dam. Baked enamel finish. 1. Airolite, Type A -14. 2. Construction Specialties, Model 23 Ex. 3. Industrial Louvers, Model 117. 2.12 ACCESSORIES A. Bond Breaker Strips: 15 Ib., asphalt saturated felt building paper. B. Nailing Strips: Western softwood, preservative treated, sized to masonry joints. C. Weep Holes: Cotton rope weeps. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify items provided by other Sections of work are properly sized and located. B. Establish lines, elevations, and coursing. Protect from disturbance. C. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.2 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Do not wet concrete masonry units. 3.3 COURSING A. Place masonry to lines and elevations indicated. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform width. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness. C. Lay concrete masonry units in running bond. Course one block unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 ". 1. Form concave mortar joints in exposed surfaces. 2. Form concave joints in exterior surfaces below grade. 3. Vertical Scored CMU: form raked joints depth to match scoring in cmu units. Form horizontal joints with "weathered" joint 4. Flush cut joints not tooled and not exposed to view. 3.4 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay masonry in full bed of mortar, properly jointed with other work. Buttering comers of joints, and deep or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted. B. Fully bond intersections, and external and internal corners. C. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. D. Remove excess mortar. E. Perform jobsite cutting with proper tools to provide straight unchipped edges. Take care to prevent breaking masonry unit corners or edges. F. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint. 04300 - 4 UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM t i L L L L 1 .. i (: BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8. 1999 3.5 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. Before placing concrete, clean reinforcement of foreign particles or coatings. B. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from alignment or measurement. C. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16" oc., unless otherwise indicated D. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend 16" minimum each side of opening. E. Place joint reinforcement continuous in first and second joint below top of walls. F. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 ". Extend 16" minimum each side of opening. G. Place reinforcing bars supported and secured against displacement. Maintain position within 1/2" of true dimension. H. Place reinforcement to obtain minimum coverages for concrete protection as required. I. Verify that anchorages embedded in concrete or attached to structural steel members are properly placed. Embed anchorages in every second joint. J. Place veneer wall ties maximum 16" oc vertically and 24" oc horizontally. Stagger veneer ties in alternate courses. Place at maximum 3" oc each way around perimeter of openings, within 12" of openings. K. Reinforce joint corners and intersections with strap anchors 16" oc. 3.6 MASONRY FLASHINGS A. Extend flashings through veneer, turn up minimum 8" and bed into mortar joints of masonry back -up. B. Extend flashings through veneer, turn up minimum 8" onto gypsum sheathing and lap with building paper at steel stud back -up. C. Lap end joints minimum 6" and seal watertight. D. Use flashing manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3.7 LINTELS A. Install loose steel lintels. Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 B. Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings where steel lintels are not scheduled. Construct lintels using grout fill and reinforcing. C. Use reinforcing bars of one piece lengths only. D. Place and consolidate grout fill without disturbing reinforcing. 3.8 GROUTED COMPONENTS A. Reinforce bond beam with reinforcing bars one inch from bottom web as shown. B. Lap splices minimum 40 bar diameters. C. Place and consolidate grout fill without disturbing reinforcing. D. At bearing points, fill masonry cores with grout minimum 12" from opening. E. Provide reinforced concrete block lintels and bond beams as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein. Use reinforced concrete block lintels at all openings in concrete block walls less than 4' -0 ", including openings for mechanical and electrical work not specifically indicated to have other types of lintels. do not use concrete block bond beams with break -out webs as lintel beams at masonry wall openings. F. Support and tie reinforcing in place with a minimum of 3/4" between reinforcing and block shells. Build in anchors and other accessories. G. Fill with concrete core fill as specified under Section 03300. 3.9 CONTROL JOINTS A. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcing across control joints, unless otherwise indicated. B. Form control joint by use of bond breaker strips, one side fitted to hollow contour of block unit end. Fill created core with grout fill. Rake joint at exposed faces for rod and sealant. C. Provide control joints as indicated on the Drawings, but not over 24 feet on center. Construct control joints using keyed sash block and preformed resilient keys. Install resilient keys in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.10 GRANULAR CORE FILL INSULATION A. Verify holes and openings have been sealed to prevent escape of insulation. Ensure spaces are free of mortar to allow free flow of insulation. UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM 04300 - 5 MA #99 -3480 B. Place granular insulation in walls indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Completely fill spaces. C. Place as masonry is erected in lifts not to exceed 4 feet pouring height. 3.11 BUILT -IN WORK A. As work progresses, build -in metal door frames, lintels, anchor bolts, plates, and other items to be built in the work supplied by other Sections. B. Build -in items plumb and level. C. Bed anchors of metal door and sidelight frames in mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with mortar. Fill masonry cores with grout minimum 12" from framed openings. D. Do not build - inorganic materials subject to deterioration. 3.12 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, and sleeves. Cooperate with other Sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting any area not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.13 STOPPING AND RESUMING WORK A. Rack back in each course; toothing not permitted. Remove loose units and mortar interfering with fresh mortar bed when joining fresh masonry to set or partially set masonry. 3.14 TOLERANCES A. Alignment of Columns: Maximum 1/4" from true line. B. Variation from Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/32" - maximum. C. Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4" in 10 feet and 1/2" in 20 feet or more. D. Variation from Plumb: 1/4" per story. E. Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8" in 3 feet; 1/4" in 10 feet; 1/2" maximum. F. Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8" in 3 feet. G. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: Plus or minus 1/4 ". 3.15 CLEANING Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington A. Remove excess mortar and smears. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces with a non - acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable. cleaners. D. Use non - metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.16 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. C. Provide protection without damaging completed work. D. At day's end, cover unfinished walls to prevent moisture infiltration. 3.17 MASONRY SCHEDULE BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 A. Masonry unit designations as indicated on Drawings are as follows: 1. CMU -0: Smooth Faced uniform surface in accordance with NCMA surface designation 00 -SF. 2. CMU -1: Split Face (Rock Face); uniform surface in accordance with NCMA surface designation 00 -SPF. 3. CMU -2: Split Face (Rock Face); uniform surface in accordance with NCMA surface designation 00 -SPF. 4. CMU -3: Smooth Faced with raked single vertical score uniform surface in accordance with NCMA surface designation 01 -SF. 5. CMU -4: Split Face (Rock Face), raked single score; uniform surface in accordance with NCMA surface designation 01 -SPF. 6. CMU -5: Smooth Faced with raked single vertical score uniform surface in accordance with NCMA surface designation 01 -SF. END OF SECTION 04300 - 6 UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM division 5 metals BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 1.2 A. B. 1.3 A. B. C. D. SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized or prime painted, including but not limited to the following: 1. Steel pipe railings, guardrails, handrails and handrail brackets. 3. Roof access ladder with safety cage. 4. Steel supports for aluminum entrances and store fronts. 5. Steel pipe bollards. 6. Embedded plates, loose angles. 7. Steel frames for coiling and overhead doors. 8. Install Bay hose reel rack supports frame. 9. Stainless steel column wraps 10. Dock leveler pit curb angles embedded in concrete. 11. Unistrut framing and components. 12. Fasteners necessary for connection of metal fabrications. 13. Other items of miscellaneous iron and steel indicated on Drawings, not indicated on Structural Drawings, and not specified under other Sections including but not limited to miscellaneous clip angels, plates and other miscellaneous steel frames and supports. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED (BUT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete: Metal fabrications to be embedded in concrete. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System: Metal fabrications to be embedded in masonry. RELATED SECTIONS Section 05120 - Structural Steel. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing. Section 08331 - Overhead Coiling Doors. Section 08360 - Sectional Overhead Doors. E. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances. F. Section 08920 — Aluminum Curtainwall System. G. Section 09900 - Painting: Paint finish. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 B. ASTM A53 - Hot - Dipped, Zinc - coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. C. ASTM A167 - Specifications for Stainless and Heat- Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. D. ASTM A307 - Low - Carbon Steel Externally and Intemally Threaded Fasteners. E. ASTM A312 - Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe. F. ASTM A386 - Zinc- Coating (Hot -Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. G. ASTM A570 - Specification for Hot - Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet, Structural Quality. H. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. 1.5 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS A. Fabricate ladder or stair assembly to support live load of 100 Ib /sq ft with deflection of stringer not to exceed 1/360 of span. B. Railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist lateral force of 200 lbs at any point without damage or permanent set and 50 lbs per linear 11. applied simultaneously in both vertical and horizontal directions. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings under provisions of Section 01300. 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 2. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36. B. Sheet Steel: ASTM A570, C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A167, Type 302/304, with No. 4 finish, unless otherwise noted. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 . 1 MA #99 -3480 D. Steel Tubing: ASTM A53, Grade B, Schedule 40, black finish except as otherwise scheduled. E. Stainless Steel Pipe: ASTM A312, Grade TP 304, AISI No. 6 Finish (satin, directional polish). F. Checkered Steel Floor Plates: FS QQ -F -461 C(1), Class I. G. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307. H. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. I. Primer: Fabricator's standard gray primer, 2.0 mils dry film thickness. J. Galvanizing Repair Compound: ZRC Chemical Products Co.; ZRC Compound. K. Grout: Non - metallic, non - shrink grout; Euclid, Euco N -S Grout; Grace, Non - Metallic Grout; Master Builders, Masterflow 713 Grout; Sonneborn, Sonogrout; US Grout Company, Five Star Grout. L. Handrail Wall Brackets: Julius Blum & Co., Inc., No. 382 Malable Iron Wall Bracket. 2.2 FABRICATION - GENERAL A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. D. Weld corners and seams continuously. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8. 1999 2.3 FINISHING A. Galvanized Steel: Shop applied cold galvanized after fabrication. Apply in conformance with manufacturer's directions for intended use. B. Shop Primed Steel: Shop prime steel items not indicated to be galvanized. Remove loose mill scale and rust from structural steel, and remove mill scale and rust from ornamental metal. Thoroughly clean to remove oil, grease, dirt and other foreign material, and apply one shop coat of rust- inhibitive primer containing at least 50% rust- inhibitive pigments. Carefully apply paint to provide smooth and even surface. Minimum dry film thickness 2.0 mils. C. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. 2.4 FABRICATION - INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS A. Pipe Rails, Handrails and Guardrails: 1. Cut pipe square within 2 deg., and to length within 1/8 ". 2. Form elbow bends and wall returns to uniform radius, free from buckles and twists, with finished surfaces smooth. 3. Close exposed ends of steel pipe with prefabricated wall return fittings. 4. Where posts are set into concrete, furnish 5" long x 3" o.d. removable fiber sleeves. 5. Where posts set on steel stair stringers, weld 3/16" thick steel plate to bottom for field welding to top flange of stringer. 6. Miter and cope intersections of posts and rails, thoroughly fuse, and remove splatter, grind exposed welds to blend and contour surfaces to match those adjacent. 7. Form and assemble joints which will be exposed to weather so as to exclude water. B. Ladders: 1. Provide 1/2" x 2 -1/2" continuous structural steel flat bar side rails, with eased edges, spaced 18" apart. a. Provide 3/4" diameter solid structural steel bar rungs, spaced 12" o.c. b. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails, plug weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. 2. Provide for supports on ladders at top and bottom and at intermediate points spaced not more than 5' -0" o.c. a. Use welded or bolted steel brackets, designed for adequate support and anchorage, and to hold ladder clear of wall surface with minimum 7" clearance to centerline of rungs. 05500 - 2 METAL FABRICATIONS BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 3. Finish: Prime painted. G. Roof Opening Steel Frames (Non- Structural): December 8, 1999 b. Extend rails 42" above top rung, and return rails to structure unless other secure handholds are provided. If adjacent structure does not extend above top rung, goose -neck extended rails back to structure for secure ladder access. 3. Provide non -slip surface on each rung, either by coating the rungs with aluminum oxide granules set in epoxy resin adhesive, or by using manufactured rung with inset aluminum oxide grout. 4. Fabricate ladder safety cages from structural steel flat bars, assembled by welding or riveting. a. Provide 5/16" x 4" top and bottom hoops and intermediate hoops spaced not more than 20' -0" o.c.; 5/16" x 2" hoops at 4 " -0" o.c. between the 4" wide hoops; and 5/16" x 2" vertical bars, secured to each hoop and spaced 9" o.c. b. Provide for fastening assembled safety cage to ladder rails and adjacent construction. 5. Finish: prime painted at interior, galvanized at exterior. C. Bollards: 1. ASTM A53, concrete filled steel shell column: a. Interor Bollards fabricated from 4" diameter x 40" high pipe welded to 1/2" thick steel base. b. Exterior Bollards fabricated from 6" I.D x 48" above grade pipe, set in concrete. 2. Finish: prime painted. D. Wall Opening Frames: 1. ASTM A36 steel, shapes as indicated on Drawings. 2. Anchors: Carbon steel bent straps, 1" x 1/8" x 8 ". 3. For single acting doors, weld 1/2" x 1 -1/4 "steel bars stop, continuous, to jamb and head frame members. 4. Weld strap anchors 24" o.c. to frame member. 5. Finish: prime painted at interior, galvanized at exterior. E. Miscellaneous Steel Frames (Non- Structural): 1. ASTM A36, carbon steel headers, with extended leg anchors welded in place. 2. Finish: Prime painted. F. Loose Angle Lintels: 1. ASTM A36, structural steel angles or other approved shapes. 2. Size as indicated on Drawings. 1. ASTM A36, carbon steel headers, with extended leg anchors welded in place. 2. Finish: Prime painted. H. Burglar Bars at Roof Openings: 1. At roof openings'larger than 8" x 8 ", provide 1/2" diam. case hardened steel bars, spaced 4" o.c. each way. 2. Weld bars to supporting steel frames. 3. Finish: Prime painted. I. Accessible Parking Sign Posts: 1. Fabricate from 4" x 4" square steel tubing. 2. Cap top at angle to deflect water, weld, and grind smooth. 3. Finish: Galvanized. J. Unistrut Framing System: Provide Unistrut P 1000 and P1001 framing as indicated on the Drawings, complete with all angles, bolts, clips and components for a complete installation. K. Vanty Support Angle Brackets: 1. 2" x 1/8" steel shapes, welded to profile indicated, lengths required to brace and support work. 2. Provide 5/16" holes for 1/4" bolted connections, spaced 6" o.c. max. 3. Finish: Prime painted. L. Stainless Steel Column Wraps: 1. Fabricate 48 inch high stainless steel column covers from Type 304, #4 finish, 20 gauge sheet material in two sections to form fit steel columns with butt joints not over 1/16" separation. 2. Provide column covers with protective paper cover on finish side. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Obtain Architect approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. B. Clean and strip site primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is scheduled. C. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3 MA #99 -3480 D. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates, to appropriate Sections. 3.2 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free: from distortion or defects. Anchor railing posts in concrete by means of preset pipe sleeves. Grout solid according to manufacturer's instructions. D. After installation, touch -up field welds and scratched or damaged surfaces with primer. Repair galvanized surfaces with galvanizing repair compound. 3.3 INSTALLATION - INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS A. C. Roof Opening Steel Frames (Non- Structural): 1. Maintain opening size, keeping all corners square. 2. Secure by welding to structure. 05500 - 4 Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. Pipe Rails, Handrails and Guardrails: 1. Anchor railing posts in concrete by means of preset pipe sleeves. 2. Grout solid according to manufacturer's instructions. 3. Set posts plumb and aligned to within 1/8" in 12 ft.. 4. Set rails horizontal, or parallel to rake of steps, to within 1/8" in 12 ft. 5. Support wall rails on brackets, spaced not more than 4 ft. o.c., providing 1 -1/2" minimum hand space. 6. Weld rail assemblies to stair channel toe, where applicable. Wall Opening Frames: 1. Maintain opening size, keeping all comers square. 2. Secure anchors within masonry and concrete walls. 3. Anchor frames at floor, concealing all fastener heads. END OF SECTION Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 METAL FABRICATIONS LJ DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rough carpentry work, including but not limited to the following: 1. Non - structural framing. 2. Miscellaneous furring and stripping for wall finishes 3. Dust proof enclosures. 4. Miscellaneous blocking and canting for roofing system and related metal flashings. 5. Blocking and canting for roof mounted mechanical items. 6. Parapet backing. 7. Plywood wainscot at walls. 8. In wall wood blocking for support of accessories. 9. Plywood mounting boards for electrical and telephone equipment. 10. Preservative treated wood blocking in contact with concrete or masonry and curbs for roof mounted equipment. 11. Fire Retardant treatment of wood blocking where required. B. Coordination with appropriate sections of all requirements for backing and blocking. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System: Setting anchorage in foundations for work of this Section. B. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Casing, molding, trim and site fabricated casework. 1.3 REFERENCES A. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. B. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. C. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. D. APA - American Plywood Association. E. AWPA - American Wood Preservers Association. F. AWPB - American Wood Preservers Bureau G. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. H. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. I. N.F.P.A. - National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 A. All wood materials to bear a visible grade stamp, of agency certified by National Forest Products Association ( N.F.P.A.). 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store in weather protected, ventilated areas with a Constant, minimum temperature of 60 degrees F maximum relative humidity of 25 to 55 percent. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Dimensions: Specified dimensions are nominal, actual dimensions to conform to PS 20. B. Surfacing: Surface four sides (S4S), unless specified otherwise. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Lumber: PS 20; graded in accordance with established Grading rules; of following species and grades: 1. Non - Structural Light Framing (less than 2 in thick): Douglas Fir (WCLIB or WWPA) or Southern Pine kiln dried (SPIB); moisture content 19% maximum at time of dressing "S- DRY ", or 15% maximum "MC -15" or "K -D "; graded as follows: a. General framing: Standard and better, or Stud grade. b. Plates, blocking, curbs, and nailers: 1) Up to 2 x 10 in. Utility grade and better 2) Over 2 x 10 in. Constructin grade and better. c. General utility purposes: Economy grade. B. Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, APA C -D INT, Plugged, Exterior glue; identification index Group 2; fire - retardant treated; 5/8 in. min. thickness. C. D. E. F. Roofing Blocking: APA C -D EXT, Plugged, Exterior glue; identification index Group 2; 3/4 in. min. thickness. Parapet Backing Panels: APA Rated Sheathing, C -D, Group 2, Exposure 1, Minimum 24/0 Plugged, Exterior glue; fire - retardant treated; 3/4 in. min. thickness. Wall Wainscot Panels: APA C -D INT, Plugged, Exterior glue; identification index Group 2; fire- retardant treated; 3/4" min. thickness. Wood PanelBoard: ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington G. Nails, Spikes and Staples: Galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations; size and type to suit application and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. H. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Medium carbon steel; sized to suit application and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations. I. Joist Hangers and Framing Accessories: Sized and profiled to suit application and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; galvanized finish. J. Fasteners: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry. Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolts or power activated type for anchorage to steel. K. Building Paper: ASTM D226, 15 lb. asphalt felt. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Dust and Vapor Barrier: reinforced flame retardant polyethylene sheets, 6 mil minimum thickness. Polypropylene Tape: Flame retardant self - adhering type, 2" wide. 2.4 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT 1. Wood Particle Board: Composed of wood chips; type made with high waterproof resin binders of grade to suit application; sanded faces. 2. Tempered Hardboard: Pressed wood fiber with resin binder tempered grade, 1/4" minimum thickness. 3. Peg Board to be 4' -0" x 8' -0" x 1/4" thick with 1/4" diameter holes. A. Shop pressure treat and deliver to site ready for installation. B. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): Apply in conformance with AWPA Standard P5, using water -borne preservatives complying with AWPB LP -2 or LP -22. After treatment, kiln -dry to a maximum moisture content of 15 %. 06100 - 2 3.1 BLOCKING BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 C. Apply treatment complying with AWPA Standard CI and the appropriate following standards: 1. All other wood: AWPA C2, above grade use. 2.5 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT A. Shop treat and deliver to site ready for installation, . wood materials requiring UL fire rating. Provide UL approved identification on treated materials. B. Apply in conformance with AWPA Standard P5, using water -borne preservatives complying with AWPB LP -2 or LP -22. After treatment, kiln -dry to a maximum moisture content of 15 %. C. Apply in compliance with the applicable AWPA Standard as follows: 1. Plywood: AWPA C27, Interior Type A And Exterior Type. 2. All other wood: AWPA C20, Interior Type A and Exterior Type. D. If wood is required to be both preservative and fire retardant treated apply both treatments in conformance with AWPA Standard P5 using water -borne preservatives complying with AWPB LP -2 and LP -22. After treatment kiln -dry to a maximum moisture content of 15 %. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Fasten wood blocking to framing with fasteners capable of withstanding loads to be applied to blocking. Install blocking for support of items as required. B. Install continuous pieces of longest possible lengths, cut to fit and fully bearing on framing. 3.2 ROOF RELATED WOOD BLOCKING A. Anchor blocking to metal decking and framing as detailed with 1/2" bolts set a maximum of 4' -0" o.c. B. Where blocking is more than 6" wide, anchor with 1/2" bolts set at 2' -6" o.c. and stagger alignment. C. Where blocking is required on roof deck, build -up, shim, or cut as required to set top of blocking flush with the top of the adjacent insulation. D. Cover wood blocking with temporary waterproof covering until permanent flashing is installed. ROUGH CARPENTRY L L BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington 3.3 PLYWOOD SHEATHING. A. Install with face grain perpendicular to direction of framing. B. Allow minimum space 1/16" between end joints and 1/8" at edge joints for expansion and contraction of panels; double these speces under wet or humid conditions. C. Fasten 6" o.c. along panel edges and 12" o.c. at intermediate supports with non-corrosive screws. D. Apply building paper horizontally to face of sheathing beginning at the bottom of the wall, and lap each layer 2", allowing 6" at endlaps, fasten with corrosion-resistant staples. For soffited areas, apply building paper beginning at the rear of the soffit lapping and fastening as specified for vertical surfaces. Cut back felt 1/2" on each side of break in supporting members where control joints will be located. Install telephone and electrical panel back boards with plywood sheathing material where required. Size the back board by 12 inches beyond size of electrical panel. Coordinate work with electrical contractor. 3.4 DUST PROOF ENCLOSURES A. Cover wood studs with reinforced flame retardant polyethylene sheets. Locate joints in polyethylene sheets over studs, and horizontal blocking and attach to studs and blocking with staples at 6" on center. Lap joints 6" and seal with tape. Seal perimeter of dust proof enclosures to adjacent existing construction with tape. Maintain dust proof enclosure in sound condition during construction and remove when no longer required. ROUGH CARPENTRY END OF SECTION MA #99-3480 06100 - 3 Parkway:Supercenter 'Tukwila, Washington BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY joint details, accessory listings, and schedule of finishes. PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finish carpentry work, including but not limited to the following: 1. Interior Finish Carpentry: a. Casing, molding and trim. b. 3/4" hardwood molding at top of FRP wainscott. Baseboards. Sliding Grille Pocket Door. Plastic laminated shelving. Plastic laminate vanities Plastic laminated Wainscot. Special fabricated casework and hardware. 1.2 A. B. 1.3 A. c. d. e. f. g. h. 2. Installation of Fiberglass reinforced plastic sanitary wall covering. 3. Installation of Owner Furnished 4' x 4' accoustical wall tiles at inside of perimeter wall. 4. Fasteners and Accessories. 5. Coordination with Section 06100 for all requirements for backing and blocking. RELATED SECTIONS Section 07900 - fillers. Section 09900 - carpentry. REFERENCES Joint Sealers: Joint sealers and Painting: Finishing of finish AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute Quality Standards and Guide Specifications. B. NWMA - National Wood Manufacturers Association. C. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation and materials: AWI Standards. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, assembly methods, 2. Product Data: Submit product data for each item of hardware. Provide data on specified component products. 3. Samples: Submit two samples representative of each scheduled surface, color and pattern, 4" x 4" in size illustrating color, texture, and finish.. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01400: 1. Manufacturer's Certificate: Indicating that products meet specified burning characteristics. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. Conditioning: Installer to advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for woodwork installation areas. Do not install woodwork until required temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store indoors, in ventilated areas with a constant, minimum temperature of 60 degrees F maximum relative humidity of 25 to 55 percent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS - WOOD A. Grade: Custom. B. Softwood Lumber: PS 20; graded in accordance with the requirements of AWI; maximum moisture content of 6 percent for interior work. C. Hardwood Lumber: Graded in accordance with AWI; maximum moisture content of 6 percent. 2.2 SHEET MATERIALS A. Wood Particle board: Per AWI standard, composed of wood chips, made with high density board with waterproof resin binders; of grade to suit application. B. Plastic Laminate Wainscot: Provide Formica #923 -58 "Surf ", Matte finish, over 1/4" high density particle board. C. Sliding Grille Pocket Door: Provide Formica #923 -58 "Surf', Matte finish, over 3/4" high density particle board. FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 1 MA #99 -3480 2.3 PLASTIC LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Plastic Laminate General: NEMA LD 3, GP -50 for horizontal surfaces and GP -28 for vertical surfaces. Color as scheduled or selected by the Archtect. 1. Formica. 2. Exxon, "Nevamar ". 3. Westinghouse, "Micarta ". 4. Ralph Wilson Plastics, "Wilson Art". B. Laminate Backing Sheet: Backing grade, undecorated plastic laminate. C. Adhesive: Contact type, for shop fabricated work, of type recommended by millwork manufacturer to suit application. 2.4 VANITIES A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide separate plastic laminate countertops (installed on other casework or other support system as indicated) to comply with requirements for casework for plastic laminate finish. If splices are required, locate over supported areas. 1. Plastic Laminate Type: 0.050" thick; Grade, Premium; Color: a. Formica #942 -58 "Nile" b. WilsonArt D421 -60 "Midori" c. or as approved by the Architect. 2. Core Material: 3/4" Industrial Particle Board - minimum 45 lbs. density. B. Supports: On countertops with open space below, provide wall bracket type supports where span exceeds 4' -0 ", do not exceed 4' -0" span without additional supports. If support is not detailed on drawing, provide steel angle bracket painted to match plastic laminate color. C. Balancing Sheet: Provide .02" backer sheet in accordance with AWI 400 -S -3, for High Pressure Decorative Laminate tops. D. Backsplash Joint Construction: At the joint between the countertop and the backsplash, seal with silicone sealant prior to installation of the plastic laminate facing material. Screw backsplash to top materials from the underside of the top. E. Countertop Joint Construction: Spline type joint all and hold together as follows: 25" wide tops: Three (3) joint fasteners. F. Countertop Construction: 12' maximum length of top core material. G. Scribes: 1/2" all tops. 2.5 SHELVING Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 A. B. C. 2.6 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. 2.7 A. Grade: Premium conforming to AWI Section 600. Plastic Laminate Type: 0.050" thick. Color White as approved by the Architect. Core Material: 3/4" Industrial Particle Board - minimum 45 lbs. density. Door and Drawer Fronts: 3/4" thick. LOUNGE (HUB ROOM) CABINETS Fabricate plastic laminate finished casework using "Flush Overlay" style, "Premium" grade, as defined by AWI standards. 1. Plastic Laminate Type: 0.050" thick; Color: a. Formica #507 "Folkstone Grafx" b. or as approved by the Architect. Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. Fit doors and exposed edges with matching plastic laminate edging. Use full length pieces only. Fit shelves with matching plastic edging. Use full length pieces only. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Make corners and joints hairline. Slightly bevel arises. Cabinet Liner: Melamine plastic laminate as supplied by manufacturer of plastic laminate. Cap exposed plastic laminate edges with material of same finish and pattern. Mechanically fasten backsplash to countertops with steel brackets at 16" on center. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes, and other fixtures and fittings. Verify locations of cutouts from on -site dimensions. Seal contact surfaces of cut edges. ACCESSORIES Adhesive: Contact type complying with ANSI/NWMA 1S -1 Series and recommended by laminate manufacturer to suit application. 2.8 HARDWARE A. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application. 06200 - 2 FINISH CARPENTRY BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 B. Nails, Spikes and Staples: Galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity Locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations; size and type to suit application and in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. C. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins and Screws: Medium carbon steel; sized to suit application and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; galvanized for exterior locations, high humidity locations and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations. Cabinet Hardware Standards: ANSI A 156. 9, Type 2 Institutional quality; US26 brushed chrome finish; unless otherwise noted. Drawer and Door Pulls: 4" wire -pull type; Stanley, #4484, US26 finish. Drawer Slides: 20" extension, 75 Ib., self - closing type; Knape and Voyt, #1320. Countertop Connectors: Concealed type; Knape and Voyt, #516. Magnetic Catches: 1. Pull Type: Knape and Voyt, #916. 2. Touch Type: Americ #CM -32301 -41; Lamp Sugatsune ML -80. Pivot Hinges: Concealed pivot type; Stanley, #331. Concealed Hinges: Concealed casework type, self - closing from 10 deg.; Stanley, #1510 Series. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: Steel, nickel plated, 5/8" wide x 3/16" deep; Knape and Voyt Mfg. Co., #255NP standards with #256 supports. L. Grommets: Doug Mockett & Company, Model No. SG -3. Color as selected by Architect. Provide cap with 5/8" cord slot. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Ensure that substrate is ready to receive work prior to commencement of installation. 3.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with recommendations of AWI. B. Use exposed fastening devices or nails only when unavoidable. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 3.3 PREPARATION A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing. B. - Deliver concrete inserts and similar anchoring devices to be built into substrates, well in advance of time substrates are to be built. C. Prior to installation of architectural woodwork, examine shop fabricated work for completion, and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. D. Coordinate with other trades to ensure that items supplied by others, but required to fit into casework or other fabricated items, will fit. E. Locate backing devices required for installation of wall supported units. Verify that back plates, extra studs, etc., are properly located to accept woodwork items. 3.4 PREPARATION FOR FINISHING A. Set or countersink fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations on material to receive opaque finishes. On material to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matches surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. B. Leave in condition ready to receive applied finish, only requiring light sanding and clean up by finish applicator. 3.5 INSTALLATION MA #99 -3480 A. Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims.Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8' -0" for plumb and level (including countertops); and with 1 /16" maximum offset in flush adjoining surface, 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. B. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged finish at cuts. C. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built -in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk,concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefinished matching fasteners heads are required, use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork, and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 3 MA #99 -3480 D. Casework: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers will fit openings properly and be accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. Countertops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. Miter inside and outside corners. Scarf joints. G. Install continuous pieces in longest possible lengths. H. Carefully scribe work which is against other materials, leaving gaps of 1/16" maximum. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. `. Backprime all exterior finish carpentry. 3.6 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING AND PROTECTION Repair damaged and defective woodwork wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. Clean hardware, lubricate and make final adjustments for proper operation. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi - exposed surfaces. Touch -up shop- applied finishes to restore damaged and soiled areas. D. Complete the finishing work specified as work of this section,to whatever extent not completed at shop and prior to installation of woodwork. END OF SECTION Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila. Washington December 8 1999 06200 - 4 FINISH CARPENTRY HERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 SECTION 07183 - EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation including minor surface patching and pressure wash cleaning. B. Textured protective coating to exterior concrete wall panels surfaces. C. Application of siliconized alkyd enamel for accents. D. Surface primer. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Authorized by manufacturer. B. Certifications: Coating applicator shall contact the manufacturer's representative as indicated herein. The representative shall submit the following documents: 1. Certification that applicator is approved to apply manufacturer's system as specified. 1.4 MOCK -UP A. Prior to application of finish system, coordinate with Architect and select a wall area of a minimum of 400 square feet in a least visible area and apply surface preparation materials and protective coatings for approval by Architect. B. Approved mock -up shall be used as a quality standard for actual construction and shall remain as part of the finish work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Product Data. 2. Installation Instructions. Tukwila. Washington B. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certification: Manufacturer's authorized representative's certification that: a. Surfaces to which coating to be applied is in proper condition to receive application. b. Installers are properly trained in manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, and are prepared to use manufacturer's recommended equipment for the application. c. Materials delivered to site are those approved by Architect. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Warranties: As specified in herein. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Apply finish system when ambient and surface temperature is 45 deg. F. and rising for 24 hours after application. B. Test masonry surfaces with a commercial moisture meter. Do no painting work on surfaces unless the surfaces are determined to be of not greater than 17 moisture content as determined by a moisture meter C. Do not apply finish system on masonry walls until permanent protection is installed to keep rain from penetrating tops and backs (interior side) of walls 1.7 WARRANTY MA #99 -3480 A. Materials Warranty: Five year manufacturer's standard warranty, from date of Substantial Completion; agreeing to replace the water repellent coating materials, at no cost to the Owner. B. Maintenance Warranty: Two year warranty, from date of Substantial Completion, signed jointly by Contractor and coating installer; agreeing to maintain the water repellent coating free from the penetration of moisture, at no cost to the Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND MATERIALS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Tamms Industries 1222 Ardmore Avenue Itasca, IL 60143. 2. Thoro System Products, Thorocoat. EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEM 07183 - 1 MA #99 -3480 3. TK Products, Div. of Sierra Corporationl, 1400 West 47th Street, Minnetonka, MN 55343. B. Repair Compound: TK- Complete Concrete Patch 36# Kit. C. Finish Materials: 1. Protective Coating: Concrete: 2. First Coat: Tri -Sheen Concrete Surfacer, flat, water base acrylic emulsion with suspended graded siliceous volcanic rock, silicas and siliceous powders: Fine Texture: TK -5319. 3. Second Coat: Tri -Sheen Concrete Surfacer Extra Smooth TK -5549, flat, water base acrylic emulsion. D. Accents: Exterior siliconized alkyd enamel Matt, TK -6000 series, aliphatic hydrocarbon base, silicone alkyd, 62 -64% solids by weight, 353 grams per liter VOCs. 2.2 COLORS A. Colors: As indicated on the drawings or as selected by Architect. 1. C -1 Tan: Color to Match Benjamin Moore #983. 2. C -2 Off White: Color to Match Benjamin Moore #967. 3. C -3 Medium Brown: Color to Match Benjamin Moore #1196 4. C -4 Bright Blue: Color to Match Dryvit #ST66- 100- 4 -11 -1 5. C -5 Black: Color to Match Benjamin Moore Black 6. C -6 Yellow: Color to Match Benjamin Moore #343 2.3 MIXING A. Mix materials according to manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Inspect substrate to receive coating and submit approval certification as specified herein. B. Notify manufacturer of intent to start work of this Section, if required by warranty. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect finished surfaces, work of other trades, and property of the Owner from damage and Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION A. B. C. D. E. A. B. C. 3.5 BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 defacement. Cover adjacent finished surfaces and fixed equipment with drop cloths. Prepare surfaces accordingly to manufacturer's instructions. Make necessary repairs with repair compound installed according to manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate application of protective coating with installation of control joint sealant. Do NOT paint sealant or concrete joint surfaces to which sealant is to be applied. Pressure wash surface at 3,000 psi with clean water within 24 hours before applying primer and finish protective coating materials Apply finish materials to surfaces which are thoroughly cured, even, clean and dry, free of dust, efflorescence, construction chemicals and residue, and properly prepared to receive the intended finish. 3.4 APPLICATION General: Apply materials according to manufacturer's instructions listed below. Protective Coating for Concrete: 1. Application Rates: a. First Coat: Spray apply at a rate not to exceed 60 square feet per gallon, or less depending on the porosity of the block. Allow 24 hours minimum drying time prior to application of second coat. b. Second Coat: Spray apply at a rate not to exceed 100 square feet per gallon. Completely cover first coat. Backroll second coat. 2. Apply material with airless type sprayer as approved by finish system manufacturer. Accents: Apply two coats of siliconized alkyd enamel by brush, roller or spray application at the rate of approximately 250 -350 square feet per gallon for each coat D. Finish coating shall be uniform in appearance, color and eveness, without excessive build -up. CLEAN -UP A. During application, promptly remove finish materials where spilled, splashed or spattered on adjacent surfaces. 07183 - 2 EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEM r Maintain premises free of accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. Place cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. 3,6 FINISH SCHEDULE A. Provide exterior fmish systems as indicated on Drawings as follows: EFS-I: CMU and Concrete Wall Panels: - 1 coat Protective Coating (Fine Texture): 1 coat Protective Coating (Extra Smooth) EFS-2: Accents: 2 coats Exterior Siliconized Alkyd Enamel (Matt) END Old SECTION BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8 1999 Tukwila. Washinaton MA #99-3480 EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEM 07183.3 BEST : STORES Decembe 8. 1999 2' * ‘,••• . * • ..1• I • • , .• .• • • . , • '.- ' ' • • • .. ",•-•••• r C L L L 1 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 07200 - INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire safing insulation. B. Board insulation at perimeter foundation wall. C. Board insulation at exterior walls. D. Sound attenuation blanket product specifications. E. Blanket/batt insulation. F. Sheet vapor and air barrier. 1.2 PRODUCTS SPECIFIED (BUT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) A. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System: Granular insulation for masonry core fill at single Wyth masonry walls. B. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board Systems: Sound attenuation insulation. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07533 - Elastomeric Sheet Roofing — Mechanically Attached: INSUL -1 roof insulation. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM C516 - Vermiculite Loose Fill Insulation. B. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. ASTM C665 - Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. D. ASTM C764 - Mineral Fiber Loose Fill Insulation. E. FS HH -I -558 - Insulation, Board, Blanket, Felt, Sleeving (Pipe and Tube Coverings) and Pipe Cover Insulation. F. UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Materials of this Section shall provide a continuous thermal, vapor and air barrier where required, at building enclosure elements. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: I. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.7 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES MA #99 -3480 A. Surface Burning Characteristics: 1. Comply with applicable codes for Class I (Class A) flame /smoke ratings of 25 or less /450 or less for insulation types and accessories other than foamed plastic; when tested according to ASTM E84 (UL 723). 2. Comply with applicable codes for Class II (Class B) flame /smoke ratings of 75 or less/450 or less for foamed plastic insulation types; when tested according to ASTM E84 (UL 723). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. INSUL -1: Flat Board Roof Insulation and Tapered Board Insulation; Per in Section 07534. B. INSUL -2: Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation; ASTM C578, Type IV, extruded cellular polystyrene; 1.6 pcf density minimum; 25 psi minimum compressive strength; 0.3 percent maximum water absorption by volume; "k" factor of 0.20 at 75 deg. F; square edges, manufacturer's standard board size, thickness indicated with minimum "R" value of 11.0. C. D. 1. Amoco Foam Products Co., Amofoam CM. 2. DiversiFoam Products, CertiFoam SE. 3. Dow Chemical Company, Styrofoam SM. 4. UC Industries, Foamular 250. INSUL -3: Expanded Polystyrene Board Insulation; ASTM C578, Type 1I, molded bead polystyrene; 1.35 pcf density minimum; 15 psi minimum compressive strength; 3.0 percent maximum water absorption by volume; "k" factor of 0.25 at 75 deg F.; square edges, manufacturer's standard board size; thickness indicated with minimum "R" value of 6.0 inch. 1. AFM Corporation, Perform 1 EPS. 2. Diversifoam Products, RayLite. 3. W.R. Grace Company. INSUL -4: Sound Attenuation Insulation; ASTM C665, Type 1, semi -rigid mineral fiber blanket, I -1/2" minimum thickness. INSULATION 07200 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington 1. Johns Manville, Sound - Shield Batts. 2. Owens- Corning CorpSound Attenuation Batts. 3. United States Gypsum, Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Blankets. E. INSUL -5: Glass Fiber Blanket/Batt Insulation (Unfaced); ASTM C665, Type 1, preformed glass fiber blanket without facers. 1. CertainTeed Corporation, Unfaced Building Insulation. 2. Johns Manville, Thermal - Shield Unfaced Insulation Blankets. 3. Owens- Corning Fiberglass Corp., Unfaced Glass Fiber Insulation. F. INSUL -6: Glass Fiber Board Insulation; FS H1-1-I -558, Form A, Class 1, semi -rigid glass fiber type; density of 2.25 pcf, faced one side with mesh reinforced aluminum foil; square edges. Provide minimum "R" value of 11.0. 1. Johns Manville Wall Insulation CWI 225 FSK. 2. Owens - Corning, CW -225 FSK Insulation. G. INSUL -6A: Glass Fiber Blanket/Batt Insulation (Foil Faced); ASTM C665, Type III, Class A preformed glass fiber blanket with foil facers. 1. CertainTeed Corporation, Foil Faced Building Insulation (FSK -25) 2. Johns Manville, Thermal- Shield FSK -25 Foil Faced Wall Insulation Blankets. 3. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corp., FRK - Foil Faced Glass Fiber Insulation . H. INSUL -7: Granular Insulation: ASTM C516, Type II, granular expanded vermiculite loose fill insulation surface treated for water repellency. 1. W.R. Grace, Zonolite Masonry Insulation. 2. Contractors Option: Premolded expanded polystyrene insulation inserts, minimum 1.0 pcf density, conforming to ASTM C578 Standard Type 1. a. W.R. Grace, Concrete Block Insulating Systems, Inc., Korfil Insulation. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Vapor /Air Barrier: Flame retardant polyethylene sheets, 4 mil. minimum thickness. B. Polyethylene Tape: Flame retardant self - adhering type, 2" wide minimum. C. Foil Tape: Flame retardant pressure- sensitive type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application, 2" wide minimum. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 D. Adhesive: Type recommended.by insulation manufacturer for application. E. Impaling Pins: Mechanical fasteners recommended by insulation manufacturer. - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Verify substrate and adjacent materials and insulation boards are dry and ready to receive insulation. 3.2 INSTALLATION - FOUNDATION PERIMETER A. Install extruded polystyrene boards (INSUL -2) on foundation wall perimeter, vertically from the bottom of concrete slab downward to a minimum depth of 48" below finished exterior grade. Butt edges and ends tight to adjacent board and to protrusions. 3.3 INSTALLATION - POLYSTYRENE BOARD WALL INSULATION A. Install (INSUL -2 or 3) expanded and extruded polystyrene board insulation with vertically aligned Z- furring channels spaced not over 16" o.c., and according to manufacturer's installation where covered with gypsum board. 1. Provide full thickness of depth of filming shown on the Drawings. B. Securely anchor furring members to provide adequate support for gypsum board and other finish materials. C. Shim and level furring members and insulation as required to provide a true and even surface for gypsum board application. D. Provide corrosion - resistant sheet metal minimum 0.16" thick, or other material approved by local authorities, as a fire barrier at all exposed edges of insulation. 3.4 SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION A. Install (INSUL -4) sound attenuation insulation in partitions and above suspended ceiling according to manufacturer's instructions as indicated on the drawings. B. Where (INSUL -4) is installed above suspended ceiling, hold back insulation 2 inches from light fixtures. 3.5 INSTALLATION - EXTERIOR WALLS 07200 - 2 INSULATION Li BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8. 1999 Tukwila. Washington Install glass fiber boards (INSUL -7) with adhesive applied according to manufacturer's instructions. Install with vapor barrier facing toward interior . warm in winter side. Repair punctures in facing with foil tape. Seal edges and butt joints with tape to provide continuous vapor barrier. 3.6 . INSTALLATION - BLANKET/BATT INSULATION Install batt insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install batt insulation in exterior walls, roof and ceiling spaces without gaps or voids. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use bans free of damage. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. Leave no gaps or voids. Fill cracks and voids around framing and blocking, other voids in exterior walls, and voids . around wood cants, curbs, and blocking in and about the roof. Wedge in place, completely filling voids. 3.7 INSTALLATION - VAPOR AND AIR RETARDERS A. Place vapor and air barrier on warm side of insulation by taping in place. Seal tears or cuts in barrier with polyethylene tape. Vapor barrier in locations not covered by gypsum board is part of insulation specified. B. Extend vapor and air barrier tight to full perimeter of adjacent window and door frames and other items interrupting the plane of membrane. Seal in place with polyethylene tape. INSULATION END OF SECTION 07200 - 3 ?: i BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 SECTION 07241 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior coated insulation system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing: Steel framing for panels. B. Section 07900 - Sealants: Expansion joint and perimeter sealants. C. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board Systems: Exterior fiber glass reinforced gypsum sheathing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. B. ASTM C578 - Preformed Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate wall layout, all details, connections, and expansion joints. 2. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. 3. Samples: Submit two 24" x 24" samples illustrating finish texture and color selected. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01400: 1. Manufacturer's Certificate: Indicating that applicator has been factory trained and approved, and possesses a current certificate of training. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Warranties: As specified in this Section. 2. Extra Materials: As specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in the manufacture of products specified in this Section with minimum five years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience, and factory trained and certified by manufacturer. 1.6 MOCKUP A. Provide mockup of exterior insulation and finish system under provisions of Section 01400. B. Construct typical, full thickness exterior insulation and finish system wall panel. Include typical window opening and expansion joint with sealant. Mockup to indicate color, texture and workmanship expected in the completed work. C. When accepted, mockup will demonstrate minimum standard for the Work. Do not remove, alter or destroy mockup until work is complete. Remove mockup when directed by Architect or Owner. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products, under provisions of Section 01600. B. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers. Inspect for damage. C. Store materials in cool, dry place out of direct sunlight, and protected from the elements. Do not store at less than 40 deg. F. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with exterior insulation finish system manufacturer's requirements for temperatures and environmental conditions before during and after application. 1. The ambient air temperature shall be minimum 38 deg. F and rising at the time of installation. Maintain minimum 38 deg. F temperature for 24 hours following installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Provide minimum three year warranty covering materials proven to be defective within the warranty period. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Maintenance Materials: Submit one can of finish for each color texture selected, one can of adhesive and 20 sq. ft. of reinforcing mesh. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07241 - 1 MA #99 -3480 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Dryvit System, Inc., Dryvit Outsulation Exterior Wall and Finish System. (No Substitutions Allowed) 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Adhesive: 1. Dryvit System, Inc., Primus Adhesive. 13. Insulation: ASTM C578, Type 1 expanded polystyrene, minimum 1.0 p.c.f. nominal density. Provide insulation board as a component of exterior insulation and finish system. 1. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings with minimum 3/4" thickness. C. Standard Reinforcing Fabric: Balanced, open weave, glass fiber fabric. 1. Dryvit System, Inc., Hi- Standard Reinforcing Mesh. D. Intermediate Reinforcing Fabric: Balanced, open weave, glass fiber fabric. 1. Dryvit System, Inc., Hi- Standard Reinforcing Mesh. E. High Impact Reinforcing: Balanced, heavy glass fiber fabric. F. G. 1. Dryvit System, Inc., Panzer Mesh. Finish/Texture: Factory mixed, 100 percent acrylic resin finish Medium sandblast texture. Custom Colors 1. C1 Tan: Custom color to match Benjamin Moore's No. 983, as approved by the Owner (To be used on CMU -1 Split Faced and CMU - 4 Split faced with aingle vertical score). C2 Off White: Custom color to match Benjamin Moore's No. 967, as approved by the Owner (To be used on CMU -3 Smooth faced with single vertical score). 3. C3 Medium Brown: Custom color to match Benjamin Moore's No. 1196, as approved by the Owner (To be used on CMU -2 Split faced). 4. C4 Bright Blue: Custom color to match Dryvit #ST66- 100- 4 -11 -1, as approved by the Owner. 5. C5 Black: Custom color to match Benjamin Moore's Black, as approved by the Owner (To Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8. 1999 be used on CMU -3 Smooth Faced with single vertical score). 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Provide fasteners recommended by exterior insulation and finish system manufacturer for substrate. 2.5 MIXES A. Mix adhesive with portland cement according to manufacturer's instructions. Do not use admixtures, such as accelerators, antifreeze agents, or pigments. 3.1 EXAMINATION PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Verify that measurements are as shown on Shop Drawings. C. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install coated insulation system in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions. B. Install insulation boards with long dimension oriented horizontally. Stagger joints with respect to joints in substrate. C. Apply insulation with adhesive according to manufacturer's instructions. D. Apply finish in one coat 1/16" to 1/4" thick. Texture of finish coat to match approved sample. 3.3 A. B. 3.4 A. CLEANING Clean work under provisions of Section 01700. Remove excess materials and debris from jobsite. PROTECTION Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. END OF SECTION 07241 - 2 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM i i L 1R L c L L L L 1_ I BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 07534 — THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM - MECHANICALLY ATTACHED PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof insulation. B. Mechanically fastened reinforced thermoplastic membrane roofing system. Flexible flashings. Accessory sealants. E. Roof walkway system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 — Rough Carpentry: Treated wood nailers. C. D. B. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Metal parapet cap flashing and counterflashing work; reglets. C. Section 07724 - Roof Hatches: Counterflashing work. D. Division 15 - Packaged Rooftop Air Conditioning Units: Prefabricated curb for mechanical equipment including counterflashing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D412 - Rubber Properties in Tension. B. ASTM D746 - Brittleness Temperatures of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. C. FM Approval Guide - Equipment, Materials, Services for Conservation of Property. D. FM Loss Prevention Data 1 -28 - Insulated Steel Deck. E. FM Loss Prevention Data 1-49 - Perimeter Flashing. F. TIMA - Technical Bulletin 281 -1, Conditioning Procedures. G. UL Building Materials Directory. 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE MA #99 -3480 A. Applicator: Company specializing in installation of sheet roof membranes with three years experience with product intended for use on this Project, and approved by membrane manufacturer. B: Applicator shall notify Architect in writing of deviations from manufacturer's standards, specifications, or details. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Class A Fire Hazard Classification, as listed in Building Materials Directory. B. Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation (FM): FM Loss Prevention Data 1 -28, Class 1 Insulated Steel Deck Roof System, Windstorm Classification 1 -90. Provide roofing system as listed in FM Approval Guide. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Meeting Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01200. 1. Pre - installation conference minutes. B. Materials and Equipment Submittals: Submit under provisions of Section 01300. 1. Shop Drawings: a. Prepared by roofmg membrane manufacturer, indicating roof configuration, sheet layout, perimeter details and all joint details or termination conditions and conditions of interface with other materials. Assign Shop Drawings a project number or name referencing this specific project. b. Pre - Warranty Submittal: Indicate pre - warranty number, project number, or letter of intent to Warranty, from membrane manufacturer, stating that manufacturer acknowledges this specific project, being installed by this specific contractor, under these specific conditions, and that THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM - MECHANICALLY ATTACHED 07534 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington 1.10 WARRANTY 07534-2 manufacturer will warranty roof under all of these conditions. 2. Product Data and Installation Instructions: Indicating sheet membrane, elastic flashing, joint cover sheet, and joint and crack sealants, with temperature range for application of membrane. C. Quality Control Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01400: 1. Certification: Indicating that applicator has been factory trained and approved by membrane manufacturer to install roofing membrane. 2. Certification: Indicating compliance with specified regulatory requirements. a. Submit test reports, listing cards, or other documentation showing compliance. D. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Inspection Report: Indicating approval by membrane manufacturer's inspector. 2. Warranty: As specified in this Section. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Store materials in weather protected environment clear of ground and moisture. Protect foam board insulation from direct sunlight exposure. 1.9 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Convene a preinstallation conference one week prior to commencing work of this Section under provisions of Section 01200. 1. Attendance required of Contractor, roofing membrane applicator and parties directly affecting work of this Section. 2. Review conditions of installation, installation procedures, and coordination required with related work. A. Warranty Period: Fifteen year , full system, manufacturer warranty commencing from date of Substantial Complition (Project Turn Over). BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 B. Roofing System Applicator shall submit documentatin to the Membrane Manufacturer that all punchlist items are complete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM A. Prior Selected Roofing System and Manufacturer: GenFlex RM reinforced PVC mechanically attached roofing system manufactured by GenFlex Roofing Systems, 1722 Indian Wood Circle, Maumee, OH 43537, National Accounts Manager telephone 800.443.4272, ext 4571. (Not Substitutions) B. Membrane System Provided: 1. Membrane Type: Polyester reinforced thermoplastic (PVC). 2. Minimum Thickness: 45 mils. 3. Exposed Face Color: White. 4. Sheeting seaming System: Hot air welding of lap joints and flashing joints. C. Insulation: Rigid Polyisocyanurate Board: FS HH -I- 1972/2, ASTM D1289, Class 1; glass fiber mat facers; square edges, rated for wide rib roof deck: 1. Insulation "R" Value: Minimum aged "R" value of 24.0, according to Roofing Insulation Committee of TIMA, conditioning Procedures. 2. Board Size: 4' x 8'. 3. Tapered polyisocyanurate insulation as required 4. Comply with UL Class A roof assemblies. D. Membrane Protection Covering: Material recommended by manufacturer to protect roofing system from corrosive exhaust residue. E. Pipe Seals and Flashing Boots: Use preformed components when furnished by roofing manufacturer. F. Adhesives, Solvents and Sealants: As required and recommended by roofing manufacturer. G. Roof Protection Pad/Equipment Walkway Pad: Type compatible with roofing membrane system. H. Protection Board: 1/2 inch thick, non - combustible, glass fiber faced gypsum panels with water resistant treated gypsum core. 1. G -P Gypsum Corporation: Dens -Deck. I. Gas Pipe Support Pads: Manufacturer's roofing membrane material. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM - MECHANICALLY ATTACHED . BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington J. Other Materials: As required and recommended by roofing manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify flutes of steel deck are clean and dry. Verify deck is supported and secured. B. Verify roof openings and penetrating elements through roof are solidly set, and wood nailing strips and reglets are in place. C. Do not apply roofing materials to damp, frozen, dirty, or dusty deck surfaces, or surfaces unacceptable to manufacturer or applicator. D. Beginning installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Install wood nailers where recommended by membrane manufacturer. Comply with FM Loss Prevention Data 1-48 for size and spacing of fasteners. Install top of nailers flush with top of insulation. 3.3 INSULATION APPLICATION A. Place insulation in accordance with membrane manufacturer's instructions. B. Lay insulation boards with 1/4" joints maximum; do not force joints. Cut insulation to fit neatly to perimeter blocking and protrusions through roof. C. Lay tapered boards for distance as indicated or as required for positive drainage. D. Mechanically fasten insulation boards to steel deck to meet FM 1 -28 requirements. Install fastener into metal roof decks upper flute only. E. -Do not penetrate any mechanical nor electrical items which may be factened to under side of roof deck. 3.4 MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Perform work to meet applicable provisions of roofing manufacturer's current published specifications, application instructions, recommended details, and standards of practice. B. Install work to meet requirements of Owner's insurance agency and regulatory agencies. MA #99 -3480 C. Field membrane to be installed perpendicular to the line of the deck flutes. All Fasteners Must Penetrate Top Of Deck Flute Only. D. Unless more stringent requirements are required by the Roofing Manufacturer or building codes, fasten mechanically- attached membranes on the laps at a maximum of 12" o.c. in the field sheets. Fasten four half perimeter sheets, parapets and curb flashing at a maximum of 6" o.c. E. Perimeter Attachment of the Deck Membrane: Turn up deck membrane minimum 3 inches at the parapet and secure using a rigid termination bar installed on the parapet wall tight to the intersecting deck, and fastened at ends and 6" o.c. Trim membrane and leave a minimum of 1/2 inch above the line of the termination bar. In addition, apply a continuous, unbroken line of sealant between the membrane and the parapet wall at the intersection with the deck. F. Hot Air Welding: Seam welding with hot air tools, both manual and automatic, are the only allowed method for closing the roofing membrane system, membrane flashing and walkway /protection pads. Follow the Roofing Membrane Manufacturer's instructions for hot air welding. Probe 100 percent of welds for continuity and integrity. 1. Patch blisters located within 1/2 inch of weld edge. 2. Patch carbon burns or "hot" residue deposits along welds. 3. Patch membrane surfaces scorched from excessive heat during welding. 4. Patch seam voids which allow the tip of a probe to enter the weld. 5. Patch field membrane wrinkles which run continuously into and through a seam. 6. Patch wrinkles created in the welding process that run into the weld edge. G. Patching: Minimum patch size on the flat field: 4 inches by 4 inches with rounded corners H. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed during same day. Terminate the membrane according to membrane manufacturer's recommendations at the end of daily work, or when inclement weather is approaching. 3.5 FLASHING, TERMINATION BAR, FASTENERS AND ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. General: Install flashings and accessory items as shown as required by the Roofing Manufacturer and in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM - MECHANICALLY ATTACHED 07534 - 3 MA #99 -3480 B. Curb Flashings: Fully adhere curb flashings with Membrane Manufacturer's bonding adhesive for thermoplastic systems. At HVAC unit curbs, wrap membrane over top of curb before setting HVAC unit. C. Parapet Wall Flashing: Mechanically attach roof membrane to parapet walls with a termination bar installed horizontally in equal spaces not exceeding 24 inches vertically. 1. Fasten the termination bar with lead anchors and 12 inches o.c. Sealant between the membrane and parapet wall is not required for intermediate termination bars. 2. Cover over the termination bar either by centering an 8 inch strip of membrane over the termination bar and fully welding both edges of the strip, or by covering the termination bar with the next height of flashing and welding the lower edge of the flashing 3 inches below the length of the bar. Do not reverse -flip the upper flashing over the termination bar. Base flashing to project onto roof surface a maximum of 4 inches from parapet wall. 3. When trimming wall flashing behind the termination bar, leave 1/2 inches of membrane height above the termination bar. 4. Do not expose anchors or fasteners in the intermediate wall termination detail. D. Fasten thermoplastic coated metal used for copings on parapet wall with masonry fasteners, at 9 inches on center, into concrete or masonry, or galvanized flat head screws, fixed 6 inches on center, into wood plate. Fasteners should be straight in line, two inches from the exterior metal edge. E. Terminate membrane flashing over top of parapet within 1/2 inch of outer metal coping break edge. Fully adhere membrane with bonding adhesive to exposed top of masonry or concrete and down a minimum of 6 inches on the vertical surface. Fully hot air weld a minimum 1 -1/2 inch bond to thermoplastic coated metal coping. F. Installation of Parapet Corners: On parapets of 10 inches and higher, install 6 inch x 6 inch PVC coated sheetmetal angle at interior parapet corners from roof deck to top of parapet. Lap roof membrane over sheetmetal angle and fully heat weld edges. Hold back intermediate and base termination bars 7 inches from inside corner of parapet. 3.6 ROOF WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Remove debris and foreign matter. B. Roof Protection Pad/Equipment Walkway Pad: Install walkway pads, 48 inches wide, not more than 2 inches from curbs and not more than 3/8 inches between pads, continuously around HVAC Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington units, food service exhaust fans, motorized exhaust fans (PRVs), condensing unit platforms, refrigeration units, and where further shown on the Drawings. Loose lay protection board over roof membrane on two sides of roof hatch as indicated on Drawings. Cover protection board with protection pad. 1. Fully heat weld the entire perimeter edges to prevent water migrating under pads. C. Gas Pipe Support Pads: Place loose layer of roofing membrane under bottom of treated wood block, turn up both sides and fasten to block with screws and minimum 1" diameter washers. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Roof shall be inspected by inspector under the direct employment of the membrane manufacturer. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. After installation, close off area to prevent unauthorized traffic. C. D. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 Repairs: Repair and replace, as required all deteriorated or defective roofing found at final inspection. Warranty: Warranty period shall commence upon acceptance by the Owner that all repairs have been made and that the roofing installation complies with the contract documents. END OF SECTION 07534 - 4 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM - MECHANICALLY ATTACHED � e Es L l t 1 1 1 l I 1 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pre - finished Metal Copings and flashings. B. Fascia. Scuppers and downspouts. C. Roof and sill flashings. D. Counterflashings over roof membrane base flashings. E. Roof joint cover flashings. F. Counterflashings at roof mounted mechanical equipment and vent stacks. G. Expansion Joint roof to wall 1.2 PRODUCTS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED (BUT SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 1.3 PRODUCTS SPECIFIED (BUT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) A. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System: Flashings and accessories. 1.4 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100: Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking, nailers, and grounds. B. Section 07534 — Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing System— Mechanically Attached: Roof system. C. Section 07724 - Roof Hatches. D. Section 09900 - Painting: Prime and finish painting. E. Division 15 - Mechanical: Flashing sleeves and collars for mechanical items protruding through roofing membrane. F. Division 16 - Electrical: Flashing sleeves and collars for electrical items protruding through roofing membrane, 1.5 REFERENCES A. ASTM B32 - Solder Metal. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 B. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated, (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. C. FM 1-49 - Factory Mutual; Loss Prevention Data. D. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 1.6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Work of this Section is to physically protect related work from damage that would permit water leakage to building interior. B. Roof perimeter flashing installations to meet requirements of FM 1-49. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in sheet metal flashing work with three years minimum experience. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Describe material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, and installation details. 2. Samples: Submit 6" x 6" samples of prefmished sheet metal for custom color approval. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01600. 1. Warranty. 1.9 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Stack preformed and prefmished material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. C. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration, staining, or damage. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard 20 year warranty covering color fade, chalking and film integrity; agreeing to replace, without additional cost, flashing which fails in materials or workmanship. B. Failure of materials or workmanship includes, but is not limited to, leaking of construction and SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 1 MA #99 -3480 discoloration of finish in excess of normal weathering. 2.1 SHEET MATERIALS A. Flashings: Pre -_ coated galvanized steel; ASTM A525, G90; 24 gage minimum core steel, shop pre- coated with fluoropolymer coating of custom color as indicated or as selected by the Architect. 1. Peterson Aluminum Corporation, Pac -Clad. 2. Vincent Metals, ColorKlad. 3. Copper Sales, Inc., Una -Clad B. Non - Coated Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525, G90; minimum 24 gage core steel. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fastener: Galvanized steel or stainless steel with soft neoprene washers at exposed fasteners. Finish exposed fasteners same as flashing metal. B. Underlayment: ASTM D266; No.15 asphalt saturated roofing felt. C. Protective Backing Paint: Bituminous. D. Slip Sheet: Rosin sized building paper. E. Sealant: As specified in Section 07900. F. Bedding Compound: Type compatible with materials with which it will come in contact. G. Plastic Cement: Type compatible with materials with which it will come in contact. H. Reglets: 1. Recessed: Fry Reglet, Fry Springlock Flashing System, Type MA Masonry; 24 gage galvanized steel with 26 gage galvanized steel flashing. 2. Surface Mounted: Fry Springlock Flashing System, Type SA Surface Mounted; 24 gage galvanized steel with 26 gage galvanized steel flashing. 2.3 FABRICATION PART 2- PRODUCTS A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. B. Fabricate cleats and starter strips of same material as sheet, interlockable with sheet. C. Form pieces in longest practical lengths. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8. 1999 D. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners. E. Form material with cover plate seam. F. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant. G. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4" and hemmed to form drip. H. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 2 inches over roofing gravel. Return and brake edges. I. Form sheet metal pans 6 inch nominal square size, with 3 inch upstand, and 4 inch flanges. Fill pans watertight with plastic cement. 2.4 FINISH A. Shop prepare and prime exposed ferrous metal surfaces. B. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. 3.1 EXAMINATION PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, or vents through roof are solidly set, cant strips and reglets in place, and nailing strips located. B. Verify membrane termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. B. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation. C. Install surface mounted reglets true to lines and levels. Seal top of reglets with sealant. D. Insert flashings into reglets to form tight fit. Secure in place with lead or plastic wedges at maximum 24 inches on center. Seal flashings into reglets with sealant. E. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only in locations approved by Architect. 07620 - 2 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM F . Seam and seal all joints. G. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings. H. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. 1. Seal metal joints watertight. 13 INSTALLATION A. Conform to drawing details included in SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal manual. END OF SECTION Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 3 ;f4 • r • BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 07724 - ROOF HATCHES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES Prefabricated roof hatches with integral support curbs, operable hardware, and counterflashings. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07534 — Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing System— Mechanically Attached: Roof system. B. Section 09900 - Painting: Field painting. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Product data: Indicating general construction, flashing details and fastening methods and details. 2. Shop Drawings. 3. Manufacturer's installation instructions. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF HATCHES A. Vertical Ladder Access Roof Hatch: Single leaf type; 3' -0" x 2' -6 ". 1. Babcock -Davis Hatchways, Inc., Easy Access Roof Hatch Model 6 -101. 2. Bilco Company, Type "S" with "Ladder UP" safety post. 3. Milcor, Inc., Model RBS -1. B. Curb: 14 gage galvanized steel with 1" rigid insulation; integral cap flashing to receive roof flashing system; extended flange for mounting. C. Cover: Prime painted galvanized steel with 1" rigid insulation retained by 18 gage galvanized steel liner. Continuous neoprene gasket to provide weatherproof seal. D. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard manually operated type with compression spring operators, positive snap latch with turn handles inside and out and padlock hasp inside; automatic hold -open arm with vinyl covered grip handle for easy release; capable of withstanding force applied by use of handrail; cadmium plated finish. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington E. 2.3 FABRICATION A. - Fabricate free of visual distortions and defects. Weld corners and joints. B. C. Manufacturer's standard handrail extension on underside of roof hatch to meet requirements of Uniform Mechanical and local codes, current editions. Provide for removal of condensation. Provide weather tight assembly. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate with installation of roofing system and related flashings. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide weather tight installation. C. Protect aluminum in contact with dissimilar materials with bituminous paint to prevent electrolytic action and corrosion. END OF SECTION MA #99 -3480 ROOF HATCHES 07724 - 1 , i I. I: L L f r I . BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install sealant and backing materials, including cleaning and preparation of joint surfaces, for the following applications: 1. Pavement and sidewalk joints. 2. Concrete construction, expansion and contraction joints. 3. Exterior wall control joints. 4. Wall and floor joints in tile work. 5. Joints between plumbing fixtures and walls. 6. Miscellaneous caulking and sealing not specified as work of other sections. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete: Concrete construction, expansion and contraction joints. B. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry Systems: Exterior wall joints. C. Section 07270 - Firestopping: Firestopping materials and accessories. D. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Sealants used in conjunction with metal flashings for roofing. E. Section 09300 - Tile: Expansion, contraction and control joints. F. Division 15 - Mechanical: Installation of silicone sanitary sealant between plumbing fixtures and walls. 1.3 REFERENCES A ASTM C790 - Recommended Practices for Use of Latex Sealing Compounds. B. ASTM C804 - Recommended Practice for Use of Solvent - Release Type Sealants. C. ASTM C834 - Latex Sealing Compounds. D. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Sealants. E. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 1.4 SUBMITTALS MA #99 -3480 A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Product Data: Submit sealant manufacturer's technical data. Include manufacturer's recommendations for joint size; joint preparation; back -up material; sealant storage, mixing and application instructions; and specific instructions for use of primer on this Project 2. Samples: Submit samples of sealant colors for color selection of SLNT -1, SLNT -2, SLNT -3 and SLNT -5. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700. 1. Warranty. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not apply joint sealing materials at temperatures above or below manufacturer's recommendations, during rain or snow, or to damp or frosted surfaces. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide 2 year warranty under provisions of Section 01700, for sealants SLNT -1 and SLNT -2. B. Warranty: Warranty to include labor and material required to replace sealants which fail because of loss of cohesion or adhesion, or do not cure. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANT MATERIALS A. SLNT -1: Two - component, non -sag, polyurethane sealant with movement capability of+ 50 percent and conforming to ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25; non - staining. Color: As selected by Architect; provide custom colors as required. 1. Mameco International, "Vulkem 227 ". 2. Pecora Corporation, "Dynatrol II ". 3. Sonneborn Building Products, "Sonolastic NP2 ". 4. Tremco, "Dymeric ". JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 1 MA #99 -3480 B. SLNT -2: Self- leveling, two component, non - staining, non - bleeding polyurethane sealant with movement capability of + 25 percent and conforming to ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25. Color: As selected by the Architect. 1. Pecora Corporation, "Urexpan NR- 200 ". 2. Sonneborn Building Products, "Sonolastic SL2 ". 3. Tremco, "THC- 900 ". C. SLNT -3: One part, non -sag, skinning, paintable acrylic latex sealant capable of + 7.5 percent minimum movement and conforming to ASTM C834. Color: As selected by Architect. • 1. Pecora Corporation, "AC -20 Siliconized ". 2. Sonneborn Building Products, "Sonolac ". 3. Tremco, "Acrylic Latex 834 ". D. SLNT -4: Silicone Sanitary Sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS; mildew resistant. Color: White. 1. Dow Corning Corporation, "786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant ". 2. General Electric Company, "GE Silicone Sanitary 1700 Sealant". 3. Sonneborn Building Products, "Omniplus ". E. SLNT -5: Silicone Building and Glazing Sealant (Non- Structural); ASTM C920, Type S, NS, Class 25, single component; chemical curing. Color: As selected by Architect. 1. Dow Corning Corp., "Dow Corning 999 -A ". 2. General Electric Co., "Silglaze I1 ". 3. Pecora Corporation; "863 ". F. SLNT -6: Acoustical Sealant; Non - hardening, non - skinning acoustical sealant for concealed joints. 1. Tremco, "Acoustical Sealant ". 2. United States Gypsum, "Acoustical Sealant ". G. --SLNT-7: Expandable Foam Sealer; 1. EM -Seal Corporation, "Gray- Flex ". 2. Illbruck Corporation, "Will -Seal Tape Type 150 ". H. SLNT -8: Foam Sealer: 1. Preformed closed cell polyvinyl chloride or butyl rubber based foam tape, minimum 30% compression. Resistant to weathering, U.V., mildew, fungi and oxidation. Pressure sensitive adhesive on the non -liner side of tape roll. Provide tape width and thickness recommended by manufacturer for joint conditions. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 2.2 PRIMER 2.3 JOINT BACKING BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 - a. Norton Performance Plastics, Granville, , NY, Tel. 1- 800 - 724 -0883, "Norseal V- 740". b. Fuller., "Architectural Sealant Tape No 606 ". I. SLNT -9: Setting Bed; 1. One -part butyl rubber, aluminum/stone color: a. Pecora "BC- 158 ". b. Tremco "Butyl Sealant ". J. SLNT -10: Ultra -Low Modulus Silicone Sealant, (EIFS) 1. Ultra Low - Modulus Silicone Rubber Sealant: Silicone rubber based, 1 part neutral cure elastomeric sealant with plus 100 percent to minus 50 percent movement. 2. Color: To match EIFS topcoat color. If painted topcoat color, match color specified under Section 07183. a. Acceptable manufacturers and product: 1) Dow Corning Corporation: 790 Building Sealant. 2) Tremco Construction Division: Spectrem 1. A. Non - staining type, as recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. A. Backer Rod: Provide pre - formed, compressible, non - staining, closed cell polyethylene or open cell expanded polyurethane foam rod compatible with the sealant used and acceptable by the sealant manufacturer for the specific application, except as follows: 1. Provide closed cell backer rod with self - leveling sealant (SLNT -2) horizontal applications. B. Provide round rod, size as recommended by manufacturer based on width and depth of joint and condition located. 1. Joints up to 1/2" wide, rod shall equal width of joint plus 1/8" 2. Joints 1/2" wide and larger, rod shall be equal to the joint width plus 1/4 ". 3. Provide bond breaker tape where joint depth does not allow space for backer rod as recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. C. Do not use joint backing impregnated with oil, tar, or asphalt. 07900 - 2 JOINT SEALERS e•- BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. B. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 2.5 WORKING TIME A. Use two- component sealants within maximum period of time after mixing recommended by sealant manufacturer for specific material and job conditions, and discard sealant not used within this time. 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify joint dimensions, physical, and environmental conditions are acceptable to receive work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Clean, prepare, and design joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant. C. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. D. Use joint filler to achieve required joint depths, to allow sealants to perform properly. E. Use bond breaker where required. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Perform installation in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Install joint backing according to manufacturer's instructions in joints to receive sealant and as indicated on Drawings. Use proper size and shape pieces so installed joint backing is compressed approximately 30% and face of foam is at required depth. Do not twist or braid rod stock. Do not puncture skin of rod stock. Carefully roll rod stock into joint without stretching. C. Joints to receive SLNT - shall be not less than 1/4" and not exceed 2" in width. Depth of sealant shall be as follows: Joint Width Min. Depth Max. Depth 1/4" to 1/2" 1/2" to 2" D. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. E. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. F. Tool joints to form smooth, uniform beads, with slightly concave surfaces. Do not use tooling agents, unless specifically recommended by sealant manufacturer. G. Form joints free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean excess sealant, primer, or bond breaker with cleaning solution as recommended by primary sealant manufacturer. Do not use acidic cleaning materials. 4.1 SEALANT SCHEDULE Tvoe SLNT - 1 1/4" Equal to Width 1/2" 5/8" PART 4 - SCHEDULES Location Concrete construction, expansion and contraction joints. Exterior wall joints and control joints. Perimeter of storefront, door frames and louvers. Miscellaneous exterior caulking and sealing. SLNT - Joints in floor tilework. Exterior sidewalks adjacent to building. Interior exposed joints in slabs where subject to foot or vehicular traffic. JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 3 MA 1199=3480 •- Interior exposed perimeter joints in slabs abutting walls and other vertical surfaces. Miscellaneous interior and ' exterior joints subject to moderate movement and joints to be painted. SLNT-4 Joints between plumbing fixtures and walls. SLNT-5 Where indicated on Drawings, •• and for interior and exterior ' - sealing of metal to metal. 07900 - 4 Joints surrounding plastic laminate vanities and counter • tops, fixtures and equipment • requiring sanitary sealant. Refer to Section 08800 for • installation requirements in glazing. SLNT-6 Joints at sound-proofed partitions. Refer to Section 09250 for • installation requirements in - gypsum board partitions. SLNT-7 Backer for exterior wide joints subject to dynamic movement. SLNT-8 Backer for rough substractes on exterior walls. SLNT-9 Use for setting beds at exterior thresholds and sill plates. SLNT-10 Use for EIFS joints. Refer to Section 07241 for installation requirements. Coordinate installation of sealant with • EIFS manufacturer. END OF SECTION . Parkway Supercenter, Tukwila. Washington BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 JOINT SEALERS _ BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Install Owner furnished Fire -rated and Non -rated steel doors and frames. B. Interior window frames. C. Glazing stops. D. Louvers. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Document 00200 — Information available to bidders, requirements for Owner frnished and Owner or Contractor Installed materials. B. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System: Masonry mortar fill of steel frames. C. Section 08710 - Hardware: Hardware for doors and frames. D. Section 08800 - Glazing: Glass and glazing for doors and frames. E. Section 09900 - Painting: Field painting of doors and frames. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI A224.1 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Procedure for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces. B. ASTM A366 - Steel Carbon, Cold- Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. C. ASTM A653 -96, "Spec for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy - Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process." D. ASTM E152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. E. DHI (Door Hardware Institute) - The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware. F. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. G. NFPA 252 - Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. H. SDI -100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. I. SDI -105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. J. K. UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITHOUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications Standard Steel Doors and Frames" ANSI /SDI -100 and as herein specified. B. Applicator: Company specializing in installing overhead doors with three years documented experience. C. Fire rated door and frame construction to conform to ASTM E152. D. Installed frame and door assembly to conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated in Schedule. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated frames and doors. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300. 1. Shop Drawings: a. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same opening numbers referenced on the drawings. b. Indicate frame gage and configuration, fire label, anchor types and spacings, location of cutouts for hardware, and reinforcement. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 1 MA #99 -3480 c. Indicate door elevations, hardware group, core material, internal reinforcement, closure method, and cut outs for glazing and louvers. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Protect products under provisions of Section 01600. 1. Protect doors and frames with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. 2. Break seal on -site to permit ventilation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. National Account Product Vendor: 1. Twin City Hardware, per Section 00202. B. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Ceco Corporation. B. Amweld C. Steelcraft Mfg. Co. D. Twin City Hardware. E. Or Equal SDI Member as prior approved by the Architect. 2.3 STEEL DOORS A. Exterior Doors: SDI -100 Grade 111, Model 4; minimum 14 gage zinc coated galvanized steel sheet faces complying with ASTM A653, G60; seamless, composite construction; polystyrene or polyurethane foam core bonded to the inside of both faces. Exterior doors shall have a minimum "U" value of 0.24 B. Interior Non - Fire -Rated Doors: SDI -100 Grade II, Model 4; minimum 18 gage cold rolled steel sheet complying with ASTM A366; seamless, composite construction; honeycomb core laminated to the inside of both face sheets. C. Interior Fire -Rated Doors: SDI -100 Grade II, Model 4; minimum 18 gage cold rolled steel sheet complying with ASTM A366; seamless, composite construction; mineral fibercore. 1. Provide interior fire -rated doors with UL label as indicated on Opening Schedule. 2.4 STEEL FRAMES Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 A. Exterior Frames: Minimum 12 gage galvanized steel complying with ASTM A653, G60. B. Interior Frames: Minimum 16 gage cold rolled steel complying with ASTM A366 at all other locations. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Glazing Stops: Rolled steel channel shape, mitred or butted corners; prepared for countersink style tamperproof screws. B. Rubber Silencers: Resilient rubber. C. Louvers: Manufacturer's standard roll formed steel material, wiped coat of zinc; inverted 'Y' blade, sightproof; standard frame with surface tamperproof fasteners; prime painted finish. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Fabricate exterior and double door frames fully welded with corners and stops fully mitred. Grind exposed surfaces smooth with no joints anywhere - on the frame. B. Fabricate interior frames knocked -down with mitered corners. C. Provide frames of required throat depth for wall thickness. D. Fabricate frames and doors with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Hinge reinforcement shall be not less than 7 gauge plated steel. Other reinforcemnets shall be minimum of 12 gauge steel. Comply with SDI -100 for minimum hardware reinforcing requirements. Provide mortar guard boxes. E. Fabricate doors without seams on faces or vertical edges of door. Door cores shall have 18 gauge vertical stiffeners spaced no more than 6" o.c. extending full width of door, spot welded to face sheets at 5" o.c. Continuously weld vertical edge seams, and grind smooth. Reinforce frames wider than 48" with roll formed steel channels fitted tightly into frame head, flush with top. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single rubber silencers on strike jamb for single doors, and two single silencers on frame head at double doors. Attach fire rated label to each frame and door unit, where required. Reinforce top and bottom edges with a minimum 16 gauge channel welded to face sheets. 08110 - 2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 J. Close top edge of exterior door flush with inverted 16 gage steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight. K. Provide fixed glazing stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors. L. Provide floor clips for frames. Provide jamb anchors spaced not over 30" on center for frames. Furnish temporary spreader bars and bracing. M. Thoroughly clean, phosphate treat, and apply one . coat of rust inhibitive primer containing at least 50% rust inhibitive pigments. Prime frames under . removable glazing stops and prime back side of removable stops. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with SDI -105. B. Install doors in accordance with DHI "The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames, and Builders Hardware ". C. Install fire rated doors and frames in accordance with NFPA 80. D. Coordinate with masonry and wallboard wall construction for anchor placement. 1. Masonry Construction: Install frames up to 60" high in masonry construction with minimum 2 jamb anchors each jamb; add an additional anchor for every 30" or fraction thereof. 2. Wallboard Construction: Install frames up to 60" high in wallboard construction with minimum 3 jamb anchors each jamb; add an additional anchor for every 24" or fraction thereof. E. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. F. Install door louvers. 3.2 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16" measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust hardware for smooth and balanced door movement. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION MA' #99 -3480 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 3 BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Install Owner furnished wood doors. B. Glass stops. C. Louvers. D. Prefitting and premachining for hardware. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00200 — Information available to bidders, requirements for Owner frnished and Owner or Contractor Installed materials. B. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames: Steel frames. C. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware. D. Section 08800 - Glazing. E. Section 09900 - Painting: Site finishing doors. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM E152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. B. AWI - Quality Standards of Architectural Woodwork Institute. C. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. D. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITHOUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in installing overhead doors with three years documented experience. B. Conform to requirements of AWI Quality Standards Section 1300, Architectural Flush Doors. C. D. E. Fire Door Construction: Conform to ASTM E152. Installed Doors: Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. All doors shall be provided by the same manufacturer to ensure uniformity of quality and appearance. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire rated doors. B. Furnish manufacturer's appropriate listed door to maintain rated assembly, including compatibility with specified hardware. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate elevations for each door type, location, size, fire ratings, swing, undercuts, stile and rail reinforcement, internal blocking for hardware attachment, and cutouts for glazing and louvers. 2. Product Data: Submit product data for each type of door specified. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700. 1. Warranty. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect products under provisions of Section 01600. 1. Do not deliver wood doors to jobsite until weatherproof storage is available. Store doors in a space having controlled temperature and a relative humidity between 30 - 60 percent. Protect doors from direct exposure to sunlight. 2. Stack doors flat, off the floor and supported to prevent warpage. Do not walk or place other material on top of stacked doors. Do not drag doors across one another. WOOD DOORS 08210 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila. Washington 1.9 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by door manufacturer, installer and Contractor agreeing to replace defective doors. Door defects include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Delamination in any degree. 2. Warp or twist of 1/4" or more in any 3' -0" x 7' -0" section of a door. 3. Telegraphing of any part of core assembly through face veneer to cause surface variation of 1 /100" or more in a 3" span. 4. Other defects which affect performance of door. B. Warranty shall cover the cost of refinishing, installation of hardware and rehanging defective doors. Warranty shall be in effect for the following time periods: 1. Interior Solid Core Doors: For the life of the installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. 2.2 FLUSH SOLID CORE INTERIOR WOOD DOORS A. Flush Solid Core Interior Doors: Flush 5 -ply door construction with solid particle core bonded to stiles and rails using Type 1 waterproof glue; conforming to AWI Type PC -5. 1. Veneer: a. Species and Cut: Rotary cut, paint grade birch veneer faces; 1/50" thick minimum veneer thickness prior to sanding. b. Veneer Match: Book match. 2. Quality Grade: AWI Premium. 3. Stiles: Two -ply, 5 -1/2" thick after trimming laminated stiles. Outer ply 1/4" hardwood to match veneer face; inner ply 1 -1 /8 " mill option hardwood or softwood. 4. Rails: 1 -1/8" thick mill option hardwood or softwood. Thicker as required for hardware concealed fastener 5. Door Thickness: 1 -3/4" thick. B. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc., Novodor Particle Core Doors. 2. Eggers Industries, Master Flush- Particle. 3. VT Industries, Inc., Type 5502. 4. Weyerhaeuser Company, Marshfield Series Timblend Particle Board Core DPC -1. 2.3 20 MINUTE FIRE RATED INTERIOR WOOD DOORS A. 20 Minute Flush Solid Core Interior Doors: Flush 5 -ply door construction with solid particle board core bonded to stiles and rails using Type 1 waterproof glue; door construction conforming to AWI Type FD 1/3. 1. Veneer: Rotary cut, birch veneer faces; 1/50" thick minimum veneer thickness prior to sanding. 2. Quality Grade: AWI Premium. 3. Stiles: Two -ply, minimum 5 -1/2" thick laminated stiles after trimming. Outer ply 3/4" hardwood to match veneer face; inner ply mill option hardwood or softwood. 4. Top Rail: Minimum 5 -1/2" thick mill option lumber. 5. Door Thickness: 1 -3/4" thick. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc., Novodor Particle Core Doors, 20 Minute. 2. Eggers Industries, Master Flush - Particle, 20 Minute. 3. VT Industries, Inc., Type 5502. 4. Weyerhaeuser Company, Marshfield Series, Particle Core Door DFP -20 with specified internal wood blocking. 2.4 FIRE RATED INTERIOR WOOD DOORS A. 60 Minute Fire Rated Flush Solid Core Interior Doors: Flush 5 -ply door construction with solid mineral core bonded to stiles and rails using Type 1 waterproof glue; door construction conforming to AWI Type FD 1. 1. Veneer: Rotary cut, birch veneer faces; 1/50" thick minimum veneer thickness prior to sanding. 2. Quality Grade: AWI Premium. BEST'BUY STORES December 8.1999 3. Stiles: Provide wood door manufacturer's standard laminated edge construction capable of withstanding a minimum of 740 pounds of pull per screw when tested in accordance with ASTM D1037, 08210 - 2 WOOD DOORS W.J BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington MA #99 -3480 d. Weyerhaeuser Company, Fire Rated Wood Veneered Lite Beading. 2.6 FABRICATION A. B. December 8. 1999 4. Top Rail: 5 -1/2" minimum thick mill option lumber. 5. Bottom Rail: 1 -1/8" thick mill option hardwood or softwood. 6. Internal Reinforcement: a. Lock Blocks: 5 -1/2" x 12" minimum mill option lumber. Provide two blocks for doors scheduled to receive exit devices. b. Flush Bolts: Provide 5 -1/2" x 12" lumber reinforcement at flush bolt locations. 7. Door Thickness: 1 -3/4" thick. B. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc., 1 Hour Door with Superstile edge. 2. Eggers Industries, Fire Door, 1 Hour with SLM edge. 3. VT Industries, Inc., Type 5511, 60 Minute with SLM II Edge and specified internal lumber reinforcement. 4. Weyerhaeuser Company, Marshfield Series, Mineral Core DFM -60 with Triple -Ply Stile and specified internal wood blocking. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Louvers: Manufacturer's standard matching wood inverted 'V' blade; lightproof. B. Glass Stops: 1. Non - Fire -Rated Doors: a. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc., Wood Beaded Lite W-4 Wood Bead. b. Eggers Industries, Wood Beaded Lite with No. 105 Wood Bead. c. VT Industries, Inc., VT -1 d. Weyerhaeuser Company, Marshfield Series, W -3 Wood Lite. 2. 20 Minute Fire Rated Doors: a. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc., 20 Minute Wood Beaded Lite with W-4 Wood Bead. b. Eggers Industries, 20 Minute Wood Beaded Lite with No.105 Wood Bead. c. VT Industries, Inc., VT -1 d. Weyerhaeuser Company, Marshfield Series, W -3 20 minute Wood Lite. 3. 60 Minute Fire Rated Doors: a. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc., Fire Rated Wood Veneered Lite Beading, W -9. b. Eggers Industries, Minute Wood Beaded Lite with No. Wood Bead. c. VT Industries, Inc., Fire Rated Wood Veneered Lite Beading, VT -1F. Fabricate non -rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards requirements. Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards and UL requirements. Permanently attach fire rating label to door edge. C. Provide non -rated and 20 minute rated flush doors with 1 -3/8" thick minimum, 2 -ply edge bands, with outer ply 1/2" thick minimum edge strips of wood species compatible with to match face veneer. D. Provide fire rated doors with ratings greater than 20 minute with manufacturer's laminated edge construction to provide specified screw holding capability. E. Prefit and premachine doors for finish hardware, except for hardware items considered to be surface mounted, as specified in Section 08710. Comply with AWI Section 01300 for factory prefitting and premachining. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and AWI quality standards. B. Install fire rated doors in accordance with NFPA C. D. 80. Pilot drill screw and bolt holes for surface applied hardware items. Prepare doors to receive surface mounted finish hardware in accordance with AWI requirements. E. Conform to AWI requirements for fit tolerances. F. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. 3.2 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16" measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. WOOD DOORS 08210 - 3 08210 - 4 WOOD DOORS ND'OF SECTION Protect doors.as recommended by door manufacturer .to ensure that doors will not be damaged after installation. ParkwaySupercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila; Washington '. December 8;'1999 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 08305 - ACCESS DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non -rated access doors and frames. B. Weather tile access door and frame at roof wedge. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board Systems: Openings in partitions and ceilings. B. Section 09900 - Painting: Field paint finish. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Include sizes, types, finishes, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. 2. Product Data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EXTERIOR WALL ACCESS DOOR A. Model: Exterior XT A as manufactured by Nystrom Building Products, Minneapolis MN 800.547.2635 or approved equal. 1. Frame: Formed from 20 gauge galvanized sheet steel, prime painted. 2. Door: 20 gauge galvanized sheet steel, prime painted. 3. Hinges: Continuous piano hinge, zinc plated. 4. Lock: Heavy duty, lockable handle (always assessable from interior. 5. Size: 22" x 30 ". 6. -- Flashing: Manufacturer's standard integral flashing and weather striping, with continuous drip edge at head. 2.2 NON -FIRE RATED ACCESS PANELS A. Gypsum Board Access Panels: 16 gage steel or 0.060" extruded aluminum frame with drywall flange and 14 gage steel door panels; concealed continuous steel piano hinge which allows 175 deg. opening; cylinder lock. Provide manufacturer's standard factory applied baked enamel primer. 1. Cesco Products, Inc., SR -III. 2. J.L. Industries, Model WB. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 3. Karp Associates, Inc., Model KDW. 4. Milcor, Inc., Style DW. 5. Nystrom, Inc., WB Series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify rough openings for door and frame are correctly sized and located. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install frame plumb and level in wall and ceiling openings. B. Position to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access. C. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION ACCESS DOORS 08305 - 1 „., ,..1, ,,,,,, • • • • ,,•• • , PEST BUY. STORES December 8. 1999 ' 16. ” •• • • ••• : ' • , I , " - • ••• . • . ' • • .• • ' ,.• • • • • • • , , , • •• ,•• BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington MA #99 -3480 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. December 8. 1999 SECTION 08314 - SLIDING GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of Owner furnished sliding grille; manual operation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Support framing for coiling door. B. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware: Cylinders. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/UL 325 - Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems. B. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITHOUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Provide pertinent dimensioning, general construction, component connections and details, anchorage methods, hardware location, and installation details. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700. 1. Manufacturer's operation and maintenance data. 2.2 SLIDING GRILLE (OWNER FURNISHED) A. Acceptable Manufacturer: 1. Econoguard Aluminum bi- partintg Sliding Security Grille as manufactured by Metro Door, Hazelton PA. B. Curtain: Constructed of 5/16" diameter vertical aluminum rods spaced at 2 -3/4" on center and aluminum double links spaced at 12" horizontal centers. Provide vertical aluminum posts at 10' -0" maximum, with cylinder operated drop bolt in each post. Provide galvanized steel end links. Bottom bar constructed of extruded aluminum tube C. Curtain Guides: Extruded aluminum fitted with vinyl insert. D. Trolleys: Equipped with two 1 -1/8" diameter nylon tired ball bearing rollers. E. Track: Extruded heavy -duty aluminum section, minimum 1 -1/2" wide by 1 -1/2" high, including continuous recesses extruded into profile to accept splice tongues and pins wherever track splices are necessary. F. Vertical End and Intermediate Members: Extruded vertical members minimum 1- 5/16" x 2 -3/8" x 1/8" thick hung from track on trolley assemblies equipped with four rollers. Provide intermediate members at 10' -0" o.c. maximum for each grille, equally spaced. G. Locking: 1. Provide one meeting end with concealed, cylinder operated hook bolt lock operable from inside only, mounted minimum 3' -6" above floor. 2. Provide other meeting end and intermediate members with concealed cylinder operated bottom drop -bolt lock assembly operable from inside only with cylinder to be mounted 3' -6" above floor. 3. Provide flush dust proof floor receptacles for floor drop -bolts with coin slot turn to lock in closed position. H. Finish: 1. Aluminum Grille: Clear anodized aluminum. 2. Miscellaneous Steel Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard prime painted finish. SLIDING GRILLES 08314 - 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION a INSTALLATION Verify that openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and tolerances are within limits; .Install sliding grille, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Maximum space between Grille and following: 1.. Finish base material: 1 -1/4 in. 2. Soffit: 3/4 in. Fit; align; and adjust door assembly level and plumb; provide smooth operation. END OF. SECTION 08314 - 2 Ys r.; SLIDING GRILLES BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 SECTION 08331 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Install Owner furnished exterior overhead coiling doors; electric power operated. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00200 — Information available to bidders, requirements for Owner frnished and Owner or Contractor Installed materials. B. C. D. 1.3 A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Support framing for coiling door. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware: Cylinder for key switch and padlock. Division 16 - Electrical: Power to operator. REFERENCES ANS1/UL 325 - Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver, and Window Operators and Systems. B. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300. 1. Shop Drawings: Provide pertinent dimensioning, general construction, component connections and details, anchorage methods, hardware location, and installation details. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700. 1. Manufacturer's operation and maintenance data. 1.5 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITHOUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. 2.2 EXTERIOR DOORS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: 1. RaynorGarage Doors; Model SSD, Series IF (Insulated Flat Slat). B. Curtain: Minimum 22 gage thick slats of steel, galvanized with minimum 1.25 oz/sq ft coating 3 inches wide (approx.) x required length; ends of each slat fitted with endlocks to act as wearing surface in guides and to prevent lateral movement; bottom fitted with 2 angles to provide reinforcement and positive contact with floor in closed position. C. Vision Panel: D. Curtain Guides: Formed steel angles for required sizes and configurations. E. Roller Shaft (Counterbalance): Steel pipe and helical steel spring system capable of producing sufficient torque to assure easy operation of curtain from any position; adjustable spring tension. F. Housing: 24 gage galvanized steel; internally reinforced to maintain rigidity and form. G. Weatherstripping: Neoprene type; located along jamb edges, bottom of curtain, and within housing. ' H. Hardware: Interlock system for motor control; other hardware as specified in Section 08700. I. Electric Operator: UL approved in accordance with ANSI/UL 325; side mounted; electric motor sized for intended door operation; adjustable friction clutch, double shoe brake system actuated by independent full line voltage solenoid controlled by motor starter; fully enclosed positive gear driven limit switch; fully enclosed magnetic cross line reversing starter. J. Control Station: Standard three button (open - close -stop) control for each operator; 24 volt circuit; surface mounted. OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08331 - I MA #99 -3480 K. . Safety Device:: Located at bottom of doors, full width; pneumatic mechanical type; wired to reverse door upon striking object; neoprene covered to provide weather seal. L: Finish: Pre- coated paint finish, gray color. PART 3 EXECUTION INSTALLATION Install overhead coiling doors, with electric operators and controls, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate installation with electric service. Fit, align, and adjust door assembly level an plumb; provide smooth operation. END OF SECTION : s Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 08331 2 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 08355 - TRAFFIC DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of Owner furnished traffic doors. B. Installation of Owner furnished flexible strip doors. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00200 — Information available to bidders, requirements for Owner frnished and Owner or Contractor Installed materials. B. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames: Steel frames. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITHOUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate elevations, size, location, color and installation details. 2. Product data. 3. Samples: Submit manufacturer's full range of color samples for color selection. 4. Installation Instructions. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. 2.2 • TRAFFIC DOORS A. Traffic Door: Provide Econo Maxx, Double - acting, self - closing with hold open device, vision panel, traffic door, model #EM 300SBBC Proline Door as distributed by Star Equipment Inc, per Vendor List in Section 00202. I. Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's standard colors. 2. Vision Panels: Rectangular type, double - glazed with shatter -proof extruded polycarbonate. 3. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard jamb mounting, 180 deg, 1 -1/4" rise, factory aligned. 4. Wear Panels: Hypalon, 36" high; both sides of door. 5. Gasketing: 3 sided air seal, bottom sweep, and hardware covers. B. Flexible Strip Door: Suspended 3/8" thick, 8" wide, PVC strip doors. Size: as indicated on Drawings. Frommelt Industries, Inc., Model 1000 Series. 3.1 EXAMINATION PART 3- EXECUTION A. Verify door openings are prepared with headers and floors level, jambs plumb, without projections, and of specified dimensions. B. Verify jambs of frames are properly reinforced at hinge locations. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install traffic and flexible strip doors according to manufacturer's installation instructions. Adjust and leave in good operating order. END OF SECTION TRAFFIC DOORS 08355 - 1 ,. n•, �4. x4 tnau.�.i �� ). *':: ?. i. mf % .' .� �5 .,,M �A�M �` 1 n��xl .s9Xi:F ° .�u;f .z4 3"�3 �h%,t�.f,,; x.. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington MA' #99- 3480` BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 08360 - SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Install Owner Furnished Steel insulated flush panel door. B. Operating hardware and supports. C. Electric operation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00200 — Information available to bidders, requirements for Owner finished and Owner or Contractor Installed materials. B. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System: Prepared wall opening in masonry. C. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Steel channel frame for door opening. D. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Rough wood blocking for door opening. E. Section 08710 - Hardware: Keyed Cylinders for electric operator and Padlocks. F. Section 09900 - Painting: Field finish final color painting. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions and tolerances, component construction, connections and details, anchorage methods and spacing, hardware and locations. 2. Installation Instructions. 3. Product data. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under the provisions of Section 01700: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this Parkway Supercenter , Tukwila. Washington MA #99 -3480 section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITHOUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in installing overhead doors with three years documented experience. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FLUSH SECTIONAL INSULATED STEEL DOORS A. Steel Doors: Flush steel construction, nominal 1- 5/8" to 1 -3/4" thick; 0.016" thick minimum embossed prefinished galvanized steel exterior and interior panel; solid polystyrene or "CFC free" polyurethane insulation. Manufacturer's standard primer, and "white" alkyd enamel finish. 1. Raynor Garage Doors, Tri Core 2.2 TRACK AND HARDWARE A. Track: High lift type; 2" wide, 11 gauge, continuous steel track, vertical mounted; galvanized steel mounting brackets. 1. Provide spring bumpers to absorb shock of door opening. B. Hinge and Roller Assemblies: Heavy duty hinges and adjustable roller holders of galvanized steel; floating hardened steel ball bearing rollers, located at top and bottom of each panel at meeting joint. C. Lock: Inside side mounted, adjustable keeper, spring activated latch bar with feature to keep in locked or retracted position; interior handle; provide device for padlock locking. D. Weatherstripping: 1. At bottom of door panel, provide manufacturer's standard EPDM rubber or vinyl U -type or bulb type door bottom full width. 2. Provide manufacturer's standard EPDM rubber or vinyl compressible jamb gasket. 3. Provide manufacturer's standard EPDM rubber or vinyl strip head weatherstripping E. Lift Mechanism: Torsion spring on cross head shaft, with braided steel lift cables. SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 08360 - 1 MA #99 -3480 . Hardware Finish: Galvanize hardware except springs, cable drums and spring shafts. 2.3 ELECTRIC OPERATOR A. General: Assembly to be of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer. B. Operator: Side mounted on cross head shaft, adjustable safety friction clutch; brake system actuated by independent voltage solenoid controlled by motor starter; enclosed gear driven limit switch; enclosed magnetic cross line reversing starter; mounting brackets and hardware. C. Motor: High - starting torque, reversible, constant- duty, Class A- insulated with overload protection. Sized to move door(s) in either direction, from any position, at not less than 2/3 foot or more than 1' foot per second. Three phase (if available in building), 60 Hz. D. Control Station: Standard three button (open - close -stop) momentary type, control for each electric operator; 24 volt circuit, surface mounted. E. Automatic Reverse: Each door to have automatic safety switch, extending full width of door bottom. F. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch in control panel. G. Manually operable in case of power failure. 3.1 INSPECTION PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Verify that wall openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and tolerances are within limits. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare opening to permit correct installation of door unit. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install door unit assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install high lift track as close as possible to structure above. ParkWay Supercenter Tukwila. Washington C. Use anchorage devices to securely fasten assembly, to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. D. Securely brace door tracks suspended from structure. Secure tracks to structural members only. E. 'Fit and align door assembly including hardware, level and plumb, to provide smooth operation. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. B. Variation from Plumb: 1/8" maximum. C. Variation from Level: 1/8" maximum. D. Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8" from 10 ft straight edge. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust door assembly to smooth operation and in full contact with weatherstripping. B. Clean doors, frames. C. Remove labels and visible markings. END OF SECTION BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 08360 - 2 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS L BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Storefront framing system. B. Fixed window framing. C. Anchors, brackets, and attachments. 1.2 PRODUCTS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED (BUT SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and back -up materials. B. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07200- Insulation: Insulation for window perimeter stuffing. B. Section 08462 - Sliding Automatic Entrance System: Aluminum entrances and operating hardware. C. Section 08920 — Glazed Aluminum Curtainwall. Exterior curtainwall system. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Aluminum Association. 1. AAMA 605.2 - Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. 2. AAMA 606.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Integral Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum. 3. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum. B. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube. C. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors. D. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. E. ASTM E331 - Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. F. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.5 PERFORMANCE MA #99 -3480 A. System to provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by a cycling temperature range of 170 F deg. without causing detrimental effects to system or components. B. Design and size members to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by pressure and suction of wind to a design pressure of 27 lb /sq ft and a suction of 27 lb/sq ft. as measured in accordance with ASTM E330. C. Limit mullion deflection to 1/175, or flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials, whichever is less. D. Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to exterior. E. Limit air infiltration through storefront framing assembly to 0.06 CFM/sq ft of assembly surface area, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 0.3 inches water gage as measured in accordance with ASTM E283. System shall demonstrate no water penetration at a test pressure of 6.24 psf as measured in accordance with ASTM E331. F. Limit air infiltration through aluminum entrance assembly to 0.50 CFM per linear foot of perimeter crack for single doors and 1.0 CFM per linear foot of perimeter crack for pairs of doors, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly 1.57 as measured in accordance with ASTM E283. G. System to accommodate, without damage to system or components, or deterioration of perimeter seal: Movement within system; movement between system and perimeter framing components; dynamic loading and release of loads; and deflection of structural support framing. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Include elevations; system and component dimensions; components within assembly; framed opening requirements and tolerances; anchorage and fasteners; ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 - I MA #99 -3480 reinforcement; glass and infills; detailed door hardware schedule; and affected related work. 2. Product Data: Submit for each item of hardware scheduled for aluminum entrances. 3. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Warranty: As specified in this Section. 1.7 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Convene a pre - installation conference under provisions of Section 01200 one week prior to commencing work of this Section. 1. Attendance required of Contractor, system installer, and parties directly affecting work of this Section. 2. Review conditions of installation, installation procedures and coordination required with Related Work. 1.8 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: Engage an authorized representative of automatic entrance system manufacturer with not less than 3 years experience. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, handle, store, and protect system components under provisions of Section 01600. B. Provide wrapping to protect prefinished aluminum surfaces, 1.11 WARRANTY Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila. Washington December 8. 1999 A. Provide one year manufacturer's warranty to cover complete system for failure to meet specified requirements. 2.3 FINISHES PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STOREFRONT FRAMING A. Storefront Framing: Aluminum extrusions conforming to ASTM B221, alloy G.S.10A -T5; non - thermally broken, flush glazing system, shear block assembly; 1 -3/4" x 4 -1/2" profile for 1/4" glazing. 1. Kawneer Company, Inc., Trifab 450. 2. CMI Architectural Products, Inc. 3. Internatinal Aluminum Corporation, US Aluminum. a. Provide head receptor with weather stripping, and other special shapes as shown. 2.2 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES A. Slidng Automatic Aluminum Entrances: Per Section 08462. A. High Performance Pigmented Organic Coating: 1. AA- C12C42R1x (cleaned with corrosion inhibited chemicals, conversion coated with acid - chromate- fluoride - phosphate treatment, and painted with organic coating specified below). Prepare, pre -treat and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' instructions. 2. Fluoropolymer Coating: Manufacturer's standard multicoat thermo -cured system, composed of specially formulated primer and fluoropolymer topcoats containing not less than 70% Kynar 500 resins, complying with AAMA 605. 3. Acceptable Products: a. Morton International "Fluoroceram ". b. PPG Industries, Inc. "Duranar ". c. Valspar "Fluropon Premiere ". 4. Custom Color: a. PPG 40597XL "Banner Red" b. Valspar #384 F005 "Banner Red ". c. or as approved by the Architect. 2.4 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glazing Materials: As specified in Section 08800. 2.5 SEALANT MATERIALS 08410 - 2 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS rr= f. 1 C L L I i 1 i BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 A. Sealant and Backing Materials: As specified in Section 07900. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Aluminum or non - magnetic stainless steel, warranted by manufacturer to be non - corrosive and compatible with aluminum components. Avoid use of exposed fasteners. Provide matching Phillips flat -head screws for exposed fasteners. B. Glazing Accessories: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric glazing gaskets and setting blocks designed specifically for specified system. C. Glazing Tape: Tremco SST -800, thickness and width as recommended by aluminum window framing manufacturer. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Fabricate frames allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly. Shop fabricate frame components where possible. B. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners with internal reinforcement. Make joints and connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof. C. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior. D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. E. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and jointing to ensure concealment from view. F. Prepare components with required internal reinforcement for door hardware. 3.1 INSPECTION PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A, Install frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, or more stringent requirements indicated. B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington C. D. MA #99 -3480 Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. - E. Install glass in accordance with Section 08800, using dry method of glazing. F. Install perimeter sealant and backing materials, in accordance with Section 07900. 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from prefinished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. C. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. END OF SECTION ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410 - 3 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 08462 - SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Owner furnished electric operated sliding door equipment packaged complete with aluminum entrance door prewired and factory tested. B. Control system. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00200 — Information available to bidders, requirements for Owner frnished and Owner or Contractor Installed materials. B. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Store front framing system. C. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware: Cylinders for lock. D. Section 08800 - .Glazing: Glass and glazing for sliding automatic entrance doors. E. Section 08920 — Glazed Aluminum Curtainwall system. F. Division 16 - Electrical: Wiring from control switch to power unit. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSIBHMA A156.1 - Power Operated Pedestrian Door. B. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Building and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. C. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. D. — UL 325 - Electric Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver and Window Operators and Systems. E. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Automatic Door Equipment: Microprocessor control, electro - mechanical operator with motion detector control device. B. Door: Bi- parting sliding door system with break -away feature. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 1.6 PERFORMANCE MA #99 -3480 • A. Automatic door equipment to accommodate heavy pedestrian traffic, and weight of doors. B. Equipment: UL 325 listed. C. Design system to operate, hold open and close doors under design wind and suction loads specified in Section 08410. D. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction of door and frame units, transmitted to operating equipment. E. Provide for dimensional distortion of components during operation. F. Eliminate the possibility of water accumulating and freezing in door power units. G. Provide for opening and closing operation of door panels in the event of power failure. H. Operating Temperature Range: -20 to 160 deg. F ambient. I. Provide fully adjustable operators for opening and closing speeds, checking speeds, hold open time. 1.7 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: Engage an authorized representative of automatic entrance system manufacturer with not less than 3 years experience. 1.9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ANSI /BHMA A156.1 or more stringent requirements of applicable local code for automatic release of operator unit to permit manual opening of doors. SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE SYSTEM 08462 - 1 MA #99 -3480 1.10 - SUBMITTALS A. Meeting Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Sections 01200: 1. Preinstallation Conference Meeting Minutes. B. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate on shop drawings, layout, dimensions, head, jamb, and sill conditions, elevations, components, anchorage, recesses, materials and finishes. 2. Product Data: Provide product data on system components, operation and features. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Project Record Documents: Accurately record locations of concealed equipment, services, and conduit. 2. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions. 3. Maintenance Service Agreement: As specified in this Section. 4. Warranty: As specified in this Section. 1.11 A. COORDINATION Coordinate with the work of Section 08920 for interface and connection of operator header to adjacent vertical jamb members of manual swing doors. B. Coordinate with the work of Division 16 for location of service lines and for electrical service. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Provide one year manufacturer's standard warranty against material and manufacturing defects. 1.13 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Furnish complete service and maintenance of operating equipment for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 2.2 SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE SYSTEM A. Sliding Automatic Entrance System: Packaged entrance system consisting of self - contained, overhead concealed operator, and surface mounted, motion detector, factory prewired and completely installed on aluminum entrance doors. 1. Stanley Dura Glide, fixed sidelight, bi- parting door system, Series 2000 - Door Package No. 8 -2272, self - contained, overhead concealed operator with Stan -Guard Threshold Sensor System with both motion and presence detectors, factory prewired. 2.3 AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR OPERATOR A. Operator: Microprocessor control, electro- mechanical, self - contained, overhead operator concealed in an extruded aluminum housing. Motor to operate from 115 VAC -60 cycle 1 phase power supply. 1. Operation: Power open, and power closed after remaining in the open position for a pre -set time. Time delay to be adjustable from 1 to 60 seconds. 2. Automatic door system to be equipped with a control for reducing the door opening size. The switch shall reduce the total door opening to reduce air Toss. Door opening to automatically assume the full open position when traffic flow exceeds preset volumes. 3. Incorporate two photocell hold open safety devices which span the entire width of door opening and prevent door from closing when light beam is obstructed. 4. Emergency Breakaway: Equip sliding doors with emergency breakaway feature which allows doors to swing in the direction of egress. Following emergency breakaway, doors must be manually closed and reset. 2.4 MOTION DETECTOR DEVICE A. Stanley Stan-Guard Threshold Sensor: Provide center mounted, self - contained, infrared presence detection and motion detection system: 1. Presence Sensor: Stan -Guard shall emit a 30" deep by 72" (max.) wide elliptical shaped infrared presence zone centered on the doorway threshold line. The door shall close after the Stan -Ray Sensor and Stan-Guard Sensor detect a clear surveillance field. 2. Motion Detection: Stan-Ray Motion Sensor shall detect objects moving at a rate of 2 or 08462 - 2 SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE SYSTEM Mai BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 more inches per second within a semi - circular area approximately . 5 feet deep by 7 feet wide when the unit is mounted 84" above the finished floor level. Provide automatic operation for traffic approaching from either side. 3. Stanley Stan -Guard Threshold Sensor: Infrared unit mounted on active leaf side of door, centered above sidelight leaf. Unit provides presence detection in sidelight area with an adjustable detection field. When triggered, active leaf opens at slow speed. 2.5 ALUMINUM ENTRANCE DOORS A. Aluminum Entrance Doors: Provide automatic entrance equipment manufacturer's standard medium stile aluminum entrance doors. 1. Equip doors with manufacturer's standard weather pile between doors and sidelites, between emergency break -away hardware and door stiles. 2.6 PACKAGE HARDWARE A. Package Hardware: Provide track and steel roller wheels with anti -rise devices which prevent derailment and jumping of active leafs. Provide surface mounted sill as supplied by automatic entrance system manufacturer. Provide top and bottom pivots and break -away hardware. B. Provide manufacturer's standard two -point locking device. C. Refer to Section 08710 for cylinders for automatic entrance door locking devices. 2.7 FINISHES A. High Performance Pigmented Organic Coating: 1. AA- C12C42RIx (cleaned with corrosion inhibited chemicals, conversion coated with acid - chromate - fluoride - phosphate treatment, and painted with organic coating specified below). Prepare, pre -treat and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' instructions. 2. Fluoropolymer Coating: Manufacturer's standard multicoat thermo -cured system, composed of specially formulated primer and fluoropolymer topcoats containing not less than 70% Kynar 500 resins, complying with AAMA 605. 3. Acceptable Products: a. Morton International "Fluoroceram ". b. PPG Industries, Inc. "Duranar ". c. Valspar "Fluropon Premiere ". 4. Custom Color: a. PPG 40597XL "Banner Red ". or as approved by the Architect. b. Valspar #384 F005 "Banner Red ". B. Interior Plane - Clear Anodized - Aluminum Finish: Architectural Class 11 coating conforming to Aluminum Association Standard AA- M12C22A31, 0.4 mil minimum, electrolytically deposited anodic coating. 2.8 SIGNAGE A. Provide signs at sliding automatic entrance doors which read, "IN EMERGENCY PUSH TO OPEN ", in accordance with ANSI A156.10. B. Provide Adams -Rite permanent adhesive header sign: 1 -1/2" high x 30" long x .003" thick, bleached aluminum with black letters to read, mounted to header of all aluminum entry/exit doors as follows: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THIS BUILDING IS OCCUPIED 3.1 INSPECTION PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Verify that openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Verify that power supply is available to power operated devices. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with Shop Drawings and manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate installation of components with related and adjacent work, level and plumb. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces. SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE SYSTEM 08462 - 3 kti #99-3480 08462-4 END OF SECTION 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. Parkway Supercenter 11, Tukwila, Washington • B. Adjust door equipment for correct function and * . smooth operation. 34 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate operation, operating components, adjustment features, and lubrication requirements to Owner under provisions of Section 01600. SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE SYSTEM • ti. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 08511 - STEEL WINDOWS 1.1 A. B. C. 1.2 PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES 1 Hour Fire rated Steel windows with fixed sash. Factory glazing. Anchors, brackets, and attachments. PRODUCTS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED (BUT SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and back -up materials. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A 527 Sheet Steel, Zinc - Coated (galvanized) by Hot -Dip Process, Lock - Forming Quality. Coating Designation: G90 2. ASTM A 569 (1991a; R 1993) Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), Hot - Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality 3, ASTM A 653 (1994) Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process 4. ASTM B 633 (1985; R 1994) Electrodeposited Coatings of Znc on Iron and Steel 5. ASTM B 766 (1986; R 1993) Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium 6. ASTM E 163 Fire Tests of Window Assemblies 7. ASTM E 283 (1991) Determining the Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specifies Pressure Differences Across the Specimen 8. ASTM E 330 (1990) Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 9. ASTM E 547 (1993) Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential B. American Society Of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 1. ASME B18.6.3 (1972; R 1991) Machine Screws and Machine Screw Nuts 2. ASME B18.6.4 (1981; R 1991) Thread Forming and Thread Cutting Tapping Screws and Metallic Drive Screws (Inch Series) C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington MA #99 -3480 1. NFPA 80 (1992) Fire Doors and Windows 2. NFPA 101 (1994) Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. I. UL9 Fire Tests of Window Assemblies File No. R13157 D.V. Fyre -Tec Classification 1.4 WINDOW PERFORMANCE A. Steel windows shall be designed to meet the following performance requirements, and shall be of the type and size indicated. Fire -rated windows shall bear the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. label including the manufacturer's file number for the indicated rating. B. Fire Resistance 1. Fire resistance shall meet requirements established by ASTM E 163 and as tested and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 2. Products shall meet the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Inc. The Listing Mark of UL on the product will be accepted as evidence of compliance. C. Design and size members to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by pressure and suction of wind to a design pressure of 27 lb /sq ft and a suction of 27 Ib /sq ft. as measured in accordance with ASTM E330. D. Limit mullion deflection to L /175, or flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials, whichever is less. E. Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to exterior. F. Limit air infiltration through operable window framing assembly to 0.08 CFM/lineal ft of window perimeter, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 6.24 psf when tested in accordance with ASTM E283. G. Water Resistance Factor: System shall demonstrate no water penetration at a differential test pressure of 10.00 psf with a water rate of 5.0 gallons/hr /sf when tested in accordance with ASTM E331. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit under provisions of Section 01300: I. Manufacturer's descriptive data and catalog cut sheets. STEEL WINDOWS 08511 - I MA #99 -3480 2. Drawings indicating elevations of windowsrough - opening dimensions for each type and size of windows, full -size sections, thickness of metal, fastenings, methods of installation and anchorage, connections with other work, type of wall construction, size and spacing of anchors, method of glazing, types and locations of operating hardware, mullion details, weather - stripping details, screen details including method of attachment, and window schedules showing locations of each window type and indicting compliance with fire safety code, where required. 3. Manufacturer's preprinted installation instructions and cleaning instructions. B. Certificates stating that the steel windows conform to requirements of this section. C. Manufacturer's standard color samples of painted finishes. D. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Warranty: As specified in this Section. 1.6 QUALIFICATION A. Window manufacturer shall specialize in designing and manufacturing the type of steel windows specified, and shall have a minimum of 5 years of documented successful experience. Manufacturer shall have the facilities capable of meeting contract requirements, single- source responsibility and warranty. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, handle, store, and protect system components under provisions of Section 01600. 1. Provide wrapping to protect prefinished metal surfaces. B. Steel windows shall be delivered to project site and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Damaged windows shall be promptly replaced with new windows. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide ten year manufacturer's warranty to cover complete system for failure to meet specified requirements. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 2.2 MATERIALS PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS: A. Steel Frames and Inserts C. Screws and Bolts 2.3 STEEL WINDOW TYPES BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 A. Series 950 Fixed Lite Window as manufactured by D.V. Fyre -Tec, Wayne, NE 68787 (800) 377 -3261. B. Optimum Window, Ellenville, NY 12428 (914) 647 -1900. C. or Architect prior approved equal. 1. Steel frames and inserts shall be fabricated from roll - formed galvanized lock - forming quality steel per ASTM A 527. 2. Frame and insert corners shall mitered and welded. 3. Integral munton shall be galvanized roll - formed material fitted and welded. 4. Glazing Stops shall be 3/4" deep, full length, roll - formed steel snap -in retainers. B. Formed Component Parts 1. Formed component parts shall be hot - rolled sheet steel conforming to ASTM A 569, commercial quality with a minimum of 0.15 percent carbon. 2. Sheet steel shall be zinc coated (galvanized) by the hot -dip process in accordance with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 924. 1. Screws and bolts shall conform to ASTM B 766, ASME B18.6.3 and ASME B18.6.4. A. Steel windows shall be designed for inside field glazing, and for glass types scheduled on drawings or otherwise specified. Units shall be complete with glass and glazing provisions to meet requirements of paragraph WINDOW PERFORMANCE in Part 1 above. 1. Approved glazing material shall be compatible with steel, and shall not require painting. B. Fire -Rated Windows 1. Fire -rated windows shall conform to UL -9 and shall be labeled with a 1 hour fire -test rating. 2, Units shall be designed and fabricated to meet glass sizes, window sizes, and opening dimensions established by NFPA 80. 08511 - 2 STEEL WINDOWS Fl ?: BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 3. Hardware shall conform to NFPA 80 requirements. 2.4 GLASS A. Provide approved 60 minute fire rated glass, sized as indicated on the drawings, thickness as required and complying with all applicable building codes for 1 hour fire rated borrowed light assemblies. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners 1. Fastening devices shall be window manufacturer's design made from non- magnetic stainless steel, cadmium - plated steel, zinc - plated steel, nickel/chrome- plated steel or magnetic stainless steel B. Window Anchors 1. Anchors for installing windows shall be stainless steel or hot -dip zinc coated steel conforming to ASTM A 123. 2.6 FINISHES A. Prime Coat 1. Steel windows, fins, mullions, cover plates and associated parts shall be cleaned, pre - treated with iron phosphate and factory painted manufacturer's standard primer coat in a dry film thickness of not less than 0.025 mm (1.0 mil). B. Finish Coat 1. Steel windows, fins, mullions, cover plates and associated parts shall be cleaned, pre - treated with iron phosphate and factory powder coated and cured with a manufacturer's standard color in a dry film thickness of not less than 0.050 mm (2.0 mil). Color as selected by the Architect. 3.1 INSTALLATION PART 3 — EXECUTION A. Steel windows shall be installed in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's approved recommendations. B. Fire -rated windows shall be installed in compliance with NFPA 80 and NFPA 101. C. Steel surfaces in close proximity with masonry, concrete or dissimilar metals other than stainless Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington _steel, zinc, cadmium, or small areas of white bronze shall be protected from direct contact. D. Fire -rated windows shall be glazed in accordance with NFPA 80. 3.2 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING A. Cleaning 1. Steel window finish and glass shall be cleaned on both sides in accordance with window manufacturer's recommendation. Alkaline or abrasive agents shall not be used. 3.3 GLAZING A. Glazing: Factory glaze windows using UL appproved glazing materials for the specified fire resistance. 3.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate and assemble aluminum windows, allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly. Shop fabricate frame components where possible. B. Miter corners. Provide mortise and tenon joinery with connections set and sealed in epoxy. Make joints and connections flush, hairline and weatherproof. C. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior. D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. E. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and jointing to ensure concealment from view. F. Prepare components with required internal reinforcement for hardware. G. Finish, fabricate and shop assemble aluminum windows under the responsibility of a single manufacturer. END OF SECTION •MA #99 -3480 STEEL WINDOWS 08511 - 3 Parkway Supercenter Tukwila; Washington BEST BUY STORES - Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 December 8, 1999 SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for interior and exterior doors, other than specified in specific door sections. B. Thresholds and weatherstripping for exterior doors. C. Hardware schedule is indicated on the drawings. D. Smoke seals for labeled doors. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames. Section 08210 - Wood Doors. Section 08314 — Sliding Grilles. Section 08331 — Overhead Coiling Doors. Section 08360 - Sectional Overhead Doors. Section 08462 — Sliding Automatic Entrance System: Automatic entrance equipment. Division 16 - Electrical; for: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1. Control circuit wiring and transformers for electric strikes. 2. Control circuit wiring for electric hold -open devices. 3. Power wiring for exit control lock battery eliminators. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ,A. It is intended that the hardware specified herein be complete for its intended use, and operate as a complete system to satisfy governing codes and requirements. B. Hardware shall be as scheduled on the drawings. C. Where items of hardware not definitely or correctly specified are required for completion of the work, a statement of such omission, error, or other discrepancy should be directed to the Architect, prior to the date specified for receipt of proposals, for clarification by addendum; or furnish and include the cost of such items in the type and quantity established by this specification, and appropriate to the service intended. A. ANSI A115 Series - American National Standards Institute: Door and Frame Preparation. B. ANSI A156 Series - American National Standards Institute: Specific hardware items. C. BHMA - Builder's Hardware Manufacturer's Association: Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware. D. NFPA 80 - National Fire Protection Association; Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. E. NFPA 101 - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. F. UL - Underwriter's Laboratory; Building Materials Directory. G. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: Company specializing in the Builder's Hardware Industry, and in continual service for at least five years. B. Furnish products of only one manufacturer for each type of hardware, except where specified in the Hardware Schedule. C. Coordinate with Section 08210 to ensure that wood blocking is being provided at fire rated doors for attachment of surface hardware. It is intended that thru bolting be avoided where possible. D. Pre - Installation Conference: Prior to the installation of hardware, manufacturer's representatives for locksets, closers, and exit devices shall arange and hold a jobsite meeting to instruct the installing contractor's personnel on the proper installation of their respective products. A letter of compliance, indicating when this meeting is held and who is in attendance, shall be sent to the Architect and Owner. 1.6 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming FINISH HARDWARE 08710 - 1 MA #99 -3480 products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish UL listed hardware for all labeled openings, in conformance with requirements for the class of opening scheduled. B. NFPA and UL requirements have precedence over this specification where conflict exists. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Hardware Schedule: Submit 5 copies of itemized vertical type hardware schedule in sequence and format specified: a. List and describe each opening separately; include door number, room designations, degree of swing, and hand. b. List related details; include dimensions, door and frame material, and other conditions not affecting hardware. c. List all hardware items; include manufacturer's name, quantity, product name, catalog number, size, finish, attachments, and related details where applicable. d. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. 2. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive catalog literature and data in brochure form, containing information verifying that products comply with these specifications. 3. Keying Schedule: Submit 5 copies of keying schedule. 4. Templates: Submit templates with a copy of the approved hardware schedule to steel door and frames fabricator and wood door fabricator to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of cut outs and reinforcements for hardware. 5. Samples: Provide samples of each type of hardware if requested by Architect. a. Identify each sample and indicate location of subsequent installation of hardware. 6. Wiring Diagrams: Provide complete wiring diagrams for each opening requiring electrified hardware, except openings where only Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 B. C. 1.10 A. magnetic hold -opens are specified. Provide wiring diagrams at time of hardware delivery to jobsite. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Operation and maintenance data. 1.9 KEYING A. Change key and master key for all locks and lock cylinders as directed by Owner. Keying requirements will be determined by Owner. Deliver master keys to Owner by Registered Mail. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Provide Owner with manufacturer's parts list, maintenance and adjustment instructions, and special tools furnished for each item of hardware supplied 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, PROTECTION AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle under provisions of Section 01600. 1. Deliver hardware to jobsite in manufacturer's original package marked to correspond with the final Hardware Schedule. 2. Provide secure lock -up of hardware delivered to jobsite. Control handling and installation of hardware items, so completion of work will not be delayed by hardware losses. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. B. Provide items as listed in schedule on the drawings or required for proper operation of opening. 2.2 ACOUSTIC SEALS A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Pemko N. Guard HM door bottom fire rated 420A 320A Door jamb adjustable 379 107 08710 - 2 FINISH HARDWARE BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8. 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 2.3 ASTRAGALS A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Reese Pemko N Zero Surface type 964C 18041CP 600 98 Exterior: 87 352CR 158A 383A 2.4 AUTOMATIC OPERATORS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Dor -O -Matic Horton Sr. -Swing 4000 Series B. Provide automatic operators as specified in hardware groups. Provide complete with drop plates, brackets, or adapters for arms as required to suit details. 2.5 BUTT HINGES A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: McK'y Hager Stanley Hvy wgt ball bearing exterior T4A3386. BB1199 FBB199 Std wgt ball bearing exterior TA2314 ... BB 1191 FBB191 T4A3786 . BB 1168 FBB168 Hvy wgt ball bearing Std wgt ball bearing TA2714 ... BB 1279 FBB 179 LCN 4610/4620 Lawrence BB5151A BB4101A BB5151 BB4101 B. Furnish butt hinges for each door leaf as follows: 1. Quantity: a. Two (2) per leaf - openings through 60" high. b. One (1) additional per leaf- each additional 30" in height, or fraction thereof. 2. Weight and type: a. Standard weight, ball - bearing hinge; 1) Interior openings through 36" wide with a door closer. 2) Exterior inswing openings through 36" wide. b. Standard weight, ball - bearing hinge, exterior; 1) Exterior outswing non - public entrance openings. c. Heavyweight, four - ball - bearing hinge; 1) Interior openings over 36" wide. 2) Public vestibule openings at exterior doors. 3) Exterior inswing openings over 36 "wide. d. Heavyweight, four -ball- bearing hinge, exterior; 1) Exterior outswing public entrance openings. 3. Provide non - removable pins (NRP)at all outswinging lockable doors. 4. Size: 2.6 CLOSERS a. 3 -1/2" x 3 -1/2" 1 -3/8" thick doors. b. 4 -1/2" x 4 -1/2" 1 -3/4" thick doors. A. Overhead Surface Closer: Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: LCN Sargent Overhead Surface 4011/4111 250/250 1. Where closers are listed in hardware schedule, furnish exposed overhead type unless other functions /series are listed. 2. Furnish complete with mounting brackets, drop plates and special shoes required by door and frame conditions. 3. Furnish "thru- bolt" attachments for closers specified for fire rated mineral core wood doors which do not have wood blocking for wood screw attachment of closers. Provide wood screw attachments for closers for wood doors specified to have wood blocking at surface hardware attachment points. Coordinate with Section 08210. 4. Provide non -sized door closers adjustable to meet maximum opening force requirements of ADA. 5. Maximum force to operate doors shall not exceed 8.5 pounds for exterior doors and 5 pounds for interior doors. Fire rated doors to be set to minimum operating force to allow positive latching when closed. a. Comply with ADA requirements. B. Furnish stop arm for all doors scheduled for a closer on the "push/stop" side of a door, that swing more than 140 degrees before striking a wall, and for all doors that open against equipment, casework, side - lights, or other objects that would make wall bumpers inappropriate. FINISH HARDWARE 08710 - 3 2.7 COORDINATORS A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Head frame stop type Door Glynn - Ives Contr's Johns Rixson 900 600 COR DCO B. Furnish a coordinator for labeled pairs of doors equipped with automatic flushbolts or vertical rod - mortise lock fire device combinations with astragals. C. Furnish filler bars for total opening width, closer mounting brackets, carry bars, and special preparation for top latches where applicable. 2.8 CYLINDERS AND CORES - PERMANENT A. The Owner will purchase interchangeable Medico Key cores, shipped directly to General Contractor for permanent installation. B. Provide cylinders with standard or special cams as required for proper installation with specified lock to receive Medico cores. C. Provide standard and crush -proof cylinder rings as specified and/or required for proper installation with cylinders. 2.9 CONSTRUCTION CORES - TEMPORARY A. Provide temporary construction cores and keys during construction as required. B. Coordinate with Hardware Supplier for exchange of construction cores with permanent cores at the completion of the project. 2.10 DEADLOCK AND DEADLATCHES A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Adams -Rite: MS 1851 S Series. B. Provide Adams -Rite 4089 exit indicator at all entrance doors, including permanent adhesive header sign, size as specified herein. 1. Provide manufacturer's standard wording at all required exit doors. 2.11 EDGE PROTECTORS A. Acceptable Manufacturer's: BBW, Hager, Hiawatha, or Quality. B. Furnish .050" - 16 gage stock with beveled edges, custom fabricated to match door edge profiles Parkway Supercenter • MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington (bevel or radius) as required, 5/8" x 5/8" x 6" high. Furnish two per leaf for mounting on push side of lock edge of door. Provide stainless steel countersunk screws, minimum two per door edge protector. 2.12 ELECTRIC STRIKES A. Manufacturer's and respective catalog numbers: Folger Adams Von Duprin Single Door.... 712 6211 Double Door 310 -20B 6225 2.13 EXIT CONTROL LOCK A. Manufacturer and respective catalog number: Detex: Detex: 2.14 EXIT DEVICES B. C. ELC -8010 ELC -8030 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Sargent Von Duprin Touch bar 8800 Series 99/33 exit rim device Touch bar conceal 8600 Series 9947/3347 vert. rod device Touch bar /fire 12 -8800 Series 99F/33F exit rim device Furnish exit device series and functions specified in the hardware schedule. Furnish "thru- bolt" attachments for devices specified for fire rated mineral core wood doors not specified to receive wood blocking at hardware mounting locations. Provide wood screw mounting for fire rated mineral core wood doors specified to receive wood blocking at hardware mounting locations. Coordinate with Section 08210. 08710 - 4 FINISH HARDWARE _ BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8. 1999 Tukwila. Washington 2.15 FLUSH BOLTS AND DUSTPROOF 2.19 STRIKES A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Glynn - Ives Johnson Quality Manual flush bolt 458 FB6 1358 Lockable dust-proof strike 488 DP -1 1226 Non -lock dust -proof strike 489 DP -1 Auto flush bolt metal door 559 FB7 Auto flush bolt wood door 556 FB8 B. Non - labelled openings: Furnish two (2) manual flush bolts for the inactive leaf of pairs of locked or latched doors. Locate centerline of the top bolt not more than 78" from the finished floor. Furnish lockable dustproof strike for the bottom bolt. C. Labeled openings: Furnish automatic bolt set or for inactive leaf of pairs of doors; furnish non - lockable, dustproof strike for bottom bolt. 2.16 FRAME DRIP CAPS A. Mill aluminum drip cap continuous over full width of door frame head. B. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: 1. Hager 770S 2. NGP 17D 3. Pemko 345A 4. Reese R199A 2.17 HASPS A. Manufacturer and respective catalog numbers: Double hinge type Stanley #925 2.18 KEY CABINETS A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Telkee Lund Key Control Surface mtd RWC- 1200- M228- AWC 1205AA 2480 B. Furnish key cabinet with a capacity of 1.5 times the number of door locks; prepare the numerical, alphabetical and key change index record book, tag all keys, and place permanent file keys in the cabinet numerically. A. 2.20 A. Manufacturer and respective catalog numbers, no substitutions: B. 2.21 LOCK GUARD Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Ives Glynn- Johnson Standard Lock Guard 180 LP2 LOCKS, MORTISE LOCKS/LATCHSETS Schlage Heavy duty mortise lever L Series Heavy duty cylindrical lever D- Series MA #99 -3480 Furnish lock types and functions specified in the hardware schedule, with the following provisions: 1. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard 6 -pin. 2. Backsets: 2-3/4". 3.' Strikes: a. Wrought box type for the inactive leaf of pairs of wood doors, or wood frames. b. ANSI A115.2 type for hollow metal doors and frames. c. Lip strength sufficient to protect trim, frame or inactive leaf. 4. Furnish knurled lever handles on doors into stairs other than exit stairs, loading platforms, stages, electrical rooms, boiler rooms, and other hazardous locations. PADLOCKS A. Manufacturer and respective catalog numbers: Medeco Brass, 3/8" shackle 50- 08101 -04 2.22 PULLS AND PUSH PLATES/BARS A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Quality Hager Hiawatha 1" dia vert pull 163 -10 "CC 4J 536B 1" dia vert offset .. 163 -10 "CC 12J 658A pull 3/4" dia vert pull... 161 -8 "CC 3G 523A 8 "x16" push plt 40- 8x16.. 30S -8x16 200K 4"x16" push plt 40-4x16 .. 30S-4x16 200F 1" dia horz push 473 LBP 130S.... 1081 LBP Push/pull 2380 120L 1457 FINISH HARDWARE 08710 - 5 MA #99 -3480 B. Where pulls, push plates, push bars or push -pulls are listed in the hardware schedule, furnish: 1. Pull (1" vertical): Exterior doors and public vestibule doors at exterior entrances. 2. Pull (3/4" vertical): Interior doors. 3. Push plate (8 x 16): Flush doors. 4. Push plate (4 x 16): Doors with 6" stiles. 2.23 PULLS A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Hiawatha Quality Ives Flush Cup ...1459 1459 227 Cylinder.... D- 251...2382 Edge -- 230 2.24 A. PROTECTIVE PLATES Acceptable Manufacturer's: Hager, Hiawatha, or Quality. B. Where protective plates are specified, furnish 16 gage, 0.050 "plates with 3 bevelled edges, and the following dimensions: C. D. Width: 1. Single doors - door width less 2 ". 2. Pairs of doors - door width less 1". Height: 1. Kickplates - 10 ", unless indicated otherwise. 2. Armor plates - 36 ", unless indicated otherwise. 2.25 SECURITY THRU DOOR VIEWER A. Ives and respective catalog numbers: 1. Non -rated type: 698 2. Fire -rated type: U696 2.26 SMOKE GASKETS A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: National Reese Pemko Guard Self- adhesive 797 S88D 5050 polyprene Parkway Tukwila, B. Furnish head and jamb smoke gaskets for all rated and labeled doors. Supercenter Washington 2.27 SOUND CONTROL DEVICES BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 A. Manufacturer's and respective catalog numbers: National Reese Pemko Guard Jamb and Head 770 319CN 150 Strip Gasket Adj. door bottom320 412CN 222 with threshold Adj. door bottom330 4301CR 420 no threshold 2.28 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Wall Stops: Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Convex Concave Extended Glynn - Johnson Ives Quality 50W 406 W302 60W 406 -1/2 W307 WB11X 443 417ES 1. Furnish convex or concave type wall stop, as applicable, for each door leaf except where extended or overhead stops/holders are scheduled. 2. Where wall stops are not applicable, furnish overhead stops or "cushion" feature closer as specified within this Section. B. Overhead Type: Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Bronze surf mounted int Steel surf mounted int Concealed overhead 1. Glynn - Rixson- Johnson Firemark GJ450 33 GJ450 55 GJ100...1- 131/531 Furnish overhead stops for all doors equipped with regular arm surface type closers and doors without closers that swing more than I40 degrees before striking a wall, and for all doors that open against equipment, casework, side - lights, or other objects that would make wall bumpers inappropriate. 2. Furnish sex bolt attachments for mineral core door application. 3, Furnish concealed overhead stops except at fire rated doors and as otherwise scheduled. 08710 - 6 FINISH HARDWARE BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 C. Floor type: Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: Glynn - Johnson Ives Quality Dome type FB 13 436 331 w/o threshold Dome type FB17 438 431 w /threshold Dome type FB 14 436x 331x w /carpet riser 435 332 Floor stop F2OX 451 418ES w/holder 2.29 THRESHOLDS A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: National Reese Pemko Guard Zero 5 "x 1/2" S205A 171A 425A 655 saddle 5 "x 1/2" S245A 229A 325 1675 Half saddle 5 "x 1/2" 483 203AV 896 - - -- Panic B. Where thresholds are scheduled, furnish saddle type, unless otherwise indicated. 2.30 SWEEPS A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: National Reese Pemko Guard Zero Alum/ 323 315 -N 200 -N 39 neoprene 2.31 WEATHERSTRIPS A. Manufacturers and respective catalog numbers: National Reese Pemko Guard Zero Alum/ DS78....315 -R 130 -N 139 neoprene Poly /vinyl 755 2.32 TRIM PROTECTOR BAR A. Trim Protector Bar: Rockwood Manufacturing Company, RI 11LPB or R112LPB, 3 -1/4" projection x 12" long fabricated from 3/8" x 1 -1/2" stainless steel bar. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 • 2.33 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS , A. Furnish all necessary hardware accessories such as wood or machine screws, bolts, nuts, anchors, toggle bolts, and other fasteners, each of the type, size, material and finish for its intended purpose, and each according to the material to which the hardware is being applied. 2.34 FINISH AND BASE METALS A. Except where indicated differently in the hardware schedule, finishes over base metals shall be as follows: Item Finish Base Metal 1. Butt Hinges - Ext US26D Brass/Bronze 2. Butt Hinges- Int US26D Steel 3. Flush Bolts US26D Brass/Bronze 4. Exit Devices US26D Brass/Bronze 5. Locks US26D Brass/Bronze 6. Push/pulls /plates/bars US32D Brass/Bronze 7. Coordinators USP Steel 8. Closers Alum Sprayed Cast Iron 9. Protective Plates US32D ....Stainless Steel 10. Overhead Stops US26D BrassBronze/Stl 11. Wallstops & Holders US26D Brass/Bronze 12. Magnetic Holders US27 Aluminum 13. Weather -strips Clear Anod/Alum 14. Sweep Strips Clear Anod/Alum 15. Miscellaneous US26D Brass/Bronze PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's and UL recommendations, using proper templates. B. Maintain BHMA mounting locations for hardware. C. Mortise and cut to close tolerance and conceal evidence of cutting in the finished work. D. Remove, cover or protect hardware after fitting until paint or other finish is applied; permanently install hardware after finishing operations are complete. E. Install closers on the room side of corridor doors, and on the stair side of stairway doors. F. Install WB 11 X and WB2OX type, and magnetic holders to strike near top of doors, but not more than 78" from finished floor. G. Install wall stops convex and concave to engage knobs, levers and pulls. FINISH HARDWARE 08710 - 7 MA #99 .2` ` ADJUST'AND CLEAN Prior to Substantial Completion, adjust and test all hardware for function and performance, and leave in good operating condition: Clean all hardware to restore original finish. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila; Washington • 08710.8 FINISH HARDWARE is 1 1 r L L L i l t i BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 SECTION 08800 - GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass and glazing for aluminum entrances and storefronts. B. Glazed interior walls C. Wood doors, hollow metal doors and sidelites. D. Sliding window track assembly. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Sealant and back -up materials. B. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames: Glazing accessories. C. Section 08210 - Wood Doors: Glazing accessories. D. Section 08410 — Aluminum Entrance and Storefronts. E. Section 08462 — Sliding Automatic Entrancy System: Glazing accessories. F. Section 08920 - Aluminum Curtain Wall Sytems: Glazing accessories. G. Section 10800 - Toilet and Bath Accessories: Framed Mirrors. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. B. ASTM C1036 - Specification for Flat Glass. C. ASTM C1048 - Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass -Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. D. ASTM E773 - Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. E. ASTM E774 - Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units. F. CPSC 16CFR -1201 - Consumer Product Safety Commission, Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials. G. FS DD -M -411 - Mirrors, Plate Glass, Framed and Unframed. GLAZING H. Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) Glazing Manual. 1. Insulated Glass Certification Council (IGCC). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with safety glazing requirements of ASTM Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR1201. B. Conform to Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) Glazing Manual for glazing installation methods. C. Provide insulating glass units permanently marked with certification label of Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) indicating compliance with Class CBA. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit for sliding window track assembly. 2. Product Data: a. Glass Units: Provide product data indicating compliance with specified requirements. Include information on size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. b. Glazing Sealant: Provide data on glazing sealant. Identify colors available. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01400: 1. Manufacturer's Certificate: Submit sealed glass unit manufacturer's certificate indicating units meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700. 1. Warranty: As specified in this Section. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Insulating Glass: Provide written ten year manufacturer's warranty, including coverage of sealed glass units from seal failure due to manufacturing defects, as evidenced by interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. 08800 - 1 _ MA #99 -3480 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FABRICATED GLASS PRODUCTS A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. PART 2- PRODUCTS Cardinal IG. Falconer Glass Industries. Guardian Industries Corp. Hordis Brothers, Inc. Libbey -Owens -Ford Co. PPG Industries Inc. Tempglass. Viracon, Inc. 2.2 GLASS MATERIALS A. GL-1: Clear Tempered Insulated Glass Units; IGCC Class CBA when tested according to ASTM E773 and E774; dual sealed unit with primary polyisobutylene seal, secondary silicone seal. Provide outer and inner lites of 1/4" thick clear glass conforming to ASTM C1048 Type I, Class I, q3, Kind FT, horizontally tempered; and a 1/2" airspace; total unit thickness of 1". B. GL-2: Tempered Clear Float Glass; ASTM C1048 Type I, Class 1, q3, Kind FT, horizontally tempered; 1/4" thick. C. GL-3: Clear Insulated Glass Units; IGCC Class CBA when tested according to ASTM E773 and E774; dual sealed unit with primary polyisobutylene seal, secondary silicone seal. Provide outer and inner lites of 1/4" thick clear glass conforming to ASTM C1036 Type I, Class 1, q3; and a 1/2" airspace; total unit thickness of 1". D. GL-4: Wire Glass; ASTM C1036; Type II, Class 1, Form 1, q8 quality, m2 square mesh, 1/4 "thick. E. GL-5: Clear Float Glass; ASTM C 1036, Type 1, Class 1, q3 quality; 1/4" thick. 2.3 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Silicone Glazing Sealant (SLNT -7): Specified in Section 07900. B. Setting Blocks: Neoprene; 80 -90 Shore A durometer hardness. C. Edge Blocks /Shims: Neoprene; 60 -70 Shore A durometer hardness. D. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl compound coiled on release paper; properly sized for application; black/bronze color. Tremco, 440 Tape. E. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. 08800 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready for work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS A. Glaze aluminum entrances and storefronts in accordance with manufacturer's glazing instructions. 3.3 SLIDING WINDOW TRACK ASSEMBLY A. Install and glaze sliding window track assembly according to manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings. 3.4 INTERIOR DRY METHOD (TAPE AND TAPE) A. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16" above sightline. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points. C. Rest glass on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane. D. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of pane in same manner described above. E. F. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. Knife trim protruding tape. 3.5 CLEANING A. After installation, mark pane with an "X" by using plastic tape or removable paste. B. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. C. Remove labels after work is completed. END OF SECTION GLAZING t a t y • BEST-BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 08920 - GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL 1.1 A. PART 1— GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Aluminum curtainwall framing. B. Anchors, brackets, attachments, and cap flashing as indicated. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and back -up materials. B. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Store front framing system. C. Section 08462 - Sliding Automatic Entrance System: Aluminum entrances and operating hardware. D. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing. E. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board Systems: Metal stud and gypsum board sheathing at interior of curtain wall system. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Aluminum Association. B. AAMA (American Architectural Manufacturers' Association) - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. C. AAMA - Aluminum Curtain Wall Design Guide Manual. D. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum. E. ASTM B221 - Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube. F. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors. G. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. H. ASTM E331 - Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 1. 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. 1.5 PERFORMANCE A. B. C. D. E. F. G. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. MA #99 -3480 National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. Prepare design drawings and calculations under seal of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in the State of Minnesota and fully experienced in the design of curtainwall framing systems. Full design and detail structural connections of curtainwall system to building. Consult with building structural engineer before transferring any loads back to building structure. System to provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by a cycling temperature range of 170 F deg. without causing detrimental effects to system or components. Design and size members to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by pressure and suction of wind to a design pressure of 301b /sq ft as measured in accordance with ASTM E330. Limit mullion deflection to 1/175, with a maximum deflection of 3/4 ", or flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials, whichever is less. Where a gypsum board surface is subject to bending, limit deflection to L/360. Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to exterior. Limit air infiltration through curtainwall framing assembly to 6.24 psf, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 0.3 inches water gage as measured in accordance with ASTM E283. System shall demonstrate no water penetration at a test pressure of 10.00 psf as measured in accordance with ASTM E331. GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL 08920 - 1 MA #99 -3480 H. System to accommodate, without damage to system or components, or deterioration of perimeter seal: Movement within system; movement between system and perimeter framing components; dynamic loading and release of loads; and deflection of structural support framing. I. Condensation Resistance Factor: CRF of 55 for Glass and 77 at frame or greater when tested in according to AAMA 1502.7. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit under provisions of Section 01300: B. Calculations: Submit design calculations as specified under System Description Article. C. Shop Drawings: Prepared curtainwall framing manufacturer; including elevations, system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, anticipated deflection under load, affected related Work, weep drainage network, expansion and contraction joint location and details, and field welding required. D. Samples: Submit samples of anodized aluminum finish for final color approval.. E. Installation Data: Special installation requirements. F. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: G. Warranty: As specified in this Section. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. Maintain one copy on site. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years experience and approved by manufacturer. C. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State where project is located. 1.8 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETING A. Convene a pre - installation conference under provisions of Section 01200 one week prior to commencing work of this Section. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 B. Attendance required of Contractor, system installer, and parties directly affecting work of this Section. C. Review conditions of installation, installation procedures and coordination required with Related Work. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, handle, store, and protect system components under provisions of Section 01600. B. Provide wrapping to protect prefinished aluminum surfaces. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide ten (10) year manufacturer's warranty to cover complete system for failure to meet specified requirements. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 CURTA1NWALL FRAMING SYSTEM A. Curtainwall Framing: Aluminum extrusions conforming to ASTM B221, alloy 6060 -T5; thermally broken, pressure plate type curtainwall system framing system to accept 1" insulated glazing: B. Member profiles: 1. Horizontal members: 2 -1/2" face x 8" deep 2. Vertical members: 2 -1/2" face x 8" deep. C. Acceptable Manufacturers and system: 1. Kawneer Company, Inc., 2250 L -R Wall System. (Specified System). 2. U.S. Aluminum Corporation. 3. C.M.I. Architectural Products. D. Flashings: 1/8 inch thick aluminum finish to match curtain wall mullion sections where exposed, secured with concealed fastening method. 2.2 FINISHES A. High Performance Pigmented Organic Coating: Custom Color: Per Section 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts. 2.3 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glazing Materials: As specified in Section 08800. 2.4 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Sealant and Backing Materials: As specified in Section 07900. 2.5 ACCESSORIES 08920 - 2 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL 2 1 r L L i i I BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 A. Fasteners: Aluminum or non - magnetic stainless steel, warranted by manufacturer to be non - corrosive and compatible with aluminum components. Avoid use of exposed fasteners. Provide matching Phillips flat -head screws for exposed fasteners. B. Glazing Accessories: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric glazing gaskets and setting blocks designed specifically for specified system. C. Cap /Sill Flashings: Aluminum, anodized finish to match curtainwall mullion sections where exposed, secured with concealed fastening method. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Fabricate curtainwall frames allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly. Shop fabricate frame components where possible. B. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners with internal reinforcement. Make joints and connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof. C. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior. D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. E. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and jointing to ensure concealment from view. F. Prepare components with required internal reinforcement for door hardware. G. Finish, fabricate and shop assemble curtainwall under the responsibility of single manufacturer. 3.1 INSPECTION PART 3 — EXECUTION A. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this Section, B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install curtainwall frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, or more stringent requirements indicated. B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. 3.3 A. B. MA #99 -3480 C. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. Install aluminum infill panels in curtainwall framing similar to glazing. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. Coordinate installation of fire stop at each floor slab edge. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air barrier and vapor retarder materials. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. Install glass in accordance with Section 08800, using dry method of glazing. Install perimeter sealant and backing materials, in accordance with Section 07900. Install hardware in accordance with Section 08710. Adjust operating hardware. CLEANING Remove protective material from prefinished aluminum surfaces. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. C. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. END OF SECTION GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL 08920 - 3 4 Li • . division 9 finishes BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS F. ASTM C645 - Non -Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring PART 1 - GENERAL Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES G. ASTM C754 - Installation of Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard, A. Metal non -load bearing stud wall framing. Backing Board, or Water Resistant Backing Board. B. Metal channel ceiling framing. H. ASTM C840 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. C. Suspended gypsum board system. I. ASTM C1002 - Steel Screws for the Application D. Gypsum board and accessories. of Gypsum Board. E. Gypsum sheathing and building paper. J. ASTM D226 - Asphalt - Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. F. Glass mat gypsum sheathing for use under EIFS. K. GA -201 - Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. G. Taped and sanded joint treatment. L. GA -216 - Recommended Specifications for the H. Soffit Vents Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 1.2 PRODUCTS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE (BUT SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS) A. Applicator: Company specializing in gypsum board systems work with 3 years documented A. Section 06200 — Finish Caprentry: Soffit vents. experience. B. Section 07200 - Insulation: Acoustical and Thermal Insulation. C. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Acoustical Sealant. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing: Load bearing framing systems. B. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and framing. C. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames. D. Section 08305 - Access Doors: Metal access panels. E. Section 09900 - Painting: Surface finish. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM A641 - Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. B. ASTM C36 - Gypsum Wallboard. C. ASTM C79 - Gypsum Sheathing Board. D. ASTM C475 - Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. E. ASTM C630 - Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 1.6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Determine the gauge of studs according to stud manufacturer's printed literature. Limit stud deflection to L/240. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate on Shop Drawings, elevations indicating control joint layout and blocking, special details associated with ' acoustic seals. 2. Product Data: a. Metal Framing: Provide product data on metal framing specifically indicating stud gauges to be used for required stud heights to achieve specified deflection. b. Gypsum Board Materials: Provide product data on gypsum board, joint treatment materials. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and protect products at the site under provisions of Section 01600. 09250 - 1 . MA #99 -3480 B. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name, applicable standard designation, and name of manufacturer. C. Store materials under cover and keep them dry and protected from damage. Stack gypsum board flat to prevent sagging. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Establish and maintain environmental conditions for application and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C840. 1. No finishing shall be started until the interior temperature has been maintained at a minimum of 50 deg. F. for a period of at least 48 hours before thereafter until the permanent heating system is completely operational. 2. Provide adequate ventilation to eliminate excessive moisture. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FRAMING MATERIALS A. Metal Studs and Tracks: ASTM C645; non -load bearing, galvanized sheet steel, "C" shape, punched for utility access, 25 gage unless otherwise required to comply with specified deflection. 09250 - 2 1. Dale Industries, Inc., DWS Drywall Studs. 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Gold Bond Screw Studs. 3. Universal Industries, Unimast (USG), CS Channel Stud. B. Metal Furring Channels: ASTM C645, 25 gage minimum, galvanized steel, hat - shaped, 7/8" or size as indicated on Drawings. 1. Dale Industries, Inc., DWC Drywall Furring Channel. 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Screw Furring Channel. 3. Universal Industries, Unimast (USG), Metal Furring Channel. C. Z- Furring Channels: ASTM C645, 25 gage minimum, galvanized steel, Z- shaped, 1 -1/2" deep or as indicated. 1. Dale Industries, Inc., Z- Furring Channel(ZFC). 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Z- Furring Channel. 3. United States Gypsum, USG Z- Furring Channel. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 D. Metal Suspended Ceiling Main Runners: Cold rolled, 16 gauge steel channels with rust inhibitive painted finish, 1 -1/2 ". 1. Dale Industries, Inc., CRC Cold Rolled Channel. 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Cold Rolled Steel Channel. 3. Universal Industries, Unimast (USG), Cold Rolled Channel. 2.2 SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING SYSTEM A. Non -Fire Rated Double Web Direct Hung Drywall System: Including hanger wires, furring runners, furring tees, and cross tees. 1. Chicago Metallic, 640 Furring System. 2. National Rolling Mills, DFR 8000 Drywall Furring System. B. Fire Rated Double Web Direct Hung Drywall System: Including hanger wires, furring runners, furring tees, and cross tees. 1. Chicago Metallic, 650 Furring System. 2. National Rolling Mills, DFR 8000 Drywall Furring System. 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Standard Gypsum Board: ASTM C36; 5/8" thick unless indicated otherwise, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and rounded edges. 1. Georgia - Pacific, G -P Gypsum Board (RE). 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Sta- Smooth Gypsum Wallboard. 3. United States Gypsum, Sheetrock SW Edge Gypsum Panels. B. Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ASTM C36; Type X, UL rated fire resistant type; 5/8" thick unless indicated otherwise, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and rounded edges. 1. Georgia - Pacific, G -P Firestop (RE). 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Fire Shield Wallboard, Sta- Smooth. 3. United States Gypsum, Sheetrock Firecode "C" Core SW Edge Gypsum Panels. C. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C630; 5/8" thick unless indicated otherwise, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. 1. Gold Bond Building Products, MR Board. 2. United States Gypsum, Sheetrock WR Gypsum Panels. GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS BEST STORES December 8, 1999 D. Moisture Resistant Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ASTM C630, Type X, UL rated fire resistant type; 5/8" thick unless indicated otherwise, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and rounded edges. 1. Georgia - Pacific, G -P Firestop Tile Backer Board. 2. Gold Bond Building Products, MR Fire Shield Board. 3. United States Gypsum, Sheetrock WR Firecode "C" Gypsum Panels. E. Exterior Gypsum Ceiling Board: Standard type, 5/8" thick, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered and beveled edges. 1. Gold Bond Building Products, Soffit Board. 2. United States Gypsum, Exterior Gypsum Ceiling Board. 2.4 GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD A. Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C79; moisture resistant type, 5/8" thick; water repellent paper faces. 1. Georgia Pacific, G -P Gypsum Sheathing. 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Gypsum Sheathing. 3. United States Gypsum, USG Gypsum Sheathing. B. General Use: Provide standard gypsum sheathing board at exterior locations calling for gypsum sheathing except areas that have EIFS. At areas with E1FS provide glass mat faced gypsum sheathing specified below. 2.5 GLASS MAT FACED GYPSUM SHEATHING A. General: Sheathing for all areas to receive EJFS are to have glass mat faced gypsum sheathing, 1/2" material for 16" or less spacing o.c. and 5/8" material for greater than 16" o.c. spacing, with the following attributes: 1. Core: Silicone - treated water resistant gypsum. 2. Facing: inorganic glass mat with alkali - resistant coating. 3. Compliance: ASTM C1177. B. Manufacturer's and Products: I. G -P Gypsum Corporation, a subsidiary of Georgia - Pacific Corporation, type 'Dens-Glass Gold'. 2. Comparable products by other manufacturer's that meet or exceed the properties of the specified product, and are reviewed and approved by the Architect. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 2.6 JOINT MATERIALS 2.7 ACCESSORIES B. Control Joints: MA #99 -3480 A. Regular and Fire Rated Interior Gypsum Board Joint Material: Ready mixed, drying type, vinyl based joint material conforming to ASTM C475. 1. Georgia - Pacific, G -P Bedding Compound with G -P Tape, G -P Topping Compound. 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Sta- Smooth Joint Compound with Q -W Tape, Topping Compound. 3. United States Gypsum, Ready -Mixed Joint Compound- Tapping with Perf -A -Tape, Ready -Mixed Joint Compound- Topping. B. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board Joint Material: Factory prepackaged, job mixed, chemical hardening type joint material conforming to ASTM C475. 1. Georgia - Pacific, G -P Speed Set 90 with G -P Tape. 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Sta- Smooth 90 Joint Compound with Q -W Tape. 3. United States Gypsum, Sheetrock Brand Durabond 90 Joint Compound with Perf -A -Tape. C. Exterior Gypsum Ceiling Board: 1. United States Gypsum, Durabond Joint Compound. A. Corner Beads: ASTM C1047, Cornerbead, galvanized steel corner bead with 1 -1/4" perforated legs. 1. Clinch -On Products, Cornerbead. 2. Gold Bond Building Products, Wall Board Corner Bead. 3. United States Gypsum, Dur -A -Bead No. 103. 1. Gold Bond Building Products, E -Z Strip. 2. United States Gypsum, Control Joint No. 93. C. Edge Trim: ASTM C1047, LC Bead, galvanized steel "J "- shaped channel. 1. Clinch -On Products, Inc., U -Bead. 2. Gold Bond Building Products, No. 100 Wallboard Casing. 3. United States Gypsum, 200 -A Metal Trim. D. Plastic Corner Beads: High impact PVC plastic corner beads conforming to ASTM D3678. GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 09250 - 3 MA #99 -3480 1. Plastic Components, VinylTech No. 209 Corner Bead with 1 -1/4" legs. E. Laminating Adhesive: Joint compound specifically recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for laminating gypsum board. F. Screws: ASTM C1002. G. Hanger Wire: ASTM A641, soft, Class 1 galvanized. H. Building Paper: ASTM D226, 151b. asphalt felt. I. Sound Attenuation Insulation: Specified in Section 07200. J. Acoustical Sealant: Specified in Section 07900. K. Exterior Soffit Vents: Provide continuous strip type, approx. 3" wide or as indicated, rolled - formed 0.19" aluminum; punched ventilation slots, 8 x 8 aluminum wire mesh insect screen. Prefinished with thermoset acrylic enamel paint. L. Continous side wall vent: Provide continous side wall vent at back side of entry wedge, approximately 4" high x full length of wedge Model WP238 as manufactured by Reliable Products, Hart & Cooley, Inc., Geneva, AL, 800.624.3914, or equal. 3.1 INSPECTION PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on Drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 METAL FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Install framing in accordance with ASTM C754 and stud manufacturer's printed installation instructions where more stringent requirements are specified. B. Metal stud spacing: 16" on center, unless otherwise indicated. C. Isolate framing system from transfer of structural loading to system, both horizontally and vertically. D. Provide slip or cushioned type joint to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. E. Do not bridge building expansion joints with support system. Frame both sides of joint. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila. Washington December 8. 1999 F. Door Opening Framing: Install double studs at door frame jambs. Install stud tracks on each side of opening, at frame head height, and between studs and adjacent studs. G. Blocking: Bolt or screw wood blocking to studs. Wood blocking is required for support of plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions, wall cabinets, toilet accessories, items of finish hardware including wall mounted door stops, and other locations as indicated. H. Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical and mechanical work placed in or behind partition framing. I. Where partition is to receive gypsum board on only one side, provide horizontal strap bracing at 4' -0" o.c. vertical per manufacturer's recommendations. J. Adjacent Tenant Demising Wall Assemble: Provide a staggered 6" 20 gauge metal stud partition, face of studs spaced 8" apart, studs in each row space 12" o.c. Fasten 6" x 6" x 6 gauge Welded wire mesh to each outside face of metal studs and covere with 5/8" type X gyspum board. Fill cavity with 6 "unfaced sound batt insulations for floor to underside of roof deck where indicated. 3.3 WALL FURRING INSTALLATION A. Erect wall furring for direct attachment to concrete block and concrete walls. B. Erect furring channels vertically. Space furring channels maximum 16" on center, or as otherwise indicated on Drawings. Secure in place on alternate channel flanges at maximum 24" on center. C. D. Where metal studs are used as furring members, secure stud to wall using metal clips spaced a maximum of 24" oc. 3.4 CEILING FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with ASTM C754. B. Space main runners 4' -0" oc maximum. C. Space hangers 4' -0" oc maximum along main runners. Coordinate location of hangers with other work. D. Level main runners to a tolerance of 1/4" in 12' -0 ", measured both lengthwise on each runner and transversely between parallel runners. 09250 - 4 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila. Washington E. Install ceiling framing independent of walls, columns, and above - ceiling work. F. Reinforce openings in ceiling suspension system which interrupt main carrying channels or furring channels, with lateral channel bracing. Extend bracing minimum 24" past each end of openings. G. Laterally brace entire suspension system. 3.5 ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Place acoustical insulation in partitions tight within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. B. Install acoustical sealant within partitions in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install gypsum board in accordance with GA 201 and GA 216. B. Erect single layer standard gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends or edges occurring over firm bearing. C. Erect single layer fire rated gypsum board vertically, with edges or ends occurring over firm bearing. D. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing. Drive screws to provide screw head penetration without breaking the surface paper or stripping the member around the screw shank. E. Double Layer Applications: 1. Secure second layer to first with laminating adhesive and sufficient mechanical support to hold in place. Apply laminating adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. F. Erect exterior gypsum ceiling board perpendicular to supports, with staggered end joints over supports. G. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board: 1. Provide moisture resistant gypsum board at the following areas, and as otherwise indicated on the Drawings: a. Walls scheduled to receive tile. b. Walls adjacent to mop receptors and utility sinks. MA #99 -3480 2. Treat cut edges, holes, and fasteners in moisture resistant gypsum board and exterior gypsum ceiling board with sealer recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. 3. Apply water- resistant gypsum board with the factory finished edge spaced a minimum of 1/4" above the lip of receptor pans, or mop basin. Place control joints 30' -0" oc maximum, consistent with lines of building spaces or as indicated on Shop Drawings. Do not bridge building expansion joints with gypsum board. Install expansion joints as required. J. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abutts dissimilar materials. 3.7 JOINT TREATMENT A. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes in accordance with GA -216 and joint compound manufacturer's instructions. B. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 ". C. Tape surfaces behind adhesive applied ceramic tile using specified joint compound. Final finishing is not required on joints behind ceramic tile. D. Tape and finish exterior gypsum ceiling board with specified joint compound in accordance with GA -216 and joint compound manufacturer's instructions. 3.8 EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Screw attach gypsum sheathing to framing using cadmium- plated fasteners. Provide size and spacing as recommended by sheathing manufacturer. B. Apply sealant at sheathing perimeter and at interface with other materials. C. Install a shingled layer of building paper horizontally with 6" edge and end lap. Fasten with corrosion- resistant staples or screws. Coordinate installation of building paper with masonry wall flashing to insure overlap of building paper on flashing material. 3.9 GLASS MAT FACED GYPSUM SHEATHING (AT EIFS ) GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 09250 - 5 MA #99-34i6 A. Screw attach gypsum sheathing to framing using fasteners approved by the EIFS manufacturer. Provide size and spacing as recommended by sheathing manufacturer. Seal joints of sheathing as recommended by EIFS manufacturer. 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8" in 10 feet in any direction, non-cumulative. 4" 09250 - 6 1-5/8" PART 4- SCHEDULES 4.1 •STUD GAUGE/LIMITING HEIGHT SCHEDULE A. Table below is based on Universal Industries, Unimast (USG)Corporation's limiting height tables for studs 16" oc. (System Folder SA-923 - 1990 edition), requirement for 5 psf lateral pressure and 1/240 allowable deflection for flexible finishes, with 1 layer of gypsum board per side of stud. B. Adjust gauge and maximum height for other acceptable manufacturers to conform to manufacturer's current printed specifications. Stud Stud Stud Maximum Type Gauge Spacing Height 158ST25 25 16" 158ST25 25 24" 2-1/2" 212ST25 25 16" 212ST25 25 24" 212ST22 22 16" 212ST22 22 24" 212ST20 20 16" 212ST20 20 24" 3-5/8" 35851'25 25 16" 358ST25 25 24" 358ST22 22 16" 358ST22 22 24" 358ST20 20 16" 358ST20 20 24" 400ST25 25 16" 400ST25 25 24" 400ST22 22 16 400ST22 22 24" 9'-6" 7 12'-6" 10'-9" 13'-0" 1 1 '-6" 14'-0" 12'-3" 16'-0" 13'-6" 17'-3" 15'-0" 18'-3" 16'-0" 14'-3" 18'-6" 16'-3" • • Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 400ST20. 20 16 400ST20 20 • 24" 6" 600ST25 25 600ST25 25 - 600ST22 22 600ST22 22 600ST20 20 600ST20 20 16" 24" 16" 24" '16" 24" END OF SECTION BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 19'-6" 17'-3" • 20'-0" 15'-0" 25'-3" 22'-0" 26'-6" 23'-3" GYPSUM BOARD. SYSTEMS LI BEST BUY STORES is r i a. L 1_ L 1 December 8, 1999 SECTION 09300 - TILE 1.3 REFERENCES PART l - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ceramic tile walls and base, installed using thinset method, with grouted joints. B. Ceramic tile floor, installed using the thinset method, with grouted joints. C. Marble thresholds. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 — Joint Sealers: Expansion/contraction and control joint sealants and back -up materials. A. ANSI/TCA A108.4 - Ceramic Tile Installed with Water - Resistant Organic Adhesives. B. ANSI/TCA A108.5 - Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar. C. ANSI /TCA Al 18.4 - Latex - Portland Cement Mortar. D. ANSI/TCA A136.1 - Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile. E. ANSI /TCA 137.1 - Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. F. ASTM C1028 - Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull - Meter Method. G. TCA (Tile Council of America) - Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. H. ASTM C1028 - Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces I. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings indicating tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials, thresholds, and setting details. 2. Product Data. MA #99 -3480 3. Installation Instructions: Submit for adhesives and grouts. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01400: 1. Certificates of Compliance: Submit Certificate of Compliance signed by manufacturer indicating that materials supplied conform to ANSI A137.1. 2. Master Grade Certificate: Submit Master Grade Certificate for each shipment and type of tile signed by manufacturer and installer. 3. Slip Resistance: Submit a text report prepared by an independent testing agency for each floor tile specified indicating that floor tile demonstrates a coefficient of friction of 0.6 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1028. C. Maintenance Data: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Maintenance Data: Include cleaning methods, recommended cleaning solutions, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes recommended. 1.5 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. TILE 09300 - 1 MA #99 -3480 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ANSI - American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile. B. Conform to ANSI/TCA 137.1. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. 1. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain minimum 50 deg. F during installation of ceramic tile. 2.1 GENERAL PART 2- PRODUCTS A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the recommendations of ADAAG for slip resistance using ASTM C1028 as follows: 1. Accessible Routes (as defined by ADAAG): 0.6 static coefficient of friction 2. Ramps (as defined by ADAAG): 0.8 static coefficient of friction 2.2 INTERIOR FLOOR TILES A. (CT -1) Unglazed Porcelain Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Dal -Tile Corporation , Dal -tile #DK -147, 2" x 2 ", 1/4" thick with all purpose edge, color "Buffstone Range ". 2.3 INTERIOR WALL TILES A. (CT -2) Wall Tile Field and Coved Base: Dal -Tile Corporation , Dal -Tile #X -735, 4 -1/4" x 4 -1/4" nominal size, 5/16" thick with cushion edge. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard selection. I. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match adjoining flat tile as follows: a. Base: Coved. b. Wainscot Cap: Surface bullnose. c. Exterior Corners: Surface bullnose. d. Internal Corners: Field butted square corners. B. (CT -3) Wall Tile Accent Stripe: Dal -Tile Corporation , Dal -Tile #K -162, 4 -1/4" x 4 -1/4" Parkway Supercenter . BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8. 1999 nominal size, 5/16" thick with cushion edge. Color "Teal ". 1. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match adjoining flat tile as follows: a. Exterior Corners: Surface bullnose. b. Internal Corners: Field butted square corners. 2.4 . SETTING MATERIALS A. Latex - Portland Cement Mortar (Walls): ANSI A118.4. 1. Bostik Construction Products, Tile -Mate 710 with Hydroment Multi- Purpose Acrylic Additive. 2. Custom Building Products, Thin Set Mortar with Custom Acrylic Mortar Admix. 3. H.B. Fuller Company, Full Set Plus with Acrylbond latex additive. 4. Laticrete International, Dry Bond Floor 'N Wall with Laticrete 4237 Latex Additive. B. Latex - Portland Cement Mortar (Floors): ANSI A118.4. 1. Bostik Construction Products, Tile -Mate 971 with Hydroment Multi- Purpose additive. 2. Custom Building Products, Thin Set Mortar with Custom Acrylic Mortar Admix. 3. H.B. Fuller Company, Full Set with Acrylbond latex additive. 4. Laticrete International, Dry Bond Floor 'N Wall with Laticrete 4237. 2.5 GROUTING MATERIALS A. Unsanded Latex - Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6. 1. Bostik Construction Products, Hydroment Dry Tile Grout with Multi- Purpose additive. 2. Custom Building Products, Polyblend Tile Grout. 3. H.B. Fuller Company, Joint Filler Floor Grout (TA -660) with Acrylbond Latex Additive (TA -865). 4. Laticrete International, Laticrete Dry Set Wall Grout with Laticrete 3701 additive. 5. Mapei Corporation, Keracolor Wall Unsanded Grout with Plastijoints Acrylic Grout Additive. a. Color: To match CT -2 and CT -3 "Buffstone Range" as approved by Architect. B. Latex - Portland Cement Grout (Sanded Grout): 09300 - 2 TILE BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 2.6 ACCESSORIES 1. Bostick Construction Products, Ceramic Tile Grout/Joint Filler with Hydroment Multi- Purpose additive. 2. Custom Building Products, 3. H.B. Fuller Company, Joint Filler Floor Grout with Acrylbond Acrylic Latex Additive. 4. Laticrete International, Floor Grout and Joint Filler with Laticrete 3701 additive. 5. Mapei Corporation, Keracolor Floor with Plastijoints Acrylic Grout Additive. a. Color: To match CT -1 "Buffstone Range" as approved by Architect. A. Marble Thresholds: ASTM C241, Group A, abrasive hardness 10 min.; white unless indicated otherwise. Bevel as required to meet finish surface elevations between adjacent materials. B. Sub -floor Filler: 1. Concrete Slabs -on- Grade: Premixed cementitious paste. Tamms Industries Co., "Thin Patch ". C. Transition Trim: Brass, "L" shaped edge trim. Provide upstand height as required for tile thickness. 1. Schluter Systems, Inc., Schluter -Trim. D. Corner Trim: Rigid PVC "U" shaped corner trim. Provide upstand height as required for tile thickness. Color to match adjacent tile or as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color selection. 1. Schluter Systems, Inc., Jolly Profile. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install ceramic tile, base, and thresholds in accordance with ANSI A108.4 and A108.5 and as scheduled in Part 4 of this Section. B. Cut and fit tile tight to protrusions and perpendicular interruptions. Form corners and bases neatly. C. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. D. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 E. Locate control, expansion, and isolation joints where shown, or if not shown in accordance with TCA Handbook for Ceramic -Tile Installation. F. Keep expansion/contraction joints free of mortar or grout. G. Allow tile to set for minimum 48 hours prior to grouting. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. B. Prohibit activities near wall finish and traffic from floor finish for 48 hours after installation or until tile is firmly set. PART 4- SCHEDULES 4.1 INSTALLATION METHODS Location Interior Concrete floor slad Interior Gypsum Board Walls END OF SECTION TCA Number TCA F112 TCA W242 TILE 09300 - 3 Ai494-348 BEST BUN; STORES Decembe 8. 1999 111.0'1A7 t i BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 09510 - SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Acoustical tile panels. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 15 - Mechanical: Sprinkler heads and air diffusion devices in ceiling system. B. Division 16 - Electrical: Light fixtures in ceiling system. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C635 - Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings. B. ASTM C636 - Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels. 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: Company with three years minimum experience. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: B. Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning, junctions with other work or ceiling finishes, and interrelation of mechanical and electrical items related to system. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 D. Extra Materials: As specified in this section. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 deg. F, and humidity of 20 to 40 percent prior to, during, and after installation. 1.8 SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Schedule installation of acoustic units after interior wet work is dry. 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 5 percent of total installed for each acoustical panel type used. Deliver acoustical panels in manufacturer's original packaging, properly labeled. B. Store in Owner's designated storage area. 2.1 SUSPENSION SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Grid: ASTM C635, heavy duty, exposed 9/16" face T, double web, electro- galvanized commercial quality cold rolled steel, pre - painted white satin fmish. 1. Armstrong World Industries, Suprafine XL Exposed Tee System. 2. Chicago Metallic Corp., Tempra 4000 Series System. 3. USG Interiors, Centricitee, Exposed Tee System. B. Accessories: Stabilizer bars, clips, splices edge moldings, hold down clips required for suspended grid system. C. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, to rigidly secure acoustic ceiling system including integral mechanical and electrical components with maximum deflection of 1/360. 2.2 ACOUSTIC UNITS PART 2 — PRODUCTS A. (ACT -1) Non - Directional Fissured: Wet formed, non - directional fissured mineral fiber acoustical panels, standard white painted finish. Size: 24" x 48 ", square edge. 1. Armstrong, "Minatone Cortega ". SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - l MA #99 -3480 2. Celotex Corporation, "Hytone Baroque ". 3. USG Interiors, Inc., "Auratone Omni ". B. (ACT -2) White Woven Fiberglass Ceiling Panels: 1" thick fiberglass ceiling panel. Size: 24" x 24 ". 1. Capaul Corporation,. "Open Plan #1442 - JTNB -1 ". C. (ACT -3) Fine Textured, Cast acoustical panels: Wet formed, mineral fiber acoustical panel, standard white painted finish. Size: 24" x 24 ". 1. USG Interiors, Inc., "Frost Chex/36 panels" PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that existing conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with ASTM C636 or more stringent requirements specified herein. B. Install system capable of supporting imposed loads to a deflection of 1/360 maximum. C. Install after major above ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. D. Supply hangers or inserts as required for installation to other trades with instructions for their correct placement. E. If metal deck is not supplied with hanger tabs, coordinate the installation of hanger clips during steel deck erection. Provide additional hangers and inserts as required. F. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. G. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. H. Locate system on room axis according to reflected plan. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 1. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead Toad to exceed deflection capability. Support fixture loads by supplementary hangers located within 6" of each corner; or support components independently. J. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners. K. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. L. Fit acoustic units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. M. Lay directional patterned units one way with pattern parallel to longest room axis. Fit border neatly against abutting surfaces. N. Install acoustic units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp and dents. O. Install hold -down clips to retain panels tight to grid system within 20 ft of an exterior door 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8" in 10 ft., non - cumulative. END OF SECTION 09510 - 2 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS f. L l l 1 i } BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING 1.1 A. B. C. D. E. 1.2 PART1- GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Installation of Owner furnished vinyl- composition tile. Installation of Owner furnished resilient base. Accessories. Preparing of existing floor. Cleaning and protection. RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00200 — Information available to bidders, requirements for Owner frnished and Owner or Contractor Installed materials. B. Section 03300 - Concrete: Curing of floor slab. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C1028 - Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by Horizontal Dynamometer Pull -Meter Method. B. ASTM D2047 - Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish - Coated Floor Surfaces Measured by the James Machine. C. ASTM E303 - Method of Measuring Surface Frictional Properties Using the British Pendulum Tester. D. FS SS- T -312B - Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, Vinyl Composition. E. FS SS -W-40 - Wall Base: Rubber and Vinyl Plastic. F. ASTM D2047 - Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish- Coated Floor Surfaces G. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Describe floor pattern, color of materials, and location of accessories. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 2. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: a. Maintenance Instructions: Submit resilient flooring manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring required. b. Extra Materials: Submit as specified in this Section. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain minimum 70 deg. F air temperature at flooring installation area for three days prior to, during, and 24 hours after installation. Maintain minimum 55 deg. F thereafter. Store materials in area of application. Allow 48 hours for material to reach temperature equal to area. 1.6 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS MA #99 -3480 A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITHOUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. A. Deliver extra 100 sq. ft. of each type and color of resilient flooring material required for Project, for maintenance use. B. Deliver extra 25 lineal ft. of each type and color of resilient base required for Project, for maintenance use. C. Clearly identify each box or roll. Store in Owner's designated storage area. 2.1 GENERAL PART 2 — PRODUCTS A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the recommendations of ADAAG for slip resistance using ASTM D2047 as follows: 1. Accessible Routes (as defined by ADAAG): 0.6 static coefficient of friction RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila. Washington 2. Ramps (as defined by ADAAG): 0.8 static coefficient of friction 2.2 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE FLOOR COVERING MATERIALS (OWNER FURNISHED) A. Armstrong, 12" x 12" x 1/8 ", commercial grade. Color: 1. VCT -1: #51941, "Polar White ". 2. VCT -2: #51910, "Classic Black ". 3. VCT -3: #56823, "Yellow ". 4. VCT-4: #56806, "Red ". 5. VCT -5: #51821, "Caribbean Blue ". 6. VCT -6: #51915, "Charcoal ". 2.3 BASE MATERIALS (OWNER FURNISHED) A. Base: Vinyl; top set, 1/8" thick as Manufactured by Flexco; Johnson Rubber Company; Vinyl Plastics, Inc or equal 1. RB -1: 6 ", high. 2. Provide coveless base at areas scheduled to receive carpet 3. Provide coved base at all other locations, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide premolded endstops and external corners. 5. Color: Manufacturer's standard "Grey ". 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Transition Strips: 1. VCT to Concrete: Johnsonite RRS -55 -C, 1" minimum x 1/8" reducer, color #55 Grey; or Mercer #633, color 204 grey. B. Sub -floor Filler: 1. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade (Potentially damp locations): Premixed cementitious paste. Tamms Industries Co., "Thin Patch ". C. Primers and Adhesives: Clear, waterproof; of types recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for specific flooring material and "substrate. D. Polish: Type recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for material type and location. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Ensure floor surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum variation of 1/8" in 10 feet. B. Ensure concrete floors are dry (maximum 7 percent moisture content), free of curing 3.2 PREPARATION BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 compounds and hardeners, and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. A. inspect existing floor material to "remain for soundness and solid bonding to substrate. Remove all existing tile which is loose or otherwise not bonded to the substrate. B. In areas where existing tile has delaminated from the substrate due to moisture, inspect substrate for moisture content. Should moisture content exceed manufacturer's recommended limits, notify Target's Project Architect of moisture problem. Do not install resilient flooring over unacceptable substrates. C. Thoroughly clean surfaces. Remove all waxes and polish from existing resilient flooring. Remove all curing compounds from new concrete floors. Prime concrete according to adhesive manufacturer's recommendations. D. Track blast existing concrete floor. Clean and prime existing concrete according to adhesive manufacturer's recommendations. E. Test concrete for excessive moisture content and bonding capability with adhesive according to tile adhesive manufacturer's instructions before starting work. F. Surfaces of concrete shall be smooth, dense, and free of dusting, non - compatible curing compounds, and hardeners. G. Install resilient flooring and base to surfaces which are thoroughly cured, dry, broom clean, free of dirt, grease, oil, paint, mortar, drywall joint compound, loose underlayment and plaster droppings. 3.3 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install materials according to manufacturer's instructions, or more stringent requirements indicated. B. Clean substrate. Prime substrate as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. Spread adhesive evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. C. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. 09650 - 2 RESILIENT FLOORING C-+ BEST BUY STORES ' December 8, 1999 D. Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of doors or openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. E. Install edge strips at exposed edges where flooring terminates. F. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 3.4 INSTALLATION - TILE A. Open floor tile cartons, enough to cover each area, and mix tile to ensure shade variations do not occur within any one area. B. Install with minimum tile width 1/2 full size at perimeter. Lay tile flooring with joints aligned and square with room axis, and with pattern grain running in same direction, parallel to room. C. Where feature strips change direction, provide mitred corners. 3.5 INSTALLATION - BASE A. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum measurement of 18" between joints. B. Miter internal corners. At external corners "V" cut back of base to 2/3 of its thickness and fold 90 deg. C. Install base on solid backing. Adhere tightly to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. E. Install straight and level to variation of plus or minus 1/8" over 10 feet. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic from floor finish for 48 hours after installation. B. Cover floor with 4' x 8' sheets of 1/8" thick masonite, loose laid over floor in all areas subject to construction traffic. 1. Remove and properly dispose of protection board as directed by the Owner's representative. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 3.7 CLEANING MA #99 -3480 A. Contractor shall remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Owner shall contract with an independent service to provide for floor clean and polish floor. END OF SECTION RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 3 . BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8. 1999 SECTION 09680 - CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of Owner furnished Custom Carpet Tile. B. Installation of Owner furnished Fatigue Mat. C. Installation of Owner furnished Entry Vestibule Mat. D. Provide Accessories. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00200 — Information available to bidders, requirements for Owner frnished and Owner or Contractor Installed materials. B. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete: Curing method of floor slab. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D2047 - Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish- Coated Floor Surfaces B. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITHOUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. B. Carpet products specified are custom made and require a minimum 7 week lead time from placement jof order to delivery at the job site. C. Contractor shall used only manufacturer certified and approved installers. Tukwila, Washington 1.5 SUBMITTALS MA #99 -3480 A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's printed maintenance recommendations, including methods and frequency recommended for maintaining carpet. 2. Extra Materials: As specified in this Section. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not commence with carpet installation until painting and finishing work is complete and ceilings and overhead work, tested, approved, and completed. B. Maintain room temperature at minimum 60 deg. F. for at least 24 hours prior to installation, and relative humidity at approximately that at which the area is to be maintained. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 100 sq. ft. of each type of carpet selected for maintenance purposes. B. Properly label and store extra materials in Owner's designated storage ares. 2.1 GENERAL PART 2- PRODUCTS A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the recommendations of ADAAG for slip resistance using ASTM D2047 as follows: 1. Accessible Routes (as defined by ADAAG): 0.6 static coefficient of friction 2. Ramps (as defined by ADAAG): 0.8 static coefficient of friction 2.2 CARPET AND MATS (OWNER FURNISHED) A. CA - 1: Milliken StrikeoffCl16194 -98, 3' x 3' carpet tile with Comfort Plus backing. B. CA - 2: Milliken color accent P/2903 (Jet Black), 1' wide accent carpet tile border.with Comfort Plus backing. C. MT - 1: Superior Manufacturing Group, #318 Arrow TrAx II, color "Gray" D. MT - 2: Shaw Contract Flooring, Fatigue Mats, #415, 3' x 12' runner. CARPETING 09680. 1 MA #99 -3480 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Milliken Modular Carpet Adhesive — 100 as recommended by carpet manufacturer to suit application and expected service. B. Transition Strips: 1. Carpet to VCT: Johnsonite CTA -40 -D, color black, 5/16" carpet reducer. 2. Carpet to Concrete: Johnsonite EG -40 -G, color black, 5/16" carpet reducer. C. Sub -Floor Filler: 1. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade (Potentially damp locations): Premixed cementitious paste. Tamms Industries Co., "Thin Patch ". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Ensure floors are level, with maximum surface variation of 1/8" in 10 feet, noncumulative. B. Ensure concrete floors are free from scaling and irregularities and exhibit neutrality relative to acidity and alkalinity. C. Verify floors are thoroughly dry. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean floors of dust, dirt, solvents, oil, grease, paint, plaster, and other substances detrimental to proper performance of adhesive and carpet. B. Use an approved filler to patch cracks, small holes, and for leveling. C. Vacuum clean floor surface. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Check matching of carpet and ensure there is no visible variation between dye lots. B. Cut carpet, where required, in manner to allow proper seam and pattern match. Ensure cuts are straight and true and unfrayed. C. Join seams in recommended manner so as not to detract from the appearance of the carpet installation and decrease its life expectancy. Ensure seams are straight, not overlapped or peaked and free of gaps. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington D. F. G. J. BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 Spread adhesive in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure proper adhesion over full area of installation. Apply only enough adhesive to permit proper adhesion of carpet before initial set. E. Lay carpet on floors with the run of the pile in same direction of anticipated traffic. Do not change run of pile in any one room or from one room to next where continuous through a wall opening. Cut and fit carpet neatly around projections through floor and to walls and other vertical surfaces. H. Fit carpet snugly to walls or other vertical surfaces where no base is scheduled, leaving no gaps. I. Do not place heavy objects such as furniture on carpeted surfaces for minimum of 24 hours or until adhesive is set. Install resilient edge strips where carpet terminates at other floor coverings. Use full length pieces only. Butt tight to vertical surfaces. Where splicing cannot be avoided, butt ends tight and flush. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Remove and dispose of unusable carpet scraps. C. Clean and vacuum carpet surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic from carpet areas for 24 hours after installation. END OF SECTION 09680 - 2 CARPETING :5 b 3 k � r.? L L. L i BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Surface finish as scheduled. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07183 — Exterior Finish Systems; painting exterior walls and soffits. B. Section 09950 - Wall Covering. C. Division 15 - Mechanical: Identification of mechanical equipment. D. Division 16 - Electrical: Identification of electrical equipment. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. B. ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing quality paint and finish products with three years experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with 3 years experience. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame, fuel, smoke rating requirements for finishes. 1.7 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Product data. 2. Samples: Submit two 6" x 6" samples illustrating range of colors and textures available for each surface finishing product scheduled, for selection and approval. 3. Manufacturer's application instructions. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Extra Materials: As specified in this Section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and protect products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptance. C. Container labeling to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. D. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg. F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in well ventilated area, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 45 deg. F for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is above 50 percent, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 deg. for interiors; 50 deg. F for exterior; PAINTING 09900 - I Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila. Washington unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 deg. F for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid - height at substrate surface. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide a one gallon container of each color and surface texture to Owner. B. Label each container with color, texture, and room locations, in addition to the manufacturer's label. C. Store in Owner's designated storage area. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER AND MATERIAL SUPPLIER A. Best Buy has entered in a National Account Aggrement with Lathrop Paints, Minneapolis Minnesota to provide Benjamin Moore Paints for this project. 2.2 PRIMERS A. Rust Inhibiting Primer: 1. Benjamin Moore, IronClad Retardo Rust Inhibitive Paint 163. B. Latex Block Filler: 1. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler 285. C. Galvanized Metal Primer: 1. Benjamin Moore, Acrylic Metal Primer M04. D. Interior Primer /Sealer: 1. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer 253. 2.3 FINISH PAINTS A. Exterior Gloss Alkyd Enamel: - 1. Benjamin Moore, Impervo Enamel 133. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 B. Interior Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore, Alkyd Dulamel Eggshell 305. C. Interior Eggshell (Satin) Latex Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore, Moorecraft Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel. D. Interior Semi -Gloss Latex Enamel: 1. Benjamin MooreMoorcraft Latex Semi -gloss 276. E. Interior Gloss Water Based Epoxy Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore, Waterborne Acrylic Epoxy Gloss Coating M43/M44 F. Install Bay Floor Epoxy Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore, Polyamide Epoxy Gloss Coating M36/M37. 2. ICI Dulux, Glidden Glid Guard 5240, Chemical Resistant Epoxy Coating Gloss. G. Traffic Paint: 1. Benjamin Moore, Safety & Zone Marking Alkyad M56 -01 White. H. Dry Fallout Spray: 1. Benjamin Moore, Sweep -Up Spray Latex Flat M53. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified, of commercial quality. B. Non -Skid Additive: Provide non skid additive for Install Bay floor paint as manufactured by Skidtex, Banana Labs, 840 Arroyo Avenue, San Fernando, CA 91340. (800) 544 -2662 or prior approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report conditions that may potentially affect proper application or final appearance. 09900 - 2 PAINTING BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 C. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Interior Located Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D2016. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or fmishing. B. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. C. D. F. G. H I. J. K. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri- sodium phosphate and bleach or commercial mildew removers. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify required acid - alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry. Copper Surfaces Scheduled for a Paint Finish: Remove contamination by steam, high pressure water, or solvent washing. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Latex fill minor defects. Spot prime defects after repair. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil, grease and form release agents with a solution of tri- sodium phosphate or appropriate commercial solvent; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering or corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. L. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces. M. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, scale, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs. N. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch -up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. O. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. P. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior caulking compound after prime coat has been applied. Q. Before applying any finish to wood doors, thoroughly block -sand or belt -sand both faces with 120 to 180 grit sandpaper with door in horizontal position, to remove all scuffs, scrathches, burnishes raised grain, handling marks and effects of exposure to moisture. R. Wood and Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal top and bottom edges with primer. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. C. Furnish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site, 3.4 APPLICATION PAINTING 09900 - 3 MA #99 -3480 B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. 3.5 A. B. C. D. E. F. A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions or more stringent requirements specified herein. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Apply each coat to uniform finish. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. Sand Jightly between coats to achieve required finish. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. Prime back surfaces of interior and exterior woodwork with primer paint. Prime back surfaces of interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with mineral spirits. FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Refer to Division 15 and Division 16 and drawings for color coding and identification banding of equipment, ductwork, piping, and conduit. Paint shop primed equipment. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. Prime and paint equipment visible in finished work, including insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, except where items are prefinished. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted accidentally. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to limit of sight line. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. G. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. Parkway Supercenter , BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 H. I. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. Color code equipment, piping, conduit, and exposed ductwork in accordance with requirements indicated. Color band and identify with flow arrows, names, and numbering. J. Replace electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.6 CLEANING A. As Work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or spattered. B. During progress of Work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. C. Collect cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. PART 4 - SCHEDULES 4.1 EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. PT -6: Exterior Ungalvanized Ferrous Metal: 1 coat 2 coats B. PT -10: Exterior Galvanized Ferrous Metal: 1 coat 2 coats C. PT -17: 1 coat 4.2 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. PT -1: Interior Walls and columns etc., below ceiling: 1 coat 2 coats Rust Inhibiting Primer (if unprimed). Gloss Alkyd Exterior Enamel Galvanized Metal Primer. Gloss Alkyd Exterior Enamel Pavement Stripping: Traffic Paint. Interior Primer /Sealer. Interior Satin Latex Enamel. B. PT -2: Interior exposed structure, roof deck including bar joists, steel beams, sprinkler pipe, electric conduit, electric boxes, HVAC equipment, columns: I coat Sprayed Dry Fallout Coating. 09900 - 4 PAINTING BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 C. PT -4: Interior gypsum board ceilings: 1 coat 2 coats Interior Primer /Sealer. Interior Eggshell Latex Enamel. D. PT -11: Hollow Metal Doors, Hollow metal door and window frames and other Interior Ungalvanized Ferrous Metal: 1 coat 2 coats E. PT -12: 1 coat 2 coats F. PT -13: 1 coat 2 coats G. PT -14: Bay: 1 coat 2 coats H. PT -15: 1 coat I. IPS -16: 1 coat 2 coats 4.3 COLOR SCHEDULE Rust Inhibiting Primer (if unprimed). Interior Eggshell Alkyd Enamel Interior Galvanized Ferrous Metal: Galvanized Metal Primer. Interior Eggshell Alkyd Enamel Interior Concrete Block Walls: Latex Block Filler. Interior Satin Latex Enamel Interior Concrete Block walls, Install Latex Block Filler. Epoxy (Gloss) Interior Floor Striping: Traffic Paint. Install Bay Concrete Floor: Concrete Primer. ICI Dulux Epoxy Floor Paint (Gloss) (Glidden Glid Guard #5240 or equal) 1# /gal (Non -skid additive in 2 coat) Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington' MA #99 -3480 C -7 Benj. Moore Green 608 Aluminum Store Front, Curtain Wall and Aluminum Doors C -8 PPG Banner Red 40579XL C -8A -- Clear Aondized Aluminum Traffic Paint C -9 Benj. Moore White Interior walls, roof deck, structural components, exposed mechanical and electrical, hollow metal doors, hollow metal frames and gypsum board ceilings C -10 Benj. Moore Off White 1590 Install Bay Floor C -11 Benj. Moore ..Battleship Grey END OF SECTION Manufacturer Manufacturer Code Manufacturer Color Name Color Number Exterior Wall Field, HM Doors and Frames C -1 Benj. Moore Tan 983 Exterior Wall Horiz Accent Band C -2 Benj. Moore Off white 967 Exterior Wall Field C -3 Benj. Moore Med Brown 1196 Exterior Wall C -4 Dryvit Bright Blue....ST66- 100- 4 -11 -1 Exterior Elevations accent C -5 Benj. Moore Black Bollards, Exterior Wall Light Accent C -6 Benj. Moore Yellow 343 PAINTING 09900 - 5 - .. ,,............:.„ ,, '; : • ,. , . . ... ,,„.::.,........ . :. ,. ... , ',',,:i.::1 •::,..-:::::...:.: ...: .,.:,... .., „. ,,, .. .. . . . • • , • • BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 09955 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Fiberglass reinforced plastic sanitary wall covering. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in installing wall covering, with three years documented experience. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Provide products conforming to flame, fuel and smoke ratings specified, when tested to ASTM E84. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: B. C. 1. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Product Data: Provide product data on fiberglass reinforced plastic panels and adhesive. B. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01400: 1. Test reports: Submit test reports verifying flame, fuel, smoke ratings when tested by UL. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Extra Materials: As specified in this Section. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and protect products site under provisions of Section 01600. Inspect roll materials on site to verify acceptance. Protect packaged adhesive from temperature cycling and cold temperatures. D. Do not store roll goods on end. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. C. D. 1.8 B. EXTRA MATERIALS Accessories: 2. Adhesive: As recommended by panel manufacturer for substrate. MA #99 -3480 Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain substrate surface and ambient temperatures above 60 deg. F, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply adhesive when substrate surface temperature or ambient temperature is below 60 deg. F or relative humidity is above 40 percent. Maintain these conditions for 24 hours before, during, and after wall covering installation. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid - height at substrate surfaces. A. Provide 25 lineal feet of each type and color of wall covering. B. Package and label each roll by destination room number; store in Owner's designated storage area as directed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC SHEET A. (FRP) Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Sheet: 0.09" thick fibeerglass reinforced plastic sheet having a Class A flame spread (25 or less) and a smoke developed of 200 when tested according to ASTM E84. Color: Manufacturer's standard White. Provide largest standard size material available to minize joints. 1. Crane - Kemlite Company, Fire -X Glasbord. 2. Lasco Panel Products, LascoBoard Class A. 1. Moldings: Provide manufacturer's standard PVC, one piece moldings. Provide moldings in continuous lengths to eliminate end joints. Color to match fiberglass reinforced plastic panel. 3. Sealant: Silicone sealant as recommended by panel manufacturer. WALL COVERINGS 09955 - 1 MA #99-3480 • PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are prime painted and ready to receive work, and conform to requirements of the wall covering manufacturer. B. Verify flatness tolerance of surfaces does not vary more than 1/8" in 10'-0" nor vary at a rate greater than 1/16"/ft. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove electrical and telephone wall plates and covers, and surface mounted fixtures and accessories. B. Apply one coat of primer sealer to substrate surfaces. Allow to dry. Lightly sand smooth. Vacuum clean. 3.3 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL INSTALLATION A. Install using 100% adhesive coverage method as recommended by manufacturer. Lay out panels to minimize joints 1. Install plastic molding at perimeters, corners, and joints. Apply bead of silicone sealant continuous in molding channels prior to installation. Seal perimeters abutting other materials with continuous silicone sealant. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean wall coverings of excess adhesive, dust, dirt, and other contaminants. B. Replace wall plates and accessories removed prior to work of this Section. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500. 09955.2 END OF SECTION Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington . „ • BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 WALL COVERINGS • DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 10165 - PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1.1 A. PART1- GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Floor supported, overhead braced plastic laminate toilet partitions. Urinal screens. Attachment hardware. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking. B. Section 10800 - Toilet and Bath Accessories. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. B. NEMA LD3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. B. C. C. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate partition layouts, swing of doors, elevations, anchorage and mounting details, components, hardware, finishes, and relevant dimensions. 2. Product Data. 3. Samples: Provide manufacturer's standard plastic laminate colors for color selection. 4. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. . Parkway Supercenter , Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 2.2 FLOOR SUPPORTED /OVERHEAD BRACED TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Accurate Partitions Corporation, Concord Floor Mounted, Headrail Braced. 2. Ampco Products Inc., Ampco Overhead Braced. 3. Global Steel Products Corp., Imperial. 4. Knickerbocker Partition Corp., Empire. 5. Metpar Steel Products Corporation, Metpar Corinthian Headrail Braced Model FP -500. 6. Sanymetal Products Company, Sanyplastic Academy. B. Plastic Laminate color: 1. Formica #942 "Nile Green ". 2. WilsonArt D421 -60 Midori. 2.3 WALL HUNG URINAL SCREENS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Accurate Partitions Corporation, Accurate Type A. 2. Ampco Products Inc., Ampco Wall Hung. 3. Global Steel Products Corp., Wall -Hung. 4. Knickerbocker Partition Corp., Type WH. 5. Metpar Steel Products Corporation, Metpar Type WH 6. Sannymetal Products Company, Sannymetal Type C. B. Wall Hung Screens: Same construction and finish as partition panels. C. Color: To match toilet partitions. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Pilaster Shoes: ASTM A167, Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish; 3" high, with adjustable screw jacks. B. Attachments, Screws and Bolts: Stainless steel; theft -proof type; heavy duty extruded aluminum brackets. C. Hardware: Heavy duty, chrome plated non - ferrous cast alloy. 1. Pivot Hinges: Gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; nylon bearings. 2. Door Latch: Manufacturer's standard door latch designed for emergency access, complete with door strike and keeper with rubber bumper. 3. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and bumper. PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10165 - 1 MA #99 -3480 4. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard. 5. Wall Stop: Manufacturer's standard for outswinging doors. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate partitions by applying plastic laminate finish to faces and edges of core materials using adhesive and pressure bonding. Seal edges of cut -outs. B. Securely brace pilasters with extruded, anodized aluminum head rail, anti -grip headrail. C. Partition Panels and Doors: One inch thick. D. Pilasters: 1 -1/4 inch thick. E. Reinforce pilaster with steel plate sandwiched in particleboard. F. Arise and bevel corners and edges. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work, and dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Verify correct spacing of plumbing fixtures. C. Verify correct location of built -in framing, anchorage, and bracing, where required. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions secure, plumb, square in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Provide maximum 1/2" space between wall and panels and between wall and end plasters. C. Attach panel brackets securely to walls and pilasters using not Tess than two stirrup brackets and appropriate anchor devices. Locate wall brackets so that holes for anchorage occur in tile joints. D. Attach panels and pilasters to bracket with through bolts and nuts with tamper proof heads. E. Anchor urinal screen panels to walls with two panel brackets. Parkway Supercenter . Tukwila. Washington F. Provide for adjustment of floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster. Provide 2" minimum anchorage penetration into structural floor. Conceal floor fastenings with stainless steel shoes. G. Equip each door with hinges, pulls, one door latch, and one coat hook and bumper. Provide wall bumper for outswing doors. H. Install door strike keeper with door bumper on each pilaster in alignment with door latch. I. Install partitions in accordance with the requirements of ADAAG for stall configuration and mounting heights. 3.3 ADJUSTING END OF SECTION BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 A. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edges of doors not exceeding 3/16 ". B. Adjust hinges to locate inswinging doors in partial open position when unlatched. Adjust hinges to return out -swing doors to closed position. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove protective maskings. B. Replace damaged or scratched with new materials. C. Clean surfaces. 10165 - 2 PLASTIC LAMINATE TOILET COMPARTMENTS :_7 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 10210 - METAL WALL LOUVERS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Louvers and frames. B. Bird screening. C. Blank -off panels. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AMCA 500 - (Air Movement Council Association) Test Method for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of AMCA certified louvers with three years experience. B. Air Flow: AMCA certified louver assembly indicating percentage of free area for air flow. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, elevations, dimensions, and tolerances; head, jamb, and sill details; blade configuration; screening; blank -off panels and frames. 2. Product Data: Provide product data on louvers describing design characteristics, maximum recommended air velocity, free area and materials. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of this Section with mechanical ductwork. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 STATIONARY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WALL LOUVERS A. Stationary Extruded Aluminum Louvers: 1. Airolite Company, Model K6776. 2. American Warming and Ventilating, Inc., Model LE -31. 3. Industrial Louvers, Inc., Model 653. B. Free area: Minimum 50 percent free area. C. Louver Blade: Extruded aluminum drainable blade shape, ASTM B221 6063 -T5 alloy, 6" deep, blades spaced 3 -1/2" o.c.; sloped at 35 degree; "Z" shape; minimum material thickness of 0.081". D. Louver Frame: Channel shape, welded corner joints, minimum material thickness of 0.081". E. Mullions: Manufacturer's standard vertical mullions spaced as indicated on Drawings. F. Head, Jamb, and Sill Flashings: Roll formed to required shape, one piece per location. 2.2 STATIONARY STEEL WALL LOUVERS A. Stationary Steel Louvers: 1. Airline Products Company, Type WD -6. 2. Airolite Company, Model 6776. B. Free Area: Minimum 50 percent free area. C. Louver Blade: Steel drainable blade shape, 16 gage galvanized steel, 6" deep, blades spaced 3 -1/2" o.c.; sloped at 35 degree; "Z" shape. D. Louver Frame: 16 gage galvanized steel, channel shape, welded comer joints. E. Head, Jamb, and Sill Flashings: Roll formed to required shape, one piece per location. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Bird Screen: Interwoven wire mesh of aluminum, 0.063 inch diameter wire, 1/2" open weave, square design. Permanently install screen mesh in aluminum frame with reinforced corner construction; screw to louver frame. B. Blank -Off Panels: Laminated, metal faced insulated blank -off panels consisting of rigid glass fiber board insulation and 0.032" min. aluminum facing sheet on both sides; 1" panel thickness. METAL WALL LOUVERS 10210 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA 1499-3480 Tukwila. Washington Provide blank-off panels for unused portion of louvers. C. Fasteners and Anchors: Stainless steel type. 2.4 FINISH A. Painted Aluminum Finish: Thermally cured, multi-coat, fluoropolymer coating containing not less than 70 percent Kynar resin and conforming to • AAMA 605.2. 1. Color: As selected by Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that prepared openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install louver assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install louvers level and plumb. C. Secure louvers in opening framing with concealed fasteners. • D. Install flashings and align louver assembly to ensure moisture shed from flashings and diversion of moisture to exterior. E. Install bird screening to interior of louver. Hinge screens for access. END OF SECTION BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 10210 - 2 METAL WALL LOUVERS ii El 1.11 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 10260 - WALL AND CORNER GUARDS PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Corner guards. B. Corner Bumpers. C. Column Wraps 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings indicating wall guard layout, location of wall guard splices and wall brackets. 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 2.1 CORNER GUARDS PART 2- PRODUCTS A. Stainless Steel Corner Guards: 14 gauge, Type 304, satin finish stainless steel corner guards, 2 -1/2" x 2 -1/2" x 48" with 1/8" bend radius and return to wall. Adhesive applied corner guard: 1. National Account Vendor: Anderson Dahlen, Inc., 612.757.4500. Contact: Mike Cuschell. B. Polycarbonate Corner Guards: Surface mounted, minimum 0.100" thick high impact clear polycarbonate, 2 -1/2" x 2 -1/2" x full height. Impact Resistance of 16 ft. lbs /sq. inch when tested WALL AND CORNER GUARDS Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 in accordance with ASTM D256. Flamability Rating V -2 in accordance with UL94. 1. Institutional Products Corp., Polycarbonate Corner Gurards. 2. K.J. Miller Corp., Clear Lexan Corner Savers Model CSI 143S. 3. Pawling Corporation, Pro -Tek CG -18. 2.2 CORNER BUMPERS A. Stainless Steel Corner Bumpers: 12" long, floor mounted, radius impacty nose with deflective side panels, 1. National Account Vendor: Anderson Dahlen, Inc., 612.757.4500. Contact: Mike Cuschell. 2.3 COLUMN WRAPS A. Stainless Steel Column Wraps: Provide two- piece, stainless steel, # 4 special surface blend finish, with rounded corners, 20 gauge thick. Size: 48" high, complete with fasteners, adhesives and base sealant, as distributed by Anerson Dahlen, Inc. 1. National Account Vendor: Anderson Dahlen, Inc., 612.757.4500. Contact: Mike Cuschell. 3.1 INSTALLATION PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Install corner guards, column wraps etc in accordance with Drawings and manufacturer's installation instructions. END OF SECTION 10260 - 1 1 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 10430 - EXTERIOR SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Building address numerals. B. Accessible parking signs. C. Traffic control signs. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete: Setting for post- mounted signs. B. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: posts for post - mounted signs. C. Section 10440 - Interior Signage. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways of the State where project is located. B. Accessible Parking Requirements, State Building Code. C. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Provide the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Listing of sign types, lettering and locations, to be attached along with overall dimension of each sign. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNAGE A. Traffic Control Signs: Sign materials, design, and graphics complying with State Department of Transportation and Handicap requirements. Consisting of the following: 1. "Accessible Parking" sign. 2. "Accessible Van Parking" sign. 3. "$200 Fine for Violation" sign. 4. "Accessible Parking" sign. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 2.2 BUILDING ADDRESS NUMERALS A. Building Mounted Letters: 3.1 A. 3.2 A. 1. Aluminum Address Numerals: OMC Industries, Inc., Cast Architectural Signage, Plaques & Letters, or equal, Individual Aluminum Numerals. 6" high x 1/2" deep. 1/4" standoff mounting studs with blind mounting anchors suitable for material into which sign is to be mounted, block style type face, helvetica medium type style or as selected by the Architect, color, white as selected by the Architect. Vinyl Address Numbers: Best Manufacturing Sign Systems; individual Self adhesive die -cut vinyl Numerals, 6" high, block style type face, helvetica medium type style, Igass mounded, Color: a. White - where adheared to glass. b. Black - where adheared to paint hollow metal doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Verify locations are ready to receive work. INSTALLATION Install in accordance with State Department of Transportation and accessible parking requirement instructions. B. Install true, plumb and square. C. Install building mounted letters: 1. Mount Individual numbers, using non - spalling anchoring devices, according to the manufacturer's printed instructions, on exterior wall in location indicated. 2. Mount vinyl numerals on inside surface of vestibule glass windows and on exterior face of door with clear double face tape in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions location as indicated. D. See Drawings for location of all signage. END OF SECTION EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 10430 - 1 Parkway Supercenter.. Tukwila; Washington BEST BUY STORES i December 8. 1999 SECTION 10440 - INTERIOR SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Room name signage. B. Accessibility stickers. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 10430 - Exterior Signage. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Samples: One full size sample sign, of type, style and color specified including method of attachment. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act 1990 B. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All signage to comply with ADAAG provisions for signage, at appropriate locations, with respect to the following: 1. Character proportion. 2. Character height. 3. Raised and braille characters. 4. Pictorial symbols. 5. Finish and contrast. 6. Mounting locations and heights. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. 2.2 LAMINATED PLASTIC TYPE A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. ASI Sign Systems: "390R Series" black colored frame; Ability Plastics Inc., #8 -374 Ash gray textured face, black core. B. Frame: Molded plastic with 1/2" radiused corners, 3/8" outside thickness providing for recessed insert plaque. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington MA #99 -3480 C. Insert Plaque: Laminated colored plastic; core color contrasting to exterior face color; 9" x 9" size, total thickness 0.125 inch. "Helvetica Medium" style lettering engraved through face material to expose core. D. Attachment: 1. Frame to Wall: Blind mount; toggle or expansion bolts through 1" diameter metal tube spacers holding sign approximately 1" from wall. Countersink fastener head to allow insert plaque to adhere to frame concealing fasteners. 2. Insert Plaque to Frame: Adhesive. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install signs after surfaces are painted and finished, in locations indicated. B. Install centered and level, in line, and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Clean and polish. Remove excess adhesive. 3.2 ACCESSIBILITY STICKERS A. Accessibility Stickers: 6" x 6" white on blue vinyl self - adhesive- backed International Symbol of Accessibility wheelchair symbol. PART 4- SCHEDULES 4.1 SIGNAGE SCHEDULE A. Sign Text Location/Room MEN Men's Restrooms (with international male /accessibility symbol) WOMEN Women's Restrooms (with international female /accessibility symbol) EMPLOYEES ONLY Lounge THIS DOOR SHALL REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS Main entry Doors END OF SECTION INTERIOR SIGNAGE 10440 - 1 . . BEST STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers. B. Accessories. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09900 - Painting: Field paint finish. 1.3 REFERENCES A. NFPA 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers. B. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to NFPA 10 requirements for extinguishers. B. Provide fire extinguishers, [cabinets] and accessories by a single manufacturer. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Product Literature: Include physical dimensions, operational features, color and finish. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit indicating mounting condition with mounting measurements, anchorage details, rough -in measurements, location, and details. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill or recharge schedules, procedures, and re- certification requirements. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install extinguishers when ambient temperatures may cause freezing. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. 2.2 EXTINGUISHERS A. (FE -1) Multi- Purpose Dry Chemical Type: UL -rated 4A- 60B:C, 10 Ib. nominal capacity, enameled steel tank with pressure gage. 1. Buckeye Fire Extinguishers, 2. J.L. Industries, Cosmic 10. 3. Walter Kidde, Excel Line XL 10 TCZ. 4. Larsen's Manufacturing Company, MPIO. 5. Modern Metal Products, Wing 1OH K. B. (FE -2) Carbon Dioxide Type: UL -rated 10B: C, 10 lb. nominal capacity, aluminum tank with pressure gage. 1. Buckeye Fire Extinguishers, 2. J.L. Industries, Sentinel 10. 3. Walter Kidde, Excel Line XL 10 TCZ.4.Larsen's Manufacturing Company, CD10. 4. Modern Metal Products, Coach 10HH K. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fire Extinguisher Brackets: Manufacturer's standard bracket properly sized for type and capacity of extinguisher indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard finish. 3.1 INSTALLATION PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION MA #99 -3480 A. Install extinguisher mounting brackets plumb and level, 48" maximum inches from finished floor to handle of extinguisher. B. Secure fire extinguishers rigidly in place at mounting heights indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Mount the equipment in accordance with the requirements of ADAAG for reach range and protruding objects. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES 10522 . 1 "•4 arkWiy:Supercenter UkvA6.. Washingian El BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 10800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Owner furnished — Contractor Installed Toilet and bath accessories listed herein. B. Contractor Provided Toilet and bath accessories listed herein. C. Attachment hardware. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00200 — Information available to bidders, requirements for Owner finished, Owner and Contractor Installed materials. B. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood anchor reinforcement in walls. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. B. ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities 1.4 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Product Data: Submit data illustrating each accessory at large scale and show installation method. 2. Installation Instructions. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01700: 1. Guarantee. MA #99 -3480 2. Keys: Submit keys for each locked accessory item. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which they are to be installed are ready to receive them. B. Pack accessories individually in a manner to protect accessory and its finish. 1.7 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces and work from damage during installation of work of this Section. 1.8 GUARANTEE A. Provide manufacturer's 15 year guarantee against silver spoilage for mirrors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. It is the intention of the designers that the system meet the requirements of ADAAG. 2.2 OWNER FURNISHED TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. Toilet Tissue Dispenser (1): Surface mounted, dual roll satin finish cast aluminum, without controlled delivery. 1. Wiscon Tissue #54, Smoke. B. Rolled Paper Towel Dispenser (2): 1. Wisconsin Tissue #84 Smoke. C. Air Freshener Dispenser (3): World of Fragrance Whirlwind. D. Soft Soap Dispenser (4): Surface mounted, liquid soap dispenser, Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish. 1. Provon #800 ML System. E. Sanitary Napkin Disposal (5): Surface mounted; ASTM A167 Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish. 1. Sanisac #77. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 1 MA #99 -3480 F. Infant Changing Table (7): Formed from high density polyethylene plastic infant changing table complete with nylon and velcro safety straps, horizonatl station, capable of holding minimum 250 lbs. of static weight. ADA compliant, Nominal Size: 20" x 35" x 4" (Koala Bear Specified). 1. Small Comforts Model #605 2. "Diaper Deck" as manufactured by American Infant Care Products, Eden Prairie, Mn (612) 926 -1523. 3. "Diaper Changing Table #605" as manufactured by Four D Incorporated, Apple Valley, MN (800) 538-6558. 4. "Koala Bear" as manufactured by JBJ Industries, Inc. St. Paul, MN (800) 666 -0363. G. Sanitary Napkin Dispenser (11): Surface mounted sanitary napkin - tampon dispenser; 22 gage, ASTM A167 Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish; 25 cent operation. 1. American Specialties, Inc., No. 0864. 2. Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc., B -2800. 3. Bradley Corporation, Model 426. 2.3 CONTRACTOR PROVIDED TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Grab Bars (6): Concealed mounting, 1 -1/2" diameter, 18 gage, Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish. 1. American Specialties, Inc., 3200 Series. 2. Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc., B -6206 Series. 3. Bradley Corporation, 812 Series. B. Framed Mirror Units (8): Stainless steel angle frame, satin finish; theft- resistant mounting; size as indicated. 1. American Specialties, Inc., No. 0600 Series. 2. Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc., B -290 Series. 3. Bradley Corporation, Model 780 Series. C. Waste Receptacle (9): Surface Mounted; 22 gage, ASTM A167 Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish; minimum 12 gallon capacity removable waste receptacle locked into cabinet. 1. American Specialties, Inc., Model 0826. 2. Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc. 3. Bradley Corporation, Model. - Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 D. Mop Shelf (12): 8" x 36" utility shelf with 4 mop holders and 3 rag hooks, 18 gage stainless steel, surface mounted. 1. American Specialties, Inc., #1316. 2. Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc., B -224 x 36. 3. Bradley Corporation, Model 9984. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Weld and grind smooth joints of fabricated components. B. Form exposed surfaces from one sheet of stock, free of joints. C. Provide steel anchor plates and anchor components for installation on building finishes. D. Form surfaces flat without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. E. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. F. Hot dip galvanize ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices. G. Key all accessories alike. H. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work and dimensions are as instructed by manufacturer. B. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough -in frames to jobsite at appropriate time for building -in. B. Provide templates and rough -in measurements as required. C. Before starting work notify Architect in writing of any conflicts detrimental to installation or operation of units. 10800 - 2 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. Install fixtures, accessories and items in • accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install true, plumb, and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. Use tamper-proof fasteners. END OF SECTION Parkway Supercenter , Tukwila. Washington TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 - 3 , • .., , ' ^ • „ • , , „ „... „ „ . • .‘ 1 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 10990 - MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire Department•ey Box. B. Installation of Owner furnished equipment and fixtures as indicated on the Owner supplied products schedule. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 16 - Electrical: Connection to fire department key box tamper switch. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Comply with requirements of local Fire Marshal. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings indicating utility anchorage requirements and installation details. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE DEPARTMENT LOCK BOX A. Fire Department Lock Box: Model 3200-RTS Recessed Mounted with Model 3200 -RMK Recessed Mounting Kit Heavy Duty Knox Box with tamper switches manufactured by The Knox Company. Color: Black. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install miscellaneous specialties in accordance with manufacturer's standards. 3.2 FIRE DEPARTMENT LOCK BOX A. Fire Department Lock Box: Recessed mount fire department lock box where indicated on Drawings according to manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.3 OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES A. Install Owner furnished equipment and fixtures in accordance with manufacturer's and or material Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington suppliers printed instructions, or as directed by the CSR. END OF SECTION MA #99 -3480 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES 10990 - 1 Parkway Supercenter . Tukwila, Washington ; • DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 11160 - LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Owner furnished and Installed Dock levelers with intergal bumpers. B. Owner furnished and Installed Dock seals. C. Installation of Owner furnished plastic stip doors 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00200 — Information available to bidders, requirements for Owner frnished and Owner or Contractor Installed materials. B. C. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete: Concrete pit; embedded items. Section 04300 - Unit Masonry System: Embedded items. 1.3 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material and Equipment Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01300: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate perimeter conditions of construction, materials and finish, installation details, roughing -in measurements, and operation of unit. 2. Submit shop drawings for field measured taper of dock seal jamb pads. B. Maintenance Instructions: Submit maintenance instructions including address and telephone of nearest authorized service representative. MA #99 -3480 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DOCK LEVELERS A. Dock Leveler: Duty Range 1, 25,000 lbs. capacity; 7' -0" x 8' -0" electro- mechanical dock leveler requiring no manual lifting; 1/4" steel checker plate deck, reinforced on underside and welded to fabricated steel frame; steel spring actuated, counterbalanced; 18" long automatically operated steel checker plate lip to lock in vertical position when leveler is at rest at dock level. 1. Kelly Company, Inc., Dyna -Load Model FX 7 x 8 25BBC, with the following options: a. Automatic safety cross traffic legs to allow full unrestricted float and servicing of below dock level trucks without separate manual operation and provide full support in stored position. b. Integral laminated bumpers, 10" minimum depth. c. Full range toe guards. d. Auto Night locks. e. Side and rear weather seals. f. Liminated wheel clock, chain and sign. g. Foam ramp insulation. 2.2 DOCK SEALS A. Dock Seal: Kelly Tufseal Model #DSH -600 BBC. 1. Jamb Pads: Beveled design compressible closed cell urethane foam side pads; seal size of 12" wide x projection from wall 8" more than that of dock bumpers. 2. Hood Style Curtain: Provide 36" high head curtain with pull cord. Provide full end caps and splits at jamb pads. 3. Fabric: Provide TS55 hypalon coated nylon base cover fabric. Color "Black ". 4. Armor Pleats: Provide heavy duty, 40 oz/sq yd. hypalon coated nylon armor -pleat protection, 9" long with 4" exposure; 3 -1/2" wide yellow guide stripe continuous on jamb pads. 3.1 PREPARATION PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Provide dock leveler rough -in sizes, and templates for building into Work as specified in Section 03300 and Section 04300. B. Verify wall openings are sized and aligned for dock seals and flexible strip doors. LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT 11160 - 1 ParkWay SuperCenter , • . • Tukwila. Washington ' 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in prepared pit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Set square and level, anchor securely flush to dock. Touch-up weld with primer. C. Adjust installed unit for smooth and balanced D. Install dock bumpers as indicated for spacing, in • accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Securely attach dock seals to supporting structure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and in proper relationship to dock leveler to ensure an effective seal with trucks against dock seal. 11160 - 2 . • . . , . • . • : • '. ' • . ' , " . • • END OF SECTION .. LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT 1 IL BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 Engineer of Record MECHANICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS Parkway Supercenter • Tukwila. Washington MA #99-3480 • TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS • SECTION 15250 - MECHANICAL INSULATION • SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SECTION 15550 - PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS SECTION 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL WORK I hereby certify that this plan, specification or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Registration No. 15001 - 1 BEST BUY _STOR Parkway Supercenter `• D ecember 8; • ;Tukwila; Washington` BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT A. The Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions) and the General Requirements (Sections of Division 1) are hereby made a part of Division 15. B. The articles contained in this Section are intended to supplement the Sections outlined above. Where they amend, modify, supersede or void any part of the above, then they shall take precedence but that part remaining unchanged shall still apply. 1.2 EXAMINATION AND LOCATION OF SITE A. The work covered by these Specifications is located in Tukwilla, WA. B. The Contractor shall satisfy himself/herself by a personal examination of the site as to all local conditions affecting the performance of the Contract. This Contractor is deemed to accept such conditions as the same are eventually found to exist and to waive all claims for extra compensation arising from unforeseen difficulties encountered except as the same are expressly provided for in either the Specifications or the Contract. C. Professions of ignorance regarding the requirements of the work will in no way serve to modify the provisions of the Contract or Specifications. 1.3 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS A. These drawings and specifications have been prepared based upon Owner's prototypical store. These documents may require modification based upon actual site conditions, local codes and local authority having jurisdiction. Any and all modifications must be coordinated with Owner prior to performing work. Tukwila, Washington SECTION 15010 - GENERAL PROVISIONS B. C. D. E. F. MA #99 -3480 The Contractor shall also carefully read the Plans and Specifications before submitting bids on the work to be done. If any Contractor contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed Contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Specifications or other proposed Contract Documents, he /she may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof. The person submitting a request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation of the proposed documents will be made ONLY in writing duly issued, a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each bidder receiving a copy of the Plans and Specifications and to such other prospective bidders as have requested that they be furnished with a copy of each. These Specifications and the corresponding Drawings form a complete set of Plans for the work of this project and neither shall be considered complete without the other. Where an item is mentioned in one and not in the other, it shall be considered as binding to this Contract as though mentioned in both. It is the intent of the Plans and Specifications to form a guide for a complete installation. Everything necessary for the completion and successful operation of the installation, whether or not herein definitely specified or indicated on the Drawings, shall be furnished and installed as well and as faithfully as if so specified or indicated without additional cost to the Owner. These Drawings shall not be scaled to obtain exact dimensions. Reference shall be made to the Architectural Drawings where dimensions are noted. Should the Drawings disagree in themselves, or with the Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work or materials shall be provided. If any errors, discrepancies or omissions appear in the Drawings, Specifications or other Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of such errors or omissions. In the event of the Contractor failing to give such notice before construction and/or fabrication of the work, he /she will be held responsible for the results of any such errors, discrepancies or omissions and the cost of rectifying same. 1.4 MODIFICATIONS TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 1 MA #99 -3480 A. Throughout the course of the work, minor changes and adjustments to the .Plans and Specifications may be requested by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make such adjustments without additional cost to the Owner, where such adjustments are necessary to the proper installation or operation and within the intent of the Contract Documents, e.g., raising or lowering a pipe or duct for clearance, etc. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Architect on mounting heights of all ductwork prior to installation. 1.5 GUARANTEES A. Furnish in writing a one (1) year guarantee, or longer as specified for particular equipment, that material and work are free from defects and faulty workmanship and that defective material or work shall be repaired or replaced without additional cost to the Owner. This shall include responsibility for damage to any part of premises caused by leaks or breaks in pipe or fixtures furnished and installed under this Contract. The Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep equipment in operating condition and be reimbursed for expenditures without voiding the responsibilities of the Contractor during the guarantee period. 1.6 ROOFING A. The Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate the cutting and patching of the roof for the installation of mechanical equipment, curbs, burglar bar assemblies, piping, ductwork, etc., with the General Contractor. 1.7 OTHER WORK A. Other work will be performed by separate trades. Each Contractor shall give careful consideration to the work of the other contractors and shall organize his work so that it will not interfere with the work of other trades. Each must consult the Drawings and Specifications for correlating information of the other trades. 1.8 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 1.9 REGULATIONS AND CODES BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from. any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. A. The work, materials and equipment covered by these Specifications shall comply in all respects with the requirements of State, County and City applicable ordinances, regulations and codes. This shall not be construed to permit a lower grade of construction where Plans and Specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements. In addition, the following published standards shall be adhered to: 1. American National Standards Institute 2. American Public Health Association 3. American Society of Heating and Air Conditioning Engineers 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers 5. American Society of Testing Materials 6. American Welding Society 7. National Board of Fire Underwriters 8. National Fire Prevention Association 9. Underwriter's Laboratory 10. National Electrical Code 11. Current Edition ofNFPA Standards 1.10 PERMITS, LICENSES, FEES AND SERVICE CHARGES A. All licenses, fees and service charges required in connection with this work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. B. Permits and connection costs are to be paid by the installing Contractor and upon completion of the work he/she shall furnish the Owner with proof of acceptance of the work from the proper local or State Department having jurisdiction. 1.11 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS 15010 - 2 GENERAL PROVISIONS »� L i i i t l 1 BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila. Washington MA #99 -3480 A. The Mechanical Contractor shall prepare two complete files of maintenance and operating instructions which cover all mechanical systems and equipment furnished and installed for this project. B. Data shall be placed in an 8 -1/2 inch by 11 inch heavy -duty, three -ring binder. Data shall include a complete table of contents, approved shop drawings, maintenance instructions, catalog brochure information and replacement parts list. Drawings shall be neatly folded to approximately 8 -1/2 inch by 11 inch size and inserted individually into mylar sheet protectors, which shall be properly punched and inserted into the binder. The following information shall be typed on the filing tab page: item, manufacturer, contractor's order number, supplier's order number and manufacturer's order number. Binder shall be labeled thus: Best Buy Store Address Tukwilla, WA The completed files shall be delivered to the Engineer's office for approval who will deliver same to Owner. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be new and of the best quality, conform to the requirements of Local and State Codes governing the work involved and shall be made by nationally recognized and substantially established manufacturers. B. Any equipment installed on this project which is damaged before or after installation shall be either replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner. 2.2 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. - Wherever Specificied materials, device or equipment is referred to by the trade name, or other specific manner, followed by the clause "or equal ", it is understood to refer to the grade or quality required and in no way eliminates other equally desirable materials, devices or equipment which would meet the requirements of the Specifications and approval of the Owner and the Engineer. B. Any process or materials not specifically mentioned which will completely accomplish the purposes of these Specifications will be considered, if a written request for approval together with sufficient catalog and size information to show the equipment is comparable. C. This Contractor shall pay, provide, install and be responsible for extra materials required by himself/herself or any other trade clue to the use of alternate approved equipment that has installation requirements different than the specified equipment. This Contractor shall pay for any redesign work associated with the installation requirements of the substituted equipment, providing either revised drawings or sketches prepared by himself/herself or the Engineer. All redesign work shall be approved by the Engineer. D. Final approval of certain materials and equipment will be based on the manufacturer's shop drawings. The Engineer's approval of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the Drawings or Specifications unless he /she has, in writing, called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him/her of the responsibility for error in the drawings. 2.3 PRODUCT DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS 15010 - 3 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington A. This Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a minimum of five (5) certified copies of product data and shop drawings for equipment as noted in the Specifications for his approval, three of which will be returned to the Contractor for his files and maintenance and operating instruction brochures. Regardless of the number of shop drawings submitted, only two will be retained by the Engineer for his use. If the Contractor needs more than three (3) copies of certain shop drawings for his use, he /she shall submit as many additional sets of the particular drawings as he /she requires in addition to the minimum number listed above. The Contractor shall examine, mark up as required and approve all shop drawings prior to their submission to the Engineer. Shop drawings shall be processed with a minimum delay and shall be transported between offices by first class mail. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING AND DUCTWORK A. All piping and ductwork shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, shall be run plumb and level against ceilings and walls, shall clear doors and walkways, and shall be run parallel with building construction lines. Piping shall be coordinated with the ventilation and electrical work so all may be properly installed. B. It is deemed that the Contractor shall be responsible for the miscellaneous small piping, ductwork and accessories not specifically called for in these Specifications but essential for the complete and satisfactory installation and operation of this Contract. 3.2 CONNECTIONS AND LAYOUT A. It shall be the responsibility of this Contractor to make connections at terminal points of the Contract. The piping, ductwork and equipment may be shown with excess clearance for clarity. However, the Contractor shall group piping and ductwork, arrange all equipment to present a neat and workmanlike appearance and to avoid the blocking of passageways or interfering with other trades. All exposed piping and ductwork shall be installed parallel to building construction lines, unless noted otherwise. 15010 - 4 B. Where connections are made to equipment furnished by others, this Contractor shall obtain exact location of connections from persons furnishing said equipment and shall make the final connections. 3.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of Work, uncover ill- timed, defective, and non- conforming work, provide openings for penetrations of existing surfaces, and provide samples for testing. Seal penetrations through floors, walls and ceilings. 3.4 STORING MATERIALS BEST BUY STORES A. All materials and equipment for the work of this Contract shall be stored in approved locations away from damaging traffic and interference with other trades. B. It shall be the responsibility of this Contractor to avoid damage to this equipment, materials and work from any source. This shall include restoration to original conditions should damage occur. 3.5 CLEANLINESS AND CLEANING UP A. The Contractor shall keep his materials and work tidy at all times keeping area free from an accumulation of rubbish and waste. When the work is sufficiently advanced and is enclosed, the job shall be kept "broom clean" and upon completion he /she shall remove all miscellaneous unused material and shall leave the job in an acceptable condition ready for occupancy. 3.6 TESTS A. All required tests shall be made in the presence of the proper inspectors and the Engineer or their authorized representative and Owner's representative. All tests shall be made by the Contractor at his own expense and he /she shall furnish to the Engineer and Owner a certificate that satisfactory tests have been made. GENERAL PROVISIONS BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 B. Tests to be made as described elsewhere in these Specifications. Test certificates and approvals shall be bound in the maintenance brochures. 3.7 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING A. Contractor shall provide the services of an Independent Test and Balance Agency (ITBA) approved by Best Buy who will be responsible for the Test and Balance of all environmental systems installed or modified under this Contract. B. Contract shall be Awarded to Texas Test & Balance and Contractor shall add an allowance in the amount of $1,500.00 for this service to their bid. C. National Account Contact: Texas Test and Balance 1218 Chestnut Ridge Kingwood, Texas, 77339 Darrel Davis Phone (281) 358 -2118 Fax (281) 358 -9239. D. Contractor shall provide all necessary balancing dampers as specified and shown on the drawings for proper balancing of all systems. E. Contractor shall prepare the system for Test and Balance as follows: 1. Install, start up, check out and adjust all HVAC systems per Drawings and Specifications and have fully operational with all deficiencies corrected on or before the commencement of Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 2. Verify that all duct work is clean and sealed tight against leaks. 3. Verify that new filters have been installed no more than one day prior to Starting Test and Balance procedure. 4. Verify that all controls, dampers, and actuators are installed, adjusted, and calibrated. 5. To maintain schedules and prevent return trips, have experienced personnel available to correct HVAC system deficiencies while ITBA is scheduled on site. 6. Secure control dampers after Test and Balance as directed by ITBA. 7. Provide all necessary equipment required to access all HVAC equipment being tested and balanced. F. Contractor shall notify Texas Test and Balance when HVAC systems are ready for Test and Balance. Provide 15 days notice, prior to when test is to be done, to Texas Test and Balance or be responsible for their air fare. All balancing shall be complete prior to building turn over date for fixturing. G. Upon completion of system Test and Balance, a copy of the ITBA report will be forwarded to Contractor. If HVAC system deficiencies exist, a letter listing those deficiencies will also be forwarded immediately to the Contractor for correction. If the Contractor fails to respond or correct these deficiencies within seven days upon receipt of the letter. Best Buy will authorize repairs as judged necessary and take the necessary contractual action to recover adequate compensation for the repair expenses. H. As a result of HVAC system performance or operational deficiencies, a return trip by the ITBA to complete Test and Balance will be authorized when deemed necessary by Best Buy. This return trip will be costed at $45.00 per hour plus mileage, airfare and expenses, and Best Buy will take the necessary contractual action to recover adequate compensation for the ITBA expenses. I. All specified equipment will be Tested, Adjusted and Balanced by the ITBA in accordance with the governing Associated Air Balance Councils' Procedural Standards. J. ITBA Procedures: 1. Make a preliminary system check on all HVAC, control, and Energy Management systems and equipment to be tested to determine that equipment, ductwork, etc. is installed and will operate. Deficiencies shall be immediately reported to the General Contractor's job site superintendent and the Best Buy offices. 2. Inspect and test all Energy Management (if applicable), electronic thermostat modules using ETM Interface analyzer, for the following control functions. a. Fan control b. Stage 1 cooling control c. Stage 2 cooling control d. Stage 1 heating control e. Stage 2 heating control f. Economizer control 3. Record readings and testing data for inclusion into final report. GENERAL PROVISIONS 15010 - 5 MA #99 -3480 4. The following testing and balancing shall be performed. All readings shall be recorded for inclusion into the final report as follows: a. Test and adjust fan speeds to deliver the design CFM and record RPM and full load amperes at design CFM. Record voltage at each unit. Exhaust fans included. b. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air. c. Test and record suction and discharge external static pressures at respective plenums. Seal access holes with rubber or metal snap -in plugs. The use of duct tape to seal access holes will not be permitted. d. Test and record entering air temperatures. (Dry bulb heating and cooling; Wet bulb cooling.) e. Test and record outside air Dry Bulb and Wet Bulb temperatures. f. Test and record outside air Dry Bulb and Wet Bulb temperatures. Test and adjust the volume dampers in the main duct runs to each diffuser, grille, and register to provide 110% of design CFM requirements. h. Identify each diffuser, grille and register to location and area. i. Record unit Data and Motor Data for each air system tested on appropriate test report forms. Visually inspect and test when possible, smoke sensing devices for proper installation and function. k. Test and record refrigerant pressures and temperatures. 5. Verify and record proper operation of all stages of gas heating sections or gas radiant heaters. g. J• K . Report Procedures 1. If any air system or outlet is not within 10% of the design capacity at design RPM, determine the reason. Check duct work and plenums for leaks; coil and filter for excessive pressure drop, etc.; listed on HVAC Deficiency Report. 2. Before leaving job site, the ITBA shall provide the Mechanical Contractor's Representative a neat, legible deficiency list all remaining HVAC system deficiencies for correction. The content of this HVAC Deficiency Report shall be provided to Best Buy by phone before leaving job site. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 3. The ITBA shall submit four bound copies of the final Testing and Balancing Report. All data shall be recorded on appropriate forms and shall be reviewed and approved by a Registered Professional Engineer. The report shall include all data provided by the Mechanical Contractor; a summary sheet of all deficiencies with status (corrected or not corrected at time of report) and recommendations. This report shall be submitted within seven days of final Test and Balance. L. Guarantee: 1. The ITBA shall guarantee the Test and Balance for a period for ninety days from date of final acceptance of the Test and Balance Report. 3.8 STARTING OF SYSTEMS A. Coordinate sequence for start-up of various items of equipment. B. Notify Owner seven days prior to start-up of each item of equipment. C. Have Contract Documents, shop drawings, product data, and operation and maintenance data at hand during entire start-up process. D. Verify that each piece of equipment has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and other conditions which may cause damage. E. Verify control systems are fully operational in automatic mode. Verify the operation of every control point on the EMS system. F. Verify wiring to motors and controls required by mechanical work is complete. G. Motors: Verify that motor amperage agrees with nameplate value. Inspect for conditions which produce excessive current flow and which exist due to equipment malfunction. Take corrective action. H. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible manufacturer's representative and Owner. I. Place equipment in operation in proper sequence. 15010 - 6 GENERAL PROVISIONS BEST BUY STORES r'. December 8. 1999 • 3.9 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION A. Verify equipment has been inspected and put into operation, and equipment and systems are fully operational. • Have copies of completed operation and maintenance manuals at hand for use in demonstrations and instructions. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and systems to Owner's personnel one week prior to date of final inspection. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform • instructions for other seasons within six months. D. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. E. r Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times. F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instructions. GENERAL PROVISIONS • END OF SECTION • Parkway Supercenter • Tukwila, Washington ' 15010 - 7 1. 1 L l L t 1, i BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila. Washington SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL 2.3 MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe, duct, and equipment hangers, supports, and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 15400 - Plumbing. B. Section 15880 - Air Distribution. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1 -1/2 inch: Malleable Iron adjustable swivel, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable clevis. C. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; cast iron roll and stand for hot pipe sizes 6 inches and over. D. Wall Support: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. E. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. F. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. G. Shield for Insulated Piping 2 inches and smaller: 18 gauge galvanized steel shield over insulation in 180 degree segments, minimum 12 inches long at pipe support. H. Shield for Insulated Piping 2 -1/2 Inches and Larger: Pipe covering protective saddles. 2.2 HANGER RODS A. Steel hanger rods: Threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. 2.5 2.7 INSERTS MA #99 -3480 A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.4 DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS — A. Hangers: Galvanized steel band iron or rolled angle and 3/8 inch rods. B. Wall Supports: Galvanized steel band iron or fabricated angle bracket. SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non -fire Rated Floors: Form with steel pipe or 18 gage galvanized steel. B. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non -fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Form with steel pipe or 18 gage galvanized steel. C. Rectangular Ducts: Form with galvanized steel. D. Sleeves for pipes and ducts through fire -rated walls and ceilings: Comply with UL requirements for the rating of the wall or ceilings being penetrated. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. B. Design hangers to be removable and replaceable without disengagement of supported pipe. C. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. 2.8 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 26 gauge galvanized steel. B. Flexible Flashing: 47 mil thick sheet butyl; compatible with roofing. C. Caps: Steel, 22 gauge minimum. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS A. Support horizontal piping as follows: PIPE Max Hanger Spacing (ft) HANGER SIZE (in) STEEL COPPER DIA (in) 1/2 5 5 3/8 3/4 6 6 3/8 1 7 6 3/8 1 -1/4 7 7 3/8 1 -1/2 9 8 3/8 2 10 9 3/8 2 -1/2 11 10 1/2 3 12 10 1/2 4 14 12 5/8 6 10 10 3/4 8 14 14 7/8 10 14 14 7/8 12 14 14 7/8 B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. D. Use hangers with 1 -1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. F. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 3.2 DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Minimum Sizes: 15050 - 2 1. Up to 30 inches wide: 1 inch x 16 ga. at 10 feet spacing. 2. 31 inches to 48 inches wide: 1 -1/2 inches x 16 ga. at 10 feet spacing. 3. Over 48 inches wide 1 -1/2 inches x 16 ga. at 8 ft. spacing. B. C. D. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 Horizontal Duct on Wall Supports Minimum Sizes: 1. Up to 18 inches wide: 1 -1/2 inches x 16 ga. or 1 inch x 1 inch x 1/8 inch at 8 feet spacing. 2. 19 inches to 40 inches wide: 1 -1/2 inches x 1- 1/2 inches x 1/8 inch at 4 feet spacing. Vertical Duct on Wall Supports Minimum Sizes: 1. At 12 foot spacing. 2. Up to 24 inches wide: 1 -1/2 inches x 16 ga.; 25 inches to 36 inches wide: 1 inch x 1 inch x 1/8 inch. 3. 25 inches to 48 inches wide: 1 -1/4 inches x 1- 1/4 inches x 1/8 inch. Aircraft Cable 1. Use 3/16 inch braided aircraft cable on ductwork at entrance. 3.3 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in structure. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Extend sleeves through floors two inches above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth and provide floor plate. C. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with approved firesafe stuffing insulation and seal. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. D. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.4 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counterflashing where piping and ductwork penetrate waterproofed walls and floors. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 3 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk, metal counterflash and seal. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS C. :'Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal floor drains watertight to adjacent materials. .5 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING A. : Excavation shall be of sufficient depth to permit placing the piping as . shown on the Drawings and shall be of sufficient width to permit the construction of all piping and the inspection of same on all sides. B. All excavation for piping shall be made to firm soil with all excess soil to be removed from the site. END OF SECTION Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 - 3 lank: Page BEST BUY STORES L 1 i i • December 8, 1999 SECTION 15250 - MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Piping insulation. B. Ductwork insulation. C. Jackets and accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM C547 - Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation. B. ANSI /ASTM C553 - Mineral Fiber Blanket and Felt Insulation. C. UL 723 /ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. ASTM C534 - Closed Cell Tubing Pipe Insulation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials: Flame spread/fuel contributed/smoke developed rating of 25/50/50 in accordance with UL 723 and ASTM E -84. All materials shall be labeled with certified label indicating rating. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 15010. B. Include product description, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Owens /Corning. B. Manville. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 15010. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 2.2 PIPING INSULATION A. Type A: Heavy density, sectional glass fiber insulation; ANSI /ASTM C547; "k" valve of 0.24 at 75 degrees F; noncombustible. B. Type B: Closed Cell flexible tubing insulation; ASTM C -177; "k" value of 0.28 at 75 degrees F; noncombustible. 2.3 JACKET A. Interior Applications: 1. Vapor Barrier Jackets: Kraft reinforced foil vapor barrier with self - sealing adhesive joints. 2. PVC Jackets: One piece, premolded type for fittings. 2.4 DUCTWORK INSULATION A. Type A: Rigid glass fiber; ANSI /ASTM C612, Class 1; "k" value of 0.24 at 75 degrees F; 0.002 inch foil scrim facing for air conditioning ducts and plenums. B. Type B: Flexible glass fiber ductliner; ANSI/ASTM C553; "k" value of 0.24 at 75 degrees F; 1.5 lb /cu ft minimum density; coated air side for maximum 4,000 ft/min air velocity. C. Type C: Faced duct wrap insulation; ANSI/ASTM C518 -70; "k" value of 0.30 at 75 degrees F; for round air conditioning ducts. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives: Waterproof, Compatible with insulation. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION MA #99 -3480 A. Install piping insulation after piping has been tested and approved. 3.2 PIPING INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Continue insulation with vapor barrier through penetrations. In exposed piping, locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15250 . 1 MA #99 -3480 B. Except in return air plenums, insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with PVC jackets. C. In return air plenums, insulate fittings with insulating cement. Finish with canvas jacket. Do not use PVC jackets. 3.3 DUCTWORK INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide insulation with vapor barrier when air conveyed may be below ambient temperature. C. Exterior Insulation (Type A) Application: 1. Secure insulation and vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. 2. Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples, tape, or wires. 3. Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. D. Liner (Type B) Application: E. Exterior Insulation (Type C) Application: 15250 - 2 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage. Secure insulation with mechanical fasteners on 15 inch centers maximum on top and side of ductwork with dimension exceeding 20 inches. Seal and smooth joints. Do not use nail -type fasteners. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. 2. Ductwork dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase ductwork to allow for insulation thickness. 1. Wrap insulation with vapor barrier tightly around ductwork with circumferential joints butted and longitudinal joints overlapped a minimum of 2 ". 2. Adhere insulation to metal with insulation bonding adhesive. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 3.4 INSULATION SCHEDULE B. C. END OF SECTION BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 3. Secure circumferential and longitudinal joints with staples and tape with 3" wide (minimum) foil reinforced tape. A. Piping: 1. Insulate all hot water and cold water piping with one inch thick Type "B "pipe insulation. 2. Insulate all under -floor water piping with 3/4" thick Type "B" pipe insulation. 3. Insulate all horizontal storm piping and roof drain bodies with I" thick Type "A" pipe insulation. Insulate with a 1" Type "B" insulation, from Unit to concentric supply /return. All supply and return ductwork in non air - conditioned spaces shall be insulated with Type "C" 1 -1/2" external duct wrap. D. All exhaust ductwork which penetrates the building shell: Insulate with type "C" from penetration to 10' -0 inside of building. E. All drain pipes under lavatories shall be insulated with 1/2" thick insulation. MECHANICAL INSULATION - • BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION 1.1 DESCRIPTION PART 1— GENERAL A. Work Included: Furnish, fabricate and install all materials, and secure all necessary approvals for a fire protection system throughout the Best Buy space acceptable and approved by Factory Mutual Insurance Company and in accordance with the standards of the NFPA, the Building Inspection Department, the Fire Department, the Fire Marshall, and as set forth in these Specifications, the Drawings, and the Owner's insurance carriers' requirements for sprinklers and Fire Protection. B. Included are automatic sprinkler systems complete with flow switches, sprinkler heads, valves, piping, hangers and supports, sleeves, appurtenances and accessories for a complete, operable and approved Fire Protection System. C. Related Work Described Elsewhere: 1. Section 15010 - Mechanical General Provisions 2. Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 3. NFPA Requirements for Sprinklers and Fire Protection 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: The entire fire protection system shall be furnished, fabricated, installed and tested by an approved Fire Protection Contractor. Sprinklers and equipment shall be as manufactured by one of the following or an equal approved in advance by the Engineer: 1. Grinnell Automatic Sprinkler Company 2. Globe Automatic Sprinkler Company 3. Viking Automatic Sprinkler Company B. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes, requirements and regulations, comply with: 1. Applicable codes and standards of the National Fire Protection Association. 2. All pertinent requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. 3. All pertinent requirements of Factory Mutual Insurance Company and the Fire Marshall having jurisdiction. 4. All Local and State codes and ordinances. 1.3 SYSTEM DESIGN 1.4 SUBMITTALS MA #99 -3480 A. The sprinkler system shall be designed for requirements established by Factory Mutual Insurance Company. Design densities for sprinkler layout shall be: (Per Insurance Company input). B. Sprinkler system to be designed and installed as required by Tenant's fixture plan. Design system to meet requirements for high rack storage Class IV Commodities to 15' -0" or Class III to 18' -0" whichever is more stringent. C. Flow rates shall be 0.30 GPM/Sq. Ft. over 2,000 Sq. Ft. for stores with roof heights up to 20 feet and 0.35 GPM/ Sq. Ft. over 2,000 Sq. Ft. for stores with roof heights of 20 to 25 feet. (Roof height is to underside of Deck.) A. Comply with the provisions of Section 15010. B. Shop Drawings: Within 30 calendar days after notification, and before any materials of this Section are delivered to the job site, submit complete shop drawings to the Engineer: 1. Sprinkler Contractor shall submit fire protection shop drawings and hydraulic calculations to Owner's Architect and Insurance Company for review and approval. 2. Prior to submittal for Engineer's review, secure the approval and stamp of acceptance of the Owner's insurance carrier. 3. Include layout working drawings of the complete overhead sprinkler system indicating relationship of all other overhead items including ceiling air diffusers, lighting fixtures, and beams. 4. Include complete hydraulic calculations for occupancy classification. 5. Include details and sections as required to clearly define and clarify the design, including a materials list describing all proposed materials by manufacturer's name and catalog number. 6. Sprinkler drawing shall show the routing of the piping mains and minimum requirements for sprinkler heads. C. Record Drawings: During progress of the work, maintain an accurate record of all changes made in the Fire Protection system installation from the layout and materials shown on the approved shop drawings. FIRE PROTECTION 15300 - 1 MA #99 -3480 D. Manual: Upon completion of this portion of the work, and as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to the Owner and the Engineer, one copy each of a Manual compiled in accordance with the provisions of Section 15010 of these Specifications. Include in each copy of the Manual a copy of the Record Drawings. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary for the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.1 GENERAL PART 2 — PRODUCTS A. The installation shall be complete in all regards, and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: 1. All piping pertaining to the fire protection system including all required pipe, valves and other items. 2. Connection to Fire Protection main, including all required valves and fittings. 3. Overhead automatic sprinkler system. 4. Flow switches, double contact water flow sensor, P.V. sensor, and gate valve tamper switches. 2.2 MATERIALS A. The quality of materials required for this installation shall be only that quality required by Factory Mutual Insurance Company and the agencies having jurisdiction (See NFPA 13, Table 3- 1.1.1), except that all piping shall be free from rust and shall be shop coated with one coat of rust - inhibitive paint. NFPA/F.M. approved plastic pipe is allowed. B. Control valves as required for the sprinkler system shall be of the approved type and quality required by the agencies having jurisdiction. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 C. Sprinkler Charts: 1. Sign, of standard design, adopted by Sprinkler Industry shall be provided at locations designated as per NFPA Pamphlet #13 and securely fastened. 2. Charts - Four (4) copies of approved Sprinkler System Diagram showing function and location shall be provided by this Contractor to Architect for approval. Mount two (2) copies in painted glazed frames in building; hang where directed. D. Pipe and Pipe Fittings 1. Pipe: Schedule 40 black steel; Fittings: Standard welded or screwed cast iron or grooved, as per Victaulic or Gustin- Bacon, 175 psi. 2. Pipe: Schedule 10 lightwall steel roll grooved; Fittings: Cast iron roll grooved, welded or screwed. 3. "Press -Fit" fittings are not acceptable. 2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES BEST BUY STORES Automatic Sprinkler Valve: Flow detector with alarm circuits, pressure switch, pressure retard chamber. B. Alarm Check: Provide alarm test connection, 175 psi pressure relief trim and retard chamber. C. Water Flow Detector: Install a vane type water flow detector with adjustable retardant and 2 SPDT contacts. D. Fire Department Connection: Standard Wall type; thread size to suit fire department hardware; two way threaded dust cap and chain of same material and finish, 3/4 inch lettered marked "Sprinkler - Fire Department Connection ". 2.4 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Suspended Ceiling Type: Standard pendent type with chrome plated finish, with matching escutcheon. B. Soffit Ceiling Type: Recessed pendent type with chrome plated finish, with matching escutcheon. C. Exposed Area Type: Standard upright type with brass finish. D. Minimum safety margin of 50 degrees F. 15300 - 2 FIRE PROTECTION BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 2.5 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide a metal cabinet containing six (6) extra sprinkler heads of each type and all necessary wrenches. 3.1 INSPECTION PART 3 — EXECUTION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install the complete fire protection system in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings and the requirements of Factory Mutual Insurance Company, NFPA and the Building Inspection Department. B. During construction, make one fire hose outlet available without delay, for fire department use. C. Install all piping within structure of as close to roof decking as possible. 3.3 FLUSHING A. Before completing the installation of the fire protection system, flush underground mains and lead -in connections as per NFPA -13. 3.4 TESTING A. Upon completion of installation, furnish all personnel and equipment necessary and test and re- test the complete system, making all adjustments required and securing the approval of Factory Mutual Insurance Company, the Fire Marshall, and all other authorities having jurisdiction. All interior piping and attached appurtenances subject to system working pressure shall be hydrostatically tested at 200 psi and shall maintain that pressure without loss for 2 hours as per NFPA #13. 3.5 ACCEPTANCE A. After the system has been completely approved, secure a letter of final acceptance from the Owner's insurance carrier and deliver three (3) copies of the letter to the Engineer. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington END OF SECTION MA #99 -3480 FIRE PROTECTION 15300 - 3 Li BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe and pipe fittings. B. Valves. C. Plumbing Specialties. D. Plumbing Fixtures. E. Plumbing Equipment. F. Air Compressor 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 15010 - Mechanical General Provisions. B. Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. C. Section 15250 - Mechanical Insulation. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 150 NS 300. B. ANSI/ASME B 16.22 - Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder -Joint Pressure Fittings. • ANSI /ASTM B32 - Solder Metal. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot - Dipped Zinc - Coated, Welded and Seamless. C. D. E. ASTM A234 - Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperature. F. ASTM B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube. G. CISPI 301 - Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary Systems. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington B. C. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 15010. 1.6 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 15010. 2.1 SANITARY SEWER, STORM SEWER AND VENT PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING OR AS SHOWN ON DRAWING A. B. 2.2 SANITARY SEWER, STORM SEWER AND VENT PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Plumbing Specialties and Fixtures: By same manufacturer for each product specified throughout. Trim: By same manufacturer for each product specified throughout. PART 2 — PRODUCTS MA #99 -3480 Exterior work beyond 5'0" will be by site utility contractor unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp -and- shield assemblies. Schedule 40 PVC pipe fittings may be used where Code allows. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp- and - shield assemblies. Schedule 40 PVC pipe fittings may be used where Code allows. PLUMBING 15400 - 1 MA #99 -3480 2.3 DRAIN PIPING INSIDE BUILDING, ABOVE GRADE (CONDENSATE) A. Provide hard drawn DWV copper pipe with red brass or wrought copper DWV fittings incorporating 1/8" pitch per foot for drain lines from cooling drain pans, modular cooling units and other miscellaneous drains except steam condensate drains. Schedule 40 PVC pipe fittings may be used where Code allows. (Condensate piping from roof top units to rain gutters shall be run where code requires) 2.4 WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, hard drawn. Fittings: ANSI /ASME B16.22, wrought copper. Joints: ANSI /ASME B32, solder, Grade 95TA. 2.5 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn. Fittings: ANSI /ASME B16.22, wrought copper. Joints: ANSI /ASME B32, solder, Grade 95TA. 2.6 NATURAL GAS PIPING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, black steel, seamless. Fittings: ANSI /ASME B16.3 150 psig malleable iron, or ASTM A234, forged steel welding type. Joints: Screwed for pipe size two inches and smaller; welded, for pipe size 2 -1/2" and larger. B. All gas piping exposed to the weather shall be painted. 2.7 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING A. Provide Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe seamless with 150 psig malleable iron threaded fittings. 2.8 FLANGES, UNIONS AND COUPLINGS A. Pipe Size 2 Inches and Under: 150 psig malleable iron unions for threaded ferrous piping; bronze unions for copper pipe, soldered joints. B. Pipe Size Over 2 Inches: 150 psig forged steel slip -on flanges for ferrous piping; bronze flanges for copper piping; neoprene gaskets for gas service; 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila. Washington December 8. 1999 C. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. 2.9 VALVES - ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. B. C: D. E. F. Lunkenheimer Crane Powell Apollo Milwaukee or approved equal. 2.10 BALL VALVES A. 3 Inches and Under: Bronze body, chrome plated stainless steel ball, Teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle with insulation extension, solder or threaded ends, rated 600 PSI WOG. 2.11 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Up to 2 inches: Bronze 45 degree swing disc, solder ends, rated 125 PSI. 2.12 FLOOR DRAINS (FD -1) B. 2.13 A. A. Lacquered cast iron two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar, and round, adjustable nickel - bronze strainer; Josam Series 30000, or approved equal. Provide Josam E -3 Integral Oval Funnel where noted on Drawings. FLOOR DRAIN WITH SEDIMENT BUCKET (FD -2) Lacquer coated cast iron floor drain with double drawage flange, weepholes, bottom outlet, square top, removable medium -deep sediment bucket and heavy -duty hinge grate. Josam 36620 or approved equal. 2.14 TRENCH DRAIN GRATES AND FRAMES (FD -3) A. Furnish and install heavy duty trench frames and grates. Neenah R- 4990 -C with Type A grate openings and Type L frame of length shown on plans and 12" wide. B. Submit shop drawings. 15400 - 2 PLUMBING 9. L. L i i i BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 2.15 CLEANOUTS A. Interior Finished Floor Areas: Lacquered cast iron, two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar, as required, round with scoriated cover in service areas and round with depressed cover to accept floor finish in finished floor- areas; Josam Series 56000, or approved equal. B. Interior Finished Wall Areas: Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw; Josam Series 58700, or approved equal. C. Interior Unfinished Accessible Areas: Caulked or threaded type. 2.16 SHOCK ABSORBERS A. Provide Water hammer shock absorbers made of stainless steel or other approved non - corrosive material. Absorbers shall be Josam, Jay R. Smith, Wade or Zurn, no substitute, sized as follows. P.D.I. and Smith Wade Zurn Josam Plan Symbol Size Size Size Size A 5005 W -5 #100 75001 B 5010.... W -10 #200 75002 C 5020.... W -20 #300 75003 D 5030.... W -50 #400 75004 2.17 WALL HYDRANTS AND HOSE BIBBS A. Provide Woodford, Zurn, Josam, Wade or Jay R. Smith, no substitute; brass with vacuum breaker, all internal parts of the hydrant renewable from the outside face, and 3/4" connections. Furnish loose key with each hydrant. B. Provide all other wall hydrants installed on outside walls or curbs with polished brass, exposed 3/4" nozzle, and bronze casing, Woodford Model 65 or equal hydrant by other manufacturers specified above. 2.18 WATER CLOSET (F -1) A. Bowl: Floor mount white vitreous china, siphon jet, elongated rim, 1.5 gallon flush, 1 '/2 spud, and bolt caps. Kohler K -4350 Wellcomme lite toilet bowl - water closet (F -1). B. Seat: Solid white plastic with open front and cover, brass bolts; Kohler, or approved equal. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 C. Flush Valve: Exposed chrome plated, diaphragm type with oscillating handle, escutcheon, integral screwdriver stop, vacuum breaker; Sloan Royal No. 111, or approved equal. 2.19 WATER CLOSET (F -lA) A. Bowl: Floor mount white vitreous china, siphon jet, elongated rim, 1.5 gallon flush, 1 1/4 spud, and bolt caps. Kohler K-4368 Highcliff lite toilet bowl - water closet (F1 -A) Handicap - must meet ADA requirements. B. Seat: Solid white plastic with open front and cover, brass bolts; Kohler, or approved equal. C. Flush Valve: Exposed chrome plated, diaphragm type with oscillating handle, escutcheon, integral screwdriver stop, vacuum breaker; Sloan Royal No. 111, or approved equal. 2.20 LAVATORY (F -2) A. Lavatory: Self - rimming, white vitreous china, counter top, mount 20 x 17 inches, drillings on 4 inch centers, front overflow, Kohler Pennington, No. K -2196, or approved equal. B. Trim: Chrome plated supply fitting with open grid strainer, water economy aerator, single lever handle; Kohler K -15597 (Coralais) faucet, or approved equal. Provide 1 -1/2 inch insulated chrome plated "P" trap with cleanout. C. Insulation: Insulate sink supply lines and waste line with molded cover, insulating kit, ANSI and ADA. Trap Wrap by Brocar Products, Inc., or approved equal. 2.21 LAVATORY (F -2A) A. Lavatory: Wall hung, white vitreous china wheelchair patients' lavatory with 11 1/2" centers; Kohler Morningside, No. K- 12634, or approved equal. B. Trim: Chrome plated supply fitting with open grid strainer, water economy aerator, single lever handle; Kohler K -15597 (Coralais) and K -13885 drain or approved equal. Provide 1 -1/2 inch insulated chrome plated "P" trap with cleanout. PLUMBING 15400 - 3 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila. Washington C. Insulation: Insulate sink supply lines and waste line with molded cover; insulating kit, ANSI and ADA. Trap Wrap by Brocar Products, Inc., or approved equal. 2.22 URINAL (F -3) A. Urinal: Vitreous- china, wall hung siphon jet urinal with shields, integral trap, removable stainless steel strainer, 3/4 inch top spud, steel supporting hanger, white; Kohler Freshman No. K- 4989 -T, or approved equal. B. Flush Valve: Exposed chrome plated, diaphragm type with oscillating handle, escutcheon, integral screwdriver stop, vacuum breaker; Sloan Royal No. 186, or approved equal.. 2.23 SERVICE SINK (F -4) A. Basin: Molded stone, 24" x 24" x 10 ", complete with #874 cast brass drain body, #302 stainless steel strainer and line basket, #832 -AA 30" long 5/8" flexible rubber hose and #889 -CC stainless steel mop hanger, Fiat Products Model MSB -2424, or approved equal. B. Trim: Chrome plated faucet with vacuum breaker, integral stops, adjustable wall brace, pail hook and 3/4" hose threaded spout, #830 -AA as supplied by Fiat, or approved equal. 2.24 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (F -5) A. Single Barrier -Free, wall hung electric water cooler with stainless steel top and body, self - closing levers, elevated anti -squirt bubblers with steam guard, automatic stream regulator, mounting frame, refrigerated with integral air cooled condenser, capacity of 8.0 gal/hour of 50 deg. F water with inlet at 80 deg. F and room temperature of 90 deg. F, 1/5 HP compressor; full load amps 4.8; Elkay Model EBFSA -8, or approved equal. Color Grey Biege. 2.25 SINGLE COMPARTMENT STAINLESS STEEL SINK (F -6) A. Elkay LR -1720 stainless steel sink, single compartment. B. LK -99 drain. C. LK -2423 faucet. 2.26 SELF REGULATING HEAT TAPE BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 A. Self - regulating heat tape consisting of two (2) 16 AWG bus wires embedded in a self - regulating polymer core that varies its heat output all its entire length. B. Heater shall be covered by a radiation cross - linked modified polyolefin dielectric jacket and protected by a tinned copper braid. Power connection, end seal, splice and tee components shall be applied in the field. 2.27 FIXTURE CARRIERS A. Urinal Carrier: Floor mounted single carrier with hanger and bearing plates; Josam Series 17810, or approved equal. B. Electric Water Cooler Carrier: Floor mounted single carrier with hanger and bearing plates, sized to accommodate specified water cooler; Josam Series 17900, or approved equal. 2.28 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS A. Automatic, electric, vertical storage type, 150 psig maximum working pressure. Glass lined steel tank, thermally insulated with 1 -1/2 inch thick foam; encased in corrosion - resistant steel jacket; baked -on enamel finish. Automatic water thermostat with temperature range from 110 to 170 degrees F, flanged or screw -in nichrome elements, enclosed controls and electrical junction box. Brass water connections and dip tube, drain valve, high density magnesium anode, and ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve. State Industries, or approved equal. Water heaters shall have capacity and performance as scheduled on drawings. 2.29 AIR COMPRESSOR A. Air Compressor to be Sanborn Magnaforce Air Compressor - 5 H.P., 2 stage, 60 gal., 175psi, 208/230 volt, I phase, 30 amp., 60 HZ, with vibration pad, filter, air pressure regulator, inline lubricator, and inline water trap. North Central Air, Sherry Movbry/ 913 454 3409 1. All airline connectors are to be equipped with 1/4" female couplers. 15400 - 4 PLUMBING r C [. L i L L t i i BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 2. Electrical contractor to provide relays required to interlock air compressor with Install Bay lights. 2.30 ROOF DRAINS A. Roof Drain (RD-1) 1. Provide Josam 21500 -1 or equal cast iron roof drains with locking aluminum dome and under deck clamp. Provide options necessary to adapt above drain to applicable roof system and roof insulation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide storm drain from roof drains to terminal points. 3. Shop drawings are required. B. Roof Drain (RD -2) - Overflow Drain 1. Provide Josam 2600 with internal water guard or equal cast iron roof drains with locking aluminum dome and under deck clamp. Provide options necessary to adapt above drain to applicable roof system and roof insulation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Provide storm drain from drains to terminal points. 3. Shop drawings are required. C. Roof Drain Nozzle - (RDN -1) 1. Provide Josam 25010 or equal cast bronze downspout nozzle, loose wall flange and inlet threaded connection. 2. Shop drawings are required. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. C. D. Verify adjacent construction is ready to receive rough -in work of this Section. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington 3.2 INSTALLATION MA #99 -3480 A. Provide non - conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Slope water piping and arrange to drain at low points. C. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage to 1/8 inch per foot minimum. Maintain gradients. D. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 15050. E. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Install unions at equipment or apparatus connections. Install ball valves for shut -off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. Install globe valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. F. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to permit intended performance. G. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. H. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve, where shown on drawings. I. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with stops, reducers and escutcheons. Install components level and plumb. Install and secure fixtures in place. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant, color to match fixture. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise or overflow. PLUMBING 15400 - 5 MA #99-3480 B. At completion, clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. ' C. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended to hold fixture in place. 3.4 FIXTURE.ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with following table of minimum sizes for particular fixtures. HOT COLD WATER WATER WASTE VENT Water Closet 1-1/4" 4" 2" • (Flush Valve) Urinal 1" 2" 1-1/2" Lavatory 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" Service Sink.... 1/2" 1/2" 3" 1-1/2" Electric Water.. 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" Cooler 3.5 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER. PIPING SYSTEM A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/1 residual. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. Flush disinfectant from system until residual is equal to that of incoming water. B. Submit Certified results of Test to Owner. END OF SECTION Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington BEST. BUY STORES Deceniber.8. 1999 15400 - 6 PLUMBING U. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 15500 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Exhaust Fans. B. Unit Heaters. C. Smoke Detectors. (Installation only) D. Duct Heating Coils. E. Split System. F. Ceiling Fan. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ARI 210 - Standard for Unitary Air- Conditioning Equipment. B. Section - Controls 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Meet the requirements of UL and applicable codes. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 15010. B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 15010. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions and maintenance and repair data under provisions of Section 15010. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide one year unconditional parts warranty under provisions of Section 15010. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 POWER ROOF VENTILATOR FANS MA #99 -3480 A. Roof exhaust unit shall be belt driven, centrifugal type with motor and drive isolated from the airstream. Motors shall be heavy duty type with permanently lubricated, sealed ball bearings. The drive unit shall be mounted on rubber vibration isolators. B. Housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge aluminum with a motorized backdraft damper and a pre -fab roof curb. C. Exhaust unit shall have a factory installed and wired disconnect switch. D. Units shall have capacity and performance as scheduled on drawings. E. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck 2. Penn 3. Ventilator 4. ACME 5. Cook 6. or approved equal. 2.2 SMOKE DETECTORS A. Smoke detectors are furnished by the Electrical Contractor. B. Installation Responsibilities: 1. HVAC Contractor to install. 2. Electrical Contractor to furnish smoke detectors and make power connections. 3. Electrical Contractor to provide interlocks with all RTUs for all units to shut down when any detector is activated. 4. Electrical Contractor to wire alarm panel. 2.3 DUCT HEATING COILS A. Furnish and install where shown on mechanical • drawings, Indeeco Model QUA, or approved equal, electric duct heaters complete with thermal cutouts, air flow switch, contactors control transformer and performance and capacities as shown in equipment schedule. HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 15500 - 1 MA #99 -3480 2.4 CEILING EXHAUST FAN A. Steel constructed housing designed to be installed between ceiling joists. Bottom of fan is integral ceiling grille. Low sone readings, integral backdraft damper. Performance and capacities as scheduled on drawings. B. Unit shall be Greenheck, Penn, or approved equal. C. Interlocked with room lights. 2.5 GAS UNIT HEATERS (UH) A. Units shall be an indoor power vented gas fired fan type unit heater arranged for ceiling suspension and horizontal discharge. B. Units shall be equipped for use with natural gas, 24 volt control transformer, intermittent spark pilot with timed lockout, single stage combination gas valve and shall be designed - certified by the American Gas Association and bear the AGA label. C. The units shall contain a heat exchanger and burners constructed of E -3 (409) stainless steel. Provide a 10 year warranty. D. Units shall come equipped with a terminal strip connector, fan control and required safety controls. Provide thermostat and insulated base. E. Unit shall have capacity and performance as scheduled on drawings. F. Unit shall be as manufactured by Reznor, Modine, or approved equal. 2.6 IN -LINE VENTILATORS Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington A. B. 2.7 SPLIT SYSTEM A. B. C. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 Ceiling ventilators shall be direct drive, forward curved, centrifugal blower type. Fan wheel shall be constructed of galvanized steel and shall be dynamically balanced. The housing shall be constructed of galvanized steel and acoustically insulated for quiet operation. An integral aluminunrbackdraft damper shall be standard. Blower and motor assembly shall be easily removable from the housing without disturbing the ductwork. The motor shall be permanently lubricated with built -in thermal overload protection and shall be factory tested prior to shipment. The unit shall be supplied with an internal wiring box and receptacle. The discharge position shall be adjustable by moving interchangeable panels supplied with removable fasteners. Ceiling ventilators shall be certified and licensed to bear the AMCA Seal for Air and Sound Performance. Ceiling ventilator performance shall be based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA publication 211 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Program. Fan sound power level ratings shall be based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA publication 311 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings Program. Ceiling ventilators shall be UL listed and CSA certified. Indoor, in the ceiling mounted, direct expansion fan coil to be matched with the 38HDS multi -split condensing unit. Units shall fit standard 2 ft x 4 ft ceiling grid. Indoor, direct expansion, low profile (11 3/4 inch high) in ceiling fan coil. Unit shall come complete with cooling coil, fan, fan motor, piping connectors, electrical controls, condensate pump and hanging brackets. Unit Cabinet: Cabinet shall be constructed of zinc coated steel. Fully insulated discharge and inlet grilles shall be attractively styled, high impact polystyrene. Cabinet shall have filter tracks and cleanable filters which shall be accessible from below with a 1/4 turn fastener. Adjacent room cooling to be provided by a simple knockout in the cabinet side panel and cabinet shall have provisions to accommodate a limited amount of ductwork if desired. 15500 - 2 HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 D. Fan: Fan shall be a centrifugal, direct drive blower type with air intake in center of the unit and discharge on the perimeter. Air louvers shall be adjustable for 2, 3, or 4 way discharge. E. Coil: Coil shall be copper tube with aluminum fins and galvanized steel tube sheets. Fins will be bonded to the tubes by mechanical expansion. A drip pan under the coil shall have a factory installed condensate pump and drain connection for hose attachment to remove condensate. F. Motors: Motor shall be totally enclosed and permanently lubricated with inherent protection. Fan motor shall be 3 speed. G. Controls: Controls shall be 24 v. and shall be easily operated by the user from a wall mounted control unit. Float control shall be in the condensate sump to shut unit down in case of pump malfunction. A wall mounted electro- mechanical thermostat with 3 fan speed selections, and an auto /manual switch shall be supplied for field installation. Evaporator coil freeze protection shall be provided. H. Special Features (Field Installed Accessories - Thermostat and Subbase): The thermostat shall be commercial grade to control unit operation and the subbase shall provide 3 speed fan switchover capability with continuous and automatic fan operating switch. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT A. Install HVAC equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not operate fans for any purpose until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. C. Install fans as indicated, with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. D. Install flexible connections between fan and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and fan while running. E. Provide safety screen where inlet or outlet is exposed. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington F. Vent all gas fired burners to atmosphere. END OF SECTION MA #99 -3480 HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 15500 - 3 - Parkway'. Superce nter;: , , Tukwila: Washin¢ ton BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 SECTION 15550 - PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS NOTE: OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT — RECEIVED, UNLOADED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR) PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Package roof top unit. Heat exchanger. Refrigeration components. Unit operating controls. Roof curb. Electrical power connections. G. Operation and maintenance service. Packaged Gas Heat/Electric Cooling Rooftop Units (Installed by Contractor) 1. National Accounts: Trane Company Brian Ranney Phone: (800) 204 -6625. I. Roof Mounting Frame and Bases. (Installed by this Contractor) 1. National Accounts: Trane Company Brian Ranney Phone: (800) 204 -6625. J. Outdoor rooftop mounted, electronically controlled, heating and cooling unit utilizing high efficiency compressors for cooling duty and natural gas combustion for heating duty. 1.2 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, Tukwila, Washington prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15 - Motors. B. Section 15 - Vibration Isolation. C. Section 15 - Ductwork Insulation. D. Section 15__ - Air Cleaning. E. Section 15 - Controls and Instrumentation. F. Section 16 - Equipment Wiring Systems. 1.4 REFERENCES A. NFPA 90 A & B - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems and Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. B. ANSUASHRAE 15 - Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. C. ARI 360 - Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment testing and rating standard. D. ANSUASHRAE 37 - Testing Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment. MA #99 -3480 E. ANSUASHRAEIIES 90 A - Energy Conservation in New Building Design Standard. F. ANSI/UL 465 - Central Cooling Air Conditioners Standard for safety requirements. G. California Energy Commission Administrative Code - Title 20/24 - Establishes the minimum efficiency requirements for HVAC equipment installed in new buildings in the State of California. H. ARI 270 - Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment. I. ANSI/NFPA 70 -1990 - National Electric Code. J. ANSI Z21.47 - Gas -Fired Central Furnaces (except Direct Vent Central Furnaces). 1.5 SUBMITTALS PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (OWNER FURNISHED) 15550 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington A. Submit drawings indicating components, dimensions, weights and loadings, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. B. Submit 7 (seven) copies of product data indicating rated capacities, weights, accessories, and electrical requirements. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit 4 (four) copies of operation and maintenance manuals to the engineer after engineering stamp has been applied to the product data. B. Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, start- up and operating instructions, installation instructions, and maintenance procedures. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE and HANDLING 1.8 A. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions for rigging, unloading, and transporting units. B. Protect units from physical damage. Leave factory shipping covers in place until installation. WARRANTY A. Provide a full parts warranty for one year from start-up or 18 months from shipment, whichever occurs first. B. Provide one year parts warranty. Five year replacement compressor warranty with additional ten year heat exchanger limited warranty. C. Include one year service guarantee on the entire refrigeration cycle and its associated interlocks. This guarantee shall obligate the installer to service the equipment and attend to all legitimate service calls and make necessary repairs, alterations, additions, adding refrigerant charges, etc. for a period of one year without additional cost to the Owner. Compressors shall carry an additional four year parts warranty with the exclusion of replacement labor. Shop drawings submitted for approval shall be accompanied by a copy of the purchase agreement between the Contractor and an authorized service representative of the manufacturer for check, test and start up and first year service. 1.9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 A. Units shall be U.L. listed and labeled, classified in accordance to ANSI Z21.47 for gas fired central furnaces, and U.L. 465 for central cooling air conditioners. Canadian units shall be CSA certified. 2.1 SUMMARY 2.3 UNIT CASING PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. The contractor shall install package rooftop units as shown and scheduled on the contract documents. The units shall be installed in accordance with this specification and perform at the specified conditions as scheduled. B. Packaged rooftop air conditioning units shall be manufactured by Trane. 2.2 GENERAL UNIT DESCRIPTION A. Units furnished and installed shall be combination gas heating/electric cooling packaged rooftops as scheduled on contract documents and these specifications. Units shall consist of insulated weather tight casing with compressors, air cooled condenser coil, condenser fans, evaporator coil, return air filters, supply motors, unit controls, and gas -fired heating section. B. Unit(s) shall be 100% factory run tested and fully charged with R -22. C. Units shall have labels, decals, and/or tags to aid in the service of the unit and indicate caution areas. D. Units shall be dedicated downflow or dedicated horizontal airflow as manufactured. E. Wiring internal to the unit shall be colored and numbered for identification. F. Unit shall include a factory installed disconnect switch. G. Unit shall include a 120V duplex convenience power outlet with a separate 120V service. H. High voltage, 120 volt, and control services shall enter the unit through the curb. 15550 - 2 PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (OWNER FURNISHED) i aye: row BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 A. Cabinet: Galvanized steel, phosphatized, and finished with an air -dry paint coating with removable access panels. Structural members shall be 16 gauge with access doors and removable panels of minimum 20 gauge. B. Units cabinet surface shall be tested 500 hours in salt spray test in compliance with ASTM B117. C. Cabinet construction shall allow for all service/ maintenance from one side of the unit. D. Cabinet top cover shall be one piece construction or where seams exits, it shall be double hemmed and gasket sealed. E. Access Panels: Water and air tight panels with handles shall provide access to filters, heating section, return air fan section, supply air fan section, evaporator coil section, and unit control section. F. Downflow unit's base pans shall have a raised 1 1/8 inch high lip around the supply and return openings for water integrity. G. Insulation: Provide 1/2 inch thick coated fiberglass insulation on all exterior panels in contact with the return and conditioned air stream. H. The base of the unit shall have provisions for forklift and crane lifting 2.4 AIR FILTERS A. Air Filters: Factory installed filters shall mount integral within the unit and shall be accessible thru access panels. Two inch thick glass fiber disposable media filters shall be provided. 2.5 FANS AND MOTORS A. Provide evaporator fan section with forward curved, double width, double inlet, centrifugal type fan. B. Provide self - aligning, grease lubricated, ball or sleeve bearings with permanent lubrication fittings. C. Provide units 5 tons and below with direct drive, multiple speed, dynamically balanced supply fans. D. Provide units 6 1/4 tons and above with belt driven, supply fans with adjustable motor sheaves. PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (OWNER FURNISHED) Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 E. Outdoor and Indoor Fan motors shall be permanently lubricated and have internal thermal overload protection. F. Outdoor fans shall be direct drive, statically and dynamically balanced, draw through in the vertical discharge position. G. Provide shafts constructed of solid hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with key -way, and protectively coated with lubricating oil. 2.6 GAS FIRED HEATING SECTION A. Completely assembled and factory installed heating system shall be integral to unit. UL or CSA approved specifically for outdoor applications for use downstream from refrigerant cooling coils. Threaded connection with plug or cap provided. Provide capability for gas piping connection through side of unit. B. Heating section shall be factory run tested prior to shipment. C. Gas Burner shall be forced combustion type power burner, negative pressure gas valve, manual shut- off, hot surface ignition, and flame sensing safety control. D. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Provide safety controls for the proving of combustion air prior to ignition, and continuous flame supervision. Upon a failure to ignite, two attempts of ignition will occur before lockout of the ignition system. E. Combustion blower shall be centrifugal type fan with built- in thermal overload protection on fan motor. F. Heat Exchanger: Provide drum and tube heat exchanger of free floating design manufactured from 18 -gauge aluminized steel. Factory pressure and leak tested. G. Limit controls: High temperature limit controls will shut off gas flow in the event of excessive temperatures resulting from restricted indoor airflow or loss of indoor airflow. 15550 - 3 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington 2.7 EVAPORATOR COIL A. Provide configured aluminum fin surface mechanically bonded to copper tubing coil. B. Provide an independent expansion device for each refrigeration circuit. Factory pressure test at 450 psig and leak tested at 200 psig. C. Provide drain pan for base of evaporator coil constructed of PVC or galvanized steel with external connections. 2.8 CONDENSER SECTION A. Provide internally finned 3/8 " seamless copper tube mechanically bonded to aluminum fins. Factory pressure tested to 450 psig. B. Provide vertical discharge, direct drive fans with aluminum blades. Fans shall be statically balanced. Motors shall be permanently lubricated, with integral thermal overload protection in a weather tight casing. 2.9 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM A. Compressors: Provide hermetic reciprocating compressor(s) with heat treated forged steel or cast iron shafts, aluminum alloy connecting rods, automotive type pistons, rings to prevent gas leakage, internal suction and discharge valves, crankcase heater, and centrifugal oil pump. Internally isolated motors on springs. Provide suction gas cooled motor with over temperature and over current protection. B. Units shall have cooling capabilities down to 0 degree F as standard. For field installed low ambient accessory, the manufacturer shall provide a factory authorized serviceman that will assure proper installation and operation. C. Provide with thermostatic temperature control in the compressor windings, to protect against excessive temperatures, high and low pressure conditions. D. Provide each unit with refrigerant circuits factory supplied completely piped with liquid line filter drier, suction and liquid line Schraeder valves. 2.10 OUTDOOR AIR SECTION BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 A. Provide a fully integrated factory installed 100% modulating outside air economizer with unit return and barometric relief air dampers. Unit operation is through primary temperature controls that automatically modulate dampers to maintain space temperature conditions. B. Provide economizer with automatic differential enthalpy control. C. Provide adjustable minimum position control located in the economizer section of the unit. D. Provide spring return motor for outside air damper closure during unit shutdown or power interruption. 2.11 OPERATING CONTROLS A. Provide microprocessor unit mounted control which when used with an electronic zone sensor provides proportional integral room control. This UCM shall perform all unit functions by making all heating, cooling and ventilating decisions through resident software logic. B. Provide factory installed indoor evaporator defrost control to prevent compressor slugging by interrupting compressor operation. 1. Provide a minimum three minute off timer to prevent compressor from short cycling. 2. Provide a time delay to sequence the starting of compressors. 2.12 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A. Interface control module to Energy Management System EMS) to be furnished and mounted by rooftop unit manufacturer. Through this interface module, all Energy Management functions (specified in Energy Management Section) shall be performed. See Building Automation and Automatic Temperature Control System Specifications. The interface module with necessary controls and sensors shall all be factory mounted. The only field connection to Energy Management System shall be a single communication link and two wire zone temp sensor. 15550 - 4 PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (OWNER FURNISHED) B. Control Functions: Include unit scheduling, occupied/unoccupied mode, start-up and coast - down modes, nighttime free -cool purge mode, demand limiting, night setback, discharge air set point adjustment, timed override and alarm shutdown and with optional modem provide remote dial in and dial out capabilities. C. Diagnostic Functions: Include supply fan status, and cooling circuit status, and a field supplied and installed sensor, to provide a dirty filter alarm, air flow failure, zone sensor failure, high temperature, outdoor air sensor failure, local cool/heat setpoint failure, compressor lockout, and if optional economizer is used; minimum position potentiometer failure. D. Provide capabilities for Boolean Processing and trend logs as well as "templated" reports and logs. 2.13 SPECIAL FEATURES A. Dampers equipped with low leakage dampers not to exceed 2% leakage, at 1.0 inch WG pressure differential. B. All unit power wiring shall enter unit cabinet at single location through the curb. Include a factory mounted disconnect switch. C. Weatherproof Duplex Outlet: Each unit shall come with a factory wired duplex outlet mounted on the outside of the unit. 2.14 ROOF CURB A. Provide factory supplied roof curb, 16 gauge perimeter made of zinc coated steel with supply and return air gasketing and wood nailer strips. Ship knocked down and provided with instructions for easy assembly. B. Curb shall be manufactured in accordance with the National Roofing Contractors Association guidelines. C. Curb shall allow for installing and securing ductwork to curb prior to mounting unit on the curb. BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Contractor shall verify that roof is ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings and illustrated by the manufacturer. B. Contractor shall verify that proper power supply is available. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Contractor shall install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Mount units on factory built roof mounting frame providing watertight enclosure to protect ductwork and utility services. Install roof mounting curb level. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. The contractor shall furnish manufacturer complete submittal wiring diagrams of the package unit as applicable for field maintenance and service. 3.4 PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. Do not operate units for any purpose until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated and units have been test run under observation. B. Install flexible connections between rooftop unit and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and rooftop unit while running. C. Install factory supplied power relief fans in the field. D. Label each item of equipment with a 6x 3 plastic label, indicating unit number per mechanical drawings. E. Best Buy will furnish the roof top equipment and curbs and the mechanical contractor is responsible to unload and install all equipment listed in this section. D. Provide security burglar bars in supply and return ductwork. PART 3 - EXECUTION PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (OWNER FURNISHED) 15550 - 5 PART 4 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 4.1 PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNITS (PRTU) Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington A. Each PRTU shall be controlled by a stand -alone microprocessor based controller with resident control logic. The BAS shall perform the following rooftop control strategies, provide the points listed on the points list and provide the specified monitoring and diagnostics. 1. Occupied Mode - All unit functions will be enabled for normal heating and cooling operation. Unit defaults to thermostat mode when communication with BAS is lost. 2. Normal Operation - When in occupied mode as described above, the dedicated unit control shall operate stages of heating and cooling to maintain space temperature setpoint. Setpoints shall be reset through BAS by the operator. B. Starting Mode - When the unit is turned on by the BAS for optimal start, heating or cooling is provided as required. The outside air dampers, if provided, remains closed, in heating mode, until occupied time. C. Coastdown Mode - When the unit is turned "OFF" by the BAS for optimal stop, the supply fan remains "ON ", the outside air damper remains open for ventilation, and a setpoint offset is initiated to limit heating and cooling. Space comfort is protected by the user defined setpoint offset. D. Duty Cycle Mode - When the unit is duty cycled "OFF" it is put in a user - defined Duty Cycle Mode. User defines max/min temperature limits to ensure occupant comfort and override duty cycle if limits are exceeded. E. Demand Limit Mode - Through the BAS a user defined Demand Limit Mode shall be available. User defines maximum off time and temperature to ensure occupant comfort. F. Night Setback Temperature Control - When the BAS selects unoccupied mode, the unit shall be controlled to maintain user defined unoccupied heating and cooling setpoints. The outdoor air damper remains closed during heating night setback operation, if provided. G. Nighttime Free -Cool Purge Mode - An "economizer only" cooling cycle shall be provided during unoccupied hours when outdoor air conditions are suitable and the zone requires cooling. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 H. Low Ambient Compressor Lockout - Compressor operation shall be disabled below a user defined outdoor air temperature. I. Timed Override - When a timed override is initiated by the user, the unit will return to its user defined normal occupied mode for the user determined period of time. J. Fire Shutdown - The unit will shut down in response to a customer supplied contact closure to the BAS indicating the presence of a fire or other emergency condition. K. Manual Setting of Heat or Cool Mode - BAS Operator shall be able to select the following unit operating modes: 1. Heating 2. Cooling 3. Emergency heat (heat pump). Default mode is automatic changeover. L. Heat Pump Auxiliary Heat Lockout - Heat pump auxiliary heat operation shall be prevented above a user defined outdoor air temperature. M. Emergency Heat Mode - Shall be selectable at BAS. In emergency heat mode, compressors shall be locked out and auxiliary heat shall control for space comfort. N. Unit status report - For each PRTU unit, the BAS shall provide an operating status summary of all sensed values (zone temperature, discharge temperature, etc.) setpoints and modes. O. Diagnostic/Protection - The BAS system shall be able to alarm from all sensed points from the rooftop units and diagnostic alarms sensed by the unit controller. Alarm limits shall be designated for all sensed points. END OF SECTION 15550 - 6 PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (OWNER FURNISHED) BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1– GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Low pressure ductwork and accessories. B. Diffusers, Registers, Grilles, and Concentric Drop Type Supply /Return. C. Combination Fire and Smoke Dampers. D. Duct cleaning. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. B. Section 15250 - Mechanical insulation. 1.3 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM A525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. B. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. C. SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes: Inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AIR DISTRIBUTION Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A and SMACNA standards. 1.7 SUBMITTALS 2.1 A. B. MA #99 -3480 A. Submit shop drawings and product data for diffusers, registers and grilles under provisions of Section 15010. PART 2 – PRODUCTS DUCTWORK MATERIALS Steel Ducts: ASTM A525 galvanized steel sheet. Insulated Flexible Ducts: Flexible duct wrapped with flexible glass fiber insulation, enclosed by an outer vapor barrier jacket of metalized neoprene laminate, reinforced with fiberglass scrim; maximum 0.23 "k" value at 75 degrees F. Ducts shall have a flame spread/smoke developed rating — of 25/50 in accordance with UL 181 Class I. C. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws. D. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. E. Round ducts shall be installed in all exposed areas in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission. F. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1 -1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. G. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees. H. Provide easements where low pressure ductwork conflicts with piping and structure. Where easements exceed 10 percent duct area, split into two ducts maintaining original duct area. 15880 . 1 MA #99 -3480 I. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive plus sheet metal screws. 2.2 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. B. Fabricate splitter dampers of material same gage as duct to 24 inches size in either direction, and two gages heavier for sizes over 24 inches. Fabricate splitter dampers of single thickness sheet metal to streamline shape. Secure blade with continuous hinge or rod. Operate with minimum 1/4 inch diameter rod in self aligning, universal joint action flanged bushing with set screw. C. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi -blade dampers. (Where rod lengths exceed 30 inches provide regulator at both ends.) 2.3 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards. 2.4 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. Type "A" Square Ceiling Diffuser: 24" x 24" One - piece stamped steel construction, miter corner joints, removable inner core, round neck with opposed Blade Damper and white enamel finish for lay -in ceiling Titus TMS or approved equal. B. Type "B" Linear Slot Diffuser: Aluminum - Titus Adjustable (two direction and volume) model ML 39. 48" long with 3 one inch slots. C. Type "C" Return/Exhaust Grilles; Aluminum core with 1/2" x 1/2" squares. Titus 50F or approved equal. D. Type "D" Supply Air Register: Steel blades and frame double deflection, front blades parallel to the long dimension, all blades individually adjustable, spaced 3/4" on center, opposed blade damper. Titus 300RL E. Type "E" Return/Exhaust Register: Streamlined blades, 35 fixed deflection, 3/4 inch spacing. Opposed blade damper operable from face. Titus 350RL or approved equal. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 F. Type "F ", same as Type "E:" except grille without damper. G. Type "G" Supply Diffusers: (installed by the Contractor - furnished by Trane Company). Install a supply drop box, horizontal supply discharge from the sides, low pressure drop with internal insulation. . All surfaces must be paintable. Manufactured by Plenums, Inc. No substitute. 1. National Account: Brian Ranney, Phone: (800) 204-6625. H. Type "H" Diffuser: Not used. 1. Type "I" Perforated Ceiling Diffuser: 24" X 24 ", aluminum flush fire, hinged perforated face, with 3/16" diagonal holes, adjustable deflector blades, discharge pattern is adjustable from horizontal to vertical, round inlet Collar, #25 white finish. Titus PCS -AA or approved equal. J. Verify frame styles required to accommodate ceiling and wall construction. 2.5 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Furnish and install at locations shown on plans combination fire and smoke dampers constructed and tested in accordance with UL Standard 555.S. B. Damper shall have 1 -1/2 hour fire protection rating, a 212 F. fusible link and bear the UL label. C. Combination smoke and fire dampers small be Ruskin, Model FSD6008, or approved equal. D. Provide combination fire and smoke dampers in walls as shown on the plans. All wiring of dampers will be by the electrical contractors. 3.1 INSTALLATION PART 3 — EXECUTION A. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate controllers. Provide pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. 15800 - 2 AIR DISTRIBUTION BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 B. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. C. Connect diffusers or boots to low pressure ducts with 6 feet maximum length of insulated flexible duct. Hold in place with strap or clamp. D. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. E. Install ductwork parallel with building construction lines. F. Install accessories, air inlets and air outlets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Provide balancing dampers at points on low pressure supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts and as required for air balancing. Use splitter dampers only where indicated. H. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment. I. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. J. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. K. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. L. Provide combination fire and smoke dampers at locations indicated, where ducts pass through fire rated components, and where required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections. M. Demonstrate re- setting of fire dampers and combination fire and smoke dampers to Authorities Having Jurisdiction and Owner's representative. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington N. A. MA #99 -3480 Label all concentric diffusers with the corresponding rooftop unit it serves. The number shall be a minimum of 6 inches height and be placed on the side opposite the store front, if there is not concentric drop place number on the supply duct opposite the store front. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust. To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filter, or bypass during cleaning. END OF SECTION AIR DISTRIBUTION 15880. ...BEST BUY: STORES Parkway Supercenter December..8, 1999 SECTION 16010 SECTION 16050 - SECTION 16400 SECTION 16500 - SECTION 16700 SECTION 17010 - DIVISION. 16 ELECTRICAL WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL PROVISIONS BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION LIGHTING FIRE ALARM ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM I hereby certify that this plan, specification or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Engineer of Record Registration No, BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 December 8, 1999 SECTION 16010 — GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 13 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS A. The Conditions of the Contract (General and other Conditions), General Requirements (Sections of Division 1) and Energy Management System 17010 are hereby made a part of Division 16. B. The articles contained in this Section are intended to supplement the Sections outlined above. Where they amend, modify, supersede or void any part of the above, then they shall take precedence but that part remaining unchanged shall still apply. 1.2 EXAMINATION AND LOCATION OF SITE A. The work covered by these Specifications is located at Best Buy Co. City, State. B. The Contractor shall satisfy himself by a personal examination of the site as to all local conditions affecting the performance of the Contract. This Contractor is deemed to accept such conditions as the same are eventually found to exist and to waive all claims for extra compensation arising from unforeseen difficulties encountered except as the same are expressly provided for in either the Specifications or the Contract. C. Professions of ignorance regarding the requirements of the work will in no way serve to modify the provisions of the Contract or Specifications. A. These drawings and specifications have been prepared based upon Best Buy's Co. prototypical store. These documents may require modification based upon actual site conditions, local codes, and local authority having jurisdiction. Any and all modifications must be coordinated with Best Buy Co. prior to performing work. B. The Contractor shall also carefully read the Plans and Specifications before submitting bids on the work to be done. If any Contractor contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed Contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Specifications or other proposed Contract Documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof. The person submitting a request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. C. Any interpretation of the proposed documents will be made ONLY in writing duly issued, a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each bidder receiving a copy of the Plans and Specifications and to such other prospective bidders as have requested that they be furnished with a copy of each. D. These Specifications and the corresponding Drawings form a complete set of Plans for the work of this project and neither shall be considered complete without the other. Where an item is mentioned in one and not in the other, it shall be considered as binding to this Contract as though mentioned in both. E. It is the intent of the Plans and Specifications to form a guide for a complete installation. Everything necessary for the completion and successful operation of the installation, whether or not herein definitely specified or indicated on the Drawings, shall be furnished and installed as well and as faithfully as if so specified or indicated without additional cost to Best Buy Co. These Drawings shall not be scaled to obtain exact dimensions. Reference shall be made to the Architectural Drawings where dimensions are noted. F. Should the Drawings disagree in themselves, or with the Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work or materials shall be provided. If any errors, discrepancies or omissions appear in the Drawings, Specifications or other Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of such errors or omissions. In the event of the Contractor failing to give such notice before construction and/or fabrication of the work, he will be held responsible for the results of any such errors, discrepancies or omissions and the cost of rectifying same. 1.4 MODIFICATIONS TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Throughout the course of the work, minor changes and adjustments to the Plans and Specifications may be requested by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make such adjustments without additional cost to Best Buy Co., where such adjustments are necessary to the proper installation or operation and within the intent of the Contract Documents, e.g., equipment voltage requirements or outlet locations. 1.5 GUARANTEES A. Furnish in writing a one (1) year guarantee, or longer as specified for particular equipment, that material and work are free from defects and faulty workmanship and that defective material or work shall be repaired or replaced without additional cost to Best Buy Co. This shall include responsibility for damage to any part of premises caused by failures in the work furnished and GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 1 MA #99 -3480 installed under this Contract. Best Buy Co. reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep equipment in operating condition and be reimbursed for expenditures without voiding the responsibilities of the Contractor during the guarantee period. 1.6 OTHER WORK A. Other work will be performed by separate trades. Each Contractor shall give careful consideration to the work of the other contractors and shall organize his work so that it will not interfere with the work of other trades. Each must consult the Drawings and Specifications for correlating information of the other trades. Inform other trades of clearances, openings, or restrictions required around electrical equipment. The lay -out of electrical systems may be altered to avoid conflicts prior to installation at no additional cost to the Best Buy Co.. Report any conflicts to the Engineer immediately. Field verify dimensions, mounting heights, and other conditions prior to installation of electrical systems. 1.7 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.8 REGULATIONS AND CODES A. The work, materials and equipment covered by these Specifications shall comply in all respects with the requirements of State, County and City applicable ordinances, regulations and codes. This shall not be construed to permit a lower grade of construction where Plans and Specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements. In addition, the following published standards shall be adhered to: American National Standards Institute American Society of Testing Materials National Fire Prevention Association Underwriter's Laboratory National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Electrical Code and other applicable codes Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila. Washington December 8. 1999 1.9 PERMITS, LICENSES, FEES AND SERVICE CHARGES A. All licenses, fees and service charges required in connection with this work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits and connection costs are to be paid by the installing Contractor and upon completion of the work he shall furnish Best Buy Co. with proof of acceptance of the work from the proper local or State Department having jurisdiction. B. Make all arrangements for and pay for all service charges for temporary and new power, telephone, and CATV services as required. C. The General Contractor will pay the utility for all electricity used during the construction period. 1.10 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS A. The Electrical Contractor shall prepare two complete files of maintenance and operating instructions which cover all electrical systems and equipment furnished and installed for this project. B. Data shall be placed in an 8 -1/2 inch by 11 inch heavy -duty, three -ring binder. Data shall include a complete table of contents, approved shop drawings, maintenance instructions, catalog brochure information and replacement parts list. Drawings shall be neatly folded to approximately 8 -1/2 inch by 11 inch size and inserted individually into mylar sheet protectors, which shall be properly punched and inserted into the binder. The following information shall be typed on the filing tab page: item, manufacturer, contractor's order number, supplier's order number and manufacturer's order number. Binder shall be labeled thus: Best Buy Co. Electrical Systems City, State Year C. The completed files shall be delivered to the Engineer's office for approval who will deliver same to Best Buy Co. 1.11 DEFINITIONS A. The following definitions apply only to Division 16 documents: Furnish: Obtain and deliver to job site. Install: Receive at job site, unload, store, set in place, and put in operation. Provide: Furnish and install. 16010 - 2 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.12 WORK INCLUDED 1.13 STANDARDS 1.14 USE OF DRAWINGS BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington Connect: Provide service to the equipment and make all necessary attachments including lugs, fittings, devices, etc. A. Provide all material, equipment, labor, services, etc. as required for the installation of all electrical systems in compliance with the Contract Documents. These systems shall be left complete, functioning, and ready for use. B. The omission of specific reference to any material or labor required for, or reasonably associated with the installation of a complete system shall not be considered authorization to omit such work. C. Any changes or modifications that are required, because of a particular Manufacturer's or Subcontractor's requirements, shall be made at no additional cost to the Best Buy Co. D. Provide all electrical work indicated in the Contract Documents except for that which is specifically indicated as excluded. A. All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and instructions. B. The installation shall comply with the regulations of the utility that serves the site. C. All work shall be performed in a neat and workmanlike manner by licensed electricians. D. The above requirements establish a minimum standard for the work. Where requirements of the Contract Documents exceed this minimum standard, comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If conflicts occur between the requirements of the Contract Documents and the minimum standards for the work, notify the Engineer before proceeding with the installation. A. The drawings are diagrammatic in mature and indicate approximate locations and general arrangement of equipment, systems, and building elements. Do not scale drawing of 1/4 " =1' -0" scale or smaller. Refer to dimensioned drawings for exact locations of building elements, equipment, etc. Field measurements shall take precedence over dimensioned drawings where applicable. B. Any discrepancies between the electrical drawings and those of other Divisions shall be reported to the Engineer at once. The Engineer reserves the D. E. right to make minor changes in equipment locations as required to resolve such discrepancies, at no additional cost to the Best Buy Co. C. Obtain clarifications from the Engineer before proceeding, if any questions arise regarding the intent of the Contract Documents. If a clarification cannot be obtained quickly enough, the higher quantity or item of higher installed cost shall apply. For locations of connections to equipment furnished by others, consult the supplier of equipment. Do not install equipment that exceeds the dimensions indicated on the drawings and do not reduce the clearances indicated on the drawings without first consulting the Engineer. 1.15 TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING A. Provide and maintain a 100AMP, 120/240 volt, single phase, temporary power and lighting system. B. The temporary outside service shall be located 15 ft. from the building and will include: pole, meter, socket, panel, circuit breakers, and adequate GFI receptacles, for continuous uninterrupted power for the construction period. A second temporary inside service power coming from the outside temporary shall be centered and located on the inside of the building as soon as construction permits. This temporary shall include: panel, circuit breakers, adequate lighting, and adequate GFI receptacles, for continuous uninterrupted power during construction. 1.16 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT MA #99 -3480 A. All materials and equipment shall be new and of the best quality, conform to the requirements of Local and State Codes governing the work GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 3 MA #99 -3480 involved and shall be made by nationally recognized and substantially established manufacturers. B. All materials and equipment used shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. where UL testing and listing are available for the materials and equipment. C. Any equipment installed on this project which is damaged before or after installation shall be either replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of Best Buy Co. 2.2 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL A. Wherever in the Specifications any materials, device or equipment is referred to by the trade name, or other specific manner, followed by the clause "or equal ", it is understood to refer to the grade or quality required and in no way eliminates other equally desirable materials, devices or equipment which would meet the requirements of the Specifications and approval of the Engineer. B. Any process or materials not specifically mentioned which will completely accomplish the purposes of these Specifications will be considered, if a written request for approval together with sufficient catalog and size information to show the equipment is comparable, is submitted to the Engineer for his action. C. This Contractor shall pay, provide, install and be responsible for extra materials required by himself or any other trade due to the use of alternate approved equipment that has installation requirements different than the specified equipment. This Contractor shall pay other trades for any extra work they are involved in due to this substitution of equipment. He shall also be responsible and shall pay for any redesign work associated with the installation requirements of the substituted equipment, providing either revised drawings or sketches prepared by him or the Engineer. All redesign work shall be approved by the Engineer. D. Final approval of certain materials and equipment will be based on the manufacturer's shop drawings. The Engineer's approval of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the Drawings or Specifications unless he has, in writing, called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him of the responsibility for error in the drawings. 2.3 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS Parkway Supercenter . BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 A. This Contractor shall verify actual nameplate electrical information of all equipment furnished and installed by others prior to installation of conduit, conductors and overcurrent protection. Notify Electrical Engineer of any discrepancies. 2.4 PRODUCT DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. This Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a minimum of five (5) certified copies of product data and shop drawings for equipment as noted in the Specifications for his approval, three of which will be returned to the Contractor for his files and maintenance and operating instruction brochures. Regardless of the number of shop drawings submitted, only two will be retained by the Engineer for his use. If the Contractor needs more than three (3) copies of certain shop drawings for his use, he shall submit as many additional sets of the particular drawings as he requires in addition to the minimum number listed above. The Contractor shall examine, mark up as required and approve all shop drawings prior to their submission to the Engineer. Shop drawings shall be processed with a minimum delay and shall be transported between offices by first class mail. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONNECTIONS AND LAYOUT A. It shall be the responsibility of this Contractor to make connections at terminal points of the Contract. The conduit and equipment may be shown with excess clearance for clarity. However, the Contractor shall group conduit and arrange all equipment to present a neat and workmanlike appearance and to avoid the blocking of passageways or interfering with other trades. All exposed conduit shall be installed parallel to building construction lines, unless noted otherwise. B. Where connections are made to equipment furnished by others, this Contractor shall obtain exact location of connections from persons furnishing said equipment and shall make the final connections. 3.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of Work, uncover ill- timed, defective, and non- conforming work, provide openings for penetrations of existing surfaces, and provide 16010 - 4 GENERAL PROVISIONS • BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 3.3 STORING MATERIALS 3.5 TESTS 3.6 A. B. STARTING OF SYSTEMS samples for testing. Seal penetrations through floors, walls and ceilings. A. All materials and equipment for the work of this Contract shall be stored in approved locations away from damaging traffic and interference with other trades. B. It shall be the responsibility of this Contractor to avoid damage to this equipment, materials and work from any source. This shall include restoration to original conditions should damage occur. 3.4 CLEANLINESS AND CLEANING UP A. The Contractor shall keep his materials and work tidy at all times keeping area free from an accumulation of rubbish and waste. When the work is sufficiently advanced and is enclosed, the job shall be kept "broom clean" and upon completion he shall remove all miscellaneous unused material and shall leave the job in an acceptable condition ready for occupancy. A. Industry standard tests of the electrical installation shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense. Test results shall be reported in writing to the Engineer. B. Best Buy shall provide infra -red scanning test on all panelboards, switchboards and transformer connections under load. Contractor shall be present at both tests. Test shall be done prior to project close -out and Best Buy Co. acceptance and once again 3 months prior to warranty expiration. Satisfactory test results prior to project close -out shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Co. Engineer and Best Buy Co. to receive final payment. Coordinate sequence for start-up of various items of equipment. Notify Best Buy seven days prior to start-up of each item of equipment. C. Have Contract Documents, shop drawings, product data, and operation and maintenance data at hand during entire start -up process. D. Verify that each piece of equipment has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and other conditions which may cause damage. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 E. Verify control systems are fully operational in automatic mode. F. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specific electrical characteristics agree with those specified by electrical equipment manufacturer. G. Verify wiring to motors and controls required by mechanical work is complete. H. Verify wiring and support systems for equipment installed under separate contracts is complete and checked. 1. Motors: Verify that motor amperage agrees with nameplate value. Inspect for conditions which produce excessive current flow and which exist due to equipment malfunction. Take corrective action. J. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible manufacturer's representative and Best Buy Co. K. Place equipment in operation in proper sequence. 3.7 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION A. Verify equipment has been inspected and put into operation and equipment and systems are fully operational. B. Have copies of completed operation and maintenance manuals at hand for use in demonstrations and instructions. C. • Demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and systems to Best Buy's Co. personnel one week prior to date of final inspection. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. D. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. E. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble- shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed -upon times. F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instructions. G. Demonstrate proper lighting control with energy management system. END OF SECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 5 .;,y .,, r ,,,,,.. Y r .� ,: ,,�:..,... ,.t. • r ir„" �e� - ,:r;, •..i 'y;:;:: ".w�'1�!9` jVdtrT� °- .::r: rRi•'s , .. , f ,, BEST BUY STORES Parkw Supercenter D RE ecember 8, 1999 Tukwila; Washington MA #99 =3480 BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 16050 — BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.1 WORK INCLUDED PARTI- GENERAL A. Conduit. B. Wire and Cable... C. Boxes. D. Wiring Devices. E. Modular Wiring System. F. Connections to Energy Management System Components. G. Underfloor Ducts. 1.2 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. B. Electrical Metallic Tubing: ANSI C80.3, galvanized. C. Flexible Metal Conduit: Steel. D. Rigid Non - Metallic Conduit: NEMA TC2, Schedule 40 PVC, with NEMA TC3 fittings and conduit bodies. E. Metal Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB1, material to match conduit. 2.2 WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire or cable insulation: UL listed for specific application. The voltage rating of the wire or cable shall be greater than or equal to the applied system voltage. B. #12 AWG to #10 AWG copper wire: solid or stranded with type THHN, THWN, or XHHW Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington insulation. MA #99 -3480 C. #8 AWG and larger copper wire: Stranded with type THHN, THWN, or XHHW insulation. D. Aluminum wire shall not be permitted. E. Voltage Drop: For conductors sized per NEC on drawings, increase size by number of standard copper sizes shown in table to compensate for voltage drop, and increase conduit sizes accordingly as per NEC. Contact Engineer of record for assistance if circuit length from source to load exceeds maximums shown. CCT CCT VOLTS/PH LENGTH FT. 120/1 75 -150 120/1 150 -200 120/1 over 200 208/3 OR 277/1 150 -200 208/3 OR 277/1 200 -250 208/3 OR 277/1 over 250 480/3 300 -450 480/3 450 -550 F. Metal -Clad (MC) Cable. 1. Sheathing: continuous corrugated or smooth, aluminum. Interlocked type is not allowed. 2. Conductors: solid or stranded copper, rated 600 volts with type THHN, 90° C insulation. 3. Cable: conforming to UL standard 1569. 4. Cable shall include a MI size grounding conductor. The grounding conductor shall be insulated for isolated ground or GFI circuits. Sheathing shall not be used in lieu of a grounding conductor. 5. Fittings shall be UL listed for use with the appropriate type of MC cable. Connectors intended for types NM, NMC, SE, USE, UF, or AC cables are not allowed. 2.3 BOXES UPSIZE 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1; galvanized steel, with 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. Cast Boxes: Aluminum, deep type, gasketed cover, threaded hubs. B. C. Floor Boxes: Round Cast Iron, fully adjustable, 1 'h" hubs, Hubbell #B2506 with brass cover plate, brass carpet flange, brass tile flange and flush fitting where approved by code. Verify part numbers with manufacture before ordering. D. Floor Boxes: Round Plastic, Hubbell #PFB1 and Hubbell #PFBA1 adapter with brass cover plate, brass carpet flange, brass tile flange and flush BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington fitting were approved by code. Verify part A. numbers with manufacture before ordering. E. Duplex Floor Cover Plates: 1. Brass Hubbell #SF3925 with carpet/tile flange 2. Brass Hubbell #S3925 without carpet flange 3. Brass Hubbell #S3082 carpet ring only 4. Brass Hubbell #S5016 tile ring only 5. Verify part numbers with manufacture before ordering. F. Combination Floor Cover Plates: 1. Brass Hubbell #SF2725 with carpet/tile flange -1" 2. Brass Hubbell #S2725 without carpet flange -1" 3. Brass Hubbell #S3082 carpet ring only 4. Brass Hubbell #S5016 tile ring only 5. Verify part numbers with manufacture before ordering. G. Boxes in masonry walls; Steel City type GW, Raco number 580, or equal. H. FS or FD boxes: 1. Appleton 2. Crouse -Hinds 3. Killark 4. Red Dot 5. or equal. I. Pull boxes: sized as indicated and/or as required by the NEC, constructed of code gauge baked enamel painted or galvanized steel, with hinged or screw covers. Screws shall be corrosion resistant. Boxes flush mounted in walls shall have oversized, flush type covers. Acceptable manufacturer: Hoffman or equal. 2.4 WIRING DEVICES A. General Purpose Wiring Devices: NEMA WD1, products of Hubbell, Sierra or Arrow -Hart. B. Wall Switches: AC general use quiet snap switch, 20 amp, 120 -277 volts, ivory colored toggle handle. C. Convenience Receptacle: Straight blade, NEMA 5 -20R gray plastic face. D. GFCI Receptacles: Duplex convenience receptacle with integral ground fault current interrupter, gray. E. Isolated Ground Receptacles: Straight blade, NEMA 5 -20R (unless noted), orange plastic face. F. Wall Plates: Brushed stainless steel. Weatherproof Cover Plates: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device covers. 2.5 MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM B. C. D. 2.6 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. National Account Manufacturer: 1. Holophane - "Holoflex" Contact Bill Feahr Phone: (612) 435 -2548. UNDERFLOOR DUCT BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 Pre -wired flexible metal conduit assemblies with polarized special connectors, to distribute lighting branch circuits; U.L. Listed. - System shall incorporate injection molded connectors with copper alloy pins or sleeves for positive contact, two positive external locking latches and shall be rated for 20 amps. System shall be capable of accommodating a maximum of five conductors including the grounding conductor. System shall be used in lieu of conduit and wire branch circuits as follows: 1. Serving interior H.I.D. fixtures. 2. System shall not be used where required to be concealed. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. - Manufacturer: Provide products as manufactured by Walker Duct with minimum three (3) years documented experience. Description: Steel underfloor duct with corrosion - resistant finish, approved for On Grade use. Inserts: Preset, 2" IPS, 2" high, 12" on center, unless noted otherwise. Configuration: One (1) level system using ducts in parallel runs as shown on Drawings. Standard size: 1.5 X 3 inches nominal. ( #2 Walker duct) Single Level Junction Boxes: Round cover and trim, adjustable height. Provide internal barriers, conduit and duct entrances, and extension rings as required. Extra Materials: 1. Provide three (3) after -set inserts. 2. Provide two (2) of each service fitting type. 3. Provide two (2) of each special tool required to locate preset inserts. 4. Provide two (2) of each special tool required to install after -set inserts. Junction Box Cover Plate: Provide smooth cover plate flush with concrete floor. 16050 - 2 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS � BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 K. Supports: Adjustable before concrete topping placement. L. Service Fittings: Manufacturer's standard as noted on Drawings. M. Duct Markers: Corrosion- resistant marker screws. N. Fittings and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard. 2.7 WIREWAYS A. Wireways: formed, code gauge, galvanized or baked enamel painted steel. B. Covers: continuous, hinged type with screw type enclosures. C. Hardware: corrosion resistant. 2.8 CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS A. Connectors for #8 and smaller wire shall be self insulating, spring action mechanical connectors. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. 3M (Scotchlok) 2. T & B (PL series) 3. Buchanan 4. or equal. B. Connectors for #6 and larger copper wire shall be crimp on connectors, hydraulic compression connectors or set screw box lugs. Acceptable manufacturers: AMP, Burndy, O.Z. Gedney, 3M, T & B, Ilsco, or approved equal. C. Electrical tape: 3M (Scotch) or Plymouth. 3.1 GENERAL PART 3 - EXECUTION A. All raceways, cables, boxes, devices, and equipment shall be concealed above finished ceilings, behind finished walls, or below finished floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. All raceways, boxes, devices, and equipment installed in unfinished areas are to be surface mounted or exposed unless otherwise indicated. In areas with exposed roof structure, mount raceways, supports, boxes, etc. above bottom of roof structure if at all possible. In areas with exposed precast concrete ceilings, mount raceways, boxes, etc. tight to the precast ceilings. C. All raceways, boxes, devices, and equipment mounted on "I- Beam" type columns shall be mounted on inside surface of I Beams for physical protection. D. Maintain 7' -6" A.F.F. minimum clearance height below all electrical raceways, boxes devices, equipment, etc. unless indicated otherwise. E. Where applicable, refer to architectural reflected ceiling plans for locations of light fixtures and other electrical devices and equipment. 3.2 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut and patch all building materials as required to complete the installation of the electrical systems. Repair all building surfaces and materials that are altered by the electrical work. Seal around all conduit penetrations through walls, floors, and ceilings. Seal penetrations through fire rated walls or smoke barriers so as to maintain the rating of the barrier. B. Core drill all openings through precast concrete. C. Do not cut, penetrate, or otherwise alter any structural member without the written approval of the Engineer /Architect. 3.3 SLEEVES A. Provide schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves for all conduit penetrations through floors or exterior walls. The openings around the conduits and around the sleeves shall be made waterproof. B. Sleeves shall be positioned to be plumb, level, and true to building lines. C. Provide pitch pockets for all roof penetrations. Coordinate with General Contractor. 3.4 SUPPORTS A. Support electrical materials from the structural framing of the building. Do not use metal roof decking or metal floor decking for support. B. Support wall mounted equipment from masonry or metal framing. Anchors, hangers, and fasteners shall be adequate for the load to be supported. Plastic anchors are not allowed. 3.5 CONDUIT A. Size conduit for conductor type installed or for Type THW conductors, whichever is larger; 3/4 inch minimum size, or oversized as indicated. B. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. C. Route exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. Exterior shroud conduit to be horizontally imbedded. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 3 MA #99 -3480 D. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances. E. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit using galvanized straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers. F. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. Provide space for 25 percent additional conduit. G. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove all wire used for temporary conduit support during construction, before conductors are pulled. H. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipe- cutter; de- burr cut ends. I. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely. J. Use conduit hubs or sealing lock -nuts for fastening conduit to cast boxes, and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. K. Install no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between boxes. L. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. M. Use hydraulic one -shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size. N. Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, provide junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. O. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. P. Provide No. 12 AWG insulated conductor or suitable pull string in empty conduit, except sleeves and nipples. Q. Install expansion joints where conduit crosses building expansion joints. R. Where conduit penetrates fire -rated walls and floors, seal opening around conduit with UL listed foamed silicone elastomer compound. S. Route conduit through roof openings within curbs on RTU's for piping and ductwork where possible; 16050 - 4 Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8, 1999 otherwise, preformed flashing as approved by Roofing Manufacturer. T. Maximum Size Conduit in Slabs: 1 inch. U. Install Rigid Steel Conduit for service entrance, where exposed to weather, or where embedded in concrete, provide PVC conduit for below grade (or rigid as required by code), EMT elsewhere, except as noted. V. All exposed conduit boxes, hangers, low voltage wire, etc shall be installed prior to painting. W. Contractor to provide conduit and boxes from sprinkler system monitoring devices to roof deck. Verify exact location. X. Provide heavy wall metallic rigid conduit at sensormatic detection loops at exit doors. Y. Conduit shall be firmly supported from the building structure by means of corrosion resistant straps, clamps, or hangers. Support multiple parallel conduit runs from trapeze hangers. Conduit above T -grid ceilings may be attached to ceiling support wires by conduit clips. Z. Do not mount conduit on mechanical ducts or penetrate mechanical ducts unless indicated otherwise. AA. Mount conduit on mechanical equipment only as required to serve the equipment. Bridge all vibration mountings with flexible conduit. BB. Conduit shall not be installed so as to block or restrict access to equipment for normal maintenance or repair of the equipment. CC. All connections to motors, transformers, and appliances with moving parts shall be made with flexible conduit. DD. Maintain a minimum of 6" clearance between conduits and any hot piping and surfaces including hot water lines. EE. Provide expansion fittings for all conduits crossing building expansion joints. FF. Cap or plug ends of conduits that are to remain empty. Cap or plug ends of conduits during construction. GG. All conduits shall be minimum 1/2" unless indicated otherwise and all home runs shall be minimum 3/4" unless indicated otherwise. HH. Do not install conduit in concrete unless indicated otherwise. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 H. Seal conduits to prevent condensation wherever conduits pass through barriers between areas with a possible temperature difference of 30° F or greater. JJ. All conduits in contact with earth shall be PVC coated or protected with two coats of bituminous paint or by vinyl tape. KK. Route conduits so that they do not interfere with the lifting out of lay -in ceiling panels, or with ceiling access panels. 3.6 WIRE A. Install all wire in raceway unless indicated otherwise. Type MC cable, where allowed may be installed without a raceway. B. Wire sizes indicated on the drawings are based on copper wire with 75° ampacity. Do not substitute smaller or lower ampacity wire without the Engineer's approval. Aluminum wire is not permitted. C. All conductors shall be a minimum of #12 (except for control wiring) and copper unless indicated otherwise. All wire shall be assumed to be #12 copper unless indicated otherwise. D. Conductors may be identified by color impregnated insulation or by taping. Tape shall be overlapped, solid color electrical tape. 3 inches or more of marking tape shall be visible at all terminations and boxes. E. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use UL listed wire pulling lubricant for pulling #4 AWG and larger wires. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. F. Splice only in accessible junction boxes. spring action twist -on connectors with insulating covers for copper wire splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. Use compression connectors for copper wire splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of conductor. G. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. Perform continuity test on all power and equipment branch circuit conductors. Verify proper phasing connections. H. Metal -Clad Type Cable may be used in place of EMT Type Conduit for lighting circuits in concealed areas, where approved by all local codes and authorities. 3.7 BOXES A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. Provide electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and code compliance. Do not install boxes back -to -back in walls. Provide minimum 6 inch separation, except provide minimum 24 inch separation in acoustic - rated walls. Use multiple -gang boxes where more than one device are mounted together; do not use sectional boxes. Provide barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas; secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately positioning to allow for surface finish thickness. Use stamped steel stud bridges for flush outlets in hollow stud walls, and adjustable steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling outlet boxes. Align wall - mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. Provide cast outlet boxes in exterior locations and wet locations. Set floor boxes level and flush with finish flooring material. Use formed steel floor boxes, cast boxes, or PVC floor boxes where allowed by code for installations in slab on grade. Close up all unused knockouts or openings in boxes. Coordinate box sizes and depths with the architectural documents for wall, floor, and ceiling depths, clearances, etc. Make all connections and openings in floor boxes watertight prior to concrete pour. Coordinate box locations so as not to interfere with ductwork, piping, or equipment. Field verify door swings and coordinate switch locations so that switches are not covered by doors. Verify locations of counters, cabinets, shelving, and equipment and adjust box locations accordingly. Mount outlet boxes above counters horizontally. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 5 MA #99 -3480 3.8 WIRING DEVICES A. Install wall switches 48 inches above floor, OFF position down. B. Install convenience receptacles 18 inches above floor, 6 inches above backsplash, grounding pole on bottom, unless shown otherwise. 3.9 MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM A. Flex wiring system manufacturer will furnish a complete set of shop drawings as an installation guide for the electrical contractor. B. Install system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Electrical Contractor shall provide conduit and wire to a J -box located by manufacturer shop drawings. Transition to flex - wiring system at this location is accomplished with the use of distribution box connector (part of system). All cable assemblies shall be installed horizontally to distribution box. Hangers to support the cable assemblies shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor in accordance with the N.E.C. Dust caps shall be used to seal off all unused "faces" 3.10 UNDERFLOOR DUCT A. Level cover plates flush with concrete floor. B. Place rectangular plates square with wall lines. C. Securely hold junction boxes and ducts in place during installation to avoid floating or other movement. D. Close unused duct or conduit entrances to junction boxes. Seal duct terminations at junction boxes. E. Ground and bond duct under provisions of NEC at a minimum. F. Install underfloor duct with tops of preset inserts 1/8 inch below finished floor line. Locate duct centers as indicated on Drawings. G. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. Locate duct in structural slab. I. Provide expansion fittings with suitable bonding jumper where duct crosses building expansion joints. J. Terminate ducts for power service in junction box for extension of conduit to panelboard. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 Terminate ducts for telephone service via conduits, as indicated on Drawings, using suitable fittings. Clean ducts and fittings of debris and dust before installing wire and cable. Pull wire and cable from outlet insert toward junction boxes. Install branch circuit conductors continuous between junction box and farthest fitting. Do not cut conductor to make connections to receptacle devices. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. Clean finished surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Protect finished installation. Protect boxes, covers and rings from distortion and finish damage. Replace boxes, covers and rings marred during construction. Place schedule on the inside of coverplate of each junction box indicating distance to first insert in each direction, measured from the center of the box. Use self - adhesive labels for schedule. U. Use blank duct in permanent corridors, vestibules, passages, lobbies, for connection parallel ducts less than 6 feet apart, for feeder duct from cabinet or panelboard to first junction box, and where indicated. V. Support Couplers and Supports: Joint duct lengths using combination support couplers where practical. Provide additional supports at intervals of not over 5 feet, within 30 inches each side of junction boxes, and as close as practical to elbows, bends and terminations. W. Install insert within 12 inches of edge of junction box. Align inserts on same centers for all services. X. Do not extend inserts into special floor finishes, such as terrazzo, marble or wood. Y. Install a duct marker in each insert adjacent to junction box, at end of each duct run, on both sides of permanent partitions, and on both sides of change of direction of duct. Install markers flush with finished floor material. In carpeted areas, install marker screws level with carpet backing. Z. Install surface service fittings after installation of floor finishes. Cut floors as necessary, following 16050 - 6 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS r BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 duct manufacturer's recommendations. Replace damaged floor construction and finish. 3.11 WIREWAYS A. Install wireways plumb and level. B. Install wireways so that covers are easily removed or opened. 3.12 CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS A. Provide connectors, lugs, etc. as necessary to make all electrical splices, taps, and terminations required. B. Use self - insulating, spring action mechanical connectors for splices and taps in wire #8 AWG or smaller. C. Use crimp -on type, hydraulic compression type or box lug type connectors for stranded copper conductors. D. Use only hydraulic compression type connectors for aluminum conductors. E. Ensure that all strands of conductors are enclosed within lugs or connectors. 3.13 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to all electrical equipment indicated in the documents unless indicated otherwise. 3.14 DEMOLITION AND REMODELING B. Obtain rough -in information and installation requirements from equipment supplier. Verify voltages and load information with equipment supplier prior to installation. A. Where existing walls, floors, ceilings; electric equipment, devices, boxes, or conduits are removed; extend existing circuits as required. Maintain continuity of service to any equipment that is to remain in service. B. Where electrical panels are removed, remove all abandoned branch circuits. Reconnect any circuits that are to remain in service to other panels. C. For items that are to be removed, remove all unused wire, remove all accessible unused conduit and boxes, and blank off existing outlets and junction boxes. Remove all unused devices, hangers, fittings, fixtures, etc. D. Where loads are added to existing circuits, panelboards, or devices, verify the capacity of these circuits, panelboards, or devices. Consult the Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington E. END OF SECTION MA #99 -3480 Engineer if the circuits, panelboards, or devices do not have the capacity for the loads to be connected to them. Materials that are removed and not reused shall be given to Best Buy Co. and shall be stored as directed. If refused by the Best Buy Co., the materials shall become the property of the Contractor and removed from the site. Provide typewritten, revised panelboard directories for any existing panelboards that undergo circuiting revisions. Field verify existing conditions. Report any conflicts or discrepancies between the documents and the field conditions to the Engineer. Coordinate demolition and removal work with the Best Buy Co. and other trades so that items remain in service, if necessary, until removal. Coordinate interruptions and changeovers of electric power and communications services with the Best Buy Co. and the appropriate Utility Companies. Make arrangements with the Best Buy Co. and Utility Companies to make changeovers and do shutdowns at the times most advantageous to the Best Buy Co. and include in the Bid allowances for premium time. Minimize the number and duration of service interruptions and provide temporary feeders as required. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 7 0,4 .4... • BEST BUY 'STORES: December 8. 1999 „.' • , • BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 16400 — SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 1.1 SECTION INCLUDE A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. PART 1- GENERAL Service Entrance. Disconnect Switches. Secondary Grounding. Transformers. Distribution Switchboard. Branch Circuit Panelboards. Lighting Contactors. Miscellaneous Electrical Service Equipment. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 1200 amp service with single GFCI main, surge and lighting protection. B. 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 800 amp service with single main, surge and lighting protection. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Work shall be governed by the National Electric Code, unless superseded by local ordinances or other legal authority. B. Products of this Section to be listed by Underwriters Laboratories. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 16010. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Fusible Switch Assemblies: General Electric, Square D or Siemens, Type HD, quick -make, quick- break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. Fuse Clips: Designed to accommodate Class R fuses. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 B. Nonfusible Switch Assemblies: General Electric, Square D or Siemens, Type HD, quick -make, quick- break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Enclosures: NEMA KS 1; Type as indicated on Drawings. D. Fuses: Bussman Type FRS -R for 277/480 volt systems, FRN -R for 120/208 volt systems, unless noted otherwise. 2.2 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS A. Switchboard: Fusible switch type; General Electric, Square D, or Siemens Type QMB. , B. Enclosure: Nema PB 1; Type 1. Cabinet size: 11.5 inches deep; 38 inches wide. One section with 45" of mounting space. C. Provide cabinet front with screw cover. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. D. Provide Switchboards with aluminum bus, ratings as scheduled on Drawings. Provide copper ground bus in all switchboards. E. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 65,000 Amperes RMS symmetrical for 480 volt switchboards. 2.3 FUSES A. Fuses shall be the following types (Bussman used as reference): 1. 600 Amperes and below: Dual- element construction with interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS symmetrical and peak let -thru current established by U.L. Standard for Class RK -1 fuses. Fuses shall be FRN- RK/FRS-RK. 2. 600 Amps and above: Time -delay type and shall hold 500% of rated current for a minimum of 4 seconds and clear 20 times current in 0.01 seconds or less with interrupting ratings of 200,000 amperes RMS symmetrical and peak let -thru current and energy let -thru values established by U.L. Standard for Class L fuses. Fuses shall be KRP -C. SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16400 - 1 MA #99 -3480 3. Motor Circuits: All individual motor circuits with full load ampere rating (FLA) of 480 amperes or less shall be protected by dual - element time -delay fuses. Fuses shall be FRN- RK/FRS -RK or LPJ. Larger horsepower motors shall be protected by time -delay fuses. Fuses shall be KRP -C. For all other motors, fuses shall be U.L. Class RK1, dual - element time - delay. 4. Transformer fuses shall be FRS -RK type fuses. Sized as indicated on drawings. 5. Circuit breaker panels shall be protected by U.L. Class RK1. Fuses shall be FRN -RK or FRS -RK. B. Provide fuses sizes as indicated on the Drawings. C. Acceptable manufacturers: Bussman, Gould - Shawmut or Littlefuse. 2.4 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Dry Type Transformers: ANSI/NEMA ST 20; factory- assembled, air cooled dry type transformers with factory installed 75 °C lugs; ratings as shown on the drawings, General Electric, Square D or Siemens. B. Insulation system and average winding temperature rise for rated KVA as follows: Rating 1 -15 KVA 16 -500 KVA Class 185 220 Rise (deg C) 115 150 C. Winding Taps, Transformers 15 KVA and Larger: ANSI/NEMA ST 20. D. Sound Levels: ANSI/NEMA ST 20. E. Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of a visible flexible copper grounding strap. F. Mounting: Transformers 75 KVA and less shall be suitable for wall, floor, or trapeze mounting; transformers larger than 75 KVA shall be suitable for floor or trapeze mounting. G. Coil Conductors: Continuous windings with terminations brazed or welded. H. Enclosure: ANSI/NEMA ST 20; Type A. Provide lifting eyes or brackets. I. Isolate core and all coils from enclosure using vibration - absorbing mounts. Parkway Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila, Washington December 8. 1999 J. Nameplate: Include transformer connection data and overload capacity based on rated allowable temperature rise. 2.5 PANELBOARDS A. Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards: General Electric, Square D or Siemens; Type NEHB for 277/480 volt, NQOD for 120/208 volt, unless noted otherwise. B. HVAC Branch Circuit and Distribution Panelboard Panels: General Electric, Square D or Siemens; Type I -line HCW, main lugs only with 99 inches of breaker mounting space, minimum 65,000 AIC. C. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1; Type 1. D. Cabinet Size: 6 inches deep; 20 inches wide. E. Provide flush cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge and flush lock all keyed alike. Finish in manufacturers standard gray enamel. F. Provide Panelboards with aluminum bus, ratings as scheduled on the Drawings. Provide copper ground bus in all panelboards. G. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 65,000 ampres RMS symmetrical for distribution panelboards, 14,000 amperes RMS symmetrical for 480 volt panelboards, 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical for 240 volt panelboards, or as noted on schedule. H. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1; bolt -on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles. 14,000 AIC for 277/480 volt, 10,000 AIC for 120/208 volt, center trip, unless noted otherwise on drawings. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits. Provide UL Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where indicated on Drawings. 2.6 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. Lighting contactors shall be electrically held type, General Electric, Siemens, or Square D Class 8903, or approved equal. B. Furnish and install sheet metal cabinet for installation of contactors. Cabinet to have hinged front cover with key lock. 16400 - 2 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington C. Refer to contactor schedule on drawings for sizes and quantities of contactors. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL SERVICE EQUIPMENT A. Provide miscellaneous equipment as shown and specified on Drawings. 3.1 A. 3.2 A. PART 3 EXECUTION SERVICE ENTRANCE Refer to Electrical Plans. DISCONNECT SWITCHES Install disconnect switches where indicated on Drawings. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches. 3.3 SECONDARY GROUNDING A. Connect grounding electrode conductors to metal water pipe using a suitable ground clamp. Make connections to flanged piping at street side of flange. Provide bonding jumper around water meter. B. Supplementary Grounding Electrode: Use effectively grounded metal frame of the building and driven ground rod. Comply with N.E.C., Section 250. C. Use minimum 6 AWG copper conductor for communications service grounding conductor. Leave 10 feet slack conductor at terminal board. D. Isolated Grounding Systems: Use insulated equipment grounding conductor and bond to associated transformer ground. E. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. F. In -Slab Device Grounding: A green insulated ground shall be installed in all PVC conduit. Size conductor based upon overcurrent protection device. 3.4 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Set transformer plumb and level. MA #99 -3480 B. Use flexible conduit, 2 foot minimum length, for connections to transformer case. Make connections to side panel of enclosure. C. Check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformers. D. Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments. E. Electrical Contractor to verify exact existing conditions prior to bidding. Reuse existing transformers as indicated. 3.5 SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS A. Install panelboards plumb and flush with wall finishes, in conformance with NEMA PB 1.1. B. Height: 6 ft. to top of panelboard unless noted otherwise. C. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. D. Provide "Bake-Lite" labels for: 1. Switches in distribution switchboard. 2. All panelboards, transformers and switchboards. 3. All panelboards for lighting automatically controlled. Do not touch circuit breakers. E. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder. Should the difference at any panelboard between phases exceed 20 percent, rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to within 20 percent. Maintain proper phasing for multi -wire branch circuits with neutrals. Provide additional neutrals and wiring as required. F. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Inspect for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check proper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers, fusible switches, and fuses. SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16400 - 3 A MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL SERVICE EQUIPMENT Install and connect miscellaneous equipment where shown -on Drawings per manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION Parkway, Supercenter BEST BUY STORES Tukwila. Washington December • 8. 1999 16400.4 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide fixtures and lamps as indicated on Fixture Schedule. B. Install and connect Best Buy furnished luminaires, lamps, and accessories as indicated on Fixture Schedule. 1,2 REFERENCES A. ANSI C82.1 - Specification for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts. B. ANSI C82.4 - Specifications for High- Intensity- Discharge Lamp Ballasts (Multiple Supply Type). C. NEMA LE 2 - H.I.D. Lighting System Noise Criterion (LS -NC) Ratings. 1.3 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR LUMINARIES AND ACCESSORIES A. Furnish fixtures as indicated on Fixture Schedule. B. Interior H.I.D. lighting, National Account, contact Bill Feahr at (612) 456 -0806. 2.2 EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES A. Furnish fixtures as indicated on Fixture Schedule. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington 2.3 LAMPS A. Furnish lamps as indicated on Fixture Schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all fixtures where indicated on Plans. B. Install lamps in luminaires and lamp - holders as indicated on lighting fixture schedule. C. Support surface - mounted luminaires directly from building structure. D. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. Install grid clips. Do not impair the lift -out feature of lay -in ceiling. E. HID Luminaires: Use hangers rated 500 pounds minimum or provide safety chain between ballast and structure and between reflector and ballast. 3.2 RELAMPING A. Relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at completion of Work or building turnover date. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Align luminaries and clean lenses and diffusers at completion of Work. Clean paint splatters, dirt, and debris from installed luminaires. B. Touch up luminaire finish at completion of Work. END OF SECTION MA #99 -3480 LIGHTING 16500 - 1 BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 SECTION 16700 — FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM , 1.1 A. PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Provide a new Fire Alarm System with Smoke Detection meeting all state and local codes including all of Best Buy requirements. 1.2 WORK FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT A. In addition to any specific code requirements provide additional devices as required by the AHJ to conform to state and local code requirements including a building evacuation system. This contractor shall provide Best Buy Co. with minimum requirements as indicated below and shall furnish, install and connect the following: I. Fire Alarm Control Panel connected to security panel. - 2. Initiating devices. 3. Signaling devices. 4. Initiating and signaling circuit modules. 5. Initiating and signaling circuit cabling. 6. Other work shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 7. Flow switches and tamper switches. 8. Fire alarm system override to exit doors. 9. Duct smoke detectors and remote test switches. 10. Ceiling mounted smoke detectors. 11. Wall or ceiling fire damper /smoke detectors. 12. Delayed Egress System 1.3 REFERENCES A. NFPA 72, 1993 National Fire Alarm Code. B. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. D. American Disabilities Act. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. System: UL and/or FM listed. B. Conform to requirements of NFPA 101. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington MA #99 -3480 C. Conform to City of (Location) Fire Department . requirements. 1.5 NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Fire Alarm System: NFPA 72; automatic fire alarm system. B. System Supervision: Provide electrically - supervised system, with supervised alarm initiating and alarm signaling circuits. Occurrence of single ground or open condition in initiating or signaling circuit places circuit in TROUBLE mode. Component or power supply failure places system in TROUBLE mode. C. Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of manual fire alarm station or automatic initiating device causes system to enter ALARM, which includes the following operations. D. E. 1.7 A. 1. Sound and display local fire alarm signaling devices with Temporal signal. 2. Transmit signal to Local fire department via 24 hour monitoring service. Zoning: individual addressable devices. Provide dry contact interface for EMS. QUALIFICATIONS Installer: Company specializing in smoke detection and fire alarm systems with five years experience, certified by local authority having jurisdiction as fire alarm installing contractor if such is their practice. 1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit data to Best Buy. FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM 16700 - 1 MA #99 -3480 B. Include operating instructions, and maintenance and repair procedures. Include manufacturer representative's letter stating that system is operational. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. As specified. No substitutions allowed. 2.2 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION CONTROL PANEL - ADDRESSABLE A. Simplex Model 4010, complete with master control board, master board, power supply, battery back -up power per local authorities, audible signal module, transmitter module, indicator card, switch card, and manual/automatic key control switch for atrium smoke exhaust fans. Verify compatibility with Landlord fire alarm system prior to bidding. Notify Engineer of any discrepancies. 2.3 CONTROL PANEL ACCESSORIES A. Detection Circuits: 250 individual addressable points. B. Signal Circuits: Supervised signal modules, sufficient for signal devices connected to system. Module to match control panel. C. Auxiliary Relays: Provide sufficient SPDT auxiliary relay contacts to provide accessory functions specified. 2.4 INITIATING DEVICES A. Ceiling Mounted Smoke Detectors: Surface ceiling, photo - electric type. Simplex Model 4098- 9710 detector with base. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila. Washington B. D. 2.5 SIGNALING DEVICES A. 2.6 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE 3.1 INSTALLATION A. B. C. D. PART 3 - EXECUTION BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 Duct Mounted Photo - Electric Type Smoke Detector: Complete with sampling tubes of required lengths. Provide (1) remote test/alarm indicator station for each duct detector. Simplex Model 4098 -9753. Coordinate all duct smoke detectors required for Best Buy Co. with Division 15 and Fire Marshall before bidding on this work. Should additional duct smoke detectors be required it will be the sole responsibility of the Electrical Contractor to provide and wire them at no cost to Best Buy Co. C. Manual Pull Stations: Non -coded type Simplex Model 4099 -9001. Wall or ceiling fire damper /smoke detectors furnished and installed by the mechanical contractor, wired complete by the electrical contractor, and fire alarm contractor. Alarm Strobe Horn: NFPA 72G; flush type fire alarm horn. Sound Rating: 90 dB at 10 feet. Provide synchronized strobe lamp and flasher with white lettered FIRE. 15 cd minimum, Simplex Model 4903 -9417. A. Initiating and Signaling Circuits: No. 14 AWG THHN. Install system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Use 18 AWG minimum size conductors for fire alarm detection and signal circuit conductors. Install wiring in EMT if permitted by local authorities, otherwise in rigid galvanized conduit. Make conduit and wiring connections to elevator control panel, escalators and elsewhere as indicated and required by local authorities. Make conduit and wiring connections to duct mounted smoke detectors. Duct detectors installed by Mechanical Contractor. 16700 - 2 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM c r � 1 BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 F. G. Electrical Contractor to coordinate all work involved with disconnection of existing fire alarm devices from existing fire alarm system. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test in accordance with NFPA 72 and local fire department requirements. B. Coordinate tests with Best Buy Co. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES E. If required, make conduit and wiring connections to Landlord central fire alarm system - verify all requirements prior to bidding. Automatic Detector Installation: NFPA 72. A. Provide services of certified technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final connections, and system testing. Install remote status indicators for duct detectors. Connect as required. B. All equipment and wiring shall be guaranteed to be free from inherent mechanical and electrical defects for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. C. The local representative of the manufacturer of the installed system shall make available to the building owner a maintenance and testing agreement in accordance with the State Fire Safety Code. Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 D. Provide 100 percent system test as follows: The Electrical Contractor's job foreman, in the presence of the manufacturer's representative and the authority having jurisdiction, shall operate every thermo- detector, smoke detector, and any other detection device connected to the system. Alarm signals shall sound upon the activation of each device. Each detection station circuit and each signal circuit shall be opened in at least two separate places to check for proper supervision and ground fault detection. At least one device shall be removed on each circuit and a detection device in each side of the open shall be operated to insure the activation of the signal circuits. When this testing has been completed to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction, electrical contractor's job foreman, and the manufacturer's representative, a letter co- signed by each attesting to the satisfactory completion of said testing shall be forwarded in duplicate to the Best Buy Co. 3.4 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE COLOR CODE Provide fire alarm circuit conductors with color coded insulation, or use color coded tape at each conductor termination and in each junction box in accordance with fire department requirement. B. Paint all junction boxes red and mark Fire Alarm System. END OF SECTION FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM 16700 - 3 - kii99=348 DIVISION 17 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS BEST BUY STORES Parkway Supercenter December 8, 1999 Tukwila, Washington SECTION 17010 — ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rooftop Unit Control. B. Lighting Control C. All Control Devices, Components, Wiring and Materials. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. EMS Contractor and the Electrical Contractor shall install the Best Buy Co. supplied system per drawings and specifications. B. Equipment. 1. Provide complete operating data, system drawings, wiring diagrams, and written detailed operational description of sequences, and description and engineering data for each control system component. 2. Typical for the Trane /Computer Process Control/EMS installation. 3. Checkout sheet for EMS 4. Schematics for EMS 5. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.3 National Accounts Program A. National Accounts Program: Refer to Section 00200 - Information Available to Bidders, for applicable vendor(s) with whom Best Buy has entered into a "National Account Agreement" for purchase of some of the products specified in this section. Contractor shall use those vendors, WITH OUT SUBSTITUTION, for all products identified under the national accounts program. All requests for substitution from any "national accounts" specified products shall be submitted in writing to Best Buy Company and the Architect for approval, prior to start of construction. All nonconforming products shall be removed and replaced with specified items at not additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 APPROVED INSTALLATION CONTRACTORS A. The following list of Contractors are the only approved contractors allowed to bid on the Control Work: 1. Trane Company National Accounts Dept. 5916 Pleasant Ave So. Minneapolis, MN 55419 Contact: Brian Ranney Phone - (800) 204 -6625 Fax - (612) 861 -7827 2. Energy Management Systems 990 Lincoln Avenue Fenimore, WI 53809 Contact: Thomas Kenny Phone - (608) 822 -3550 Fax - (608) 822 -3847 1.5 WARRANTY MA #99 -3480 A. The Contractor shall warrant that the Trane /Computer Process Controls (CPC) System is free from all defects in workmanship and materials during the warranty period described below. The warranty period applicable to the complete Controls System including: Temperature sensors, relays and other devices installed as part of this system shall be two (2) years from the date of system start up. B. Should any product or part prove to be defective in workmanship or material during the applicable warranty period, the Contractor shall repair or replace the product at no additional charge except as set forth below. Repair parts and replacement products shall be new. C. The terms and conditions of the warranty described above shall also extend and apply to the Contractor for all related work supplied by him. D. Troubleshooting and replacement labor is to be supplied by the installing Contractor and this Contractor shall include the cost for this warranty in his bid. 2.2 GENERAL PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. System as specified shall be manufactured by Trane Co. If Trane Voyager rooftop units are used. B. System as specified shall be manufactured by Computer Process Controls (CPC) if other than Trane rooftop units are used. ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 17010 - 1 MA #99 -3480 A. Provide a Trane Summit Integrated Building Management System with diagnostic capabilities, or Computer Process Controls system and the following components. 1. The Operator Interface shall consist of hardware and software that allows full user monitoring and adjustment of system parameters. 2. System Application Controllers shall manage the Energy and Building Management capabilities of the automation system as well as facilitate remote communications and central monitoring. 3. Application Specific Controllers shall provide distributed, pre- engineered control, specific to the mechanical equipment specified. 4. Custom Application Controllers with distributed custom programming capability shall provide control for nonstandard control sequences. 5. The Data Communications capability shall allow data to be shared between the various controllers in the architecture. 6. The system software shall include system software for global application functions, application software for distributed controllers, and operator interface software. 7. The system software shall include the controlling of the lighting as outlined. 2.3 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. System shall include all cabinets, wiring, electrical components, electronic controls, electronic sensors, related equipment and components to control interior lighting, display receptacles, HVAC, building outside lighting, signs and parking lot lights as required. B. Provide materials and field work necessary to connect control components factory supplied as part of equipment controlled, unless specified otherwise. C. Unless specified otherwise, provide fully proportional components. 2.4 INPUT /OUTPUT INTERFACE A. Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into the system through System Application, Custom Application, or Application Specific Controllers. Slave devices are also acceptable. Any critical points requiring immediate reaction shall be tied directly into the controller hosting the control software algorithm for the critical function. Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington BEST BUY STORES December 8. 1999 B. Binary outputs shall provide a continuous low voltage signal for on/off control of remote devices. Where specified in the sequence of operations or indicated on the points list, binary outputs shall have 3- position (on/off /auto) override switches, status lights, and shall be selectable for either normally open or normally closed position. C. Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices. Outputs shall provide either a 0 to 10 VDC or a 4 to 20 milliampere signal as required to provide proper control of the output device. D. System architecture shall allow for point expansion in one of the following ways: 1. The addition of input/output cards to an existing System Application Controller. 2. A slave controller may be used to expand point capacity. 2.5 SYSTEM APPLICATION CONTROLLER SOFTWARE A. System Security: 1. User access shall be secured using individual security passwords for a minimum of eight users. 2. User logon/logoff attempts shall be recorded. 3. The system shall protect itself from unauthorized use by automatically logging off following the last keystroke. The delay time shall be user definable. 2.6 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Power- shall be furnished and installed by Division 16: 1. A separate dedicated 120 V 15 amp breaker shall supply the Trane Summit panel or CPC Control Panel (If CPC controls are used.). 2. A separate dedicated 120 V 15 amp breaker shall supply the Trane TCM lighting control panel or CPC lighting control panel (If CPC controls are used.). 3. A separate dedicated 120 V 15 amp breaker shall supply lighting control relays. B. HVAC Equipment: 1. As specified in 15550. C. Temperature Control: 1. See Division 17. D. Security and Fire Alarm System Interface: 17010 - 2 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 2.7 COORDINATION 1. EMS Contractor shall provide a terminal strip with drawing near Trane /CPC control system Panels for security and fire alarm system interface. Security and Fire Alarm System Contractors to connect wiring. A. Contractor and sub - contractors shall coordinate all work with EMS supplier. 2.8 EXHAUST FAN (EF) A. EF -1: Interlock with room light fixtures for Mens and Womens Restroom. Division 16 to provide wiring and relay for proper operation. B. EF -2: Controlled by reverse acting line voltage cooling only thermostat located in each Electrical Room. Division 15 to provide wiring for proper operation. C. EF -3: Interlock with room light fixtures for Install Bay. Division 16 to provide wiring and relay for proper operation. 2.9 AIR COMPRESSOR A. Air Compressor: Interlock with room light fixtures in Install Bay. Division 16 to provide wiring and relay for proper operation. 2.10 A. Units to start through the EMS system optimum start program. ROOFTOP UNITS RTU-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,11,12,13, &14 B. AC -1: Controlled by wall thermostat located in Communication Room. Division 15 to provide wiring for proper operation. 2.11 ROOFTOP UNITS RTU -1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, & 9 A. Units to start through the EMS system optimum start program. B. AC -l: Controlled by wall thermostat located in Communication Room. Division 15 to provide wiring for proper operation. 2.12 WIRING Parkway Supercenter Tukwila, Washington MA #99 -3480 A. Furnish, install and connect all control wiring necessary for a complete and properly operating system as specified herein and make all required connections. All control wiring unless otherwise noted shall be installed by Division 17 Contractor in accordance with specification Division 16 Requirements. B. All conduits required for a complete EMS installation should be provided by Division 16. Coordinate all work to be performed with the EMS Contractor before bidding this work to the Best Buy Co. Take care any additional work will be the sole responsibility of the Electrical Contractor at no cost to Best Buy Co. 2.13 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS A. Furnish, install and connect all miscellaneous controllers, switches, relays, contacts, transformers and all other components, devices and materials necessary for complete and properly operating systems as specified herein. 2.14 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. Rooftop Units - Occupied Condition (Store Open) 1. Supply fan shall run continuous and outside air damper shall open. Individual unit temperature sensors shall control the temperature of the space by energizing the economizer cycle or heating/cooling coils as required. B. Rooftop Units - Unoccupied Condition (Store Closed) 1. The outside air dampers shall close. The thermostat shall control the supply air fan, economizer and heating/cooling to cycle as required to maintain space conditions. C. The above conditions shall be controlled by the EMS. 3.1 VERIFICATION PART 3 EXECUTION A. Contractor shall be responsible for verification with EMS supplier that he has received all components required for a complete installation and that these components have arrived in serviceable condition ready for installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 17010 - 3 1 1 Parkway Supercenter MA #99 -3480 Tukwila, Washington A. All electrical work performed in the installation of the EMS system as described in this specification shall be per the National Electrical Code (NEC) and per applicable state and local codes. Where exposed, conduit shall be run parallel to building lines properly supported and sized at a maximum of 40% fill. In no cases shall field installed conduit smaller than 1/2" trade size be allowed. Where conductors are concealed (tenant spaces), cable rated for use in return air plenums shall be used. All conduits required for a complete EMS installation are to be provided by Division 16. B. Provide all necessary interface with related trades. C. The entire control system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Refer to EM drawing included for reference. D. Check and verify locations of thermostats /sensors and other exposed control devices with Plans and room details prior to installation. Locate Sales Floor sensors 84 inches above floor. Office, vestibule, and install bay sensors are generally mounted 54 inches above the floor. E. Settings for occupied and unoccupied hours of operation shall be the same for all equipment covered in this specifications and shall be determined and set by Best Buy Co. 3.3 FINAL INSPECTION A. Contractor shall request in writing final inspection from EMS supplier. B. Contractor shall submit a completed check sheet, signed, to EMS supplier prior to final inspection. C. The on -site visits will be made by an EMS supplier representative. Any discrepancies will be noted on a written report which will be given to the Contractor and forwarded to Best Buy Co. 3.4 OWNER TRAINING A. 3.5 WARRANTY A. END OF SECTION BEST BUY STORES December 8, 1999 The BAS /ATC contractor shall provide 3 copies of an operator's manual describing all operating and routine maintenance service procedures to be used with the temperature control and Building Automation System supplied. This contractor shall instruct Best Buy's Co. designated representatives in these procedures during the startup and -test period. The duration of the instruction period shall be no less than 6 hours, during normal working hours. All BAS /ATC devices and installation shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship and material for a minimum period of one year from the date of job acceptance by Best Buy Co. Any equipment, software, or labor found to be defective during this period shall be repaired or replaced without expense to Best Buy Co. Factory authorized warranty service shall be available within 50 miles of jobsite. 17010 - 4 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MU LVANY ARCHITECTS TO: Reid Middleton 728 134th St. SW Suite 200 ,Everett, WA 98204 ATTN: Dave Swanson, Wade Damey SUBJECT: Structural Resubmittal #1 WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: ❑ Express Delivery ❑ Mail ❑ Courier ❑ Copy ❑ Original ❑ For Approval ❑ For Information / Use Quantity: 2 1 Date: 1.24.00 1.24.00 Description: Revision #1 Structural Supplemental calculations Notes: Please contact me at 503.223.8030 if you have any questions or problems. Thank you for your time. From: Document2 BELLEVUE CD.i- t r} 2(P, - - OO - I- SEATTLE PORTLAND DATE: PROJECT: PROJECT NO: PHONE: FAX: # PAGES: FROM: • STERLING Mulvanny Architects — Professional Service Corporation 1.25.00 Tukwila Best Buy 99 -3480 425.741.3800 Jessica Coyle TRANSMITTAL ❑ Fax Only ❑ Fax and Hard Copy ❑ For Review /Comment ❑ As Requested Privileged a T' Confidential Information: The information in this facsimile is intended only for the use of the recipient above named, Any wrongful review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this communication is strictly prohibited. If errors occur in transmission, or enclosures are not as noted, please notify us at once. BOSTON TAIPEI KOIN Cent 1, 222 SW Columbia St., #1250 Portland, OR 97201 Tel: 503.223.8030 Fax: 503.223.8381 www.mulvanny,com TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC RESPONSES TO PLAN CHECK COMMENTS General Please find attached a copy of supplemental calculations and two copies of the revised structural drawings as requested. The item has been complied with The item has been complied with Client: Mulvanny Architects Project: Best Buy Project #: 377.0 -99 Date: 1/21/2000 By: EKG Foundation 4: The note referenced has been revised accordingly. The 20 percent increase was done per UBC Table 16 -I -B provisions for footing depth increases. However, it was subsequently learned from the geotechnical engineer that the 20 percent was not applicable in this instance. The required footing width was revised to 0.86 ft, still within the 2' -0" minimum used : Please find the revised calculations attached. Please note that the column dimension indicated is based on center -to- center spacing of the anchor bolts, per the software program instructions. Vertical 7. Please find the requested calculations attached. 8. The effective reinforcement used in the lintel design are the bottom bars. Those at the top and mid - height are only supplementary and (2) #4 bars are acceptable. Please find the supporting calculations attached. JAN 2 6 2000 REID MIDDLETON BEST BUY Parkway Supercenter, Tukwilla, WA MAIN OFFICE 0 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 503.624 - 70051503.624-9770 FAX For Mulvanny Architects Expires: 02 \12101 These Calculations Are Void If Seal And Signature Are Not Original January 24, 2000 Job Number - 377.0 -99 • • • LIMITATIONS • • • ENGINEER WAS RETAINED IN A LIMITED CAPACITY FOR THIS PROJECT. DESIGN IS BASED UPON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE CLIENT, WHO IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ACCURACY OF SAME. NO RESPONSIBILITY AND l OR LIABILITY IS ASSUMED BY, OR IS TO BE ASSIGNED TO THE ENGINEER FOR ITEMS BEYOND THAT SHOWN ON THESE SHEETS. CENTRAL OREGON 0 1183 NW Wall Street, Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 541.383 - 18281541.383 -7696 FAX REID MIDDLETON TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC i=ts-h d 6 (7 g. ) CAL 1 : It / 1. 3 2 O 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdeteleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 O 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 kebendacoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 7 7 6 - 7 ) Iwz (2-9-0 16, p 25 (7—o-o ) t�f (6-2 st C.-. 2% ,./ 7 t? 77' ;YOINNINIVIm........leaer.••■••••••••■•••■••■• • CLIENT: PROJECT: iif T Rif y PROJECT NUMBER: .3 4? - DATE: BY: L (27 22 S-o ) k s — 0 , 0 1 - 7 4 d, 0-0-0 1 - 1 9 / /-0 ..)/ 7) c-")'(ll - / <7. / x 7o f"?) 7 -CP / 26 0 F4247 TYPE I ff,L.0 r,) 4 2 PAGE ' ••••.: • c ) 04-vitt 4 / 1( TY P • ) , TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC 0 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 (cettgrd®teleoort.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 MN Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend®conet.com FAX 541.383.7696 5 _ CLIENT: PROJECT: � PROJECT NUMBER::' 3 T ? • 0- . DATE l ' , is 0- BY: PAGE r To specify your title block on these five linos, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information. I w.: 3101101 IMY.KM-0WtflW, v13.1.3. aairIm, W 38 Description ft1 Summary 6.25ft square x 14.0in thick with 9- #5 bars. Max. Static Soil Pressure 2,480.77 psf Allow Static Soil Pressure 2500.00 pat Max. Short Term Soil Pressure Allow Short Term Soil Pressure Mu : Actual Mn • Phi : Capacity 2,480.77 psf 2,500.00 psf 13,29 k -ft 20.09 k ft Scope : Square. Footing Design Vu : Actual One -Way Vn'Phi : Allow One -Way Page 1 ' cSiobs 19995377 .0.991ftgo.acw :GtMrgtions lerai Information Calculations are designed to ACI 318-95 and 1997 UBC Requirements 11 Dead Load 36.000 k Footing Dimension 6250 It Live Load 50,000 k ` Thickness 14.00 in Short Term Load 0.000 k . *of Bars 9 Seismic Zone 3 Bar Size 5 Overburden Weight 110.000 psf Reber Cover 3.250 Concrete Weigh 145.00 pcf f'c 3,000.0 psi LL & ST Loads Combine Fy 80,000.0 psi Load Duration Factor 1.000 Column Dimension 12.00 in Allowable Soil Bearing 2,500.00 psf Rabat' RequtnnNrn Actual Reber "d" depth used 10.438 in As to USE per foot of Width 0.387 in2 200 /Fy 0.0033 Total As Req'd • 2.418 in2 As Req'd by Analysis 0.0023 in2 Min Allow % Reinf 0.0014 Min. Reinf % to Req'd 0.0031 % 54.05 psi 93.11 psi Footing OK Vu : Actual Two -Way 146.44 psi Vn•Phl : Allow Two -Way 18623 psi Alternate Reber Selections... 13 * 4's 8 * 5's 6 #r 6's 5 *7's 4 *8's • 3 *9's 2 *10's To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. no,: 510301 User. ItW-0110711104, vet 5.1.3, Z14.4•11M11. Vr72 () 1111*MENLACALC Description ft2 ,• Dead Load • • • . Live Load • Short Term Load • Seismic Zone • Overburden Weight • • Concrete Weight • U. & ST Loads Combine . • • • Load Duration Factor Column Dimension Reber Requirement Actual Reber "d" depth used 200/Fy As Req'd by Analysis Min. Reinf % to Req'd Summery 28.800 k 40.000 k 0.000 k 3 110.000 psf 145.00 pcf 1.000 12.00 in 8.438 in 0.0033 0.0028 la 0.0033 % 5.75ft square x 12.0in thick with 7- #5 bars Max. Static Soil Pressure Allow Static Soil Pressure Max Short Term Soli Pressure Allow Short Term Soli Pressure • Mu : Actual Mn • Phi : Capacity 2,335.91 psf 2,500.00 psf 2,335.91 psf 2,500.00 psf 10.25 k-ft 13.70 k-ft Title : Description : Scope : Square Footing Design Footing Dimension Thickness # of Bars Bar Size Reber Cover fc Fy Allowable Soil Bearing As to USE per foot of Width Total As Req'd Min Allow % Rein! Vu : Actual One-Way VrePhi : Allow One-Way Vu : Actual Two-Way Vn•Phi : Allow Two-Way Alternate Reber Selections... 10 4's 7 5's 4 #7's 3 #8's Date: 11:36AM, 21 JAN 00 • eieb011999S377,0-991/temecw:CMculletiono Page 1 Lgeneral Information Calculations are designed to sc! 31846 and 1997 UBC Requirements 5.750 ft 12.00 in 7 5 3.250 3,000.0 psi 80,000.0 psi 2,500.00 psf Reinforcing 1 0.338 in2 1.941 in2 0.0014 59.99 pal 93.11 psi 158.87 psi 186.23 pal 5 # 6's 2 *9's Footing OK 2 #10's To specify your this block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your this block Information. a.. e, u.Nt RM•OWt3W, Y.. LI Z 21.48.1911, Wg2 e�1MYM �� Description ft3 General Information Dead Load Live Load Short Term Load Seismic Zone Overburden Weight Concrete Weight LL & ST Loads Combine Load Duration Factor Column Dimension Reber Requirement Actual Reber "d" depth used 200/Fy As Req'd by Analysis Min. Reinf % to Req'd Summary 5.75ft square x 12.Oin thick with 7- #5 bars Max. Static Soil Pressure Allow Static Soil Pressure Max: Short Term Soil Pressure Allow Short Term Soil Pressure 30.200 k 41,900 k 0.000 k 3 110.000 psf 145.00 pcf 1.000 12.00 in 8.438 in 0.0033 0.0029 in2 0.0033 2,435.72 psf 2,500.00 psf 2,435.72 psf 2,500.00 psf Mu : Actual 10.69 k -ft Mn • Phl : Capacity 13.70 k -ft Square Footing Design Page 1 cNobe11999 1377,0.99Ntaa,tacCakdotiena Calculations are designed to ACI 31e-95 and 1997 UBC Requirements Footing Dimension Thickness * of Bars Bar Size Reber Cover fc Fy Allowable Soil Bearing As to USE per foot of Width Total As Req'd Min Allow % Reinf Vu : Actual One -Way Vn`Phi : Allow One -Way Vu : Actual Two -Way Vn'Phi : Allow Two -Way Alternate Reber Selections... 10 *4's 7 *5's 4 *7's 3 *8's 5.750 ft 12.00 in 7 5 3.250 3,000.0 psi 60,000.0 psi 2,500.00 psf 0.338 in2 1.941 in2 0.0014 62.59 psi 93.11 psi 165.74 psi 186.23 psi Footing OK 5 * 6's 2 * 9's 2 • *10's To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information: Ma 310301 Use: Rw•ot0a30t, Yet 3.1.3, 211.4.4211.4.4.1991P. -1f. WM■3t (el 1N3•Ncranc M Description ft5 Dead Load 22,100 k Live Load . 12.800 k Short Term Load ' 0.000 k Seismic Zone 3 Overburden Weight 110.000 psf Concrete Weight 145.00 pcf LL & ST Loads Combine Load Duration Factor 1.000 Column Dimension 12.00 in 4.50ft square x 12.0in thick with 5- #5 bars Max. Static Soil Pressure Allow Static Soil Pressure Max. Short Term Soil Pressure Allow Short Term Soil Pressure Mu : Actual Mn • Phi : Capacity Scope Square Footing Design General Information 1,978.46 psf 2,500.00 psf 1,978.46 pef 2,500.00 psf 4.53 k -ft 12.55 k -ft Page 1 II cA loba51999 1377,0.991hva.tew:Ctlaivioea Calculations are designed to ACI 318 -95 and 1997 UBC Requirements 11 Footing Dimension 4.500 ft Thickness . 12,00 in # of Bars 5 Bar Size 5 Rebar Cover 3.250 ' f'c 3,000.0 psi Fy 60,000.0 psi Allowable Soil Bearing 2,500.00 psf Reber Requirement . Actual Reber "d" depth used 8,438 in As to USE per toot of Width 0.161 in2 200/Fy 0.0033 Total As Req'd 0.725 in2 As Req'd by Analysis 0.0012 in2 ' Min Allow % Reinf 0.0014 Min. Reinf % to Req'd 0.0016 Footing OK Vu : Actual One -Way 30.60 psi Vn•Phi : Allow One -Way 93.11 psi Vu : Actual Two -Way 74.44 psi Vn•Phi : Allow Two -Way 186.23 psi Alternate Reber Selections... 4 # 4's 3 IS 5's 2 # 6's 2 # 7's 1 # 8's 1 # 9's 1 *10's To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and snt your title block information. Description BEST BUY (TYP) ( C P; Loads Axial Load X -X Axis Moment Plate Dimensions Plate Length Plate Width Plate Thickness Support Pier Site Pier Length Pier Width Summary Bearing Stress Actual Bearing Stress Allow per ACI 10.15 Allow per AISC J9 Plate Bending Stress Actual lb Max Allow Plate Fb Tension Bolt Forces Actual Tension Allowable 16.000 in 16.000 in 0.8881 86.00 k 0.00 k -ft Thickness OK 335.9 psi 2,677.5 psi 2,094.8 psi Bearing Stress OK 32,320.1 psi 35,910.0 psi Bolt Tension OK 0.000k 5,500 k Steal Section Section Length Section Width Flange Thickness Web Thickness Allowable Stresses Concrete rc Base Plate Fy Load Duration Factor Anchor Bolt Data Dist. from Plate Edge Bolt Count per Side Tension Capacity Bolt Area Job 9 . Date: 21 JAN 00 Page 1 e: HobA1999 1377.0.941bobtas.teN:Calev tion TS8x8x114 8.000 in 8.000 in 0.250 in 0.250 in 3,000.0 psi 36.00 ksl 1.330 2.000 In 2 5.500 k 0.442 in2 Full Bearing : No Bolt Tension To specify your title block on - these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block Information. ti Hr "retle 'Iw o % az."6. Wz oa Law 31030/ (.0 Description BP2 General information Loads • Axial Load x-x Axis Moment Plate Dimensions Plate Length Plate Width Plate Thickness Support Pier Size , Pier Length Pier Width Tension Bolt Force T Tension Allowable • • Concrete Bearing Stress • Actual Bearing Stress Allow per ACI 10.15 Allow per MSC .J9 Plate Bending Stress Actual fb Max Allow Plate Fb 1.92 k 0.00 k-tt 10.500 In 10.000 in 0.125 in PA , / I o170 24.000 in / 0 24.000 in ThIclutass OK 18,3 psi 3,570.0 psi 2,793.0 psi Bearing Stress OK 4,487.6 psi 35,910.0 psi Bolt Tension OK 0.000 k 5.500 k This : Diann Description : Scope : Steel Column Base Plate Steel Section Section Length Section Width Flange Thickness Web Thickness Allowable Stresses Concrete fc Base Plate Fy • Load Duration Factor Anchor Bolt Data Dist. from Plate Edge. Bolt Count per Side Tension Capacity Bolt Area Job IS ate: 239PM. 21 JAN 00 i ' eVobs%1999%377.0.99ftWel Page 1.1 Calculations are designed to MSC 9th Edition ASD and 1997 UBC Requirements t TS10x4x1I4 10.000 in 4.000 in 0.250 in 0.250 in • 3,000.0 psi 38.00 ksi 1.330. 1.500 in 2 5.500 k 0.442 In2 .": • TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS •' A L 149--C • C4 7 2 a_ .1 g7 6-13 ' ig = 2 /) 44 4 4 OA+ j J 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdeteleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendOcoinet.com FM 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 &l. i ) I • (\) g 0 Cro 15-6 0- c ,/ c P,,, //6' ?-3.? • • CLIENT PROJECT: g••er- r Y PROJECT NUMBER: 9 •••• 0 - 1 9 DATE: BY: e 1, • 2 5" • 0 0 L-L trliV L )-• 0-r.1 $.# L 7 4 " itt 's ( 3 0 A) 7 CI O a 1 9 . 4 5' - 1 .1 • - • / 4... / a. P .±.• • T PAGE ' 112.- . 1•WWWW•hateem.s...osovvaWNr.es.rooamsw ww ww.w.■ 0•40.0..••••romosa.NO•00•■■••Ma.roMelow•MaMe••■ • TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC P/ U. 7 6A: 0 • 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdateleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendecomet.com FAX 541.383 7696 541.383.1828 ?e r4-14. Ti ./.( d-/c. CLIENT; • - PROJECT: ArC PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: / 111 ' BY: C =1- / C. ) ) / & . / ,m /-- a ( o ' o ) .> . U/•/ ) c-t- / fk,4.- ,.... t0 , , /, 0 ; .0 / . • - „ 2 O /14 8. ?O / • • 8 6o 6 - • G 2 7. 6 > 0 L-/L. C 0 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 • fcetigrdilatelecort.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 • 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C . Bend, Oregon 97701 • fcebendecotnet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541 383 1828 • " TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC A 7 r ‘ 1 _.... • -- • ,,../".-. .../ r74 ri, ;.' • = 7 4 -- 10 2. 2 1-7 8 E • ? ,f 4 c..d /7-6 1--724A- 7). . k..r,• ei.te 0 0 •• •■•••■••••••••■•••■••■■•••■•■•••■■....11.01.1.WIPMW.e.1.111.......MNIANWONWM• N14.1.11.1.W*0.1.4011■• TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC fi4L itl 0 6969.5W Hampton Street CLIENT: Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdateleoort,com . .PROJECT: Y FAX 503.624 9770 , 503.624,7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street Suite C PROJECT NUMBER: Bend, Oregon 97701 ; - fcebendacoinet.corn DATE: I 4 / FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 — • 2„e. 4 - / to 0 4 /14 MIIMIIMONIIIIMMNIMATIMV140.1•100.000045 • • r': report geotechnical engineering services proposed parkway supercenter mbk northwest February 23, 1998 Consulting Engineers and Geoscientists Offices in Washington, Oregon. and Alaska MBK Northwest 7690 Southwest Mohawk Street Tualatin, Oregon 97062 Attention: Mason Frank We are pleased to submit four copies of our report, "Geotechnical Engineering Services, Proposed Parkway Supercenter, Tukwila, Washington." Our geotechnical engineering services were completed in general accordance with our proposal dated August 13, 1997. A preliminary report was submitted for your review and comment on September 24, 1997. Site grading plans were developed for Building Area '2', Pad 'A', and the restaurant building pad in January 1998. We presented detailed preload /surcharge recommendations for these buildings in a design memorandum dated February 5, 1998. We appreciate the opportunity to work with MBK on this project. Please call if you have any questions regarding this report. Document ID: 1284028R.DOC cc: KPFF Consulting Engineers Attn: Jerry Mitchell 111 Southwest Fifth Avenue, Suite 2500 Portland, Oregon 97204 -3628 File No. 1284028 -01 GeoEngineers. Inc 8410 154th Avenue N.E. Redmond WA 98052 Telephone (425) 8614000 Fax (425) 8614050 www.geoengineers.com Yours very truly, A K. Tuttle, P.E. incipal neers, Inc. « :3 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION SCOPE SITE CONDITIONS AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION EXISTING SURFACE CONDITIONS BACKGROUND INFORMATION - SURCHARGING Surcharge Foundation Design SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS GROUND WATER CONDITIONS CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS GENERAL SITE PREPARATION EARTHWORK General Structural Fill Use of Existing Site Soils SETTLEMENTS PRELOAD /SURCHARGE FILL SETTLEMENT MONITORING SHALLOW FOUNDATION SUPPORT FLOOR SLAB SUPPORT RETAINING WALLS LATERAL RESISTANCE PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS Liquefaction Potential Site Coefficient CONSTRUCTION MONITORING LIMITATIONS N 1 1 2 2 AND FOUNDATION DESIGN 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 FIGURES Fissure No. Vicinity Map 1 Existing Site Plan 2 Proposed Redevelopment Plan 3 Settlement Plate Detail 4 APPENDIX APPENDIX A - SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS AND LABORATORY TESTING SUBSUFACE EXPLORATIONS LABORATORY TESTING FIELD SCREENING OF SOIL SAMPLES APPENDIX FIGURES Soil Classification System Key to Boring Log Symbol Logs of Borings Consolidation Test Results G e o E n g i n e e r s Pane No. A -1 A -1 A -1 A -1 Figure No. A -1 A -2 A- 3...13 A- 14...A -15 File No. 1284-021-01-1130/022398 REPORT GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES PROPOSED PARKWAY SUPERCENTER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON FOR MBK NORTHWEST INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of our geotechnical engineering services for your proposed Parkway Supercenter located in Tukwila, Washington. The property is currently the Parkway Plaza located along Southcenter Parkway extending north from South 180th Street to the street right -of -way along the south side of the JC Penney Clearance warehouse. We understand four buildings along the west side of Southcenter Parkway will also be acquired. These include the Azteca, Winners and Tony Roma's restaurants and the Ethan Allen Furniture store. A vicinity map showing the project locations is provided as Figure 1. The existing site configuration is shown in detail in Figure 2, and the proposed redevelopment plan is shown in Figure 3. We understand that construction activities for the portion of the project east of Southcenter Parkway will include the renovation of a number of the existing buildings, partial demolition of the westerly portion of the larger segment of the building partially occupied by CompUSA, and total demolition of the existing Pavilion building. Major new construction will include a cinema building immediately north of the existing Pavilion building, a fill -in building between the existing Sportmart and CompUSA stores, and 6 buildings on new pads to be located in the existing parking areas. Four of these buildings will be located north of South 180th Street and two will be located in the existing parking area south of South 180th Street. No major changes are planned for the buildings west of Southcenter Parkway. We understand that design loading of the structures will include floor loads in the range of 125 to 300 psf (pounds per square foot). SCOPE The purpose of our geotechnical engineering services is to develop geotechnical engineering design criteria and performance estimates for the proposed new construction. Our services include completing new explorations for the new building pads and a series of borings around the Pavilion building. Specifically, our scope of services includes the following tasks: 1. Compile a summary of site conditions, foundation design criteria, and general preload /surcharge requirements from past work on and in close proximity to the property. 2. Perform a reconnaissance of surficial conditions around the four buildings on the west side of Southcenter Parkway to examine the extent of periodic releveling which was been necessary to maintain the exterior grade due to compression of underlying soils to G e o E o g i n e e r s 1 File No. 1284028 -01.1130/022398 determine if alternative repairs such as replacement of a portion of the mineral fill and pavement with a zone of lightweight fill might successfully stop or at least slow the recurring need for repair work. 3. Complete a series of exploration borings at the locations of planned new construction to provide location - specific subsurface data for foundation design and performance analyses. 4. Drill four borings around the perimeter of the Pavilion building to assess subsurface conditions, perform field screening for possible contamination and, if judged necessary, install monitoring wells which would permit subsequent water sampling for chemical analyses. 5. Complete a series of laboratory tests on selected samples to provide grain -size, moisture - density and consolidation parameters for correlation with data from previous investigations in this area and for use in engineering analyses. 6. Develop specific design recommendations for new construction including foundation design criteria and any special site preparation requirements (such as preloading or surcharging of new building areas which have not been so loaded in the past). 7. Prepare a written report presenting the results of our study, including supporting field and laboratory data, for use by other members of the design team in preparation of construction documents and in support of the building permit application. 8. Provide consultation, as required by you or members of the design team during design and construction document preparation, to assist in the implementation of our recommendations as intended. SITE CONDITIONS AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION EXISTING SURFACE CONDITIONS In addition to the Pavilion building, the existing Parkway Plaza contains more than 25 retail tenants with surrounding parking lot and drive areas. With the exception of concrete aprons located near the existing loading dock areas, the parking lots are surfaced with asphalt concrete. The asphalt concrete located east of Southcenter Parkway exhibits little to no surface distress. On the west side of Southcenter Parkway, we observed relatively recent asphalt overlays in the parking and drive areas adjacent to the three northern buildings, Tony Roma's, Ethan Allen Furniture, and Winners. We also observed settlement around the perimeter of all four buildings between the bottom of the siding and the concrete or timber blocks placed in the landscaping. The magnitude of settlement appeared to be between 1 and 6 inches. We understand that the asphalt overlays are periodically placed as leveling courses due to the differential settlement occurring between the pile - supported structures and the adjacent ground surface. G c o E n e i n e e r s 2 File No. 1284-028 -0I- 11301072391! d e o L o g i n e e r c BACKGROUND INFORMATION - SURCHARGING AND FOUNDATION DESIGN Surcharge Significant thicknesses of surcharge have been placed across the Parkway Plaza site. The surcharge fill is placed to preinduce ground surface settlements which occur as the underlying silt and organic soils consolidate. Approximately 6 to 10 feet of surcharge fill was placed prior to construction of the central building (existing Sportmart), and between 4 and 12 feet of surcharge fill was placed at the location of the north retail stores prior to construction. The upper 12- foot - height of surcharge was in the location of a fill stockpile situated in the northeast corner of the property. Specific information regarding the actual surcharge placed in the south portion of the plaza and in the vicinity of the Pavilion is not available, although information in our files indicates a minimum 3- foot -high surcharge was recommended for a period of 3 months The significant height of the surcharge fill placed in the central and north areas of the property was necessary to preinduce settlements during an accelerated project schedule. The duration of these surcharge fills ranged from about 30 to 45 days. For a typical preload program where the weight of the fill placed above finished floor elevations is roughly equivalent to the design floor loads, a preload duration between 3 and 8 months was anticipated. Actual measured settlement during the central surcharge program was close to the estimated values ranging from 8.5 to 13 inches for the 6- to 10 -foot surcharge height. Foundation Design Previous foundation design recommendations included footings be underlain by a minimum 4 -foot thickness of compacted structural fill for an allowable design bearing pressure of 2500 psf. A 4- to 6 -inch thickness of capillary break material was recommended for placement beneath the floor slabs. Rebar reinforcement was also recommended for constructing the floor slabs to help distribute loading conditions and bridge zones of differential settlement. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface soil and ground water conditions were evaluated by reviewing the previous explorations completed at the site and by drilling eleven borings at the approximate locations shown on the Site Plan, Figure 3. Details of the field exploration program and the exploration logs are presented in Appendix A. The Site Plan also shows the locations of previous borings completed at the site. Subsurface conditions encountered in our borings are generally consistent with conditions encountered in previous explorations. In general, we encountered 2 to 10 feet of loose to medium dense silty sand and gravel fill overlying alluvial deposits. The alluvial deposits consist of very soft to soft silt and organic silt interlayered with loose silty sand and sand. The 3 Filo No. 1284028 -01.1130 /022398 sand becomes clean and medium dense to dense at a depth ranging from 30 to 50 feet below the existing ground surface. Field screening for possible contamination was completed on samples obtained from the four borings around the existing Pavilion building (GEI -5, GEI-6, GEI -9 and GEI -10). Soil samples were obtained at approximately 5- foot -depth intervals for field screening and soil classification. Field screening results did not suggest the presence of petroleum hydrocarbons in soil samples. A detailed description of the field screening techniques are provided in Appendix A. GROUND WATER CONDITIONS Ground water seepage was encountered about 5 to 9 feet below the ground surface in our borings completed at the site. Based on our experience on nearby sites, as much as 2 feet of seasonal fluctuation in ground water level is typical. Also, during the wet time of the year, perched ground water is often encountered near the ground surface. Therefore, ground water seepage may be encountered in excavations made at the site. The contractor should be prepared to handle small quantities of ground water when excavating for footings or utility construction. GENERAL We conclude that the site is suitable for constructing the proposed redevelopment, provided a preload /surcharge program is completed within the new building areas to reduce postconstruction settlements to acceptable limits. This includes the new CompUSA building, the new ACT III theater, and the six new building pads to be located within the existing parking areas. A sixth building location was added since the time of our initial study (Wickes Furniture in Area 'C'). We recommend that one to two borings be drilled within the proposed building footprint prior to final design. We recommend that the new buildings be supported on shallow spread footings founded on a minimum of 3 to 4 feet of compacted structural fill. Placement of fill above the existing grades and application of building loads in the new building areas will cause consolidation in the underlying silt and organic soils. Building fill pads and preload /surcharge fill should be constructed far enough in advance of erection of the building walls, so that the majority of settlement due to these loads will have occurred before constructing footings. We understand that a maximum 30-day period is available during the construction schedule for preloading or surcharging some of the buildings. For this period, we recommend a 5- to 6- foot -thick surcharge be placed above the proposed finished floor elevation. A 3- foot -high preload fill is appropriate when the construction schedule can accommodate a two- to three -month period for the preload duration. To reduce the risk of settlements in the existing structures, the preload /surcharge fills will need to be gradually tapered to a height of zero feet adjacent to the existing buildings. Recommended preload and surcharge configurations are discussed in more detail in a following section of this report. G e o E n g i n e e r s CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4 File No. 1284028 -01 - 1130/022998 The existing fill soils beneath the asphalt pavement combined with the anticipated 1- to 2- foot thickness of structural fill required to achieve slab subgrade elevation will provide an adequate fill pad for floor slab support over much of the site. However, the existing fill is relatively thin in the extreme south portion of the site. Excavation and replacement of soft/loose fill or native soils should be anticipated to construct the new building pads in areas 'B', 1B1', and `C'. Also, excavation and replacement of loose fill will likely be required to construct the recommended minimum thickness of structural fill for support of perimeter footings across all of the site, and might be needed for some interior footings. Much of the existing fill on the site appears to be close to adequate density. The fill was near optimum moisture content at the time of our explorations. The fill soils are extremely moisture- sensitive, and compactive efforts will only be effective during extended periods of dry weather. We recommend that the floor slab be found on a capillary break overlying the fill pad. The capillary break material should consist of a minimum 4 -inch thickness of sand and gravel with less than 5 percent fines (material passing No. 200 sieve) by weight relative to the fraction passing the 3/4 -inch sieve. Prior to capillary break placement, the existing fill soils should be proofrolled or probed to locate any loose zones. Some excavation and replacement of the on- site soils may be required to form the building pad for slab support. The following sections of this report provide more detailed recommendations for design and construction. SITE PREPARATION Site development will require removal of some of the existing buildings, pavements, buried utilities and other structures present at the site. Much of the fill soils encountered below the asphalt concrete possess high fines (silt) content such that repeated construction traffic will result in considerable disturbance during wet weather construction. Therefore, we suggest leaving the existing asphalt concrete as long as practical to protect the subgrade during construction. If the existing pavement does not pose a hindrance to future development (i.e. utility installations or other excavations), it may be left beneath the new building pads. If left in place, the asphalt concrete should be broken into pieces with a maximum dimension of 12 inches or less. Following pavement breakup or removal, we recommend that the areas be thoroughly proofrolled with heavily loaded rubber -tired construction equipment to identify the adequacy of the underlying fill soils. If soft or otherwise unsuitable areas revealed during proofrolling cannot be compacted to a stable and uniformly dense condition, excavation and replacement with structural fill should be accomplished, or as otherwise recommended by the geotechnical engineer. Localized zones of perched ground water may be present in shallow excavations made at the site. We expect that any ground water encountered during shallow excavations will be relatively minor and can be handled adequately with collection ditches and sump pumps. G e o E n g i n e e r s 5 File No. 1284- O28 -01- 1130/022398 i EARTHWORK General The proposed new buildings can be satisfactorily supported on shallow footings bearing on a zone of compacted structural fill. As described in subsequent sections of this report, we recommend that floor slabs be underlain by a minimum of 18 inches of structural fill, and that a minimum 8 inches of subbase (clean sand and gravel) be specified for areas to be paved. We recommend that individual spread footings supporting total design column loads of 100 kips or less, and all continuous wall footings bear on a minimum 3 -foot thickness of structural fill. The fill pad beneath individual footings designed for larger column loads should have a minimum thickness of 4 feet. Structural Fill During dry weather, structural fill placed at a depth more than 6 inches below slab subgrades can contain an increased fines content provided that the minimum compaction criteria can be achieved. The maximum particle size in borrow material for general site grading should be limited to 6 inches. The pavement subbase and the upper 6 inches of building pad fill should consist of a well - graded, free - draining sand and gravel free of organic matter and debris. The sand and gravel fill should contain less than 5 percent fines (material passing No. 200 sieve) by weight relative to the fraction passing the 3/4 -inch sieve. The maximum particle size should be limited to 12 inches. If the fill is placed during wet weather, we recommend that the entire building pad fill be constructed of borrow soils having less than 5 percent fines. We should be provided samples of the proposed borrow material for evaluation prior to approving it as acceptable material. Structural fill should be placed in horizontal lifts which are 10 inches or less in loose thickness. During wet weather, the initial lift may need to be somewhat thicker in order to reduce the chance of pumping of the fine- grained subgrade soils and to provide adequate support for construction equipment. Within building footprint areas and within 2 feet of the finished subgrade surface for pavement areas, each lift should be uniformly compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined in accordance with the ASTM D -1557 test method. For fill more than 2 feet below the finished pavement subgrade surface, the compaction criteria can be reduced to 90 percent of the maximum dry density (ASTM D- 1557). The moisture content of the fill material may need to be adjusted to achieve the specified compaction. A representative from our staff should be present at the site to . observe and evaluate fill placement and compaction operations, and to complete a representative number of in -place density tests to determine if compaction criteria are being achieved. G e o E n g i n e e r c 6 File No. 1284-028 -01 - 11301022398 G e o E n g i n e e r s Use of Existing Site Soils The existing fill can be reused as structural fill provided it is moisture - conditioned (aerated) and compacted, if needed, to meet the specified compaction criteria. Most of the surficial native soils contain substantial fines, are extremely moisture - sensitive, and have a natural moisture content considerably above that necessary to achieve compaction. As such, they will not be suitable for use as fill without prolonged aeration. SETTLEMENTS Placement of fill to establish design grades and application of new building loads will cause consolidation in the underlying soils. Differential settlements will occur between areas which have previously been filled, surcharged, or otherwise loaded and the adjacent, unloaded areas. Based on our review of previous surcharge programs, actual settlements, and additional laboratory consolidation tests, we estimate that 2 to 5 inches of settlement will occur as a result of the new planned areal floor loads ranging from 125 to 300 psf: Therefore, we recommend a preload /surcharge program to induce the major portion of settlements that would otherwise occur during and following construction. A preload /surcharge program is deemed necessary for all planned new construction. Because of the expected settlements, it is critical that building construction not be started until most of the settlement from the building pad and preload /surcharge (recommended below) has occurred. Because of the thickness and organic content of the compressible layer, a long and variable preload duration is anticipated. We estimate that 90 percent of the settlement should occur within about 6 to 10 weeks. It is possible to accelerate the consolidation by placing additional fill (surcharge) above the preload fill placed to simulate building loads. This is discussed in more detail in the following section. PRELOAD /SURCHARGE FILL The purpose of a preload or surcharge program is to induce a major portion of the settlements which would otherwise occur when building and floor loads are applied. We recommend a 3- foot -thick preload fill be placed to simulate the expected floor loads. Additional surcharge can be placed to. shorten the required duration of a preload program. We understand that a maximum 30-day period is available during the 'construction schedule for preloading or surcharging the new buildings in Area 'A'. Anticipated floor loads for these three building (Building Area No. '2', Pad 'A', and the restaurant building) are 125 psf. For these conditions, we recommend a 5- foot -thick surcharge be placed above the proposed finished floor elevation. For the remaining buildings proposed in areas 'B', 'Bi', and 'C', a surcharge thickness of 5 feet is adequate where floor loads will be 125 psf or less. We recommend a 6- foot -thick surcharge be placed above finished floor elevation where floor loads are expected to be between 200 and 300 psf. 7 File No. 1284-028 -01. 1130/022398 The crest of the preload /surcharge fill should extend to full height above the proposed finished floor elevation for a distance of at least 5 feet outside of the building footprints. In areas of possible future building construction, the full fill heights should extend into the proposed expansion area for a distance of at least 15 feet beyond the initial building footprints. Along the north and south sides of the footprint of the new Building Area No. '2' (adjacent to the existing structures), we recommend that the crest of the surcharge extend full height to a distance of 5 feet from the existing building walls. From this point, the surcharge should be tapered to the new finished floor grade level at the location of the existing building walls. Preload /surcharge fill need be compacted only to the extent necessary to support construction equipment. The preload /surcharge surface should be sealed and crowned to promote runoff of surface water. Following the preloading or surcharging period, the excess fill can be removed from the building areas and 'used as structural fill in parking or other building areas. We recommend that building pad fill and surcharge placed during the wet spring months consist of clean material (sand and gravel with less than 5 percent fines) to be able to achieve adequate compaction of the material. The clean material will also reduce the potential for schedule delays that could arise in rehandling and compacting the surcharge fill when it is moved to another building pad. We should be provided a sample of the proposed material for evaluation and approval before any material is brought to the site. SETTLEMENT MONITORING In order to evaluate the magnitude and time rate of settlement of the building pad fill and the preload /surcharge fill, we recommend that several settlement monitoring plates be installed prior to placing any new or additional fill in the building areas. An example of a suitable settlement plate, and a description of monitoring procedures are presented in Figure 4. We recommend that settlement plates be placed approximately 25 feet in from each corner of the new buildings. A minimum of 2 additional plates should be placed within the central area of the smaller buildings, and an additional 4 plates should be placed in the central area of the larger buildings. Initial elevation readings of the settlement plates must be obtained when they are installed and before any fill is placed. If this is not done, the initial settlement behavior of the fill pad will not be recorded and the value of the observations significantly diminish in that neither the total magnitudes nor rates of settlement will be known. The elevations of the plates and the adjacent ground surface need to be determined twice each week during filling so that settlement progress in relation to the amount of fill in place can be defined. We recommend that readings be obtained weekly after completion of filling. We recommend that the readings be taken by the project civil engineer and the results forwarded to our office on the day of each reading for evaluation. The presence of the measurement rods which extend from the settlement plates through the fill will inhibit the mobility of earthmoving equipment to some extent. The contractor will have G e o f n g i n e e r c 8 File No. 12.84-02.8-01-1130/022398 1 G e o E n g i n e e r s to exercise care to avoid damaging the rods. The construction documents should emphasize the importance of protecting the settlement plates and measuring rods from disturbance. SHALLOW FOUNDATION SUPPORT We recommend that the buildings be supported on shallow foundations, provided that the footings are placed on a pad of compacted structural fill as recommended in the "Earthwork" section of this report and as discussed below. Foundation construction should not be started until settlements from filling and preload /surcharge operations are complete. We recommend that all-footings be supported on structural fill' extending to a depth of 3 to 4 feet below the footing subgrade elevation. A 3 -foot thickness is appropriate for design column loads of 100 kips or less and a 4 -foot thickness is appropriate for heavier design loads. We recommend that the compacted structural fill form a prism of fill below the footing which extends a minimum distance of 3 feet beyond the edge of the footing. The requirements for overexcavation of existing soils and placement of structural fill for footing support should be determined and the work accomplished before placing the building pad fill. We recommend that a representative from our firm evaluate the soils exposed in these excavations before placement of structural fill to determine that the footing subgrade is acceptable. If excessively soft soils are exposed at subgrade level, additional excavation and replacement with structural fill may be necessary. We recommend that the bottom elevations of all exterior footings be a minimum of 18 inches below the lowest adjacent finished grade, while interior footings have a minimum embedment of 12 inches. We recommend that continuous footings and isolated column footings have minimum widths of 18 and 24 inches, respectively. Footings can be designed using an allowable soil bearing pressure of 2,500 psf for dead plus long -term live loads. This value may be increased by one -third when considering transient loads, such as wind or seismic. The weight of the footing and any backfill over the footing may be neglected in determining the applied bearing pressure. We estimate that the settlement of continuous strip and column footings will be on the order of 1/2 to 1 inch for the assumed loading conditions providing preloading is completed as recommended. Differential settlements should not exceed about 3/4 inch in about 40 to 50 feet. These settlements should occur within several weeks after applying load to the footings. FLOOR SLAB SUPPORT All slab subgrade areas should be stripped and proofrolled or otherwise evaluated as recommended in "Site Preparation" before placing any fill. As discussed in the "Earthwork" section of this report, we recommend that floor slabs be underlain by a minimum of 18 inches of structural fill. The upper 6 inches of fill placed to form the building pad should consist of 3/4 -inch minus free draining sand and gravel with less than 5 percent fines. If fill placement and slab construction will proceed during extended periods of dry weather, the import fill 9 File No. 1284025 -01 - 1130/022391 (1eoEnginccrc placed below the upper 6 inches of slab subgrade can contain an increased percentage of fines, provided the fill can be compacted as recommended above. Because differential settlement is likely across the site, due to variable loading history and variable soil conditions, we recommend that floor slabs be constructed using reinforcement. A vapor barrier should be placed beneath all on -grade floor slabs where moisture control in the slab is critical (e.g., if tile or carpeting is to be glued to the slab). This vapor barrier should consist of polyethylene sheeting and should be overlain by a 2 -inch thickness of clean sand to protect it from damage during slab construction and to aid concrete curing. RETAINING WALLS We recommend that walls for loading docks or other building walls which will serve as retaining walls, be designed for lateral pressures based on an equivalent fluid density of 35 pcf (pounds per cubic foot). This value applies to walls not restrained against rotation when backfill is placed. The above - recommended lateral soil pressure does not include the effects of surcharges such as floor loads, traffic loads or other surface loading. Surcharge effects should be considered as appropriate. In settlement - sensitive areas (e.g., beneath on -grade slabs), the upper 2 feet of backfill for subgrade walls should be compacted to 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined in accordance with ASTM D -1557. At other locations and below a depth of 2 feet, wall backfill should be compacted to between 90 and 92 percent of ASTM D -1557. Measures should be taken to prevent overcompaction of the backfill against the wall. The recommended equivalent fluid density assumes a free - draining condition behind the wall. If any walls are placed where water may have access to the fill behind, drainage should be provided by placing an 18- to 24- inch -wide zone of sand and gravel containing less than 5 percent fines against the wall. Weep holes at about 4 -foot centers at the base of the wall should be sufficient to drain water from exterior walls. Alternatively, perforated drainpipe could be embedded in the free - draining sand and gravel zone along the base of retaining walls to remove any water which collects in this zone. The drainpipe should be tightlined to an appropriate discharge point. LATERAL RESISTANCE The soil resistance available to resist lateral loads is a function of the frictional resistance which can develop on the base of footings and slabs, and the passive resistance which can develop on the face of below -grade elements of the structure as these elements tend to move into the soil. For footings and floor slabs founded on structural fill placed and compacted in accordance with our recommendations, the allowable frictional resistance can be computed using a coefficient of friction of 0.35 applied to vertical dead -load forces. The allowable passive resistance on the face of footings, grade beams or other embedded foundation elements can be computed using an equivalent fluid density of 300 pcf (triangular distribution) if cast 10 File No. 1284-028 -01 - 1130/022398 I' V'•AuF4• neat against structural fill soils. This value assumes all soil extending out from the face of the foundation element for a distance at least equal to two and one -half times the depth of the element consists of structural fill compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum dry density (ASTM D- 1557). The above coefficient of friction and passive equivalent fluid density values include a factor of safety of about 1.5. PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS Assuming that proper site preparation is accomplished and a relatively firm subgrade can be achieved, we recommend a minimum 8- inch -thick subbase layer be provided beneath the base course of new pavement sections. The subbase should consist of a 12 -inch minus sand and gravel with less than 5 percent fines. This recommendation assumes that the existing fill and native soils can be compacted to the criteria defined in the "Earthwork, Structural Fill" section. If the existing fill and native soils are soft, it will be necessary to increase the subbase thickness and possibly provide a geotextile separation layer. It has been our experience that 12 to 24 inches of subbase overlying a geotextile separation layer is required on soft, wet soils, or during wet weather. To avoid the cost of additional overexcavation, the pavement subgrade preparation should occur during the summer and allow time for the parking subgrade soils to "heal" prior to paving. The recommended subbase thickness is not intended to nor will it support construction traffic. Construction haul roads should be as required. We recommend that the pavement section in automobile parking areas consist of a minimum of 2 inches of Class B asphalt concrete over a minimum of 4 inches of free - draining crushed rock. The free - draining crushed rock should be similar to Washington State Department of Transportation ( WSDOT) Standard Specification 9 -03.9(3), except with less than 5 percent passing the U.S. No. 200 sieve. In roadway areas and pavement areas which will be subject to truck traffic, we recommend that the minimum thicknesses of asphalt concrete and crushed rock be increased to 3 and 6 inches, respectively. These design recommendations are predicated on construction of the pavement section being accomplished during extended periods of dry weather. The crushed rock base course and subbase fill should both be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined, in accordance with ASTM D -1557. Backfill in utility trenches underlying paved areas should also be compacted in accordance with the recommendations for structural fill presented in this report. The asphalt concrete should be compacted, in accordance with WSDOT specifications (to at least 91 percent maximum density based on WSDOT Test Method 705). DRAINAGE CONSIDERATIONS We recommend that pavement surfaces be sloped so that surface drainage flows away from the buildings. We recommend that all roof drainage be collected in tight lines for diversion into G e o E n g i n e e r s 11 File No. 12.84-028-01-1130/022398 G e o E n g i n e e r s the storm drain system. A perimeter footing drain is not considered necessary provided that the building floor is above the parking grades. SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS Liquefaction Potential The Puget Sound basin is located within a seismically - active area in which numerous earthquakes have been recorded. Of the more recent events, two were large which resulted in significant damage to some structures. The earlier earthquake, which was centered in the Olympia area, occurred in 1949 with a Richter magnitude of 7.1. The later earthquake, which was centered between Seattle and Tacoma, occurred in 1965 with a Richter magnitude of 6.5. Damage, which in some instances may have been related to localized liquefaction, was reported in many areas within the greater Puget Sound region. Liquefaction refers to a condition where vibration or shaking of the ground, usually from earthquake forces, results in the development of excess pore pressures in saturated soils and subsequent loss of strength. This can result in consolidation and /or lateral spreading of the affected soils with accompanying surface subsidence and /or heaving. In general, soils which are susceptible to liquefaction include loose- to medium -dense clean to silty sands which are saturated (i.e., below the water table). The evaluation of liquefaction potential is complex and is dependent on numerous parameters including soil grain size, soil density, site geometry, static stresses, level of ground acceleration considered, and duration of the event. Typically, the liquefaction potential of a site is evaluated by comparing the cyclic shear stress ratio (the ratio of the cyclic shear stress to the initial effective overburden stress) induced by an earthquake to the cyclic shear stress ratio required to cause liquefaction. We made a preliminary evaluation of the liquefaction potential at this site based on subsurface information obtained in the borings. Based on the data obtained for this site, the interbedded silt layers have a low risk of liquefaction. However, the loose- to medium -dense sandy soils encountered below the water have a high -to- moderate risk of liquefaction, respectively. Layers of loose silty sand were encountered below the water table in several of the explorations. The sand typically graded to dense below a depth of about 40 to 50 feet. Because of the variable thickness of liquefiable soil across the site, it is likely that several discontinuous zones could liquefy causing isolated areal subsidence. Because the floor slab and foundation elements will be supported on a mat of densely compacted structural fill that will be above the highest probable ground water level, significant differential subsidence due to liquefaction is not expected. Specifically, this site will have a nonliquefiable soil cap with a thickness to about 8 to 15 feet. Therefore, abrupt differential settlements of high magnitude are not expected, although settlement could occur and cause distress to the structures during a large seismic event (magnitude 6.5 or greater), or a long duration event. 12 File No. 1284.028 -01- 1130/072398 .,,,,•. Ialn. v. r. Vm741 7In<we:... +.....t..,.. .wM.+.. K.aN+r✓kw_acer : r.»ta.Y_A 1e;V>:.tr. To reduce the potential for differential settlements (more than can be accomplished with a structural fill building pad), three options can be considered. The first option, which is the most economical and provides some protection against minor earthquake shaking, consists of tying the foundations together with grade beams. The second option consists of supporting the structures on piles which would afford more protection against earthquake - induced differential settlements. The third option consists of general site improvement by densifying the building pad areas, thereby reducing the potential for settlement. We are available to discuss the relative merits of each of these options with you should you decide to pursue an increase in protection to the structures against potential settlement damage due to an earthquake. Site Coefficient Based on our subsurface explorations and our experience in the area, the recommended Uniform Building Code (1994) soil profile type is S for a corresponding site coefficient of 1.5. CONSTRUCTION MONITORING The site preparation and earthwork phases of construction are critical to the successful completion of this project. We recommend that GeoEngineers be retained to provide monitoring and testing services during the site work and foundation installation to assess when the preloading or surcharging has been successfully completed, and to determine if the work is completed in general accordance with the intent of our recommendations. These services should include monitoring of the site preparation and proofrolling to advise on any remedial work that may be needed to repair areas of subgrade, observation and testing during filling, review of settlement marker data (the surveying would be done by others) to advise when the majority of the settlement has occurred, observations during footing subgrade preparation, and final subgrade preparation for floor slab and pavement areas. LIMITATIONS We have prepared this report for use by MBK Northwest and other members of the project team for use in the design of a portion of this project. The report is not intended for use by others and the information contained herein is not applicable to other sites. The data and report should be provided to prospective contractors for estimating purposes, but our report, conclusions and interpretations should not be construed as a warranty of the subsurface conditions. Portions of the site redevelopment was in the preliminary design stages at the time of this writing. When the design has been finalized, we recommend that our firm be retained to review the final design and specifications to see that our recommendations have been interpreted and implemented as intended. G e o E n g i n e e r s 13 File No. 1284-028 -01- 1130/022398 Our scope does not include services related to construction safety precautions and our recommendations are not intended to direct the contractor's methods, techniques, sequences or . procedures, except as specifically described in our report for consideration in design. There are probable variations in subsurface conditions between the explorations and variations which are also possible over time. A contingency for unanticipated conditions should be included in the budget and schedule. Sufficient monitoring, testing and consultation should be provided by our firm during construction to confirm that the conditions encountered are consistent with those indicated by the explorations, to provide recommendations for design changes should the conditions revealed during the work differ from those anticipated, and to evaluate whether or not earthwork and foundation installation activities comply with the contract plans and specifications. 4 o ► Within the limitations of scope, schedule and budget, our services have been executed in accordance with generally- accepted geotechnical practices in this area at the time the report was prepared. No warranty or other conditions, express or implied, should be understood. DCO:ncr :wd Doc. ID: P AFINALS\1284028.R GeoEngineers Respectfully submitted, GeoEngineers, Inc. Debra C. Overbay, P.E. Senior Engineer Jack K. Tuttle, P.E. Principal 14 File No. 1284-023.01 -1 330/022398 S 167Th sT sr $TS 176Th s 117114 sT lj - R - S 172ND PL ar6 BAKER el 11 19710 Ti 194Th sT 1 li — ;T l Iron S €0 i 5 Reproduced with It is unlowful to Geo ( Engineers 0 2000 4000 SCALE IN FEET permission granted by THOMAS BROS. MAPS. This mop is copyrighted by THOMAS BROS. MAPS. copy or reproduce all or any port thereof, whether for personol use or resole, without permission. VICINITY MAP 36 sPRIAGWOOK GRIFA6fLT I N ST Sit 1116T14 ST e 5 196Th ST 'ORTMAR 207 120 SF ; 111111111111111 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII THE BON tENCE: DrawIn 200 SCALE IN FEET Geo Engineers 4 00 EXISTING SITE PLAN FIGURE 2 • ill 'WI I I I Ilt!!II! IIItII II III Ilt II Ilj t! W It Iit'Itt 11 ! 11111 WINO OOT A PAM') G EI- 1 1- PROPOSED REDEVELOPMENT PLAN • COI.% ci7 r 97 LEVI 2 r AREA 'B' 4, SELEIHRET AS j d I I GEI -5 ""7!" ................ �.. :t,::1: : : :-,.. GEI -9 • 0 0 • 0 o jail SIM e EXPLANATION: GEI -5 72 -1 76 -2 63 -1 Geo Engineers T 0 T r'• _ -•-4. ' � AREA 'B1' 0 200 SCALE !N FEET BORING COMPLETED BY GEOENGINEERS - SEPTEMBER 1997 BORING COMPLETED BY DAMES AND MOORE - 1963 TO 1976 FIGURE S AREA 'C' 400 Measurement Rod, 1/2 -inch- diameter Pipe or Rebar Existing Ground Surface • Coupling Welded to Plate ..\\\\//''/‘\ Sand Pad, if Necessary NOTES: 1. Install settlement plates on firm ground or on sand pads if needed for stability. Take initial reading on top of rod and at adjacent ground level prior to placement of any fill. 2. For ease in handling, rod and casing are usually installed in 5 -foot sections. As fill progresses, couplings are used to install additional lengths. Continuity is maintained by reading the top of the measurement rod, then immediately adding the new section and reading the top of the added rod. Both readings are recorded. 3. Record the elevation of the top of the measurement rod at the •• recommended time intervals. Record the elevation of the adjacent fill surface every time a measurement is taken. 4. Record the elevation of the top of the measurement rod to the nearest 0.01 foot, or 0.005 foot if possible. Record the fill elevation to the nearest 0.1 foot. 5. The elevations should be referenced to a temporary benchmark located on stable ground at least 100 feet from the area being filled. Geo0Engineers (Not to Scale) i Casing, 2- inch - diameter Pipe (set on plate, not fastened) Settlement Plate, 16" x 16" x 1/4" SETTLEMENT PLATE DETAIL FIGURE 4 i I, ,J / /M \\ appendix a APPENDIX A SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS AND LABORATORY TESTING SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS Subsurface conditions at the project site were explored by drilling eleven borings at the approximate locations shown in Figure 3. The explorations were located in the field by pacing from existing site features. The borings were drilled between August 29, 1997 and September 5, 1997 using hollow - stem auger drilling equipment. Because much of the development is currently occupied with retail tenants, the borings were drilled during restricted work hours between 8pm and loam. Soil samples were obtained from the borings using a 3- inch - outside - diameter split - barrel sampler driven into the soil with a 300 -pound hammer free - falling 30 inches. The number of blows required to drive the sampler the last 12 inches, or other indicated distance, is recorded on the boring logs. The borings were continuously monitored by a representative from our firm who examined and classified the soils encountered, obtained representative soil samples, observed ground water conditions, and prepared a detailed log of each exploration. Soils were visually classified in general accordance with ASTM D- 2488 -90, which is described in Figure A -1. An explanation of the boring log symbols is presented in Figure A -2. The logs of the borings are presented in Figures A -3 through A -13. The logs are based on our interpretation of the field and laboratory data and indicate the various types of soils encountered. They also indicate the depths at which these soils or their characteristics change, although the change might actually be gradual. If the change occurred between samples in the borings, it was interpreted. LABORATORY TESTING All soil samples were brought to our laboratory for further examination. Selected samples were tested to determine moisture content, dry density, and grain size characteristics. The results of the moisture content and dry density tests are presented on the boring logs. Two one - dimensional consolidation tests were performed on selected samples from the borings to measure the dimensional and time -rate compressibility characteristics of representative fine- grained soil samples. The consolidation test results are presented in Figures A -14 and A -15. FIELD SCREENING OF SOIL SAMPLES A GeoEngineers representative conducted field screening on soil samples obtained from the subsurface explorations located around the Pavilion building (borings GEI -5, GEI-6, GEI -9, and GEI -10). Field screening results are used as a general guideline to delineate areas of G e o E n g i n e e r c A -1 File No. 1284028 -01 - 1130/022398 , .• ". ;'• • •••• • • , , • , „• , • • '" • • ,, .................... GeoEngineets , • r • ■ • • • ' • - „ ■ • No Sheen (NS) Slight Sheen (SS) Moderate Sheen (MS) • possible hydrocarbon contamination in soils. In addition, screening results are used to aid in the selection of soil samples for chemical analysis. The field screening methods used include • (1) visual examination, (2) sheen screening, and (3) headspace vapor screening using a Bacharach TLV Sniffer calibrated to hexane. Visual screening consists of inspecting the soil for stains indicative of hydrocarbon contamination. Sheen screening and headspace vapor screening are more • sensitive screening methods that have been effective in detecting hydrocarbon contamination at concentrations less than regulatory cleanup guidelines. Sheen screening involves placing soil in a pan of water and observing the water surface for signs of sheen. Sheens classifications are as follow: No visible sheen on water surface. Light, colorless, dull sheen; spread sheen dissipates rapidly. Light to heavy sheen; may have some spread is irregular to flowing, may be rapid; few remaining areas of no sheen on water surface. Heavy sheen with color/iridescence; spread water surface may be covered with sheen. Headspace vapor screening involves placing a soil sample in a plastic sample bag. Air is captured in the bag and the bag is shaken to expose the soil to the air trapped in the bag. The probe of a Bacharach TLV Sniffer is inserted in the bag, and the device measures the concentration of combustible vapors present within the sample bag headspace. Sniffer measures combustible vapor concentrations in ppm (parts per million). Sniffer is designed to quantify combustible gas concentrations up to 10,000 ppm. Field screening results are site-specific. The results vary with ambient air temperature, soil type, soil moisture and organic content, and type of contaminant. is irregular, not rapid; color/iridescence; is rapid; entire The TLV The TLV A.2 Fit. No. 1254-0211-014130/0223911 , SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP SYMBOL GROUP NAME COARSE GRAINED SOILS More Than 50% Retained on No. 200 Sieve GRAVEL More Than 50% of Coarse Fraction Retained on No. 4 Sieve CLEAN GRAVEL GW WELL - GRADED GRAVEL, FINE TO COARSE GRAVEL GP POORLY - GRADED GRAVEL GRAVEL WITH FINES GM SILTY GRAVEL GC CLAYEY GRAVEL SAND More Than 50% of Coarse Fraction Passes No. 4 Sieve CLEAN SAND SW WELL - GRADED SAND, FINE TO COARSE SAND SP POORLY - GRADED SAND SAND WITH FINES SM SILTY SAND SC CLAYEY SAND FINE GRAINED SOILS More Than 50% Passes No. 200 Sieve SILT AND CLAY Liquid Limit Less Than 50 INORGANIC ML SILT CL CLAY ORGANIC OL ORGANIC SILT, ORGANIC CLAY SILT AND CLAY Liquid Limit 50 or More INORGANIC MH SILT OF HIGH PLASTICITY, ELASTIC SILT CH CLAY OF HIGH PLASTICITY, FAT CLAY ORGANIC OH ORGANIC CLAY, ORGANIC SILT HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS PT PEAT NOTES: SOIL MOISTURE MODIFIERS: 1. Field classification is based on visual examination.of soil Dry - Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch in general accordance with ASTM D2488 -90. Moist - Damp, but no visible water 2. Soil classification using laboratory tests is based on ASTM D2487-90. Wet - Visible free water or saturated, usually soil is obtained from below water table 3, Descriptions of soil density or consistency are based on interpretation of blow count data, visual appearance of • soils, and/or test data. 11% Geo \ O Engineers SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM FIGURE A -1 .�..,.,.a...�...tnr,w.nsvarr+r .nrn��esrr,uw.,ra:•.+x -a�: war.. wcvi. e. nv�nn: an .•�.Sn <+r- ..- ... >... «.......... LABORATORY TESTS AL Atterberg Limits CP Compaction CS Consolidation DS Direct shear GS Grain size %F Percent fines HA Hydrometer Analysis SK Permeability SM Moisture Content MD Moisture and density SP Swelling pressure TX Triaxial compression UC Unconfined compression CA Chemical analysis BLOW COUNT /SAMPLE DATA: Blows required to drive a 2.4 -inch I.D. split- barrel sampler 12 inches or other indicated distances using a 300 -pound hammer falling 30 inches. Blows required to drive a 1.5 -inch I.D. — (SPT) split - barrel sampler 12 inches or other indicated distances using a 140 -pound hammer falling 30 inches. "P" indicates sampler pushed with weight of hammer or against weight of drill rig. Geo tir Engineers SOIL GRAPH: 221 . 12 ID 170 SM Soil Group Symbol (See Note 2) Distinct Contact Between Soil Strata Gradual or Approximate Location of Change Between Soil Strata Q Water Level Bottom of Boring Location of relatively undisturbed sample Location of disturbed sample Location of sampling attempt with no recovery 10 0 Location of sample obtained in general accordance with Standard Penetration Test (ASTM D -1586) procedures 26 m Location of SPT sampling attempt with no recovery Location of grab sample NOTES: 1. The reader must refer to the discussion in the report text, the Key to Boring Log Symbols and the exploration Togs for a proper understanding of subsurface conditions. 2. Soil classification system is summarized in Figure A -1. KEY TO BORING LOG SYMBOLS FIGURE A -2 ::J Z 5— 10— 15— C7. p 20— 25 — 30— 35— 40— TEST DATA BORING GEI -1 Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group Lab Tests (%) (pcf) Count Samples Symbol MD 16 118 MD 34 87 10 16 6 14 ■ 2 Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols Geo Engineers d ASPHALT 0' GM SM DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): 2 inches asphalt concrete Brown silty fine gravel with sand (medium dense, moist) (fill) Gray and brown silty fine sand with occasional gravel (loose to medium dense, moist) (fill) ML Gray fine sandy silt (stiff to medium stiff, wet) SP Dark gray fine to medium sand (medium dense, wet) SM Gray silty fine to medium sand with occasional gravel (very loose, wet) LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -3 5 10 = 20 25 30 35 40 � BORING GEI -1 (Continued) Becomes loose DESCRIPTION GM Gray fine to coarse gravel with silt and sand (dense, wet) Boring completed at 54.0 feet on 09/04/97 Ground water encountered at approximately 8 feet during drilling 40 - 45 50 H 55 60 65 70 75 80 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -3 Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group 40— Lab Tests (%) (pcf) Count Samples Symbol 45.— 50- 55- w z a 60— 65 — 70— 75— 80— TEST DATA MD 29 96 1 38 ■ Geo SIEngineers 0 0 0 0 0 0 c 0, C Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols GP 10— 15— 25 — 30— 35 — 40 — TEST DATA Moisture Dry • Content Density Blow Group Lab Tests (%) (pct) Count Samples Symbol MD 19 111 SM 66 MD MD 58 61 4 36 4 2/18" 8 4 3 2 22 l Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols Geo Engineers NcAta 110/1XkiIXG#' Pik 'M.Y TaVirWlmnOCMw11.10{ .* 1.vww 0 ASPHALT GP -GM SM ML ML BORING GEI -2 ML Gray and brown silt (soft, wet) 1 DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): Gray organic silt (very soft, wet) •" SP Dark gray fine to medium sand (very loose, wet) ML Gray organic silt (very soft to soft, wet) SP Dark gray fine to medium sand (medium dense, wet) 2.5 inches asphalt concrete Grayish brown fine gravel with silt and sand (medium dense, moist) (fill) Gray silty fine sand with occasional gravel and wood fragments (dense, moist) (fill) Gray silt with occasional gravel and organic matter (soft, wet) (fill) SP -SM/ML Dark gray fine sand with silt interbedded with gray silt (loose, wet) • 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A-4 BORING GEI-2 (Continued) Boring completed at 49.0 feet on 09/05/97 Ground water encountered at approximately 6 feet during drilling 40 45 50 55 60 . 65 70 75 BO LOG OF BORING FIGURE A-4 Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group 40— Lab Tests (%) (pct) Count Samples Symbol 70— 75— 80 —+ Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols Geo SEngineers LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -5 5— 10— 15— W W- z - w a 20— 25— 30— 35— 40— TEST DATA 27 95 MD 212 24 MD 37 81 Geo Engineers Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group Lab Tests (%) (pcf) Count Samples Symbol 1 4 57 ❑ 3 ■ 32 1 0 0 0 c 9 ❑ 11 ■ OL 2 ML ■ SM 11 ■ J Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols ASPHALT GP -GM ML BORING GEI -3 DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): 1.5 inches asphalt concrete Brown fine gravel with silt and sand (medium dense, moist) (fill) Gray sandy silt with gravel (medium stiff, moist to wet) (fill) Blow count not representative SP Dark gray fine to medium sand (medium dense, wet) Brown and gray organic silt with wood fragments (very soft, wet) Light gray silt with lenses of silty fine sand and a trace of organic maner (very soft to soft, wet) Dark gray silt (medium dense to dense, wet) SP Dark gray fine to medium sand (dense, wet) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 ' " • , • „. „ . , BORING GEI-3 (Continued) DESCRIPTION Boring completed at 49.0 feet on 09/04/99 Ground water encountered at approximately 7 feet during drilling 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A-5 40 45 — 50 • 55 w 111 2 UJ 60— 65 70 75 80 Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group Lab Tesu (%) (pcf) Count Samples Symbol 31 27 Geo•Engineers ,•0 1 1 Note: See Figure A-2 for explanation of symbols BORING GEI -4 DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): HALT 2 inches asphalt concrete Brown silty fine gravel with sand (medium dense, moist) (fill) Gray silty fine to medium sand with gravel (medium dense, moist to wet) (fill) Gray sandy silt with gravel (medium stiff, moist to wet) (fill) Gray silt with a trace of organic maner (very soft to soft, wet) Gray silty fine to medium sand with gravel (very loose, wet) GM Gray fine gravel with silt, sand and a trace of wood fragments (medium dense to dense, wet) • 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -6 5— 10 15— l_ W W z - p 20— 25— 30— 35— 40— Moisture Dry Lab Tests (%) tent (pet) Count try C Samples Group MD 18 112 TEST DATA 18 112 14 13 9 2/18" 4 2/18' 2 14 Geo SEnOneers Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols tNe[H. 16..i wAtllttl.WnYYeR1. BORING GEI -4 (Continued) DESCRIPTION Boring completed at 47.5 feet on 09/04/97 due to caving soils Ground water encountered at approximately 7 feet during drilling 40 45 . 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -6 Moisture Dry Content . Density. Blow Group Lab Tests (%) (pcf) Count Samples Symbol . 40-- •• W • Z . c 60— Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols Geo SEngineers BORING GEI -5 DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): Gray organic silt (very soft, moist to wet) Gray fine sandy silt (very soft to stiff, wet) Dark gray fine to medium sand (medium dense, wet) 0 5 1 0 15 20 25 30 35 40 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -7 1- w W z 10-- 15-- p 20— 25 — 30— 35— 40 — TEST DATA Moisture Dry Lab Tests Content (pcf) Density Count Samples Group MD 29 95 MD 56 63 6 2/18' 2 3 12 12 12 r Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols Geo SEngineers ASPHALT 4 inches asphalt concrete 0 o GP Brownish gray fine gravel with sand (medium dense, moist) ML (fill) Gray silt with gravel (medium stiff, moist to wet) (fill) ML SP /SM Gray fine sand with a trace of silt with lenses of silty fine sand (loose to medium dense, wet) SP J Moisture Content Lab Tests (%):•. 40 45 — 50— • 55 w z t 60— 65— 70— 75 — 80— Dry Density Blow Group (pcf) Count Samples Symbol 24 13 26 13 Geo Engineers BORING GEI-5 (Continued) 1 Note: See Figure A-2 for explanation of symbols • Boring completed at 56.5 feet on 08/29/97 Ground water encountered at 9.0 feet during drilling 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A-7 BORING GEI -6 DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): HALT 2 inches asphalt concrete Brown and gray fine gravel with sand (medium dense, moist) (fill) Gray and brown silty fine sand (loose. moist) (fill) /SM Gray organic silt (very soft, wet) Gray silty fine sand (loose, wet) Gray fine sandy silt (medium stiff, wet) Gray silty fine sand (medium dense, wet) /SM Gray silt interbedded with silty fine sand (stiff /medium dense, wet) Boring completed at 39.0 feet on 09/03/97 Ground water encountered at approximately 5 feet during drilling 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -8 TEST DATA Moisture Dry Content Density Blow . Group Lab Tests (%) (pcf) Count Samples S mbol MD 10 96 MD 39 80 Geo •Engineers c Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols .. BORING GEI -7 DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): 3 inches asphalt concrete Brown fine gravel with silt and sand (medium dense, moist) (fill) Gray silty fine sand with organic matter (loose, moist) (fill ?) Gray organic silt (very soft to medium stiff, moist to wet) Grades with lenses of fine sandy silt Black fine to medium sand (medium dense, wet) Gray silt (medium stiff, wet) Black fine to medium sand (dense, moist) Gray silty fine sand (medium dense, moist) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -9 . TEST DATA ASPHALT '0 1 GP -GM 5— 1 15— 25— 30— 35 — 40 --k Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group Lab Tests (%) (pcf) Count Samples Symbol MD 77 58 MD 58 68 5 1 3 1 2118' 1 2 1 5 ■ 1 18 1 5 1 38 1 11 1 Geo •Engineers 0 SM ML SP ML SP SM Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols BORING GM-7 (Continued) DESCRIPTION Dark gray silt (very soft, wet) Gray silty fine sand (medium dense, wet) Boring completed at 51.5 feet on 09/02/97 Ground water encountered at approximately 5 feet during drilling 40 - 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -9 40 45 50 55 . 65 70 75 80 ■ TEST DATA Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Lab Tests (%) (pcf) Count Samp Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols 2 10 16 Geo ~) ; Engineers les Symmb 1 ML SM 10— 15— Z. 20 — 25— 30— 35— 40— TEST DATA Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group Lab Tests (%) (pct) Count Samples Symbol MD, 40 77 CS MD 42 80 37 83 2 2118' 2 2 4 17 ■ 15 ■ 22 8 Geo Engineers G c ASPHALT o GP -GM ML /SM Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols ML ML J 1'' IVieMdMweocr f. D..: Yl1Mlit rAPOKInitstftw1MPMw2YU1[ink BORING GEI -8 DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): 2.5 inches asphalt concrete Gray fine gravel with silt and sand (medium dense, moist) (fill) Gray silt with sand interbedded with brown and gray silty fine sand (very soft/very loose, moist) Brown and gray silt with a trace of organic matter (very soft, moist) SM Grayish brown silty fine sand (very loose, wet) Gray silt (soft, wet) Wood (tree stump ?) Brown silt (very soft, wet) • SP Gray and black fine to medium sand (loose to medium dense, moist) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -10 BORING GEI.8 (Continued) DESCRIPTION Boring completed at 46.5 feet on 09/02/97 Ground water encountered at approximately 5 feet during drilling 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 76 80 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A-10 Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group 40 Lab Tem (%) . (pcf) Count Samples Symbol -- 45 — 55 — z 6 50 65 — 70— 75 — 80 — 6 O 29 Geo.Engineers . Note: See Figure A-2 for explanation of symbols BORING GEI -9 PHALT -GM DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): 2.5 inches asphalt concrete Gray and brown fine gravel with silt and sand (medium dense, moist) Brownish gray silty fine to medium sand with gravel (loose, moist) (fill) L Gray silt with fine sand (very soft, moist) Gray fine sand with a trace of silt (very loose, wet) Gray silt with a trace of fine sand (soft, wet) Gray silty fine sand (very loose, wet) Gray fine sand (medium dense, wet) Gray silt (soft, wet) Gray silty fine sand (medium dense, wet) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LOG OF BORING , FIGURE A -11 10— 15— 25— 30— 35— 40— TEST DATA Moisture Dry Lab Tests Content (pcf))tty Blow Group Samples Symbol CS 46 74 MD 38 81 ...,.........wanw4mw6nSpot) .+Miantr6gKa 5 5 2 4 13 18 Geo •Engineers 1 , '0 1 G S SP S • SP ML ' SM J Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols BORING GEI -9 (Continued) DESCRIPTION Boring completed at 41.5 feet on 08/29/97 Ground water encountered at 9.0 feet during drilling 40 70 75 80 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -11 Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group Lab Tests. (%) (pct) Count Samples Symbol i1, .ilia Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols Geo elEngineers • I- ' t.1.1 w • 10 — 1 5 — 20— 2 5 — 30— 35 — 40— TEST DATA MD 29 92 •MD 36 85 7 7 11 5 6 8 11 11 21 BORING GM-10 DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): 3 inches asphalt concrete Brown and gray fine gravel with silt and sand Brown sand with silt and gravel (medium dense, moist) (fill) Gray silt (medium stiff, moist) Gray silty fine sand (loose to medium dense, wet) Gray fme to medium sand (medium dense, wet) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A-12 c Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group 0 Lab Tests (%) (pet) Count Samples Symbol Geo•Engineers 0 ASPHALT GP-GM SP-SM ML " • SM • SP Note: See Figure A-2 for explanation of symbols BORING GEI -10 (Continued) DESCRIPTION Boring completed at 41.5 feet on 08/29/97 Ground water encountered at 8.5 feet during drilling 40 45 50 . 55 60 65 70 75 80 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A -12 40 60 65 70 75 80 TEST DATA Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group Lab Tests (%) (pcf) Count Samples Symbol 120 Note: See Figure A -2 for explanation of symbols Geo Engineers BORING GEI-11 DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation (ft.): 3 inches asphalt concrete Brown and gray fine gravel with silt and sand (medium dense, moist) (fill) Black fine sand (loose, moist) Gray silt (very soft, moist to wet) Gray silty fine sand (very loose, wet) Gray silt (medium stiff, wet) Gray silt (very soft, wet) SM Gray silty fine to coarse sand with gravel (loose, wet) Gray fine to medium sand (medium dense, wet) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 LOG OF BORING FIGURE A-13 • s — 1 0 — 1 5 — 25 — 30 — 35 — 40— Moisture Content Density Blow Group Lab Tests (%) (pcf) Count Samples Symbol TEST DATA 37 82 38 84 40 79 4 2 1 2 4 5 2 5 24 2 Geo Engineers , ASPHALT *0 GP-GM 0 • o SP M SM SP- SP Note: See Figure A-2 for explanation of symbols 55 - BORING GEI-11 (Continued) 0. DESCRIPTION SM Dark gray fine to medium sand with silt (loose, wet) Gray fine to medium sand with occasional gravel (dense, wet) Boring completed at 46.5 feet on 09/02/97 Ground water encountered at approximately 5 feet during drilling 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 LOG OF BORING ' FIGURE A-13 o w 60 40 45 — 507- 65 — 70— 75 — BO— TEST DATA Moisture Dry Content Density Blow Group Lab Tests (%) (pc() Count Samples Symbol 7 33 Note: See Figure A-2 for explanation of symbols Geo SEngineers SP- SP KEY BORING NUMBER SAMPLE DEPTH (FEET) SOIL CLASSIFICATION INITIAL MOISTURE CONTENT INITIAL DRY DENSITY (LBS/FT • GEI -8 5.5 Brown and gray silt with a trace of organic matter (ML) 39.5 76.6 W re a .J 0 N z 0 U 0 0 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 8 0 0.07 0.09 z 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.1 0.2 Geo i Engineers ieswv H >!5car 0.5 1 2 5 PRESSURE (Ibs/ t 10 10 20 50 CONSOLIDATION TEST, RESULTS FIGURE A - 14 • KEY GEI -9 BORING NUMBER 5.5 SAMPLE DEPTH (FEET) Gray silt with fine sand SOIL CLASSIFICATION 46.4 INITIAL MOISTURE CONTENT 74.0 DRY DENSITY (LBS/FT3) _J1 -1130 DCO:JKT:cms 10/06/97 (P:\CONSOL.PRE 1 1. ca • 0 0 tJ O CH m cn 0) c m m CJ 0 0 N 0 0 0 W N CONSOLIDATION (inches /inch) 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 tn co o 0 0 N S • 1 11 DRUG EMPORIUM 1171! iiiiiiil(ii 1/1/1111 II I I rrn1111T1 puuuuunwm 111111, ACT III THEATER COUPUSA SITE PLAN (EXISTING PARKWAY PLAZA) SPORTMART 207,120 SF SOOT HCENtEaPo ROSS REFERENCE: Drawing provided by MBK Northwest IIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIli 111111 III L, 0 SCALE IN FEET Engineers THE BON 400 aXI$T$lG snit PLAN FIGURE 2 i , •• : .111'1 t■41. • to I P111111101 011iiii'.1101111111 111111111 Ilt n .11A1121 1111 11111 11;1 1 .111111 01i:111041ND TINEw s 111081. S 9.Ar - - 01111111111111111111111 111111 1 — 114111111H111111}11 HI IHtHIHOHHHIHI ATHIIIIHH M , HI O IW' I4IIIIIIHU 111111111 177 Li• Ind311 IIu II III 11111 I 1 I 1111111101DEDI Oli 0' 140111111101Illitra IHM11011111E111 ,111 1111. Ir. Fs - OHIHIIIMS 111 1111 .111 w MAN/ • • N.= • • 1••■••• 1 1 w cr L . I jJ .91111111111110 DIERIWIE9 r .... ifTerrff effilM" irc. Structural Calculations BEST BUY Parkway Supercenter, •Tukwilla, WA These Calculations Are Void If Seal And Signature Are Not Original • • • LIMITATIONS • • • ENGINEER WAS RETAINED IN A LIMITED CAPACITY FOR THIS PROJECT. DESIGN IS BASED UPON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE CLIENT, WHO IS SO RESPONSIBLE FOR ACCURACY OF SAME. NO RESPONSIBILITY AND 1 OR LIABILITY IS ASSUMED BY, OR IS TO BE ASSIGNED TO THE ENGINEER FOR ITEMS BEYOND THAT SHOWN ON THESE SHEETS. MAIN OFFICE ❑ 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 503.624 - 7005/503.624 -9770 FAX For Mulvanny Architects CITY RECEIVED k. PERMIT CENTER DEC 2 8 1999 • Expires: 12\31\99 December, 1999 Job Number - 377.0 -99 CENTRAL OREGON ❑ 1183 NW Wall Street, Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 541.383- 1828/541.383 -7696 FAX -_ JAN 3 2000 REID MIDDLETON Y19...Cfa PROJECT c 16.125 S.W. SOONES FSZ Y g0AO LJ.XE OSWEGO. OREGON ?70.14 503J63A G184 Sht of .Job # 1' ? ?• � . By Date ��--- Component weights Range Actual Remarks i R00FING MATERIAL EPOM membrane • 1.5 PSF /. &POn., 5 -ply built up roofing 2.5 PSF Tapered styrofoam insul. .25 PSF /IN Rigid insulation 1.5 PSF /IN 4L.s - i" Closed cell insulation .5 PSF /IN Asphalt shingles 2 PSF Shake shingles light -heavy 1.5 -3 PSF Cement tile 11 PSF Ballast 6 -10 PSF I )1030 Plywood 3 PSF /IN Metal deck 1.5 -3 PSF 2.1 STRUCTURE Wood roof trusses 3 -5 PSF Steel bar joists 2.5 -4 PSF 2.S Timber rafters 1.6 -3.2 PSF CEILING /MISCELLANEOUS T -grid plus tiles 2 PSF Sheetrock (1/2 ") 2 PSF Wood ceiling joists 1 PSF . Resilient furring channels 0.7 PSF Sprinkler system .5 -1.5 PSF ?.o HVAC ductwork + lights .5 -2.5 PSF 2.S Batt or blow —in insulation .25 PSF /IN TOTAL USE i 7. /P. 3 PROJECT c 16.125 S.W. SOONES FSZ Y g0AO LJ.XE OSWEGO. OREGON ?70.14 503J63A G184 Sht of .Job # 1' ? ?• � . By Date ��--- TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC L. OR fvfo Ore ❑ 6969 SW Hampton Stre Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 ❑ 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendacoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 - 0-0 D -o Fo-o 71 Ti G C66„„ ('J 7 c-\) L0 11-b. f � ,o l'�x 3 s'G�OIr= ? _ Pu= W ' / l7 p F- 1•A�i -r / C / L.) = Pa x = 3 J o -F £iif 1%z:7 V(lt 7. D 4 - 2/ e-0 t a rrJ z; w I ! /f o y (J. A4 2 . is ( i H - 7) u r�= w CLIENT: PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: I0/ I J r / 1 9 BY: y t @ .� 2 (2) 17-0 • -s -- 2 / S t'L-F 2. /s P 3 = f , 2, /f . /- H 0.77H 2. i �i - .0.S• 2 e-72 2� ) u �t= z Y PAGE f l i T T 1 1 1 1 a r �• 1 c 91= v (F-t- . o #1 w q-c, c 2 w s ' TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC d = 12 u 6969 SW Hampton Stre Tigard, Oregon 9 '7223 fcetigrd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 O 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendOcoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 6 ( w v = i• 7 . 1-7 2,u`* O, /og, _ /, ((...) = r, 2. Przo • 6-2 4-t:C. "F Mw z vJ (e ) � 2. CLIENT: PROJECT: 1167 1 PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: / (' / 9 BY: G 0 �G / 2 ? " //609-- k - 6'� 9 2 (0.2 -) = o.C2 C GS, , g - f t_e k/F 0.026 tA:�. 4 4w /(le y X `i_ d) (0 94, xl� )� no D 5s Y 0. LOO / ,? LL, J. 4-o /P (1-2- )Lf 2 1 4 (re E ) i led. ,•J 1: 774-r - () t 6 (941) _ V6 2 = 0. I o • 26 IA:, e -14 TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC ( A ) /FCL- &7 r F ( 1 d 1:2`- D" /0 • 4 taaMla.ti;11101.1.***41*i4407WIFINtralliell/M*1101.41....■n..... O 6969 SW Hampton Suet. Tigard, Oregon 97223 ketigrdOteleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 O 1183 NW Walt Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendacoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 • — 2i .. = 0 1 e9 4-R'1-: 4-0c /. 3/ / 2 i 0,< 0.x. /0 4. - o. ,x 04 CLIENT PROJECT: % PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: /, (1) BY: 1 cf a.c. (4v 6 . 2 / 2- 4 7 ) 04.) r O. 02 • • 4p%); • 1 ' 25 )4- (0 , 6 • e"-c o 0)( 0 ) o Stit. u c.r) -t il I) , A 0 r > 6' • 0.02 0-q,K40 0.1(60) L/ F #'_s a re" c.. PAGE; / , • , TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC Fs-trid 6-es C2 (TO'. ) /, 1.3 2 IL 0 6969 SW Hampton Str Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdateleport.cbm FAX 503,624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendOcoinet.com FAX 541,383.7696 541.383.1828 r&a. g. i?; 2 "' (2-9-0 0 ) Tte-4 (/(;-d-7D ) P 2 .! 0-o ) 7742 /9-7?- P - 9 / 1 --o CLIENT: (.) PrzciiEcr: uni'S Y • - • PROJECT NUMBER; .3 7-? 0 - DATE: BY: G 'ii ') o-9-0 o19-0 7 2 (2 1 - 4 "e ' S 1 ) Y ') 2s, 24-0 ( -7h (ro J Pc , 25 44°1 7 2.CD-0 E ( 4 1- - 1- Ce x k ( 4 4' 1' ) 70, LID /L2.`" i tt- /t-a.(.=-14 g PA= f_-_f ' 2 7, 4..1) 7g. ( S -41 I o t .2 rp r°' A $- 9 ' it /— c.NJ/(.7 -r" C-) PAGE / • C- (;-s-) • sbecify your title block on these five.lines; use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent yourtitie block Information.. Description ftl Dead Load UvLoed Short Term Load 36.000 k 50,000 k 0.000 Seismic Zone • 3 Overburden Weight ' 110.000 psf Concrete Weight 145.00 pcf LL & ST Loads Combine Load Duration Factor Column Dimension Reber Requirement • Actual Reber "d" depth used 200/Fy M Req'd by Analysis Min. Reinf % to Req'd •Summary Max. Static Soil Pressure Allow Static Soil Pressure Max. Short Term Soil Pressure Allow Short Term Soil Pressure Mu : Actual Mn • Phi : Capacity • 1.000 12.00 in 6.50ft square x 14.0in thick with 9 #5 bars 2,314.67 psf 2,500.00 psf 2,314.67 psf 2,500.00 psf 13.60 k-ft 19.35 k-ft Title : Dsgnn Description. scar*: 10.438 in As to USE per foot of Width 0.0033 Total As Req'd 0.0024 in2 Min Allow % Reinf - 0.0032 % Job Date: 4:45PM, 22 SEP 99 1_ 11m. 310101 • • • Wen KW:401101, Vas 3.14, 114.1-111111, WW1 . (e) 110140 311111CALC Square Footing Design • Page 1 eSiobs%1999%377.049Wasteevt:Calcvlstioto General information Calculations are designed to AC1311149 and 1997 UBC Requirements I Fooling Dimension Thickness 0 of Bars • Bar Size Reber Cover fc Fy Allowable Soil Bearing 6.500 ft 14.00 in 9 5 3250 3,000.0 psi 60,000.0 psi 2,500.00 psf {Reinforcing 0.396 in2 2.574 in2 0.0014 93.11 psi 148.75 psi 186.23 psi Footing OK Vu : Actual One-Way 53.98 psi Vn*Phi : Allow One-Way Vu : Actual Two-Way Vn•Phi : Allow Two-Way Alternate Reber Selections- 13 # 4's 9 0 5's 6 0 6's 5 O le 4 # 8's 3 09s 3 tiOs To specify your tide block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. 14 1 1 1ev: 310301 Wen xvhosor,c4. V« 5.1.8, 21•Aw•11090. Wien e)1103•MBa11CALC Square Footing Design Page 1 II Oiebe519991377 .0- 99WeacecveColcvli iolle Description [General Information Dead Load Live Load Short Term Load Seismic Zone Overburden Weight Concrete Weight LL & ST Loads Combine Load Duration Factor. Column Dimension Reinforcing ft2 Reber Requirement Actual Reber "d" depth used 8.438 in 200/Fy 0.0033 As Req'd by Analysis 0.0028 in2 Min. Reinf % to Req'd 0.0033 % Summary 5.75ft square x 12.0in thick with 8- #5 bars Max. Static Soil Pressure Allow Static Soil Pressure Max. Short Term Soil Pressure Allow Short Term Soil Pressure Mu : Actual Mn • Phi : Capacity 28.800 k 40,000 k 0.000 k 3 110.000 psf 145.00 pcf 1.000 12.00 in 2,335.91 psf 2,500,00 psf 2,335.91 psf 2,500.00 psf 10.25 k -ft 15.55 k -ft Title Dsgnr: Description : Scope : As to USE per foot of Width Total As Req'd Min Allow % Reinf Vu : Actual One -Way Vn•Phi : Allow One -Way Job* Date: ,4:51PM, 22 SEP 99 Calculations are designed to ACI 31945 and 1997 UBC Requirements II • Footing Dimension Thickness 9 of Bars Bar Size. Reber Cover tc Fy 5,750 ft 12.00 in 8 5 3250 3,000.0 psi 60,000.0 psi Allowable Soil Bearing 2,500.00 psf 0.338 in2 1.941 in2 0.0014 59.99 psi 93.11 psi 158.87 psi 186.23 psi Footing OK Vu : Actual Two -Way Vn "Phi : Allow Two -Way Alternate Reber Seleotiorte 10 it 4's 7 ,._ #� 5's 5 at 6's 4 it 7's 3 9 8's 2 9 9's • 2 910's • „ : ' • To specify your title block on thwie five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant 'e•-; your title block information... Nor 510301 1.Ner KW4601:303, Ver 3.1.3, 33/0*•13311. W032 (t) 193340 PARCALC Square Footing Design Page 11' • eieb9S1999S37/.0.99Vtamcw:Cskvkileasi Description ft3 General Information Calculations are designed to ACI 318415 and 1997 vac Requirements Dead Load • Live Load • Short Term Load Seismic Zone Overburden Weight Concrete Weight LL & ST Loads Combine • Load Duration Factor Column Dimension • R•bar Requirement Actual Reber "di depth used 200IFy As Req'd by Analysis Min. Reid % to Req'd Summary 6.00ft square x 14.0in thick Max. Static So N Pressure Allow Static Soil Pressure Max. Short Term Soil Pressure Allow Short Term Soil Pressure Reinforcing 1 • Mu :Actual • Mn • Phl : Capacity 30.200 k 41.900 k 0.000 k 3 . 110.000 psf 145.00 pcf 1.000 12.00 in with 7 #5 bars 2,281.94 psf 2,500.00 psf 2,281.94 psf 2,500.00 psf 11.07 k-ft 16.41 k-ft • Title : Dsgnr: Description: Scope : Footing Dimension Thickness $ of Bars Bar Size Reber Cover fc Fy. • Allowable Soil Bearing 10.438 In As to USE per foot of INidth 0.0033 Total As Req'd 0.0019 in2 Min Allow % Reinf 0.0026 % Vu : Actual One-Way Vn*Phi : Allow One-Way Vu : Actual Two-Way Vrelphi : Allow Two-Way Alternate Reber Selections... 10 *4's 7 *5's 4 $ 7's 3 fi 8's Job. Dols: 4:58PM, 22 SEP 99 0 6.000 ft 14,00 in 7 5 3.250 3,000.0 pal 60,000.0 psi 2,500.00 psf 0.321 in2 1.925 in2 0.0014 46.13 psi 93.11 psi 122.97 psi 186.23 psi - Footing OK 5 $ 6's 2 * 9's 2 *10's To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. Air 510701 Ufa: KV• 11011704. Vw 5.1.7, b•r..1en, V WI (e) 114344 Square Footing Design Page 1 e: liobe1199 %377.0.9911tetecw:Cekehtions Description ft4 General Information Dead Load Live Load Short Term Load Seismic Zone Overburden Weight Concrete Weight LL & ST Loads Combine Load Duration Factor Column Dimension Reber Requirement Actual Reber "d" depth used 200/Fy As Req'd by Analysis • Min. Reinf % to Req'd Summary 27.500 k 38.100 k 0.000 k 3 110.000 pat 145.00 pcf 1.000 12.00 in Reinforcing 8.438 in 0.0033 0.0026 in2 0.0033 % 5.75ft square x 12.0in thick with 7- #5 bars Max. Static Soil Pressure 2,239.12 psf Allow Static Soil Pressure 2,500.00 psf Max. Short Term Soil Pressure Allow Short Term Soil Pressure 2,239.12 psf 2,500.00 psf Mu : Actual 9.82 k -ft Mn • Phi : Capacity 13.70 k -ft Calculations are designed to ACI 31845 and 1557 UBC Requirements 1 Footing Dimension • 'Thickness tt of Bars Bar Size • Reber Cover Pc Fy Allowable Soil Bearing As to USE per foot of Width _ Total As Req'd Min Mow % Reinf Vu : Actual One -Way Vn•Phi : Allow One -Way Vu : Actual Two -Way Vn•Phi : Allow Two-Way Alternate Reber Selections... 10 •4's 7 tt 5's 4 d 7's 3 tt B's 5.750 ft 12.00 in 7 5 3250 3,000.0 psi 60,000.0 psi 2,500.00 psf 0.338 in2 1.941 in2 0.0014 57.47 psi 93.11 psi 152.19 psi 186.23 psi Footing OK 5 # 6's 2 #9's 2 d10's o specify your title block on these five Tines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information.. IU.: 510301 Ww.KM.OIOEIW. Wr5.1.3,ttJer1 MO, Mat (4) I007•MEI ERCMC Steel Column Base Plate Page 1 Description General Information Calculations are designed to AJSC 8th Edition ASD and 1887 UBC Requirements 1 Loads Axial Load X -X' Aids Moment Plate Dimensions' ' .Plate Length Plate Width Plate Thickness Support Pier Size Per Length Pier Width Summary Best Buy 1 Concrete Bearing Stress Actual Bearing Stress Allow per ACI 10.15 Allow per AISC J9 Plate Bending Stress Actual tb Max Allow Plate Fb Tension Bolt Force Actual Tension Allowable 86.00 k 0.00 k-ft 13.000 in 13.000 in 0.875 in 72.000 in • 72.000 in Thickness OK 508.9 psi 3;570.0 psi 2,100.0 psi Bearing Stress OK 23,424.1 psi 27,000,0 psi Bolt Tension OK 0.000 k 5.500 k Steal Section Section Length Section Width Flange Thickness Web Thickness Allowable Stresses Concrete rc Base. Plate Fy Load Duration Factor Anchor Bolt Data Diet. from Plate Edge Bolt Count per Side Tension Capacity Bolt Area Full Bearing : No Bott Tension TS7xTxslls 7.000 in 7.000 in 0.313 in 0.313 in Baseplats OK 3,000.0 psi 36.00 kel 1.000 2.000 in 2 5.500 k 0.442 in2 Description Best Buy Loads Axial Load X -X Axis Moment Plate Dimensions Plate Length Plate Width Plate Thickness Support Pier Size Per Length Per Width Summary. Cona►et. Bearing Stress Actual Bearing Stress Allow per ACI 10.15 AIIoW per AISC J9 Plats Bending Stress Actual lb Max Allow Plate Fb Tension Bolt Force Actual Tension Allowable To, sPecify your title block on these flys linos, use the SETTINGS main Menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. . 68.80 k 0.00 k -R 13.000 in 13.000 in 0.750in 69.000 in 69.000 in Thickness OK 407.1 psi 3,570.0 psi 2,100.0 psi Bearing Stress OK 25,506.2 psi 27,000.0 psi Bolt Tension OK 0.000 k 5.500 k Steel Section • • TS7x7xlll16 Section Length 7.000 in Section Width 7.000 in Flange Thickness 0.313 in Web Thickness 0.313 in Allowable Stresses Concrete re 3,000.0 psi Base. Plate Fy 36.00 ksi Load Duration Factor 1.000 Anchor Bolt Data Dist. from Plate Edge 2.000 in Boit Count per Side 2 Tension Capacity 5.500 k Bolt Area 0.442 in2 Steel Column Base Plate General. information. - Cal :ulations ars designed to AISC Ith Edition ASD and 1007 UBC Requirements Baseplate OK Full Bearing : No Bolt Tension w.� TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC CJ 4-0 ( • n)T Ate/ 1 r 6969 SW Hampton Stre Tigard, Oregon 97.223 fcetigrdOteleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 J 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend®coinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 / G �=r (f\l 4Ji (12` cmtl) W O eesl ( ") W� - 2 s_fl E t6 ( PO t �JD W L. r Dt� USE- .2 I- 0 ItYtt x /2 itft< ;Y NRy'i1DL,(UILL'!i{ • w P, -c,c.) ptr- pc.F 4040-F l.4 q S : �1 l e x 22 - %SO w = 2S "� 2S G; S ` P� Pte (n1 f eQ,�- : (3ni -(s�� _ 37 /24h P 28 • /'- 0 r72.1 7 L44-0 F 4*.. • 2 �c A a % 2- ( Q c~ x / 1 . P✓ 76;2 2 Gr.nf ! • CLIENT PROJECT: e t=r; gv 1 S"fl Pt.c / 9-Q Pc" F-7 W/ (3 ) PROJECT NUMBER: :19 0 ^ 9 9 DATE: 9 12.E 1 q 3 BY: Ctl 6 PAGE r z U S - c 2 - 6 tJ i D-r= x / 2 • T(tu C4-.,1 i , F1 6 w/ ( # S C orJ elms -> c c @ /2 "T29►J f. »I S C.on! P/s , r 4 6 /2" 7'J To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information.. Description g=r r -- !?✓Y fre06.Ji !4 4.-LL Allowable Soil Bearing Short Term Increase Base Pedestal Height Seismic Zone Overburden Weight Live & Short Term Combined fc Fy Concrete Weight Applied Vertical Load... Dead Load Live Load Short Term Load Applied Moments.,. Dead Load Live Load Short Term Applied Shears... Dead Load Live Load Short Term Summary 1.00ft x 2.50ft Footing, pL +LL DL +LL +ST Max Soil Pressure 2,239.0 2,239.0 psf Allowable 2.500.0 3,325.0 psf "X' Ecc, of Resultant 0.000 in 0.000 in "Y' Ecc, of Resultant 0.000 in 0.000 in X -X Min. Stability Ratio No Overturning 1.500 :1 Y -Y Min. Stability Ratio No Overtuming [Footing Design Shear Forces Two -Way Shear One -Way Shears.,, Vu cg Left Vu @ Right Vu © Top Vu © Bottom Moments Mu © Left Mu Cg Right Mu (22 Top Mu (g Bottom .�...__ �,........ wwr.......... n.ww�ru>row.xvYO�ii.w4nn,vY:w�. tux.+ u:. r..+.+ re.. rw. us. urrm. �. vcwNCUr "vxyw�WmY>rxV3 c 2,500.0 psf 1.330 12.000 in 3 110.00 psf 3,000.0 psi 60,000.0 psi 145.00 pcf 4.200 k 0.760 k k Creates Rotation about Y -Y Axis (pressures © left 8 right) k -ft k -ft k -ft Creates Rotation about Y -Y Axis (pressures left & right) k k k Title : Degnr. Description : Scope: Min Steel % Rebar Center To Edge Distance ...ecc along X -X Axis 0.000 in ...ecc along Y -Y Axis 0.000 in Creates Rotation about X -X Axis (pressures CO top b bot) k -ft k -ft k -ft Creates Rotation about X -X Axis (pressures 01 top & bot) k k k Job 9 Date: 11:05AM, 23 SEP 99 1.000 ft 2.500 ft 12.00 in 12.00 in 12.00 in 0.0014 3.50 in r3 N�a 510301 User: KWA602304,Vu3,1.3, 32 (c) 1903.99[NIRCALC General Footing Analysis & Design Page 1 ' General Information Calculations are designed to ACI 318-95 and 1997 UBC Requirements Dimensions... Width along X -X Axis Length along Y -Y Axis Footing Thickness Col Dim. Along X -X Axis Col Dim. Along Y -Y Axis Loads 1 Footing Design OK 12.0in Thick, w/ Column Support 12.00 x 12.00in x 12.0in high Shear Stresses.... 1 -Way 2 -Way ACI 9 -1 ACI 9 -Z ACI 9-3 Vn • Phi 3.19 psi 3.09 psi 1,68 psi 186.23 psi Actual Allowable Max Mu 0.806 k -ft per ft Required Steel Area 0.143 in2 per ft Vu Vn • Phi 1.737 93.113 psi 3.191 186.226 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 93.11 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 93.11 psi 1.74 psi 1.68 psi 0.92 psi 93.11 psi 1.74 psi 1.68 psi 0.92 psi 93.11 psi ACI 9 -1 ACI 9 -2 AC19 -3 Ru / Phi As Reo'd 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k -ft 0.0 psi 0.01 in2 per ft 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k -ft 0.0 psi 0.01 in2 per ft 0.81 k -ft 0.78 k -ft 0.42 k -ft 12.4 psi 0.14 in2 per ft 0.81 k -ft 0.78 k -ft 0.42 k -ft 12.4 psi 0.141n2 per ft • T o spicily your titN block on thsss:fivs IMss, use Ski SETTINGS ininu ssl ction; choose tlt• Plinth* & Title Block tab, and ent your deo block Information. . ACI 9-1 39-2 DL ACI 9-1.3 9-2 LL ACI 9-1 39-2 ST ...seismic ■ ST • 1.400 ACI 9-2 Group Factor 1.700 ACI 9-3 Dead Load Factor 1.700 : ACI 9-3 Short Term Factor 1.100 0.750 0.900 1.300 UBC 19212.7 1.4" Factor ~UBC 19212.7 "0.9" Factor Service Load SoN Pressures Left Right Top :::" Bottom DL + LL 2,239.00 2,239.00 2,239.00 2,239.00 psf DL + LL + ST 2,239.00 2,239.00 2,239.00 2,239.00 psf Factored Load Soil Pressures ACI Eq. 9-1 3,225.80 3,225.80 3,225.80 3,225.80 psf ACI Eq. 9-2 3,134.80 3,134.60 3,134.60 3,134.60 psf ACI Eq. 9-3 1,741.50 1,741.50 1,741.50 1,741.50 psf Soil Pressure Summary • 1.400 �,i:FkblC�ta: To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information.. M.: 5100, Ueu: KV •0$010W, Ye S.1.3.11410-111I, Wag (e) 111•3411 MACAW Description % ?1/4) y ) General Information Allowable Soil Bearing Short Term Increase Base Pedestal Height Seismic Zone Overburden Weight Live & Short Term Combined fc Fy Concrete Weight Applied Vertical Load... Dead Load Live Load Short Term Load Applied Moments,,, Dead Load . Live Load Short Term Applied Shears... Dead Load Live Load Short Term Summary 1 Footing Design Shear Forces Two -Way Shear One -Way Shears,,, Vu Left Vu © Right Vu © Top Vu Bottom Moments Mu a Left Mu a Right Mu Top Mu © Bottom .. �... � ........,- ..,,rrnun..nv�nn�.rvr lempr }.•Y A4�4.irrli.4W.!aG•w+A General Footing Analysis & Design 2,500.0 psf 1.330 12.000 in 3 110.00 psf 3,000.0 psi 60,000.0 psi 145.00 pcf 3.897 k 0.530 k k Creates Rotation about Y -Y Axis (pressures (§2 left d, right) k -ft k -ft k -ft Creates Rotation about Y -Y Axis (pressures © left & right) k k k DL +LL DL +LL +ST Max Soil Pressure 2,468.5 2,468.5 psf Allowable 2,500.0 3,325.0 psf "X' Ecc, of Resultant 0.000 in 0.000 In "Y' Ecc, of Resultant 0.000 in 0.000 in X -X Min. Stability Ratio No Overturning 1.500 :1 Y -Y Min. Stability Ratio No Overturning Title : Dsgnr. Description : Scope Dimensions.. Width along X -X Axis Length along Y -Y Axis Footing Thickness Col Dim. Along X -X Axis Col Dim. Along Y -Y Axis Min Steel % Reber Center To Edge Distance Loads 1 ...ecc along X -X Axis 0.000 in ...ecc along Y -Y Axis 0.000 in 1.00ft x 2.00ft Footing, 12.0in Thick, w/ Column Support 12.00 x 12.00in x 12.0in high Max Mu Required Steel Area Shear Stresses.... 1 -Way 2 -Way Creates Rotation about X -X Axis (pressures © top d, bot) k -ft k -ft k -ft Creates Rotation about X -X Axis (pressures © top & bot) k k k ACI 9 -1 /1C19-2 A 9-3 Vn' Phi 1.51 psi 1.48 psi 0.84 psi 186.23 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 93.11 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 93.11 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 93.11 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 93.11 psi ACI 9-1 ACI 9 -2 ACI 9-3 Ru / Ph( 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k -it 0.00 k -ft 0.0 psi 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k -ft 0,00 k -ft 0.0 psi 0.40 k -ft 0.39 k -ft 0.22 k -ft 6,1 psi 0.40 k -ft 0.39 k -ft 0.22 k -ft 6.1 psi Calculations are designed to ACI 318415 and 1997 UBC Requirements 0.000 1.515 Job 0 Dab: 11:34AM, 23 SEP 99 1.000 ft 2.000 ft 12.00 in 12.00 in 12.00 in 0.0014 3.50 In Footing Design OK Actual Allowable 0.396 k -ft per ft 0.143 in2 per ft Vn * Phl 93.113 psi 186.226 psi Page As Reed 0.01 in2 per ft 0.01 1n2 per ft 0.141n2 per ft 0.14 in2 per ft 1 80.y o0 :3010 .O• sNOw btt CALCUL -An: S - -• - - -- _ - - - - • • --- ----- - - - - -- v ---- - - - - - - t u1 = -- f4. P T = ckd ;Lk P_ = /' 0/ 4. ( ts€JG T OF BALk&JC A SJUOt1 Lit, s 4L.sr 4 < 4 ( = t.) f✓ w 13-/U - 2R - 2S ' - /_? C csu 3D SAJOW * P : 2 s *( t RGCFSi:aw: sP : J�S�� �r pENS►i'y, bz 0.13 P, * J* _/7'3 % +s 35" 4/0 CO,4.1t1 0 E02 SNOW DRIFT IF • 4 1.)/114 > wd 44 0 f't T = • u /�d - 2 (P INA -n hd • 0. 4=3 3• ;L ,P + 10 - 1. S = , 2 �S PG/47 of OR►FT • ( WIDTK OF DtiF'T TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC J X r 0 6969 SW Hampton Stre Tigard, Oregon 97223 ,, fcetigrd©teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendOcoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 U C- — !% GI -► N c ( WLJ' r 4. !A1 2S -x _ (iJ p l I D o u- ocF lS 3 26 P" r S L.rn)& 3 lc Y- ( DATE: :1 fit= 7 £(/ / 22 itcs. 4,2 (c4-7= 377'", (C4 .2941 ,' CLIENT: PROJECT: /? r i 1.7-1Y PROJECT NUMBER: 3 " O — 9 9 BY: L &-of r i S fL9I G"J l�o� l / ,r te vJ T Sb'-0 a C - / _ / 6 7 Pei. SO 0 PAGE / / 15 , vJ To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block Information. ,: [Uniform Loads. Description BEST BUY JTN r g=' 4 C'ti=nJ r e L .i C-r Title : Dsgnr. Description : BcoP• : Single Span Beam Analysis Job! Dab: 8:15AM, 1 OCT 99 General Information Center Span 50.00 ft Moment of Inertia 478.000 1n4 Left Cantilever ft Elastic Modulus 29,000 k& Right Cantilever . ft Beam End Fixity Pin -Pin On Center Span... On Left Cantilever... On Right Cantilever... 1 0.263 kilt fi' 1 k/ft *1 Magnitude ® Left 0.033 k/ft k/ft klft klft Magnitude ® Right klft turf lift k/ft Dist. To Left Side ft ft ft ft Dist. To Right Side 5.000 8 ft 8 ft Center Location 0.000 ft Left Cant 0.000 ft Right Cant 0.000 ft Moment 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k -ft Shear 6.65 k 0.00 k 0.00 k Deflection 0.00000 in 0.00000 in 0.00000 in 1 Summary Moments... Shears... Max + CD Center 82.26 k -ft at 24.95 ft 6 Left Max - 6 Center 0.00 k -ft at 0.00 ft © Right 6 Left Cant 0.00 k -ft Maximum 6 Right Cant 0.00 k -ft Deflections... II Center Maximum = 82.26 k -ft 6 Left Cant. 6 Right Cant 6.65 k 6.58 k 6.65 k Reactions... Left ® Right -2.671 in at 24.95 ft 0.000 in at 0.00 ft 0.000 in at 0.00 ft • 6.65 k • 6.58 k } . . . TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC 11-c=f Pte 11 LC e 263 P' 0 6969 SW Hampton Streer, Tigard, Oregon 97223 nN) fcetigrdOteleport.cotn FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendacoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 z 6- 2 Al el 2ci-me.12 y 2 -f (IX Igxci CLIENT. PROJECT: k 4 (C 1_ 0 c4 /N) ICJ o ec id* PROJECT NUMBER: .??? ' 6 c / 9 - DATE: h-4' BY:. 77 • k) (Al = 29 ' titT iI o ) PAGE •/ lor 1r 1r Nr • 7 t : 1• ::•• : To oPeoNy your title block on • this* five lines, use the•SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information.. 1 :er r01304. Vie 9.1.3, 224.01MIS, W32 •. 111113-1114 MACAW Description BEST BUY yo., PT! - t ) General Information Center Span Left Cantilever Right Cantilever [IJnifomi Loads 1 On Center Span... *1 0.263 k/ft I_Trapezoidal Loads Magnitude Left Magnitude © Right Dist. To Left Side Diet. To Right Side Query Values Center Location Moment Shear Deflection Summary Moments... Max + itt Center Max - c Center Left Cant 00 Right Cant Maximum is 30.00 ft ft ft 29.66 k-ft • On Left Cantilever... 1 0.033 k/ft k/ft ft 5.000 ft 0.000 ft 0.00 k-ft 4.02 k 0.00000 in Single Span Beam Analysis Moment of Inertia Elastic Modulus Beam End Fbdty 29.66 k-ft at 14.97 ft 0.00 k-ft at 0.00 ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft L.•■ Left Cant Shears... @ Left @ Right Maximum • Title : Dsgnr: Description: Scope : 127.000 in4 29,000 ksi Pin-Pin kift Kitt ft ft Deflections... © Center @ Left Cant. Right Cant k/ft 0.000 ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k 0.00000 in 4.02 k 3.95 k 4.02 k On Right Cantilever... 1 Idft ft ft ft -1.305 in at 14.97 ft 0.000 in at 0.00 ft 0.000 in at 0.00 ft Job* Date: 8:33AM, 1 OCT 99 kift k/ft km ft ft Right Cant 0.000 ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k 0.00000 in Reactions... Left Right 4.02 k 3.95 k Page 1 1 • , . TO Opeolfy your title bloc k on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Tide Block tab, and int your title block information. . L 0 Arc 616:051 Um: KW464:001. Yu 5.1.3, /Woo 1111111, VW! ) 114341 MACAW Description BEST BUY / 7 7 - -...) r‘i r -, '- '? Center Span Left Cantilever Right Cantilever On Center Span... 0.263 idn 1 Magnitude Location Magnitude (11 Left Magnitude Right Dist. To Left Side Dist. To Right Side Center Location Moment Shear Deflection Summary Moments... Max + Center Max - Center a Left Cant (02 Right Cant Maximum = 32.00 ft ft ft 1.100 k 24.500 ft 37.98 k 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 37.98 k-ft , . • , • • , • 0.000 ft 0.00 k-ft 4.54 k 0.00000 in Title : Dior: Description: Scope : Single Span Beam Analysis [General information 1 Moment of Inertia Elastic Modulus Beam End Fbdty Uniform Loads 1 On Lett Cantilever... 0 1 Point Loads 1 0.033 k/ft k/ft ft 5.000 ft k ft at 16.99 ft at 0.00 ft Left Cant Shears... gp Left © Right Maximum k/ft knt ft ft Deflections— Center (2 Left Cant. © Right Cant 232.000 in4 29,000 ksi pin-Pin On Right Cantilever... k/ft *1 k/ft k ft Trapezoidal Loads 1 [Query Values 1 0.000 ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k 0.00000 in 4.54 k 5,05 k 5.05 k -1.050 in at 0.000 in at 0.000 in at k ft k/ft kift ft ft Right Cant Reactions... © Left Right 16.22 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft Job # Date: 10:36AM, 'l OCT 99 k ft k/ft k/ft ft ft 0.000 ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k 0.00000 in 4.54 k 5.05 k Page 11 Description BEST BUY 5 w/ 41 Uniform Loads Point Loads 1 Trapezoidal Loads L ouery Values To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu aoloction, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information. . w.: 3(6!81 Uwe KV/410 04, Vet 5.1.3,22•Jo•1191,VId2 (c)1N5.91PiFICAIC General Information Center Span Left Cantilever Right Cantilever Magnitude Location Magnitude © Left Magnitude Right Dist. To Left Side Dist. To Right Side Center Location Moment Shear Deflection Summary Moments... Max + f© Center Max - © Center (� Left Cant © Right Cant Maximum = 50.00 ft ft if On Center Span... 8 1 0.263 k/ft 1.000 k 19.000 ft 92.03 k -ft 0.033 k/ft k/ft ft 5,000 ft 0.000 ft 0.00 k -ft 7.27 k 0.00000 in 92.03 k -ft at 23.55 ft 0.00 k -ft at 0.00 ft 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k -ft Single Span Beam. Analysis Moment of Inertia Elastic Modulus Beam End Fixity On Left Cantilever... *1 . k Left Cant Shears... © Left © Right Maximum Deflections... (� Center (� Left Cant. © Right Cant Title � : Scope : 1,400.000 in4 29,000 ksi Pin -Pin k/ft tuft ft ft k/ft k 0.000 ft 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k 0.00000 in 7.27 k 6.96 k 7.27 k On Right Cantilever... 91 k/ft k ft ft k/ft k/ft ft ft -1.014 in at 24.85 ft 0.000 in at 0.00 ft 0.000 in at 0.00 ft Job / . Dab: 10:18AM, .1 OCT 99 Right Cant Reactions... @ Left © Right k ft k/ft k/ft ft ft aCe Page 1 0.000 ft 0.00 k -ft 0.00 k 0.00000 in 727 k 6.96 k To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. • 510961 Uw: KW.0402304, Vw 5.1.3, 2240.1199, Wi82 (e) 1113.91EPERCALC Description c,z t. ,2 r oPni %, (1,1k) [General Information Point Loads Summary Steel Section : L4X4X5116 Center Span 6.00 ft Left Cant. 0.00 ft Right Cant 6.00 ft Lu : Unbraced Length 0.00 ft Dead Load Live Load Short Term Location : Force & Stress Summary Shear @ Left Shear © Right Center Defl. Left Cant Defl Right Cant Defl ...Query Defl (g Reaction 02 Left Reaction © Rt Depth Width Leg Thick Area *1 *2 *3 *4 . *5 *6 *7 1.100 k 3.000 Using: L4X4X5116 section, Span = 6.00ft, Fy = 36.Oksl, Left Cant = 0.00ft, Right Cant. = 6.00ft End Fixity = Pinned - Pinned, Lu = 0.00ft, LOP = 1.000 j Actual Allowable Moment 1.601 • k -ft 2.313 k -ft Max. Deflection fb : Banding Stress 14.911 ksi 21.545 ksi Length/DL Deft thin) 0.692:1 Length/(DL +LL Defl) Shear 0.599 k 18.000 k fv : Shear Stress 0.479 ksi 14.400 ksi fv / Fv 0.033 :1 «- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted -» DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST Maximum Only Cen er Ce nter at Cants Cants Max. M + 1.60 k -ft 1.60 k -ft Max. M - -0.15 k -ft Max. M © Left k -ft Max. M © Right -0.15 k -ft 0.55 k 0.60 k 0.55 0.65 0.55 0.60 -0.0761n -0.076 0.000 in 0.000 0.198 in 0.198 0.000 ft 0.000 0.56 0.65 Tide : Dsgnr: Description : Scope : Steel Beam Design Calculations are designed to AISC 9th Edition ASO and 1997 UBC Requirements Pinned - Pinned Bm Wt, Added to Loads LL & ST Act Together 0.000 -0.076 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.198 0.000 0.000 0.55 0.65 Fy 36.00 ksi Load Duration Factor 1.00 Elastic Modulus 29,000.0ksi 4.000 in Weight 8.15 */ft 4.000in I.xx 3.71 in4 0.313 in I -yy 3.71 in4 S -xx 1.288 in3 2.40 in2 S-yy 1.288 in3 0.000 -0.076 in 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0,198 in 0.000 Section Properties L4X4X5116 Job* Dab: 10:01 AM, 1 OCT 99 Static Load Case Govee St k k 0.000 in 0.55 k 0.65 k k k ft / Page 1 0.198 in 726.3 : 1 726.3 : 1 1.243 in 1.243 In AN: 5l Um: KM40902304. Vu 5.1.3.22•Jw• 1999, W1 32 (e) 1183.91 ENEMA C [General Information Point Loads To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. • Description r i ; elf y kry Steel Section : L5X5X5/16 Center Span Left Cant. Right Cant Lu : Unbraced Length Dead Load Live Load Short Term Location *1 Summary 4 Area Shear tv : Shear Stress iv / Fv 1 Force & Stress Summary 6.00 ft 0.00 ft 6.00 ft 0.00 ft Max. M + 3.23 k -ft 3.23 Max, M - -0.19 Max. M ® Left Max. M © Right Shear @ Left 1.10 k 1.10 Shear © Right 1.16 k 1.16 Center Defl. -0.0781n -0.078 Left Cant Defl 0.000 in 0.000 Right Cant Defl 0.215 in 0.215 ...Query Defl © 0.000 ft 0.000 Reaction (P Left 1.10 Reaction (a Rt 1.162 k 0.744 ksi 0.062 :1 DL Maximum Only 1.22 -0.19 1.10 1.22 0.000 Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope Steel Beam Design Calculations are designed to AISC 9th Edition ASD and 1997 UBC Requirements Fy 36.00 ksi Pinned - Pinned Load Duration Factor 1.00 Bm Wt. Added to Loads Elastic Modulus 29,000.0 ksi LL & ST Act Together *2 *3 0 4 . *5 0 6 *7 2.200 k k k 3.000 ft Using: L5X5X5/16 section, Span = 6.00ft, Fy = 36.0ksi, Left Cant. = 0.00ft, Right Cant. = 6.00ft End Fixity = Pinned - Pinned, Lu = 0.00ft, LDF =1.000 Actual Allowable Moment 3.228 k -ft 3.355 k -ft lb : Bending Stress 18.951 ksi 19.696 ksi fb / Fb 0.962 :1 22.500 k 14.400 ksi «- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted -» LL LL +ST LL LL +ST C nter 032 Center Cants C nts 0.000 -0.078 0.000 0.000 0.000 0,215 0.000 1.10 1.22 Beam OK Static Load Case Governs Stress Max. Deflection Length/DL Dell Length/(DL +LL Dell) 0.000 -0.078 in 0.000 0.000 in 0,000 0.215 in 0.000 Section Properties L5X5X5/16 Depth 5.000 in Weight 10.29 */ft r - xx Width 5.000in I -xx 7.42 in4 r -yy Leg Thick 0.313 in I -yy 7.42 in4 S -xx 2.044 1n3 3.03 in2 S-yy 2.044 in3 ...wr Job * Date: 10:03AM, 1 OCT 99 1.10 k 1.22 k k -ft k -ft k -ft k -ft k k 0.000 in 0.215 in 669.0 : 1 669.0 : 1 1.565 in 1.565 in 4 7 Page 1. To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information. a slo3ai KW09027W, Vat 5.1.3, 22•M• 1919, WY.32 191149EtiRCA.0 Description General Information Calculations are designed to AISC 9th Edition ASD and 1997 UBC Requirements [Point Loads Steel Section : L4X4X1 /4 Center Span Left Cant. Right Cant Lu : Unbraced Length Dead Load Live Load Short Term Location Summary *1 Using: L4X4X1/4 section, Span = 6.00ft, Fy = 36.0ksi, Left Cant. = 0.00ft, Right Cant. = 6.00ft End Fixity = Pinned - Pinned, Lu = 0.00ft, LDF = 1.000 Actual Allowable Moment 1.608 k -ft 1.715 k -ft b : Bending Stress 18.466 ksi 19.696 ksi fb / Fb 0.938 :1 Shear 0.590 k 14.400 k fv : Shear Stress 0.590 ksi 14.400 ksi fv / Fv 0.041:1 Force & Stress Summary Max. M + 1.61 k -ft 1.61 Max. M - -0.12 Max. M © Left Max. M © Right -0.12 Shear © Left Shear © Right *2 *3 *4 . *5 *6 *7 1.100 k k 3.000 ft «- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted -» DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST Maximum Only t ro Center at Center (dZ Cants (D Cants 0.55 k 0.59 k Center Defl. -0.094 in -0.094 Left Cant Defl 0.000in 0.000 Right Cant Defl 0.253 in 0253 ...Query Defl @ 0.000 ft 0.000 Reaction © Left Reaction © Rt Depth Width Leg Thick Area 0.55 0.63 Section Properties L4X4X1 /4 4.000 in 4.000In 0.250 in 1.94 in2 6.00 ft 0.00 ft 6.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.55 0.59 0.55 0.63 Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope : Steel Beam Design Pinned - Pinned Bm Wt. Added to Loads LL & ST Act Together Weight I -xx 1 -yy S-xx S -yy 0,000 -0.094 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.253 0.000 0.000 0.55 0.63 6.59 */ft 3,04 in4 3.04 in4 1.045 in3 1.045 in3 Fy Load Duration Factor Elastic Modulus Max. Deflection Length/DL Defl Length /(DL +LL Dell) 0.000 r -xx r -yy Job * Date: 10:05AM, 1 OCT 99 36.00 ksi 1.00 29,000.0 ksi Beam OK Static Load Case Governs Stress 0.55 k 0.63 k k -ft k -ft k -ft k -ft k k 0.000 -0.094 in 0.000 0.000 in 0.000 0.253 in 0.000 in 0.253 in 569.8 :1 569.8 :1 1.252 in 1.252 In Page 1 TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC d) ❑ 6969 SW Hampton Stree Tigard, Oregon 97223` fcettgrd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 ❑ 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend®coinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 a� -.(14 frJt ' • & e /2oi( Pur l ° 2 1 c A SSI ; 2 & 7A 2. n K 2%1_3 Du= P= 211 v x 6•1 ' 24 6 4 4 rJ /.23k cp 4-4 P = 21 .s 1 2� 63A1 /3•S`K. 40 Dt3 r (, A) i7-fL? / 2 D pc4- / £1) CLIENT: n — PROJECT: Ivy i Y ' PROJECT NUMBER: 3 ? ?' "0 - DATE: j /'tst^ / BY: (,`"K fDtF ptr• 21st x /3,.330 . 12, 9 -0 /1, ear 2, i r s` # J/re /7. 2 T3-1 (QA-c-„Jo = ‘• I ri9•-( 13.3 P P P P P --- rA 5 -o " TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC =,l dl iolts,tworoamemterowitmhoww,tvra ❑ 6969 SW - +amoton Street ; Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdeteieport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 ❑ 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendOcoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 _ CLIENT: PROJECT: G 4 4 c- Cn) : .,t;,,r✓ a.J S-- Ltnl A•- c�o�.7� 1-"g 3 -L) 72_4 P''` ?� P (74.0' .0 / � 0 I7 Pc-1: t•J10 LO o ,,1( • L. r./ / P r 4 c. 7 1 2. - PuF ( 7 2 0G f , ) 1 0 . 6 1 ‹ .J i .Pi9- . n J (7 .O /4'2 /3-t=3. PROJECT NUMBER: . �� 1 DATE: / l? / 99 BY: r v 1 7 - 2. - o PLt S' _7 (, & ?s v�= 244'- H'J /0. = 960 Ts-t s 1 S P4 ,J G - n9 -7,, _ 18. 3-our .mac ,j - P 17-? /0, GG? t 2 ( 7 4 - 'N l0. 7-K . 1 32C16Nl0.4LK TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENG1NEERS,INC LorJ 6969 SW Hamptor. Stre Tigard, Oregon 97443 fcetigrdeteleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.644.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendec9inet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 -o C („ 0 2 t /49/ L r rV re l}-rj C.c i0- >> Y PROJECT NUMBER: _7 �T o' 99 DATE: 9 h /9 9 BY: PROJECT: 1.,/.0 ? 6 /V / O cf. t< AYAYAtfarAv AL+ Lc : j: 212 i_-7 " g Ariz _ s x ....:.i -2( I t 6) 2 /CPsx S', /9.91 = EDO 4 1 03x . /v-0 • TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC Pt, a�Q ^.► .6 6t4: 77 e-x b. ,!a , ,ie h C 2 V 7T x 614 /f7 -.tik.� ❑ 6969 SW Hamoton Stre r^, . Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrd®teleport,com L re FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 ❑ 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendOcoinet.com FAX 541.3833696 541.383.1828 7 ' Pl c t- /'i i . e-19-L vkt,,) At7 / G I B (7A-0-0 )/i ZS P ( ) A C ‘' 1: " / / M / L x o x /6 nttz V»)fi =a t V ,• 1 r.)k k ate CLIENT: PROJECT: e v PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: I L / /. 8Y: 6:* 6 �►/ (V) 3 4. " 4 R Ca '.r. 16.000 in 16.000 in 0.688 in 48.000 in 48.000 in 3,000.0 psi • 36.00 ksi 1.330 Full Bearing : No Bolt Tension Td specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose.thr Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information.. iMr 510302 U. KV�OIOt704, V« 5.1.3, 214.8,1110 WW2 (e) NH•MLIa11CMC Steel Column Base Plate Page . 1 ` I Description [General Information Cakulations are designed to RISC ti th Edition ASD and 117 UBC Requirements Loads • Axial Load X -X Axis Moment Plats Dimensions Plate Length Plate Width Plate Thickness Summary 1 Concrete Bearing Stress Actual Bearing Stress Allow per ACI 10.15 Allow per AISC J9 Plate Bending Stress Actual lb . Max Allow Plate Fb Tension Bolt Force Actual Tension • Allowable Best Buy - Tukwilla, WA Thickness OK 343.8 psi 3,570.0 psi 2,793.0 psi Bearing Stress OK 33,071.8 psi 35,910.0 psi Bolt Tension OK 0.000 k 5.500 k Scope TS8xex114 8.000 in 8.000 in 0.250 in 0.250 in Steel Section Section Length Section Width Flange Thickness • Web Thickness Aliowabie Stresses• • Concrete. fc Base Plate Fy Load Duration Factor Anchor Bolt Data , Dist. from Plate Edge 2.000 in Bolt Count per Side 2 Tension Capacity 6.500 k Bolt Area • 0.442 in2 Baseplate OK ' TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC &A1 w A—c. c_ 6 173/ c.e ecz-lo1 (A3 - l g P x 1 7 Z S 'Lit- (^) .1. W i'k -( en) L .: ❑ 6969 SW - +ampton Stre Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrd ®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 ❑ 1183 NW Wail Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend®coinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 t6 L. A-7 r4 • Ep : /(.)(Q)( ;. _ 1' P. CLIENT: f v PROJECT NUMBER: 3 ] 0-19 PROJECT: DATE: BY: C'� (, -..J i d /A7412.. ) �BQ 0) a 0P `2) # o . 2 "d • GiZ•T; (2) # 42" 2. o.72 (l'3)( /d. 4) (,, n /s t itu 71 A. F i Grp+ c,t I fr Q ;i f ko7 2 . 5 • L2 e. c Vc72; (2) # e •a . c r, � c : 01C 4 = 3 • /. 0 (w 44,0 (P19-124-pc �o C I S AA.■ Fitc.7 61.1.2 0.4) = 02 TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS CotA4 6—c, f 6e-ev, r)- NJ 0 A-74 79—L. c-Lr 6969 SW Hampton Stre Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigraateleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 O 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendacoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 r : BY: ti-r7 1-/ FE /2 CAA ..77 (2.) #4 e 3 CLIENT: , PROJECT: g.-- ifuY PROJECT NUMBER: 3?-7 DATE. ?---/ °.! cik (4i ) 0 • C. (z) s ••• c • 0.-o-e4 2. • To specify your title block on , these five Tines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. s, U .06 w: M4602304, Vw 3.1,3, 22'M,' 1999, WW2 (e) 1963.99 £I RCMC Description FRONT WALL . r.., w. a�. 4..• n. rx,• yr. mrnn :xc.n.•..ivnfi:r�.sienm.a„�nrnf .nb:eea+ -u•. rtxc�rxry �! r- �+ arngs..w �n.+ rrwx»•....»... ...,,.,,..+.- ,,....,,....._.._. [General Information Calculations are designed to 1997 UBC Requirements 1 Wall Height 26.70 ft Seismic Factor 0.3000 fm 2,000.0 psi Parapet Height 2.00 ft Cale of Em = fm • 750.00 Fs 24,000.0 psi Duration Factor 1.330 Special Inspection Thickness 12.0 in Wall Wt Mutt. 1.000 Grout 6 Rebar Only Reber Size 6 Lightweight Block Rebar Spacing 32 in Equivalent Depth to Rebar 5.750 in (6 Center Solid Thickness 7.000 in Loads Uniform Load Concentric Axial Load Wind Load 15.000 psf Dead Load 450.000 #/ft Dead Load 0.000 #/ft Live Load 660.000 #/ft Live Load 0.000 #/ft Load Eccentricity 4.000 in Roof Load Roof Load [Design Values E 1,500,000 psi Rebar Area 0.165 in2 np 0.04623 j 0.91289 n: Es / Em 19.333 Radius of Gyration 3.784 in k 0.26134 2 ! kj 8.38312 Wall Weight 74.000 psf Moment of Inertia 1,202.580 in4 Max Allow Axial Stress = 0.25 fm (1- (h/140r) ^2) • Spinsp Allow Masonry Bending Stress = 0.33 fm • Spinsp = Allow Steel Bending Stress = Load Combination & Stress Details Summary Axial Bending Stresses Axial Maximum: Moment Load Steel Masonry Compression fb/Fb + fa/Fa Top of Wall in-# Ibs psi psi psi fss DL + LL 4,440.0 1,110.0 5,126.4 93.8 13.21 02136 DL + LL + Wind 2,160.0 450.0 2,493.9 45.6 5.36 0.1039 DL + LL + Seismic 2,332.8 450.0 2,693.5 49.3 5.36 0.1122 Between Base & Top of Wall DL + LL 2,220.0 2,245.9 2,563.2 46.9 26.74 0.1564 DL + LL + Wind 16,767.8 1,585.9 19,360.1 354.3 18.88 0.8067 DL + LL + Seismic 24,377.1 1,585.9 28,145.8 515.1 18.88 1.1727 Sum 7771 Wall Design OK I. 26.70ft high wall with 2.00ft parapet, Lt Wt Block w/ 12.00in wall w/ #6 bars at 32.00ino.c. at center Governing Load Combination is.... Dead + Live + Seismic Between Top & Bottom Final Loads & Moments Masonry Bending Stress Steel Bending Stress Masonry Axial Stress Combined Stress Ratio Wall Weight moment 6 Mid Ht 1,135.90 Ibs Wind Moment © Mid Ht Seismic Moment ® Mid Ht Dead Load Moment © Top of Wall Dead Load Moment © Mid Ht Uve Load Moment Top of Wall LiveLoad Moment © Mid Ht Masonry Wall Design 1,800.00 in4 900.00 in4 2,640.00 in4 1,320.00 ln-# Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope : 317.08 psi 660.00 psi 24,000.00 psi Total Dead Load Total Live Load 515.07 psi 28,145.76 psi 18.88 psi 1.1727 < 1.3300 (allowable) Maximum Allow Moment for Applied Axial Load = 20,786.42 in4 Maximum Allow Axial Load for Applied Moment = 26,634.61 Ibs Job # Date: 11:58AM, 2 DEC 99 Page 1 II c: 1 obv119991377 .0.991emu.ecw:Caleulations 15,860.52 in4 23,473.58 In-# 450.00 Ibs 660.00 Ibs To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information.. Rev 310301 U IfW-060490�, V.. S.t J, tP•Jw,•I WV, V,v2 larlfeo- + +ettt�ne�L Description SIDE WALL Wall Height Parapet Height Thickness Reber Size Reber Spacing Depth to Rebar Uniform Load Dead Load Live Load Load Eccentricity Roof Load Design Values Summary Final Loads & Moments • ..,.,...,.... v..u... e.>. ..r..,.:..,:.•n.w.,ra:x.R. • s*.:.. , ,.r.n...�o-xaw,e, r.a..s:..em.,- . rt�nr w* :.�x ±..k� -, grin,.. n,.•. w-. rn..•...... ..�.,,.......,...».__.._._�.__. 26.00 ft 2.00 ft 12.0 in 6 40 in 5.750 in 54.000 #/ft 108.000 *Ift 6.000 in 1,500,000. psi Rebar Area n : Es / Em 19.333 Radius of Gyration Wall Weight 71.000 psf Moment of Inertia Max Allow Axial Stress = 025 fm (1- (hI140r) ^2) ' Spinsp Allow Masonry Bending Stress 8, 0.33 fm' Spinsp • Allow Steel Bending Stress = Load Combination & Stress Details Summary Moment Top ot.Wall in4 DL * LL 972.0 DL + LL + Wind 693.6 DL + LL + Seismic 835.2 Between Base & Top of Wall Masonry Bending Stress Steel Bending Stress Masonry Axial Stress Combined Stress Ratio @ Center WaII Weight moment (d1 Mid Ht 1,065.00 Ibs Dead Load. Moment at Top of.1NeII Dead Load Moment @ Mid Ht Live. Load Moment © Top of Wall 6.48.00 in4. UveLoad Moment © Mid Ht 324.00 In4 Maximum Allow Moment for Applied Axial Load = Maximum Allow Axial Load for Applied Moment = Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope : Masonry Wall Design General Information Calculations are designed to 1997 UBC Requirsments Seismic Factor Cale of Em = fm • Duration Factor Wall Wt Mutt. [Loads Concentric Axial Load Dead Load Live Load Roof Load 324..0.0. In-#. 162.00 in-* 0.3000 750.00 1.330 1.000 0.000 */ft 0.000 */ft 0.132 in2 3.828 in 1,178.020 in4 330.52 psi 660.00 psi 24,000.00 psi Axial Bending Stresses Axial Maximum: Load Steel Masonry Compression fb/Fb + fa/Fa Ibs psi psi psi fi 162.0 1,390.7 22.4 2.01 0.0579 54.0 992.4 16.0 0.67 0.0413 54.0 1,195.0 19.3 0.67 0.0498 DL + LL 486.0. 1,227.0. 695.4. 11.2 15.26. 0.0611 DL + LL + Wind 15,592.8 1,119.0 22,310.0 359.4 13.92 0.9296 DL + LL + Seismic 21,504.6 1,119.0 30,768.6 495.7 13.92 1.2820 26.00ft high wall with 2.00ft parapet, Lt Wt Block wI 12.00in wall wI #6 bars at 40.00ino.c. at center Governing Load Combination is.... Dead + Live + Seismic Between Top & Bottom 495.69 psi 30,768.59 psi 13.92 psi 1.2820 < 1.3300 Wind Moment Ofp Mid Ht Seismic Moment Mid Ht Total Dead Load Total Live Load 16,773.94 in4 26,573.56 Ibs fm Fs Special Inspection Grout (d3 Rebar Only Lightweight Block Equivalent Solid Thickness nP . k (allowable) Wind Load Job Date: 12:02PM, 2 DEC 99 Page 1 c:liobo% 19995377 .0•99SeTV.ecw:Calevlalions 0.03590 1 0.23749 2 / kj 2,000.0 psi 24,000.0 psi 6.700 in 15.400 psf i1 0.92084 9.14525 Wall Design OK 15,431.34 in4 21,343,36 in-* 54.00 Ibs 108.00 Ibs TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC A2 r G 61-v t,2 , -r /GN .,,J rt T rfi lo'— co.-pure c..0'9 DJ G(Lh L- c- -1 .,,r - aimlLSi cell P� = If % 63';f-L s seti+F 2 ML r1 = l.r le 5? h 9.3 74 X Su x 1.3' /l, G 2s _ ?3 -?-o 1Y/ b C/N) - 0/, d 2S -i" /6 2 Q 6969 SW Hampton Scree Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdeteleport.com :'° FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend®coinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 (I.54 -c_ ; � a •u C.� R -�; �-, 4-t_, ; �s )' �i s ;; .4 �0 °ma at • R_ ((r-) -# 6 @ i , ezf= co (I r-ae•i �i •J Gs G- 2gs CLIENT: PROJECT: 1./ Y PROJECT NUMBER: 3 ?"•? • ° y9. DATE: / BY: Se 4 7 2 s _ ,n1L�.2�. _ /32r \ / o > /e ( , •0 (�3 1-V4 )/ , S 383— ZS (t0)/9-- C S ft.,E i S , 2 44 = frO L ( f ZZS -a )o) /8 � - o ) _25 9 L/= r /0 0. nn L -mil rTs = (- (0 c'/'c ., /• �.. 1 r X TIMR FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC 0.3 f - V sJ•d 4d J (np) L 2M J So / 2, gt) O (1/1 d �1 ❑ 6969 SW Hampton Stree Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdOteleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 ❑ 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendacoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 L r N -, C Go.r i d 0.00 /. ?—G /1. 63 49- • l2 Y C -0 - 1'J CLIENT: ( 8 1(0.007 49 PROJECT: 6;0 e f 3 - 12q4-6"° (Cr. ai( )(/ - ) - 0.166sro - 39 Sr PROJECT- NUMBER: DATE: 47/2 - / '1 BY: G 0.00 3(4.• kc % A v �rli ( )(0 .(1-vJq-) 2 (.3S ^/ x / -, �"O / 0. 89 ( �� - )!i1. 43) (4. l p < = 4.7 ?( /spa) - 474 au. '2E4 r:,. i/, 62 (o . 8q) (4E4 � / pmt' 8• ? t o s-tc . 5- 1 4 7 4 e - 62 J/(4) #6 C 8i• , -(s) a 1/ ♦I • • ,. 1 7 / / • f G 8p13 Iv, • / 2, e . o .., tig . L( j/a y. 3 a . P`` r r Cam/ c,c �) ti/ 6 i 9 ,ems p, = � x //• ,. %/lam g TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC I(') - Al--tA- Pi /9-5 8-es GA.) • /2 - x 2Y- T E-72S I = L L = L11-7 • 0 6969 SW Hamoton Stret o. Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdateleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendacoinetcom FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 24. • • Aka / Or 21- 2.2 2r/2 (13 /1A.IQ e-A-.3,11 8-k) cc: Tv 11 2fri) 1 • 0 p 0.7L0 . 272 g Ar-= L-o A i rfri 7441.? trJA-4.4. C . V . , ( 27. '). 2 2 ? T4—c 'J j: 4-1 • BY: Ts b E 7 - 6 CLIENT: PROJECT: t6:31- PROJECT NUMBER: ...1?-?-• 0 - q • DATE: ..s , 0., L.o/ : /O ¼.1t trIc35 rt re...AJA) #6 2 Eh : " • , • A-7.1 0 #2 T o " 0 • •PAGE / To specify your title block on these five Tines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and lint your title block information. I Rev: 510301 IMU: KW0602304, Vet 5.13, 22.M.19 W1s32 1933.99EIKRCMC Description pilaster1 [General Information Wall Height Thickness Rebar Size Reber Spacing Reber Location Seismic Factor Seismic Zone &f '1" 26.700 ft 12 in 6 8.000 in Edge 0.340 Masonry Flush Wall Pilaster /Column Block Type Bearing Plate Width Column Width Column Width used Load Duration Factor 3 Wall Wt Multiplier ,...,........, w. r. nso.fsre.r.rVArr,tn1Y.wraor+WIk. LkUUM1`rl. m wn.Rh nt»�•..•+.+ - .«., Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope : Job 0 Date: 2:18PM, 2 DEC 99 Lightweight fm 2,000.0 psi 6.500 in Fs 29000.0 psi 24.000 in Em = fm • 750.0 Aplate < (.33•Atot) Special Inspection 24.000 in Solid Grouted E 1500,000.0 psi 1.330 n 19.333 1.000 Page 1 e:S(obS 19995377.0.995pl , termew Calculations are designed to 1997 UBC Requirements III Applied Loads Uniform Loads Dead Load Live Load ...eccentricity ...load Type Wind Load [Design Values Allow Brg, Stress Allow Axial Stress Reduction Factor Allow Masonry Bending Max. Allow Moment w/o Axial Load Max. Axial Load w/o Moment Load Combinations & Stress Details Top of Wall DL + LL Btwn. Base & Top of Wall DL + LL + Wind DL + LL + Seismic Required Bearing Area Masonry Bending Stress Steel Bending Stress Masonry Axial Stress Combined Stress Ratio Girder + Uniform Dead Loads Girder + Uniform Live Loads Wall Weight © mid - height DL Moments © mid - height LL Moments © mid - height 0.00 *ft 0.00 #/ft 0.000 in Roof 16.00 psf 760.00 psi 300.49 psi 0.54 660.00 psi 17,278.09 84 83,800.38 lbs Moment Axial ft4 Ibs 10,687.50 28,500.0 4,960.93 9,259.66 37.50 in2 11,250,00 lbs 17,250.00 lbs 3,150.60 lbs 0.00 ft4 0.00 ft4 14,400.6 14,400.6 Girder Load Dead Load Live Load ...eccentricity ...load Type Reber Area Reber Depth Wall Weight np 1 Radius of Gyration Moment of Inertia Bending & Axial Stresses psi Steel Masonry 12,371.16 395.71 5,742.45 10,718.38 Req'd Bearing Length 342.84 psi 10,718.38 psi 51.64 psi 0.6913 < 1.3300 Girder DL Moments Girder LL Moments 1.320 in2 9.000 in 118.000 psf 0.1181 k 0.3821 0.8726 2/kj 5.9981 3.357 In 1571.010 in4 183.68 342.84 Pilaster Design OK 26.70ft high, 12.00in thick w/ #6 @ 8.00in o.c. at edge, Special Inspection, Solid Grouted Governing Load Combination is.... Dead + Live + Seismic Between Top & Bottom (allowable) Summary of Loads & Moments 1 Wind Moment (i)? Mid -Ht Seismic Moment © Mid -Ht 12 TOW 4,218.7 6,468.7 11,250.00 Ibs 17,250.00 Ibs 4.500 in Roof Axial Stress 102.19 51.64 51.64 5.77 in (� Mid -Ht 2,109.4 ft4 3,234.4 ft-# 2,851.56 ft4 7,150.28 ft-tf n axlmum o fb/Fb + fa/Fa -or- fs /Fs . 0.940 0.450 0.691 TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC C 0 6969 SW Hampton Stree Tigard, Oregon 97223 ' . ketigrdelteleport.com F(503.624,9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendaco)net.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 C 19 /4 C, 11-7-4 A A 6 C7 Pr, AA,Lz-7.) 4 /2-e-r-7 ' r- ttie Z f\) trO 0 4-0_( • Cug c Pv e I 0 0.6a o. 79. - /64 CLIENT: PROJECT ff / 2 Y PROJECT NUMBER: 3 9 ? 0 - DATE: BY: = 2( 41•0 z/ o 1.01 2)0 PAGE 4 7" = 53.3 1 2 93-0`)' F Lig • 53.337k 1264.079 Ic-ft To specify your title block on "- these five lines; use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title !Nock tab, and ent your tide block information. L Pim 310:XI 1 that KV411101301, V. 5.1.3, tl•Pa.111911, WWI (0 (SWIM VIERCALC • Multi-Story Wind Forces , page. 1 Description 1 •23.700 • , , • • . , • ,-• • •. BEST BUY (N/S) General Information 1 Cq Pressure Coefficient Basic Wind Speed Importance Factor 210.000 1.30 80.0 mph 1.00 • Level Level Height Exposed Width Ce Cq • Design Pressure • Lateral Force • Story Shear ic Story ftlomerit Load Infommition for Each Level 1 0.707 Tide : Dognr: • Description : , scope Qs : Wind Stagnation Pressure 16.400 psf • Parapet Height 1.300 15.073 53.337 5.000 ft 0.000 Job 0 Date: 4:53PM, 27 SEP 99 45 0.00 To specify your title block on these five Hnes, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block Information. M.; 710:10 1 Uhr: KV4114121M14. V ,11Aaa-,er11111. Vru (e) 11413411 awPCMC Multi -Story Wind Forces Total Base Wind Shear Total Base Wind Moment 80.734 k 1800.125 k-ft Description BEST BUY ( . Espouse Cq : Pressure Coefficient Basic Wind Speed Importance Factor 24.700 243.000 B 1.30 80.0 mph 1.00 Qs : Wind Stagnation Pressure Parapet Height Load Information for Each Level Level Level Height Exposed Width Ce ft ft Design Cq Pressure psf Lateral Force k Story Shear Story Moment k k -ft 0.717 1.300 15.286 60.734 16.400 psf 4.000 ft 0.000 0 .00 TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC Pte- COL=, O 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcengrd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 O 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendOcoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 7s pt,A c LO /-D1 fit, t/L C„1 w LT o .gy- 6,0 0 . 848s' w w • r (�-L =�' -D fi) (3-1 u H 7 , VV e (2L:?'N (/ (22. ) + 2 (.2 .3 x. % (24.. 7, .� - '- # k d S Zo CLIENT• RON , 210 ! :.���/ s J) 2e oPo 2e3, 0 e 0 PROJECT: SILT / Y PROJECT NUMBER: .14 7 - 1 DATE: 1 / Z 9 / A , t i 8Y: ` u G • V - 2. C 2. S (0 .7/) (1. ) ,Al u . r- 9.20 v`/ PC (/eL 1917 ) .. (1-0-9--t= L . / /e Pcic. (l b'x 2+7 + , r ! 4 7 4 . s ' , P8 z _ 22; e7-6. PAGE 1 Cv = 0. 94 (52 =. e 3 s L P24-r- u 2 - 41.1 • rC =,2c- ▪ (. 0 f . A' 3/9_ 0 •aZ (24L-) = V.2 2 2 L7 X 1 ? ? ' TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC 0 6969 SW ■-iampton Stree t Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrakeleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendOcolnet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 , 'j/J_ . 67 e-FE-72 - 0 2 0 (22 5, 2 ?t ,+ 2ce c - o. 2o (1, eiLco;21?) 29 0, 43 44 v 0 61 aS, 2-77; 2 23. 0 ) 9 1 2 1 . — 20 Lt.1 0 fott tirp C / 4 - 7 % .— c.- t11.64*.••■••••.* CLIENT: PROJECT: eiFS PROJECT NUMBER: 2.9 • 0 DATE: BY: c k (2_90 04.7 /YST 0.2./ /47 /leo' 206 20 eo6 Oa) fy...c ci )/9-(c Wzg, e 123. 2 04 4 /29. 20 2 — 0 9 (to ) it 2. 2 31F, 407 Lb (2, Y X X7 /...) (a 7e, 0 x rtr4. PAGE 1,0 LI cr..= 4 / 7 44. > 6o, ?Tpo > P)-0 Ara • COW r L r • . • TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC A/r Ar72€; , ►� O 6969 SW Hampton Strom^ Tigard, Oregon 97443 fcetigrd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 O 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendecoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1848 a 4. 20 7, t :) 1...o 7, / Y.c M b11)-PH. c -tt 4-i 4 = 4 ir Q/ _ fr'J, L 0 p4e 2/2 PLF Put" = 8/7 (2q-3 9/2. 4 ( 5 s ? ) 2v-/' /00 ,/3 ("2-1?) f (qz�- ' ? )('fs / duo` 1-•o / O , .26 el-- 1 9 =-f .0 r=9-/2 CLIENT: PROJECT: L?c-C t fri/ Q PROJECT NUMBER: 799. 0 g g 4 ,%243 /9 BY: t'C: !& DATE: Q u= = 9 PLie P 2/ ? 00 41'1 02-7.8'% - gr3 (0-3. 81/ s 4,. 30 M ^3v �qG 7 tL J T, /3 ? S I S 0 u- o _ 1!.3, G S`/ _ 123E ▪ 78 9 k. zoo, IN " TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC L/4--; C- 0 ' tv1 C L. ,4 , (3-r3 ( 6'822' 8 2 360 ) /.2 2 -. ! 0 S - 7(i I0 /7 ) c-/-7 o 2.0 0 6969 SW Hampton Streec Tigard, Oregon 97223 f ce t a g rd ®te l e oo rt. C o m FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend ©couiet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 /14 _ D • BY: 7 MCI Pte: r /O. � : , 6 J / : - 2 6 L'. 2rj 1 CLIENT: PROJECT: /1I /IA) PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: Pte' 10 :7 (10o 1 LiCz 1 ..r02 0 44 " G w E;(o S r pr L.4 Al PC .5047.) LL 9- o �= (q9S` 1 # —• 8, 2 � 4 = cc AO a ' . 1PA 3f 0 Pt' F X39 ` C A-P M /� ..) / r-f� ;,J L:1 �/'r%i c"-:e. A.) _7 6/5" VG inl '� % o l' ✓OG:.L� wL=C 634 o" > 629 0 ' /nj !?� ,,) TO TO I? cx Ir i cMaR. 0 P) /L ca?. i 1 c ) (4 r ? f� ,��) - � �� �_ TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC 0 6969 SW Hampton Stret Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdateleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcetendelicoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 CLIENIT PROJECT Er r PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: 9 /1-(9 /9 . 9 BY: TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC �4 / r ✓ 12 C, w4--4- :: G2tpv; e 3 Na Crt -Fo},2 /2 n/ F 47 - . V _ 010.7 k 111 0 6969 SW Hampton Stre Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrd®teleport.com FAX 503.644.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street.• Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend®coinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 w as (, o7 1 - lis (I6 --). 7 Q. f 2 . 2 /s / / :a C- C #'C CLIENT: PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: I5 / 1 l I p BY: ti� C, �s .e-tr- p-, 6 4 (-I w R- t4 4 &o • k J. 0•G ? w,� To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. I so UH,: KVt 4s013O� Vim! 13 22•x,•1111. WI 32 ) 1119.33 [IKACM Description BEST BUY [General Information Cakutations are designed to 1997 UBC Requirements Total Lateral Force Seismic Zone Load Duration Factor Shear Pier Data Pier Height Pier Length Wall Thickness J• : Depth Mutt. Pier Fixity fm Fs Sp Insp Grout Spacing Summary Bending Reinforcing... Moment End "d" to tension As Bending As Req'd Pier #1 26.70 R 106.00 ft 12 in 0.90 Pin -Fix 1,500 psi 24,000 psi No 32 in [Analysis Data 1 Pier #1 Height/Length 0.2519 (H /L) "3 0.0160 Rel. Defl 0.0607 Sum Rigidity 32,763.74 Rigidity = .001 /Defl 16471.727 % Force to Pier 0.50 Shear to Pier 71.490 k Relative Deft • 10 "5 0.00 in M / (V•Depth) 0.252 Shear Reinforcing... Pier 91 Pier #2 fvaV /(12•esrjd) 13.38 psi 13.36 psi Fv: w/o Reinf. 32.18 psi 32.16 psi Fv: w/ Reinf. 48.27 psi 48.24 psi Horiz. Shear Av Req'd Not Req'd ln"2/ft Not Req'd in"2/ft 1,908.78 k -ft 95.40 ft 0.63 in2 Masonry Pier Analysis & Design 142.20 k 3 1.33 Pier #2 26.70 ft 105.00 ft 12 in 0.90 Pin -Fix 1,500 psi 24,000 psi No 32 in Pier 92 0.2543 0.0164 0.0614 16292.014 0,50 70.710 k 0.00 in 0.254 1,887.96 k -ft 94.50 ft 0.63 in2 Title : Diann Description : ScoPs Modufl: Em a fm • Moduli: Eva fm • Job# Dale: 5:02PM, 1 OCT 99 750.00 0.40 Pape 1.1 To specify your title block on . these five !Ina, use the SETTINGS . main menu selection, choose the Printing- & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information. UNr: KV4401304. Ye 5.13. I Iff. Vls3t (i) 111113.211 MACAW Description BEST BUY h -E w �- L General Information Calculations are designed to 1997 UBC Requirements Analysis Data Total Lateral Force Seismic Zone Load Duration Factor Pier Height Pier Length Wall Thickness T : Depth Mutt. Pier Fixity fm Fs Sp Imp Grout Spacing Pier $1 Height/Length 0.1483 (H /L) "3 0.0033 Rel. Defl 0.0339 Sum Rigidity 29,472.44 Rigidity = .001 /Defl 29472.444 % Force to Pier 1,00 Shear to Pier 151.100 k Relative Defl • 10 "5 0.00 In M / (V•Depth) 0.148 Summary Bending Reinforcing... Moment © End "d" to tension As Bending As Req'd Pier #1 26.70 ft 180.00 ft 12 in 0.90 Pin -Fix 1,500 psi 24,000 psi No 48 in Shear Reinforcing... Pier #1 fv=V /(12•estjd) 17.94 psi Fv: w/o Reinf. 33.07 psi Fv: w/ Reinf. 49.60 psi Horiz. Shear Av Req'd Not Req'd in"2/ft 4,034.37 k -ft 162.00 ft 0.78 in2 Masonry Pier Analysis & Design (vin A ) 151.10 k 3 1.33 Title : Dsgnr. Description : Scope: Moduli: Em = tm • Moduli: Ev -fm• Job Date: 5:13PM, 1 OCT 99 750.00 0.40 Page 1. To specify your title block on ' these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printlna & Tttle Block tab, and ent your title block information. AK I$b 6t UM,.KW4101101 Vr5.1.3,11•In.H P, WW2 fs111 5341 GRA Description BEST BUY Analysis Data Total Lateral Force Seismic Zone Load Duration Factor Pier Height Pier Length WaU Thickness : Depth Mult. Pier Fixity fm Fs Sp Insp Grout Spacing Pier Al 26.70 ft 192.80 ft 12 in 0.90 Pin -Fix 1,500 psi 24,000 psi No 48 in Pier 91 Height/Length 0.1385 (H!L)A3 0.0027 Rel. Dell 0.0316 Sum Rigidity . 31,684.19 Rigidity = .001/Defl 31684.187 % Force to Pier 1,00 Shear to Pier 161.900 k Relative Defl • 10 1 '5 0.00 in M / (V•Depth) 0.138 Summary Shur Reinforcing... Pier N1 fv=V /(12•estjd) 17.94 psi Fv: w/o Reinf. 33.15 psi Fv: w/ Reinf. 49.73 psi Horiz. Shear Av Req'd Not Req'd in^2/ft Bending Reinforcing... Moment © End 4,322.73 k -ft "d" to tension As 173.52 ft Bending As Req'd 0.78 in2 Masonry Pier Analysis & Design G2vD N ) General Information 161.90 k 3 1.33 Title : Dsgnr. Description : Scope Job* Dab: 5:19PM, 1 OCT 99 55 Page 1 Calculations are designed to 1997 UBC Requirements 1 Moduli: Em a fm' Moduli: Ev - fm 750.00 0.40 Shear Pier Data k TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENG1NEERS,INC (Jf3( /514, 2S`( 3 /. (0,76)6'1 2 .0 C Z 2 ( " i t t] 6969 SW Hampton Stree Tigard, Oregon 97.223 fcetigrd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.644.7005 O 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendarcoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 /632.2. ) 2 It _7(A)•,,,, L/ 3 • Q . t 7 4 $ w / / �q -tic CLIENT: Y PROJECT NUMBER: 3 ? ?. 0 DATE: /0 /t f. /g BY: l "tC. (, PROJECT: fro, / e -e. q P c•-1__ - - it , . cLr= i �r-%!= w ,9 -c,.c- f <.► g 6 3J. 2. 6'. / (1) ) a p _ /.S g/)- 1• U C4 0'7 / - ( -1 4 444 (28 7) 2 ( 24L. ?) r'P 9q 7. 0 C w q-c.t. 1 X02(= e. /e4.04 ' 6 : 2- 1-ra 0.$ ( o V) p PAGE • TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC f k O 6969 SW Hampton Suet Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdOteleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624 7005 O 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendacoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 • , (re-T.,,J 7 to-0 16,J Icy Com,' (1.Cr_r P\J : 4.21(12-1 12 CLIENT: PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: /0/ r‘ii• BY: G edpe,are...1--1 4 • 2 (,,) • t - 9. 4/ • 4 • / /'c-4J 6'. .J COJ • • 4-7,1 '47h) • ) • 4-6 •k. 4 / = 14 • 0-i= LL;6 ,• • 0'. 2 F; •., .9. 70 (74, ), 0. 2.0? p.• PAGE • ° TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC C-11-4 c ( y' .'7 r..) --c.c ✓ '63 /C. 4 /1+4v / 7 Lt 4-o 1 4-f ) le x /=O /, �'c • PL = l -1 /fu 1 ) ` 22 4 na x /i2 294 W 1 N r w nl 0 - C e. C � t 114 1.4 /G • IS • • v "n• Y rc.Nv 2.2 `e)(D i c / /0 6969 SW Hampton Stree Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrd ®teleport.com t FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend ®coinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 — �9 � Ale' -=-t r,l G 1 CLIENT: PROJECT: C to �._ ?-/// 2-0 /7 /0"x.. (1-701 /. 7-1 /2B /g 9 e /NY PROJECT NUMBER: ?-7?. 0 - DATE: BY: r"t.‹, G io 7 Li t- -0 • (76,73 23 (20) 2 , ( '2 /� r ) = p`f 2r c-2.4 1 24 } 01 . P = / c f ?p* 3s� arc. PAGE . ' 44 �°-cfL ✓lhp t ' TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC 6969 SW Hampton Street • Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrd®teleport:com FAX 503.624.9770 , ' 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C • Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendecoinetcom FAX 541.383:7696 . lac - fro ►.J G CLIENT PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: /Obi « 9 I BY: 263 _7k /z ! c / 6 PAGE TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC UV f %`I' L..0.4- S • ° ° G' 10 g cam- L^ 2r P 'F„ G' - / b Pu= 1 l G 8 — ) Pb 0 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcengrd ®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendecoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 0 0 per (/'- P z /e3 °"` N � � Y 3 3" 111 0 : M L-= u /6- Pc'e L L T■ /7.3 n f, = , 0 7V • /cf 4d ( ia-° CLIENT: SET PROJECT: SET r 0-1 Y PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: /Obi � 4 By: C�e.-G 2 Q�F v, 2 / / '3, 8 . 0 pt • PAGE V. 4-77- 4 /..A/pJ) • TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC 0 6969 SW Hampton Streu, Tigard, Oregon 97223 'I . fcetigrdereleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Rend, Oregon 97701 fcebendacoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 • PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: rif/ 95" BY: (5 G / /VI OL 7#' CLIENT. PROJECT: 20Y, • . ���Ygg@.. YII4K4i To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information. R., 51 0702 U, e: KV•0901304. V. 5.1.3, 2AJ..1999. V1632 (c) 199749 DILICALC Description Q. r guy �; ✓n �.1 �q-c.t e w cd r c General information Calculations are designed to AISC 9th Edition ASD and 1997 UBC Requirements _ Loads Fy - Yield Stress 33.00 kai Spans Considered Continuous Over Supports Span Information 1 Description Span Steel Section End Fixity Unbraced Length Live Load Used This Span ? ; Dead Load k/ft i Live Load k/ft fb : Actual Fb : Allowable fv : Actual Fv : Allowable Reactions & Deflections Shear © Left Shear © Right Reactions... DL Left LL © Left Total 0 Left DL 0 Right LL Right Total 0 Right Max. Deflection (D Xit Span/Deflection Ratio Location Shear Moment Max. Deflection I r ft 17.30 C6. Pin - Pin ft i 2.00 Mmax () Cntr k -ftl 0.61 0.00 0.00 X = ftfl 7.15 0.00 0.00 Max Left End k -ft: 0.00 -0.64 -0.43 Max (112 Right End k -ftI -0.64 -0.43 0.00 psi 1,755.6 1,755.6 1,187.2 psi I 19,800.0 19,800.0 18,293.3 Baadiag OK IStadiag OK Dcadiiy OK psi 203.8 88.7 120.0 psi i 13,200.0 13,200.0 13,200.0 Shear OK Shear OK Shear OK k ` k k . k ! k k; in ' ft , ft k. k -ft in 0.00 0.17 0,00 0.00 Multi -Span Steel Beam Load Duration Factor : 3 6.00 6.00 C1 Ca. Pin Pin Pin -Fn9 2.00 6.00 Yes Yes Yes 0.024 0.024 0.024 0.17 0.11 0.14 024 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.17 0.35 0.18 0.17 0.35 0.18 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.35 0.18 0.00 0.35 O. t8 0.00 -0.074 0.009 -0.053 7.84 2.88 6.00 2,813.8 7,884.8 2,727.3 Query Values 1 0.00 0.11 -0.64 0.00 0.00 0.14 -0.43 0.00 Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope: 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Job 9 Date: 5:S8PM, 12 OCT 99 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0,00 Page 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1 V 3 TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENG1NEERS,INC i. at7 C7 C 4-01c `KJ 71 L ,`7Le- T L`n/ 7 Cis ea-o 1 g3"`, 1.37 _ 2s- c f�L pc.r' 72-(121;F 23 /L -c—± r d .J L o 6-0 • M 26 1 : Qx /l,,Afx- 7 =(L..S R ,�-✓ / ;-,�, ❑ 6969 SW Hampton Stree Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcengrd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 ❑ 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend®colnet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 • ▪ 2 ° ` F • • 23. Pt,F 0,;, A (34 - „, -e:_. d 2 4 P� 02 .) 37" 2?.. Q OcF (M. ("He ) rep l20 / 7 t—,. CLIENT: PROJECT: ,mss / 1' ) Y PROJECT NUMBER: M DATE: J0 / 1/ f 9 1 BY 7 - '0 ? ''` /• ? t-LG � _ l02 4. C 2y P` PCF ( .J ) • /14-/.,', 32 _ ? r.F v te=n (Gt=v -z-n R-0 2s pc/' 2 j 7 9—u` L o F-0 _ 7 467 f 7 /L I' ‘00 c r /4-C. C b=r'✓ // 1 ( n/ 0 22 4 c.€ /1-x /9-t_ L oA-q _ /V7-0 s7- 90 mi yz 6 "vpf, 496A e-- � 3 v-.2 * r %1 (P ( ad? Ir=-; > .1ivaf l0 �-J k--C 1 / /, ,� • c , SPA -c_, ry / 1 4. o • c.. � _ _7G A, 4 rJ 5 D ' A PE �,1•; ,�� t G' '4' G -r PAGE / / L ets t l• 1 .1 •, • ,„ ", ,.`1„ ' • • . ' • • • • „ •-• • • • . . TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC /1", etu TitAr I(A.)a-ca- ‘to Ici6 fr- 75e,4-c..4 / rJ €114" a..") Cj 6969 SW Hampton Scree Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdateleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendalcoinetcom FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 , # Pvc 1Y-4711,r I 7 /82 - 9 /1 CLIENT: PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: 0 / BY CC< 1-1) /Y 0 " 7cz D 1 ot Tr 44 / r /1 4c7.• 1 0- ( 2..7 04 m et'.J Tb 7 '-Fr.) / 1 i4 - I- /1 3 -L 1S - Z 97/ 6 6.2Y o.28& 2 v- 2 . 0 gAiogje 0 / 6 a /6 7 • c #-- . 1/52 / (,0 0 • /t1- , 5 1 --te • 0 2 .3 ( Q. C e 72 4 P/49--v ) PAGE 2 , /4 0-1Z, ro speill your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS nilin menu defection, Cheese the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information. L k Olet WW1 KW411102304, Vet 5.1.3. ItIM Mat (e) 1183-MENVICALC Single Span Beam Analysis Pape 1 1 Description WEDGE SYSTEM t BOT. [General information 1 Center Span Left Cantilever Right Cantilever _Point Loads 1 Magnitude Location Center Location 0.000 ft Left Cant 0.000 ft Right Cant 0.000 ft Moment 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft Shear 0.00 k 0.00 k 0.00 k Deflection 0.00000 in 0.00000 in 0.00000 in Summary Moments... Max + la Center Max-Center 02 Left cant © Right Cant Maximum a 0.00 k-ft 6.00 ft ft ft 0.257 k ft Moment of Inertia Eleatic Modulus Beam End Fbilty k ft 0.00 k-ft at 6.00 ft 0.00 k-ft at 6.00 ft 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft Shears... Left 1 Right Maximum • Title : Dewy: Description: Deflections... ft Center at Left Cant Right Cant Scope : 3.000 in4 29,000 kW Pin-Pin k ft 0.00 k 0.00 k 0.00 k k ft Reactions... at Left Right 0.000 in at 6.00 ft 0.000 in at 0.00 ft 0.000 in et 0.00 ft • Job Dais: 11:33AM, 11 OCT 99 k ft 0.26 k 0.00 k ' TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC G1.r..9 i c f rJ o LO 4-0 Ce .,r e4L //,3)(/6.4 /• 0 2, 7/z- S - G` h--9-L .l ? 7 4 S x S x % . � P J / / f 11 zr p ❑ 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcet grd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 O 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend®coinet,com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 0• ,_ /^.8C o f YJ / /, gtt 771-y e . t-1i . F 12 p - e 12.a W/ 1 i :.. O G472 /), l o =? ( - i1 ' 8 k = 1 CLIENT: PROJECT: / LJ 7 PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: /m BY: c (.p c, D c: / 4.0 P -r) g"2 0 ge0 /2y4 e a r9 / 2; k C..ot ,J_C ' r: 0.u , e2�-t ,ij to -o` tit f a - €f.0/ kr h „ 41 (4x 4 .77-7 s is , 2. .3 it& �'1 r 7. (e2A1/4.6 (-0191 741 4.e7-v • • V: • • TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC -") 0 kFA,..1... 7 A ette J A 64 0.44 ct.079-46e / J 6 L V d4=' C-44,4 ke 6969 SW 'Hampton Stre Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdOteleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendacoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 ,/l't 4 9 I • CLIENT! PROJECT: r PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: BY: • C-E-0 T i2-o tv.4.1 / 9 2 9 3 "1 r.?"1 (6 y ) /he, C l./ vi • ° 0 TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC 19LA-14, ) J E1 (.7 E 4 -1...A; = 7f?,',-' -- I r ° 10. C3 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 ..;•;.t fcetigrdateleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NIW Walt Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcetoend@coinet.com FAX 541.383:7696 541.383.1828 0 "Piz C. 2 2d (Al L. (2. Vu , A4,.06, C2 koog..4 co) (.4 Co--o 6-7/6 o CLIENT: PROJECT: ' ,?„./ PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: / By: 2S /3 !it TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENG1NEERS,INC —'JO if a im3 (") ,a 41-c_ Q 6969 SW Hampton Stree� ,<' Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 0 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend®coinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 Y UGC / 7 4 , i . ' A2•T t GO cAJ L Jf w Ott. = 12 ' c74-7.) (,-J = / _ z;o s ' s - 370 bOcce.,01.= /6 Pu= S / fi x 4 10- P( '' - P x LI' = 29 e P `F p� � (/J D t6 f 6 IA) _ 2s x 6 ' . 0120-r 4'4 x 12PSrX 27 ct.6, Vic r' its n 6 74-4,f - ,, , ); !'P.dM 60 � pt.F BY: = r' d Pca- CLIENT: PROJECT: gal PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: to/9/9 y ere. G U J o .� 21 '4 '-1 T ?S PL'g VV L = o� U ��2 fro L r9 (tJ / x 2. 6 PAGE / / T To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. Arc 510301 Um: K•01102304, Vu 5.10, 22.0.1159, M1632 Vic) 110345 LIa3NCALC r Description BM1 Steel Section : W10X15 Center Span Left Cant. Right Cant Lu : Unbreced Length Distributed Loads Summary LForce & Stress Summary Reaction (fp Left 4.74 Reaction Rt 4.74 Fa calc'd per 1.6-1, K"L/r < Cc Section Properties _ 1110X15 Depth Width Web Thick Flange Thickness • Area . �_ �..... �......•.. ww+. w,.. w. r.<. w .n.lwtalr�.t�Yilxv+Wwnma�ntwna. 9.990 in 4.0001n 0.230 in 0.270 In 4.41 in2 18.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 1.14 1.14 Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope: Steel Beam Design Pinned - Pinned Bm Wt. Added to Loads LL & ST Act Together Using: W10X15 section, Span = 18.00ft, Fy = 36.0ksi End Fixity = Pinned - Pinned, Lu = 0.00ft, LDF =1.000 Actual Allowable Moment 21.343 k -ft 27.312 k -ft Ib : Bending Stress 18.567 ksi 23.760 ksi fb / Fb 0.781: 1 Shear 4.743 k 33.087 k fv : Shear Stress •2.064 ksi 14.400 ksi fv / Fv 0.143.:.1 Max. M - Max. M @ Left Max. M 4 Right Shear d) Left 4.74 k 1.14 4.74 Shear al Right 4.74 k 1.14 4.74 4.74 4.74 AMMtt' Me1C. W4SMiYligMf!' J) I.Y L,alwr.@.r4.....Urmti*sommo mm., General Information Calculations are designed to AISC 9th Edition ASD and 1997 UDC Requirements Fy Load Duration Factor Elastic Modulus *1 *2 *3 *4 #5 #6 #7 DL 0.112 k/ft LL 0.400 k/ft ST klft Start Location ' ft End Location ft 4.74 4.74 Max. Deflection Length/DL Defl Lengthl(DL +LL Defl) <- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted -» DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST Maximum Only 0 Center 62 Center Cants ji2SigLs Max. M + 21.34 k -ft 5.14 21.34 k -ft Center Defl. -0.623 In -0.150 -0.623 -0.623 0.000 0.000 In Left Cant Defl 0.000in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Right Cant Defl 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ...Query Defl (c 0.000 ft 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Weight I - xx I -yy S-)x S -yy 14.98 #/ft 68.901n4 2.89 In4 13.794 in3 1.445 In3 Job # Date: 3:43PM, 13 OCT 99 Page 1 e: liobe11999% 377.0.991377.0.99,eeM:Cakalatio r -xx r -yy Rt 36.00 ksi 1.00 29,000.0 ksi Beam OK Static Load Case Governs Stress k -ft k -ft k -ft k k k k 3.953 In 0.810 in 0,990 in -0.623 in 1,439.1: 1 346.7 : 1 To specify your title block on these five Tines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block Information.. I net: 510301 Wu: KV•0301130&, Vu 5.1.3, 22-.11w111119, Won (t) 110349 CKFICALC Description BM2 General Information Steel Section : W14X22 Center Span Left Cant. Right Cant Lu : Unbraced Length DL LL ST Start Location End Location Summary Max. M - Max. M a Left Max. M © Right *1 0.442 0.594 Force & Stress Summary Section Properties W14X22 18.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft *2 Using: W14X22 section, Span =18.00ft, Fy = 36.0ksi End Fixity = Pinned - Pinned, Lu = 0.00ft, LDF = 1.000 Actual Allowable Moment 42.851 k -ft 57.354 k -ft tb : Bending Stress 17.752 ksi 23.760 ksi fb l Fb 0.747 :1 Shear 9.522 k 45.507 k fv : Shear Stress 3.013 ksi 14.400 ksi fv /Fv 0.209:1 �Manhc.HSm+e va .iramttvetvnna hadswm.eanurri.?en ar,!"ww.ommatt w.. Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope : Steel Beam Design Job 0 Date: 4 :21 PM, 6 OCT 99 1( Page 1 obo1 19991377 .0.995377.0.99.eew :Cakvlatio I Calculations are designed to AISC 9th Edition ASD and 1997 UBC Requirements II Pinned - Pinned Bm Wt. Added to Loads LL d. ST Act Together * *4 . *5 Fy 36.00 ksi Load Duration Factor 1.00 Elastic Modulus 29,000.0 ksi [Distributed Loads *6 Max. Deflection Length/DL Dell Lengthl(DL +LL Defl) *7 «- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted -» DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST Maximum _gay_ Z2 Center a Center rtb Cants JILCADAL Max. M + 42.85 k -ft 18.79 42.85 k -ft k -ft k -ft k -ft Shear © Left 9.52 k 4.18 9.52 k Shear © Right 9.52 k 4.18 9.52 k Center Defl. -0.433 in -0.190 -0.433 -0.433 0.000 0.000 in Left Cant Defl 0.000in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Right Cant Deli 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ...Query Defl @ 0.000 ft 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Reaction © Left 9.52 4.18 9.52 9.52 k Reaction CO Rt 9.52 4.18 9.52 9.52 k Fa calc'd per 1.5 K" L1r < Cc k/ft k/ft k/ft ft ft Beam OK ! Static Load Case Governs Stress -0.433 in 1,137.3 :1 498.8: 1 Depth 13.740 in Weight 22.04 */ft r -xx 5.537 in Width 5.000in l -xx 199.00 in4 r -yy 1.039 in Web Thick 0.230 in I -yy 7.00 in4 Rt 1.250 in Flange Thickness 0.335 in S -xx 28.967 in3 Area 6.49 in2 S-yy 2.800 in3 To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. R..: 510301 Urv: KV•0902304, Vet 5.1.3, 22•J.10 199, V102 (e) 1998.99l!LRCAMC Description BM3 General Information Steel Section : W16X26 Center Span Left Cant. Right Cant Lu : Unbraced Length I Distributed Loads Summary LForce & Stress Summary Section Properties W16X26 ♦ :aTlMN•rls'F.HLL1fW Msev.wx.^.ieAHCU: 22.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft ,irnrsw.vrmtw.vr snxtineVA** **noln,..*.fow.e4.M .avw.rme.....+ar*rem..wn-. -...... Tide : Job 9 Dsgnr. Date: 4:25PM, 8 OCT 99 Description : Scope: Steel Beam Design Page 1 c:ljobs1 19991 377.0.991377.0.99.eew:Cak,latio Using: W16X26 section, Span = 22.00ft, Fy = 36.0ksi End Fixity = Pinned - Pinned, Lu = 0.00ft, LDF = 1.000 Actual Allowable Moment 64.256 k -ft 75.969 k -ft fb : Bending Stress 20.097 ksi 23.760 ksi fb1Fb 0.846:1 Shear 11.683 k 56.484 k fv : Shear Stress 2.978 ksi 14.400 ksi fv / Ft/ 0.207 : Calculations are designed to AISC 9th Edition ASD and 1997 UBC Requirements Fy 36.00 ksi Pinned- Pinned Load Duration Factor 1.00 Bm Wt. Added to Loads Elastic Modulus 29,000.0 ksi LL & ST Act Together 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 DL 0.442 k/ft LL 0.594 k/ft ST k/ft Start Location if End Location 1.000 ft Beam OK Static Load Case Oovems Stress Max. Deflection Length/DL Dell Length/(DL +LL Dell) «_ These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted -» DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST Maximum Cli,__I 652 Center ED Center nts jgkirgt Max. M + 64.26 k -ft 28.32 64.26 k -ft Max. M - k -ft Max. M at Left k -ft Max. M e Right k -ft Shear © Left 11.68 k 5.15 11.68 k Shear a Right 11.68 k 5.15 11.68 k Center Defl. -0.641 in -0.283 -0.641 -0.641 0.000 0.000 in Left Cant Defl 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Right Cant Defl 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ...Query Defl © 0.000 ft 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Reaction a Left 11.68 5.15 11.68 11.68 k Reaction a Rt 11.68 5.15 11.68 11.68 k Fa calc'd per 1.5-1, K` Ur < Cc -0.641 in 934.1 : 1 411.7 :1 Depth 15.690 in Weight 26.09 Sift r - xx 6.260 in Width 5.500in I -xx 301.00 in4 r -yy 1.117 in Web Thick 0.250 In I -yy 9.59 1n4 Rt 1.360 in Flange Thickness 0.345 in S-xx 38.3681n3 Area 7.68 in2 S -yy 3.487 in3 - •7 r.. TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC Q 6969 SW Hampton Stre t, Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrd®teleport.com FAX 503,624.9770 503.624.7005 O 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend @coinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 _ J O Pte pl"r,. t . �aX3 �.J 2.4,e s CLIENT:: PROJECT: `t + r y . . PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: /15 /8 To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information.. Flu: 910301 User. 0/4101304, Vu . t.3.22• 1919, WW2 f e) 190.99VLRCALC Description BM4 General Information Calculations are designed to AISC 9th Edition ASD and 1997 UBC Requirements Steel Section : W24X55 Center Span Left Cant. Right Cant Lu : Unbraced Length 'Distributed Loads DL LL ST Start Location End Location ...........,.. cn.. w. n. lwa.- a.wwwLUe!.3ikN}HiH'L .` *1 0.132 0.225 Summary Using: W24X55 section, Span = 58 End Fbcity = Pinned - Pinned, Lu = 0 Moment fb : Bending Stress fb / Fb Shear fv : Shear Stress fv / Fv 'Force & Stress Summary Max. M + Max. M - Max. M Left Max. M dt Right Shear (f2 Left Shear Right Center Defl. Left Cant Defl Right Cant Defl 11.95 k 11.95 k -2.680 in 0.000 in 0.000 in ...Query Dell © 0.000 ft Reaction (D Left 11.95 Reaction © Rt 11.95 Fa calc'd per 1.5 -1, K•L/r < Cc I- Section Proper#igs • -....W24X 5. Depth Width Web Thick Flange Thickness Area 23.570 In 7.0051n 0.395 in 0.505 in 16.20 in2 58.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft *2 *3 .00ft, Fy = 36.0ksi .00ft, LDF = 1.000 Actual 173.257 k -ft 18.150 ksi 0.764 : 1 11.949 k 1.283 ksi 0.089 : 1 DL Maximum OnIv 173.26 k -ft 78.64 <<- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted -» LL LL +ST LL LL +ST It Center Cti? Center Can f@ Cants 173.26 k -ft k -ft k -ft k -ft 5.42 11.95 k 5.42 11.95 k -1.216 0.000 0.000 0.000 5.42 5.42 eex�x�.raarrn Steel Beam Design Pinned - Pinned Bm Wt. Added to Loads LL & ST Act Together Weight I -xx I -yy S -)ox S -yy Allowable 226.814 k -ft 23.760 ksi 134.066 k 14.400 ksi -2.680 0.000 0.000 0.000 11.95 11.95 *4 . WhY Title : Dagnr. Description : Scope: -2.680 0.000 0.000 0.000 11.95 11.95 55.03 #/ft 1,350.00 1n4 29.10 1n4 114.552 1n3 8.308 in3 *5 Pag 1 caioba519991 377 .0.991377.0.99.sew:Calcolatio Fy Load Duration Factor Elastic Modulus Max. Deflection Length/DL Dell -- Length/(DL+LL Defl) 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 r -xx r -yy Rt *6 Job 0 Date: 2:28PM, 13 OCT 99 36.00 ksi 1.00 29,000.0 ksi *7 0.000 in 0.000 in 0.000 in 0.000 in k k kite k/ft k/ft ft ft 9.129 In 1.340 in 1.880 in Beam OK 1 Static Load Case Governs Stress I .. -2.680 in 572.2 : 1 259.7 : 1 1 [Distributed Loads To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ant your title block information. Rey: 510301 UNer. KW.0602304. V. 5.1.3, 22,160-1949, W ■32 (e) 1993.991KRCALC Description BM4 rrruM.stwi�a+a:rx+r6vt x^l+ �uaw .werJarsHMiamoarstsxwstrN:yw•+a Steel Beam Design i Title : Job Degnr. Date: 5:25PM, 8 OCT 99 Description : Scope : Page 1 e:lloba1 19991 377.0.991377.0.99.4ew:Cokuhtio [General Information Calculations are designed to AISC 9th Edition ASD and 1997 UBC Requirements I Steel Section : W21X50 Fy 36.00ksi Pinned- Pinned Load Duration Factor 1.00 Center Span 56.00 ft Bm Wt. Added to Loads Elastic Modulus 29,000.0 ksi Left Cant. 0.00 ft LL & ST Act Together Right Cant 0.00 ft Lu : Unbraced Length 0.00 ft *1 *2 03 *4 *5 *6 *7 DL 0.132 k/ft LL 0.225 k/ft ST k/ft Start Location ft End Location ft Summary 1 Using: W21X50 section, Span = 56,00ft, Fy = 36.0ksi End Fixity = Pinned - Pinned, Lu = 0.00ft, LDF = 1.000 Actual Allowable Moment 159.517 k -ft 187.069 k -ft fb : Bending Styes.,° 20.261 ksi 23.760 ksi fb /Fb 0.853:1 Shear 11.394 k 113.982 k fv : Shear Stress 1.439 ksi 14.400 ksi fv /Fv 0.100:1 Fa calc'd per 1.5 -1, K`Ur < Cc Section Properties W21 X50 Beam OK 1 Static Load Case Governs Stress I i Max. Deflection Length/DL Defl Length/(DL +LL Defl) -3.155 in 476.4: 1 213.0 :1 Depth 20.830 In Weight 49.93 */ft r -xx 8.182 In Width 6.5301n 1 -)x 984,00ln4 r -yy 1.301 in Web Thick 0.380 In I -yy 24.90 1n4 Rt 1.600 in Flange Thickness 0.535 In S -xc 94.479 in3 Area 14.70 in2 S -yy 7.626 in3 15 1 i Force & Stress Summary «- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted -» DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST Maximum Only at Center a Center Cants ASArk. Max. M + 159.52 k -ft 71.32 159.52 k -ft Max. M - k -ft Max. M (I Left k -ft Max. M @ Right k -ft Shear ifp Left 11.39 k 5.09 11.39 k Shear@ Right 11.39 k 5.09 11.39 k Center Defl. -3.155 in -1.411 -3.155 -3.155 0.000 0.000 in Left Cant Defl 0.000in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Right Cant Defl 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in ...Query Defl © 0.000 ft 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in Reaction © Left 11.39 5.09 11.39 11.39 k Reaction @ Rt 11,39 5.09 11.39 11.39 k ids >�a�rrasu. ;<:.x _ Distributed Loads * 2 * 3 *4 . * 5 *6 *7 To specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. . R., 510301 U.,r 51100902304, V« 5.1,3, 22•Jr 1591, Vb32 (0 1103.1 1 EtERCALC Description BM5 (.2M . e NIr1 r rjQ.. General information Steel Section : W10X12 Center Span Left Cant. Right Cent Lu : Unbraced Length DL LL ST Start Location End Location Summary Using: W10X12 section, Span = 10 End Fixity = Pinned- Pinned, Lu ■ 0 Moment fb : Bending Stress fb / Fb Shear fv : Shear Stress fv / Fv Force & Stress Summary DL htlakom Ontv Max. M + 4.30 k -ft 3.65 Max. M - Max. M © Left Max. M t§ Right Shear @ Left 1.72 k 1.46 Shear © Right 1.72 k 1.46 Center Defl. -0.050 In -0.042 Left Cant Defl 0.000 in 0.000 Right Cant Defl 0.000 in 0.000 ...Query Defl © 0.000 ft 0.000 Reaction @ Left 1.72 Reaction © Rt 1.72 Fa calc'd per 1.6 -1, K`L/r < Cc 1 Section Properties Depth Width Web Thick Flange Thickness Area . ._.._......__....,.. ................. wrv.. e,. e... w« nn,.,, w.... vw. w.,... a..,»... w..» eio «.:ur.wtix+le,,;.s «Anna+wt!m.r. oar ,cane,- »na...<.w,.w•.u...�...,. *1 0.280 0.052 W10X12 9.870 In 3.960in 0.1901n 0.210 in 3.54 in2 10.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft .00ft, Fy = 36.0ksi .00ft, LDF =1.000 Actual 4.300 k -ft 4.734 ksi 0.199 : 1 1.720 k 0.917 ksi 0.064 : 1 1.46 1.46 Steel Beam Design Calculations are designed to MSC 9th Edition ASD. and 1997 UBC Requirements I Pinned - Pinned Bm Wt. Added to Loads LL & ST Act Together Weight I - xx I S -xx S-yy Allowable 21.585 k -ft 23.760 ksi 27.004 k 14.400 ksl •- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted -» LL LL +ST LL LL +ST cffi Center Ca Center (8Z Cants ALCADIL 4.30 k -ft k -ft k -ft k -ft 1.72 k 1.72 k -0.050 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.72 1.72 Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope -0.050 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.72 1.72 12.02 */ft 53.80 In4 2.18 1n4 10.902 in3 1.101 1n3 Page 1 cgobt1 19995077 .0.99%377.0.99.tcw:Catuhtio Fy 36.00 ksi Load Duration Factor 1.00 Elastic Modulus 29,000.0 ksi Max. Deflection Length/DL Dell Lengthl(DL +LL Deft) 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 r -xx r -yy Rt 0.000 in 0.000 in 0.000 in 0.000 in k k Job 0 Dab: 6:19PM, 6 OCT 99 fr kilt k/ft k/ft ft ft Beam OK Static Load Case Governs Stress -0.050 in 2,849.5 : 1 2,418.8 : 1 3.898 In 0.785 in 0.960 in 1 spar ■O 140.10 SNOW btl Fr CALcUl,AT1o4JS SION --_-_ • • — v - -- _-- -�- - •• _ --== -= =- ▪ _ _- -- -•MM ----- - - - - - t • 21 0 0. if-3 3 Wlj P9 + 10 — !. 5 G.[ r n = /, 0/ (ME!6WFT OF SAUVAI4 SAW(41 = 4 = /8.9 4'1 -. ' _c) - • cot./r,AEA SNow oRIFi 1t ! G=UsJD 31.10W • ; : 2 S ' ° VW. Roof %law :C.IP,, : s DEN: r ► Y, D 0./3 1'; s. 14 = /7.2% - ) > z : 12.0 fir. P = 1)( k ;Li )° 99.0 tt /c4z 4 b = 2 0 . 7.6., 1 44 2- 14 i (M EG#47 of OR DFr ) iF 4 = WIOTK OF Our' MAXIMUM . IMTUJS TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC ❑ 6969 SW Hampton Stree Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcengrd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 ❑ 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend ®coinet.com FAX 541.383:7696 541.383.1828 • CLIENT. PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: V2,6/9 BY: fi 2 K c-C- -2 P , (-,H 56/./%1 f 'AT eIRA i;vc. AAA K . e Zoe e, c.„✓u 0 d - -tL'ME (2.) .f �vn/5 of 1 . s ,►a� . L In7e 2 (+o1/2. ) #( `f fLF 4 _ •.-' ) (Po ) ( f'Lr Av raa"/, /.47: r D ti-er )= z s o PAGE I . 1•Na64.1.011 %.0.01`4J■Ji.111 vvis FT IL LBE IM K '= 1000•LB IN = .0833333.FT KFT =K•FT KLF := K KSI = K KSF K PSI = psF E = 29000.PSI KSF FT IN FT2 IN 2 1000 DETERMINE LATERAL LOAD ON ELEMENTS OF STRUCTURES ZONE 3 SOIL TYPE SD • C a = 0.36 I • 1.0 R = 3.0 P P P h r := 27.ft F .= 0.7•C a •I p *Wp F p_max .= 4•C l ei p *Wp h •=0.ft F a p •C P R h 11 • F a p •C I P R h = 17.ft cllent:MULVANNY project:BEST BUY . F a p ' 11 . /p I thXr ' R i 11 P ' •! 1 ..-. 3• -- i * Wp h 1841 F — P a ' 3 i *Wp P \ h a •C .1 h x := 19.ft a C .I F „ :- r - r ., 1 3. — I *Wp R p ; O h x = 20.ft F _ a p •C a •I p. i i P R 1 h p r ,_ h := 2141 ,„ — a P.0 a F •I P ÷ 3.( *Wp R P hr • F • = 0.252 p_mm Fp = 1.44 ax F = 0.347 *Wp F = 0.36 *Wp F = 0.373 *Wp F =0.387 F P =0.4 * Wp *Wp • (page by:FDA i TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC ❑ 6969 SW Hampton Stre Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrd®teleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 ❑ 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebendacoinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 • BY: CLIENT: PROJECT: • PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC O 6969 SW Hampton Stree Tigard, Oregon 97223 fcetigrdateleport.com FAX 503.624.9770 503.624.7005 O 1183 NW Wall Street • Suite C Bend, Oregon 97701 fcebend®coinet.com FAX 541.383.7696 541.383.1828 • BY: _L L3 X 3 X MR' t5fPNcl►s/Cae2o' \Air t — /5 "(JP M,Y6atIr etty t,ID 1Y NoTG : . Pov+ d.e Q„ a , 6tci C i \4\,, 02e. 4, ()see., clnQM� dNe.G.1 %C •'+ CLIENT: PROJECT: PROJECT NUMBER: DATE: Mora Fl Pc r(0 AA Fi YzFf % To G��/� Dr PAGE ecoF...b15 e(v'_,f 3 "M ►J1 1T( p I son ^ cyv. (1 CAo r , e ye. eer e Co ! L o/c, oFF oP 4 flee (P'\A'f,) Arvii.t. c , Sham 1 ' - I\ e0►.1n�GC +ate =� -dC ✓` Q f/Zlv✓2— to specify your title block on these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title block information. Flee: 510901 Wu: K14'4402204, Vet 3.1.3, 224w.1999, Wie32 Lie) 19e3499 r dtmCALC Slender Masonry Wall Description 8" CMU WALLS - t4 f / Q A) a-(. General Information Calculations are designed to 1997 UBC Requirements Wall Height Thickness Rebar Size Rebar Spacing Rebar Location Solid Grouted [Loads Vertical Loads... Uniform Eccentric Load... Dead Load Live Load Eccentricity Roof Concentric Load... Dead Load Live Load Roof Summary 450.00 4/ft 660.00 *ft 6.00 in 0.00 S/ft 0.00 #/ft 25.00 ft 8.0 in 5 16 in Center 25.00ft high, 8.00in thick W/ #5 bars at 16.00in on center at , LtWt Block fm = 2,000.0psi, Fy = 60,000.0psi, Special Inspection Redid, Solid Grouted Factored Load Bending : Seismic Load Governs Service Load Deflection : Seismic Load Governs Maximum Iterated Moment : Mu 26,017.17 in-S Maximum Iterated Deflection Moment Capacity 42,302.16 in-4 Deflection Limit Mn • Phi : Moment Capacity Mu: (0.9D +1.0E),(1.2D +1.3W +f1 •L +.5Lr) Mu: (1.2D +f1 •L +1.0E),(1.2D +1.6Lr +.8W) Overstress Precentage Allow Deflection: 0.007 • Height Max Iterated Service Load Deflection Actual Deflection Ratio Actual Reinforcing Percentage Allowable Max. Reinf. Percent = 0.5 • Rho Bal Actual Axial Stress : (Pw + Po ) / Ag Allowable Axial Stress = 0.04 • fm Factored Load Analysis Basic Moment without P -Delta Basic Deflection without P -Delta Moment in excess of Cracking Moment Max. Iterated Wall Deflection Max. Iterated Wall Moment Service Load Analysis Basic Moment without P -Delta Basic Deflection without P -Delta Moment In excess of Cracking Moment Max. Iterated Wall Deflection Max. iterated Wall Moment Title : Dsgnr: Description : Scope: Wind Load (full height) Lateral loads... Point Load height Seismic Distributed Load Dist. to Top Dist. to Bottom Seismic Seismic 42,302.2 in4 26,017.2 in4 26,017.2 in-4 0.00 2.100 in 1.844 in 162.7 0.0051 0.0071 15.16 psi 80.00 psi Seismic 22,713.75 in4 1.53 in 9,713.18 in4 1.98 in 26,017.17 in-S Seismic 22,443,75 in4 1,49 in 9,443.18 in4 1.84 in 25,001.68 in4 f fm Wall Wt Multiplier Lightweight Block Fr = 4.0 • (fn) ^.5 Seismic Factor Amirgrehmsvs rm. JobS Date: 2:26PM, 28 SEP 99 . �J Page 1 e:liobe%t9991377.0.99 cmu.eew :tnone> 2,000.0 psi 60,000.0 psi 1.00 2.50 0.300 15.00 psf 0.00 lbs 0.00 ft 0.00 S/ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft Wall Design OK 1.844 in 2.100 in Wind 42,302.2 in-4 24,404.2 in-S 18,671.4 in-S 0.00 2.100 in 0.640 in 468.9 0.0051 0.0071 15.16 psi 80.00 psi 11 Analysis Wind 20,891.24 in-4 1.27 in 7,890.67 in4 1.76 in 24,404.24 in# Wind 15,412,49 in4 0.52 in 2,411.92 in4 0.64 in 16,300.16 in-4 1 Job Data: 228PM, 28 SEP 99 •. • , to specify your title block on • • these five lines, use the SETTINGS main menu selection, choose the • Printing & Title Block tab, and ent your title bloCk iflformatlon. fleet 510301 U. KW-040E304, V.tLI. 224...1m, WW2 e) 1 VOCAL C Description. 8" CMU WASS Lttalysis Values I Phi • Equivalent Solid Thickness Gross Area A-steel As- Percent 0.0051 • As-Effective = (Pu + As • Fy) / Fy As-off: Wind 0.257 in2 As-off: Seismic 0257 in2 'a' : Compression Block 'a' : Wind 0.76 In 'a' : Seismic 0.76 in • M -.,....!• • . • • - .. • # • .1 M (./ • /9 ?D • • 114 114 1 0 • !".) = PC- ' 7 " • ? ( 21 64.4 • f • . . • =-- = 27-tYo /Pc) 4 Dsgnr: ' Description : , scope: Slender Masonry Wall o-f o44 11--t- ga 0.80 Mn Phi • As-eff • Fy • (d-a/2) 7,80 in Wind . 91.50 in Seismic 0.23 in2 Em=750*fm n=29E6 /Em Fr s 2.5 • (fn)^.5 Sgross Mcracking = Sgross • Fr I-Gross I-Cracked - Wind I-Cracked - Seismic Phi: Wind Phi: Seismic • • • • 42,302.16 in4 42,302.16 in4 1500000.00 psi 19.33 111.80 ps 11628 in 13,000.57 in 443.32 in4 45.18 in4 45.18 in4 0.800 0.800 • %1999i 77 Page 2 $N4 REVISION No.a. Vig•- 0432 lug Lowir imuvramizsEEN0TEs L. ROOF DECK 1111 1 1111 12' CMU WALL 1 1111 SEE SCHEDULE 111 FOR REINF. SCALE, l' I c 0: 31 1.0-99 CITY OF TUKWILA -- APPROVED APR L CONT. U1)(2.) '• A.B..6 NY 0.C) • 24 O.C. (8' EMBED) 3 2000 13011- 1NG DIVISION SEE NOTES FOR MORE INFO. L3')(3'• (2 BAYS) • 4.0' 0.C ATTACH TO DECK SIMILAR TO SIDELAP ATTACHMENT RECUIREMENT6 SEE NOTES. JOIST PER PLAN RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 o ?0P1 FERMI? caNTLiti 1Revxr. &LI Del - Li 32— ( t NOTES, I, IF BRACE DOES NOT !SEAR AT JO ST PANEL POINT, AN ExTRA WEB hlEtle3ER sNALL BE ADDED IN THE FIELD. 2. (2) WALL STUDS SHALL BE LOCATED AT EA. JOIST LOCATION FOR THE BRACE CONNECTION. 3. WALL STUDS SHALL BE LATERALLY BRACED IN THE WEAK AXIS AT 4E3' 0.C. MAX, USING COLD ROLLED CHANNELS OR FLAT STR4P5 BY STUD MANUFACTURER —L4,1,' BRACE • EA ROOF JOIST 344, A325 BOLT SE L4'x.5')0' (WELD TO JOIST TOP CHORD W/ 3/IE3' FILLET) RUNNER TRACK UV (22 0.145'■ 8oREWE A SCALE, 11•1'.0' 3 11.0-99 TA'EST- B01 4.LA- Dczct 04-132, RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 n 70(19 FERNY CENTCR 03/20/00 MON 11:05 FAX 5032798415 - 13E-57 D ct`k NOTE: MACE TO OP WALL FROM OUTBIDS 15Y CONTRACTOR LOADING: DOCJC GLAS. PLEINF. 19/ •5 • III' 0.C. EA. WAY 7,13 vicYdr1 • • .4 • .4 - DOWF-L0 t� MATCH SIZE 1 SPACING Gig CHU WALL IPP. aiu WALi.. PLAN 4 MILE (2)- 11 3 C04, IN BOND ISEAr • BOTTOM ; REVISE 3/11/01 MOW tRIV• • • MULVANNY ARCHITECTS 4/1002 0 NOTE: CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE BRACING TO SUPPORT TOP OF CONC. WALL DURING CONSTRUCTION 4 PLACEMENT OP INTERIOR SLAB UNTIL SLAB 16 f•OURED 4 CUM" nmATI •n4 CL R. OLLSOZ9E29 SLAB ON GRADE en PLAN lb • 141' 2 re 4' 4a IS' Oa MAX. NOME. !P. /6 • O.C. WIRT. pp. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 0 2000 PERMIT t.;.,.rrui BE:OI BO/Lt/e 03/20/00 MON 11,:05 FAX 5032798415 MULYANNY ARCHITECTS - • 1.3 '0)- • 4113' O. MAX e' crIU WAIL 0 5 32' 0.C, ART. 51 LENGTH • 3e.4' ) '*IM' MIN. OTEE1- 7 W/(2) NOLGON etupts (EMISRA 41e) 1"rp. (2)- IN BOND IBEA11 • (2)-lb IN SGP BEAM 12 CMU L1,1‘4.1.. SEE SCHROLLE FOR MINF. REVISED 3 r 11/00 400'xerI (2)-tilxfo' HP. STUD ANC1401 C. 45') • EA. JOIST JOIST PER PLAN Ammo) ic3,04 WrY(WTUKVALA MAR 2 7000 PERMIT Space Heat Type 0 Electric resistance p All other (see over for definitions) Glazing Area Calculation Note: Below grade walls maybe included in the Gross Exterior Wall Area if they are insulated to the level required for opaque walls. Total Glazing Area Electronic version: these values are automatically taken from ENV -UA -1. (rough opening) Gross Exterior (vertical & overhd) divided by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing 480.0 — 17280.0 X 100 = 2.896 Concrete/Masonry Option l� Q yes Check here if using this option and if project meets all requirements for the Concrete/Masonry Option. See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each qualifying 0 no assembly below. Envelope Requirements (enter values as applicable) Fully heated/cooled space Minimum Insulation R- values Roofs Over Attic Parkway Super Center For Building Deptn t Use CITY O TVUEt7 ILA DEC 1 3 1999 PERMIT CENTER All Other Roofs Applicant Name: Mulwanny architect. 24.0 Opaque Walls Below Grade Walls Floors Over Unconditioned Space Slabs -on -Grade 10.0 Radiant Floors Maximum U- /actors Opaque Doors 0.600 Vertical Glazing 0.650 Overhead Glazing Maximum SHGC (or SC) Vertical/Overhead Glazing l 1.300 Project Info Project Address s eat ivy Date 12/7/99 Parkway Super Center For Building Deptn t Use CITY O TVUEt7 ILA DEC 1 3 1999 PERMIT CENTER Tukwilla, WR Applicant Name: Mulwanny architect. Applicant Address: 222 SW Columbia, Its 1950, Portland, OR 97201 Applicant Phone: (303) 223-8381 Envelope Summary Climate Zone ENV -SUM 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms (Project Description New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Change of Use Compliance Option Prescriptive 0 Component Performance (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) ENVSTD 0 Systems Analysis Semi heated apace' Minimum Insulation R- values Roofs Over Semi - Heated Spaces' 'Refer to Section 1310 for qualifications and requirements Notes: 1997 Washi 'n State Nonresidential Ener • y Code Compliaft Form 111:;? t 1' t• ,1 01 r: First Edition, June 199E Opaque Concrete/Masonry Wall Requirements Insulation on interior - maximum U- factor is 0.19 Insulation on exterior or integral - maximum U- factor is 0.25 If project qualifies for Concrete/Masonry Option, list walls with HC z 9.0 Btu/fta. °F below (other walls must meet Opaque Wall requirements). Use descriptions and values from Table 20-5b in the Code. Wall Description (including insulation R -value & position) 17•CNO wall with integral inaulati U- factor 0.250 FILE COPY Weight: CHECK ONE: Wall Roof Floor Sketch of Construction Assembly LB/SF x Roof Color: Light/Medium (Dark Color is not Recommended) • Best Buy Wall U-Value Calculation List of Construction Components 1. Foam Filled 12" CMU Grouted Steel 40" o.c. 2. 3. • A ROcFEIlluFsir"-/•:` c DE. r"C 1 3 1999 ., ' il 5. PERMIT co Inside Surface Air Film Outside Surface Air Film Total Resistance RT U-Value (1/RT) Architect: Signed: Date: 3.1 (From ASH RA E) 0.68 0.17 3.95 0.253165 Project Info Project Address Best Buy Date 12/6/99 south Center Parkway For Building Department Use RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 1 3 1999 PERMIT U' iv r t..in Tukwila, WA Applicant Name: s teffeni• May LIMA 4 Associates Applicant Address: 222 SW Columbia streat Suite 127s Applicant Phone: Portland, Oregon 97201 Location Occupancy Description Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Allowed x Area Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Back of building Type 'W', 400 Watt Metal Halide Wall bracket Office /RR 6 480.0 2880.0 Building Front Type 'HD', 100 Watt Meatl Halide Wall Bracket 1 14 112.0 1568.0 Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 .. Area in ft Allowed x Area Sales floor Retail "B" (Footnote 10) 1.62 46021.0 74554.0 Office /RR Type 'FFE' 2x4 Recessed Troffer with Emergency Ballasr 7 114.0 798.0 Receiving Type 'FB4' 4' Fluorescent Strip 1 62.0 62.0 " From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 74554.0 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Office /RR Type 'FO' 2x4 Recessed Troffer 13 114.0 1482.0 Office /RR Type 'FFE' 2x4 Recessed Troffer with Emergency Ballasr 7 114.0 798.0 Receiving Type 'FB4' 4' Fluorescent Strip 1 62.0 62.0 Elec. Room Type 'FB8' 8' Fluorescent Strip 2 114.0 228.0 Entrance Type 'FE4' 6 "X4' Recessed Troffer 14 62.0 868.0 TV Sales Type 'FW' Wall Washer 8 31.0 248.0 Sales Floor Type 'HA' 400 W Metal Halide High Bay 123 461.0 56703.0 Sales Floor Type 'HB' 400 W Metal Halide High Bay with Restrike 22 461. 10142.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 70531.0 Location Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area in ft (or If for perimeter) Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Covered Parking 0.2 W /ft Open Parking 0.2 W /ft Outdoor Areas 0.2 W /ft Bldg. (by facade) 0.25 W /ft Bldg. (by perim) Length of Front and Back of Building 7.5 W /If 596.0 4470.0 Note: for building exterior, choose either the facade area or the perimeter method, but not both) Total Allowed Watts 4470.0 1997 Washi n State Nonresidential Ener.y Code Complier- Form 'Lighting Summary LTG -SUM 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Description 0 New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration Compliance Option o Prescriptive 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures are new, and installed lighting wattage is not being increased Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) be used. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) First Edition - June, 1998 Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard -wired ballasts only, Proposed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior RECEIVED • CITY_ OF TUKWILA D EC :1 3'1999 . PERMIT CENTER Use' LPA (witt PBRMILP& use' NT (W/lt Paining, welding, carpentry, machine shops a3 Police and fire stations 1.2 Barber shops, beauty shops 2 Atria (atriums) 1 Hotel banquet/conference/exhibition half' 2 Assembly spaces auditoriums, gymnasia ° , theaters 1 Laboratories 2 Process plants 1 Aircraft repair hangars 1.5 Restaurants/bars 1 Cafeterias, fast food establishments 1.5 Retail A 1 Factories, workshops, handling areas 1.5 Retail B Retail banking 1.5 Gas stations, auto repair shops 1.5 Locker and /or shower facilities 0.8 Institutions 1.5 Warehouses ", storage areas 0.5 Libraries 1.5 Aircraft storage hangars 0.4 Nursing homes 1.5 Parking garages s'• e'eton 1532 Wholesale stares (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Mall concourses 1.4 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Schools buildings, school classrooms, daycare centers 1.35 Common area, corridors, lobbies (except mall concourse) 0.8 Laundries 1.3 Taut facilities and washrooms 0.8 Office buildings, office'administraite areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.2 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers ()Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other' and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: ❑ Check here if at least 95% of fixtures in the space meet all four criteria: 1. Fixtures are fluorescent, non - lensed, with only one or two lamps, and 2. Lamps are T -5, T -6, T -8 or PL, and 3. Lamps are 5-50 Watts, and 4. Ballasts are electronic ballasts RECEIVED 1997 Washi '1 State Nonresidential Ener Code Corns limy= Form Lighting Summary (ba ) • LTG -SUM 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms First Edition • June, 1998 Table 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA) for Interior Lighting Footnotes for Table 15-1 DEC 1 9 1999 I. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit PowerAllottv.nce shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2. The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4. For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light PowerAllottnnce for assembly. 5. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6. Includes pump area under canopy. 7. In cases in which a lighting plan is submitted for only a portion of a floor, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.35 may be used for usable office floor area and 0.80 watts per square foot shall be used for the common areas, which may include elevator space, lobby area and rest rooms. Common areas, as herein defined do not include mall concourses. 8. For the fire engine room, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance is 1.0 watts per square foot. 9. For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.6 watts per square foot. 10. For both Retail A and Retail B, light for free- standing display, building showcase illumination and display window illumination installed within two feet of the window are exempt. Retail A allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.0 watts per square foot. Ceiling mounted adjustable tungsten halogen and HID merchandise display illuminaries are exempt. Retail B allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.5 watts per square foot, including all ceiling mounted merchandise display luminaries. 11. Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. ILA Lighting Power Allowar ce Adjustments LTG -LPA 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 1997 Washi " 'n State Nonresidential Ener Code Com • liar ^a Form Project Address Esat Buy Date 12/6/99 Use this form if you are claiming any ceiling height adjustments for your Lighting Power Allowances for interior lighting. The Occupancy Description should agree with the "Use" listed on Code Table 15 -1. Identify the appropriate Ceiling Height Limit (9 feet, 12 feet or 20 feet) on which the adjustment is based. The Adjusted LPA is calculated from this number and from the Allowed Watts per f1 Carry the Adjusted LPA to the corresponding "Allowed Watts per ft location on LTG -SUM. Adjusted Lighting Power Allowances (Interior) Location (floor /room no.) Sales Floor Occupancy Description Retail B Allowed Watts per ft 1.50 Ceiling Height for this room 24.0 feet Ceiling Height limit for this exception ** 20 feet Adjusted LPA Watts per ft 1.62 RECEIVED Cm' Ur , emenrIA U) E ' 1 9 1999 PGRMI'r (ED■TFr From Table 15 -1 based on exceptions listed in footnotes First Edition -June, 1998 Lighting Permit Plans C 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms iecklist LTG -CHK First Edition - June, 1999 Project Address Best Buy 'Date 12/6/99 The following information is necessary to check a lighting permit application for compliance with the lighting requirements in the 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability I (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section I Component !Information Required I Location ( on Plans l Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local controVaccess Schedule with type, indicate locations yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch a.a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations a.a. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans a.a. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans yes . 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location ri■ (a) timer w /backup Indicate location yes (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location no . 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations ri■ 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans yes . Lighting Sum. Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture yes I IElec motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I I 1997 Washins State Nonresidential Energy Code Complian .Form If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: 1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupany Sensors are not used due to the use of Automatic Controls and a full Energy Management System. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 1 3 1999 PERMIT CENTER 1997 Washi < State Nonresidential Ener Code Corn 'Ha -,Form Lighting Permit Plans U,necklist 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms LTG -CHK First Edition • June, 1998 Lighting - General Requirements 1513 Lighting Controls 1513:1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling-height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of turning off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry/exit, to personnel occupying or using the space. Exceptions: The following lighting controls may be centraized in remote locations: 1. Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as awhde. 2. Automatic controls. . Controls requiring trained operators 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 15132 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not . waited that which is provided by a twenty ampere circuit loaded to not more than eighty percent. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching. Exceptions: 1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production. Areas less than five percent of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft 1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: All daylighted zones, as defined in Chapter 12, both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual controls, or daylight- or occupant - sensing automatic controls, which control the lights independent of general area lighting. 1513.4 Display, Exhibition, and Specialty Lighting Controls: All display, exhibition, or specialty lighting shall be controlled independently of general area lighting. 1513.5 Automatic Shut-off Controls, Exterior: Exterior lighting not intended for 24 -hour continuous use shall be automatically switched by timer, photocell, or a combination of timer and photocell. Automatic time switches shall also have program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. 1513.6 Automatic Shut -Off Controls, Interior: Office . buldings greater than 25,000 ft and all school dassrooms shall be equipped with separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during unoccupied hours. Automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch, or other device capable of automatically shutting off lighting. Exceptions: 1. Areas that must be continuously illuminated or illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. 2 Emergency lighting systems. 3. Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. 1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights in an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. 1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week and incorporate an automatic holiday "shut -off" feature, which turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a is readly accessible; b. is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than two hours when an over -ride is initiated; and e controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft or 5 percent of footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft whichever is greater. RECEIVED CITY OF 1tJ!4NILA DEC 1 31999 PERMIT CENTER TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL 9989 SW HAMPTON STREET TIGARD, OREGON 97223 5031824.7005 503/824.9770 FAX DATE: 3/9/00 TO: MULVANNY PARTNERSHIP ATTN: JESSICA COYLE FROM: Dean Azimi RE: BEST BUY Job No.: 377.0 -99 rti Pages Attached: 2 RECEIVED MAR 2 7 2000 COMMiUNiTY DEVELOPMENT REF. STRUCTURAL DETAILS 5/S3 & 18/S3 ATTACHED. Cc: FILE REID MIDDLETON TD99O93 REVISION NO _L EXPIRES E3/28/00 BUIL As you requested, we have revised the two foundation details ( #5 & 18 on sheet S3), and the revisions did not effect the structural calculations and analysis. Please review the changes and call our office if you have any questions or comments. LNG DIVISION REOENIIID OIl Y OP TUKWILA MAR 1 3 2000 PERMIT CENTER .rte — von SL" • F�-0.911 TIM R FROELICH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC 6969 SW. HAMPTON STREET 11GARD, OREGON 97223 WS 624-7005 FAX 624-9770 1183 MW WALL STREET . SLITE C ODA OREGON 9T/01 MO 383-1828 FAX 383-7696 CLINT: MULVAMY ARCHTECTS FROECT: BEST BUY PROJECT RIMER 377.0-99 DATE: 3/09/00 BY: REW CAD FLE: 37799AD64DWG I emu 81: Woo 0 3 TIES • 5' O.C. SEE DTL. 10/53 CMU PILASTER SEE PLAN 4 DTL. 10/53 FOR SIZE 4 REINF. (2) 0 5 CONT. IN SOLID GROUTED CMU. VERT. DOWELS STD. HOOK • BOT. TO MATCH SIZE 4 SPACING OF PILASTER REINF. 3' CUR CiRI (REVISED DETAIL) SCALE: I' • 1 311.0 - Se (1) CONT. • FECEtJVED MAR 2 7 2000 COM UN1CY DEVELOPMENT IS • EV O.G. _1 SLAB ON GRADE SEE PLAN 0 5 4116 (4) 0 5x5 1 -6 1 (TYP.) A 4 4 4 4 4 5 • E3' 0.C. I l 4 4 3'-6' CAP( OF IMILA APPROVED ApR 3 2000 , j LIJ !;011.,DING DtVISIOT RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 1 3 2000 PERMIT CENTER TIM R FRO[UCH CONSULTING ENGINEERS,INC Fa-on CMU WALL SEE PLAN 4 SCHED'L FOR SIZE 4 REINF. (2) 0 5 CONT. IN SOLID GROUTED CMU. VERT. DOWELS W/ STD. HOOK • BOT. TO MATCH SIZE 4 SPACING OF WALL REINF. _..,__. ..... «.. «...«....+..m,.�....s.. war+ oars¢ c+ wn.u 6969 S.W. HAM TON STREET 11G' , OEGON 97223 (503) 624 -7006 FAX 624 -9770 1183 NW WALL STREET aim C BEND, OREGON 97701 (540 383 -1828 FAX 383 -7696 CUNT: WLLVANIMY ARCHITECTS PROJECT: BEST BUY PROJECT M VBElt 377.0 -99 DATE 3/09/00 BY: REW CAD FLE 37799AD63DWG U . ♦ m r 3' CLR (REVISED DETAIL) SCALE: 1' ■ 1' -0' 3'1'1.0 -SS 2' -0' RECEIVED MAR 27 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 4 5 • 8' O.C.` SLAB ON GRADE SEE PLAN (1) 0 3 CONT. 4 5 • 8' O.C. N 1' -6' EXPIRES 8 28 00 • _._ - � © BU1 FtECEIVED MY OF TU$MIILA MAR 1 3 2000 PERMIT CENTER 2 N G ..... , ........ r ... .... J i I J I EXIST. FTG. (TYP.) SEE NOTE 10. EXIST. BLDG. Dc19. 0L132 REVISION NO11 y ., CITY OF TUKWILA : t MAR 1 3 2000 ;. d PERMIT CENTER ..14 rte Foundation Pianl tt I. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WITH THE ARCHTTE 2. DETAILS ON THESE PLANS ARE INTENDED TO DEPICT TIC 'GE METHODS FOR THIS STRUCTURE. CONNECTIONS, DETAILS;4,i1JC SPECIFICALLY SHOWN THAT ARE SIMILAR TO THOSE THAT.t14R DE ASSUMED CNE AND THE SAME. IF QUESTIONS REGARDINE DETAILS ARE ENCOUNTERED, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT / ENGIN CLARIFICATION IN A TIMELY MANNER PRIOR TO BID • OW 3. INDICATES FOOTING AND COLUMN TYPE, SEE FOOTING ON SHEET 8 -m. 4. O INDICATES LINTEL TYPE, SEE LINTEL SCHEDULE ON SH S. C = INDICATES METAL STUD WALL. r51;Ar 6, ® INDICATES CMU WALL. O INDICATES WALL T 1. C.J. - INDICATES CONSTRUCTION JOINT, SEE DETAIL.I/133 ' 8. PROVIDE 2' OF SAND WITH VAPOR BARRIER OVER 6' OF CF ALL CONCRETE SLABS ON GRADE. . • 4 1yg 9. STEP FOOTING IF REQUIRED PER DETAIL II/83. ,t:' • ,, h1 • :It 1!N r 777i2J•dI; r 1 J 0 a Z EXIST. BLDG; CD CD Do eere+ao �• REVISION NO,J- OW OF 7UKVIIIA MAR 1 3 2000 PERMIT CENTER' ftY. Foundation Plan 5 I. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WITH THE 2. DETAILS ON THESE PLANS ARE INTENDED TO DEPICT 'THE GE METHODS FOR THIS STRUCTURE. CONNECTIONS, DETAILOth A1�ECIFIr L I Y AUftLW TM U APE S 'NOSE TO OBE TWAT tI1RR 09 '00 02:40PM TUKWILA DCD/PW . , Department of Community Development . 8300 Zauthcenter Ell, *100 Tukwila, WA 95188 Phone: 208-431.3870 Fax 206-431-3668 Fax M%) Date: curAN\ gumt, • Res •Comments: 41 • 1 •10•■••••••■■11m0 FILE A rgent 0 For Review Please Comment CI Please Reply . .. •; .4'1 :,' '. .: , . .1 : i 'Yip . .. • T... ' City of Tukwila AEGEVED MAR 21 Nal COMMUNITY DEVELOPMq.N aor- elot..o/ • .*::'•• C Please Recycle TOW ■••••■•■•■•■••■■••••••■••-••■••■•■■•••••••■=www•O 1 . 0 • • • !.1 • • :';• • , • • _....tigarb hi .1 ) 44 4 k41L l • , , 140 y My CI I— IA Z o o tt1 C `' z2 0 cc. W. iii s‹c 0 III '3 TIES a 5o . SEE DR. r CPU PILASTER SEE PLAN 4 DTL. 10/63 FOR SIZE I IEMIF (2) 5 CONT. IN SOLD GROUTED CM. (2) 44 EA. FACE CONT. TRW WALL FOOTING 1/ERL DOWELS WI STD HOOK • BOY. TO . 11ATC44 SIZE • SPACING OF PILASTER REP& SCALE: I'. - 37Tt! - I TT 4'-0' 44 4 12 OG. IN STB 1 IUALL BEYOND SEE S/S3 SLAB ON GRADE SEE .PLAN ! 4) 5x5' -10 (TYP) . ° • ••• 3 -b' • s 1 cv-M NORM C i IM BOND BEAMS 4a' OC. I • TOW. (2)- 44 GOVT_ * BOTTOM, TYP. EXTERIOR SLAB SEE ARC A 3. R4 pr i►tC) ll H ONSUITING ENGINEERS,INC 4 )F : P� � o� 6%)4) '+ f e x - .S 2S /fa ?' -- Pk" 44 /2 • e RSV 4 . G• (fJA = / f fig 2ro-v " , cif c. I4 c. 4-' ; Y � 2 "•o /h =c..o 2;e l i r + ‘2 O ?4 K. 1. 4:14:). v "C" 1A 3 t t, r a fi— ,,c'c = • 0.7r V b4. S" e f 21 G-O = 2 2, Is' ao r 1 ' +�-- W R•ti.t L.0 pi-t ( u = 2 :--o n...r A) • % DCD /PW TWO, Onion festi►dllewoon. S R 1 770 ci 'VIES ° 97701 ' suite C PAX 341.7111.7898 541.383.E dtK wiprw • S' 4 K M CLIENT PROJECT PROJECT NUMREI DATE; ,o /b /07 0. 7 F H • ECEWED MAR 2 7 2000 COMMUNITY DEVEI OPMEN f Li n. P.3 pA E 1 c . r 72, 4 g w ( 11, =.v iaKr ( . 4 4 6 ta,, w 1h1 FRGELICH ; a��S�,fITINC; LNGINEERS,INC tr . ' tom, w +� ' I r • 0i r V fc r te. kstlgrefetelaAat. FAx 103.694,0770 303.014,7004 (:) i 1, 0,02 tl tOpst 1 • Suite c feeb.rtdIeelnet.eom FAX 141.313.7696 241 .3113.1515. F- NAP 6 i i (7 (2.!i lag) Q 12 " rAite /a -- a 69. er )fi07 0..oari 624 rcimtmlti5 attes 40M.rdW Mt DCD /PW CLIENT, PROJECT, r Y PRO IC r NUM /Elt! DATE, l q fr r 9 E 1v, 64 G w / U /' �. 4� 2,o I 4..4J / <P O. 1 z 2 /2 `� (,1"414. P c.) L' Q /8".... Cr r . ; el dim 444 vJy (e- ►) rr ti f' I Q (a w /14 /( Al 0,d1 ot elf= LA.)#-(..e..) r, ga /Fr (0'9� x1.2 ) /(o.cK �,dX , s4 /h (re) u RECEIIVED MAR 2 7 2000 • COMMUNIN DEVELOPMENT a- �� k 9 .72 1(- �a o,S P.4 PAGE 0 x2 ) Q 4,14 L.;" i 4-7V Fes, ,�c�..J r , ; ,� Pr G r i 2Ar i� 1 # 3 -.9 � ) �. e f t /e se 4/ ..- . _—......»....«. wwrre.. w a. ywoo...... ww .gs.a.+v..+.es.a,w.wawe,.s.wNUl xswx ..mRSZ.+.6 <f.1Mn4rxdlstlMMeWA 69, AFM T • T1Nrd C�r Rlon . PAR 101414.O7 0 Sg3.eE4. , tj 11ES X977 1O' SwteC ksbo+deceinst•corn FAX 541.383.7696 541.310 ,7828 7848 /of - " 10 t . cet 1 L , 3 2. f 4v= 0.0-40/2.44' " MAR 2 7 2000 r = C� b• S`4 1- u .v ,A ) — M' . 7 I = /• (0 ? ) (, ') _ /,2 k- (r-4 01 4fy 64- z ) a /2/x/ p 6oK o (0 U Pi- 4• C 7 � r� , 0.1 „ Goo A DCD /PW a 4i-o i Eh.- r o bi 6 M �' 04 02 CUEN1 oR4.ircr: 045- PROJECT NUMBER: DATE= 1O /a Er, C�k • COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT L/ = A'.'S s /Cf . a c P . S PACES • � 4- (0 •2/ v. 6 27 4 /' v. 0.0 44d-e- 0.9.60 e9, 900o ) D-9-14C Tb . . , Sa�'rWn�;t�m+ac, 03/09/119R 09 _'00 02:42PM TUKbWILA DCDVPW nauLva Y � ARCMITFC'TS ARCHlTEC•TS TO: From: Nauman:2 • De • ra w u i[ -'r ii ,,: Level• •me Southoenter - lvd., a a TukwUa, WA osier Tukwila — 1471:4W'' i ' sck:• t t fasX•" J." fT ti t v". A : _ <Y^ : ✓ fir„' ,r � / � 1 �;4,4iL'4t§<.°4i FS'4= d.R�i•�r ?�'ar.� S LVANNI ARcE *iEC S MAR 0 9 2000 COMMU 3.8.00 IT: - 15B Tukwila Superosnter PROJECT NO: e0 -s488 PHONE: 208.431.3677 _ FAX: eaet ATTN: SUBJECT: Revised foundation di . FROM: :g o WI ARE SIN101N0 YOU TNN I'O INOz 0 Via Egress Delivery Vie F , Only ❑ Copy 0 For Approval [I Next day- Merninq Vie Fax and Mail 0 Original ❑ For information I 41ee [{ Next Da Next Vie Mali 0 For ReviewlComment ❑ Second DayAfternoon El VI. Gpurier ❑ Other ❑ As Requested . # PAGES: 4 inoludl cover nn oy le P.6 X001 . Noises Ken, ' .Following please find the revised foundation details as wiell.as a memo regarding the structural calculations. I . i•• 'c • .am sending the hard copy via ovemig t rail. I will call to conflrm'that theseldetails meet the needs of the .. . . City of Tukwila. Thank you for your tirire, • ; Privileged end Co ential Information: Ile information in this facsimile Is intended only for the use of the recipient above named. Any wrongful review, di ssemination, distribution or copying of this communication Is strictly prohibited, if errors odour in transmission, for enclosures are not as noted, please notify us at ones, BELLEVUE SEATTLE !PORTLAND STERLING BOSTON TAIPEI Mulvanny.Wrahlteeta . Profeaalonal Service Cerpororion KOIN Coate', 222 SW Columbia St., #1250 Portland, OR 97201 Tel: 503.223.8030 Fax: S03.223.828I www.mulyanny.eom �........�. «.......... __.............. nn .rn.+�„�,,.vc..x.��.:tM1.K:.:. hS�i4�if1YR�:"..'h�:d� ri Wi': CV.:^ is�S4ii!' •?Yl "..T�.' ?;.'7:.7d:I� M ?;i'�_y'::i x.'td •03 09)`J.ft 69'g0 0z ;4oM j,U,1CWILA DCD /PW IIM f ROEHINH c ONSIIIIM (=NGIN L view I •969 aW. mono! owl UM, COON ; Inca elMardi JA eraidet r I 7'1.1 MULVANNY ARCHITECTS T CLEO $LVA11N V 4110imcTi MOM= ler' . • ACT NMI& anu.9 DATA 34910 At FEW CAD R.0 $7199AOMDWG 7.A ilM'iAhY1A:RFkr•r'+re OCVA.1 701.1 1.! .:m.KmMtw wr..,nrn1«Yrc.v� - iw.... u.. .11 (2) 1 6 CONT. IN 801.ID amours= crlu. (I) CONT. f4) 1 015' -e' f rrP'a MASR 2 7 ?fDO EVELO; :'MEN - e fw -: WEL. __ ar I abrae0Q 00:0T 000C/6D/60 ' •'• O3 /Oq,MAR 09 „'00 02:43Pr TUKWILA DCD /PW FROELICH (( )NSI II HN() [N(IINLI ,IN •,b, tW. 7I PM mono criu WALL SSS FO GU M C I (2) rb CONT. IN SOLID GISC)47iD CMU. AMT. $ WI e12.1400 c • SW. TO MATCH SIB A SPAOINIk OF • WA►1.1- lilEh�F. (REVISED ETAIL) rriSram ................. w..« wwrwn. t �WwTY' b�Lu str) tsawCYnAV�Ytd «Y::T3ti1:'317!'.41i ur4rnlf, YY.1Rt$YC?.?tf`i L ,Y3.r";i�L4CalgsfLU.tfritr.r4r. o,". )ULVANNY ARCHITECTS 1/02 AW WALL T WM Iwo; mesa tria DAM x/00 WP UMW IPA* It OM CLINT: My VAM4V ANCHIECT1 PI $CT: WIT NM ROAM Walt ;77,astt CAD Fig 37/99ADASOVAH Ira •seoz., p aid" cm■DE as. rL�w (I) CONT, gi 0 IP OL. b • MAR 2 7 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT P.8 ta 003 QJlGh7Q9aa bp:AT. REGE /GOIE2 :AW.09>MOR 09 '00 02:43PM TUKWILA DCD/PW flMk FROELICH «)NTIT1N() INNNI FitS,IN( Cc ; PILE . rn •IMHA . • ,.-F • ' atioottorkett moo " • -• • • goompop000sterro Poe DA113; 3/9/00 TO; MULVANNY PARTNERSHIP ATTN: JESSICA COYLE, PAX Nuntlhar: (S03) 223-I3111. FROM: Dean Mimi RR; BEST BUY Job No.; 371.0-99 REP. STRUCTURAL DETA145 5/83 18/53. WWI 30.d regeit Attached: 2 Plow mom so as mum as toopilelo Its* t' If illogiblo ail Ms *Mos paw, RECEIVED MAR 2 7 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT As you requested, we ha 4tofow dstalls(#4 1$ on dna 52), and the • twutions trid not West the 5Ijj askulatioas and alyai. PIN$ review the MIDIS mei cell our office if you have any qu.atu s or oommeots. e LL617 Z9E 09 sweirc 002L/GI/Cil 21004 • 1 _.,........... nw, w�« moa., rF:. rr.. ax1• w avnwwa» ri:.T a. vrrx. S; u e+. me:. xc��N• Y3.: �S: R: �ACUiSttrtkt+ C[:3; • nomtSYJ^ rr4 S4 „ AV.xxtxwrowsr,e�+waur+.o,..... C usiness Declaration Part I Fill out this form, fold it so the business -reply portion is showing and return it to Metro's industrial waste section. If you need to use additional sheets of paper, please mail the entire package of information in a separate envelope. Mail to: Metro, Water Pollution Control Department, Industrial Waste Section, 130 Nickerson Street, Suite 200, Seattle, WA 98109 -1658. Company name: Best Buy Contactpersonatyourcompany: Jessica Coyle - as authorized agent Title: Job Captain Telephone: (503) 223 - 8030 Mailing address: KOIN Center 222 SW Columbia, Suite 1250 Portland, OR 97201 Type of business (What does your firm manufacture or produce ?): Retail Electronics Sales Number of business sites: 1 ( this jurisdiction) Address of each business site No. of employees at site: 1. Parkway Supercenter - Tukwila,WA 50 2. 3. Use additional sheets if necessary. DEC 1 3 1999 PERMIT CENTER Part II Please circle the correct answer as it applies to the business site given below. If you have more than one business site, please copy this page and fill out a form for each site. Company name: Best Buy Site address: 17300 Site Center /Parkway Snperr enter /Tukwila, WA Contact person: Jessica Coyle /as authorized agent Title: Job Captain Telephone: (503) 223 -8030 40077 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 1. Does your company use water for cooling, production, manufacturing, washing, rinsing or cleaning floors in production areas? Yes EJ No 2. Does your building have floor drains, catch basins, sumps or sinks in production areas or any other outlets to the sanitary sewers? ij Yes 1J No H10 17i`1-o' -1 03103/2000 09:27 FAX Date: To: Re: +7 t AMZR 4 l l dq4 -0432 First American Title Insurance Company 2i01 FOURTH AVENUE, surrz 800 • SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 91121.2397 • (206) 728-0400 • FAX (206) 728:7220 -I Fax No.: 1 ata4 l 1.3-d-400 ii3rcithL1-141-4- Company: C 4- of 7� IC�Ui 1 Phone No.: Message: FROM THE DESK OF: Escrow Department (206) 615 -3256 fax (206) 728-7220 fax (206) 448 -6249 Time: Pages (including this cover page): Jo RECEIVED MAR 0 3 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT � :Ft..ista5i...'n�, �.u�,.g1:r.•.SOZ:tmtt�rM^ :Y iJ.T1T.�RiY'J.•iM' 03/03/2000 09:27 FAX C AFTER RECORDING MAIL TO: MWt NORTW.EST, a Washington Limited Partnership 4949 S.W. Meadows Road, Ste. 675 Lake Oswego, OR 97035 Fled for Record at Ret;e7: of 3irat American Title /Seattle a !'irsfAa>rericw title Escrow Number: 44915CLA •'• Lrerrnarae Caaa'aay Statutory Warranty Deed Grentor(s): 8511 INVESTMENT COMPANY, A WASHINGTON GENERAL PARTNERSHIP, F. S. JONES CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC., A WASHINGTON CORPORATION Grantee(s): MT&K NORTHWEST, A WASHINGTON LIMITED PARTNERSHIP Abbreviated Legal: UNIT K, BLDG 3, UPLAND DRIVE BUSINESS PARK CONDO., VOL. 31, . 73 - 74. 1 a.. _ :i �-,) Additional legal(s) =Page: 34s 1yf f Asaesaor's Tea Parcel Number(s): en3510 O11O - • THE GRANTOR FISH INVESTMENT COMPANY, A WASHINGTON GENERAL PARTNERSHIP AND F. S. JONES CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC., A WASHINGTON CORPORATION ez • for and is consideration of TEN DOLLARS AND OTHER GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION m in hand paid, conveys and warrants to MDR Northwest, a Washington Limited Partnership • the following described real estate, situated in the County of KING , State of Washington: tv UNIT tt, BUILDING 3, OF UPLAND DRIVE BUSINESS PARK, A CONDOMINIUM, ACCORDING • TO DECLARATION THEREOF RECORDED UNDER KING COUNTY RECORDING NO.. 7904260924 v AND ANY AMENDMENT THERETO; SAID UNIT IS LOCATED ON SURVEY MAP AND PLANS d FILED IN voLUME 31 OF CONDOMINIUMS, AT PAGES 73 THROUGH 74, IN KING COUNTY, WASNLNGYON. FOR TERMS, cONVENANTS, CONDITIONS, RESTRICTIONS AND EASEMSNTS of RECORD, ATTACHED HERETO AND MADE A PART HEREOF. Dated this 14 day of F;h(ufi�(i� By BSH INVESTMENT COMPANY, A 7 WASHINGTON GENERAL P NERS .P • '111111111111111N1111 211111192111008411 M. e mar IliRlQNV t MOO � Me 11735751 2 N ,FIN 9y , crbert - , Genera Partner STAN OF WASHING'roN ) 8s. County of King c'�NSiiiG�;.3"•a im_' iiC: Y' �x!'; �y�� h�';; ` M t rti ?k;t.a.rt1 ✓.+ S ig,FYr 'C�,'*P'ay.'+Lr "f�fy ,s cn:dl ". +N:tr'Ru....rd' .+1. �L $. -.,.Gus, r..�. yy��..�5ryy��� d Pena eel or NI E. 1 Sanders, Genc . Partner by Karen Lou Sanders Rowe, Attorney B in fact. On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the Seale of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, Herbert J. Rittman, and David Hasson to me inrown to be the individuals described hi and who exeacod the foregoing insrnunent, as General miners of the BSH INVESTMENT COMPANY and acknowledged to rat that they signed and sealed this said tnauument as their free and voluntary act and dead for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and oat oath stated they are authorized to execute the said Instrument. Given under my hand and official seal this /(p day of February, 00 i L. AS.... Candy . oo ? y \a3iov '. . d9 e 0 ta i B Notary Public and for the State Of WASHINGTON _ �=.. . "ko' Residing at Tukwila f V 8 4 ;10 ?AR,y. p� Si, n My app expires: 11/o6/2002 in � i i PUBLIC 11 I OF Wtit'' Pitt 1 1.1B•10 lQ 002 .•' ` iAll} ftAG. 4la!y,:nNUtrSi4>i➢i:/ie?]e;�F.k NStYdtw' 'N \i N't.��'F.121i,�,�1"�i,1.�i� y 03/03/2000 09:28 FAX ATTACHED TO and made a pan of STATUTORY WARRANTY DEED By DSH investme0t Catopany, aW 1 L n Central Pert BY 17 via Hasson, General Par ner By F. S. Jones Cmtsuuetioo Company, INC„ a Washington Corporation STATE OF County of Dated: Firuary /r1 ?. oQV Carmen /Preeidel/Director WASHINGTON King I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that signed this instrument. on oath stated that authorized to execute the instNtecnt and acknowledged it as the of to be the free and voluntary aet of such parry far the uses and purposes mentioned in this instrument. Dated: February , 2000 STATE OF CALIFORNIA County of P •Q rs ref, i hat 1 c r,Ly that i know or have satisfactory evidence that Julio Jones is the person _ who appeared before me, and said person _ acknowledged that she signed this Instrument, on oath stated that she in authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledge it as the of F. S. Jones Construction Company to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned i this instrument. 7.l g �> si� Notary Public in and lur the Site of CALIFORNIA Residing al PRIM ,7, .,c q My appointment explicit: r: /i n�. . DQ I WAYNE A. WALTER Commission • 1111118 No-ay Punk • Cotifanle rvwikto County vY :om.r Sacks sap 10. VI Notary Public In and for the State of WASHINGTON Residing at My appointment expires: lQ 003 JAW ' riti� 2 lzY; anY. i6itSr2: AAtti: �' 7: scnlYRSkv; 1: �F :1'tiwtt7+�Aii+lts'aw;i'?,'�5,}' ' 03/03/2000 09:28 FAX +~ C•V STATE OF WASHINGTON, Ss County of KING On this 16th - day of February AI 2000 . I rite pemmalh appeared Karen_ Lou S �rG H sJ to me known to be the indtntdual who c'rwtcd the foregoing instrument as Attorney in Fact for E . May aS.an dara_ — , and acknowledged that (he /she) signed the same as 1h,xftcr) free and voluntary act and deed as Atturnc) in F A A tor said mini ins' for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that the Power of Attorney motion/mg the evewtu,n td thts .strument has rot been revoked and that said principal is now hvtnr and it not insane GIVEN under my hand and official seat the day and year Lost above written STATE OF WASHINGTON, } SS County of 0 •,er- On this day of 19 , helm me personally appealed o. executed t foregoing Instrument for self and as Fact for Attorney ut CO � i Y and acknowledged that .tl!nrrl and sealed the •ante as t v free and voluntary ct and de f or self and also a. r� ry ties and voluntary w,, and deed GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day and year last above written WA•46B (11/96) Im 004 Nornr r i Tt r lg i aarr of K lul,�arn, retnhr 1 My appuinunent expire. 1 1 / 05/D2 ACKNOWLEDGMENT - Sel1 & Attorney to Fact to mt known to be the individual dessrthed in and Hho as Attorney in Fact for said principal for the uses and purposes therein mentioned. and on oath stated that the Pnwcr of Attorney authorizing the execution of this instrument has nat been revoked and that the sand principal is nowv limit and is not incungtetent Narary 1'wbfrr in arrd jar Me Starr ajWathuiyrun, residing at My apprnntmcni ezplres This ;urat is page of and is attached to -, tinted ACKNOWLEDGMENT - Attorney to Fact e ti • ua +;va; r;.rnh+vrra�: rti.?= N:K l 'Y: 03/03/2000 09:28 FAX WPM 0 0 0, !Pr10E%Fwa.�: n's�::,31S�t'$'.; fiF "Ali: Exhibit A SUBJECT TO: 'For terms, covenants, conditions, restrictions end easements of record, attached hereto and made a part hereof. RESTRICTIONS, CONDITIONS, DEDICATIONS, NOTES, EASEMENTS AND PROVISIONS CONTAINED AND /OR DELINEATED ON THE FACE OF THE PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 104 OF PLATS AT PAGE(S) 0 IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON. COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, RESTRICTIONS AND /OR EASEMENTS; BUT DELETING ANY COVENANT, CONDITION:OR REST::ICTION INDICATING A PREFERENCE, LIMITATION OR DISCRIMINATION BASED ON RACE, COLOR, RELIGION, SEX, HANDICAP, FAMILY STATUS, OR NATIONAL ORIGIN TO THE EXTENT SUCH COVENANTS, CONDITIONS OR RESTRICTIONS VIOLATE 42 USC 3604(C): RECORDED: OCTOBER 20, 1972 RECORDING NO.: 7210200584 COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, RESTRICTIONS, RESERVATIONS AND /OR EXCEPTIONS CONTAINED IN INSTRUMENT; BUT DELETING ANY COVENANT, CONDITION OR RESTRICTION INDICATING A PREFERENCE, LIMITATION OR DISCRIMINATION BASED ON RACE, COLOR, RELIGION, SEX, HANDICAP. FAMILY STATUS, OR NATIONAL ORIGIN TO THE EXTENT SUCH COVENANTS, CONDITIONS OR RESTRICTIONS VIOLATE 42 USC 3604(C): RECORDED: JUNE 8, 1978 RECORDING NO.: 7506080783 ' TERMS, PROVISIONS, REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATI$NS • CONTAINED IN THE HORIZONAL PROPERTY REGIMES ACT, N CHAPTER ].S6, LAWS OF 1963 (RCW 64.32) AS NOW AMENDED OR AS IT MAY HEREAFTER BE AMENDED. TERMS, PROVISIONS, COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, DEFINITIONS, OPTIONS, OBLIGATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED IN CONDOMINIUM DECLARATION AND AS MAY BE CONTAINED IN THE BY -LAWS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SAID DECLARATION: RECORDED: APRIL 26, 1979 RECORDING NO.; 7904260924 ANY ASSESSMENT NOW OR HEREAFTER LEVIED UNDER THE PROVISIONS Or' THE CONDOMINIUM DECLARATION OF UPLAND DRIVE BUSINLSS PARR CONDOMINIUM, OR ANY AMENDMENT IS) THERETO, OR UNDER THE BY -LAWS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SAID DECLARATION. EASE€NT% INCLUDING TERMS AND PROVISIONS CONTAINED THEREIN: RECORDED: JA NARY 6, 1919 RECORDING NO.: 7901080562 IN FAVOR OF: PUGET SOUND POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY FOR: UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION AND /OR DISTRTRUTION SYSTEM AFFECTS: AS CONSTRUCTED OR TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITHIN A PORTION OF THE COMMON ELEMENTS :JPado I )005 , 03/Q3/2000 09:29 FAX SURIEC: • COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, RESTRICTIONS, RESERVATIONS AND/OR EXCEPTIONS CONTAINED IN INSTRUMENT; BUT DELETING ANY COVENANT, CONDITION OR RESTRICTION INDICATING A PREFERENCE, LIMITATION OR DISCRIMINATION BASED ON RACE, COLOR. RELIGION, SEX, HANDICAP, FAMILY STATUS. OR NATIONAL ORIGIN TO THE EXTENT SUCH COVENANTS, CONDITIONS OR RESTRICTIONS VIOLATE 42 USC 3604(C): RECORDED: MACE 31, 1983 RECORDING NO.: 8303310610 NO DETERMINATION HAS BEEN MADE REGARDING THE CURRENT OWNERSHZP OF SAID RESERVED RIGHTS. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF BINDING SITE IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR UPLAND DRIVE PARK: RECORDED: SIPTEKBIR 6, 1984 RECORDING NO.: 8409040875 F.ASEMENT. INCLUDING TERMS AND PROVISIONS CONTAINED THEREIN: RECORDED: JULY 6, 1966 .. RECORDING NO; 6050874 FOR: ROAD, UNDERGROUND STORM AND SANITARY SEWERS. AND OTHER FACILITIES AFFECTS; 4 .11Z NORTHERLY 8.95 FEET OF THE COMMON ELEMENTS SA:D EASEMENT RIGHTS WERE CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF TUKWILA BY INSTRUMENTS RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NOS. 8507230567 AND 9.10413t4z, TERMS, PROVISIONS, COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, DEFINITIONS, OPTIONS, OBLIGATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED IN FIRST AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF UPLAND DRIVE BUSINESS PARK CONDOMINIUM: RECORDED:, FEBRUARY , 2000 RECORDING NO.: amilDC5;)10304O0 Reid iddleton R ECEIVED File No. 26-00-005-001-20b MAR 2 7 2000 C OMMUNITY Mr. Duane Griffin EVELOPMENT City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 March 23, 2000 Subject: Building Permit Plan Review - Final Submittal Parkway Supercenter Best Buy'Revision #1 (D99-0432) Dear Mr. Griffin: We reviewed the proposed project for compliance with the structural provisions of the 1997 Edition of the Uniform Building Code as amended and adopted by the City of Tukwila. The applicant has responded successfully to our comments. Enclosed are the drawings, structural calculations, geotechnical report, and correspondence from the engineer for your records. If you have any questions or require any additional clarification, please call. Sincerely, Reid Middleton, Inc. David B. Swanson, P.E., S.E. Director, Structural Engineering Group bjr\26se\planrevAukwila\ON00120b.doc\bf Enclosure cc: Jessica Coyle, Mulvanny Architects Dean Azimi, Tim Froelich Consulting Engineers Washington Oregon Alaska Reid Middleton, Inc. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741-3900 Engineers Planners Surveyors Reid iddleton March 20, 2000 File No. 26- 00- 005 - 001 -20 Dear Mr. Griffin: Mr. Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 R ECEIVED MAR 21 2000 DEV ELOPMENT Subject: Building Permit Plan Review - First Submittal Parkway Supercenter Best Buy, Revision #1 (D99 -0432) We reviewed the proposed revision for compliance with the structural provisions of the 1997 Edition of the Uniform Building Code as amended and adopted by the City of Tukwila. The following comments should be addressed by the permit applicant. A copy of this letter was forwarded to the project contact for your convenience. 1. The following list of comments should be responded to in itemized letter form. The permit applicant should have the Engineer of Record respond and resubmit two copies of revised structural drawings and one copy of supplemental calculations. All information should be submitted directly to Reid Middleton, Inc. The footing supporting the CMU wall was analyzed for a uniform bearing pressure and a resisting coupling friction force due to the footing and slab. Refer to calculation page 2. It appears the friction force below the slab and footing necessitates settlement of the wall and footing, and lateral movement of the slab. Therefore, the bearing pressure below the footing should be checked for the actual eccentric loading condition per UBC Section 1915.2.2. The maximum pressure in the triangular load distribution should not exceed the allowable bearing pressure, and overturning forces should be addressed. Calculations for the 4 -foot wide footing should also be submitted for our review. Corrections and comments made during the review process do not relieve the project applicant or designer from compliance with code requirements, conditions of approval, and permit requirements; nor is the designer relieved of responsibility for a complete design in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington. This plan review check is for general compliance with the Uniform Building Code as it relates to the project. If you have any questions or require any additional clarification, please call. Sincerely, Reid Middleton, Inc. 77 6 Dav4 B. Swanson, P.E., S.E. 1'C ie K. amatsuka, E.I.T. Director, Structural Engineering Group Pl Revi w Engineer bjr\ 26se\ planrevw \tukwila\00\t00120.doc\kky cc: Jessica Coyle, Mulvanny Architects Dean Azimi, Tim Froelich Consulting Engineers Washington Oregon Alaska Engineers Planners Surveyors Reid Middleton, Inc. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 Ph: 425 741 -3800 Fax: 425 741 -3900 JH/pb cc;624/ Bill Classon. Superintendent (WED) 3.15 00 14 :15/ST. 14 :14/NO. 4261372425 P 1 i.noit.,SD 'DEACON, ' 425-454-4882 • „ • •,. Mr. Ken Nelson • City ofTukwila • : • :,; • ••• Department of Community Development • • • 6300 SOuthcenter Blvd., Suite 10 • •.:' WA 98188 • ' • • • ... %III. • • • NA :7?0,, • iieur • -Saki • •••••• .48c H 1 )1 v S'PECIA'L P110JECTS March'15, 2000 n v I $ I 0 N RE: , Best Buy Stores ; • Tukwila, Washington S. D. Deacon Project No. 624 ear Mr..Nelson, 1 have been nOtified t that the City of Tukwila is reviewing the structural foundation details. provided to the city on March 13 We have also been told that this review may take up to ten days by the city's consultant. Per discussions with the city and the architect, we understand that the city will allow us to install four courses of block along the North and South walls prior to receiving the city's official approval. We understand that we will be constructing those walls at our own risk. If there are any changes requested by the city, S.D. Deacon and Best Buy will make such corrections at their own expense. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director March 13, 2000 Dave Swanson, P.E. Reid Middleton 728 134th Street SW, Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 Structural Review Parkway Supercenter - Best Buy M99 -0432) — Revision #1 Dear. Mr. Swanson: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Please review the enclosed plans and documents for structural compliance with the 1997 Uniform Building Code. If you should have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (206)431 -3672. Brenda Holt, Permit Coordinator encl xc: Permit File No. D99 -0432 iq.�. 42) Y.c -(, u1z4 c r few I 7,(0 —00 e::DOC) — DO(— 2) RECEIVED MAR 2 7 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT MAR 1 5 2000 RIID MIDDLETON -J 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206-431-3670 • Fax: 206-431-3665 Tukwila Building Division 6300 South Center Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 206-431-3670 BUILDING DIVISION REVEIW Date: 02/08/00 Ptoject Name: Best Buy building permit application Application #: D99 Plan Reviewer: Ken Nelsen, Plans Examiner Follow-up review on revised sheet AS-1 (dated 2/4/00), barrier free parking; The subject parking is located correctly, however the single stall is insufficient. Under . Tukwila Zoning and U.B.C. Washington State Amendment table 11-F, a new retail building is required to have five barrier free parking stalls. In this case, we will allow a minimum of two barrier free stalls to replace those parking stalls eliminated by this construction. On another subject, it has come to this Departments attention there is an intention to reuse the existing slab. Because of the integral part the design slab has to the new design footings, this subject must be address prior to issuing the permit. Regardless if the permit were to be issued before structural revisions are received, no construction may commence without the City of Tukwila's structural review and approval. No further comments at this time A R C H I T E C T S Ken Nelson Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division 6300 SouthCenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: Subject: Application # D99 -0432 Dear Ken: Parkway Supercenter Best Buy Southcenter Parkway and Minkler Tukwila, WA Project Number: 99 -3480 Per our phone conversation today, I am writing to let you know the status of the existing building slab. We have not formally received anything from the owner that says they will be using the existing slab, although we expect to here from the owner within the next 30 days what their decision is. I am requesting that you release the permit as shown. If the owner wants to reuse the existing slab as a construction base with a topping slab, we will revise the appropriate sections of the drawings and re- submit them to the "City" as a revision to the permit. Should you require any additional information regarding this matter, please contact me at 503 - 223 -8030. Thank you. Sincerely, MULVANNY ARCHITECTS RW01,0L- Brian R. Roberts Sr, Project Manager roI3 2 NIICEMID OFIUMA FEB 0 9 2000 PERIAIT CENTER V I Mulvanny Architects— Professional Service Corporation KOIN Center, 222 SW Columbia, #1250 Portland, OR 97201 Tel: 503.223.8030 Fax: 503.223.8381 www.mulvanny.com 1 hCorreet Mier 14 I revis60 Tukvvi1.1 Building Divic,ion 6300 SouithCesitet Blvd. TtukvvilA, WA 98188 20G-431-3670 BUILDING DIVISION REVEIVV.:••• . • Date:"• • • • • „ 02/08/00. - .• • •• . • PjLtPns H Best Buy building permk application APplication • D99-0432 • • • • Plan Reviewer: Ken Nelsen, Plans Examiner Follow-up review on revised sheet AS-1 (dated 2/4/00), barrier free parking; The subject parking is located correctly, however the single stall is insufficient.. Under Tukwila Zoning and U.B.C. Washington State Amendment table 11-F, a new retail building is required to have five barrier free parking stalls. In this case, we will allow a minimum of two barrier free stalls to replace those parking stalls eliminated by this construction. On another subject, it has come to this Departments attention there is an intention to reuse the existing slab. Because of the integral part the design slab has to the new design footings, this subject must be address prior to issuing the permit Regardless if the permit were to be issued before structural revisions are received, no construction may commence without the City of Tulcwila's structural review and approval. No further comments at this time. 99o/3 I iNC.Orrsa tetkr 14 1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 0 9 2000 PERMIT CENTER • 0 alEAC CWius.,....,,......... ,— .—....—......,____ ____..............—____.,_,.._„—.... .• . hovpy.tmtv, , , .,,..,, i.:.. ARCHITECTS MU LVA*Y RECEIVED 1,4 .:,., ,),..., ,..,„ ...,.' :. .4 .., 1 4 ci TO: ATTN: SUBJECT: WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: ED Express Delivery 0 Mail 0 Courier O Copy 0 Original O For Approval 0 For Information / Use Notes: Ken Nelsen Resubmission #3 FEB 9 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Department of Community Development DATE: 6300 Southcenter Blvd. PROJECT: Tukwila, WA 98188 PROJECT NO: PHONE: FAX: # PAGES: FROM: Ken, Please call if there are any questions or problems that arise. From: Document2 BELLEVUE SEATTLE PORTLAND C: STERLING TRANSMITTAL 2.8.00 Best Buy Tukwila Supercenter 99-3480 206.431.3670 206.431.3665 3 Jessica Coyle, Brian Roberts O Fax Only 0 Fax and Hard Copy O For Review/Comment 0 As Requested Quantity: 1 1 2 Date: 2.8.00 2.8.00 2.8.00 Description: Resubmission sheet Letter regarding slab work AS-1 with revision cloud #3 Thank you very much for your time. 4 19 ( i---0 1 132 Privileged a fidential Information: The information in this facsimile is intended only for the use of the recipient above named. Any wrongful review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this communication is strictly prohibited. If errors occur in transmission, or enclosures are not as noted, please notify us at once. BOSTON Mulvanny Architects — Professional Service Corporation KOIN Center, 222 SW Columbi Sr., #1250 Portland. OR 97201 Tel: 503.223.8030 Fax: 503.223.8381 www,mulvanny.00m RECEIVED CITY OF 'TUKWILA FEB 09 2000 PERMIT CENTETi Ihcorreci revw. TAIPEI February 2, 2000 Jessica Coyle KOIN Center 222 SW Columbia, #1250 Portland, OR 97201 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D99 -0432 Parkway Supercenter - Best Buy 17364 Southcenter Py Dear Ms. Coyle: This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Division. At this time, the Fire Department, Planning Division and Public Works Department have no comments regarding your application for permit. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. If your revision does not require revised plans but requires additional reports or other documentation, please submit four (4) copies of each document. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `revision sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206)431 -3672. Sincerely, Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl xc: File No. D99 -0432 Cii of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steven M.- Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - • Fax: 206.431.3665 January 28, .2000 File No. 26 -00- 005 - 001 -02 Mr. Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Building Permit Plan Review Final Submittal Parkway Supercenter — Best Buy (D99 -0432) Dear Mr. Griffin: We reviewed the proposed project for compliance with the structural provisions of the 1997 Edition of the Uniform Building Code as amended and adopted by the City of Tukwila. The applicant has responded successfully to our comments. Enclosed are the drawings, structural calculations, geotechnical report, and correspondence from the engineer for your records. If you have any questions or require any additional clarification, please call. Sincerely, Reid Middleton, Inc. David B. Swanson, P. E., S.E. Dir4ctor, Structural Engineering Group bjr\26se\pIanrevwAtukwilaIHNOO 1 r2.docVcky Enclosure cc: Jessica Coyle, Mulvanny Architects RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 3 1 2000 PERMIT CENTER Engineers Planners Surveyors Washington Oregon Alaska Reid Middleton, Inc. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 Ph: 425 741 -3800 Fax: 425 741 -3900 Reid iddleton January 14, 2000 File No. 26 -00- 005- 001 -01 General Foundations Mr. Duane Griffm City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Building Permit Plan Review - First Submittal Parkway Supercenter =Best Buy (D99- 0432);; Dear Mr. Griffin: We reviewed the proposed project for compliance with the structural provisions of the 1997 Edition of the Uniform Building Code as amended and adopted by the City of Tukwila. The following comments should be addressed by the permit applicant. A copy of this letter was forwarded to the project contact for your convenience. 1. The following list of comments should be responded to in itemized letter form. The permit applicant should have the Engineer of Record respond and resubmit two copies of revised structural drawings and one copy of supplemental calculations. All information should be submitted directly to Reid Middleton, Inc. 2. The general notes should reference the 1997 Uniform Building Code as amended by the City of Tukwila. 3. A place date of when the signature of the engineer's seal was signed and indication of license expiration should be placed adjacent to seal per WAC 196 -24 -095. 4. Page 4 of the geotechnical report by Geo Engineers recommends a minimum of 3 to 4 feet of compacted structural fill under spread footings. The general notes state the footings shall be founded on undisturbed soil or approved structural fill. The recommendations by Geo Engineers should be coordinated with the drawings. 5. It is unclear why a 20 percent increase for allowable soil bearing capacity is used on calculation page 2. Please clarify. RECEIVED JAN 1 9 2000 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Washington Oregon Alaska Engineers Planners Surveyors Reid Middleton, Inc. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 Ph: 425 741-3800 Fax: 425 741 -3900 Dave Swanson, P.E. Reid Middleton 728 134th Street SW, Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 RE: Structural Review Parkway Supercenter — Best Buy (D99 -0432) Dear Mr. Swanson: Please review the enclosed plans and documents for structural compliance with the 1997 Uniform Building Code. If you should have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (206)431 -3672. Brenda Holt, Permit Coordinator encl xc: Permit File No. D99 -0432 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431-3670 • Fax (206) 431-3665 Vertical Mr. Duane Griffin City of Tukwila January 14, 2000 File No. 26 -00- 005- 001 -01 Page 2 6. Calculations for the square concrete footings do not correspond with the Footing Schedule on Sheet S -0. Revised calculations with appropriate footing size, column size, and reinforcing should be submitted for our review. In addition, the footings should be checked for adequate strength to resist both one -way shear (beam action) and punching shear (two -way action) per UBC Section 1911.12. 7. Base plate calculations on pages 10 and 11 do not correspond with the base plate Schedule on Sheet S -0. In addition, calculations qualifying the design of the base plate shown in Detail 15/S -3 should be submitted for our review. Calculation page 41 requires (2) #5 bars at the top and at mid- height of the lintel; however, the Schedule on Sheet S -0 specifies for (2) #4 bars. . The columns on Grids B and G have unbalanced loads, and it is unclear whether it has been considered in design. In addition, columns with mechanical units on one side should be designed for eccentric loading. Corrections and comments made during the review process do not relieve the project applicant or designer from compliance with code requirements, conditions of approval, and permit requirements; nor is the designer relieved of responsibility for a complete design in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington. This plan review check is for general compliance with the Uniform Building Code as it relates to the project. If you have any questions or require any additional clarification, please call. Sincerely, iddleton, Inc. B. Swanson, .E. Director, Structural , eering Group bjr \26se\planrevw\tukwila \00\t001 r 1.doc \wad cc; Jessica Coyle, Mulvanny Architects Wade A. Damey, E.1 Plan Review Engineer Reid iddleton BUILDING DIVISION REVEIW Tukwila Building Division 6300 SouthCenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 206 -431 -3670 to: 02/01/00 PnojectName: Best Buy building permit application Application #: 099 -0432 Plan Reviewer: Ken Nelsen, Plans Examiner General review of the subject project has been completed: Only one remaining revision is required for approval of the current plans as follows. As noted earlier to the applicants, the Barrier Free parking must be moved adjacent to the building entrance and will not be approved to cross traffic areas. Please revise all applicable plan sheets to comply with U.B.C. Washington State Amendment Section 1107.1.6. No further comments at this time. Quantity: Date: Description: 2 12.22.99 Permit application set 2 12.22.99 Specification books 2 12.07.99 Energy Calculations 2 09.22.99 Structural Calculations 1 12.22.99 Mechanical Permit application MU LV Y ARCHITECTS TO: City of Tukwila Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 ATTN: Brenda Holt, Permit Coordinator SUBJECT: Mechanical Plan Check Submittal WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: Express Delivery ❑ Mail ❑ Courier Copy ❑ Original ❑ For Approval ❑ For Information / Use Notes: From: Privileged and Confidential Information: The information In this facsimile is intended only for the use of the recipient above named. Any wrongful review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this communication Is strictly prohibited. If errors occur in transmission, or enclosures are not as noted, please notify us at once. Document2 BELLEVUE J SEATTLE PORTLAND DATE: PROJECT: PROJECT NO: PHONE: FAX: # PAGES: FROM: c: STERLING 12.27.99 Best Buy Tukwila 99 -3480 206.431.3670 206.431.3665 Jessica Coyle, Brian Roberts ❑ Fax Only ❑ Fax and Hard Copy ® For Review /Comment ❑ As Requested BOSTON RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 8 1999 PERMIT CENTER TAIPEI Mulvanny Architects — Professional Service Corporation KOIN Center, 222 SW Columbia St., #1250 Portland, OR 97201 Tel: 503.223.8030 Fax; 503.223.8381 www.mulvanny.com MULVA ARCHITECTS TO: City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila WA 98188 ATTN: Brenda Holt, Permit Coordinator SUBJECT: Permit Application resubmission #1 WE ARE SENDING YOU THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: Express Delivery ❑ Mail ❑ Courier Copy ❑ Original ❑ For Approval ❑ For Information / Use Quantity: 4 1 Date: 12.22.99 12.22.99 Description: Permit application resubmission #1 revision sets Revision submittal application Notes: From: Document2 BELLEVUE Privileged an Con °dential Information: The information in this facsimile is intended only for the use of the recipient above named. wrongful review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this communication is strictly prohibited. If errors occur in transmission, or enclosures are not as noted, please notify us at once. SEATTLE PORTLAND DATE: PROJECT: PROJECT NO: PHONE: FAX: # PAGES: FROM: C: ❑ Fax Only ❑ Fax and Hard Copy ® For Review /Comment ❑ As Requested STERLING 12.22.99 Best Buy Tukwila 99 -3480 206.431.3670 206.431.3665 TRANSMITTAL Jessica Coyle, Brian Roberts DEC 2 8 1999 pE or CENTER BOSTON TAIPEI Mulvonny Architects — Professional Service Corporation KOIN Center, 222 SW Columbia St., #1250 Portland, OR 97201 Tel: 503.223.8030 Fax: 503.223.8381 www.mulvanny.com :WNirrxt;✓..wr.r.. ecember 16, 1999 Jessica Coyle KOIN Center 222 SW Columbia, #1250 Portland, OR 97201 RE: Letter of Incomplete Application #1 - Development Permit Application Number D99 -0432 Parkway Supercenter - Best Buy 17380 Southcenter Py Dear Ms. Coyle: Sincerely, Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl File: Permit File No. D99 -0432 1- ?:3.9 *War49 , ;.'4w M- ViZ Lfi.T C: City of Tukwila If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206)431 -3672. Building Division: Ken Nelson, Plans Examiner, at (206)431 -3677, if you have any questions regarding the following: 1. Barrier free parking will not be allowed to cross traffic area. Planning Division: Nora Gierloff, Associate Planner, at (206)431 -3141, if you have any questions regarding the following: 1. Provide landscape and irrigation plan for new parking lot. SF. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. If your revision does not require revised plans but requires additional reports or other documentation, please submit four (4) copies of each document. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on December 13, 1999 is determined to be incomplete. Before your permit application can begin the plan review process the following items need to be addressed. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431-3670 • Fax (206) 431-3665 s.+ John W Rants, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director DEPARTMENTS: Building Division ilk -3 �000 Public Works I E-1 Complete n TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Approved \PRROUI E.DOC 5/99 ;; ti�f'!Si �"'.�� �� �". ��;';' � ^2``i�r'�� "�y� It PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Fire Prevention Structural Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Approved with Conditions n Planning Division n No further Review Required ACTIVITY NUMBER: D99 -0432 DATE: 3 -20 -2000 PROJECT NAME SUPERCENTER BEST BUY SITE ADDRESS: 17364 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter# XX Revision # 3 After Permit Is Issued II n Permit Coordinator pi DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE:3 -21 -2000 Incomplete n Not Applicable Comments: DATE: DUE DATE 4 -18 -2000 Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE Approved Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) I I REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: a re��`ir'•i } �x`Z, k� j ";..S.;Y;LJ�, {it 4.:: �.cYli:l .iaL.Su vs�a,� /,`: 3Xi4t;7.9t.:�k�:.4• ! , f a � , r �yt ^4r. } ti 14 '� d Y 9 ��;: U,�i,'i34�r, t:r, ?�3.Li >v:7T'Q f }; }� },a�j�l!+�"��1n „aFi?.r��r :'.uw�Cip���' {�d5 PERMIT COOR Cpp� PLAN REVIEW�uU SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D99 -0432 DATE: 3 -17 -2000 PROJECT NAME: PARKWAY SUPERCENTER -BEST BUY SITE ADDRESS: 17364 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # XX Revision # 2 After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Buil id'ng Division 41 --24-00 Public Works n Fir � Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved 11,tK0t111.IXx' I Incomplete Structural Review Required v) n n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Planning Division Permit Coordinator to DUE DATE: 3-21 -2000 Not Applicable n Comments: No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE 4 -18 -2000 Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DEPARTMENTS: K04 B 'Iding Division #W L'- 3 - -0 Public Works Complete Please Route \PRROUI E.000 5/99 .u�`l. u::?., hli?� fWFi�k� d unc''1 w �t�, .a1z r.y.u't �h'.•: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Incomplete Structural Review Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved n Approved with Conditions Fire Prevention 2e,,1 ctkov, tructural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: , ALylttnv t��•]'�rj�iCYY tti 1Lt Ly ft PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Planning Division u No further Review Required ACTIVITY: NUMBER: D99 -0432 DATE: 3 -13 -2000 PROJECT NAME: PARKWAY SUPERCENTER -BEST BUY SITE ADDRESS: 17364 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # XX Revision # 1 After Permit Is Issued Permit Coordinator Not Applicable • DUE DATE:3-14 -2000 Comments: DATE: DUE DATE 4 -11 -2000 Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: JI � nY t,�� Y 4t {C . ' " J;(�Sy 1 A�H)���tw�Ii l 517ufL`I �� ti` :Ca 4 ;'„l�!2; }' a`Srs TY,±�'f�`_�r.9S!}��' 3'. :(Y {..a.}i { ;g5�.v .;add' ;` ' .u DEPARTMENTS: Building Division �C 210-60 n Public Works Complete Approved WKROUTE.DOC 5/99 PERMIT COORD COP PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D99 - 0432 DATE: 2 - - 2000 PROJECT NAME: PARKWAY SUPERCENTER BEST BUY Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # XX Response to Correction Letter #s rat 3 Revision # _ After Permit Is Issued Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTI G: Please Route Structural Review Required I I No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved with Conditions Planning Division Permit Coordinator Not Applicable DUE DATE: 2 -10 -2000 DUE DATE 3- 9-2000 II Not Approved (attach comments) I REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE Approved ri Approved with Conditions ri Not Approved (attach comments) ri REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: fi giKt 4u..,Y.»7&un1 .44 .;; 4 1:: i'atit :ili=S' . :V f. 0 DEPARTMENTS: ng Division - 5-oo Public Works \PRROUI[.DOC 5/99 cs'aaar4i.pig Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete T1 Incomplete n TUES /THURS ROUTI : Please Route Structural Review Required PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D99 -0432 PROJECT. NAME: PARKWAY SUPERCENTER BEST BUY Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X= Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # _ After Permit Is Issued n Permit Coordinator CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE Approved n Approved with Conditions S'Z'i " "$fI }Mtib. ne x't ;Mtttot t43i „txi St�3r ifflo t4 dv Planning Division n DUE DATE: 2 -8 -2000 Not Applicable n Comments: No further Review Required n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) DUE DATE 3 -7 -2000 Approved n Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) EI REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: 61,41� r :N r•+,- s�.< t y �'S`if F.r r °� 4: tt:• ��p1. �. �• SYka `P ,�:6S..%(���.4��..;f�:eYaIY.F � ;:rt su. vr%('el,'nir�.t�..2r�.�FS Response to Correction Letter DA TEi 12 -28 P ROJECT' NAME: PARKWAY SUPERCENTER -BEST BUY Original Plan Submittal XX Response to Incomplete Letter #:_ Revision #_ After Permit Is Issued UMBER: D99 -0432. • DEPARTMENTS: Builtli s Division 2 gi c _,, Public Works Igj MPG A9 12.-24-4'1 TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) V'RROUTE.DOC 5/99 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention t Str ctural P 1 -a-oo DETERMINATION N OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete I Incomplete ri Planning Divis on ii 2.-2.griLy Coordinator Structural Review Required No further Review Required DUE DATE: 12 -30 -99 Not Applicable ri Comments: n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE 1-27 -2000 Approved Approved with Conditions Not Ap roved (attach comments) 604 -*/ pytiAtd g ( REVIEWER'S INITIALS: ATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE Approved n Approved with Conditions ri Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: A tJi Approved \PRROUTE.DOC 5/99 at • �4( i +v r,;. i g r « . �t ra t ' .. ,�wr l •k ; y�� MVO " .. y p S �.�..�,�C �.��Y�3:: ,�� ` ti� rtJ r f5.i�'; ? v�:" �?�+ �ts�l�• �', � }•,.��'�1;r'�w''..`rt�n.4`�`�2. ,. }� �kc{'"! x: F�' x, ry^: �' fi11"' �` �C . i�# t '�'f�iiC`:S1X'`v��,Y^,S'`'.1`�t dq°':'�#�""';t '4Y'�' 1 r r .. �f3_�"'.'y.".:Ml ;kr� x• r. Pvt'.ah u v1 RMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ITY:_ NUMBER: D99- 0432 2.13- I)ECT : NAME:: PARKWAY SUPERCENTER -BEST BUY 'Original Plan Submittal: Response. to Incomplete Letter Response to Correction Letter # Revision# After ,Permit :Is Issued. DATE : DEPARTMENTS: Bui df ing Division e Prevent /Z - 4 - 4 t � Public Works A. Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 12 -14 -99 Complete n Incomplete 6114 Not Applicable ❑ Comments: �" 0 Weent ilk, tlY It ( 114Jaid /(— APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved n Approved with Conditions Pla ni n Division ,® Ned /z Permit Coordinator mg TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route n Structural Review Required n No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE 1 -11 -2000 Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE Not Approved (attach comments) E REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff Initials ' 3 13`2,0 00 . I CO & R I I Summary of Revision: S+lrucr�Jc Utl C11(0 Hg1: Cif rOd'S CI inot. p/ r,mcveik ;ail G rrefS Received By: Received B * (< c (Ass or.) Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff Initials I I I I Summary of Revision: Received By: Revision No. Revision No. Z Date Received Date Received .5-11-00 Yeti ie6k • . 4s..'r: l'i.'�'r,',::1:;..1r •::.:fir. MJV::":t/.. ?:if. ^. PROJECT NAME: es :2).0\ Site Address: t"Th Sou ce4 4 — Trk••1.4) REVISION LOG Staff Initials Summary of Revision: S i l i p u r A v ► r o t A TOLRA e V is i uvt s 0-100Y1 tJor4h d Sov -, woi . Sealed olepsi% IS. Staff Initials Summary of Revision: e b► ►k . r.R • v • r reS : It \Yr :h`k'hr� or: Y•YH,IsYI�.n. T•t,LLtlriv ;N.m. w..^!. r.. + +.....w Received B ons. • Ker N - Sdn Received By PER` NO:. t O'! 2 Original Issue Date: 2 2000 Date Issued Date Issued to 1 OY1 cct • h Staff Initials — "TS C (As (please print) Staff Initials CAA-- 1Z, u r �A please print) (please print) (please print) Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff initials Summary of Revision: Received By: i (please print) I Soil City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Date: 20- HA - dO Plan Check/Permit Number: - O L TYZ— O Response to Incomplete Letter # 0 Response to Correction Letter # ja Revision # 3 after Permit is Issued Project Name: - 13Es - r Project Address: - 7 kt Sc, 01 Nn Contact Person: S s r\ 5 %1 S . SAt A(S" A 0 E.- . FO N> ATI S LAT3 STE-/-■ (.".) t Tr., NA..) 14 CU-144 s - TA e_ I FCE S T x) 0 -Tor_ 7 .--Entered in Sierra on JA lg ?ACE CYC IA 4f—e/ 9 , %/7 - - R42 ( E: A.) Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Summary of Revision: Li 1 , I . A'■34 LE To G-1/) I 1 14 T Act4P-vE.N) C F LTD 'TO LAE --tENN r" Ca, Cra ts /NJ Sheet Number(s): • S" S "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 1 c ) Lti 014 - - . 1'1 C iit 06/29/99 John W-lants, Major Steve Lancaster, Director PERMIT CENTER 6.300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431%3670 • Fax (206) 431-3665 . , • Phone Number. Z0(-. '2- -N RECEIVED. CITY OF TuKINILA 0 2000 - (4 C City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mall, fax, etc. Date: 1 - MAK- 0 V Plan Check/Permit Number: ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ® Revision # 2- after Permit is Issued uv�cVJ.h cW:,^etn';r4 ::}R'.RIS ; (INStY.4NN 5 1:Ki: WAVWKI OStli •Akt ,1417C.5!1I:4VO^S , ,ert! �FxS >: hA'a'fYA.`tYY +Y_'Yhiv45 }h Project Name: 13e s-r- R Project Address: I 0"T1A c n ►I Contact Person: 1 d' C' t A S S r,,.J Phone Number: ZO • S t'-I S Summary of Revision: !letezms I <∎LT't I GN F tC-iLh ?ATIC1'•-) Al Mil (^J ^ . ) - v L., L.- '10 rA ev,r Tb R S L i' n S - 1 Sheet Number(s): S - I "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by j; [12/ Entered in Sierra on 3' I Th 00 John WoRant , Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA !19!`,R 1 7 'MOO PERMIT CENTER 06/29/99 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 43113670 • Far (206) 431.3665 pt, IV REVISIC\ NO. MAR, - 2000 Date: 13 - M A -- o 0 Project Name: Project Address: Contact Person: 16U-S T3u k C lASsa.4 s rr1 cN.4vaX�k+� City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Revision iubmittals mast be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the maid fa; etc ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # 13 Revision # I after Permit is Issued Plan Check/Permit Number: 1 1 SouT4.4•cEN g.. PA WA. °ls tS5( Summary of Revision: . S1' • RA..)el A n - 2..e,\AstotvS Al -O■I.r N DQT4+ S ScloTvlwAt. . �C/a 1'tnE� EN G��n, Et_ -Q SEALen DE S ' „Entered in Sierra on 1 3� " IN;nnJ:.P'};a,�rsv.S?•2Y7'J' ir r. 1. 1 1? v0 7V'. Sr Ii�trnr. ryr�4tW+ tH' ti+ x. liV• fi6Yekdswarw^. �nvM�c .mwrx++. n .w • n........ .r.. , w.+r..rtiwi nv ev. °1at- 0%-1 ?2 • Phone N u m b e r : 2 o c,. 2 SS . c'-i S' John W. Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director RECEIVED CITY OF TU PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 1 1 1 ` r4 ifytte 06/29/99 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431,3670 • Far (206) 431 3665 XQF^ ti. ^i ;Jy .•f::n -,a r..n.,..V....._.._., .._... +..,wo •ert.• v x. Y: G�:f �. n:. 2':. TS4Y- 7..•9ytz'�'.'NCP:.J.SC+Tl1Y , � "C�Y.U°t {fid'1S!�L ".'1KiTC51.•e� FEB 08 '00 04 :29PM TUKWILA DCD /PW City of f Takwlla John W. Rents, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Unc stir, Director Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the nail, fax, etc Date: a • 8.00 Response to Incomplete Letter # . Response to Correction Letter # Pe I"ev 's�o�n Revision # after Permit is Issued . Plan Cheek/Permit Number hG q — 0452. •r.:.sr�Y.:rr,;an tm±an.anamt'Y!,3.'xi'1rR'_ i,.'m v P.3 Project Name: 1'V1T P U'' PARJ.VJkY SUPERCELATER Project Address: I1 '00 5our*r.E.KITEii. , Tu le ul ► i .4 IAt A 9 B • 1148 Contact Person: eiE S to Yt.E/ 441,1 12OP,EF[S Phone Number: ( 3) 223 —Ao 30 Summary of Revision; REV15 VAL Chu f? _* 40 • 4 r. • : • • STAet,S PRO% I toEO = - ruin SPAT ES ". SE, ATTACHE I i RMAP-bIPIA Sukt3 W0 • RECEIVED cnYOFTuKwuk Sheet Number(s): AS- I nUI'I014 CLOD D "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision 01 2000 Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 71 , \ ' t ADO PERM T n=NTER Entered in Sierra on 2- q_ ?OO C) 06/29/99 c w c.a... All - ?.J.u.11. TA/. 1pU#ww 091110 • /!/1A) 441.147f • Far. /9011f 471•11iAc Date: ( , 7. bd City of Tukwila ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ur.r aeGN.era>Ya,,w.t• wv::l1:!: : xitiVa YItil+:, rme,s At∎Jev1^:H3M."».M-artr`N-itr S oYn ts,swegto.wriglt!ks Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Plan Check/PermitNumber: q t 0 John W.- Rants, Mayor Project Name: 1✓ST 6U`(' PAt2kW SUpE1CeNT Project Address: t7 3 On 5 0 UTH GENTS R TU kW ► LA , i J A C1 1 AA Contact Person: J ASS CO `f L / F N A N Phone Number. ( 3) Z23 - b b 30 fkot Summary of Revision: R'I✓/N1oU E;b RAM 171 C AP PA Ni---N6 Siz,A t S ACIDS S TRAFFIC. AREA , 135R U13C INA51-1( 6 1 SST AMEND /Vin.rt SEC014 1107, 1 ✓o HANDIn PARK 0\16 SPACE RE�oGATD AoJACNt TO U I L171 N G CNTRD- Sheet Number(s): - "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by:'' X DC in Sierra on 7- 2.0 0 0 CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 7 2000 PFG4e7T rFn7TER 06/29/99 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431.3670 • Fax (206) 41313665 Date: 12/22/99 1. c: • .n , u• rr- .�s.xcata,•�v'+ ;awrr.�.�b.s'ra" ® Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 O Response to Correction Letter # O Revision # after Permit is Issued 3'i'aLC'S 1/I1 ,0,Z 4?l,V7 !P' !ieA ?.�aek -Y., W'ak!`(. +R�v.+ua.`nlnn t N'O :'. City of Tukwila Department of Community Development - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Plan Check/Permit Number: D99 -0432 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 2 8 1999 Project Name: PARKWAY SUPERCENTER — BEST BUTRMIT CENTEP Project Address: 1 80 Southcenter Py Contact Person: Jessica Coyle Phone Number: __L,5_22122 Summary of Revision: In response to Building Division comments: Per a phone conversation between Jessica Coyle and Ken Nelson on 12/22/99 the barrier'free parking on site needs to be resolved by the Parkway Superrenter Architert hefnre the final permit will be issued. No revision to drawings a1- this time. Tn response to Planning nitrisinrl comments: 1. Provided note on CS -1 that reads: "C1 -C6 for information only, not part of that reads: "This this permit ". SheetNumber(s): 12/22/99 Sheets CS1, C1 -C6 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by:1 sheet for information 12- in Sierra on I ) z3--cici this permit". Provided note only; on C -1 -C -F not part. of 12/16/99 Fire Department Review Control #D99 -0432 (512) Re: Best Buy - 17364 Southcenter Parkway Dear Sir: City of Tukwila Fire Department • December 16, 1999 John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. Portable fire extinguishers shall be securely installed on the hanger or in the bracket supplied, placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The extinguisher shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor and the clearance between the bottom of the extinguisher and the floor shall not be less than 4 inches. Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a si$n stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 5754439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 2 John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief 10, 1 -6.5) 2. No point in a sprinklered building may be more than 250 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 1004.2.5.2.2) Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 1003.3.1.5) Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) Obstructions, including storage, shall not be placed in the required width of an exit, except projections as permitted by the Building Code. Exits shall not be obstructed in any manner and shall remain free of any material or matter where its presence would obstruct . or render the exit hazardous. (UFC 1203) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (UFC 1207.3) Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 1207 -1212) Internally illuminated exit signs shall have both bulbs working at all times. (UBC 1003.2.8.4) Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of buildings. Aisles located within an accessible route of travel shall also comply with . the Building ode requirements for accessibility. (UFC 1204.1) Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 5754439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 3 .„, ,„ ,,,,? AY.' , ,,, e,v rit ci.CAV iwa !raw tteMMM:tite A trArovr.k ratntq.!450neo7Lrrtrni^40oteaf1ita fiP ,.• Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Exits shall be illuminated any time the building is occupied with light having an intensity of not less than 1 foot candle at floor level. Fixtures required for exit illumination shall be supplied from separate sources of power for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the exiting system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. (UBC 1003.2.9, 1003.29.2) When exit signs are required by The Building Code (see U.B.C. section 3314(A)), additional approved low level exit signs which are internally or externally illuminated, or self - luminous shall be provided in all interior exit corridors serving guest rooms of hotels in Group R, Division 1 occupancies. The bottom of the sign shall not be less than 6 inches or more than 8 inches above the floor level. For exit doors, the sign shall be on the door or adjacent to the door with the closest edge of the sign within 4 inches of the door frame. (UFC 1212.6) When two or more exits from a story are required and • when two or more exits froma room or an area are required, exit signs shall be illuminated. (UBC 1003.2.8.4) The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply. In the event of it's failure, illumination shall be automatically provided from an emergency system for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the means of egress system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. Such emergency systems shall be installed in accordance with the electrical code. (UBC 1003.9.2) Combustible material shall not be stored in exits or exit enclosures. (UFC 1103.3.2.3) All exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To John W. Rants, Mayor Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575•4404 • Fax (206) 575•4439 Page number 4 City of Tukwila Fire Department . + :Y?/+U�tttY*NTJYU Nets e....m.xn n.nn.wenaunr e..wa Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) 4. All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1742) (UFC 1001.3) John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 1 1/2 hours in case of primary power loss, the exit signs shall also be connected to an emergency electrical system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or an on site generator set, and the system shall be installed in accordance with the electrical code. (UBC 1003.2.8.5) Exit doors shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1207. Exit doors shall be maintained in an operable condition. Doors installed as part of required fire assemblies shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1112.2. (UFC 1207.1) 3. Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1742) Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 _......_. ......:....__......,.. o.., u.. n..•: r.. c.. ameaeosv�v ,�ae»v3 "srmyx Mina na atOlev...rcpxec.ftivi. eistwe ,. ease otemtw.nocrotiAinc2..nts wtt:ms orit*AgMeOM kBgetetSWAVIOV7 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 5 Maintain automatic fire detector coverage per N.F.P.A. 72. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding automatic fire detectors. Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) 5. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 6. Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 1111.1) John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Accumulation of combustible waste material is prohibited during the demolition phase of this project. Remove and properly dispose of all waste material prior to the close of the working day and as often throughout the day as needed. This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) .575-4404 • Fax (206) 3754439 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 57$4404 • Fax (206) 57$4439 Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtubs and/or shower 4 2 — Dental units or lavatory 1 1 -- Dishwasher 4 2 - Drinking fountain (each head) 1 1 *2 1.- Hose bibb or sill cock 5 3 - Laundry tub or clotheswasher 4 2 - Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 4 c3 Sink, clinic, flushing 10 10 - Sink, kitchen 4 2 Sink, other 4 2 1,. Sink wash, circle spray 4 4 - Urinal, flush tank 3 3 21. 1 Urinal, pedestal 10 10 — Urinal, wall or stall 5 5 '2_- I 0 Water closet tank 5 3 - Water closet, flush valve 10 6 (p CoO V19-LN3A Non- JLsidential Sewer Use Cert cation (To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections.) Pursuant to King County Ordinance No. 11034, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities after February 1, 1990 shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council but is limited by state law to $10.50 per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge Is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. The charge is collected semi - annually. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 684 -1740. (Please print or type) Owner's Name M*14 Not "%%WEST (Last, First, Middle Initial) KING COUNTY ^r Property Legal Address: Subdivision Name S ATI l k ME T Lot # Subdiv # Block # Property Street 9*VIAC 41TVP. CKW`f Address I - 1 # 300 SouTHCENTEtZb f4d'r 98 1331 City, State, Zip Tu1c1N1t.A, W, , Owner's Phone Number (505 ) � - Owner's Mailing Address: (if different from above) A461 NOFiiiwe T 4'14't SW MEAtoWs tab. 5TV .05 t-Ale* Oswee-47, biz 91035 Property Tax ID # UNIMI% ASNZIVAT101M Building Name (if applicable) SST PX'f @ rA1 N i ( SU?EFtCTF Party to be Billed (if different from owner) _f AULVA WOf AraA%T T Party's Mailing Address: (if different from property address) MO1. VANN ` 1 ' ARCHITECTS I' Pik - MARDI opt 912 o or Property Contact Phone # (503 ) 223 - 8030 City or Sewer District ' 7 .W t1.A Date of Connection Side Sewer Permit # RECEIVED CITY OF DEC 1 3 1999 A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units 20 1058 (Rev. 11/96) 4. RCE ;For Ktig;;Cqunt 'Account ``# Y P .• £ , Monthly Rate ? t 5 r Tf� 9 IS��Rh �yr�sj4� ( White - King County B. Other Wastewater Flow PERMI (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: Estimated Wastewater Discharge: Gallons /day Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gaVday) A B 187 RCE Yellow - Local Sewer Agency Pink - Sewer Customer RCE C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) I certify that the information given that the capacity charge levied information and any deviation will corrected data for determination charge. Signature of Owner/ Representative Print Name of Owner/ Representative is correct. I understand will be based on this require resubmission of of a revised capacity Date Part A (To Be Completed by Applicant) Purpose of Certificate: la Building Permit ❑ Preliminary Plat or PUD ❑ Other ❑ Short Subdivision ❑ Rezone Proposed Use: ❑ Residential Single Family ❑ Residential Multi - Family 131 Commercial ❑ Other Applicants Name: Mulvanny Architects Phone: ( 503) 223 -8030 Property Address or Approximate Location: Parkway Superr_entfar Legal Description(Attach Map and Legal Description if necessary): RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 1 9 1999 See Attached Map PERMIT CENTER Part B: (To Be Completed by Sewer Agency) 1. ❑ a. Sewer Service will be provided by side sewer connection only to an existing size sewer feet from the site and the sewer system has the capacity to serve the proposed use. OR ❑ b. Sewer service will require an improvement to the sewer system of: ❑ (1) feet of sewer trunk or lateral to reach the site; and /or ❑ (2) the construction of a collection system on the site; and /or ❑ (3) other (describe): 2. (Must be completed if 1.b above is checked) ❑ a. The sewer system improvement is in conformance with a County approved sewer comprehensive plan, OR ❑ b. The sewer system improvement will require a sewer comprehensive plan amendment. 3. ❑ a. The proposed project is within the corporate limits of the District, or has been granted Boundary Review Board approval for extension of service outside the District of city, OR ❑ b. Annexation or BRB approval will be necessary to provide service. 4. Service is subject to the following: a. District Connection Charges due prior to connection: GFC: $ LFC: $ UNIT: $ TOTAL: $ (Subject to Change on January 1st) King County /METRO Capacity Charge: Approximately $750 /residential equivalent will be billed directly by King County after connection to the sewer system. b. Easements: ❑ Required ❑ May be Required c. Other: By 14816 Military Road South P.O. Box 68063 Tukwila, WA 98168 (206) 242 -3236 Title Date CERTIFICATE OF SEWER AVAILABILITY /NON- AVAILABILITY ❑ Certificate of Sewer Availability OR CI Certificate of Sewer Non - Availability I hereby certify that the above sewer agency information is true. This certification shall be valid for one year from the date of signature. n z D mu 4, m N m STRANDER BLVD. D Z v m 33 -0 MINKLER BLVD. m SO. 180t` STREET RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 131999 PERMIT �:E' ti~ 13193.0L15 RC54152-0M (NAP I:62541524M (/')7 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INMATRIES REGISTERED AS PROVIDED BY LAW AS CONST CONT GENERAL REGIST. ;# EXP., DATE CC01 SDDEACW108NT 06/01/2000 'EFFECT:PIE :DATE: 08/30/1990 . •• S D DEACON CORP. OF WASHINGTON PO BOX 3070 BELLEVUE WA 98009 Iktacli And Display Cenificiiin REGISTERED AS PROVIDED BY. LAW AS CONST CONT GENERAL REGIST. # EXP. DATE CCO1 SDDEACW108NT 06/01/2000 EFFECTIVE DATE 08/30/1990 S D DEACON CORP OF WASHINGTON PO BOX 3070_ BELLEVUE, WA 98009 Signature Issued by DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES - - • ' ...._L.} ' .. Please Remove And Sign Identification Card Before Placina hi Billfold BEST BUY/PRKWAYUPERCENTER Best Buy Co. Contacts REAL ESTATE MANAGER: Ben Moore ( Tom Gyulay (612) 995-7869 BBC ARCHITECT: Jackolyn Cook -Haxby (612) 995-7015 STORE PLANNER: John Spray Jr. (612) 995-7276 PROJECT MANAGER: Dick Simmons (612) 963-0858 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER: Corky Berg (612) 995 -7231 FIXTURE SPECIALIST: Mick McGrorty (612) 995 - 7748 Architect MULVANNY ARCHITECTS KOIN Center 222 SW Columbia, # 1250 Phone: (503) 223 -8030 Fax: (503) 223-8381 EMAIL: brianr @mulvanny.com, jessicac @mulvanny.com Contacts: Brian Roberts, Jessica Coyle Structural Tim R. Froelich Consulting Engineers, Inc. 6969 SW Hampton Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 Phone: (503) 624 -7005 Fax: (503) 624-9770 EMAIL: fcetigrd @teleport.com Contacts: Faramarz Dindar - Azimi, P.E. (Dean) Vicinity Map TO RENTON . C ' y TO SEATTLE SOUTH CENTER Contacts: Mechanical: Greg Nelson Plumbing: Don Parrish Electrical: Steffenie May ANDOVER LIMA and Associates Inc. 222 S.W. Columbia, Suite 1275 Portland, Oregon 97201 Phone: (503) 295 -4995 Fax: (503) 295 -0503 EMAIL: limainc.com _ I ARKWAY CENTER TO TACOMA Mechanical / Electrical General Notes 1. ELECTRICAL PANELS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, ETC. LOCATED IN RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE BACKED WITH DRYWALL AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN RATING, CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WALL THICKNESS REQUIRED FOR ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, ETC, 2. PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS, BLOCKING, BRACING AND BACK -UP PLATES WHERE REQUIRED TO SUPPORT EQUIPMENT, MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS, LE., TYPICAL CASEWORK, CABINETS, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, ETC. S. ALL COLUMN LINES SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS WILL HAVE COLUMN LINE INDICATOR BUBBLES SHOWN ON THEM. THESE BUBBLES ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. THE COLUMNS ARE NUMBERED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. '.. 4. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. IP DIMENSIONS ARE IN QUESTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE' FOR OBTAINING CLARIFICATION FROM THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE CONTINUING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 1 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND COORDINATE ALL TRADES. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS AND REQUIRED CLEARANCES OF ALL EQUIPMENT (REFER TO DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND EQUIPMENT MANUALS ■ CUT SHEETS). 7. ALL SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND NOTES MARKED "TYPICAL" OR "TYP." SHALL APPLY IN ALL SIMILAR' CIRCUMSTANCES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, K THESE DRAWINGS DO NOT CONTAIN INFORMATION WITH REGARD TO CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PROCEDURES. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND/OR FEDERAL CONSTRUCTION SAFETY GUIDELINES, 9. THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF BEST BUY CORP. NO CHANGES TO THESE DOCUMENTS, EITHER IN WHOLE OR IN PART, MAYBE MADE WITHOUT THE KNOWLEDGE AND WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE INDIVIDUAL WHOSE NAME AND SIGNATURE APPEARS UPON THE DOCUMENTS. THE SCOPE OF WORK CONSISTS OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW BUILDING PORTION WITHIN AN EXISTING SHOPPING CENTER ON A PAD PREVIOUSLY PREPARED FOR CONSTRUCTION, ALSO INCLUDED ARE ALL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS FOR A BEST BUY STORE. WORK INCLUDES, C.M.U. EXTERIOR AND DEMISING WALLS, REINFORCED CONCRETE FOOTINGS, METAL FRAME CANOPIES, E.I.F.S. FACADE, SINGLE PLY ROOFING, METAL DECKING, STEEL BAR JOISTS, BEAMS AND COLUMNS. ALL NEW PLUMBING, MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND CONNECTIONS ARE TO BE PROVIDED. \ rim, Check cl.»I Vrom/s "(L anti alp w l ' uf ' il, 1, "7y .LI l 1 � � Ih � 1 a cf 1 p, Of ow By 1 ,tor s -- com Per 11111 No. ABATE PERMIT _♦ ]RED FOR. C HANICAL RICAL S P WMBING EJ. UN OAP; EC7 PIPING EL. ELEC, OF TUKWILA E4BV. UILDING DIVISION ENCL, E.P. Abbreviations L S 1 A,B. ACOUS. A,F,P. AGGR ALUM, ANOD. APPROX. ARCH. ASPIi. BD. BLDG, ILK. BLK'G. BM, BOT. B.U,R. CAB. C.B. CENT. CH. C.J. CLG. CLR. C.O. COL. CONC. CONN. CONSUL CENT, C.T. CTR. CTSK. DBL. DEPT. DST. DIA. DIM. DN. DR. D.S, DWG. EA. F.,I,F.S. UKWILA, WA. And ANGLE AT CENTERLINE DIAMETER OR ROUND PERPENDICULAR POUND OR NUMBER ANCHOR BOLT ACOUSTICAL ABOVE FINISH FLR, AGGREGATE ALUMINUM ANODIZED APPROXIMATE ARCHITECTURAL ASPHALT BOARD BUILDING BLOCK BLOCKING BEAM BOTTOM BUILT UP ROOF CABINET CATCH BASIN CEMENT CHANNEL CONTROL JOINT CEILING CLEAR CLEAN OUT COLUMN CONCRETE CONNECTION CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS CERAMIC TILE CENTER COUNTERSUNK DOUBLE DEPARTMENT DETAIL DIAMETER DIMENSION DOWN DOOR ' DOWNSPOUT DRAWING EAST EACH EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ELECTRICAL ELEVATOR ENCLOSURE ELECTRICAL PANEL 0 EQ. EQUIP. EXIST. EXPO. EXT. F.O.I.C. F.D. P.E. F.H. FIN. FLASH. FLR FLUOR. FOUND. PRM'G. FT. FTG. FURR. GA. GALV. G.C. GL. GND, GR. GP. G.W.B, GYP: HDWR. HDCP. HDWR. H.B. H.C. N.M. HERTZ. HR. Hr. MST, INSUL INT. LAM, LB. LOC. MATL. MAX. MFR. M.H. MECH. MIN, MISC. MTD. MTL, N, NO. N.T,S, EQUAL EQUIPMENT EXISTING EXPOSED EXTERIOR FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONT'R FLOOR DRAIN FIRE EATING. UISHSR FIRE HYDRANT FINISH FLASHING FLOOR FLUORESCENT FOUNDATION FRAMING FOOT OR FEET FOOTING FURRING GAUGE GALVANIZED GENERAL CONTRACTOR GLASS GROUND GRADE GROUP GYPSUM WALL BOARD GYPSUM HARDWARE HANDICAP HARDWOOD HOSE BIBB HOLLOW CORE HOLLOW METAL HORIZONTAL HOUR HEIGHT INSTALLATION INSULATION INTERIOR LAMINATED POUND LOCATION MATERIAL MAXIMUM MANUFACTURER MANHOLE MECHANICAL MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MOUNTED METAL NORTH NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NOT TO SCALE O.C. OJ OPP. I( VII 71 PL. PLYWD P.P. PLAIN R. R.D. REC. REF. RENE. REQ'D. RM. S. SCHED. SHT. SHTG. SIM. SPEC. SQ. STD, STL. STOR. STRUC. SUSP. S.& V. SVC. SYM. SHE T. T.C. TEL. T.& G. THK T.O.P. T.P. T.W. TYP. U.B.C. W. Wf WD. WOW. W/O W.P. W.R. WSCT, WT, ON CENTER. OVER OPPOSITE PLATE PLYWOOD POWER POLE PLASTIC LAMINATE RADIUS OR RISER ROOF DRAIN RECOMMENDED REFERENCE REINFORCED REQUIRED ROOM SOUTH SOLID CORE SCHEDULE SHEET SHEATHING SIMILAR SPECIFICATIONS SQUARE STAND 9SL/ IESORAdV STAIN AND VARNISH SERVICE SYMMETRICAL SIDEWALK TREAD TOP OF CURB TELEPHONE TONGUE AND GROOVE THICK TOP OF PLATE TOP OF PAVEMENT TOP OF WALL TYPICAL UNIFORM BUILDING CODE M. UNFINISHED U.O.N. UNLESSOTHERWI NOTED VERT. VERTICAL WEST WITH WOOD WINDOW WITHOUT WATERPROOF WATER RESISTANT WAINSCOT WEIGHT EM -I Sheet Index CS -I COVER SHEET Architectural AS -1 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN A -0 EXIT & EGRESS PLAN A -1 FLOOR PLAN A -2 ENLARGED FLOOR PLANS A -3 FLOOR COVERING PLAN A -4 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A -5 ROOF PLAN A -6 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A - 6.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS & OVERALL SECIT A -7 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -8 WALL SECTIONS A -9 WALL SECTIONS A -9.1 WALL SECTIONS A -9.2 WALL SECTIONS A -10 PLANS & ELEVATIONS AT STOREFRONT A -11 DETAILS A -12 DETAILS A -13 DETAILS A -14 DETAILS Fixture Plans F -I FIXTURE PLAN F -2 ENLARGED MILLWORK PLANS Structural S -0 STRUCTURAL NOTES S -I FOUNDATION PLAN S -2 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S -3 FOUNDATION DETAILS S -4 FRAMING SECTIONS & DETAILS S -5 FRAMING SECTIONS & DETAILS j ,, Mechanical M -1 HVAC ROOF PLAN M -2 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN M -3 ENLARGED PLUMBING PLANS & DETAILS M-4 HVAC FLOOR PLAN M -5 HVAC ELEVATIONS M -6 MECHANICAL DETAILS M -7 MECHANICAL DETAILS M -8 MECHANICAL DETAILS Electrical E-I 1 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E -2' POWER PLAN E -3 I ELECTRICAL LOW VOLTAGE FLOOR PLAN E-4 SECURITY SYSTEM LAYOUT E -5 PANEL BOARD SCHEDULES AND RISERS E -6 ELECTRICAL LEGENDS AND SCHEDULES E -7 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E -8 ELECTRICAL DETAILS EMS NOTES & SCHEDULES Civil C-I COVER SHEET C -2 PRELOAD] T,E,S.C. PLAN C -3 GRADING & STORM DRAINAGE PLAN C -4 SANITARY SEWER & WATERMAIN C -5 NOTES & DETAILS C -6 PRELOAD] T,E.S.C, PLAN Revisions A 12.22.99 PERMIT APPLICATION RESUBMISSION PI C1 -C6 FOR INFORMATION ONLY NOT PART OF THIS PERMIT: BECENED crtY oP TDRVmr 2 :1 13TI PEWNI CENTER D Inc__ (51r-14 r iris W Z W 0 Ct W r D C ) JAN 3 REID MIODL CS -1 TON 1 MOO \2 O 0 0 0 0 J w J Z 0 O 0 TENANT 3 350 S.F. 1111VM,Shs,Y7 �MISINIII 25,9'2 S.F. EXI ING I ENAN' 8 000 S.F. TSACK EASEMEN GYZE 6D 11,200 S.F. EXISTING S . S )) • U U 0 U 0 U 11 U 0 U 0 • ����► NOTE: - RI. H CANOPY, REF 2/A3.4 ITION TO EXISTING CONTRACTOR EXISTIN. SITE NO WORK T IS PERMIT 12,106 S. EXISTING CIMMILO DART sports 40,000 S.F. EXISTING NOTE: REPLACE, EXISTING PAVING REMOVED' FOR CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO RESTORE PROPER pRAINAGE 100' -r9't/ ELEV. SLOPE � SETBACK EASEMENT LOADING DOCC 6' CONC. ,PAD REF:, STRUCTURAL, RETAINING WALL e HANDRAIL AS R=Q'D BY CODE. RE: 1 /A-11 MAINTAIN MIN. 10' -0' FLAT AV WITH I/' SLOPE TO TRENCH DRAIN. R'_AR OF TRAILERS TO MEET FLUSH DOCK BUMPERS AND SEALS., Ne O PARTIAL PLAN - LOADING DOCK SCALE: NV =1'-0" LIMITS OF PAD PROPERTY LINE._ TYPE 'B' BOLLARDS -TYP. AS REED BY SITE CONDITIONS RE: 6 /A -II N® O SITE PLAN SCALE: 1"= 30' -0 NOTE: FOR CONTINUATION, SI E C PLANS. TRENCH DRAIN AT A 3% MIN. AS REQ'D BY CITY. CONNECT D TO SEWER 96' -0 ELEV. 4 6@ U ' U 0 O U O U (l U NOTE: 'SOUTH CENTER PARKWAY' ROAD LOCATED WEST OF PARKING LOT. FIRE SPRINKLER SANITARY SEVER ELECTRICAL _ COMPACTOR PAD 4@' x 10' x 6' CONC. P40 _ REEN�WTTI- 6 X 6 - -IU2S X W2.S UA111'1 MIN. 1316. 77 OvER 6' GRANULATED FILL, VERIFY W/STRUCT. 0 0 0 0 U 0 0 0 Fl 7 ND R COL TION N W STRIPING E OF EXISTING CURB TO BE IFIED BY CONTRACTOR MODIFIED CURB OUTLINE NEW STRIPING TO CONNECT TO EXISTING CONC. ACCESSIBLE PATH, VERIFY IN FIELD PLACE MN MAX. . 1• - — -- 0 „ / Ad - /4 411' N .r4 S j I Ink E01S, IMAINURB, ®' ricireer � �� 1� EW" � • 1111111r DA CU - - CUT I / to - ENTRY WALKS ING CURBS WALKS MAIN rr< OA '' *LI SCALE: 1 /11"= 1'41" GENERAL NOTES: I. THIS SITE PLAN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. TH •P C ,P RI VEWAYS, HTIN UTIL S A FULL DE ND PE 2. RELOCATED HANDICAP PARKING SPACE PER U.B.C. WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENT SECTION 1101.1.6. RMIT.. E 5 ' PE T AP ICA . 0 5 DATED 8- 15 -SE. ,1. PAD SEPARATE GN CRITERIA FOR SITE ACC , P- 'G L OUT • 'D LI 'TING. SITE SPECIFIC CONDITIONS AND BEST BUY SPECIFICATIONS ARE ALSO CRITERIA ALONG WITH THIS PLAN. 5. SHADED AREA INDICATES LIMIT OF WORK. �.•', TYPE 'B' BOLLARDS -TYP. AS REQ'D BY SITE CONDITIONS RS: 6 /A' -1l q ct1y431 "D99-0'i AECENED OM OF TUKN7IA ' FEB UFMOO PERMIT CENTER x to 3 � z 3 u] a a J y F P PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date ® 2.4.00 24 2.8.00 0 L L 0 SCALE: AS NOTED ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN AS-1 0 0 - Ne OO EXIT 4 EGRESS PLAN SCALE: 3/32' • I' -0' 0 SALES AREA 34' EGRESS WIDTH AMR MDIC. FIRE EXIT 91 iTP. LIFT CK STO • E ail 11 HATCH MDICATES pp��Ek1T PATH, fTTPJ /EXIT 1 / II-....:. 'F-7 . J S�IL7_J wIpTH I..1.:.:.....L_ .....L�. - _Ef_...:..�.-1 IET im ... . G....-_._.-,..r 1 aisF° I. Applicable Codes: A. Building: 1997 UBC with Amendments B. Plumbing: 1997 UPC with Washington Amendments C. Mechanical: 1997 Washington Mechanical Code D. Electrical: 1996 NEC . Fire: nergy: 1997 Washington State Energy Code G. ibility: ADA II. Occupancy Ty • A. Sales Area \�„- B. Accessory Sales (Stereo'I6M 1l) C. Storage /Stack/Receiving /Remaining III. Construction Type A. V -N B. Structural Fire Ratings Non Rated IV. Fire Suppression System FullhsptinklerP V. Building Height & Area A. HeigFht 1. Al(bwable - Two Story 2. Ac al Height One Story VI.. Building Area A. Sale Area - 39,062 S.F. B. Accessory Sales (Stereo Install) - 1,152 S.F. C. Stor a /Stack/Shipping/Remaining - 5 670 S.F. 45,884 S.F. cc pan Load A. Sale' Space(30) - 1302 B. Accessory Sales (Stereo Install)(30) 39 C. Storage /Stack/Shipping/Remaining(300) - 19 D. Total Occupants 1360 VIII. Exii Capacity (sales space) A. Number of Exits Required four B. Number of Exits Provided four C. EgrD s Width Required 261" D. Egrdss Width Provided 282" OcA- Ot4 IX. Arrangements of Exits A. Diagonal -310 Feet B. Furthest Distance Between Exits -181 Feet >1 /2 dia. C. Maximum Travel Distance -175 Feet X. Other Life Safety Considerations A. Corridor Width - 48 inch min. B. Dead End Corridor - 12' -6" C. Exit Width (1F.C. emergency light) - 44" - M (mercantile) - 53 (garage install) XI. Plumbing Fixture Analysis - S 1 (storage) A. Building Occupance for Plumbing Calculations 1. Occupant Load 45,883 / 200 = -230 occupants 2. Minimum Facilities Required a. Men 2 - Lavatories 2 - Water Closets 1 - Urinals b. Women 2 - Lavatories 3- Water Closets c. Drinking Fountains 1.- Drinking Fountains (handicap accessible) SQ. FT. CALCS "r" - 39,062 SF 5,670 SF 1,152 SF '''45,884 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST, F'IXT'URING DATE: EST, C.O. DATE: �z3 W F rn PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date A A A A RECEIVED COY OF nMWaA PEA.. CSNIEA SCALE: 3/32 = I' - EXIT & EGRESS PLAN A -0 PARTITION LEGEND O FILLED I EXPOSED CONCRETE BLOCK WALL CORE WITH INSULATION INTERIOR TO BE TOOLED FOR FINISHED SURFACE TO AT EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACES ToOL AS INTERIOR SZ IA SAME AS I, WITHOUT INSULATION IB SAME AB 1, WITH e' EXPOSED CONC. BLOCK AT EXTERIOR 'i\± <> POSTS CHAIN LINK FENCE TO 10' -0' A.F.F. • 6' -0' O.C. PROVIDE (2) DOUBLE ACTING GATES WITH PROVISIONS FOR 1/2' PAD LOCKS. BBC TO PROVIDE LOCKS. 396' STUDS • 16' O.C. TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK EXTEND A6' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. TO ROOF DECK WHERE DECK 19 EXPOSED TO VIEW. EXTEND 6/6', TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON CEILING SIDE TO 6' ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT, REFER TO NOTES 1 * 3 BELOW. = SAME AS 3 WITH THE 'ADDITION GP 3A 3h'. SOUND INSULATION FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO 6' ABOVE. SUSPENDED CEILING. O :111";•76.0.T-. P. BD. ON 3L16' i0 II' -6' AFF. SAME AS 4 WITH 1/4' GYP. BD. OVER 1/2' CDX PLYWOOD (PRE TREATED 4A AS REQUIRED BY CODE) IN LIEU CF G BD. AT ROOM SIDE OF WALL CT APE (FLOAT). _- 12' PLUMBING WALL 0/ ROWS OF 3 -6/8' MTL..106 • 16' O.C. W/ WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. PER LOCAL CODES. O �'•' 6 TYPE 'X GYP. BD, ON 6 • I6' O .C. i0 UNDERSID E O OP OOP DECK R = SAME AB 6 WITH THE ADDITION OF 6 COX 3/4' PLYWOOD TO S' -0' APP. ON THE ELECTRICAL ROOM NOE. PROVIDE FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. _ 8/e' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON 6' mil. STUDS 6B AT 16' O.C. TO. UNDERSIDE OP ROOF DECK FOR I HOUR ASSEMBLY FOR ULM68. SEAL TIGHT TO DECK AND PROTECT ALL PENETRATIONS. %• TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON STAGGERED 6' STUDS • 12' O.C. W/ WIRE MESH ON BOTH SIDES TO UNDER SIDE OP ROOF / DECK BOUND INSULATION FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK <> BOTH 3 STUDS AND +6' DRYWALL 91DE3 TO6' ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT. _ SAME AS 8 WITH THE ADDITION OF 34' BOUND INSULATION FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO 6' ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING. 3S6' STUDS AND E6' DRYWALL (ONE 90E) 6' ABOVE CEILING AND O TO 9 3/4' PLYWOOD (ELECTRICAL ROOM SIDE) FROM FLOOR TO 8' -0' AFF, PROVIDE FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. _ II 1/4' PLENUM WALL. USE (2) ROWS OF 10 3 6 /8' METAL STUDS • 24' 00. WITH 6 /e' TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. TO II' -6' AFF. INSTALL GYP. BD. • TOP OF PARTITION TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEAL FOR PLENUM, INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSION TO BE 10' MIN. -- (1 GYPSUM BOARD EACH WIDE OF 3 -5/8' METAL STUDS TO 8' -0' AFF. (NO CEILING) CORNER TILLERS PROVIDED AND O INSTALLED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR PAINTED PT -I BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR SEE SHEET P -I JOHNS MANVILLE EXPAND -O -CARD O STYLE F VERTICAL EXPANSION JOINT APPLICATION ACCORDING TO EXISTING CONDITIONS, INSTALL PER MANUF. SPECS NOTES I. PROVIDE DEEP LEG TOP TRACK NOT FASTENED TO STUDS TO ALLOW FOR VERTICAL EXPANSION OP WALLS N ROOT STRUCTURE. ADDITIONALLY, PROVIDE VERTICAL EXPANSION JOINTS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT CRACKS IN WALLS, 2. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL BRACING AT TOP OF WALLS 45 NEEDED AT LOW PARTITION WALLS THAT ARE FREE STANDING. 3, ALL WALLS FACING SALES AREA NEED TO HAVE ROTH GYP, BD, * STUDS EXTENDED TO THE IAIDERBIDE OP THE DECK (IIN.O,) " I A PROVIDE ADEQUATE 2X. WOOD BLOCKING IN FIXTURES, PLUMBING ACCESSORIES, ELECTRIC WATER COOLER MILLWORK, ELECTRIC PANELS, ROOF ACCESS LADDER ETC. S. AT ALL EXPOSED CORNERS IN SALES AREA PROVIDE CORNER PROTECTORS - REFER TO INTERIOR PIN. NOTE. 6. ROOF LADDER TO HAVE 051)4 APPROVED LADDER EXTENTION BEYOND ROOF LINE, NO ROOF', HATCH SHALL BE WITHIN 10' -0' OF OUTSIDE WALL. ,, PROVIDE 3/4' BC PLYWOOD OVER GYP. BD. BEHIND SHIPS LADDER (PAINTED). USE TIRE TREATED PLYWOOD WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. S. WHERE WALL TYPE DESIGNATIONS APPEAR ON BOTH SIDES OF DOORS AND /OR WINDOWS, WALL TYPE SHALL CONTINUE ABOVE FRAME TO CEILING OR STRICTURE AS APPLICABLE. HOSE BIB 81I ND 11) NOTE, CONTRO /A -II EU------ INSTALL C - � "- R d •, ■ LOADED COVER LLOG �ua:OVIDE Vl MOLD I FI "V Lp TMI DD( TOR' F£R MM6FAGNTER SPEC D LIrJE •.l _ - - 3 -m' 1 3' -0' 20 -,' -!' -m 9 ' iR' T • HRE&lOLD T D TiP. ALL EX. OORS. �� U®P®[ ai m ° la IF T IFT - STO SALES r ✓ L CU ' ` 0 ■■ it 7-2.. 11 1SI� VE9TIBIILE ' S ' a I_• IV llk7 . � ;I >'_Im g�rlml'f>•ium�af�ta1 "' fif�f �l IrefiiYurummt m mt•IF7m§ D 3 �]II I 3/45.1 JOINT PA Pal �1 0 © w CO GLASS WALL VESTIBULE TO II' -4' AFAR, WBALLED BY E RA CONTRACTOR 149 -0' /A -II 26'-4 R' FLOOR FINISH OUTLINE Ir -a _ =�1 11' -9' 4' -0 16'-0' GENERAL_ NOTES I. SPRINKLER RISER TO BE IN RECEIVING. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO F.O. STRUCTURE OR FRAMING, TYP. 3. ALL SALES FLOOR CASEWORK WILL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY BEST BUY CO. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL FIXTURE AND CASEWORK BASES TO RECEIVE 4' VINYL BASE. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 5. ALL WALLS AND COLUMNS TO RECEIVE 9. SENIERAL,Q0191951,00137R RESPONSIBLE 6. E)5 ENFAI6IE EREI DER AN N SION NITORS JOINT 10. 61R'AL4 ASIATIC. EXPANSION JINT D. SENERMCLOGSTRIAGSGETURSROvIDE 13EOGGINE NDS NOFBD. II. ALL PARTITIONS IN LEGEND MAY NOT BE USED. 3760 \ REGISTERED AR HITECI RIIY/: =LEE IE 666Gffff W 4 1 ! j ' m U a SCALE: SQ. FT. CALCS "'1L 39,062 SF STAOM[l: 5,670 SF wsTA�L: 1,152 SF MTA' 45,884 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE, 09.01.99 EST, F'IXTURING DATE: EST, 0.0, DAIS: PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date A A A A CIT/FT IU FERMI CENT.. 3/32 r 1,-0„ FLOOR PLAN A -1 BEST BUY /CONTRACTOR EQUIPMENT FURNISH /INSTALL SCHEDULE THE FOLLOWING PRODUCTS WILL BE FURNISHED BY BEST BUY TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS ACTIVITIES WITH BEST BUY 50 THAT A SUCCESFUL AND TIMELY INSTALLATION CAN BE THE FOLLOWING PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY BEST BUY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS ACTIVITIES WITH BEST BUY SO THAT A SUCCESSFUL AND TIMELY INSTALLATION CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED: ACCOMPLISHED: I. CART BUMPERS, POST AND RAILS. 2. VESTIBULE FLOORING, PATIOUE MATS, AND RUNNERS AT CUSTOMER SERVICE. 3. HIGH BAY (TYPE HA AND 4E INTERIOR METAL HALIDE FIXTURES AND MODULAR WIRING FOR SAME. 4. CARPET AND VCT. 5. SECTIONAL DOORS FOR INSTALL BAY AND ROLLING STEEL DOCK DOORS. 6. VINYL STRIP DOOR FOR TECH AREA 1. SECURITY GRILLE OR HURRICANE SHUTTER AT STOREFRONT. 6 CONCENTRIC DIFFUSERS. 9. ROOF TOP UNITS, CURBS, AND BURGLAR BARS FOR SAME. 10. CONDUITING FOR SECURITY SYSTEM, TELEPHONE SYSTEM, AND LOW VOLTAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. II. ELECTRICAL WALL SYSTEMS. 12. AOCUSTICAL WALL TILE. 13. STEEL DECK AND JOISTS (CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION, 14. BATHROOM ACCESSORIES AS DESCRIBED IN THE 'RESTROOM ACCESSORY LEGEND' THIS PAGE. 15. DOORS, JAMBS AND HARDWARE (TWIN CITY HARDWARE) AS DESCRIBED IN 'HARDWARE SCHEDULE' THIS PAGE. 16. IMPACT DOORS AND FRAME. 11. ENTRY MAT IN 091 BAY. 18. ALL PAINT TO BE BENJAMN MOORE PRODUCTS. I. COMPACTOR 2. AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE DOORS (GLAZING FOR AUTOMATIC DOORS TO BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR). 3. DOCK LEVELERS. 4. DOCK DOOR SEALS. 5. DOCK BUMPERS. 6. DOCK LIGHTS. 1. CHOCKS. E SIGNAGE (FREESTANDING PYLON, MONUMENT SIGNS AND WALL - MOUNTED SIGNS, ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY AND CONNECTION TO THE SIGNS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR 9. STORE FIXTURES. ( CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL VINYL BASE ON FIXTURES) 10 SECURITY SYSTEM (CONDUIT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, 11. TELEPHONE SYSTEM (CONDUIT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, 12. LOW VOLTAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (CONDUIT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR). RESTROOM ACCESSORY LEGEND FURNISHED BY BEST BUY INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR NO. DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS MOUNTING DIRECTIONS QI TOILET PAPER DISPENSER 1114. x 6251U. x 11'0. MOUNT HOT. 19' AFF. • Q2 ROLL TOWEL DISPENSER 12514. x 1125'W. x 105'0. 48' TO SLOT / OPERATOR • Q `J AIR FRESHNER 8.1514. x 325'W. x 3'D. MO NTNG HGT.12' AFF. • SOAP DISPENSER 10.15'4. x 5'W. x 45 MOUNTING HOT. 40' AFF. • U SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL MOUNTING HOT. 40' AFF. • © H.C. GRAB BARS SEE PLAN AND SECTIONS MOUNTNG HOT. 34' AFF. • Q DIAPER CHANGING TABLE 195'4 x 325•W x 1825'0 MOUNTING HOT. 34' AFF. • ® MIRROR 3' -0'H. x 1' - 6'W. 40' AFF. TO BOTTOM OF MIRROR • O9 STAINLESS STL. TRASH RECEPTACLE. 30 x 18'W. x 10'0. SURFACE MOUNT BELOW TOWEL DISPENSER ,• TOILET PARTITIONS SEE PLAN THIS SHEET • zA . -^ HOSE BIB TO 4' -0 COMPRESSOR RM MET' /AP O'N NEIddl ON 29' -2' LADDER FLOOR SINK HOSE EEL I II ABOVE. R RE: II A -II ..f; }SLOPE FLOOR 2' TO DRAIN ABOVE WINDOWS WI RAYNOR ROLLING DOORS MODEL FD WITH OF /OFISLATS I HR RATED FACE MOUNTED PUSHP TYPE NI0 4 TYPE 'E' DOOR' ES WITH FUSIBLE LINK - RELEASE N® OCAR STEREO INSTALL CCSI) ENLARGED FLAN SCALE: 1/4' • 1' -0' MENS 1103; SUPPLY 4 INSTALL 3/4' CDX PLYWOOD BEHIND LADDER CASEWORK PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, RE: 13 /A -II BREAK ROOM 1 1061 SUPPLY 4 INSTALL 1/4' PLYIWOD LAMINATED W/ FORMICA 'SURF 923.58 MATTE FINISH' UP TO 4'-0' AFF. PROVIDE 12' MOULDING CN TOP (INDICATED BY DASH LINES ON EXPOSED WALLS ONLY). / / N® OBreakroom /Restroom Enlarged Plan SCALE: 1/4' • 1' -0' 4 ' - 2 : NO PARKING' AND STRIPING BY S.C. TURNING RADIUS (TY, -TYPE 'B' BOL i SEE DTL. 6 /A -II PRP. TO 4' -0' AFF. ON WALL JANITORS S. AND CLEANING EQUIPMENT SUPPLY • INSTALL 1/4• PLYWOOD LAMINATED W/ FORMICA 'SURF 923 -58 MATTE FINISH' UP TO 4' -0' AFF. PROVIDE I2' MOULDING ON TOP ( NDICATED BY DASH LINES). 30'x48' MIN CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CASEWORK PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR RE: 16 /A -11 12'PLYWOO BACKING TO D ATTACH WALL MOUNTED PARTITIONS 60'x56' MIN CLEAR FLOOR SPACE PAINTSTRIP AND TENSA BARRIE BY BEST BUY BEHIND DOOR SCHEDULE NO. 101,4 101B 101E 1010 102 103 104 105 106 101 108A L 1088 1080 1080 IIIA IIIB IIIC IIID IIIE 112A 1120 112E EMERGENCY EXIT EMERGENCY EXIT 112D 113 114 115 1164 11615 1160 111 ROOM EXIT EXIT ENTRY ENTRY WOMEN'S MEN'S ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY EXIT BREAK RM. ROOF HATCH SERVICE DOOR RECEIVING OVERHEAD RECEIVES OVERHEAD COMPACTOR INSTALL OVERHEAD INSTALL OVERHEAD INSTALL INSTALL TO SALES COMPRESSOR ROOM IMPACT DOORS EMERGENCY EXIT COUNT. DOUN SALE DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY SECURITY GATE' EEC. GATE DOOR ACCESS DOOR 6' 0' ` - 19466ss'Y . OPENING ... TYPE A OPENING SIZE 1' -0' x T -0' 3' -0' x T -0' V -0 x 1' -0' x 1' -0' 2' -6' X 3' -0' 3' -0' x 1' -0 6' -0' x 10-0 8' -0' x10 3' -8'x 3' -8' 10'-0' x 10-0' 10-0' x 10'-0' 3' -0'x 3' -0' x 1' -0' x T -0' 1' -0' x 3' -0' x 1' -0' 3' -0' x 1' -0' 3' -4' x 1' -0' 3' -0' x T -0' 3' -0' x 1' -0' 32' -6' x 10-6' TO FIT OPENING DOOR MATERIALS FINISH., GL.. 4�.. ALUM. CL. ANOD. MASONRY OPEINI NG GL. 4'. ALUM. GL 4'. ALUM. CL. 1 ALUM. S.C. U1D: SL: WD. B.C. WM HM. S.C. WD. BI CO GALV HM. STL. STL STL STL STL. HM. HM. SO. WD. BY MANUF. 4M. HM. FITI. 5C. WD, B.C. WD. S.C. WD. ALUM. PART BD. GALV. STL. WINDOW TYPES WINDOW NOTES: I. WINDOWS WI 4 IU2 TO HAVE HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 2, TOP OF WINDOW FRAMES • WI 4 W2 TO ALIGN WITH TOP OF DOOR FRAME, TYP. 3. EACH LITE TO HAVE A MAXIMUM GLAZING AREA ON 1256 50. IN. 4. WINDOWS AND FRAMES TO BE FURNISHED UNDER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROGRAM. SEE FURNISH /INSTALL SCHEDULE THIS SHEET. 2' 2' 2' Y 20'20'20' N DOORS AS WINDOWS KYNAR RED CL. MOD: KYNAR fTD PAINTED BY MANUF. BY MANUF: PAINTED BY MANUF. BY MANUF. PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED HM. PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED, BY MANUF. LAMINATE FRAME MAIL. FINISH ALUM. CL. ANOD. ALUM. .ALUM. HM. HM. HM. 4M. HM. HM. STL. STL. STL. STL. STL. HIM 4M. HM. PAINTED HM. H.M. HM. HIM. STEEL KYNAR RED CL. MOD. K1NATE ROD PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED BY MANUF. BY MANUF. PAINTED BY MANUF. BY MANUF. PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED BY MANUF. PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED HM. ALUM. PAINTED BY MANUF. YP- A •I.P ® 0` 1 90 OPENING DAN. IT T EE pp AFF. 4� coMPAG OR 3'Xl' HMI COILING OVERHEAD PANEL HRDWR GROUP REMARKS 1 POUTER SLIDING W / TRANSOM 1 POWER SLIDING W/ TRANSOM 1 POWER SLIDING W/ TRANSOM mum SLID. W/ TP_ANBOM LUM.' 5 TO HAVE LOUVERED VENT PAINTED PAINTED 5 TO.HAVE LOUVERED VENT 4D TO HAVE LOUVERED VENT PAINTED PAINTED PAINTED 44 gRryypP � g1 T E � G O Y I N U I , SAF EXTENSI POST W/ VIEW HOLE BOTTOM • 4' -0' AFF. 9 ONE HOUR RATED 4D OMIT KICK PLATE, 3' UNDERCUT HEADER • 9' -0' HM. INM. 4 4C 4c 4C ONE HOUR RATED 10 TO BE 2SECTIONS BY G.C. / CAB. LATCH 9Ea G F AgVERTIC - HUNG NOTES: I. ALL DOORS, FRAMES OR STRUCTURAL COLUMNS BELOW JOIST TO BE OIL BASE SEMI - GLOSS. DOOR TYPES 8'x24 VISION PANEL TYPE- F HI -LIFT OVE N m O 3 5. GWD FU�L DOOR H/ M 3X7' HMI ABBREVIATION ACT -I ACT -2 CT -I CT, CT -3 PT -1 PT -2 FT-6 VCT -I VCT -2 VCT -3 VCT -4 VCT -5 VCT -6 CA -1 ENTRY CARPET MT PLAM -1 PLAM -2 PLAM -3 SC EPDXY NO. ROOM 101 VESTIBULE 102 WOMEN'S 103 MEN'S 104 ELECTRICAL 105 CORRIDOR 106 BREAK ROO -I 101 JANITOR 108 RECEIVING 109 ELECTRICAL 110A LIFT TRUCK 11015 LIFT TRUCK 1100 LIFT TRUCK IIIA STEREO INSTALL IIIB COMPRESSOR 112 SALES AREA 13 COUNT DOUN 114 SALES DEV. 119 COMMUNICATION 116 SECURITY DESCRIPTION 2,4' FISSURED, MINERAL FIBER SUSPENDED CEILING, USG INTERIORS 'AURATONE OMNI', WHITE. 2'x2' CAST, FINE TEXTURED MINERAL SUSPENDED CEILING. PRODUCT: PROVIDE 'FROST CHEX /36 PANELS,' BY USG INTERIORS, INC. USE THE CENTRICTEE SUSPENSION SYSTEM, BY USG INTERIORS, INC. COLOR UNITE (U. INTERIORS 1800) - 3639). 1'x1' CERAMIC FLOOR TILE. DAL -TILE •DK -141, BUFFSTONE RANGE. 4'x4' CERAMIC WALL TILE AT FIELD. DAL -TILE X -135. 4'x4' CERAMIC WALL TILE AT STRIPE. DAL -TILE K -162, TEAL. ALL INTERIOR WALLS, COLUMNS, ETC. BELOW CEILING: BENJAMIN MOORE LATEX, SATIN FINISH, COLOR 9590, (I PRIME AND 2 FINISH COATS(. CEILINGS (INCLUDING STEEL DECK JOIST COLUMNS, BEAMS, SPRINKLER PIPE, ELECTRIC CONDUIT, ELECTRIC BOXES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, ETC: BENJAMIN MOORE, M -53 ENAMEL (DRYFALL), COLOR 9590. PIPE BOLLARDS TYPE 'B': BENJAMIN MOORE 543 (YELLOW), RE: 6 /A -II. ARMSTRONG 51941 ( POLOR WHITE(, 12,12,1/8' COMMERCIAL GRADE. ARMSTRONG 51910 (CLASSIC BLACK), 12,12,1/8' COMMERCIAL GRADE. ARMSTRONG 56823 (YELLOW(, 12'x12'x1/8' COMMERCIAL GRADE. ARMSTRONG 56806 (RED), 12'x12'x1/8' COMMERCIAL GRADE. ARMSTRONG 51821 (CARIBBEAN BLUE,, 12,12,1/8' COMMERCIAL GRADE. ARMSTRONG 51915 (CHARCOAL), 12,12,1/8 COMMERCIAL GRADE. MILLIKEN STRIKECFF CI16194-55 3'x3' CARPET TILE WITH COMFORT PLUS BACKING. SUPERIOR MANUFACTURING GROUP, SIB ARROW TRAX • GRAY FORMICA 'SURF' 923 -58 MATTE FINISH. PLASTIC LAMINATE WAINSCOT FORMICA 'NILE GREEN' 942, MATTE FINISH. TOILET PARTITIONS AND VANITIES. FORMICA 'FOLLSTONE GRAFX' 501, MATTE FINISH. CABINETS. • COUNTERTOPS IN BREAK: ROOM. SEALED CONCRETE EPDXY COATED CONCRETE IN 051 BAY. GLIDDEN SLID GUARD 5240. BATTLESHIP GRAY W/ SKIDTER ADDITIVE. ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FLOOR ENTRY MATTING CT -I CT -I PT -2 GYP. BD/ PT -2 SEALED CONC. CA -I ACT -1 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 CA -1 SEALED CONC. SEALED CONC. SEALED CONC. SEALED CONC. VCT -6 SEALED CONC. EPDXY EPDXY YCT•I, 2, 9, 4,946/ WI CA -I CA -I CA -I CA -I 1 NOTES. CY' A. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR CERAMIC TILE PATTERN IN PUBLIC RESTROOMS. B. ALL DOORS, FRAMES OR STRUCTURAL COLUMNS BELOW JOIST TO BE OIL BASE SEMI - GLOSS. KEY. CT -XX CERAMIC TILE VCT -XX • VINYL TILE PT -XX PAINT CA -. • CARPET WC -XO( WALL COVERING ACT -XX • ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE HARDWARE SCHEDULE HARDWARE GROUP 9 F1315168N- HEAVY WEIGHT HINGES NRP EXIT CONTROL DEVICE DETEX ECL 5030W) TRANSFORMER MEDECO RIM CYLINDER BY BBC, INST BY GC LCN CLOSER THRESHOLD SILL SWEEP WEATHER -STRIP SET W/ DRICAP HARDWARE GROUP 5 FBB168N- HEAVY WEIGHT HINGES NRP EXIT CONTROL DEVICE DETER ECL 5030 WITH TRANSFORMER MEDECO MORT. CYLINDER BY BBC TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. THRESHOLD SILL SWEEP WEATHER -STRIP SET W/ DRICAP DOOR VIEWER LCN THRIFTY CLOSER KICK PLATE 10' x 34' HARDWARE GROUP 5 FBBISEN- HEAVY WEIGHT HINGES KEYLOCK ENTRANCE HEAVY DUTY L -9453 MEDECO MORT. CYL.: BY BBC TO BE INSTALLED BY GO. CLOSER THRESHOLD SILL SWEEP WEATHER -STRIP SET W/ DRICAP KICK PLATE 10' x 34' HARDWARE GROUP •4 HINGES LOCKSET - D -80 MEDECO CYL.: BY BBC, INSTALLED BY G.C. LCN THRIFTY CLOSER WALL DOOR STOP SILENCERS DOOR VIEWER SILENCERS KICK PLATE 10' x 34' BOTH 910E8 ROOM FINISH LEGEND BASE 6' VINYL CT -2 CT -2 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL 6' VINYL WALL GLASS 4 PT -1 CT -2A CT -2,3 PT -I PT -1 PT -I PT -1 PT -I PT -I PT -I PT -I PT -1 PT -I PT -1 PT -1 PT -I PT -I PT -I li 1 14 2 PT -1 HARDWARE GROUP •4A SAME AS GROUP 0 4 EXCEPT PASSAGE SET DIO • NO VIEWER PR EA EA EA EA ST PR EA EA EA ST EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA ST EA PR EA EA EA EA EA EA EA HARDWARE GROUP 0 46 SAME AS GROUP 0 4 EXCEPT PRIVACY LOCK D40 4 NO VIEWER, PROVIDE DOOR SIGN 'REST ROOM' CEILING ACT -2 GYP. BD/ PT-2 GYP. BD/ PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 PT -2 NA. PT•2 ACT -1 ACT -I ACT -I ACT -I CEILING HIS 10-8' AFF. 9' -0' AFF. 9' -0' AFF. OPEN TO DECK 9' -0' AFF. 9' -0' AFF. OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK W -6' AFF. 8' -6' AFF. 8'-6' AFF. REMARKS CT TO T -0 AFF. NOTE A CT TO T -0' AFF. NOTE A FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD WALLS FULL PLAM. WAINSCOT TO 4'-0' AFF. FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD WALLS FULL PLAN. WAINSCOT TO 4' -0' AFF. FULL PLAM. WAINSCOT TO 4' -0' AFF. NO CEILING I/4•GWBVVGKI /L'MKt Kt AltV rwu (STUD WALL6 ONLY( TA PED SMOOTH. I/4' GWG UVI:K UL' MKC KCAItV M (STUD WALLS ONLY) TAPED SMOOTPH. I I /4'taURi UVGK I /L' YIKt KtAItV MIIIU (STUD WALL6 CNLY)TAPED SMOOTH. AFF. (E Gum WALLS vL• MMZ r ati My'V (STUD WALLS ONLY, TAPED SMOOTH. sale AS GROUP •4 EXC� LOCK D53 MEDECO CYL.: BY BBC - INSTALLED BY GC. VIEWER AT SECURITY ROOM ONLY HARDWARE GROUP •D SAME AS GROUP 4 EXCEPT ENTRANCE LOCK D10 NO MEDE UE R CYL.: BY BBC - INSTALLED BY G.C. HARDWARE GROUP 5 HINGES LON THRIFTY CLOSER WALL DOOR STOP PULL HANDLE PUSH/PULL PLATES 3' /,' x 15' OR 4' x 16' SILENCERS KICK PLATE IN x 34' PROVIDE DOOR SIGN 'MEN' OR 'WOMEN' PR EA EA EA EA EA EA EA HARDWARE GROUP •6 DEAD BOLT SINGLE CYLINDER MEDECO D11-020063626, BY BBC, INST BY GC HINGES (NRP) PULL HANDLE (INSIDE) WALL STOP IVa PR I EA HARDWARE GROUP 0 1 STANLEY DURA GLIDE '2000 MODEL 5 -2212 PROVIDE BREAKAWAY AT BOTH DOOR UNITS MEDECO CY, BY BBC, INSTALLED BY G.C. HARDWARE GROUP ELECTRIC OPERATION WITH SAFETY 3 BUTTON CONTROL VISION PANEL (CENTERED) PROVISION FOR MEDCO PADLOCK, PROVIDE LIMIT SWITCH INDICATING BOLT LOCK ENGAGEMENT HARDWARE GROUP 5 HINGES NRP (TAMPER PROOF( LOCKSET D-.52 PD MEDECO CYL.: BY BBC TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. SILENCERS PROVIDE 10' x 10' WIRE GLASS CLOSERS KICK PLATE 10' x 34' I PR • EA 1 EA ` 3 EA 1 EA P HARDWARE GROUP •0 MEDECO CYLINDER LOCK ON EXTERIOR BIDE OF GATE ONLY. DISPLAY WINDOW V l `ry •L�Y DISPLAY WINDOW I. 'WINDOWS' WO 4 1114 BY KAWNEER STYLE ISO OUTSWINGING, NO THRESHOLD. HARDWARE TO BE KEYLOCK TYPE- G HARDWARE NOTES: I. ALL LOCKSETS TO BE SCHLAGE. 2. HARDWARE FINISH TO BE 26D RHODES. 3. ALL EXIT DOORS (HARDWARE GROUP 1,21 SHARE INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITIES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO MOUNT DEVICE ON THE DOOR AND DRILL ALL RELATED HOLES FOR LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO TAKE PLACE FOR LOADING DOCK DOOR REQUIREMENTS SEE DETAIL 14/A-3.I. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO MOUNT WIRE AND MOUNT TRANSFORMER AT CCNvENIENT LOCATION. SQ. FT. CALLS 39,062 SF 5,670 SF 45,884 SF C4.5-45 co0cEirr DATE: PERMIT SET rev. date 10' ABOVE EACH FIRE EXIT. SPECIAL DOCK DOOR TRANSFORMER RECIUIREMENTe ARE; 120V/ IAMP. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FULL BUILDING PRE I ENLARGED DETECTION WIRES TO EACH EXIT DOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL ALSO FLOOR PLANS, PROVIDE CONDUIT PROTECTED LOW VOLTAGE WIRING SCHEDULES & FROM THE TRANSFORMER TO THE DEVICE. ELECTRIC', CONTRACTOR WALL MAKE ALL LOW VOLTAGE LEGENDS CONNECTIONS. INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED WITH PANICS. SEE GC. TECTION TO R D TR4C OVE VOT N® FLOOR PROTECTION PROVIDED BY GENERAL -6 ON C TH ONTRACTOR E OVER VOT -I AND VCT APPLIAN • FLOOR REFER TO I /A -3. SCALE: 3/32' • I' -0' FLOOR COVERING PLAN o ° ° rAi CERAMIC TILE THRESHOLD O BATHROOM DOORS TTP. FLOOR FINISI -I LEGEND it CA -I CARPET TILE ENTRY MAT CARPET TILE VCT- 1,2,3,4,646 VCT -I 4 6 IN 4'x4' PATTERN, SEE DETAIL 3/A -3. T C-I, SEALED CONCRETE W/EXF'OXY SEE ROOM FINISH LEGEND ON SHEET A -2 FOR DETAIL DESCRIPTION Of MATERIALS. Doict-00 CARPET GENEffAL NOTES SCALE. NONE I. SEE SHEET A -2 FOR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 1. G.C. TO PROVIDE INSTALL PROTECTION OF FLOOR MATERIALS AND CSI FLOOR AS SHOLLN BY DETAIL 1 /4-3. DURING CONSTRUCTION USE 4'x8' EN TS OF NW MASONITE 4 CUT TO FIT EXTENT CF THE AREAS SHOUN ON THE PLAN. DO NOT OVERLAP SHEETS. SMOOTH SIDE ON MASONITE DOUN. SECURE ALL SHEETS TOGETHER WITH DUCT TAPE. DO NOT TAPE SHEETS TO FLOOR ANY DAMAGE TO FLOOR IS STILL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. COORDINATE REMOVAL WITH BEST BUY Co. PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. ® FLOOR PROT. DTL. SCALE, NONE ��AR \mil \�I®�� .®®.U...®. 4r.. 7 6 ;;;; A / .... V ... 1 ► '' 2.1111111!111111111111I ,�► <s1 11111HHH1111III11H1iUi I IuI lhIIIIIIuI Iii II ♦�j. I.....■..■...■.■■......o . 1■ ■. ■ ■ ■.■■. ■..... ■ ■....i '!IIIIIIIIIIIIII!IIIIII ��•�.• ®emu■ ■■ ■■. ■.... DETAIL e TRACK FOCAL SCALE, NONE NOTE; TRANSITION PLATE TO BE, -8 GA. S.S. 1 12 x VTAP C. 6' O.C. COUNTER SUNK JOHNNONITE CARPET TO TILE REDUCER CTA -40 -K BLACK SEE ROOM FINISH LEGEND ON SHEET A -2 FOR DETAIL DESCRIPTION OP MATERIALS, CARPET TILE REDUCER CA -I APPLIANCE FLOORING TRANSITION SCALE, NONE CA -1 ® TILE/CARPET TO CONCRETE REDUCER SCALE, NONE CA -I VCT -2 PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date A ! 6 1 A A r L A -3 SCALE: 3/32" = 1' -0" FLOOR COVERING PLAN LIGHTING LEGEND SYN. TYPE GENERAL DE8CRIPTION W EXTERIOR LIGHTING. EXTERIOR LIGHTING A L UU FABRICATED SHROUD, PER DETAIL E -1, 0 HC METAL HALIDE. MOUNT • 18' -6' ARP. �+ FIB FLUORESCENT STRIP, FA 2' X 4' LAY -IN FLUORESCENT ® TROFFER FAI 2' X.4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER W/ DRYWALL RING DL DOCK LIGHT. FIXTURE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT ,__, PC STRIP, FBA. INSTALLED BY G.C. - FE 4-0'X 6 /4' L AY -N FLUORESCE FI XTURE WITH PERF LENS, NT RU FLUORESCENT STRIP. MOUNTED ON FIMURE IN HOME EATER AREA e 0 WASH THE WALL TH UPWAR2D8, 12 -0' . APP. EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHT ,I® EMERGENCY FLOOD LIGHT cp— 0 0 EXTERIOR GWB, PAIED TO MATCH (E) DOLO TYPICAL • 4SC VENTW/ INSECT SCREEN, TYPICAL RETURN EPS S' FROM FAGS, TYPICAL REF, ELECTRICAL FOR LIGHT TYPE, SIZE 4 LOCATION OVERFLOW DRAM, TYPIOAL ® O NREFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 3/32' 1' -0' °,--- --- ---- -v- --_ gy m,- ...r�»..- . �.- J...� AI30vE WEDGE SOFFIT TO BE PAINTED SAME COLOR A9 WEDGE FACADE O CJ ■M= 111■■ ■11111 11■11111♦1,111111111111111111111•11 SALES DEV, &fir - r A F RI BBON GRAFpHIC OALE 8 AREA 12' -0 AFF. TO BOTTOM I CORM - ROOM SECU 11 -0' vESTIBU E 0 16' -0' w_-1111111 N-- SUSPENDED RIBBOIN GRAPH' � �- ,0' -0' AFF. TO BOTTOM [ ]] I T 1 -l_: _....._1...:...`..__.x._:._...1 AK ROCC1 CART CART I IvmmomiIVJI.l lm$um= � ;';��� i►�.R inlli �4 I /1 1 4111—=1111 —I • ■I•■ ■■■NIENIM- ■III l ►� it �■ ■ ■. ■ ■ ■•i•. ■ ■ ■11 i „A•111........... F —S ^ •.” CF EG AT WINDtWI ELECTRICAL FOR SIZE. UOM 9 o / /n/, , J1//// /// /J //// /// A111111. :i: 11:11:11 ENLARGED VESTIBULE CEILING PLAN SCALE, N,T4. GENERAL NOTES L ALL SUSPE•DED BARER& TETTERS, SIGNS, ETC_ TO BE METALLED BY THE FIX'. CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL CGNIR4CTOR TO MACE FINAL POI ER CONNECTIONS 2. REFER TO PLAN SHEET E -4, ELECTRICAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL UFORMATIGH 3. ALL INTERIOR H,ID, LIGHTS TO BE MOUNTED • 18-6' AFF. TO BOTTOM Cf LIGHT FIXTURE CONDITIONS PERMITTING. IF NOT MOUNT ALL LIGHT FIXTURE BOTTOMS AT INFORM HEIGHT AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. COORDNATE WITH ARCHITECT AND ENGNEER BEFORE PROCEEDS*. LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL NOT BE MOUNTED LOVER THAN 14' -0' TO BORCM OF FIXTURE. 4. ALL INTERIOR HID. BALLAST TO BE ALIGNED FROM FRONT TO BACK W/ BALLAST PARALLEL TO FRONT WALL. ALL MODULAR FLEX WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO FACE THE BACK CF THE STORE, 5. FOR EXTERIOR BUILDING LGHTNG LOCATIONS, USE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS, H. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 1. DO NOT SCALE FROM THIS PLAN. COORDINATE ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. KEEP ROWS FOR HID. LIGHT FIXTURES GOING FROM FRONT TO BACK. B. HORE/E1ROBEB EXIT LIGHTS, EMERGENCY LENTS, ELECTRICAL BOXES FOR SIGNS ETC SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED N WALL GRAM M, BUT DIRECTLY BELOW WALL GRAPHICS, CCORDNATE WITH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS CN THE ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS AND FIXTURE PLANS, N USE lINEA I RATED CABLE, CONDUIT, BOXES, ETC IN PLENUM RATED WALLS AND CEILINGS ALL PENETRATIONS ARE TO BE COMPLETELY SEALED, IN, ANY ADDITIONAL EMERGENCY BATTERY LIGHTING HEADS, EMERGENCY BATTERY EXITS, OR ADJUSTMENTS THAT ARE REQUIRED BY THE AREA HAVNG JURISDICTION FOR THIS BUILDNG WILL BE FRONDED FOR BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IL GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FIRE - RESISTANT ENCLOSURE FOR ALL RECESS LIGHT FIXTURES N FIRE RATED CORRIDOR, SEE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS. 12. ELECTRICAL BOXES CN OPPOSITE SIDES of FIRE RATED'., WALL SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM CF 24' 13: ALL HOME RUB SHALL BE 3/4' CONDUIT INI -E80 OTHERWISE NOTED, 14. RN ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EGUIPMENT CONDUIT, AND DUCT WOW AS TIGHT TO THE DECK AS POSSIBLE; AND COORONATE THIS WORK WRH OTHER TRADES BEFORE PROCEEDING. IN. ALL CONDUITS, RACEWAYS, ELECTRICAL DUCTS AND BOXES AND EXPOSED LOW VOLTAGE WIRE SHALL BE Rat TRUE, PLUME, EGLARE TO THE BUILDING TIGHTLY WRAPPED OR FASTENED TO STRUCTURE. LOW VOLTAGE RNE OR EXPOSED WI. MUST BE HIDDEN FROM VIEW AND TIE WRAPPED TO THE STRUCTURE WITH UNITE WRAPS. TIE WRAPS MUST BE UNIFORMLY SPACES WITH ENOUGH WRAPS TO PREVENT WIRE FROM SAGGING' WIDER NO CIRCUMSTAECEB CAN EXPOSED WIRE BE RN IN FREE AIR OR AT DIAGONALS. 16- ALL DEVICES SHALL BE RECESSED AND CONDUITS CONCEALED UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE BEST BUY Co. n. INSTALL CURER RJRNIOHED VALANCE LIGHTS M GONDOLA FIXTURES AND COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE CONTRACTOR HVAC DUCT ZONE °' LINEAR LIGHT FIXTURES - °, SPRINKLER ZONE -. 2 X 2 ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING 6 SLOT FOR SECURITY GRILLE 41 PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date A ! � 0 A A 1 i A -4 RECENED CT/ QF TU%VNJ. FERHIT CENTER SCALE: 3/32" = 1' -0" REFLECTED CEILING PLAN O gill' JOI' ST BEARING ELEMENT 5 =4' °.0 OVETELOW SCUPPER B' -2' 4' -6I I/2' 5 A -12 I /00 LBS NMI WA-I- SCUPPER DOWN SPOUT AND SPLASH BLOCK FROM WEDGE ROOF - SEE DETAIL I /A. 6'-4' 2100 L. 2,200 LBS 9.- A -12 WALIOUAT PADS CONTINUOUS ROLL AT 0' WIDE ACCESS DOOR SEE DETAIL I9 /A -12 METAL FRAME GUARD 43' ASV. TA. 4 IL — WALKWAY PADS, CONTINUOUS ROLL AT 40' WIDE !TYPICAL AT ALL HVAC LOCATIONS; DRAIN 2 OVERFLOW DRAM, TYPICAL REFERENCE MEP. MO: REF. ELEVATION 16/4.10 is.261.2 woe= OVERFLOW SCUPPER 4P -0' Nd' P.i. P CKETB D BUILT UP WITH P.. PLTWOO 1 P.T. BLOCKMG IS MIN SLOPE AT CRICKET VALLEY, TTPI CA,I� A � AREA FOR SATELLITE DISH WEATHER HEAD RE THRU W L SCUPPER DOM SPOUT SPLASH BLOCK PROM D. ROOF - SEE DETAIL /A -I2 I2' 'DENS - DECK' COVER BOARD OVER ROOF, INSULATION UNDERNEATH MEMBRANE 24 24' WIDE AROUND OPEN AREA CF ROOF HATCH. WALL JOIST BE41¢ItYa BELOW ryOOF FMIBH THRU WALL SCUPPER DOWN SPOUT AND SPLASH BLOCK FROM ROOF 150 MBH INPUT 1 B' -6' 0 900 LIES 100 L. O mow ■ L1, Y �I —' 1, _ J EXIST (sl AI CANOPY .r . A BELOW THPoI WALL SCUPPER DOW '.. ELEMENT A JOIST • RING SPOUT AND cum. BLOCK I I � , FROM ROOF IL 1 __A �1 Riplq kali ' S P it — IY, � � ® ® � B SU COLUMN � — 12l' �/- 5 o iiiii PWD WALKWAY FOR SIGN HIGHPOI ROOF TO F ELECTRICAL CEng IN WEDGE CANOPY a eLow ® TYp, ELEMEN T B RF . V.b. ,,,,A ELPW, TV MI Ai IMF MI WY N e OROOF PLAN SCALE. 3/32' • I' -0' TH. WALL SCUPPER OCWN SPOUT AND SPLASH BLOCK FROM ROOF, TYPICAL ATI REAR 40-0' WEDGE SUPPORT COLUMN N ® O ROOF CANOPY PLAN SCALE: 3/32' • 1' -0' OLLER CAUOPT ROOF CONTINUOUS BEHIND WEDGE SUPPORT COLUMN, SLOPE TO DRAM S' -4 OVEFFLCW 6GUPPER RE. s /41.4 ® TYP. GENERAL NOTES L CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 062 B' CMU.'S ON ROOF IN VICINITY OF SATELLITE DISH WEATHER HEAD FOR TENANT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 2. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATIONS W/ STRUCTURAL LAYOUT T:W o(432 SQ. FT. CALCS 66T.1L39 062 SF 5,670 SF M4T.L�: 1,152 SF ' SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST. MIMING DATE: EST. O.O. DATE: PERMIT SET 12/08/99 EXTERIOR FINIS'I -I LEGEND O I B•. EXPOSED CMU SMOOTH FACE PANTED COLOR C -3 MILLER' 800311 OLDS FASHION N0 EIF6' SAND FINISH COLOR C -12. 'MILLER' 8801W STUDIO GRAY 2 2 8• EXF'OSED'CMU SPLIT FACE, SINGLE SCORE. PAINTED COLOR C -10 'BEHR' 31331.2 LYNX II BOLLARD TYPE 'A' GUST. FINISH BY MANUFACTURER 3 O SMOOTH FACE 4' EXPOSEDCMU PAINTED COLOR C -3 MILLER' 880311 OLDS FASHION I 12 BOLLARD TYPE 'B' PAINTED COLOR C -3 MILLER' 8803M OLDS FASHION O 8' EXPOSED 'CMU SPLIT FACE, SINGLE SCORE PAINTED COLOR C -1 MILLER' 823311 CRISP KHAKI <> PREFINIBHED CORRUGATED METAL SIDING COLOR TO BE CHOSEN FROM MANIA'S STANDARD COLORS, COLOR 8111. TO CENTER COLOR C -3 'MILLER 88031 OLDS FASHION 8' EXPOSED CMU 9100T14 PACE, SINGLE SCORE PAINTED COLOR C -1 'MILLER'. 0233M CRISP KHAKI irx 14 EIFS BAND FINISH COLOR C -1 MILLER' 82331 CRISP KHAKI O 6 8' EXPOSED CMU SPLIT FACE, SINGLE SCORE PAINTED COLOR 'BEN MOORE' •1442 BLACK 15 NOT USED 8' EXPOSED GNU SMOOTH FACE, SINGLE SCORE PAINTED COLOR 'BEN MOORE' •1442 BLACK Ib O 4' EXPOSED CMU 8100TH PACE PAINTED COLOR C -i 'MILLER' 82301 CRISP KHAKI O EIF9 BAND FINISH • DRYVIT CUSTOM COLOR 9766-100- 4 -II -1 11 8' EXPOSED 0.0.4 SPLIT PACE, SINGLE SCORE PAINTED COLOR C -2 MILLER' 880411 PAVEBTONE EIF9 • SAND FINISH COLOR C -4 MILLER 8802W THRESHOLD GRAY', Ne EIPS I • SAND FINISH ' COLOR C -11 'BEHR' 3/331 -1 PARTRIDGE WING O 9 EIFS SAND FINISH COLOR C -6 MILLER 8230 W SUNBAKED SAND 19 8' EXPOSED. CMU SPLIT FACE, 131.LE SCORE PAINTED COLOR C -8 'BEHR' 3441-3 MEMORY VIOLET _ T.O. MA90NRT 128' -8• - -_ S BEARING v 26 JOIT ' 8• - _ T.O. MASONRY COLUMN _ ygl e,H L\DD Imm'm� FLOOR TA: MASOI.IRY _ _ _ Nib JOIST BEARING �g]_ GRID L00 •2 — v FMISH FLOOR 100'_2'• O FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 113"'' =1' -0" METAL COPING. PA NT TO MATCH WEDGE IFS COLOR 136' -2' TA. trA PEs9G UIEDGE FACADE 128' -0' TA. FRAMING . UFDGE/ e �'// � %j�//� ELEMENT 'B'CONNEGIILN �G7 r, �1_3 -2' T.O_AMFR •� / /.'�/r'O. %S� © V CLEMENT 'A' • jU ( 8•j X 134' -8' T.O. TAMING •• %'�//.�//JAME �1 ELE MENTS 'B' M ! 1a4'$' TO. FR ..., - Itit ��E2IyG'/�" VELEMETU 'C' ' �� 1 � ' .f a .-l� = == 'r��ia= � � ! = = - lP 11111111.11/11111111111111111/ � ®� - .i•_.._.� __ : —..� — •• ,....._ ® ®- ®isp -1 iiiii 1 likim ii"ii a mo 0 O • NOTE: FLASHING AT ADJACENT BLDG.ITO BE JOHNS MA''':'IL_E EXPAND-0-0A. STYLE F VERTICAL EXPANSION JOMT APPLICATION ACCORDNG TO EXISTNG CONDITIONS, INSTALL PER MANUF. SPECS VERIFY COLUMN LOCATION WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS NOTE: FLASHING AT ADJACENT BLDG. TO BE JOHNS MANVILLE EXPAND- O -GARD STYLE F VERTICAL EXPANSION JONT APPLICATION ACCORDING TO EXI6TNG CONDITIONS, NSTALL PER MANUF. SPECS VG D AT ANGLE O BACK ELEVATION 1 1611 FRONT EL TS BEYOND Ake. 101111111111 am • 0 CON CURB TYP HOLL. METAL DOOR PANT T• MATCH ADJACENT CMU C HOLLOW METAL DOOR PAINT TO MATCH AD PROVIDE VIEW HOLE AT LOADING DOCK AREA BOLLARD TYPICAL. SEE 6 /A -II. HOLLCIU METAL DOOR PAINT TO MATCH ADJ. CMU m11111 1111111111 1111111 111j 243'-0' 21S SF SIGN PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY BEST BUY. 22' -0' x 13'-4' x 10' 3M PANAFLEX 940 FACE. SEE SIGN PACKAGE FOR SPECS AND GRAPHICS. ALL GRAPHICS TO BE 3M SCOTCHCAL TRANSLUCENT FILM. GREY - 172821, YELLOW - VTI328, BLACK - 3630 -22. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE FNAL CONNECTION FWD. BEHIND SIGN FOR MOUNTNG, REF. DETAIL NOTE: STRUCTURE ABOVE STOREFRONT GLAZING TO BE OTHER THAN CMU, REFERENCE STRUCTURAL o Docig I DO. BPOU TO BE GALVANIZED. '. STEEL PIPE ITO 8.0', SHEET MET ABOVE,TYP. PAINTED TOIMATCH ADJ. CMU. J B �II ® O CA P' ABOVE MAN SCUPPER I HOOaDF lb SF CAR STEREO INSTALL SIGN PROVIDED BY BEST MAl _ _ BUY, INSTALLATION BY _� = = -.a. ■ _.QIGN-CONTRACTOR -_ I�IE� _ -I- CAR STEREO INSTALL IllIINIM _ i' = ' OVERHEAD DOORS. _MN PAINT TO MATCH ADJ. C ' e _:= e = = . CAR 61080 ' NSTAL BAY' DOOR SIGNAGE BY BEST BUY, INSTALL TION BY CONTRACTOR' HOLLOW�.�.TAL DOOR PANT Tq' MATCH ADJ. GALL NOTE. FLASHING AT ADJACENT BLDG. TO BE JOHNS MANVILLE EXPAND -O -CARD STYLE F VERTICAL EXPANSION JOINT APPLICATION ACCORDNG TO EXISTING CONDITIONS, INSTALL PER MANUF. SPECS NOTES. 0-ALL CMU TO RECEIVE ELASTOMERIC COATRXU. SEE SPEC 0-ALL WAG'S SCREENED BY PARAPET 0-ALL CAP FLASHING PANTED TO MATCH ADJACENT COLOR • EXTERIOR PACE PREFINISHED CAP FLASH! , TYP. — 400 W METAL HALIDE SIB WALL PACK TYPICAL. NOTE. FLASHING AT ADJ CENT BLDG. JOHNS MANVILLE EXP • -O -GAIL STYLE F VERTICAL EXP • ION JOINT APPLICATION ACCORD TO EXIST CONDITIONS, INSTALL PE MAN1F. SPE 86 EO 111 w u.J SQ. FT. CA CS ' SF 5,670 SF wsr�a 1,152 SF TOT 45,884 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST. FIXTUR1NO DATE: EST. O.O. DA'Z'E: r r I • 1 r PERMIT SET 12/08/99 v r rev. date A A 0 A A 0 PFJ FNEC Gtiy: pF IIMWIA BEIIE' r yr PERMIT CENTE:: SCALE: 1/8 " =1'-0" EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -6 EXTERIOR FINISH LEGEND O SMOOTH e' EXPOSED CMU FACE PAINTED COLOR C -3 'MILLER' 88O3M OLDS FASHION 1O O EIF9 SAND FINISH COLOR C -12 'MILLER' 8801W STUDIO GRAY O 8' EXPOSED CMU SPLIT FACE, SINGLE SCORE PAINTED COLOR G -10 'BEHR' 3531 -2 LYNX II O BOLLARD TYPE 'A' GUST. FINISH BY MANUFACTURER 3 O S4MOOtH F ' EXPOSED ACE CMU PAINTED COLOR C -3 M R' ILLE 8803M OLDS FASHION 12 BOLLARD TYPE 'B' PAINTED COLOR C- 3'MILLER 0803M OLDS FASHION O 8' EXPOSED CTMIJ SPLIT FACE, SINGLE SCORE PAINTED COLOR C -1 'MILLER' 8233M CRISP KHAKI 13 PREFINISHED CORRUGATED METAL SIDING COLOR TO BE CHOSEN FROM MANUF.'S STANDARD COLORS, COLOR SIM. TO CENTER COLOR C-3 'MILLER 8803M OLDS FASHION O 8' EXPOSED CMU SMOOTH FACE, SINGLE OCHRE PAINTED COLOR C-1 'MILLER' 8233M CRISP KHAKI 14 SAND FINISH VI COLOR C -1 MILLER' 8233M CRISP KHAKI 6 8' EXPOSED Q1ll SPLIT FACE, SINGLE SCORE PAINTED COLOR 'BEN MOORE' 4 1442 BLACK O. NOT USED 8' EXPOSED CMU SMOOTH FACE, SINGLE SCO RE PAINTED COLOR 'BEN MOORE' 4 1442 BLACK 16 O 4' EXPOSED CM SMOOTH FACE PAINTED COLOR C -1 MILLER' 8233M CRISP KHAKI O EIFS SAND FINISH DRYVIT CUSTOM COLOR 5'66- 100- 4 -11 -1 Il e' EXPOSED CMU SPLIT FACE, SINGLE SCORE PAINTED COLOR C -2 'MILLER 8004M PAVESTONE O S T AND FINISH COLOR C -4 'MILLER' 8802W THRESHOLD GRAY 18 S FINISH COLOR C -11 'BEHR' 3531 -1 PARTRIDGE WING 9 O MID SAND FINISH COLOR C -6 MILLER' 8230 W SUNBAKED SAND l9 S EXPOSED CMU SPLIT FACE, SINGLE SCORE PAINTED COLOR C -8 'BEHR' 3441.3 MEMORY VIOLET PLEATED coRNERS 4 DOCK BUMPERS. TYPICAL. RECEIVING OVERHEAD DOOR PAINT COLOR A HAND RAIL PER CODE/ ENTIRE LENGTH OF RETAINING WALL CONC. WALL. BEYOND, PAINT COLOR A WEE STRUCTURAL 128' -B' TA. MASONRY lI 26' -8 JOIST BEARING _n,F_MISH FLOOR,_ ® SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: VP =1 JO DL ____ J O I TRUCK WELL I ® SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: UP =1'A" 96' -0' SOT. TRUCK WELL CONTAINER JOHNS MANVILLE EXPAND- O -GARD STYLE F VERTICAL EXPANSION 'JOINT APPLICATION ACCORDING TO EXISTING ', CONDITIONS, INSTALL PER MANUF. SPECS JOHNS MANVILLE EXPAND- O-GARD STYLE F VERTICAL EXPANSION JOINT APPLICATION ACCORDING TO EXISTING CONDITIONS, INSTALL PER MANUF. SPECS PREFNISHED METAL OOP OUTLINE OF ADJACENT BUILDING SECTION THROUGH CANOPY W CONC. CURS VIEWED AT AN ANGL COMPACTOR COMPACOR DOOR 1 CHUTE. PANT TO MATCH ADJ. CMU. REF. DTL. T 13/4 -13 FOR M.O. 400 W METAL HALIDE WALL PACK TYPICAL. FINISH FLOOR 100'-0' NOTES 0-ALL CMU TO RECEIVE ELASTOMERIC COATING. SEE SPEC 0-ALL REACTS SCREENED BY PARAPET C)-ALL CAP FLASHING PAINTED. TO MATCH ADJACENT. COLOR EXTERIOR FACE © 0 TYP. 'paa - o43Z TO D IN / .IU.111111111111111111R 8lt8uuunnnnIII I d un Ililllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll I Illlllumumiaimiiiiiiiiiiii oiiiiii 111111 l 1 llllillllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllilllllippppp 9L0 =• .,�; MI . IIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II ` � b _�_�_�_�� ��r/������ I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIII ................... ........ ■ _S r — GkID'LINE.7._ _ """z''`',, 122'- ' J019T BEARING P WASHI STATE Of WASNINGTUN a I �0 l C4 SQ. FT. CALCS "T'L 3 9,062 SF 5,670 SF 1 152 SF ''' - 45,884 SF CONCEPT: C4.5-45 CONCEPT DATE: 09,01.99 EST. FIXTURINO DATE: EST. O.O. DATE: I RIT U • • j 3 • z 3 u w� • .`7 PERMIT SET 12/08/99 • rev. date A A A A A A ORY PERMIT WIMP SCALE: 1/8 " P V -0 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS & A -6.1 1 -I —III —I— III MK III " "r"- C I A I'l I,I1 ''1 "r A CSI DOOR Ole B C �_�wI'ff ie— ∎∎∎ \�■■■■■=___i____/ " "r"- C CLEAR — \___--__._____�V/ ''1 "r A CSI DOOR B �A�� C ACT' CEILINGS... B D 1 01 1 11 1 1 1 :. D 'IP D 1%I A CNE A I, C DROP B' E B IIII u DROP C '''' C �'� A D + 1 C � iin A 4' -0' 4' -01 B C D B %�.1f1.1 C -... _ li A D B B D C A I SALES AREA I l I r I B ® INTERIOR REAR ELEVATION ® INTERIOR LEFT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" 14' -A IR' 14 ES 1R• INTERIOR RIGHT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" O INTERIOR FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" A ® ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" 13 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 "•1' -0" AIR FRESHENER SOAP DISPENSER OUTLINE OF DOOR 4 PARTITION RAIL ATTACHED TO TILE WALL, TYPICAL TOILET PAPER HOLDER Ea. Ea l3' -E IR' A 34' -2' OUTLINE OF DOOR 4 PARTITION SANITARY NAPKIN [ASPENS RAIL ATTACHED TO TILE WALL, TYPICAL TOILET PAPER HOLDER CAI DOOR / 69'-0' B FIRE EXIT CENTERLINE. FOR WALL TILE PATTERN 10 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 14 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" • I' -0" MURAL - FURNISHED BY BEST BUY INSTALLED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR 4' -2' I' -6 92' -6' A ACOUSTICAL WALL TILE, i1P. - 9EE LE GEND B SALES AREA l3' -S IR' � GYP. BD. OVER FRAMING, PAINT �) �TO MATCH ADJ. CMU. REF. DTL. I /A -S GAR T, BUMPER ' 4 RAILE IFISTALLED Sr GENERAL CONTRACTOR PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 1/4' PLYWOOD 11 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'A" DIAPER CHANGING TOOL DISPENSER PAPER TOWEL TRASH RECEPTACLE 15 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 ".1'41" A I NO DUCT/ CONDUIT / SPRINKLER TO BE EXPOSED ABOVE II' -4' EXCEPT'. IN MECH./ ELECTRICAL 'DROP ZONES A -C 21' -0• Ea Ea. B FIRE EXIT i0 / 12 ELEVATION SCALE: CO • 1'A" II' -6• � 'va���s�2��� ®SL►® ®ILVAM II ITAB% . 411MU IA∎WALLWAWAM I \�I ®III►tWA ANFAI1��MW- SALES AREA '. MURAL - FURNISHED BY. REST OUT INSTALLED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR X11 S2' -6' A PT -1 PT I AIRLINE AIR COMPRESSOR TO BE ENCLOSED BY WALLS NO CLG -� PLASTIC LAM NATE ON 1/4' PLYWOOD S' -6' 4' -0' TY, TYP. 52' -6 16 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" B CENTERLINE FOR WALL TILE PATTERN LINE CC OVERHEAD DOOR RECEIVING K WALL ANGLED. REF. PLA11S ® CSI REAR ELEVATION SCALE: MP =1'-0" ® CSI FRONT ELEVATION SCALE:. VS" • 1 (i CERAMIC TILE DETAIL SCALE: 1 /2 "•1'A" PT-1 CT 2 ABOVE STRIPE CT -3 STRIPE CT -2 BELOW STRIFE 20' -I0' TO LOWEST POINT op, STRICTURE IN SALES AREA © CSI RIGHT ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /8" =1'-0" ® CSI LEFT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" 1'-0" PT, Dclavot432- APPLY LIOUID NAILS JUST PRIOR TO SETTING PANEL IN PLACE ACOUSTICAL WALL TILE LEGEND DESCRIPTION COUNT A C BLACK TILE CHARCOAL GREY TILE DOVE GREY TILE YELLOW (W/ TEASER GRAPHIC) TILE 26 25 26 19 GRAND TOTAL NOTE: I. TILE TO BE PATTERNED (A) (B) (C) REPEATED CONTINUOUSLY AROUND INSIDE PERIMETER OF STORE, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF (DI (WHICH REPLACES ANY TILE EVERY Sth LOCATION) 2. ACOUSTICAL WALL TILES FURNISHED UNDER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS. :REFER'TO FURNISH /INSTALL SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -2. SEE DETAIL IS/A-1 FOR MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE COVER ON PEA TAPE PRIOR TO SETTING PANEL 2x4 WITH 30' ANGLE (ANGLE SHOULD SLOPE M TOWARD WALL) 18 "TEASER" PLASTIC PANEL MOUNTING SCALE: 1/4" SQ. FT. CALCS 39,0621SF SWIM 5,670'SF :asTA�� 1 152 SF ' TAL 45,884 'SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST. FIXTURING DATE: EST. 0.0, DACE: PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date RECEIVED CRY OF V.A. II IIIq'I PEWIT CF:1471,, SCALE: AS NOTED INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -7 CLEAR — A I . LINE OF FO B D ACT' CEILINGS... C PANELS A 1 01 1 11 1 1 1 :. D 'IP D 1%I A CNE �I /1 I ;1 1/� ' % 1%1 I, C DROP B' E I li 10, 1 1 1 OP ' Ia IIII u DROP C '''' B �'� C D + 1 B � iin C A �.----- . "u Titi %�.1f1.1 7� -... _ li D "4 .01-, B ILSm,TiSiIITa'il C _ A B .:T D A o B 0,40— Ai•• rTh M � � MN TYP. ❑■1. m 9 on 6v -. etc e>aQ \ NMI! 1 FIRE EXIT JANITOR B ® INTERIOR REAR ELEVATION ® INTERIOR LEFT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" 14' -A IR' 14 ES 1R• INTERIOR RIGHT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" O INTERIOR FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" A ® ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" 13 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 "•1' -0" AIR FRESHENER SOAP DISPENSER OUTLINE OF DOOR 4 PARTITION RAIL ATTACHED TO TILE WALL, TYPICAL TOILET PAPER HOLDER Ea. Ea l3' -E IR' A 34' -2' OUTLINE OF DOOR 4 PARTITION SANITARY NAPKIN [ASPENS RAIL ATTACHED TO TILE WALL, TYPICAL TOILET PAPER HOLDER CAI DOOR / 69'-0' B FIRE EXIT CENTERLINE. FOR WALL TILE PATTERN 10 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 14 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" • I' -0" MURAL - FURNISHED BY BEST BUY INSTALLED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR 4' -2' I' -6 92' -6' A ACOUSTICAL WALL TILE, i1P. - 9EE LE GEND B SALES AREA l3' -S IR' � GYP. BD. OVER FRAMING, PAINT �) �TO MATCH ADJ. CMU. REF. DTL. I /A -S GAR T, BUMPER ' 4 RAILE IFISTALLED Sr GENERAL CONTRACTOR PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 1/4' PLYWOOD 11 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'A" DIAPER CHANGING TOOL DISPENSER PAPER TOWEL TRASH RECEPTACLE 15 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 ".1'41" A I NO DUCT/ CONDUIT / SPRINKLER TO BE EXPOSED ABOVE II' -4' EXCEPT'. IN MECH./ ELECTRICAL 'DROP ZONES A -C 21' -0• Ea Ea. B FIRE EXIT i0 / 12 ELEVATION SCALE: CO • 1'A" II' -6• � 'va���s�2��� ®SL►® ®ILVAM II ITAB% . 411MU IA∎WALLWAWAM I \�I ®III►tWA ANFAI1��MW- SALES AREA '. MURAL - FURNISHED BY. REST OUT INSTALLED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR X11 S2' -6' A PT -1 PT I AIRLINE AIR COMPRESSOR TO BE ENCLOSED BY WALLS NO CLG -� PLASTIC LAM NATE ON 1/4' PLYWOOD S' -6' 4' -0' TY, TYP. 52' -6 16 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" B CENTERLINE FOR WALL TILE PATTERN LINE CC OVERHEAD DOOR RECEIVING K WALL ANGLED. REF. PLA11S ® CSI REAR ELEVATION SCALE: MP =1'-0" ® CSI FRONT ELEVATION SCALE:. VS" • 1 (i CERAMIC TILE DETAIL SCALE: 1 /2 "•1'A" PT-1 CT 2 ABOVE STRIPE CT -3 STRIPE CT -2 BELOW STRIFE 20' -I0' TO LOWEST POINT op, STRICTURE IN SALES AREA © CSI RIGHT ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /8" =1'-0" ® CSI LEFT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" 1'-0" PT, Dclavot432- APPLY LIOUID NAILS JUST PRIOR TO SETTING PANEL IN PLACE ACOUSTICAL WALL TILE LEGEND DESCRIPTION COUNT A C BLACK TILE CHARCOAL GREY TILE DOVE GREY TILE YELLOW (W/ TEASER GRAPHIC) TILE 26 25 26 19 GRAND TOTAL NOTE: I. TILE TO BE PATTERNED (A) (B) (C) REPEATED CONTINUOUSLY AROUND INSIDE PERIMETER OF STORE, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF (DI (WHICH REPLACES ANY TILE EVERY Sth LOCATION) 2. ACOUSTICAL WALL TILES FURNISHED UNDER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS. :REFER'TO FURNISH /INSTALL SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -2. SEE DETAIL IS/A-1 FOR MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE COVER ON PEA TAPE PRIOR TO SETTING PANEL 2x4 WITH 30' ANGLE (ANGLE SHOULD SLOPE M TOWARD WALL) 18 "TEASER" PLASTIC PANEL MOUNTING SCALE: 1/4" SQ. FT. CALCS 39,0621SF SWIM 5,670'SF :asTA�� 1 152 SF ' TAL 45,884 'SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST. FIXTURING DATE: EST. 0.0, DACE: PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date RECEIVED CRY OF V.A. II IIIq'I PEWIT CF:1471,, SCALE: AS NOTED INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -7 CLEAR RAIL A TILE W t • �'� � iin . "u Titi %�.1f1.1 7� -... _ li "4 .01-, 1 ILSm,TiSiIITa'il ii l_I T _ .:T o I Ai•• RIF B ® INTERIOR REAR ELEVATION ® INTERIOR LEFT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" 14' -A IR' 14 ES 1R• INTERIOR RIGHT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" O INTERIOR FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" =1'-0" A ® ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" 13 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 "•1' -0" AIR FRESHENER SOAP DISPENSER OUTLINE OF DOOR 4 PARTITION RAIL ATTACHED TO TILE WALL, TYPICAL TOILET PAPER HOLDER Ea. Ea l3' -E IR' A 34' -2' OUTLINE OF DOOR 4 PARTITION SANITARY NAPKIN [ASPENS RAIL ATTACHED TO TILE WALL, TYPICAL TOILET PAPER HOLDER CAI DOOR / 69'-0' B FIRE EXIT CENTERLINE. FOR WALL TILE PATTERN 10 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 14 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" • I' -0" MURAL - FURNISHED BY BEST BUY INSTALLED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR 4' -2' I' -6 92' -6' A ACOUSTICAL WALL TILE, i1P. - 9EE LE GEND B SALES AREA l3' -S IR' � GYP. BD. OVER FRAMING, PAINT �) �TO MATCH ADJ. CMU. REF. DTL. I /A -S GAR T, BUMPER ' 4 RAILE IFISTALLED Sr GENERAL CONTRACTOR PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 1/4' PLYWOOD 11 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'A" DIAPER CHANGING TOOL DISPENSER PAPER TOWEL TRASH RECEPTACLE 15 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 ".1'41" A I NO DUCT/ CONDUIT / SPRINKLER TO BE EXPOSED ABOVE II' -4' EXCEPT'. IN MECH./ ELECTRICAL 'DROP ZONES A -C 21' -0• Ea Ea. B FIRE EXIT i0 / 12 ELEVATION SCALE: CO • 1'A" II' -6• � 'va���s�2��� ®SL►® ®ILVAM II ITAB% . 411MU IA∎WALLWAWAM I \�I ®III►tWA ANFAI1��MW- SALES AREA '. MURAL - FURNISHED BY. REST OUT INSTALLED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR X11 S2' -6' A PT -1 PT I AIRLINE AIR COMPRESSOR TO BE ENCLOSED BY WALLS NO CLG -� PLASTIC LAM NATE ON 1/4' PLYWOOD S' -6' 4' -0' TY, TYP. 52' -6 16 ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" B CENTERLINE FOR WALL TILE PATTERN LINE CC OVERHEAD DOOR RECEIVING K WALL ANGLED. REF. PLA11S ® CSI REAR ELEVATION SCALE: MP =1'-0" ® CSI FRONT ELEVATION SCALE:. VS" • 1 (i CERAMIC TILE DETAIL SCALE: 1 /2 "•1'A" PT-1 CT 2 ABOVE STRIPE CT -3 STRIPE CT -2 BELOW STRIFE 20' -I0' TO LOWEST POINT op, STRICTURE IN SALES AREA © CSI RIGHT ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /8" =1'-0" ® CSI LEFT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" 1'-0" PT, Dclavot432- APPLY LIOUID NAILS JUST PRIOR TO SETTING PANEL IN PLACE ACOUSTICAL WALL TILE LEGEND DESCRIPTION COUNT A C BLACK TILE CHARCOAL GREY TILE DOVE GREY TILE YELLOW (W/ TEASER GRAPHIC) TILE 26 25 26 19 GRAND TOTAL NOTE: I. TILE TO BE PATTERNED (A) (B) (C) REPEATED CONTINUOUSLY AROUND INSIDE PERIMETER OF STORE, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF (DI (WHICH REPLACES ANY TILE EVERY Sth LOCATION) 2. ACOUSTICAL WALL TILES FURNISHED UNDER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS. :REFER'TO FURNISH /INSTALL SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -2. SEE DETAIL IS/A-1 FOR MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE COVER ON PEA TAPE PRIOR TO SETTING PANEL 2x4 WITH 30' ANGLE (ANGLE SHOULD SLOPE M TOWARD WALL) 18 "TEASER" PLASTIC PANEL MOUNTING SCALE: 1/4" SQ. FT. CALCS 39,0621SF SWIM 5,670'SF :asTA�� 1 152 SF ' TAL 45,884 'SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST. FIXTURING DATE: EST. 0.0, DACE: PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date RECEIVED CRY OF V.A. II IIIq'I PEWIT CF:1471,, SCALE: AS NOTED INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -7 ELEMENT 'A' PAINTED EXT. GUM FACE OF WALL BEYOND VESTIBULE I101I SUPPLY AIR DUCTS, SUSPEND WITH AVIATION CABLE, SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS DOOR TRANSOM STEEL COLUMN WITH PREFINISHED BREAK - METAL WRAP, BEYOND AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR TRACK OF SECURITY GATE BEYOND FACE OF FINI9 4 WALL BEYOND RETURN AIR GRILLE IN WALL BEYO SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS' TO. AING SEE ELEVATIONS T.O. WEDGE FRAMING SEE ELEVATIONS TO. JOIST BEARING SEE ELEVATIONS FINISH FLOOR ELEV. Wall Section SCALE: 3t, I' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER EXTERIOR GYP. SHEATHING OVER S METAL STUDS I6' O.G. MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING OVER MTL. DECK OVER METAL FRAMING REF. STRUCT. FOR SPACING, SIZING 4 ATTACHMENT, TYP. 'WEDGE' OUTLINE BEYOND METAL FRAMING GUARDRAIL FOR MECHANICAL ACCESS MECHANICAL ACCESS PLYWOOD WALKING SURFACE REF. STRUCT. FOR BRACING I' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER EXTERIOR GYP. SHEATHING OVERT METAL STUDS 16' O.G. STANDARD COPING TO. OPY FRAMING SEE ELE MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING OVER METAL DE SLOPE TO DRAIN PER I /A -5 I' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER EXTERIOR GYP. SHEATHING OVE (2) 6' IS GAUGE METAL STUDS IS O.C. I/2' EXTERIOR GWB, PAINTED TO MATCH CE), OVER METAL STUDS, REF. STRUCTURAL B.C. CANOPY FRAMING EIFS RFTUI3N 111TH SEE ELEVATIONS CONT. DRIP EDGE, TYP. CONTINUOUS PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL SOFFIT VENT WITH GALVANIZED INSECT SCREEN. TO MATCH EXISTING L, IGHTING FIXTIIRF REF SHEET A -4 'WEDGE' COLUMN BEYOND BOLLARDS BEYOND 3..I/2' BATT INSULATION IN I 13 5 /S• METAL STUDS WITH 1/2' GWB, PAINTED I GWB TO FINISH FLUSH 0TH ADJACENT CMU I III FASTENING TO STRUCTURE TO ALLOW FOR DEFLECTION TRACK ABOVE WDWS, TYPICAL REF. STRUCTURAL CONTINUOUS S' FAINTED GALVANIZED METAL SOFFIT VENT WITH GALVANIZED INSECT SCREEN. STOP VENT WHEN FINISH SOFFIT WIDTH IS IS WIDE. 14' -S' APP. STENCIL THIS AREA NOT FOR STORAGE' ON PLYWOOD EVERY 4' -0' o.c. IN S' LETTERS STEEL TUBE - SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. I/2' PLYWOOD OVER 3 5 /8'. I6 GA. "I METAL STUDS IS O.C. HORIZONTALLY RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES, SEE SHEET A -4 CORRUGATED METAL SIDEING OVER EXTERIOR GYP. SHEATHING BRACES, REF. STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF PARAPET RETURN BEYOND 6 X S DOWNSPOUT W/ SPLASHBLOCK BEYOND MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING SYSTEM 3. 2' POLYISOCYANURATE R -24 I I I I I IlkS L DECKING ON I JOISTS, REF. STRUCTURAL r I I i STEEL JOIST GIRDER - 'SEBSTRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL 2' RIGID INSULATION FOUNDATION PER STRUCTURAL T.O. GWB II' -6' AFF. T.O. MASONRY REF. ELEVATIONS JOHNS MANVILLE 1 EXPAND -O -FLASH INS INSULATED ROOF EXPANSION JOINT COVER, STYLE CF -EJ OR SIMILAR APPLICATION ACCORDING TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. GENERAL OUTLINE OF ADJACENT BUILDING TO. ISH FLOOR 0 ELEV. 100' -0' �/ T.O. FOOTING REF. STRUCTURAL O Wall Section (u7 Building Side SCAT.$: 3/4' =1'A" 0 f . CORRUGATED METAL SIDING OVER MASONRY FLASH PER ROOF MANUF. SPECS SIMS I ran _1 L. MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 32' PLYISOCYANURATE R -24 INSULATION OVER METAL DECKING OVER ROOF JOISTS, REF. STRUCT. SALES AREA I 112 12' CMU - FOAMED IN PLACE INSUL. IN ALL CORES, TYPICAL REF. STRUCTURAL FOR REINFORCING 5' CONC. FLOOR SLAB VAPOR BARRIER — 2' RIGID INSULATION CONCRETE FOOTING, REF. STRUCTURAL CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST. PMINION° DATE: EST. G.O. DATE: PERMIT SET 12/08/99 WALL SECTIONS in L LIGHTING FIXTURE, REF. SHEET A -4 DISPLAY WINDOW WALL BEYOND SLOPE TO DRAM Fel\rAVATAN dEd EH IN •! ®1 ®®i 1 ®1 HE :11 MEI NM MIME LAY -IN CEILING - SEE SHEET A -5 4 DETAIL 3 /A -II (2) 3/4' PLYWOOD - EXTENDS TO 6' ABOVE CEILING I/4' GYP. OVER I/2' PLYWOOD ROOM BIDE ONLY 0 3 -5/8' MIL. STUDS ®16' 0.C. COMM. ROOM 11 5 — I/2' EXPANSION JOINT WITH SEALANT 5' CONC. SLAB, SEE STRUCT. VAPOR BARRIER TD. GYP. Wall Section SCALE: 3/4" - PA" ELEMENT 'A' T.O. FRAMING SEE ELEVATIONS TO. WED FRAMING SEE ELEVATI ONS JOIST BEARING I SEE ELEVATIONS CANOPY B.O. FRAMING SEE ELEVATIONS WEDGE T.O. MASONRY ELEV. 10 -4' FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 100' -0' WedYe GENERAL OUTLINE OF SIGN P.T. PLYWOOD SHEATHING AT SIGN, REF. T /A -13 FOR SIGN ATTACHMENT 4 DETAILS OUTLINE OF METAL FRAMING GUARDRAIL FOR MECHANICAL ACCESS WALKWAY TO SIGN 3/4' PLYWOOD OVER METAL JOISTS, REF. STRUCTURAL FOR SIZE 4 SPACING REF. STRUCTURAL FOR CONNECTION CROSS- BRACING, REF. STRUCT. I' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER EXTERIOR GYP. SHEATHING OVER METAL STUDS 0 16' O.C. FLASHING CANOPY DRAIN, REF. M.E.P. OVERFLOW DRAIN CONTINUOUS PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL SOFFIT VENT WITH GALVANIZED INSECT SCREEN. TO MATCH EXISTING 1/2' EXTERIOR GWB, PAINTED TO MATCH (E), OVER MFTAL STUDS 9i8 9i8 911 919 111 911 SLOPE TO DRAIN MIN I' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER EXTERIOR GYP. SHEATHING OVER METAL STUDS , REF. STRUCTURAL FOR SIZE 4 SPACING MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING OVER METAL DECKING OVER METAL FRAMING, REF. STRUCT. FOR SIZING 4 SPACING S' CMU ABOVE JOIST BEARING, TYP. 12' CMU - FOAMED IN PLACE INSUL. IN ALL CORES, TYPICAL REF. STRUCTURAL FOR REINFORCING CONTINUOUS 6' PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL SOFFIT VENT WITH GALVANIZED INSECT SCREEN. STOP VENT WHEN SOFFIT WIDTH IS 18' WIDE. MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING ON STL. DECKING FLASH 4 COUNTER FLASH STENCIL 'THIS AREA NOT FOR STORAGE' EVERY 4' -0' ON PLYWOOD 3 -5/8' 16 GAUGE METAL STUDS AT 16' 0.C. HORIZONTALLY J -MOLD PAINT TO MATCH WALL 1/2' PLYWOOD 2' RIGID INSUL CONCRETE FOOTING -' SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS PARAPET OUTLINE BEYOND CORRUGATED METAL SIDING OVER 1/2' EXTERIOR SHEATHING BRACES, REF. STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF MECHANICAL ACCESS TO WEDGE DRAIN 4 SPLASH BLOCK BEYOND MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING SYSTEM 32' POLYISOCYANURATE R -24 STEEL DECKING ON STEEL JOISTS, REF. STRUCTURAL APP. SUPPLY 4 INSTALL 1/2' PLYWOOD LAMINATED FORMICA SURF 923 -58 MATTE FINISH UP TO 4' -0' ASS. PROVIDE %' MOLDING ON TOP T.O. MASONRY SEE ELEVATIONS JOIST BEARING SEE ELEVATIONS DECORATIVE RAINWATER BASIN,. TO MATCH DOWNSPOUT HANGER - PROVIDE ONE AT TOP, BOTTOM, AND ANY INTERMEDIATE JOINTS. PAINT TO MATCH DOWNSPOUT PAINTED 6' X 8' DOWNSPOUTS REF. ELEVATIONS FOR COLOR PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL PI UP TO 8' 0' FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 100' -0' T.O. FOOTING REF. STRUCTURAL Var t O Wall Section nn Building Rear SCALE: 3/4" - Ib" CORRUGATED METAL SIDING MASONRY 8' CMU ABOVE JOIST BEARING, TYPICAL MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 32' PLYISOCYANURATE R -24 INSULATION OVER METAL DECKING OVER ROOF JOISTS, REF. STRUCT. LOPE TO DRAIN 12' CMU - FOAMED IN PLACE INSUL IN ALL CORES, TYPICAL REF. STRUCT. FOR REINFORCING CONCRETE SIDEWALK BY CONTRACTOR 1/2' EXPANSION JOINT WITH SEALANT 5' CONC. SLAB VAPOR BARRIER 2' RIGID INSULATION SQ. Fr. CULTS ,N'AM39 062 SF YTAOINO 5 670 'SF 1,152 SF T°Tw 45,884 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE; 09.01.99 EST. MIMING DATE; EST. O.O. DATE: PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date 0 A A 0 A 0 C OPOP SCALE: PERMIT CENTS 3/4" = 1' -0 WALL SECTIONS it A -9 Bran. DTA MEM NMI 1■■1 ■ MU • 1•1 1 =1 1E1 1_1 1N1 OUTLINE OF DISPLAY WDW. WALL BEYOND i�OJi I 11L \/ G aCk SIM. I' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER CMU MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING 'ON METAL DECKINCs, ATTACHMENT PER STRUCT. SLOPE TO DRAIN, REF. SHEET A -5 FLASH PER MANUF. SPECS. aaa"s , g6"..,113" & A - 1 I 4 T.. MASONRY SEE O ELEVATIONS JSEE OIST ELEVATION BEARING OUTLINE OF ELEMENT BEYOND B.O. SOFFIT FRAMING SEE ELEVATIONS EIFS RETURN WITH CONT. DRIP EDGE B.O. SOFFIT FRAMING SEE ELEVATIONS CONTINUOUS PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL SOFFIT VENT WITH GALVANIZED INSECT SCREEN. TO MATCH EXISTING 12' EXTERIOR GWB, 1PAINTED TO MATCH (E), OVER METAL STUDS, REF. STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OP COLUMN BEYOND CONCRETE SIDEWALK - BY G.G. FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 100' -0' tro r000 �9S'o O Wall Section @u, Canopy SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" SALES AREA 112 1 2'. RIGID INSUL. MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING SYSTEM 32' POLYISOCYANURATE R -24 STEEL DECKING ON STEEL JOISTS, REF. STRUCTURAL SLOPE TO DRAIN 8' CMU ABOVE JOIST BEARING, TYP. 12' CMU - FOAMED IN PLACE INSUL. IN ALL CORES, TYPICAL REF. STRUCTURAL FOR REINFORCING I/2' EXPANSION JOINT WITH SEALANT 5' LONG. SLAB, 0E0 STRUCT. VAPOR BARRIER VERIFY W/ SIOECT, CONCRETE FOOTING - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 1111 'U U' 111 " iA Nom e , NOM RAM U ■®1 1111 _w1111 1111 X111 MIN EINE iremoram X191 II 1111 lo 111 2 MAX. SLOPE TO DRAIN 8' CMU - LIGHTING FIXTURE, REF. SHEET A -4 T.O. MASONRY OPENING SEE ELEVATIONS B.O. MASONRY OPENING SEE ELEVATIONS SIM. DISPLAY WINDOWS, REF. SHEET A -2 1/2' EXT. GWB APPLIED TO CMU, TYPICAL AT DISPLAY CASE IM. V1•M °�� Ars o O o nm°4", _ q�oo um 0�'" qd Vmoo. °' D 9 SALES AREA 112 1/2' EXPANSION JOINT WITH SEALANT 5' CONC. SLAB, SEE STRUCT. VAPOR BARRIER T.O. MASONRY SEE ELEVATIONS JOIST BEARING SEE ELEVATION ELEMENT T.O. FRAMING SEE ELEVATION HOLD BACK FRAMING FOR CORNICE SLOPE EIFS SILL I' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER I/O ' EXTERIOR SHEATHING OVER METAL STUDS , REF. STRUCTURAL FOR SIZE N SPACING BRACING, REF. STRUCT. EIFS RETURN WITH CONT. DRIP EDGE B.O. SOFFIT F SEE ELEVATIONS `V CONTINUOUS PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL SOFFIT VENT WITH GALVANIZED INSECT SCREEN. TO MATCH EXISTING 1/2' EXTERIOR GWB, PAINTED T MATCH CE), OVER METAL STUDS, REF. STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF COLUMN BEYOND CONCRETE SIDEWALK - BY G.C. FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 100' -0' I' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER CMU O Wall Section through Element "C" SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING OVER METAL DECKING OVER METAL FRAMING, (SLOPE PER ROOF PLAN) REF. STRUCT. FOR SIZING 4 SPACING MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING SYSTEM 32' POLYISOCYANURATE R -24 STEEL DECKING ON STEEL JOISTS, REF. STRUCTURAL SLOPE TO DRAIN S CMU ABOVE JOIST BEARING, TYP. 12' CMU - FOAMED IN PLACE INSUL. IN ALL CORES, TYPICAL REF. STRUCTURAL FOR REINFORCING 2' RIGID INSUL, CONCRETE FOOTING - SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS A p 1 ', E 0 SQ. FT. CALCS Rs s 39,062 SF MONO: 5,670 SF ' srA "' 1,152 SF " ""45,884 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EsT. FIXfURINO DATE: EST, O.O. DATE: PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date A 0 A RECEIVED scALE: a 1/2" = 1' -0" WALL t SECTIONS i i A -9.1 C 1 1111111 A t / " 8' CMU l i ABOVE JOIST BEARING, TYP. LIGHTING FIXTURE, REF. SHEET A -4 T.O. MASONRY OPENING SEE ELEVATIONS SLOPE TO DRAIN 1/2' EXT. GWB APPLIED TO CMU, TYPICAL AT DISPLAY CASE B.O. MASONRY OPENING SEE ELEVATIONS 12' CMU - FOAMED IN PLACE INSUL. IN ALL CORES, TYPICAL REF. STRUCTURAL FOR REINFORCING SUPPLY 4 INSTALL 1 4' PLYWOOD LAMINATED FORMICA SURF 923 -58 MATTE FINISH UP TO 4' -0' APP. PROVIDE 4' MOLDING ON TOP SALES DEV. 114 R' EXPANSION JOINT WITH SEALANT 5' CONC. SLAB, SEE STRICT. ELEMENT 'A' T.O. FRAMING SEE ELEVATIONS ELEMENT'S' T.O. FRAMING SEE ELEVATIONS SLOPE EIFS SILL REF. ELEVATION I /A -6 FOR SIPS PROJECTION HEIGHTS ELEMENT 'B' HIGH POINT OF ROOF SEE ELEVATIONS �l REF. STRUCTURAL FOR FRAMING PLACEMENT 4 BRACING TO. MANRY SEE ELEV JOIST BEARING SEE ELEVATION 3' METAL OVERFRAMING I' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER EXTERIOR GYP. SHEATHING OVER METAL STUDS , REF. STRUCTURAL FOR SIZE 4 SPACING EIFS RETURN WITH CONT. DRIP EDGE B.O. SOFFIT FRAMING SEE ELEVATIONS CONTINUOUS PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL SOFFIT VENT WITH GALVANIZED INSECT SCREEN. TO MATCH EXISTING 1/2' EXTERIOR GWB, PAINTED TO MATCH (E), OVER METAL STUDS, REF. STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF COLUMN BEYOND CONCRETE SIDEWALK - BY G.C. FINISH FLOOR _ _ ELEV. 100' -0' SIM. 1 O Wall Section at Element "B" SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" I' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER EXT. GYP. SHEATHING OVER 8' METAL FRAMING, REF. STRUCT. FOR SPACING MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING (INSULATION OPTIONAL) OVER METAL FRAMING, (SLOPE PER ROOF PLAN) REF. STRUCT. FOR SIZING I SPACING am°% ro - om°28beep" ...,v • Full= STENCIL 'THIS AREA NOT FOR STORAGE' /— EVERT 4' -0' ON PLYWOOD r 3 -50 16 GAUGE METAL STUDS AT 16' 00. HORIZONTALLY J -MOLD - PAINT TO MATCH WALL I/2' PLYWOOD 2' RIGID INSUL. CONCRETE DRAWINGS FOOTING - SEE STRUCTURAL ., ING OVER rid mi um nu im NE Am ■u sum IR 10 MI MEN Mini ■® ME MI : :i rip Ni iii116 Mall Ili MIT" ►V II I SLOPE TO DRAIN LIGHTING FIXTURE, REF. SHEET A -4 OUTLINE OF DISPLAY WINDOWS MASONRY WALL ELEMENT 'B T.O. FRAMING SEE ELEVATIONS SLOPE EIFS SILL CORRUGATED METAL SIDING OVER I/2' EXTERIOR SHEATHING HIGH POINT OF ROOF FRAMING SEE ROOF PLAN REF. STRUCTURAL FOR FRAMING PLACEMENT S BRACING IM. JOIST BEARING SEE ELEVATION 3' METAL OVERFR4MING 1' EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM OVER EXTERIOR GYP. SHEATHING OVER METAL! STUDS , REF. STRUCT. FOR SIZE 4 SPACING TO. MASONR) ELEV. 112' -0' CONTINUOUS PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL SOFFIT VENT WITH GALVANIZED INSECT SCREEN. TO MATCH EXISTING I/2" EXTERIOR GWB, PAINTED To MATCH (5), OVER METAL STUDS, REF. STRUCTURAL CANOPY DRAIN, REF. MPE CONCRETE SIDEWALK BY G.C. FINISH FLOOR ELEV. 100' -0' $ !iEE:L ASTENED URATE R -24 -- &TEM- 1 1 N F. STRUCTURAL .. `iriirq �•`• 1. - 0 Wall S ection atflemen t "B" / Column S CALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" / / , 0 00 ° _ ° '— . 1. 1 ' 1,11 6 , 43" r• "o OUTLINE OF PARAPET BEYOND SLOPE TO DRAIN 12' CMU - FOAMED IN PLACE INSUL. IN ALL CORES, TYPICAL REF. STRUCTURAL FOR REINFORCING STENCIL THIS AREA NOT FOR STORAGE' EVERY 4' -0' CN PLYIUOOD — 3 -5/8' 16 GAUGE METAL STUDS AT IS O.C. HORIZONTALLY J -MOLD - PANT TO MATCH WALL I/2' PLYWOOD prig-0 5/8' TYPE 'X' GWB OVER 3 -5/8' MIL. STUDS m 16' O.C. SUPPLY t INSTALL 1 4' PLYWOOD LAMINATED FORMICA SURF 923.58 MATTE FINISH UP TO 4' -0' APP. PROVIDE 4z' MOULDING ON TOP SALES DEV. I 114 V2' EXPANSION JOINT WITH SEALANT 5' CONC. SLAB, SEE STRICT. 2' RIGID INSUL. CONCRETE FOOTING SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 37 REGISTER . //y//y / ARCHITE,.' 4 IRE QUINN LEE SI'''"'.fflfffffffflE OF WASHINCTO SQ. FT. CALLS 39,062 SF srnamci: 5,670 SF rvYrALI.: 1,152 SF T9TAL: 45,884 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST. NIXTURING DATE: EST. 0.0. DA'Z'E: AS �,D� • 3�a H PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. A A A A A date SCALE 1/2" = : I " -0" WALL SECTIONS A -9.2 IEWUr COITEA = I I RAILS NSTALLED t o U C ONTRACTOR ^- \ 10' -0' I CONY. DACKER ROD AND SEALANT V P ELEVATION !!f SECTION ALUM SILL BY OTORERSONT COM BACKER TO ROD MATCH SEALANT .... _ ..,.> , _s, e... �,,... ,. ...� >.�.,. eewwa: ,..�.�.. ., .. __. . . . ... ........ : .,,,...o. a,.,. .,.. .,.... -. naa"rsxaxerx.r«xmw.vweaxx>•ww ....mnu<seem.aw _ ax�.o-:�cn,:ue��: 21 I Section & Elevation of Interior Vestibule Wall 22 Exterior Entrance @ Jamb 94 Vestibule Glazing @ Jamb 251 Storefront Detail @ Sill le SCALE: 1/4 1 SCALE: t -12" = 1' -0" SCALE: 1 -I/ SCALE: 1.12" = 1' -0 SQ. FT. CALCS 39,062 SF 5,670 SF 'ST,LL 1,152 SF nT �45,884 SF ONCEPT C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST. FIXTURINO DATE: CST. G.O. DA'Z'E: a U a F PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. A A A A 0 A date C ITY eivn„.„„ FENNO CENTER LANS & LEVATIONS AT TOREFRONT CALE: S NOTED A -10 Thll E =' } !✓' �'fb'dAiidinitrAE' ..� .�..., - . STUDS AT 16' O.G. sro s:GrtT GLAZIr� ! / IR' PLYWOOD BNB STEEL TUBE, SEE OTRUCT. / } 2 I � 1/2 PLYWOOD ' T BREAK METAL WRAP — B ' - - — 1 2 6'X. N'STEEL ANGLE N _ 6 LAY-M CEILING � �, 1 ' U L WI _ ' \ 3 U II m \ , SECURITY GRILLE AN TR ACK . e r�E.ac Mn wxaP C / 2 — I ICI I F TRANSOM PANEL Ila _ 4 Exterior Entrance @ Door Head I Interior nterior E / / /i %/l / / / / / / / //// _ //// A % % / / / / / / / r _ O O v A ___ J ' __ / E ntrance @ EDGE OF PARTITION BEYOND '— — .� - - -- __ J I E 1 . . //////////1///// 1 /J _ 11114 °- - ----- - •////// I •I. `'' - ° O © LINE O WEDGE ABOVE / / I CARPET OVER 12' -0' . 5' -4' � ninon w i nnn uu : 1/2' CONTNUOUS ALUM. ., W A - 12 n . 5 CONC. FLOOR SLAB 6 @ Enlarged Entrance Floor Plan o a I ' Exterior Entrance' Threshold a 1 Interior Entr n l' SCALE: 1/4 - 1 41 i � I i. � S 48'-8' M. HOLD - SEE NO -0" a ' 4 4 ' � a EXERIOR R � E 21010V' 1NO i a 'OW ,8 { o FO eD O < 0 0 > > r A y , , y AUTOMATIC DOOR M P PIXED PANEL 20 F CONTINUOUS TNREBNOLD BY NJ� i 014021 01S A - I0 < < O O S S UM. T RACK 'A -IO C T O O'W — ®� R .. ENTRY CARPET BREAK METAL WRAP TO MATCH STOREFRONT C O O . .. 1 10 , RE. SLAB jr I/ 'OW ,4 - di V2' E XPANSION MATERIAL � III S Zo T STEEL W THIN STOREFRONT SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET 4 STRUCT. DOOR CC Xli � I Is X m L 1 4 Exterior erior Entrance @ Sill 1 1 I Interior Entrance Detall @ Mullion ' X r X � A-I0 - %BEAM 1 1 I ]' X LLD. BLOCKING AS REO'D. l I 0 A A A A -10 I I > > ' A -10 C II - 1 ' \ \ : i S 8 ' - 8 ' M.O. B' - 0'. M.O. c \ % CAULK 32'-0' M.O. HOLD - SEE NOTE 5 I / \ ............ \ G �1 ■ 101 a P anc D GLASS ASS TYPES I NOTES: a a 2 a .I' ■ ■ K' i EXTERIOR PACE cF CMS/ BRICK ir, 'D c I/2' SHIM Roo A SE A R LANT c . c c$LL3Z 16 E Elevation @ Exterior Entrance /Glazing _ 19 Storefront Detail @ Sill 2 _ 1 SCALE: 1.12" = I' -0" S -0' C 32 MO. S I I / SEE 2VA•10 o +' - T-0' j ..... 10' CLEAR COOS 9 WALL IE 1 1, R STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM MANUF. W 9 /BL W �p _ I ' �_`• B a \ \ ' BEE B ULE ! O 7 7 /O / ' ' ,0 -,4 1 ,0 -,£ ' :UI II -,i C a CNE I U N N F I B '' ' ' ,. , T S — j W 0 111.1 — ; ;; / /-� ! S T �. \. \ " " � S I IRF. I BBTJT. N !!! c `" _ - - -- - ` ' . � SCALE: 1/4 1 SCALE: t -12" = 1' -0" SCALE: 1 -I/ SCALE: 1.12" = 1' -0 SQ. FT. CALCS 39,062 SF 5,670 SF 'ST,LL 1,152 SF nT �45,884 SF ONCEPT C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST. FIXTURINO DATE: CST. G.O. DA'Z'E: a U a F PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. A A A A 0 A date C ITY eivn„.„„ FENNO CENTER LANS & LEVATIONS AT TOREFRONT CALE: S NOTED A -10 2545.1000 BLOCKING PROVIDE NON -COMB. o NOTE: ALL CABINET AND COUNTERTOP 6' BASE A7 WALL < ON WRAPPED /INSULATED. WD, BLOCKING N WALL AS F D / SIDES OF CABINET RETURNS 3 ALL CLEARANCES UNDER LAV. REQUIRED.FCR ANCHORAGE. A CLEARANCES AND APPROACHES TO 6 RUBER COVE' '.. TO COMPLY WITH LATEST ED. ^N�'I' PLASTIC LAMINATE: PL -2 COMPLY WITH THE LATEST ED. OF ANSI AII1.I NOTE: ALL CASEWORK EA SE, B TYP. ANSI 111.1 AND PART 35 OF THE e AND PART 36 OF THE 28 CFR (ADAAGJ PROVIDED BY G.C. I PLASTIC LAMINATE PL -3 • I PLASTIC LAMINATE: PL -3I 25 CFR (40540). SECTION ELEVATION 13 'Lounge Casework 14 I Section Through Lounge Casework 1 15 I Section Through Lounge Casework at Upper Cabinet 116 I Section Through Bathroom Casework _itl SCALE: l2" SCALE: 1 -1/2" = 1' -0" SCALE: 1.112" .1 .0 SCALE • 1 .12"= 1,0 3760 REGISTERED yt i 1FJ{RY QUINN LEE N A OF WASHINrrON g€ S SQ: FT. CALCS 39,062 SF 555550: 5,670 SF Sr5' 1,152 SF 55 4 5,884 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 ust FIXTURINO DATE: EST. O.O. DATE: PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. A A A A A A date 1 PEMIT CTER KALE: \S NOTED D ETAILS EN -11 CONTROL JOINT ` CONTROL JOINT, CONDITION WALL/ - UhR' /CURB SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS, RE: I /A -il D- P MIN, I/4' FILLER WITH I' ;A;8 I CONDITION AT WALL /COLUMN /CURB 2 CONC I 1/2 I ASPHALT PA.C. ° i _ i : ty1 f F.YY� f W +4 ,� FILL -SEE CIVIL 4 SPECS. lour = MI � CONCRETE SIDEWALK � �• o o_oIm Dull a uili- S .. B 111111 IIIOI -uuu 111111 11 111 IIIIL = - r HOLD DOWN I' MIN. 1 E Expansion/Isolation Joint at Sidewalk 7 7 C Control Joint and Curb Detail at Sidewalk 3 3 H Handicap Ramp Detail 4 4 E Expansion Joint at Loading Dock SCALE: 1 -1/2” = 1 S SCALE: 1 -12" = 1 S 6 2' DOME CONCRETE I I V2 ' STEEL PIPE RAILING ' '4* SQUARE D •' (PAINT TO MATCH DOCK DOORS) .9 - ,E S3ING'h y CHAIN LINK FENCE • E ( PRESET STEEL PIPE SLEEVE S .0m£ ''‘\‘ .. .0-.4 ' POLYELETHENE C 8' DIAMETER P RETAINING WALL - TYP. PRECAST \ • •'. _ ' I►.�' TOP L COLUMN WRAPS t B _ •: CONCRETE SIDEWALK OR T 0 I I E ' ' 3 %/ I .. R REINFORCED CONCRETE 1 2 0' / w ' -0' O / - - r 1t .'� I I I mII -��__ C �r C / I CONCRETE FOOTING (SEE S 7I -i S -i l Hi 1 7 5 B Bollard "A" (Decorative Bollard at Storefront) 6 6 B Bollard "B" 7 7 R Retaining Wall at Loading Dock g g C Column Wrap Details SCALE: 1/2" =1' -0" S SCALE: 1/2" - 1' -0" S CLIP 4 FASTEN g 1 CENTERLINr P D FEMALE Q NOTE: PAINT ENTIRE RACK a a' -m' 2' -0' Q 1'y' VERTICAL POST, 6'-0' APART N Q ' ' n I h L 11/2' x 1/4 S x 1 �' ggXTE OR . � E OF . IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 1 * - y s' I'� 1 I m dill O S � 1 DISCONNECT. I 7 S ENT 2 33 / X 3/4" LONG I I 1 . 9� S31N4n I I A S • LESS STEEL HEX E AI' PART MAX S SECTION li IGHT FIXTURE, SEE F d 10 ELEVATION /I �I. Jj 11 GUARDRAIL 3' -6' HIGH A / 111 I • H HANDRAIL 2' -10 "H ,I O BAR STOCK I .9VI 9.E CE A TE• 1 1/2' DIA, HOLES l4) IN I \I x I 10 - 6' AFF 1 2' -m• I Ik I I I I ' ' r II Y Y A6 ° ON " POWER OUTLETS MOUNTED' I C ELEVATION a STAIR 0 C 9 E Exterior Light Shroud Plan 1 10 E Exterior Light Shroud Elevation 1 11 I Install n Bay Hose Reel Rack 1 12 G Guardrail B B 3 EQ. SPACES . a' -0' 4 4' PL. LAM. SH PL. LAM. F I. -m- F s N CAULK TYPC ) FACE OF WALL PARTITION (2) L LEVELS OF 1 15 P p C FINISH EXPOSED F PLASTIC LAMINATE , , / I N N I --- / / / I 1 ® SHELVES , , q p ® - - ® ® .i A HARDWD. EDGE 3 FL -3 - /N. E _ S — 4j,/___ . _. _,- ( v \ b/E I -- v COUNTER W/ PLUS. LAM. F 4' B BACKSPLASH )— P I ua o t{ .4/E 1 I . ; 0 _ _ m SHELF ALUM. STANDARDS A _P L. L �� - � 1 0 S m 2 TYP. - " J � . D 'WHITE' MELAMINE PLAS. I I - ' .-.�.. 24 LONG NATURAL P LAMINATE ON ALL � �°° -°®'• _ _�'-5' F . �1 d i DROP IN COUNTER SINK � S SURFACES \ � �1� D II® P ' EDGE, TYP. 1 1/4' PART. BD. . I L !�� r \ - z % - ' T7PICAL C ` � (3) SUPPORT BRACKET (L ADJUSTABLE W 4 \� L � r - . ,. O ' .UI-5 NOTE: ALL EXP08ED PIPING W WITH 3' MIN, LAG BOLTS p AND (4/ BRACKETS FFFOOORRR W/ PIPE INSULATION U SCALE: l2" SCALE: 1 -1/2" = 1' -0" SCALE: 1.112" .1 .0 SCALE • 1 .12"= 1,0 3760 REGISTERED yt i 1FJ{RY QUINN LEE N A OF WASHINrrON g€ S SQ: FT. CALCS 39,062 SF 555550: 5,670 SF Sr5' 1,152 SF 55 4 5,884 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 ust FIXTURINO DATE: EST. O.O. DATE: PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. A A A A A A date 1 PEMIT CTER KALE: \S NOTED D ETAILS EN -11 • i�� I O ,• ��” � 1 8' C.M.U. SEE ELEVATIONS ��� FOR COLOR \ I _��• �` GROUT SOLID CORNER •, _ _ '�����►� P.T. i' PLY. BLOCKING - ATTACH MANUF. STANDARD WITH RED -HEAD I NO MECHANICAL FASTENERS INSURE E JOINT COVER, TYP. 70 RE PROPR WELD TIGHT TO EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION METAL WALL CAPS e , r � PER MANUF. SPECS. MANUF. STANDARD WELD TOP CF PARAPET J t7s0 RN" . t » C WASHINGTON '^ v = P g f g I T m S l a d § = • • 1 SE ELEVATIONS PVC COATED METAL WALL CAP, PAINTED CONT, CAULK -- P.T.' PLY. BLOCKING - ATTACH WITH RED -HEAD ANCHORS AT ,b' D.C. EIFS CORJICE W■Ip ' �':'S.�I �■'.�.y ■.° �� ���,• - ;''a+••,.r ,,� ` BULLNOS i TOP COURSE y"' •h, : + - CUT PLYWOOD 457 .�;�.'�ti I G� [' M � U ' 33ivs /� , SE PM .- , NE IN ADHESIVE ON TOP WELD ANCHORS AT 16' O.G. r� Try. PARAPET __ MITER GUT TYPICAL �y vARIEB METAL WALL CAP, PAINTED CAULK, CONT. ':� �I■ � m -I� __� - ° °� _ £. PLYWOOD 45° i COPING ATTACHMENT � PER MANUFACTURER'S i SPECS DRIP EDGE, CONT. li TERMINATION BAR AND II FASTENER, FASTENERS AT 12' O.C. ,TYP. /� GAP, COVER GAP WITH 2' WIDE METAL :.• Il OF - - .PET AND 6' DOWN VERT. FACE y G� . OP 2 COURSES TO BE STANDARD "♦� � �4 ,' 1" S � , � I � GRAY SMOOTH FACE CMU. TAPE PVC COATED METAL WALL CAP. BY ROOFING MANUF. SEE DETAIL EXTERIOR TYPICAL ALL SIDES . u ;t 4j + «^° -` .4 MECH. FASTENED PVC FLASHING. ' ,,, ,_ _ „__ i' °'; ^° : .' I�,.�� �/ „D 4 • .. METAL WALL CAP JOINT DETAIL / 4/A -12 FOR FLASHING p� AT TACHMEN T TO " PARAPET PVC COATED METAL CENTER BEND, FLASHING, G WID EACH WITH MIN. 6 SIDE OF CORNER INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM ON 5/8' EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING ON METAL STUDS, REF. I■ ���/ NOTES: I' I. FASTEN PVC METAL CAP TO PLYWOOD W/ PAN -HEAP SCREWS AT b' O.C. 2. USE CAULKING MATE APPROVED BY ROOF MANUFACTURER ONLY. 3. TERMINATION _ - ' S ON PARAPET W O BE SPACED ALLY ALONG NEIL - • WALL AT 24' O.C. `. �' t7: �`�� - F ' sry > r L 41;,..:740.,,,,, 1 '' •7 I "` �� TERMINATION BAR AND FASTENER FASTENERS AT 12' O,C. ,TYP. CAULK BEHIND MEMBRANE AT BASE I� MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING SYSTEM 32' POLYISO. INSUL. R 'CA ������ � � +� . W/ 3/4' PLYWOOD, TYP. APPROVED WALL HEIGHT a CUT MITER CORNER BLOCK ■♦l•.I ' • •• l I! .. StRUCT. NOTES: I. FASTEN METAL CAP TO PLYWOOD PAN -HEAD SCREWS AT 6' O.C. 2. USE CAULKING MATERIALS BY ROOF MANUFACTURER ONLY. 3, BARS ON PARAPET TO BE SPACED EQUALLY ALONG OF WALL AT 24' O,C. MAX. /J / / / CORNER FLASHING SECU�Sr T ,�� - SECURE METAL TO PARAPET WITH MANUF. STANDARD ANCHORS o 6' o.c. I r MECH. FASTENED PVC MEMBRANE FLASHING TERMINATION BARS ON PARAPET FLASHING PVC MEMBRANE ' FLASHING FULLY WELDED TO PVC COATED METAL. �� ♦ 4 2 r/ + )6 , i 16uninna -24 _ ■ ■ .. igi■ �� � � ° 4 .,.-i � ,, - �� : "14 L • , � e : ? T ERMINATION �.� � ►. • 4 I li METAL DECK BOND BEAM - SEE STRUCT. 3 Typical Coping Details SCALE: N.T.S. Detail of C.M.U. Corner 2 Metal Coping Detail at Wedge Parapet SCALE: 1- 1/2" =1'-0" 4 Wall Parapet Section SCALE: 1- 1 " = 1' - N{ SCALE: 1. 1/2"= 1'-0" SINGLE -FLY PVC WALL FLASHING, SET M BGNDMG ADHESIVE (BY MANUF) ' ;= SINGLE-PLY PVC WALL FLASHING, SET IN BONDING FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING BY HVAC CONTRACT INSINUATED METAL CURB, BY �'P — PENETRATION SEAL, BY ROOF MANUFACTURER aT OO FN BAR AND ANCHOR BY ROOF MANUFACTURER +-� CONT. SEALANT, BY NOTE SEE DETAIL 4/A -12 FOR TYPICAL FLASHING NOTES TURN ELM COPING FLASHING UP MIN 4' Ct1 ADJACENT WALL . BENEATH MIL FLASHING METAL FLASHING AT E.IFS. COPING, TYP. PAINT TO MATCH EIFS. AT WEDGE MEMBRANE FLASHING, rYP, PVC MEMBR WELD CONT. TO PVC CO p " METAL FLASHING �. ( / SF 0� � �� ^ it k PVC MEMBRANE - WING, TYP. WELD G• TO PVC A1ED '- • L FLASHING rs �, � UNREINFORCED PVC MEMBRANE FLASHING FULLY WELDED (MANUF. STANA WEL) STANDARD D. FASTENERS PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATION 0 PVC COATED METAL SCUPPER i (PROVIDED BY ROOF MANUF MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC / ROOF NG SYSTEM SLOPE AS REQ'D. _ �� • NI r ADHESIVE CB7 MANUF) UNREINFORCED PVC MEMBRANE CONT. CAULK — 8' X 16' SCUPPER TYP. DECORATIVE PAINTED METAL RAINWATER APER TO DOWJSPOU? 16' X 24' 12' CONT CAULK ' � �� / �� � .•11 ������ �� FLASHING FULLY WELDED (MANUF. STANDARD WELD). FASTENERS PER MANUF. P RECOMMENDATION PVC COATED METAL r, • � I ������ �� � / Y LASHING AT PARAPET, TYP. PAINT TO MATCH / E.IF.S. i MANUFACTURER (INSTALLED HVAC CONTRACTOR PVC FLASHING, TYP. 8' X 16' SCUPPER, TYP. MIN. 2' ABOVE RF. DRN. SCUPPER (PROVIDED BY I , ROOF MANUF) MECHANICALLY FASTENED SINGLE BY HVAC CONTRACTOR) NOTE: COUNTERFLASH PRIOR TO SETTING UNIT. ALL ANCHORS THAT PENETRATE NE METAL MUST HAVE NEOPRENE WASHERS AND BE SUBSEQUENTLY CAULKED w/ HIGH GRADE CAULK (BY HVAC CONTRACTOR) 1 I NOTE: SEE MECH. DETAILS DUCT AND EWRGLAR BAR INSTALLATION .I ' p EIFS. COPING, TYP. f TERMINATION BAR/ ANCHOR ROOF MANUF. STANDARD WELD TO SCUPPER \ • 4 RJLLY ADHERED PVC MEMBRANE FLASH A BENEATN'�METALFLASHING, TYP. or / NIL ToP OF ROOF , ® _ _ OR MAIN SCUPPER PLY.' PVC ROOF' SYSTEM. SEE 4 /A -12 FOR TYPICAL NOTES �l SEE ELEVATIONS STL. BEARING N — . ■ ■ ••■••■11•••••�■�■� � • ■ ,SEE ELEVATION � � ���� �� �I -- I��° D r ® ® - - ® ∎ ®� CONT. CAULK' �I �� ..,. �:i�_ _ JOINT BEARING %, • '. .� S � • �"'� ®II -.I_ ■ - _ ® ' �111I '... . ' SEE ELEVATIONS OF SCUPPER TO OVER LAP' TOP OF RAINWATER BASIN I' MIN. PROVIDE CONT. r � �� � i � VERi. PVC COATED op4 COUNTER FLASHING TO MATCH COPING ABOVE. A? ALL sQ. FT. cALCs WELD CURB FRAME TO DECK ® _ I a /WAIL, SF CUT BLOCK AS REQ OR AS ALT, POUR SOLIDIF POUED I ! BECK AND uolsrs, '' 3/4' PLYWOOD COVER BOARD CONr. F OR 4 '-0' AROUND UNIT /OPENING � �. r��IF —CONTSEALANT 1,1$2 SF � � CONCRETE IS USED, ■ v EXTEND LIP OF �� SCUPPER TO BLOCK �/ ,IF.S.'WEDGE', SEE ELEV. roT � 45,884 SF 6' X S' DOWNSPOUTS CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 COURSE g Section of Scupper with Downspout 6 Overflow Scupper SCALE: I l /2 - - Mechanical Curb Detail SCALE: 3 1'-0" 8 Coping at Wedge Connection SCALE: N.T.S. CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 SCALE: 1 - 1a " = 1' -0" 457• MTL. STUD KICKERS O 16' O.C, VARYING N LENGTH. KICKERS MUST SUPPORT VERTb' W L. STUDS ATTACHMENT BETWEEN TOP OF STUD WALL 1 ATTACHMENT AT JOIST-SEE SECTIONS ON SHEET A -10 a A -12 AT PARAPET WALLS ...TN END KICKER STUDS i ABOVE 4' -0' TALL. b' MIL. STUDS a 16' O.C EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD a MEMBRANE. 5\/ /^ m . I I ` �i�1/ • W/ VERT. EST. FIXTURINO DATE: EST. C.O. DATE: 2' WEATHER HEAD 2' RIGID GAL V. CONDUIT �_ _ RUBBER BOOT �- w ? D 3 N--' g w ° al E D �' PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date REQUIRED WHEN VERTICAL IS LESS THAN 48' HIGH. 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111 2' C.M.U. 11 II , �II / STEEL THREAD � — _IL STRAP KICKERS DECK 9 4 EQ. ROOF IDECK 2' CLAMP NYLON BUSHING LOW VOLTAGE BY OTHERS OR 1/4' ALL TO ROOF SPACES. z a7 � ` �Q �C:, 3 , ®u �44y CAULK MtL. EDGE SLOPING METAL COPING NO KICKERS WOOD BLOCKIN- EXTERIOR INSULA • �C.. '- NORMAL FACE O TO MATCH EIFS, COLOR WALL FINISH SYSTEM SPLIT FACE °D 9 Enlarged Roof Plan i 1 Weather Head Detail 12 Exterior Insulation Detail SCALE: 1- 1a ° =1'•0" SCALE: ve ^ =r SCALE: r' -r -o" EXTERIOR INSULATION �' � I ROOF SUPPORTED STEEL STUDS MEMBRANE W/ WATERPROOFING + �p PRESSURE LOCK, NOTES: DOOR TO BE 'CESCO' C -FWA SERIES AS I ��� l� . G , � g0 .0 , ` IDECK , I I Y: ��, ■ �illll, / � / AUXILLARY ROOF DRAIN LOCATE DRAIN 5O THAT IT IS 2' ABOVE MAIN ROOF DRAIN. DRAIN STRAINER CLAMP CLAMPING RING DRAIN BOWL PVC MEMBRANE TO EXTEND UNDER DRAIN I /2' BEYOND DRAIN CLAMPING RING WATER CUT -OFF MASTIC �, $ III,) MEMBRANE PV SHEATHING RIGID INSULATION, TAPER 1 )II INSULATION AT ROOF DRAIN. ROOF DECKING£SS OF 2' '%/�b3, 1 Av E� n �� Glvy 9 Il I AQQ `^ ^^ CT ''' [ Is TYP. MANUFACTURED BY CE5CO ACCESS �C,..7 r■� ' I� I 1 PRODUCTS AND FURNISHED UNDER . NATIONAL ACCOUNTS SEE SHEET A-2 FOR FINISH SYSTEM GONT. BACKER ROD a SEALANT 0 0 0 A E■c �nEo a of nmwnA MAW yGN SCALD: AS NOTED DETAILS A-12 A ■ n u I GJ�� FURNISH /INSTALL SPECIAL PADLOCK SCHEDULE. PROVIDE DETAIL AS SHOWN. r R EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM ON EXT, GYP. SHEATHING AND 6 16 GA. METAL STUDS 0 16" Q ., � call FLASHING BY EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM CONTRACTOR T.O. MASONRY xay.+. , \ FOUNDATION - SUPPORTED STEEL STUDS O.C.. CONT. BACKER ROD a SEALAN ( )PADLOCK WASP DETAIL O° NOT TO SCALE #' DIAMOND PATTERN TOP OF ROOF ALUMINUM TREAD PLATE 253x4 ALUM. ANGLE FRONT ELEVATION EXTERIOR INSUL. FINISH SYSTEM ON I/2' EXT. GYP. SHEATHING ON 6' ib GA. o METAL STUDS 6' O ,C, 5/8 EXTERIOR GYPSUM SOFFITS, TYPICAL �' � ' SEE ELEVATION $ HIL71 EXPANSION ANCHOR CONT. AROUND DOOR BACK FLASHING FOR FRAME PRESSURE LOCK, TYP. ON PLYUIOOD r. ® ® YL STRUCT ALUMI ;� y= (B7 PAM GM.U. STEEL STUD — , III , .00R MANUFE WATER TIGHT GASKETI CONT. AROUND FRAME _ � LeAMPPPTR! CONT. DRIP "" A CUT- TI-NRU SECTION STIFFENERS, TYP. A NOT TO SCALE:'" O 13 Exterior Insulation Detail SCAI.F I.la•d I', 14 Exterior Insulation Detail 1S 'Access Doors @ Wedge Kickers 16 Roof Drain Detail SCALE: NTS. 1 ( ROOF HATCH 2' Y BOND BEAM OR LINTEL, SEE STRUGT. 0 \ \ \// �\ I/2' MOULDING (SQUARE PROFILE) STAINLESS STEEL COMER GUARD T-0' q� GYP. BOARD, TYP. EACH SIDE, SEE PLAN FOR WALL TYPES DOUBLE 6' STEEL STUDS, TYP. AT HEAD AND JAMB CAULK, CO. SHIM AS REQQ. LOCK SUACE DRIP EDGE MASONRY f j ► °a ion__ °� iioee i - -6' x -O' a ma, HEAD SEALANT, CONT. FULL PERIMETER). DETAIL • —_ ,- - �---- :L LL ZIN OW MTL. FRAME A TYP. G STOPS AND SEALANT, a it./01•• SCALE: 1"=1,0" JAMB ANCHOR EACH COURSE aim INTEGRAL METAL FLASHING MECH. FASTENED PVC 0 ROOF SYSTEM L.A.... :::: TYPICAL AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS. SEE DETAIL 6/A -13. p 1/4' PLYWOOD LAMINATED WITH PLAM -I (SEE FINISH SCHEDULE SHEET A -2) �4E AD AND JAMB 1/4' TEMPERED WIRED GLASS 1/4' TEMPERED WIRED GLASS . e` lP pi GLAZING STOPS AND SEALANT, TYP. HOLLOW MTL. FRAME GROUT FIRST TWO CORES — y;• MASONRY iii'nt i'i.i ` ° yi °1 �i� - !.. -' � %po�a� tat JAMB DETAIL i !I, 1�711 11��� STEEL ANGLE SUPPORT - SEE LL PI n w it o 1111f' • 3' -0' AFF • -- 1 .. _ SHIM AS REQ. p CAULK, CON7. 6' STEEL STUDS, TYP. • � • Il i STRUCTURAL 2 1/2 ' 3/8 ' BRACE x g s' -m c/c SCALE: , " - ,' -o " SILL GYP. BOARD, TYP. EACH SIDE, SEE PLAN FOR WALL TYPES SAFETY EXTENDER POLE 2 Head/Jamb Details 3 Wainscot Trim Detail 4 Interior Relite '■' ` � SCALE: 3 ,0" WALL STEP 1. — — STEP 2 . / STEP 3. '', FASTEN SIGN P = BRACKET DETAIL S /A -13 �� �o�oee.•� ® P TALD T --;. —�_� o ► , - o • 00 ° ° 0� � , 1 'i d .0 °i' ! > .1 i� i�i� - _.:�°� f o� .�0 �°� °. .1 ♦, r ►0 ►00 1 f, �s ► ° ��i 0i °il •� ► ° = e ` •.e ° °...° ► ° i` .6i o °i�OiPO•i°o� ► °0oo�0 °i °i °POO��i °•�� �� ..� °` ==- ���� ® — . I�� EA 'dao ° I ° o�e�o� i ►00oe� ♦000♦ ° o o,. ���, •O o0� ?J� = -� �•y I /A FOR TICKET SIZE *DESCRIPTION EGTRIGAL CONNECTION • ATION: VERIFY WITH' SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR '' 2x WOOD BLOCKING AT SUPPORTS MTh. STUD WALL LATEX . MFG. !NO RECOMMENDED BY I l_ iii11 GENERIC OUTLINE OF WEDGE CORNICE, SIGN I TO CLEAR CORNICE A ��� '��l� 1/2 SPACE FOR WATER DRAINAGE IOCOMER STEEL SAFETY GAGE SILICONE) AT TOANBOTTOM I , J k! 1 T TO N BOTSEE I I VAN' I'� I I -MEET OSHA AND APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. STEEL ' Iii �, �� 11 i I III ®� I/2' LIBERTY CONNECTOR. ABOVE 6' COVE BASE) INSIDE ', i PUSHING AWAY REAPPLY. TO SET OFF OF CORNER THE TOP TO PULL THE' (DRYWALL, PLAM, ETC.) MIN. 14 GA., CORNER GUARD. SMOOTH INSTALLATION (APPLY TO GUARD.. TO WALL GUARD 3 SEC, AND GLUE; A CHANGE COATING FROM AS NOT THE WALL. CORNERS 21/2' x 21/2' TO BE FILED —� LADDER - 21/2 x ®� ®� 3/8 ' BAR STRINGERS l'-6' R ; WITH 3/4' DIAMETER', RUNGS. AT 1' -0' G /C. BACK SIDE OF SIGN ' S 2'X 2'X I/4' ALUM. ANGLE ON WALL ANGLE ON WALL 11 ®� I U! 11E1 i.� ! III 15/8' DIA. ALUM. PIPE SPACER - 13/4' LONG (TACK WELD TO ANGLE) ;.. '. ! STEP L APPLY ADHESIVE OF CORNER STEP 2. APPLY GUARD ON TIGHT. PULL WALL WAIT THIS GIVES AND ADHERE. STEP 3. PEEL VINYL GUARD BY'PULLING STRAIGHT DOWN GUARD OFF - NOTE: L OUTSIDE TO RECEIVE: - ALL EDGES o FINISH FLOOR ®I 3/4' PLYWOOD BEHIND II ir LADDER ATTACH LADDER TO FLOOR NOTE: VERIFY NUMBER OF ANCHOR LOCATIONS WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR EXTERIOR I. ����IIIII � ��' /2 rH1GK DRYVIT INTERIOR ■ ® ®® I WITH I/2 'ANCHOR BOLTS 5 Detail of Roof Hatch 6 CORNER GUARD INSTALLATION 7 Ticket Sign Blocking & Mounting Detail SCALE: 1 /8" =1' -0" 8 Ticket Sign Mounting Bracket SCALE: 6 " =1 -0" SCALE: 1"=1 -0' SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" TOP OF MASONRY 6' CONCRETE SLAB, 2' PAINT HANNEL FRAME, I ITCH DOORS AND HANDRAILS, SEE ELEVATI COLORS. 4' -m' 6 -4 , 12, Ic•S, I/8' TOLERANCE OM 10' (T FACE OF WALL P) LIP EXTENSION SEE ELEVATIONS iii ii 70 0• BROOM FINISH, WITH 6 x6 W2.9XIS REINFORCING ON FILL. (SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS)' LINE OF CONCRETE ����/ -I SEE SITE PLAN ' =J'NIN3do ANNOSVW -.O S ° IN OT : SECTION SIM. m HILIFT DOORS s CSI BAY, SEE STRUCTURAL \ ' SECTIONAL STEEL �: ROLL -UP -a_m' DOOR _ � � TAPERED DOCK Q , , , , ' SECTIONAL ROLLING DOOR MI _ i to'•'i'. �,;p �fI I 3i er CONT. SE.._ _ ___ OR ASPHALT PAVING (BEYOND) Yz13 1O1 .S /I Al I a'43'x3/16' ANGLES AS PER MFG. EXTEND I' -9' PAST LAST JAMBS. I SIDE CURB ANGLES MUST BE 90" TO DOCK FACE. CURB ANGLES JOINTS TO di BE WELDED. f E • rrwo .ZI e FINISH FLOOR _ SEAL � Laue 5' -0' 5' -0' I -I/2' STEEL PIPE RAILING (PAINT TO MATCH DOCK DOORS) WITH BLACK e VINYL COATED CHAIN LINK FENCE PIPE BOLLARD - .- .. "�;. -,.; y t'� giti ik _ _ ® I t;� • -• �� III d LAMINATED DOCK BUMPER �i � S TEEL GROUT OVERHEAD GUIDES L. m' -0' APP. " } �9 ( I °° - ' "' "� _ SEE DETAIL 6 /A -II 6 ' - DOCK PAD (TYP) 8 ' - (TYP) I /8' x I' STRAP 24' O.C, VERTICALLY INTO ANCHORS FILLED 12' BLOCK WALL DOOR EXTERIOR WALL NOT S: PIT DETAILS FOR THIS SHEET ARE FOR KELLY DOCK LEVELER MODEL 'M ImBBBW. - CONCRETE BEHIND STEEL ANGLES MUST BE WELL VIBRATED. PIT WALLS, FLOOR AND DOCK FACE TO'. HAVE A S' MIN. THICKNESS. - PROJECT LOADING DOCK AND FOUNDATION WALL OUT FROM FACE OF WALL AS RECOMMENDED BY DOCK LEVELER MFG. ACCORDING TO DOCK RAMP SLOPE AND CONFIGURATION. TO SRAM ° _ Vet 8LOP ° , _ _ • �� •,� -; . { ti;y - _ _ _ I0 - NOTE COMPLY RECOMMENDATIONS PROJECTIONS. WITH DOCK LEVELER MANUFACTURER'S FOR DOCK WALL VERIFY WITH SLOPE 3' INSIDE DIAMETER PVC SOIL DRAINAGE PIPE THRU WALL WITH AND SLAB METAL SCREEN AT CONDITIONS SIDE - 10' -0' O.C. ID STANCE BTWN GUIDE FOUND IN FIELD. 9, Section Loading Dock 11 Detail @ Loading Dock Door Jamb 12 Enlarged Plan of Dock Leveler 6 thru FACE OF WALL EXTERIOR 12' INTERIOR 1, 0' ' ' 4 TRENCH DRAIN 6'-4' / 12' FACE OF WALL — T (— /� ` �� - o (/ ■ Ull pt' F ^ " • N� 1 I 5 '' 3 x3 x ANGLES AS PER FINISH 1R i gi r TYPICAL EXT. WALL CONSTRUCTION 'r- 1/8 ' TOLERANCE � I 1 1 e � 3 x3543/16' ANGLES A5 PER MFG. DOCK PAD (TTP.) BOND BEAM OR LINTEL AS REQUIRED. STEEL I /8'x1' STRA ANCHORS < E:�>... o :t' .' 1 p U ''• 7 � = I/2' EXPANSION JOINT MATEi TOLD DOWN I 4 FILL WITH SEALANT ' 4 - Q ' IM , . /. z II •i7 i � K7 0 v c 7> ; I/2' SLOPE LAMINATED �� �� DOCK BUMPER SEALANT (TYPICAL ALL SIDES) INTERIOR 4 EXTERIOR HOLLOW NOTES WA 1 � o " . d ; ,... ,..Y."1,.: . it it r J. ir 1.4. - 17 111 Ill ITI ITI ITI !8' PER I' -0' SLOPE'' HEAVY DUTY CAST IRON ` TRENCH FRAME GRATE; SEE MECH. DETAILS -- METAL FRAME GROUT FILLED COMPACTO CHUTE PROVIDED BY COMPACTOR VENDOR I ,, �a fr# r ,., IV EAPIT WALL TO E PLUMB 1 JL POJECT LOADING DOCK AND ] I/2 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL. HOLD DOWN I' d FILL WITH SEALANT ' , D0 SLAB WI ONbRETE 1 W9 X W25 REINF1 .11 1 1 a a _ DRA SCREEN , ' L 4'44'x1/4' STEEL FRAME - ' t qFp, SEALANT m gLOGK, PAINT TO DOOR NOT SHOWN FOR CLAITY - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SIZE AND TYPE. FILL C.M.U. SOLID * PERIMETER TYP. CUT C.M.U. AS REQUIRED. - SLAEE TUCTURAL) II I"' N DRAINAGE PIPE NOTE: REINFORCED CONCRETE DOCK SLAB, 6' THICK WITH 6 X 6 W2.9XW2.9 REINFORCING. FOUNDATION WALL OUT FROM FACE OF WALL AS RECOMMENDED BY DOCK LEVELER MFG. ACCORDING TO DOCK RAMP SLOPE AND CONFIGURATION CONCRETE FOOTING (SEE STRUCTURAL) 13 'Detail of Trash Compactor Door 14 I Detail @ Trench Drain I ii 1 Detail thru Dock Leveler 1 6 I not used SCAI.F.: 12 - e.n SCALE: 12 "..1,0" SCAT F.. 112 " =1'A" `TA A :39,062 SF 5,670 SF '''ALL 1,152 SF '''''4 5,884 SF ONCEPT: C4.5 -45 ONCE, DATE: 09.01.99 sT. F1XTURING DATE: ST. O.O. DATE: a PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. A A A A A A date RECEIVED q11' OF'RAMA FEf°1R eENTEI: CALE: S NOTED 7ETAILS -13 PREFMISHED METAL WALL CAP, SLOPE TO DRAM PREFINISHED METAL WALL CAP, SLOPE TO EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM WITH DRAINAGE ON EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING OVER METAL FRAMING �i :' � � .� �� 4 METAL SIDING CORRUGATED . GYP SHEATHING OVER EXT OVER. STRUCTURE TOOLED EDGE NEW EXISTING P.T.1 X BLOCK. TOP OF PARAPET DRAIN METAL CLEAT d CAULK, CONT. EIFS COR NICE O VER .. _ _ — _�____ r • _'� „ �. 1 6441 I SEE ELEVATIONS P.T. 2 X BLOCKING TOP PARAPET �_. METAL CLEAT CORFUCATED METAL SIDMG OVER MASONRT MERE PARAPET HEIGHT ALLOWS MMWF METAL CLEAT a CAULK C. __________ ________ I SEE EL ELEVATIONS A METAL CLEAT CORRUGATED METAL SIDING OVER EXT GYP SHEATHING OVER METAL FRAMING CH FMISH STEG R MNECS _° , �. \� •• �� 1 .. 12 . 4 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS S' ♦4 • ♦ EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH M450JR7" _ DRIP EDGE, CONT. EXTERIOR 1.LX'. • �; • , � � BAR DOWELLB 2 24' O.G. LOOSE SET INTO DRILLED s :E;;: ONT FOR NEW AND SYSTEM ON - � m ;; :c5 S. Um CAULK BEHMD MEMBRAE Ai BAE i p _1II 5EE ELEVATON L OTE I HILT' EXPANSION ANCHOR I I I III I I I NOTE: SEE ITE PLAN AS -I EXISTING SIDEWALKS MASONRY \ ♦ R INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM ON MASONRY N I. FASTEN PVC METAL GAP TO PLYWOOD W/ z > P� 0 " ROOFING TURN. UP PER I. FASTEN PVC METAL CAP TO PLYWOOD W/ PAN -HEAD SCAMS AT 6' 0.C. 2. USE CAULKING MATERIALS APPRO VED BY ROOF MAlFACNRER ONLY. SPADED EQUALLY ALONG HEIGHT OF WALL AT 24' O.C. MAX r t ; Y ; p ' ' �� :t ;� 00o p ': E , � 4 , ' : ; ; 4 � . . I♦ 1,I �� �) ' ' - ---�' ' MANUF.S SPECS. Q W CAULK BEHIND MEMBRANE U AT BASE ,♦ it' Al n. , ON MASONRY i� CMU, REF. STRUCTURAL � ��� — �MIE — ; `� ° )1\ � ' -- 3. 2' POLYISO. INSUL. R -24 I �' METAL DECK PAN -HEAD SCREWS, , • ����� —`o.— _ _ r F �• MATERIALS APPROVED BY ROOF �. � I _ . ■ ` . MANUFACTURER ONLY. : �_/ �: \ MECHANICALLY FASTENED PVC ROOFING FI SYS I INSUL. R -24 1 CORNICE AT MASONRY PARAPET 2 CORNICE AT FRAMED PARAPET 3 EIFS AT MASONRY 4 EXISTING/ NEW SIDEWALK JOINT SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE; N.T.S. SCALE: 1 I/2"= 1' -0" SCALE: 1 -I/2" = 1' -0" KTERIOR SULATION FINISH (STEM ON EXT. HEATHING ON CORRUGATED METAL SIDING OVER EXT. GYP SHEATHING OVER METAL FRAMING '4 TOP WELDED TO 4' PIPE 6 WELDED TO CHANNEL ANGLE BRACE, SEE STRUCT. BOLTED TOGETHER ROOFING T -, UP TOP WELDED TO 4' DNA. PER MAN• .'S \ PIPE WELDED TO CHANNEL ATTACHED TO ° —TAL FRAMING G CHANNEL 4 FIFE ;. ` ATTACHED TO METAL FRAMING SEE MGT G1. -- - -- .� . ��._; t II I DIET. BOL T ANGLE BRACE, SEE STRUGT: FLASHING BEHIND CHANNEL 8 ANGLE SPECS. .\�� ROOF JOIST MECHANICALLY V , FASTENED PVG ROOFING SYST PIPE BOO FLASHING PER ANUF. S — ECS ..d �® -Il ' �iiiooliuouououor °O� • 11!,AIL5-`B® _- 5 I BRACE ATTACHMENT @ WALL 6 BRACE' ATTACHMENT @ ROOF 7 NOT USED 8 NOT USED SCALE: 1 l /2" = 1'D SCALE; 1 In " = I'D" SCALE: 1/2 "= 1' -0" SCALE: i "= 1' -0'• 9 NOT USED 10 NOT USED 11 NOT USED 12 NOT USED SCALE: 3/4 " =1 ' -0" _ SCALE: I -In = 1' -0' SCALE: l /2" = I' -0" SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" boI coL13L 0 E' @0 F r 't. A I Nc•' ' D 13 NOT USED 14 NOT USED 15 NOT USED 16 NOT USED SCALE: 1 -I/2" =1'-0' SCALE: 1.1/2" 4 1'•0" --` -11 SQ. FT. CALCS "A'L 3 9,062 SF srnowm 5,670 SF N91'A ' 1,152 SF m 45,884 SF ONCEPT. C4.5 -45 ONCEPI'. DATE: 09.01.99 ST. F'IXTURING DATE: ST. 0.0. DATE; PERMIT SET 1 2/08/99 rev. date A A 0 A A A RECEIVED of IVKWIA PER CENTER G ALE: S NOTED E TAILS A -14 ■ FIXTURE LEGEND A FULL GONDOLA OVERRACKING - B' -0` HIGH X 9' -0' WIDE VALANCE AND LIGHTING AT T-0'. ANCHORED TO FLOOR B HALF GONDOLA OVERRACKING - 0' -0' H. X 2` -9' WIDE. VALANCE AND LIGHTING AT T'•0'. ANCHORED TO FLOOR C WAREHOUSE RACKING - B' -0' HIGH X 6' -0' WIDE. NO VALANCE OR LIGHTING. ANCHORED TO FLOOR D WAREHOUSE RACKING - S' -0' HIGH X 3'-0` WIDE. NO VALANCE OR LIGHTING. ANCHORED TO FLOOR REFRIGERATOR (WAREHOUSE, RACKING - 6'-0' HIGH X F 3•O' WIDE. VALANCE AND LIGHTING AT i' -0'. ANCHORED TO FLOOR FB GOLFER FILRS LEi0 B E INSTA 7 rT LLED B7 PAINTED BFIXTURY rR ALL FILLE E CONT. H VIDEO (WAREHOUSE) RACKING DISPLAY - I2' -0' HIGH X —Hr J LOW GONDOLA - 5' -0' HIGH X 4' -0' WIDE. DECK EXTENDER K AM L N 'BAKERY' RACKING - 92' HIGH X 24' WIDE. P ml _sirs_lm.gro N Mk Mr 1 ANCHORED TO FLOOR. NO VALANCE OR LIGHTING R SHELF .1D INSERTS. 7 MI S ii 11 111 a T ii DD GONDOLA SECTION WITH LOWER DECK SHELF INSTALLED . EE TENR GONDOLA WITH EXDE ADDED. 11 II li 111 11 11 1 11 11 11 MOM r11111 MIMI= I a --rt .._ FIXTURE LEGEND A FULL GONDOLA OVERRACKING - B' -0` HIGH X 9' -0' WIDE VALANCE AND LIGHTING AT T-0'. ANCHORED TO FLOOR B HALF GONDOLA OVERRACKING - 0' -0' H. X 2` -9' WIDE. VALANCE AND LIGHTING AT T'•0'. ANCHORED TO FLOOR C WAREHOUSE RACKING - B' -0' HIGH X 6' -0' WIDE. NO VALANCE OR LIGHTING. ANCHORED TO FLOOR D WAREHOUSE RACKING - S' -0' HIGH X 3'-0` WIDE. NO VALANCE OR LIGHTING. ANCHORED TO FLOOR REFRIGERATOR (WAREHOUSE, RACKING - 6'-0' HIGH X F 3•O' WIDE. VALANCE AND LIGHTING AT i' -0'. ANCHORED TO FLOOR FB GOLFER FILRS LEi0 B E INSTA 7 rT LLED B7 PAINTED BFIXTURY rR ALL FILLE E CONT. H VIDEO (WAREHOUSE) RACKING DISPLAY - I2' -0' HIGH X 3' -0' WIDE. ANCHORED TO FLOOR BACK OF RACKING. J LOW GONDOLA - 5' -0' HIGH X 4' -0' WIDE. LOW GONDOLA - 9' -0' HIGH X 4` -0' WIDE WITH 12° DECK EXTENDER K LOU GONDOLA - 5' -0' HIGH X 2' -0` WIDE. L N 'BAKERY' RACKING - 92' HIGH X 24' WIDE. P WAR-Fl PAIN GENERATOR 0 WAREHOUSE RACKING - 0'•0' WOW X 3' -0' WIDE. ANCHORED TO FLOOR. NO VALANCE OR LIGHTING R SHELF .1D INSERTS. R LOW GONDOLA - E' -0' HIGH X 2` -6' WIDE. S RAM A -FE GONDOLA -� E' -4' HIGH X 2' -0` WIDE. T TOW SQUARE FIXTURE DD GONDOLA SECTION WITH LOWER DECK SHELF INSTALLED . EE TENR GONDOLA WITH EXDE ADDED. `. rte• y5 • Qj • I °7' -I 7S'� 6' 0'j, T_ ?ItI• j,5'(A•� e' -3' , 5`fd' . 'i`_D' . ,6'.0' 6`2 . 4- 4.9'13 i'6'.2' 6' -0'j. -0'3` 10'd' -m' „//2-0 0• 6' 0'2'- 05-0°� ' . ;5'.4 .' -Z x'-0'[ - 08' 0• 10' - °7 _0' la'_9• �J4 Oq:.iO d' -0�4 6'dl -0` �.. ^w'd..C. 4"'.fb $'•0 G'- o °4.0'�,d 31`.10' II _096.61,4 -0 , ID' - • 1 90 . a' -6 4,-®, 1.._..._ IA. __I..__.I �y WHR M IP -- _ • .' g cu) C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 ' 1 1 1 1 '1 — I i at i��� �i1�� �r�ia{t 1 1 11 1 < ::. 1 1 [E .Ka GENE NOTES I. ALL FIXTURES, SHELVING AND STANDARDS ARE TO BE INSTALLED BY FIXNRE CONTRACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL STANDARDS. FIXTURES SUPPLIED BY BEST BUY CO. 2. ALL FIXTURES DIMENSIONS ARE MEASURED FROM KICK PLATE TO KICK PLATE. �aa -ou82 SQ, FT. CALCS ETAL 39,062 SF 5,670 SF INSTALL, 1,152 SF ' TAL 45,884 SF CONCEP, C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DA'IS: 09.01.99 EST, F'IXTURINO DATE; EST, 0.0. DATE; SCALE PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date A A A 0 0 0 RB:E9 cTry a EN nNCwxA PERMIT UWEJ 3/32" = 1' -0" FIXTURE PLAN F -1 PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date A A A A A A CRY0 "TIM4. !' PERMR CENT. F -2 SCALE, AS NOTED ENLARGED MILLWORK PLANS 12' -6' WAREHOUSE RACK • _t a 2 -0 O ITT FE •. ',( _ / `E - S - (C) s 7)P \ CGAU I ) \ \ ❑�REFL..J -- - / 11 / COAL IGGWI I cC/W / I I I u1 VENDING • I "' 1 ,'.� N L 'J I I I L 10 10 10 10 !l 11 - — s� G C W/ ADJUSTABLE SHELVING I I I I 1 0 ® O O `m ® 10 I UUU 40 0 E CABINETS \ I E.S- (A) IE.S.(A) c /^ I G PROTECTOR (67 I GTE / - r 1 T4 ' I 1 / 1 / N i COINER PROTECTOR (6) L — ©i \J' I I DIGITAL IMAGING CENTER 2 CELLULAR CENTER g BREAK ROOM 4 RECEIVING AREA DESK 5 EMPLOYEE STATION TYPE 14 2 SCALE, 1/4' • NO' SCALE: 1/4' • I' -0' SCALE: 1/4' • U -0' SCALE. I /4' • 1' -0' SCALE: I /4' • 1' -0' i / 12' C E>�l i >4L NOTES I, ALL CASEWORK TO BE PROVIDED BY BBC AND INSTALLED THE FIXTURE INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR R UNLESS NOTED 0 .SE ROOM AND VANITIES ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS C(A.NECTICNS BY ELECTRICAL G.O.1.C.T. AL CONTRACTOR 2. ALL CASEWORK TO HAVE 6' VINYL BASE. SUPPLIED CONTRACTO a INSTALLED BY GENERAL R 3. ALL CA.WORC TO BE COVERED WITH CARDBOARD AND TAPED TO PROTECT SURFACES AFTER MBTALLATION. FIXTURE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO CASEWORK AFTER INSTALLATION. WA 4, BASE CABINETS, COUNTERTOP, AND LL BY CONTRACTOR DISHED AND INSTALLED \ � I / i — ON J N L NVd O H O Itl O • O / , / ' A 6 \.''y J , T 12' -0' ® -0' / ® ��--------�� 6' -0' — y 2' -9' k • L - � ��� '!' 11 j Ii A E I I{ F.O.I. BAR II _ / TEN6A- RIERS ( II i! II � � REEL RACI . I 111 II s $ g \ I O ` 00-' J 10 \ O – 10 J --\ 0 J - F F -, / U /, I I I 9 n T F , C -� , ��.., [1:7[ — — — — 1 1� I . i — — — LLLIII \ � � / �� � / / '', / / ��� .� HOSE ' 6568 DOOR -i O l 9 .� 1- I FURNITURE AND ACCESSORIES LEGEND / 6 6 ` 97RIP 5' ALL FURNITURE AND ACCESSORIES PROVIDED BY BBC, INSTALLATION BY F.G. O�. DESCRIPTION I TB I I TB I \ 9 r 2 -9' vC M � � ■ -� 4 ' 8 4 0' WHITE BOARD TOP -0' 30 x 30 TABLE 4 PAINT 9 P TR I 1 I PE I ! � i Q o ' Q j T------ —_- m _ 4 4 x 4 METAL GRID MOUNTED ON 48 STANDARDS. A TO 96' APP. BOTTOM o 48 APP., P 5 4 x S METAL GRID MOUNTED ON P. STANDARDS. R BOTTOM.a ' 48' APP., TOP • 96' APP. 28 -0• (MART i CART � 5' -I I/1' � � '.� ID 6 SET OF 16 LOCKERS 2 9' -01R' � '�� T .FILE CABINET S 4' -0' x 3 - 0 " CORK BOARD .012 MO I 11 9 0 � * ` 9 STOOL 10 STACK CHAIR II STENOGRAPHER ADJUSTABLE CHAIR \ o WALL STANDARDS • 48' 00. - UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ; '- 4 618 C Os16 O CASEWORK LEGEND ///////////// / /// / / / / / / / / / / /// / / / / / / / / / / /// '/ / ( _-- - -� - -- / . � � \ /� \ / \.. 4 ' 4 EIW ALL CASPoC PROVIDED BY. BBC, INSTALLED BY F,C. \ ` \I - ! Q - — — y — — — y — �- , - L 1 �� - --- - -_ —_ - �} — CASEWORK DESCRIPTION AT/P ALARM STEP TOPPER TO BE MOUNTED ON BHELP, BEE PROD LO. 2'x4' ATT AUDIO TERMINAL TOPPER I..... Tvtz BT BINOCULAR TOPPER TO BE MOUNTED GN BASE CABINET W/ PLEXY FRONT. .. CUSTOMER CREDIT COUNTER CON) CAMCORDER STEP TOPPER ON BASE CABINET W/ WIRE PANEL FRONT 2'x4 CDI • PORTABLE CD TOPPER TO BE MOUNTED CN SHELF, SEE PROD LO.2'44' II CUSTOMER SERVICE /COMPUTER TECH./FINANCE/MANAGER 13 STEREO INSTALLATION (CSI) CF COLUMN FILLER SCALE I/4' • 1' -0' SCALE, 1/4' • 1' -0' CP, CELL PHONE TOPPER TO BE MOUNTED ON BHELP, SEE PROD LO. / \ ., \ 0 .'... 6, i 5'- Q C! V u Q I -4" 5 � I .. Q CJ V II Q I � �T `-F II 5 I - Q II Q - �T "'F II Q I - / � II /2 II �T 1 - 0 II \ �'h ICJ V V V � 1 2 /I - )2 ,�/ �� ' , /� 4 CRCC COMMUNICATIONS ROOM COMPUTER CART - STORE CSCF CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTER FILLER CBCP COMPUTER TECH PASS THRU COUNTER .. 6 6' -0 x 3 0' GUST. SERV. COUNTER ON 6x2 BASE CABINET CSCB 8 -0 x 3 0' CURT. SERA COUNTER ON 8'x2 BASE CABINET CSCl2 12' -0' x 9' -0' C.T. BERM. COUNTER ON 12'x2'. BASE CABINET OTC COMPUTER TECH CART - STORE I ' • I 1123 I I —_ m I I ® fi ,!� CTT COMPUTER TERMINAL TOPPER OWL CASH WRAP /CHECKOUT COUNTER LEFT \ Cak 1 I � ® � �1 ,`. �ry CUR CASH WRAP /CHECKOUT COUNTER RIGHT CWT CASH WRAP LANE TICKET I —1 H'. �����.. I Wf C ® Ma II ECM � I® .:�. .. CU6 II COT 1 � .. � • II © 1,� r® IO Iv � It � 1, ". '�� + \ \55 /�� DT/' DATA TOPPER TO BE ON LOCKUP CABINET, SEE PROD La. FC LAMINATED WOOD FILE CABINET 21- 3/4'416'x24' PE FINISHED END PM FLAT TOPPER ON BABE CABINET - E I _ Py fit II R R I C _ _ I m __. .,N - F ...1 SHIED ,/ �,'7 � ''' i• 9' -9 12' BASE ? D © "- c\i ('(1 _ GLASS ON FRONT 2,4 ICC INSTALL CUSTOMER COUNTER MOUNTED • SLIDING GLASS WINDOW 12'x4' m - LPB LOS-9 PREVENTION BOOTH °� Mr — — / _— -- \ \ MO MANAGERS OFFICE MTT MUSIC TERMINAL TOPPER PC PROCESSING COUNTER 2 x.11 R B A PST POWER SPEAKER TOPPER TO BE MOUNTED ON SHELF, SEE PROD LO. i E 5 � - � ^ °' ^ Ti BOTTOM ,. �• RT RADAR - TOPPER TO MOUNT ON. LOOKUP CASE, SEE PROD LO. \ _. TSC TECH SERVICE CART - STORE I I U 10 10 10 In O v0 \ I n I U it W U PHONE � _ OILS STEREO INSTALL BENCH 99 91GNAGE, STORAGE, UNDER COUNTER •STORE II O T 1 1 1 r II I [ '' I WSI F-- O ST, STEP TOPPER ON BASE CARNET W/ PLEXY FRONT STT 2' -0' x 2' SMALL TERMINAL TOPPER ( // '' J 0 O O I� �� I ® 0 75 TECHNICIAN BENCH, e' =0' x 3' -0'. TOP a 36' APP, 1 10 I - f 1 1----1 TTAL 74'x42' TERMINAL TOPPER AND DABS CABINET 1 WOOD FRONT 1 ' I � J I 10 1 II ) 10 I."„ � Al O ' tRC tRAMING ROOM GANNET -STORE '. R � I/2 I/2 TRT TRAMiNG ROOM TABLE - STO,Yc t o U - \ ■ T O O iO / 9 2 TRTD TRAINING ROOM TEACHING DE8K , WORE _ ® ...W / / / / / ® �i 'A'�" ""'®' /""""�"""®" ® """ "�'®" ALL COUNTER TOPS AND EDGER TO BE WA -D30 -6 NATURAL ALMOND I WA- 4621 -60 WHITE NEUBLA ( ALL SIDES/ 0 WINTER WORK TER <CUT TO FIT) MOUNTED ON FILING CABINETS N- / / 11 �i / /M//IV /, IUSI 12' 4 4' -0' WALL SHELF �T2' APP. STAND. a48' 04, �� -- -\ .2 22' x 4' -0' HD WALL SHELF 412' APP, 96' STAND. s48' OC, \ N `\�� . / r -___-_ ___ U53 22x4' HD WALL SHELF *3' APP. W/ LOCKUP CABS, 48' STAND. • 48' O.C. UTT WALKMAN TOPPER TO BE MOUNTED ON SHELF, SEE PROD LO. U� CNNT I �'^ U r 9.79 e ' n1 � it • • ') p ENLARGED FIXTURE PLAN 24 BOOKKEEPER COUNTER SCALE: V4• • i SCALE, I/4' • P.D PERMIT SET 12/08/99 rev. date A A A A A A CRY0 "TIM4. !' PERMR CENT. F -2 SCALE, AS NOTED ENLARGED MILLWORK PLANS Lintel Schedule Bite Reinforcing Special Impaction Comments I 12' x 6' -0' (415x12'-0', IN BST. CELL (214412'-0 • TOP (214x17.0' • MID -HT. YES BEE NOTES BELOW, 2 12' x 4' -0' (21 5 HORIZ. IN'BOT, CELL (2) 4 CONT. • TOP (2) 4 CONT. • MID -HT- NO : SEE NOTES BELOW. 3 12' B' (215 • BOTTOM NO BEE NOTES BELOW, Notes I, LINTEL SHALL BE GROUTED SOLID WITH VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SIMILAR TO THAT IN CMU TYPE 2, UNA. 2 LINTELS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY 12' WIDE JAMBE ON EA. BIDE, JAMBS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH (2) 5 VERY, BARB A FULL TORY HEIGHT. VERY. RAF, HAL SL BE PLACED F M FACE OF CMU WALL CO W ITH W,' CL BTLLN'. VERY. KEBABS AND ImJER FACE OF CUM. 3. LINTELS IN THE 8• CMU WALLS AT THE FRONT OF THE BUILDING 0,0' AND 16' -0' et..., SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH (21 5 HORIL IN SOT, CELLS ■ (27.4 • TOP 4 MID.-HT, CELLS. Structural Notes GENERAL, THESE STRUCTURAL NOTES SUPPLEMENT THE SPECIFICATIONS. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND AMONG THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, THESE NOTES, AND ANY SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED IN A TIMELY MANNER TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER DESIGN TEAM WHO SHALL CORRECT ANY DISCREPANCY IN WRITING, ANY WORK DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR AFTER DISCOVERY OF SUCH DISCREPANCY SHALL BE DONE AT THE CONTRACTORS' RISK 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE THE DIMENSIONS AMONG ALL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK OR FABRICATION. 3. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCING, AND SAFETY REQUIRED FOR THE WORK. 4. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF ALL ERECTION BRACING, FORM WORK, TEMPORARY SHORING REQUIRED FOR THE WORK, K3 NIF ORM BUILDING I I I CODE, 1991 EDITION, AS AMENDED BY THE CITY OF TUKWIL4. 2- ALL REFERENCE TO OTHER CODES AND STANDARDS (ACI, ASTM, ETC./ SHALL BE FOR THE LATEST OR MOST CURRENT EDITION AVAILABLE, DESIGN LIVE LOADS: ROOF (SNOW LOAD) 25 PSF (PLUS DRIFT AOWANCE) WI 80 MPH (EPOSURE LL SEISMIC ZONE 3 ePEGAL N6PECTICNS, SPECIAL INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED BY UBC SECTION 1101 FOR THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION: CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL BOLTS IN CONCRETE WELDING HIGH STRENGTH BOLTING STRUCTURAL MASONRY afar DRAWINGS I. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR THE FOLLOWING, -REINFORCING STEEL - STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL INCLUDING WELD INSERTS AND ANCHORS -PRE- ENGINEERED STEEL TRUSSES -BAR JOISTS, GIRDERS, AND STEEL DECK FaNDATIcta I. MAXIMUM DESIGN SOIL BEARING PRESSURE • 2500 PSF PER GEOTECHNIC, REPORT PREPARED BY GEO ENGINEERS, INC. USE THE SOILS REPORT IN CONJUNCTION WITH THESE NOTES. 1 2 FOOTINGS SH BE FOLNDED ON COMPACTED AND APPROVED STRUCTURAL FILL, A$ RECOMMENDED BY THE GEO REPORT. 3. STRUCTURAL FILL SHALL CONSIST OF CLEAN WELL- GRADED TAND, SAND AND GRAVEL, OR CRUSHED ROCK 4. THE HLIIRCL FL SHALL BE PLACED IN LOOSE LIFTS NOT EXCEEDING B' IN THICKNESS ND THOROUGHLY COMPACTED TO A DENTE, NON- YIE142jINTjy�T�,TFUMUH DRY DENSITY A3 5 OBTAINED AINED BY 5. AS, M FILL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 95 AL MODIFIED IED PROCTOR b. ALL FOOTINGS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF I' -6' BELOW FINAL GRADES OR I' -0' BELOW EXISTING GER IT LOUR 1. BOTTOM OTTOM OF FOOTINGS SHALL BE STEPPED FROM ELEVATION To ELEVATION 4i O' HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL STEPS SHALL BE SLOPED NOT TO EXCEED I VERTICAL TO 4 H HORIZONTAL . WHEN APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER CONCRETE (CAeT N PLACE), I, ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT AND SHALL DEVELOP A MINIMUM 29 DAY LABORATORY CURED COMPRESSIVE - CYLINDER STRENGTH OP 3,000 PSI FOR FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATION WALLS 3,500 PSI FOR ALL SLABS. SLAB ON GRADE 2. A MINIMUM OF 4 CONCRETE TEST CYLINDERS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH 15 E. YARDS OF EACH CONCRETE STRENGTH, EACH DAY. CYLINDERS SHALL BE TESTED 45 FOLLOWS: I AT 1 DAYS: 2 AT 28 DAYS AND I PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF FORMS FOR SLABS AND BEAMS. SLUMP, AIR ENTRAINMENT, LOCATION IN STRUCTURE, ETC„ SHALL BE MEASURED AND RECORDED FOR EACH SET OF CYLINDERS, PER ASTM. 3. CONCRETE CYLINDER AND TESTING SHALL CONFORM WITH AS, SPECIFICATIONS. 4. CONCRETE, FORMS, MIXING, PLACING AND CURING SHALL CONFORM TO ACI MANUAL OF CONCRETE PRACTICE, LATEST EDITION, AND SPECIFICATIONS. 5. CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM SLUMP OF 4 INCHES • PONT OF PLACEMENT FOR FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATION WALLS, AND A MAXIMUM OF 35' SLUMP FOR ALL SLABS 4 POINT OF PLACEMENT. 6. ALL BOLTS IN CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO AS, SPECIFICATION A301 AND SHALL BE OF THE SIZE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. I REM:ACING eTI EL: I. REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE NEW BILLET STEELS SHALL CONFORM TO: AS 4615 GRADE 60 FOR ALL REINFORCEMENT: AS, TM 4615 GRADE A R BEAMS, STIPS, AND TIES CO AC AS NOTED. 2. ALL WELDED REINFORCING RCING STEEL, METAL INSERTS TS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO UBC STANDARDS. • 3, REINFORCEMENT D WIRE FABRIC SHALL E DE TO ITH AI85. 4. SHALL TAILED, AILED, • FABRICATED LAND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI LADE 318 AND ACI MANUAL 315, U LE DETAILED, NOTED. ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE FREE OF BO US MILL AND RUST SCALE, SCALE, OIL, DIRT AND COATINGS ANY MANNER THAT WILL REDUCE BOND. ND. ALL REINFORCEMENT 19 CONTINUOUS WITH ADEQUATE LAPS. ' REINFORCEMENT SHALL BBSEERED IN FORTS WITH SUITABLE TIEO'AND ANCHORAGE TO PREVENT DISPLACEMENT.: BARS ADJACENT TO EARTH SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY CEMENT MORTAR CUBEb. 6. THE FOLLOWING ON RETE CONCRETE S ER'SHALL.BE PROVIDED FOR REIN ORCEMENT: CONCRETE CAST AGAINST EARTH R3' Bl CONCRETE EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER M LARGER 0 5 AND SMAL LER 1-1/2' Cl CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER SLABS, WALLY AND JOISTS, hl AND SMALLER 3/4' BEAMS CALUMN9 1. PLACE 2'-0' x 2'-0' BARS S 1 A ZCNTAL REINFORCING. AND INTERSECTIONS FOR WALLS AND FOUNDATIONS EQUAL IN . SIZE AND SPACING TO HORIZONTAL REINFORCING. B. REINFORCEMENT SPLICES, SHALL BE DIE (24' MIN.) LAPS. UNLESS S. UNLESS OTHERWISE E CONCRETE WITH BARS WALLS TO FOOTING W BARS GF SAME SIZE SPACING A5 WALL REINFORCEMENT. ' I. THE MASONRY ASSEMBLAGE SHALL HAVE 1,1 =2000 PSI( UN.O 1. 2... ALL HOLLOW CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL NAVE A COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2000 PSI GRADEN-I. 3, ALL BUILDING'. BRICK UNITS SHALL BE 2500 1.91 UNITS CONFORMING TO LIMA STANDARD NO. 24 -1 -16 GRADE MU. 4. GROUT FOR ALL REINFORCED BRICK AND HOLLOW UNIT MASONRY WALLS SHALL BE 35' AGGREGATE CONCRETE WITH A 29 DAY STRENGTH OF 2000 PSI WITH INTRUSION AND ADMIXTURE EXPANDER APPLIED 4 C.C. PER SACK OF CEMENT: SLUMP SHALL BE 0 TO 10 INCHES. 5. ALL MORTAR FOR REINFORCED MASONRY SHALL BE UBC'MIRE 5 1800 P51 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS, 6. SPECIAL INSPECTION NOT REQUIRED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 1. ALL REINFORCING FOR MASONRY WALL SHALL BE .491\-4615 GRADE 60, B. VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LAPPED 32 DIA, AT SPLICES, DETAIL REINFORCING TO MINIMIZE SPLICES AND STAGGER SPICES WHERE POSSIBLE, CONT DISCONTINUOUS JOINTS SHL BE PLACED N ALL MASONRY WALLS A A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 30 FT, OR NOTED ON THE AL ALL C NT HO WIRE AND BOND T BEAM REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE F LEVE AT ALL CONTROL JOINTS. BOND BEAM REINFORCEMENT AT FLOOR AND ROOF LEVELS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROWN CONTROL JOINTS. 10. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, PROVIDED DOWELS O SIZE AND SPACING OF VERTICAL WALL REINFORCING. DOWELS SHALL EXTEND INTO MASSONRY RY WALL 2'-0' MINIMUM. II. UNLL OTHERWISE, 4E GONG, L SCHEDULE/ REINFORCE ALL OPENINGS IN BLOCK WALLS WALLL S WITH IN 2 24' DEEP GROUTED LINTEL OVER VER OPENING, INN, BAR LENGTH .OPENING WIDTH • 2••4 VERTICALS ICALS IN GREYED CELL JAMBS, END WALLS AND WALL INTERSECTIONS. OPENING, BAR LENGTH SI WIDTH • 7 -0' EACH END. 12. AL REINFORCING WITH BAR R FOERSI TI WI AND IN AL S • B'-0' O/C MAXIMUM. PROVIDE VERTICAL 13. PROVIDE X R AT ALL CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS FOR ALL WALLS EQU IN SPA 912E AND SPACING G TO HORIZONTAL GA REINFORCING. 14. ALL VERTICAL CELLS CONTAINING' REINFORCING SHALL BE GREYED FULL IN ACCORDANCE WITH tHE PROCEDURE CALLED FOR IN THE METAL INSERTS, 15. 4 N CK CELLO CONTAINING METAL NSESERTS, S, ANCHOR BOLTS, STUD BOLTS, ETC. SHALL BE FILLED WITN GR H GROUT. Ib. ALL BOLTS IN R SHALL CONFORM TO AS, SPECIFICATION A30T AND SHALL BE OF THE. SIZE INDICATED D THE D ON THE DRAWINGS WINGS. 611.11cTURAL STEEL, I. 9TRUCNRAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: ROLLED WIDE FLANGE SHAPES AST\ A -36 (F•36 KO11 MISC. PLATE, BAR ANGLE, CHANNEL 49TM 4 -36 (Fy36 K61) TUBING AOTM A- 500 B (Fy.46 .1) PIPE AOTT1 4-33, T T PE E OR 8, GRADE B (F4.35 K51) 2. ALL FABRICATION, ERECTION AND IDENTIFICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO AISC !CATIONS. 3. ALL WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO AW9 SPECIFICATIONS. ALL WELDING SHALL BE DONE BY WELDERS CERTIFIED UNDER A. SPECIFICATIONS USING E10XX ELECTRODES. 4: A BOLTED CONNECTION, SHALL BE MAD WITH MACHINE BOLTS IMH./ CONFORMING TO AST\ 4301 UNA. S ALL COLD FORM MEMBERS, MATERIAL AND ABRICATION, SHALL CONFORM T UBC STANDARD NO. ST 6. b. METAL AL STUDS TO BE 'C' STUDS OF 012E AND GAGE AS SHOWN DRAWINGS. ALL ,ADS SHALL BE 33,000 P91 STEEL OF STANDARD COMAMER QUALITY. METAL AL BEARING WALLS T BE • SHEATHED OTHERWISE BRACED IN THEIR R WE WEAK DIRECTION PRIOR IOR TO BEING SUBJECTED ED TO VERTICAL LOADS. 1- SUBMIT ALL L JOINT WELDING PROCEDURES FOR REVIEW. B. ALL STEEL EXPOSED XPOSED TO O UJ W EATHER MOSNRE. SOIL, OR 49 NOTED SHALL BE NOT DIP GALVANIZED PER 48TH 4 -123. OPEN utm eTEEL.101611 I. ALL OPEN 8E23 STEEL JOISTS, BRIDGING, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE DESIGNED, MANUFACTURED, AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS OF THE STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE AND THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION, LATEST EDITION, 2. PROVIDE OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS OF SIZE AND AT SPACES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, JOISTS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR THE LOADS SHOWN ON PLAN NOTES • JOIST SELF WEIGHT AND, IN ADDITION, FOR DRIFT LOADING AND OTHER LOADS SHOW ON THE PLANS, INCLUDING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. 3. CONNECT ALL JOISTS TO SUPPORTING MEMBERS WITH 3/16' INCH FILLET .LDS 2' INCHES IN LENGTH EACH SIDE OF JOIST MIN. UN,O, 4. ALL WELDERS TO BE CERTIFIED TO AWS STANDARDS, 5. CAMBER ALL JOISTS AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 6, JOIST MANF. TO REVIEW ALL STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS TO COORDINATE ALL BEARING SEAT ANGLES AND TO ACCOMODATE FOR MISC. PLATES ( CONNECTIONS. METAL. DEC NOS I. ALL METAL DECKING SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS O• METAL STEEL DECK INSTITUTE. 2, METAL ROOF DECKING SHALL BE 19520 GALVANIZED, 36' WIDE, AT THE MAIN ROOF, AND 19822 AT THE CANOPIES, 3, DEM. SHALL' BE CONTINUE9.ON 3 OR MORE SUPPORTS. 4. CONNECT' DECKING TO SUPPORTING MEMBERS WITH 5/8' DIA PUDDLE WELDS, 5 WELDS PER SHEET, UN.A.. DRAWINGS. I 5, DECKING LAID PARALLEL TO SUPPORTING WALLS SHALL BE CONNECTED' WITH IR' DIA PUDDLE WELDS AT IV O.G. THROYH STANDARD WELDING WASHERS, UN.O. ON DRAWINGS 6. DECK BIDE L4P9 SHALL BE CONECTED WITH 19 SEAM WELD, WITH 6 SIDELAPS PER SPAN UN.O, ON DRAWINGS. 1- CANOPY DECKING CONNECTION TO SUPPORTS SHALL USE THE 36/3 PATTERN, WITH (U 91DELAP FASTENER PER SPAN B. IWELDERO 544L1._ BE A. CERTIFIED FOR LIGHT GAGE METAL HEEDING. 611RIDNRAL C156ERVATIC. L STRUCTURAL OBSERV BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVE ARE REQUIRED AT THE FO STAGES DURING CCNBTRUCTIONi DURUM', THE PLACING OF CONRETE IN iNE FOUNDATIONS, SHEAR WALLS, AND SLAB ON GRADE. THE ENGINE DURING THE INSTALLATIO N OF SHEAR WALLS PRIO RAGM AT THE R T I COVER DURING THE INSTALLATIO OF DIAPH ROOF LEVEL. - THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AT LEAST FOUR (4) DAYS IN ADVANCE OF COMPLETION REFIRING 917E 0EI9ERVATION. A Size 2'- 6'x2'- b'zl2' WIDE x 12' THICK WIDE x 12' THICK a A Footing and Column Ftg. Schedule GAM* Col B. PL ThIL Meru Ret iorclnp (T) 5 EA WAY (SOT/ 795.54/4 UNA. T98xBx1/4 7Cl PILASTER T54x4xV4 (9) 5 EA WAY (BON (5) 5 EA WAY (EOT (3) 5 EA. WAY (50, (415 LONG (507.1 (31 5 LONG 0301/ 8' • 12' CMU 12' CMU WA WA WA A A WA A WA WA C Notes Anchors (41 EMBED S (41 '0 -4 EMBED 9' WA (4) -4Y EMBED 9' DTL, 2053 DTL. 353 D SPECIAL JOIST LOADING DIAGRAMS W LLi )' 25 PSF I (SNOW) W 18 P5F 5' -0' I SPAN PER PLAN O 30K5Pl ////////////////V .711 sM \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\\ \\ \ \ \\,M w B PSF MAX. (SNOW DRIFT) SPAN PER PLAN �'.. W PSF MAX, (SN OW DRIFT) LW) • 15 PSF (SNOW) Wp 18 PSF ® 3mIGSP2 SPAN PER PLAN O 24KSP 5' -0' SPAN PER .PLAN O ISKSP WLL 1 PSF MAX. (S DRIFT) IU )' 25 PSF rl (SNOW) W • IS PSF WIND LOAD f AKE i/3 INCREASE W LL'» PSF MAX. (SNOW DRIFT) ' 25 PSF (SNOW) W • 18 PSF Size 12' Grouted Cele 32' O.C. CMU Wall Schedule Vert ReFd. V. • 32' O.G. Spacial Impaction YES FbriL Reid, (21•4•48'O.C. Notes Notes 1yq -0432 REVIEWED r JAN 212 2000 "WE JA02 21120 RIM) MIDDLELON SQ. FT, CALCS � wL 40,602 SF 9TAUINO, 3,227 SF NnwL 1,171 SF 45,000 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCERT DATE: 09.01.99 EST, FIXTURNO DATE: EST, 50. DATE: SCALE: N/A al BID/PERMIT SET ## / # # /## rev, date 5/24/00 A A A STRUCTURAL NOTES SO 12'x24' IN -WALL PILASTER REINF. PER DETAIL 10/53. (TYP. m GIRDER LOCATIONS) Q 25' -6' 42' -0' FN. FL. ELEV.. 100' -0' 12'x24' IN -WALL PILASTER REINF PER DETAIL 10/93. TS 10x4%1/4 TS PO341 /4 12'x24' IN -WALL PILASTER REINF PER DETAIL 10/53. 5' GONG. SLAB ,1 ), V , DE W /6x6 - W2.IxW2.l WUI� (TYP.) PEE NOTE IL 12,24' IN -WALL PILASTER REINF PER DETAIL 10/53. 1Lf CJ. i TYPJ IV -0' . �.RQ ,,,,...,,. v ,,,,,,,,, ,, ,ii� =� � TYP . ���..��...�...���.�.��.��.�.�. .. � .�..�...��..�........�����..... ALL'.AROUN 149' -0' 16' -0' TYP. EL. 100' -0' SIM. SLAB ON GRADE WIN m l8' O.C. SLOPE DOWN SLOPE 38' -0' 12' - UP 38' -0' 42' -0' J TYP. m GIRDER LOCATIONS EXIST. FTC. lTTP> SEE NOTE 10. -} Vlot 0(432, Foundation Plan Notes I. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 2. DETAILS r THESE PLANE ARE INTENDED TO DEPICT THE GENERAL CONSTRUO METHODS POR THIS STRUCTURE. CIXdI@RT O T DETAILS AND CONDITION. HA SPECIFICALLY ONE AN THE ARE SIMILAR TO . E THAT Al. HE APPLICATION SHALL BE A0&A1ED ONE AND THE SAME. IP =WIC. RE... THE APPLICATION GP DETAIL. ARE ENCOUNTERED; NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER POR THE CLARIFICATION IN A TIMELY M PRIOR TO DID O 9. D INDISNEEi CATES S•0: FOOTING AND COLUMN TYPE, SaE FOOTING AND COLUPIN SCHEDULE ON 4, 0 INDICATES LINTEL TYPE, SEE LINTEL pAHEDULE AN SHEET 0.0. S. C INDICATES METAL STUD WALL, 6. ® INDICATES DMU WALL. O INDICATES WALL TYPE. 1. C.J. • INDICATES CONSTRUCTION JOINT, SEE DETAIL V83. PALL ROVIDE 2' 6 BAND LABS Wig WITH VA GRPOR BARRIER OVER 6' OP CRUSHED ROCK UNDER CONCRETE BADE. 1 STEP POOTI. IF REQUIRED PER DETAIL IVON I ®. CONRACTOR .HALL VERIFY THE SIZE MU D DEPTH OP E %IpTING PAD FOOTNG. ALONY a GRID H, MID iEP2 ENGINEER C4 RECORD ACCORDINGLY. PRIOR TO CONOTPWCTION OP NEW WALL FOOTING IL THE SLAB REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LOCATED AT APPROXIMATELY I' BELOW THE TOP CP SLAM aN p ppV A ^ ^11 Fr wu .,/ REVIEWED JAN 211 R ^ MWDi LEON INC. SQ. FT. CALCS "'A 40,602 SF STAG 3,227 SF IN;TA�: 1,171 SF MTAL 4 5,000 SF CONCEPT` C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE; 09.01.99 EST. FIXTURE. DATE; EST. O.O. DATE: 3 W rl BID /PERMIT SET ## /## /## rev. date QQ 1/24/00 0 0 ' 0 Q SCALE: 3/32" =1' -0" FOUNDATION PLAN S -1 a- 12'x24' IN -WALL PILASTER m GIRDER LOCATION ITYP.) SEE DTL. 10/53 FOR REINF. C - T o- T AT 5' 5' • 2 -1' 5 -5 } 5 -5 }' 5 - ACE - AT 5' 5' • 27'-1' 5' -5 }' 5' -5 }' 5 - ACE - AT 5' 5',• 2 -I 5' -5 }' 1,100 L 24G4N13.5K 24G4NI3.5K 2200 LBS 2,200 LBS 0G1N13.0K 4KC52 2,200 LBS TYP.e RTU OPENINGS -SEE NOTES 1 e B AND DTL. 16/94. m SPACES SHOUAN IU.N.0.7 350 LBS 350 LB' 35 =5 Olt � ll3p, SPACES SHOWN (UN.O 36G1N12.0K 36G1N12.0K 6G1N12.0K 12 W -WALL PILASTER m GIRDER LOCATION (TY, SEE. DTL. 10/53 FOR REINF. 2200 LBS SEE NOTE 6 ITYP.) 36G1N12.0K SPACES SHOWN (UN.O.) 36G1N12.0K 36G1N12.0K SPACES SHOUIN (U NA.) 36G1N12.0K REA FOR 6ATELLITE DISH FATHER HEAD RE. II /4 -13 EE NOTE II. 36G1N12.0K 36G1N12.0K SEE NOTE 6. (TYP./ 40G1N12.0K TYP.® RTU OPEN NGS SEE. NOTES 1'e S AND DTL. 16/54. 40G1N @.0K 40G1NI2.0K 30KC54 m 5 24G3NI3.5K 24G3N13SK 24G3NI3.5K L4x4x BRACES BEHIND ELEMENT A' 111 -SEE ARCH. a DTL 9/55 � mm L -``' 6x07 I 0 try 0 NINA am., Cl2x20.1 UNDER 1 M y p lull ., .,,Dili.,„'A• 1 aiiD )5R iiviiii iiii aaiiiiiiiiiiiiii i iiiiiiaiiviiiiinviii I./1I.111U...• -- o KNORR 600EJ18 =F ® m 16' O.C. TYP. BCAt 99/32'•1' -0 Alk MY ui .,i rm x 5 • �•lal Aft ®® - m wool IIIIIIII �I��1�Iii1�i�ii1 � e I I e�all.�l : III ��11 �1 wlmxls 22 WI4x 1010 W16 O PENING IN LOWER W10,415 CANOPY -SEE ARCH.'. TYP e EXIST. CHU PIER O O ® O ®Imo Las ROOF FRAMING PLAN EE SECTION CUTS FOR CANOPY ROOF CEILING FRAMING SCALE: 3/32'.1' -0' 311.0-99 TYP. OTE 1 SEE NOT 13. CI x20.1 UNDER 12' STUDWALL ROOF CANOPY FRAMING PLAN KNORR 800EJI6 REF. NOTE 14. MTL. DECK (TYP.) SEE NOTES II , ■ 1�I��Im ■ ■ ■ ■ - -- ■I_ 111111111�1 �_ - -_ = - - 111�■n ■ ••.. -. a . ., ., ., .,.� ,,. .,' f I"I`I I�I'I�!�ii'+ 1 1 ��o1 ■u ■ees�.ii IIIElIlII���� ill s� W10 I - 6 R• is �� ®I" III W10x15 1 ■ 26 ° °_- � w1ax22 0 W16/726 ` -x ON CM PIER SIM. T SUPPOR STEEL 'S BEAMS ABOVE. LINE OF OVERHANGING TYP. m NOTE 12, S NDICATES BEAM _ ROOF ABOVE. SEE NOTE 12, ATTACHMENT TO p SEE DT, 1/55. rnP rx rrl -III IIIe1 I SEE SECTION CUT FOR 0 C SIM, Aft FEW 12'x24' IN -WALL PILASTER m END OF WALL. REINF. PER DTL. 10/53. L3z3x3 /Ib' I PANEL POIN L3x3x3/I6' BRACING a 10' O.G. NO T) :'P END. NAL NOTE: PROVIDE E ADDITIONAL . BRACING WHERE PIPE CHANGES DIRECTION. NOTE: PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEM a ALL CONNECTIONS FROM 12'x24' IN -WALL PILASTER FIRE SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR TO BE REVIEWED m GIRDER LOCATION ITYP.) APP ROVED PRIOR TO cONSTRUGTION. SEE DTL. 10/53 FOR REINF. TYP. EXIST, BLDG. LINE f EXIST. CMU PIER SPRINKLER CONN. DETAIL CALE: • I' I' -0' 11.0 -99 SC ALE: I'•1' -0' 911 =99 I0.0• /16' BRACING • 10'•0' O.C. W/ II) Ye M.B. e EA. END. NOTE: PROVIDE ADD, SWAY BRACING WHERE 4 PIPE CHANGES DIRECTION. SEE DTL. I FOR MORE INFO. SPRINKLER CONN. DETAIL 4'0 PIPE (MAX/ Roof Plan Notes I, VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WITH THE 'ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING.. 2. DETAILS ON THESE PLAN84RE INTENDED l 2 DEPICT THE GENERAL T METHOD. F THIS S CONNECTIONS DETAILS AND CONDITION. NOT B ONE A ME THAT ARE SIMILAR TO THOSE THAT ARE SPECIFIED SHALL BE E AILS A ASSUMED AND E SAME. P QUESTIONS . REGARDING THE APPLICATION OP DETAIL. ARE E E NE A ENCOUNTERED, THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER FOR THE CLARIFICATION IN A TIMELY MANNER PRIOR TO BID OPENING. 3. JOIST SUPPLIER 10 TO PROVIDE BRIDGING THAT MEETS ALL JOIST DESIGN, STEEL J010T IN9TINTE AND OSHA �Gx11REMENTB. 4. THE T IIE GIRDERS OVER THE ENTRANCE CF THE STORE (AT GRI1'0=0 T DESIGNED WITH A LIVE LOAD DEFLEOTION LMIT. THE LIVE GIRDERS IS 10% CF HE TOTAL LOAD ALL J010T0, JO GIRDERS, M!D BDGING WIL BE DESIGNED FORA NET UPLIFT FROM WIND LP 2l IST PSF AT COR•IER B MID OVER4 ANG9, @ P0F ELOELLNERE. JOIST GIRDERS LOCATED UNDER ROOF TOP UNITS (Rill'') SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE THE ADDITIONAL LOADS INDIGAtED ON LHE PLAN. 1, P CO 9HOUN E FRAMING IN DTL. 10/84. AROLND OPENINGS IN THE ROOF DECK SEE TYPICAL IF A ADDED HEADER N THE DOES PIELD. NOt BEAR AT A JOIST PANEL POINT, AN EXTRA WEB SHALL BE 9. O INDICATES LINTEL TYPE, SEE LINTEL SCHEDULE ON OHEer 00. 10. ® INDICATES CMU WALL. II. PROVIDE FRAI-IING 81MILAR TO DETAI 16/94 AT THE LOCATION OF THE SATELLITE DISH AND THE (Ib) B• CMRI's IN IT8 VICINITY. 12. STEEL BEAMS CO1dJEGTICN AT THE HOIA'ER9 OF IHE CI.1U PIERS SH A L L BE ACCOMPLISHED BT CLIP A!Y- LEB L3z3zB /IbxO'•B'y', WITH �' FILLET LLELD TO EACH LLEB. 13. FOR coNNECTION BETWEEN TWO WI0x1S BEAMS USE DETAILS SIMILAR TO 6 /5P 14. FOR THE ATTACHMENT OF THE PLT200W TO THE FRAMING Use 'H/IT BUGLE HEAD SCREWS • 6' O.C. EDGER AND 12' O.O. PIELD. IS. FOR SPRINKLER ATTACHMENT TO ROOF JOISTS, SEE DETAILS I AND 2 ABOVE, REM I'.lII 1 m ^CF JCI5T9 • MIN. PIPE HANGER a ROD PER SUBCONTRACTOR OR e O.C. OFF OF ROOF J015T a STEEL ANGLE AS SHOWN. SQ. FT. CALCS "TM 40,602 SF sumo 3,227 SF wsr,u: 1,171 SF TOT 45,000 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE; 09.01.99 EST. PICTURING DATE: EST. G.O. DATE: n Wa y BID/PERMIT SET ## /## /## rev. date 49 1/24/00 A A A A A SCALE 3/32 " =1' -0" ROOF FRAMING PLAN S -2 SAW JOINT. SAW A5 500N AS CONC. W ILL SUPPORT WEIGHT OF MACHINE WITHOUT MARRING THE SURFACE. FILL JOINT WITH JOINT FILLER APPLY ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. a SCALE: I'•I' -0' 3'11.0 -99 VERT. DOWELS TO MATCH SIZE SPACING OF CMU WALL REINF. (ALTERNATE HOOK IN BOTTOM) SCALE: I'•I' -0' 3'ITID -99 SCAL i'•i' -0• 3lTID ///���Iaj BOTTOM RINF. 12' CMU WAL / SEE SCHEDULE FOR E SEE PLAN / 912E NEW WALL FTC. SEE DTL 5/93 FOR REINS. SCALE: 1'•1' -0' 3'ITID 99 coNTROL JNT. ADJACENT BLDG. SEE NOTE 10 ON SHEET BI. CONCRETE. SLAB ON GRADE - SEE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. SEE PLAN FOR REINF. INFO. 1111•11•1=111111•■1'ill•.•i111/1111.1._ NDTE CONTRACTOR MAY USE EITHER CONTROL JOINT OR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON PLANS. LR O.. SEE PLAN a SCHED FOR SIZE :REINF. GMU WA- BEE PLAN : SCHEDULE LL FOR SIZE REINF. O 5 SLAB DOWEL a 18' O.G. 24 Ip' , CO 5 CONT, SLAB ON GRADE SEE PLAN JAMB REINF, SEE SCHEDULE CD CURB : GRADE SLAB -SEE ARCH. 3' CLR (TTP.) SEE PLAN a FTC. SCHEDULE 3 SECTION A —A SQUARE BLOCK -OUT GGNC. 9LAB -SEE PLAN FOR REINF. 1'4 NON - SHRINK GROUT ° v Kg= LOADING DOCK SLAB. REINF. W/ 5 •118' O.C. EA: WAY SEE PLAN : SCHEDULE FOR SIZE : REINF. 3' CLR 3 e,JCALE 11'•1• -0' DOWELS TO MATCH SIZE : SPACING OF CMU WALL REINF. CMU WALL SEE PLAN : SCHEDULE (2)- 5 CONT. IN BOND BEAM BOTTOM (1)- 5 CONT SCALE, 1'•1' -0' 3TIID -99 SCALE: I'•I' -0' 3TTID -99 SCALE: 1'•1' -0' 3TID -99 BASE E AB.'' SEE PLAN / AND SCHEDULE • FOR FIG. SIZE 1 REINFORCI S CMU WALL (TYR, VARIES -SEE PLAN TS COLUMN r PLAN : FTC. FC COL 4 FOR SIZE OF COL S BASE E! VERT. EF. CLR BLAB ON GRAD BEE PLAN 4 1. 1@' O.C. MAX. HORIZ. EF. DO NOT SLOPE FOOTINGS UNDER ANY CONDITIONS 2x 'H' TYP. WALL FIG. --I STEPS MATCH HORIZ. FTC. REINF. 2• -0' e 111L1 DOWELS TO MATCH SIZE : SPACING OF VERT. BARS W /570. NOOKS •CBOT. ( ALT. HOOKS • I3OT GRADE SLAB -SEE ARCH. 5 • 24' O.G. VERT. (2).'5 • CORNERS fTTPJ (SPLICE LENGTH • 30') (21 •4 HORIZ. CONT. IN BOND BEAMS -• 48' O.C. : • T.O.W. .3 TIES•80,z 8EE DTL 10/93 GMU PILAOiER 8EE PLAN 1 DTL. 10/03 FOR 012E (REINF. (2) 5 CONT. IN SOLID GROUTED CMU. (2) 4 4 EA. FACE CONT. THRI WALL FOOTING VERT DOWE W STD HOOK •BST TO MA T CH tf SPAC OF P REINF, 3 LR "fiN .. SEE PLAN : SCHE FOR S1ZE : REI ED VERT. DOWELS TO MATCH SIZE : SPACING OF GMU WALL REINF. 8CAL6 I'•I' -0' 3lTID -99 SCALES I'•1' -0' SCALE, 1'•1' -0' 3'I'IID -99 38GAL 99 •1' -0' STEEL PIPE BRACING (WHERE OCCURS) SEE ARCH. SLEEVE FOR RAILING (WHERE OCCURS) S CO C. WALL 5 • I G.G. MAX. 7m ALT. HOOK BOTOM) (I) 5 CONT, CMU WALL- SEE PLAN SCHEDULE FOR SIZE REINF. SLAB ON GRADE BEE PLAN 24' 5 SLAB DOWEL • IS' O.G. 10 7 (U 3 CONT. SLAB ON GRADE SEE PLAN VERT. REINF. ' (SEE PLANS : SCHED' FOR SIZE : REINF.) rig LOADING DOCK 9LAB REINF. W/ 5 • 10' 5 sM, 4' -e •4 • 12' O.G.N TM SE WALL BETONID. SEE 5/03 4' SLAB ON COMPACTED FILL. W/ 5.12' O.C. EAU. EXTERIOR LAB BEE ARCH, S a 1g' O.G. (ALT. 1400K • BOTTOM) 3' GLR °•'• l.L • g SEE PLAN : SCHED FOR SIZE 4 REINF. cp SCALE, 1'•1' -0' 3T�ID -99 SCALE, 1'•1' -0' 3T�ID -99 SCALES ��'•1' -0' 3TTID -99 e' A AR • SCALEi 1'•1' -0' 3T�ID -99 y' EXP. JOINT EXTERIOR BLAB BEE ARCH. 2 . -0 . (2)4 5 HORIZ. • 24 IN WALL (TYP.) (2) 5 • CORNERS CMU (SEE ARCH.) (SOLID GROUTED) DOWELS TO MATCH SIZE : SPACING OP VERT. REINP. (PROVIDE HOOK IN PTG.) EV ALL O 9 40 O.C. SCALE, 1'•0' 3TID -99 1 ' - SCALE, 1'•I' -0' 3TTID -99 SCALE, I'•I' -0' ' 3'I'IID -99 SCALE. 1'•I' -0' 3T1ID -99 0i2' CLR BT. REBAR : INNER FACE OF CMU) BEE PLAN :SCHED FOR 012.E : REINF. DOWELS 2 M ATCH S : SPAC OF VERT REINF (PROV STD. NOOK IN BOTTOM SEE PLAN : SCHED. FOR SIZE I REINF. (U 9 CONT. SLAB ON GRADE BEE PLAN CMU LAN BONED E FOR BIZE : REINP. SQ. FT. CAI -CS 40,602 SF man. 3,227 SF ,171 SF '45,000 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE; 09.01.99 EST. FIXTORINO DATE: EST. O.O. DATE: s -3 i BID/PERMIT SET ## /## /## rev. date Q !/24/00 A A A A S ALE: A NOTED FOU NDATION DETAILS • • a I 'AM 4, ,,, 1 , I 1V WIDE x 6' LINTE EINF. -SEE SCHED.{ R ) CLR Ze • °'AI e •• e ° SAW JOINT. SAW A5 500N AS CONC. W ILL SUPPORT WEIGHT OF MACHINE WITHOUT MARRING THE SURFACE. FILL JOINT WITH JOINT FILLER APPLY ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. a SCALE: I'•I' -0' 3'11.0 -99 VERT. DOWELS TO MATCH SIZE SPACING OF CMU WALL REINF. (ALTERNATE HOOK IN BOTTOM) SCALE: I'•I' -0' 3'ITID -99 SCAL i'•i' -0• 3lTID ///���Iaj BOTTOM RINF. 12' CMU WAL / SEE SCHEDULE FOR E SEE PLAN / 912E NEW WALL FTC. SEE DTL 5/93 FOR REINS. SCALE: 1'•1' -0' 3'ITID 99 coNTROL JNT. ADJACENT BLDG. SEE NOTE 10 ON SHEET BI. CONCRETE. SLAB ON GRADE - SEE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. SEE PLAN FOR REINF. INFO. 1111•11•1=111111•■1'ill•.•i111/1111.1._ NDTE CONTRACTOR MAY USE EITHER CONTROL JOINT OR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON PLANS. LR O.. SEE PLAN a SCHED FOR SIZE :REINF. GMU WA- BEE PLAN : SCHEDULE LL FOR SIZE REINF. O 5 SLAB DOWEL a 18' O.G. 24 Ip' , CO 5 CONT, SLAB ON GRADE SEE PLAN JAMB REINF, SEE SCHEDULE CD CURB : GRADE SLAB -SEE ARCH. 3' CLR (TTP.) SEE PLAN a FTC. SCHEDULE 3 SECTION A —A SQUARE BLOCK -OUT GGNC. 9LAB -SEE PLAN FOR REINF. 1'4 NON - SHRINK GROUT ° v Kg= LOADING DOCK SLAB. REINF. W/ 5 •118' O.C. EA: WAY SEE PLAN : SCHEDULE FOR SIZE : REINF. 3' CLR 3 e,JCALE 11'•1• -0' DOWELS TO MATCH SIZE : SPACING OF CMU WALL REINF. CMU WALL SEE PLAN : SCHEDULE (2)- 5 CONT. IN BOND BEAM BOTTOM (1)- 5 CONT SCALE, 1'•1' -0' 3TIID -99 SCALE: I'•I' -0' 3TTID -99 SCALE: 1'•1' -0' 3TID -99 BASE E AB.'' SEE PLAN / AND SCHEDULE • FOR FIG. SIZE 1 REINFORCI S CMU WALL (TYR, VARIES -SEE PLAN TS COLUMN r PLAN : FTC. FC COL 4 FOR SIZE OF COL S BASE E! VERT. EF. CLR BLAB ON GRAD BEE PLAN 4 1. 1@' O.C. MAX. HORIZ. EF. DO NOT SLOPE FOOTINGS UNDER ANY CONDITIONS 2x 'H' TYP. WALL FIG. --I STEPS MATCH HORIZ. FTC. REINF. 2• -0' e 111L1 DOWELS TO MATCH SIZE : SPACING OF VERT. BARS W /570. NOOKS •CBOT. ( ALT. HOOKS • I3OT GRADE SLAB -SEE ARCH. 5 • 24' O.G. VERT. (2).'5 • CORNERS fTTPJ (SPLICE LENGTH • 30') (21 •4 HORIZ. CONT. IN BOND BEAMS -• 48' O.C. : • T.O.W. .3 TIES•80,z 8EE DTL 10/93 GMU PILAOiER 8EE PLAN 1 DTL. 10/03 FOR 012E (REINF. (2) 5 CONT. IN SOLID GROUTED CMU. (2) 4 4 EA. FACE CONT. THRI WALL FOOTING VERT DOWE W STD HOOK •BST TO MA T CH tf SPAC OF P REINF, 3 LR "fiN .. SEE PLAN : SCHE FOR S1ZE : REI ED VERT. DOWELS TO MATCH SIZE : SPACING OF GMU WALL REINF. 8CAL6 I'•I' -0' 3lTID -99 SCALES I'•1' -0' SCALE, 1'•1' -0' 3'I'IID -99 38GAL 99 •1' -0' STEEL PIPE BRACING (WHERE OCCURS) SEE ARCH. SLEEVE FOR RAILING (WHERE OCCURS) S CO C. WALL 5 • I G.G. MAX. 7m ALT. HOOK BOTOM) (I) 5 CONT, CMU WALL- SEE PLAN SCHEDULE FOR SIZE REINF. SLAB ON GRADE BEE PLAN 24' 5 SLAB DOWEL • IS' O.G. 10 7 (U 3 CONT. SLAB ON GRADE SEE PLAN VERT. REINF. ' (SEE PLANS : SCHED' FOR SIZE : REINF.) rig LOADING DOCK 9LAB REINF. W/ 5 • 10' 5 sM, 4' -e •4 • 12' O.G.N TM SE WALL BETONID. SEE 5/03 4' SLAB ON COMPACTED FILL. W/ 5.12' O.C. EAU. EXTERIOR LAB BEE ARCH, S a 1g' O.G. (ALT. 1400K • BOTTOM) 3' GLR °•'• l.L • g SEE PLAN : SCHED FOR SIZE 4 REINF. cp SCALE, 1'•1' -0' 3T�ID -99 SCALE, 1'•1' -0' 3T�ID -99 SCALES ��'•1' -0' 3TTID -99 e' A AR • SCALEi 1'•1' -0' 3T�ID -99 y' EXP. JOINT EXTERIOR BLAB BEE ARCH. 2 . -0 . (2)4 5 HORIZ. • 24 IN WALL (TYP.) (2) 5 • CORNERS CMU (SEE ARCH.) (SOLID GROUTED) DOWELS TO MATCH SIZE : SPACING OP VERT. REINP. (PROVIDE HOOK IN PTG.) EV ALL O 9 40 O.C. SCALE, 1'•0' 3TID -99 1 ' - SCALE, 1'•I' -0' 3TTID -99 SCALE, I'•I' -0' ' 3'I'IID -99 SCALE. 1'•I' -0' 3T1ID -99 0i2' CLR BT. REBAR : INNER FACE OF CMU) BEE PLAN :SCHED FOR 012.E : REINF. DOWELS 2 M ATCH S : SPAC OF VERT REINF (PROV STD. NOOK IN BOTTOM SEE PLAN : SCHED. FOR SIZE I REINF. (U 9 CONT. SLAB ON GRADE BEE PLAN CMU LAN BONED E FOR BIZE : REINP. SQ. FT. CAI -CS 40,602 SF man. 3,227 SF ,171 SF '45,000 SF CONCEPT: C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE; 09.01.99 EST. FIXTORINO DATE: EST. O.O. DATE: s -3 i BID/PERMIT SET ## /## /## rev. date Q !/24/00 A A A A S ALE: A NOTED FOU NDATION DETAILS Mk NV CMW WALL -SEE PLAN • II 54 • `.-.-TYAWA '• • IM, STOREFRONT -SEE ARCH. SYSTEM \ \ 13 54 iTP. m SILL ' 11 53 �„ • GMU WALL PLAN TS Bx.'4 10 51M. 54 STO -SEE A NT SYSTEM -SEE ARCH. • 5IM.® STOREFRONT SYSTEM -SEE ARCH. T5 1044x'A Aft SIM.® ® TS BxBx'4 JOIST WHERE SHOW) ON PLA CAP PLATE ,exl0' WIDE i 31-1.0 -99 7 %J■ , 1 , L5x3 2x'4 (LLV) BLKG BTWN JOISTS /41111I GUSSET PL i ' . GES 19HD5600 �S L2' VARIES (5' -6' MAX.) JOIST GIRDER PER PLAN SCALE:'4'.1 -0' 31-1-.0 -99 SCALE: 1' 3lTID -99 .1' -0 SCALE: I'.1' -0' 3�1ID -99 TYP. 6xb z•4' PLATE -DO NOT WEL JOIST GIRDER TO PLATE 15 COLUMN PER PLAN SEE DTL. FOR BRACE CONN. JOIST GIRDER PER PLAN METAL ROOF DECK JOIST PER PLAN 3PCS. L2x2x4 AND PLATES ARE NOT BY JOIST GIRDER SUPPLIER AND ARE TO BE FIELD INSTALLED. THESE REPLACE STANDARD GIRDER BOTTOM CHORDERACE WI. 19 NOT TO BE MED AT THIS LOCATION. NOTE: I. FOR LOADS ON JOIST EXTENSIONS, SEE LOADING DIAGRAMS ON 5HT. 50. 2. WELD THE 010x153 TO TOP OF JOIST SEAT, W/ 3/16' FILLET EA. SIDE BEFORE CONNECTING THE ANGLES. JOISTS AT GOLNINS WILL HAVE BOLTED CONNECTIONS TO MEET STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE AND OSHA ERECTION REQUIREMENTS. FINAL CONNECTION WILL BE BY WELDS6. 31-1-.0 -99 VARIES (5' -0' MAX., (2) •6'CONT. IN BOND BEAM EMB a 4'x6•x10' W (2) I m AJ3.'e m O.C. 00 EMBED) SEE DTL. FOR BRACE CONN. ANGELES I01-05600 SIDS • 16'o< TIP 12. CMU WALL SEE SCHED. FOR REINF. bx6z '' PLATE -DO NOT WELD JOIST GIBER TO PLATE METAL ROOF DECK JOIST PER PLAN JOIST PER PLAN NOTE: FOR LOADS ON JOIST EXTENSIONS, SEE LOADING DIAGRAMS ON 51-IT S0. SCALE:' -0' 3l'1ID -99 4 SCALE: 1' -0' 31-1.0•99 SCALE: 1'.I' -0' 3178 -99 !21'6 IN BOND BEAM (2) •4 x 5' D 12'x24' IN -WALL PILASTER m GIRDER LOCA- TION. SEE DTL. IlFoU FE W/ (2) ''o x B' HD. STUD ANCHORS (3, TIES m 3' O.C. HD. STUD LOCATION 3'ITID -99 WHERE JOIST BEARS. GIRDER SEAT AND CENTERLINE CF JOIST 15 LE. THAN b' FROM END OF GIRDER SEAT, EMEND GIRDER SEAT W0 IT EXTENDS W PAST CENTEW INE OF JOIST. MAX., (2)'4'6 W /6' EMBED. 24' (x12'1 IEI'x12,02' W/ (41 x S HD STUD ANCHORS (OR (4) I'm AJ3.'m W/ 10' EMBED.) (3) TIES • 3' O.0 HD. STUD LOGATIGN. NOTE: JOIST GIRDER SEAT POCKET SHALL BE FILLED WITH GROUT (DRY PACK) AFTER THE INSTALLATION IN -WALL PILASTER SCALE:'4'.I' -0' 31-1-.0 -99 SCALE: 1'.I' -0' 31-10 -99 SEE DTL JOIST GIRDER PER PLAN METAL ROOF DECK SEE NOTES W ' -DO OT WELD JOIST G IRDER N TO ANGLE (1 . EDI L6xbx'4x0'-B' -DO NDT WELD Jol9T GIRDER TO ANGLE PILASTER REINF. / TIES SEE DETAIL 10/53 �APTI a /Ig "MIMI Man q' xl0' LONG NEL9pN STUDS m 24' O.C, MAX, TS COL. SEE PLAN JOIST GIRDER PER PLAN (2). VERT. 12' CMU WALL BEE 9H CED. FOR REINF: 5m32'O.C. VERT. ( SPLICE LENGTH m 30' ) SCALE: '4'.1' - JOIST BRG. EL. 31-1.0-99 - SEE ARCH. �. (4) -h0 -I6 SCREWS <TTPJ RUNNER TRACK MY STUD MFR) W/ 0,4'4 HILTI KWIK BOLT II EXP. ANCHORS o 24' O.C. (2 EMBED O.C, MAX e' CMU WALL (21 -•4 IN BOND BEAM (2)••6 IN BIXND BEA-I LNL2'/ENNN W/'4. AB.'S • 24' O.G. (6' EMBED) c 1 1 I din " 2" MTL ROOF DECK 9EE NOTES 9EE SCHEDULE FOR REINF. ::1111: GG HD. (2)- 5TUD ANCHORS oRS (• bs') m EA. JOIST JOIST GIRDER -SEE PLAY ELEVATION A STOREFRONT SCALE: 1/4'•1' -0' IBSID -99 EPIC' GLAZING 9EE 4RCH. (21 5 IN BOND BEAM @' C MJ WALL -9EE SCHEDULE FOR RE INP. JOIST PER PLAN ' OS 4 (2/ -'6 IN BOND BEAM 12' CMU WALL 9EE SCHEDULE FOR REINF. ANGELES ISHD9 600 STUDS • 16' O.C. (2/'4'e HILTI KWIK BOLT dNCHOR9 • 24' O.G. (2' EMBED) AJGLELE9 20 HD5 600 211' -'.' 6'•0' MAX ( VERT.) ��' I®® RUNNER TRACK (BY STUD MFR) TA. A90NRY <9E M ARGHJ (21-'4 IN BOND BEAN 12' WMU. WALL ANGELES I8A05600 SEE BCHED. STUDS • 16 FOR REINF, ANGLELES IB4105600 STUDS • 32'0.0. (41 •10.16 -�" SCREWS YP. JOIST PER PLAN IIIIIIV I 1• I I . JOIST GIRDER PER PL SCALE:'4'•1' -0' 31-1.0 -99 T4OL3, SCALEI 1'.1' -0' 3'1'1.0•99 IN JOIST GIRDER PLAN L3'y',NIT AN' CONT. W/(11 ni'o •24'O.C. (B'EMBED) A0 IBHD 60 STUD KICKERS•16' (4/ ¶ER r '10.16 SCREWS • 10P CI ®xli3 I/ F n • ■ + .� j 'illy _QTM_ WELD THE C104153 TO TOP OF JOIST NEAT, W/ 3/16' FILLET EA SIDE BEFORE CONNECTING THE ANGLES. SCALE: 1'.I' -0' 31-1-.0 -99 GIRDER BOTTOM CHORD BRACE. QUANTITY, SIZE AND LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED BY JOIST GIRDER MANUFACTURER DO NOT WELD IN PLACE UNTIL ALL ROOF DEAD LOADS HAVE BEEN APPLIED. BEE NOTES FOR MORE INFO. MTL. ROOF DECK SEE NOTES L3 43'4'4' (2 BAYS) ST fYP P�R { FiAN L4434'4' CONT. ('LLV) EA, SIDE OF BOTTOM FLANGE BLKG (AG Reap STOREFRONT SYSTEM SEE ARC, SQ. FT, CALCS RRfAII: 40,602 SF 3,227 SF wrruu 1,171 SF Tarsi: 45,000 SF CONCEPT; C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DATE; 09.01.99 EST. FIXTURING DATE: EST. 0.0. DATE: w w y BID/PERMIT SET rev. date LN t/24 /00 A A A A fWEU CALF: AS NOTED FRAMING SECTIONS & DETAILS S -4 RUNNER TRACK BY STUD MFR o KNORR 6001CI6 6' O.G. (21 >4 HD. STUDS. 0 3' O.C. I' NON SHRI GROUT 3-71ALE 9 -0 ' SC ALE 1 •1' -0' 31 1.0 -9 ' SCALE: I'•I' -0 3l1ID -99 AT CMU WALL BOND BEAM REINF 4B. LOCATION STEEL BEAM SEE PLAN CMU IN -WALL PILASTER SEE DETAIL 10/93 FOR REINF: L3'h•39••6xl' -2' I' NON - SHRINK KNORR 401c20 GROUT. m I6' O RUNNER TRACK (BY JOIST MFR) W/ (2) 0.145'0 EXP. ANCHORS *12 OC. MAX. (2' EMS.) GMU PIER SEE PLANS. STEEL BEAM SEE PLAN E. 5/16x4xi2' W/ (41 •d'e MB'e STL. BEAM KNORR 600EJI8 m 6'O.(OR AP EOJALI METAL DECK -SEE NOTES STEEL BEAM SEE PLAN (3) I'0 'J'I ANCHOR BOLT'S (8' EMBEDI s 51y` O.G. (4) AV. MB., RUNNERTRACK XP. ANCHORS W/(2) 0.* E RS m 12' O.C. (2' EMS./ 11' CMU WALL 9EE PLAIDS SCHEDULE 9CALE� I'• -0' 3l1ID -99 SCALE: I'•I' -0' 3l1ID -99 1' NON SHRINK GROUT I affitilliaNNENEENNINI MEMESEIR 1 RUNNER TRACK W /() M0 -16 SCRE$ m 16 2 OC KNORR 600106 32' O.C. •0 -16 SCREWS EA END. RUNNER TRACK W/(21 0.145'0 EXP. ANCHORS m 12' O.G. 2' 1�1 STEEL BEAM f' SEE PLAN mai _\ { i ��0.14 RACK B R 00C1E13 ■- ■ SCREWS . 12' O N t 8. CANU n I -� 9EE PLAN 1115 CMU SEE PLAN (21 e4'ez6' HD. STUDS. TB CO. BEE PLLAN NOTE: SHEAR TAB (E 5/161 CO.. TO THE SUPPORTING SLAM SHALL BE BY 'q• FILLET WELD. RUN BY STUD MFR 24 ;l x16 GAGE CLOSURE Im JORR 600EJI6 ANGLE BT DECK MFR (TTP.) RUNNER TRACK W /(2) METAL OTES DECK 90 -I6 SCREWS m I6' O.G. SEE N STEEL BEAMS SEE PLAN R. 5/16'4x8' W/ <31 •4'0 MB'e E •'6x6' Mo PER FT. SLOPE Ve PER F 3C Im 99 • � 0' (2)•4 G IXJT.m TOP O WALL SEE DTL. 4/S4 FOR JOIST CONN. TYP. RUNNER TRACK W /(2) 0.145'0 EXP. ANCHOR6 m 12' OC. (2' EMBJ 12' GMU WALL KNORR 6001CI6 SEE PLANS t SCHEDULE 12' CMU WALL SEE PLANS (2) •4 CONT. IN BOND BEAM STEEL: BEMS 9EE P LAN A K NORR 40010 BRACES • 48 0 ,0 . MAX KNORR 6001CI6� m Ib'O.C. ♦ 2'x2'xlb GAGE CL08URE ANGLE BY DECK MFR RUNNER RACK W' (2)'10 -16 9CREIIE KNORR 600EJI6 RUNNE TRACK W/ ( -I6 50REW0 I6' O.G. MTL DECK SEE NOTES. KNORR 600ICI6 Iii' igoe !uI�€ METAL DECK SEE NOTES RUNNER T W/ . 3) 90 -I6 9C RACK REW0 6' OC. :Mar RUNNER TRACK m EA END. W /(Z) 0.145'0 EXP. ANCHORS m 12' OC, f�l I' NON SHRINKS �� f GROUT _ f % ` RUNNER TRACK m ORR 6001CI6 j W /(2J 0.145Y I6'O.G. r r j 9CREW0 • 12' O.G. (2)Oxi'Ox6' ND. j_■ 8' CMU ® ®® @9 9TJD5. PLAN 3' METAL OVER - FRAMING (9EE ARCH) STEEL BEAM SEE PLAN E:. 5/Ibx4xl2' W/ I ■ f ® - 'I•UM KNORR 600EJI8 grrA1 9 9 •• 1.0, B' CMU SEE PLAN NOTFS THE 3' METAL OVERFRAMING SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE 6' STUDS W/K SCREWS m i2' O.G. 4T 81M. CONDITION, THE SLOPING JOISTS SHALL BE WELDED I T HE LEVEL JOISTS (SAME 512E t SPACING) W/ IA6' FILLET T WELDS. SCALE: i 5'•I' -0' 3l1ID -99 RUNNER TRACK WR2) 0,140 EXP. ANCHORS m 12 OC. (2• EMBED) SCALE: 1'•1' 3l1ID -99 -0' 2,2'x16 GAGE CLOSURE ANGLE BT DECK MFR (TYP.) METAL DECK 9EE NOTES. 0,4 CONT. IN BOND BEAM KNORR 4001020 16' O,C. GMU 0E PL AN RUNNER TRACK /( 90.16 SCRELLS m W 16 O.C, �KNORR 6001CI6 RUNNER TRACK W/ BOND BEAM REINF OR (2) •4 x 4'-0 m AB. LOCATION STUD WALL BEYOND KNORR 8001CI0 RUNNER TRACK W /(2) 0.145'0 EXP. ANCFbRS s 12' O.G. (2) •4 CONT. IN BOND BEAM B' CMU WALL SEE PLANS SEE OIL. 454 FOR JOIST CONN. TYP. 12' CMU WALL SEE PLANS (21 •4 CONT. IN BOND BEAM A.B'e <B' EMBED) •A•e MB'e • 2�' O.C. LSTEE BEAM 9EE P LAN 12' CMU WALL -SEE SCHED. FOR REINF. NOTES: AT CONN. BT. WI6 BEAMS • GMU WALL, USE: I I. BACK PLATE: AA' x l' x 1' -3' W/ (6) I'e.. AB'• W/ 9' EMBED. VERT, SPACING • 6' OC„ NORM. SPACING •'4 OC. 2. CLIP PLATE: SAW x 4' x I' -I' W/ (5) •A'< MH'e m 2'1' O.C. IV CMU WALL SEE PLANS 2'x2'16G4. CLOSURE ANG BY DECK MFR. METAL DECK SEE NOTES. . KNORR 600 5110 s Ib' OG. 0' PLYWOOD WHERE CCURS, 9EE PLAN. KNORR 800.16 m 16' O.C. NOTES: KNORR 6001CI6 III' BRACES m 16' OC. W/(4) 90 -16 SORE [ -�• m EA END �\I SEE DETAIL 654 jT L-OUT9 ON TRACK W/ SCREWS 001016 ' OG. 9CALEI 1 .I'•0' 311ID -99 KNORR 8001018 6 OC. -DEFLECTION TRACK BY STUD MFR IF BRACE DOES N07 BEAR qT JOIST PANEL POINt, AN EXTRA WEB MEMBER SHALL BE ADDED IN THE FIELD. 2. WALL STUDS SHALL BE LOCATED AT EA. JOIST LOCATION FOR THE BRACE CONNECTION. •Z TRUSS GIRDER SEE PLAN DEFLECTION TRACK BY STUD MFR WELD TO TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD KNORR 5901CIB • 6 O•. BEE 9/05 FOR BRACE CONK DETAIL fiLVICb "Jf:D C'1:In M!DDLECON, INC. SQ FT. CALCS xerul: 40,602 SF 3,227 SF MSIALL: 1,171 SF ETA 45,000 SF CONCEPT: C4.5-45 CONCEPT DATE: 09.01.99 EST. FLCTURINO DATE: EST. O.O. DATE: BID/PERMIT SET ##/I #/ rev. dote 0 124/00 L\ 0 SCALE: AS NOTED FRAMING SECTIONS & DETAILS I S-5 1 " =50' 0 25 50 100 VICINITY MAP SCALE: 1'=2100' LEGEND: PROPOSED TYPE I CATCH BASIN EXISTING TYPE II CATCH BASIN EXISTING TYPE I CATCH BASIN PROPOSED STORM DRAINAGE LINE EXISTING STORM DRAINAGE LINE PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER LINE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LINE EXISTING WATERMAIN EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT EXISTING WATER VALVE PROPOSED WATERMNN PROPOSED FIRE HYDRANT PROPOSED WATER VALVE PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATIONS EXIST IND SPOT ELEVATIONS TEMPORARY SILT FENCE TEMPORARY RCEPOR D WITH ROCK INTE CHECK T DAMS ITCHES PROPOSED HEAVY DUTY PAVEMENT PROPOSED CONCRETE PAVEMENT CB PROTECTION BLOCK WALL • 0 • 0 • • UTILITY CONFLICT NOTE CAUTION: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE R IT N OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES WHETHER FOR VERI )CATION, DIMENSION, AND DEPTH NOT BY POTHOLING THE .PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 20SSWGS ITO PHYSHCALLY VE RIFY Wh1ETHER OR NOT CONFLICTS EXIST. LOCATIONS OF SAID UTILITIES AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ARE BASED UPON THE UNVERIFIED PUBLIC INFORMATION AND ARE SUBJECT TD VARIATION. IF CONFLICTS SHOULD OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT BARGHAUSEN CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. TO RESOLVE ALL PROBLEMS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHAH. ULLY EO RSPNSIBL FOR OBNING EMITS REP C ING L SURVEY VEPA F M ONUM OF NATUR AL RESOURC ECT REMOVIN G TRD THE REPLACING ALL SURVEY AC 33 -120. THAT MAY BE MUST E CO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, 'PURSUANT TO WAC 332 -120. APPLICATIONS MUST BE COMPLETED BY A REGISTERED L SURVEYOR. APPLIATIONS FERMITS ' TOREMOVE MNENTS OUM REY UE ES AND OR FROM TNT WAS ON STETS OR DTP U T NATU RESOURCES, OR 6Y CONTACTING THEIR OFFICE BY TELEPHONE AT (206) 902 -1190. WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES PUBLIC LAND SURVEY OFFICE Ittt WASHINGTON STREET. S.E. P.O. BOX 47060 OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98504 -7060 raw= CONSTRUCTION, ALL MONUMENTS DISPLACED, REMOVED, OR AESTROYED SHALL OF REP COED AY A REGISTERED LAND SSEVEYOR, AT THE COST AND AT THE DIRECTION OF THE CONTRACTOR, PURSUANT THESE REGULATIONS. THE APPROPRIATAT F E FORMS FOR REPLACEMENT OF SA10 MON UMENTATION SHALL ALSO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY Of THE CONTRACTOR, r-� EX. PARKWAY PLAZ F., I MINKLER RETAIL BUILDING CITY OF TUKWILA STORM DRAINAGE NOTES rL I, ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 'STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE, AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION," WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION, WASHINGTON STATE CHAPTER, 1904 EDITION, TOGETHER WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA ENGINEERING STANDARDS, 2, AN PROGRE APPROVED SS. COPY OF THESE PLANS MUST BE ON SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION IS IN 3. IT SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN STREET USE AND ANY OTHER RELATED PERMITS PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IN CITY RIGHT -OF -WAY. 4. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, THIE CITY OF TUKWILA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT (433 -1850) MUST BE CONTACTED FOR A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING. 5. ALL LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN HEREON HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED BY FIELD SURVEY OR OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS ANU 5HOULD THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE ONLY AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE, IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN, AND TO FURTHER DISCOVER AND AVOID IMPLEMENTATION UTILITIES NOT SHOWN HEREON WHICH MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PIA THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION (1 SERVICE (1- 800- 424 - 24 -5555555). PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE OWNER OR HIS ftEPRESEMATNE..SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY CONTACTED IF A UTILITY CONFLICT EXISTS. 6. CATCH BASIN -.TYPE I - PER WSDOT /APWA STANDARD PLAN B -1 OR ASSOCIATED SAND 14 AND GRAVEL CB -15, OR EQUAL.. 7, CATCH BASIN - TYPE II - PER WSDOT /APWA STANDARD PLAN .B -1E (48 -INCH I,D. OR 54 -INCH I.E. AS DESIGNATED) OR ASSOCIATED SAND AND GRAVEL CB -19, OR EQUAL, 8. UNIT EOVERS AS DESIGNATED ARE WSDOT /APWA STANDARD, (PER STANDARD PLAN 15 8 -12), O. ALL TYPE II CATCH BASINS SHALL HAVE LADDERS OR SAFETY STEPS PER WSDOT /APWA STANDARD PLAN B -12. 10. ALL CATCH BASIN FRAMES AND GRATES SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON. PER WSDOT /APWA STANDARD PLAN 8-2A. 11. AL EVEL L CATCH BASIN GRATES SHALL BE DEPRESSED 0.10 FEET BELOW PAVEMENT /CURB L 12, ALL OIL /WATER SEPARATOR CB GRATES SHALL BE OF THE ROUND SOLID LOCKING TYPE, EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 EXISTING 1 BUILDING FF = -22.9 BEST BUY 45,000 S.F. EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 EXISTING BUILDING FF =22.9 EXISTING BUILDING FF = 23.4 13. ALL STORM DRAINAGE CONVEYANCE PIPE SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING AS DESIGNATED: A. HELICAL CORRUGATED ALUMINUM (OR ASPHALT - TREATER STEEL), MINIMUM 16 GAUGE OR GREATER AS SHOWN 2 2/3 -INCH 4 -INCH CORRUGATION, WITH WATERTIGHT CONNECTING BANDS, B. CONCRETE, PER A.S,T,M. C -14, CLASS IL NONREINFORGGED BELL AND SPIGOT (WITH BELL FLUSH WITH C.B. WALL OF USED), WITH RUBBER GASKETS, C. P.V.C. CONFORMING TO A.S,T,M. 0 -3034 - SDR 35. I D. PIPE MAY BE ANY OF THE ABOVE PROVIDED: I =10'06'25" R =410.88' L =72.45' 182.55' SB755'04"E 222.00' 29.28'48 SX 41.25' & =06 R =481,45' L= 67.22' N21'26 "E 14,49 16. 1) PIPE JOINTS MUST BE OF THE SAME MATERIALS, AND 2) WHERE A PIPE MATERIAL IS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE PLAN, THAT MATERIAL MUST BE USED. E. MINIMUM PIPE COVER SHALL BE 2.0 FEET, F. SMOOTH WALL SPIRAL RIB ALUMINUM (OR ASPHALT - TREATED STEEL) PIPE, I6 10,. GAUGE, W/34 -INCH 3/4 -INCH. RIBS AT 74 INCHES O,C. G. ADS TYPE N -12 HIGH - DENSITY POLYETHYLENE CORRUGATED .PIP WITH AN PIPE INTEGRALLY FORMED SMOOTH INTERIOR TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF A.A.S.I1.T,0, 19.. 17. ALL PIPE BEDDING.. SHALL CONFORM TO WSDOT /APWA SECTION 9-30.7(1)11 FOR 20 ' I ALUMINUM AND P.V.C. PIPE, AND SECTION 9- 30.7(1)A FOR QONCRETE PIPE, ALL TRENCH BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 92 PERCENT. MINIMUM DRY DENSITY PER A.ST M... 21' D- 1557 -70. ALL PIPE SHALL BE LAID ON A PROPERLY PREPARED FOUNDATION ACCORDING TO WASHINGTON STATE SPECIFICATION 7- 02.3(1). THIS SHALL INCLUDE NECESSARY 22. LEVELING OFNTHE TRENCH BOTTOM OR THE TOP OF THE FOUNDATION MATERIAL AS WELL AS PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF REQUIRED BEDDING MATERIAL TO UNIFORM GRADE SO THAT ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE PIPE WILL'BE SUPPORTED ON A UNIFORMLY DENSE UNYIELDING BASE. IF THE NATIVE MATERIAL'. IN THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS FOR "GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE BEDDING," THE FIRST LEFT OF PIPE 2T BEDDING MAY BE OMITTED, PROVIDED THE MATERIAL IN THE BOTTOM THE TRENCH IS LOOSENED,' REGRADED, A COMPACTED TO FORMA DENSE UNYIELDING BASE. 24, THIS SHEET FOR INFORMATION ONLY NOT PART OF THIS PERMIT MINKLER BLVD. 5'09 "F 405 nn' 8.00' ALL BUILDING ROOF DRAIN DOWNSPOUTS AND FOOTING DRAINS SHALL BE DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE MAIN STORM DRAINAGE CONVEYANCE SYSTEM THROUGH AN UNDERGROUND PIPE SYSTEM, ROOF DRAINS AND FOOTING DRAINS SHALL BE SEPARATE SYSTEMS AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 6 -INCH (OR 8 -INCH DIAMETER WHERE SHOWN) P.V.C. (RIGID; NONPERFORATED FOR ROOF DRAINS, PERFORATED FOR FOOTING DRAINS.) SUFFICIENT CLEANOUTS AND BENDS SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE SYSTEM CAN BE EASILY MAINTAINED, THE SYSTEM SHOWN HEREON IS SCHEMATIC ONLY. THE DRAINAGE GRADING CONTRACTOR OR LANDSCAPER MAY ALTER THE LAYOUT AS REQUIRED 10 BEETER DRAIN TI1E SITE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP A DIMENSIONED RECORD OF THE LOCATION OF ALL PIPES AND CLEANOU AND SUBMIT SAME TO THE GIN. ENGINEER, AND OWNER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TS WORK. ALL ROOF AND FOOTING DRAINS SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE FIELD AND ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY TO AVOID IMPACTING THE EXISTING TREES DENOTED ON THE GRADING PLAN TD BE SAVED RE DVER AIN R LINES LE• SHOULD BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE DRIP LINE OF TREES TO BE SAVED WhIE POSSIB THIE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM SHA BE CONSTRUCTED ACCORDING TO THE APPROVED PLANS WAI PL NN WILL IN T UI LL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT. ANY DEVIATION ENCM THIE APPROVED PLANS WILL REQUIRE WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE PROPER AGENCY, STRUCTURES SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHIN to FEET OF THE SPRING LINE OF ANY STORM DRAIN PIPE,. CONSTRUCTION OFDEWATERING (GROUNDWATER) SYSTEM, IF REQUIRED, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE A.P,WA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, SECTION 61 -3.02, 1981 EDITION, PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY, THIE PERMANENT STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM MUST BE. CLEANED OUT BY PUMPING. (DO NOT PUMP OR DISPOSE INTO ANY OTHER STREAM, STORM SEWER; OR SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM,) RIP RAP ROCK FOR EROSION PROTECTION SHALL BE OF SOUND QUARRY ROCK PLACED TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF ONE (1) FOOT, ROCK AGGREGATE TO BE AS FOLLOWS: < INCH - 2 INCHES - 10 PERCENT -40 PERCENT 2 INCHES - 4 INCHES - 20 PERCENT - 40 PERCENT 4 INCHES - a INCHES - 40 PERCENT - 70 PERCENT TESTING OP' ALL STORM $EWER PIPE WILL BE AT THE OPTION OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA. WHEN PLAIN ALUMINUM PIPE OR PIPE ARCH IS USED WHERE IT WILL BE IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR CONCRETE PIPE, ALL ALUMINUM SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH THE CONCRETE P C DO E..PIPE SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF PAINT. THE ALUMINUM PI TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE CLEANED WITH SOLVENT TD REMOVE. CONTAMINANTS, AFTER CLEANING, THE PIPE SHAL OE PAINTED WITH 1W0 COATS OF CHR P AALKY DG VEHHICLE.) RAL SPECIFICATION TT -P -645 (PRIMER, PAINT, ZINC VERTICAL DATUM NGVD -29 PROJECT BENCHMARK LEVEL TOP LE MONUMENT CASE N. RIM AT INTERSECTION OF BENCHMARK F. CITY OF TUKWILA MEAN S BLVD. AND ANDOVER PARD WEST < 2 BENCHM SURVEYOR: BARGHAUSEN CONSULTING ENGINEERS 18215 72ND AVENUE SOUTH KENT, WA 96032 (425) 257 -8222 SHEET INDEX SHEET Cl OF 6 COVER SHEET SHEET C2 OF 6 PRELOAD PLAN SHEET C3 OF 6 GRADING AND STORM DRAINAGE PLAN SHEET C4 OF 8 SEWER AND WATERMAIN MODIFICATION PLAN SHEET CS OF 6 T.E.S.C.' AND CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS SHEET CS OF 6 ETHAN ALLEN T.E.S.C. PLAN UTILITY CONTACT LIST: CIT 6 WILA FIRE DEPT. (206) 875 - PLANNING CITY (206) 0E 43 TUKWILA 1 - 3670 PLANNING DEPT, PUBLIC WORKS CITY OF TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. JIM MORROW (206) 433 -0179 PRE - CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION /NOTIFICATION CITY OF TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. JIM MORROW (216) JS... EITE -- E 89,433.85 SF IMPERVIOUS = 80R EA aTFiWO F K QUANTITIES FILL 2200 CY CUT 400 CY J CALL BEFORE YOU DIG: 1- 800 - 424 -5555 APPROVED FOR CONSIRUC770N BY DATE CITY ENGINEER S S S S R S 5 B - GT = A is 2 co LU O 0 O c Q 0 O cc N. O • 0 N (0 a Z w O C O 2 i 0 Y O Lo 5 q Y q g 44,E E Q 8 M A 8 S 0 = N 0' 0 1 " =30' CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING PERMITS FROM THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES FOR REMOVING AND REPLACING ALL SURVEY MONUMENTATION . THAT MAY BE AFFECTED i CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, PURSUANT TO WAC 332 -120. APPLICATIONS MUST BE COMPLEIEO BY A REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR. APPLICATIONS FOR PERMITS TO REMOVE MONUMENTS RES UE ES OR von WASHIE ON OFFICE DTEL AF NATURAL RESOURCES. OR BY CONTACTING THEIR OFFICE BY TELEPHONE AT (206) 902 -1190. WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES ,'. PUBLIC LAND SURVEY OFFICE 1111 WASHINGTON STREET S.E. P.O. BOX 47060 OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98504 -7060 UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, ALL MONUMENTS DISPLACED; REMOVED, OR DESTROYED SHALL BE REPLACED BY A'REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR, AT THE COST AND AT THE DIRECTION OF THE CONTRACTOR. PURSUANT TO THESE REGULATIONS. THE APPROPRIATE FORMS FOR REPLACEMENT OF SAID MONUMENTATION SHALL ALSO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 vV "Vi -- S, SEE SHEETS C3 AND C4 0 I FOR MODIFICATION AND INSTALLATION OF STORM, WATER, SEWER AND UTILITIES CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL 1 PRELOAD /TE.S.C. PLAN LJMTTS OF CONSTRUCTION a:p r„ :' � ?.• 58758 0: : � THIS SHEET NOT PART OF FOR INFORMATION ONLY THIS PERMIT INSTALL: CB SILT PROMOTION PER DgAIt„,SHEET�J4� MINKLER BLVD. IE =18. TEMPORARY INTERCEPTOR DITCHES W/ ROCK CHECK DAMS PER DETAIL SHEET C5 TE.S.C. POND TOP OF POND L =21.25 BOTTOM OFPOND EL =16.25 TEMPORARY GRAVEL CONE STRUCTURE PER DETAIL THIS SHEET 5 C C U I1- III = " III =III 1 1,F - 1J1 -- 111 - NOT TO SCALE >- \SD,PRf1,1\71 t0 \FRI - MEER. 010- ['1014, • II= III = =III 50' MIN. EX. 30" CONC. CULVERT SEE BHT. C -2 EXISTING DRIVEWAY RAMP OR SITE ACCESS ROAD USE 4 TO 6" QUARRY SPACES OR CRUSHED ROCK FOR SURFACING AS SHOWN. MATERIAL WITH "FINES" IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.'. 1. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING AND CLEANING THE APPROACH ON A REGULAR BASIS 2. ADDITIONAL QUARRY SPACES MUST BE ADDED IF DIRECTED BY THE COUNTY. 3. THE 50' MINIMUM LENGTH SHALL BE LENGTHENED IF DIRECTED BY THE COUNTY TO INSURE MATERIAL' IS NOT TRACKED INTO THE PUBLIC RIGHT -OF -WAY. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE CB PROTECTION ON ALL EX. A' AND NEW CBs PER DETAIL SHT. C5 (TYP.) EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN FIRE SERVICE TO EX BUILDINGS DURING CONSTRUCTION 25'R EX. PAD TO BE REMOVED E 111 PAVEMENT TOBE REMOVED i—' E FIRE HYDRANT 0 INSTALL ^�� r \ E RELOCATED 1 ECOLOGY BLOCKS TO PROVIDE E %ISTINC SANK: TEMPORARY ACCESS TO BUILDING RE ORATED BE - - ,�_/ BEST BUY 45,000 S.F. EXISTING BUILDING FF I = 22.9 NEW BUILDING EXPANSION AREA A ( CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY MULCH COVER TO SURCHARGE PAD 0 r INSTALL: r ECOLOGY BLOCKS TO PROVIDE �� i TEMPORARY ACCESS TO BUILDING tilloaam EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 CONTRACTOR TO- MAINTAIN -- FIRE SERVICE TO EX BUILDINGS DURING CONSTRUCTION EXISTING BUILDING FF = 23.4 EXISNNG STOR DRAINS TO BE M RELOCATED E %ISTINC POWER ANO OAS BE RELOCATED NEW PRELOAD EL.- 27.90 E %I WATERMAIN TO BE RELOCA EXISTING PAVEMENT i0 BE REMOVED 4 r0 ..7— .-I - / 40 12" TMP • �`F - 1 SD ®LF 2,707. E � • o DB•DD'DO• R 461,x5' L 87,22' �- '' -.. -_ .�� A TEMPORARY INTERCEPTOR - DITCHES W/ ROCK CHECK DAMS PER DETAIL SHEET C5 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL --.\ CB PROTECTION ON ALL EX. , AND NEW CBs PER DETAIL BHT. C5 (TYP.) ) ;�.d- <-, , ,/`.... -ce "ti. -_.- -_ INSTALL =1R 6 . TEMPORARY FILTER FABRIC R =41068' AT TOE OF NEW PRELOAD fLL L °72.48' ' PER DETAIL SHEET C5 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE PER DETAIL THIS SHEET NOTE CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN FIRE SERVICE TO ADJACENT BUILDINGS AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. TO REMOVAL OF PRELOAD. NOTE: 1, ALL. SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES AND STORM DRAINAGE CATCH BASINS ARE TO BE PROTECTED AGAINST SILT AND DEBRIS AS SHOWN ON DETAIL SHEET 4, 2. CONTRACTOR COTACT PUGET OUND AIR PUTION AGENCY PRIOR TO TO DE OF S BUILDING FOR OLL ANY REQUIRED PERMIT AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. -. A LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION (LOCATED AT EASEMENT LINE) / CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE: A WELD ALL AROUND TIE =18.25 NOTE CONTRACTOR. SHALL REFER T0: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT FOR INFORMATION REGARDING PRELOAD PLAN; PREPARED BY: GEOTEGHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES DATED FEBARY 23, 1998 PROPOSED P SUPER CENTER TUKWILLA, WA ONTAI 1 -6 JAC 0 K. 0 TATTLE, P.E. h25) 86 1, CONFIRM THAT ALL APPLICABLE CONSTRUCTION PERMITS HAVE BEEN SECURED. 2. INSURE THAT ALL NECESSARY PRECONSTRUCTION MEETINGS HAVE BEEN HELD PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 3. LOCATE EXISTING UTILITIES AND INITIATE COORDINATION WITH UTILITY AGENCIES. 4. FLAG ALL CLEARING LIMITS FOR NEW PARKING AREA. 5. INSTALL TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE. 6. PROTECT ALL EX. STORM DRAINAGE CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS FROM SILT LADEN WATER. 7, REMOVE AND RELOCATE EX. PAVEMENT AND UTILITIES AS SHOWN ON APPROVED PLANS. B. INSTALL TEMPORARY SILT FENCE AND SEDIMENT POND PER PLAN. 9. ROUGH GRADE SITE AND STABILIZE CONSTRUCTION AREA. 10. INSTALL NEW UTILITIES AND PROTECT FROM SILTATION AS NEEDED. 11. PRELOAD NEW BUILDING ADDITION TO EL. SHOWN. 12. INSTALL FILTER FABRIC ANO TESL MEASURES TO PROTECT STORM SYSTEM FROM SILT LADEN WATERS. 13, COVER ALL AREAS THAT WILL BE UNWORKED FOR MORE THAN 7 DAYS DURING THE DRY SEASON AND 2 DAYS DURING THE WET SEASON. 14, FINAL GRADE SITE, COMPLETE SITE WORK, AND PAVE SITE PER APPROVED PLANS. 15. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, STABILIZE ALL DISTURBED AREAS AND REMOVE NAP'S IF APPROPRIATE. \ UUTLET OVERFLOW ELEV. = 20.25 �N CONC. PAD ELEVATION 4'X4' CONC. PAD 24" 0 CMP PERFORATED STANDPIPE 31' -50' (UP) 24" 0 CMP PERF. STANDPIPE 1" 0, IMP. AT 10" 0 -C 10 PER ROW TOTAL 40 PERF, 2 " -4" WASHED ROCK \ GRAVEL CONE c' 3z TEMPORARY SEDIMENT POND OUTLET CONTROL STRUCTURE NOT TO SCALE' MIN. 2" DEAD STORAGE FOR SEDIMENTATION TRAP CALL BEFORE YOU DIG: 1- 800 - 424 -5555 APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION BY CITY ENGINEER DATE POND BOTTOM BE TRAY E 1KWILA PERMIT 0 .F O 0 Q Q O cc O) O P co Cc 0 co FS CO Z w I,J.J O co 8 o J = L Fx PIRES 9 23201 J V EXISTING PARKING 11 { '_ EXISTING PARKING r =30' 0 15 30 ti EXISTING 60 BUILDING FF = 22.9 NOTE i CONTRACTS R TO', MAINTAIN FIRE SERVICE TO ADJACENfi BUNS DINGS AT ALL TIME DURING CONSTRUCT] M (SEE SHEET C1) EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 BEST BUY 45,000 S.F. EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 _. EX. IC WATER EXISTING BUILDING FF - 23.4 COMPACTOR : 21.70 =18.90 NEW CB #4 TYPE I RIM =21.75 IE= 1B.0(L P MATCH E SAWCUT LINE EXIST. R: 12" CMP =19.36: 23.1 21 '1pM,J.I_(ADJUST TO NEW PAVEMENT EL.) ' IL 't4" CNC N =13.G'7 IE 24' CNC 5 =1 7. 07 =17.07 (OVERFLOW) DOTi'01,, =d.94 f %. ST.IM71 ( ADJUST TO NEW PAVEMENT EL.) A= 08'00'00 R =481.45'' 67.22' CONCRETE RETAINING WALL „ 7 LF 12" ADS N -12 , I€0,0• 4 5% EW CB,.#B TYPE I I IEM1 61p 26 LF 12' ADS N -12 02.01. . =10 R =410.88' L= 72.48' UM PNT 182.55' 58755'04'E 222.00' PORTION OF PROPOSED STORM SYSTEM TO BE CONSTRUCTED AFTER PRELOAD PAD HAS BEEN REMOVED. EW ,_A D ASPHALT PAVEMENT PER DETAIL SHEET C5 Ai.' .ICATION OF NEW CB#1 TYPE I RIM =22.00 IE =19,0 RAILROAD DM EAS'EMEIJT ' {1� EACH, SIDE OF =roc) NEW ASPHALT PAVEMENT PER DETAIL SHEET C5 BOTTOM OF POND =13.25 / MA X OF DEAD STORAGE2 MAX..WATER STORAGE=20.25 TOP OF POND= 21.25' I DETENTION VOLUME REQUIRED =58:7 ' I DETENTION VOLUME. PROVIDED =: ' WETPOND•VOLUME REQUIRED= 18 CF WETPOND.VOLUME REQUIRED= 386 CF ' TOP OF DEAD STORAGE =17.25 FLOW CONTROL STRUCTURE; TYPII- IWr RIM =23.0 1°A IE =17,20 .4 PER DETAIL SHEET C5 NEW CB#3 TYPE I / RIM =22.0 Qj IE =18.41 NEW CB #5 TYPE I RIM= §1.96 IE= 18.36 (FIELD ADJUST) 6 PVC DOWNSPOUT (TYP) EXISTING STOR TO BE REMOVEM D RIM =22,30 IE =16,64 EXISTNG CB TO DE RIEMOVED 11 LF 6 ADS N -12 0 1.0% MIN. NEW HEAVY DUTY AS PA PER DETAIL S HEET C5 NEW BUILDING EXPANSION AREA NEW CB #7 TYPE II -48' RIM =22.00 IEIE= 1x.03 EX. STORM TO BE REMOVED EXISTING TO BE REMOV ED LOADING DOCK FPS GRADING AND STORM D'AINAGE PLAN / R A "2,.G <TOLIO LIB) IE 12 'rVC N =17.16 F.% :AVM - ...._.._ -.vN 64;a. E =12.29 "�"Elt �C 61-STRUCTURE URANT = E R cone t ASPHAET EM ENT P6RK®ETAIL SHEET C5 THIS SHEET FOR INFORMATION ONLY NOT PART OF THIS PERMIT 6 CY 9` E 12 F' '17 � uJ G1 E2 f IL GM�' 1 19 10 SIf f T �C S J P 2,16 M1 E G" � I . ER CUR3 ANU CUTTET t 17.Y5 - ^ - c A. 4 EYIRC UFD; ^ II -2x ii NEW SWALE LOCATION - ;Y I N I Gstq MINKER BLVD r -361T RAILROAD R/W EnTTMENT P.1 P iF t L PIIRPC TEOLI DEEDED TO THE CH, OF Rh1ILA BY N,IRUMF NI REC:oRfED I1 NOM REC. Na 94,413 I 432 VEHICUTAR ACCESS S O ABURING PROPERTIES f RTIES '!ALL NOT ALLOWED PER CITY OF TUKWI (Al C ,' I TIO I 5. PER T'lAl'. if ( I'II;.E Al PORT P 9R "AI II '(1IARS. Dqq- 0432 APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION BY GIN ENGINEER DATE 12 X g Yj o & 5 6 m CD 5 N M o h co z ° 0 F co O N Lip c o O o G c o g N 4 <NA (O EXISTING PARKING EXISTING PARKING 1 " =30' EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 BEST BUY 45,000 S.F. EXISTING BUILDING FF = 22.9 FND PLUGGED ® ' uPSmFAM AND DowNSTRDAM MANHOLE =10'06'25" R =410.66' L =72.48' CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXISTING , BUILDING �`` IE FF =22.9 EX WATER SERVICE TO BUILDING TO REMAIN: EX. TEE W GATE VALVE --(TQ INSTALL 1 -10" ETD FIANCE FIANCE CONC. C. 6" SS `TO BE REMOVED) EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT TO OE REMOVED [[X. 6 SS ( TO DE " LOVED) EXISTING 6" BE SANITARY SEWER RELOCATED � X, SS i0 BE REMOVED) E ISTING 7,12 AND CAS RELOCATED NEW BUILDING E %PANSION AREA E %. BE D SS (i0 REMOVED) EXISTING GAS METERS TO BE RELOCATED E %ISTING WATERMAIN TO B RE OVED E %. 6' R EXISTING BE REMOVED) EXISTING CB TO BE REMOVED WITH MECHANICAL PLANS FOR FIRE SPRINKLER CONNECTION NEW LOADING DOCK �E%% 6' S5 (TO BE REMOVED) EX. 6" SANITARY SEW TD BE ABANDON AND PLUGGED MANHO AM.AND DOWNSI ED P.FAM MANHOLE i. EV5t9j O H AND — tiel kFTD OR=35,®-1 OR (ADJUST AIM..TO_FINAL PAVEMENT GRADE) E%. 10' WATER D %. F.H.TO REMNN INSTA 8. - " BLIND FIAN( ING EXISTING ° " BLOCK BUILDING 0 FF = 23.4 SANITARY SEWER AND WATERMAIN MODIFICATION PLAN AND r (J) 0s a � AVp (8 = 11.29 ti, �TORI STRUCTURE i IIYOkNdt 1 — 10 " WATE \\ IC E" CI P Gy /r �� h% 2 YlID! WAI ttC EX. I1f1LrrY CR093 JS AN CAS OUTSIDE^_QC4 EW BUILDING NATE LAYO UT. CONTR(<C R SHALL COORDI Cltt OF TDItWIIA P.U.D. ' 1 -1 0,y6 (MJx J 1 r'77' �Cp4E v VALVE M (F� µJ .T -8 GATE VALVE (FLxM J) ed.. BLOCKING 21 LF 8" FIRE LINE NEW SSCO R =2 IE =18.59 37 LF 6" PVC SDR -35 0 2.0% 62 LF 10 "D.I, CL 52W INSTALL i - 10 22 1 2' BEND (MJ) CONC. BLOC 4G " ND INSTALL TE -i " CATECVALVE ( MJ ) ( MJ ) ON C. BLOCKING q'I. UJHIi U EX. CURB 5'02 II "E, 1405.00' ' . 30' AILf•.OAO (fi<'! EA: (IS' ETCH ':IGEOT CEt,1-'"E`,-;,' THIS SHEET FOR INFORMATION ONLY NOT PART OF THIS PERMIT 55M1 E EV? IE NE– . B ".PVC NE= (ADJUST, RIM , TO PAVEMENT GRAD NEW SSMHNI RIIM =21 50 IEM17 45 (B" W 5; IN) IE =1735 8' N,OUT) Fl AL " WATER) MIN. 18' VF: 2' BEND NJ) ING NOTE: 1:) CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN FIRE SERVICE TO ADJACENT BUILDINGS AT ALL TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION, 2.) CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WRH MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PLAN FOR NEW WATER AND SEWER SERVICE TO BUILDING, MINKLER BLUR. SCALE: 1 " = }0'HORIZON'tAL 1 " =5' VERTICAL INSTALL: i- 1 0 "x8" (MJXMJ) 1 -1 D" GATE TEE VALLVE 1 -8 CgTE VALVE 21 LF.6'. FIRE..LINE CONC.. BLOCKING iLF 10 "'.QA. CL.'' 52 W ROPOSFD GRADE W SEWER PROFS F EW 1D STORM --.. • !- A D Top OF FI SHED GRADE n I1 B L( ST" • T.O.P: EL 1535 (NEW B' SEWER) ....,, ..... MAINTAIN MIN ,5' VER77CAL CLEARAN AT CROSSING. • CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN MIN. 10' HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE BETWEEN NEW 8" SEWER AND NEW 10' WATER CONTRACTOR SHALL USE DEFLECTION IN NEW 10' D.I. CL 52 WATER PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS TO ACHIEVE VERTICAL BEND IN PROPOSED WATERMAIN. UTILITY CROSSING PROFILE r. )TL $f I2POF Il.ND r.,RPORTL ICI .. E_D'cL! TO Ili! UI - f or IMI BY INS TRUMENT REC3RDED UNDER REC. N0. '340 1 , 432. VEHI,MLAR ACCESS: L ABUT (. FROPE'R11ES SHALL IJ01 I:E r11LOWF F' PLY 1 t) T :,li<WI A RESOLUTION NO. 584 PER I l 11 SEE tilt E. RIP )'tT I OH I AI'II' , AR5. APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION BY CITY ENGINEER DATE 0,. RAILROAD RiN FA.E'MCNT IN5T I. ' O . O , BEND (MJ) 1. 17 LF 10" D.I. CL 82 W 1- 10 "ITEE (FL%MJ)' ( – VALVE FLxMJ) 1 -10 ADAPTOR (RAJ) CON CLOCKING CONTRACTOR E FIELD' LOCATE CATE EX. WAT ATERMAIN. IEm11.12: (NEW. 8" S. IN) (ADJUST RIM EL, TO FINAL PAVEMENT GRADE) A f,I OFET NWILA DCI PERMIT CENtI:T ml C) CITY OF TUKWILA EROSION CONTROL NOTES: 1. EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE IN PLACE PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION. THE PROJECT ENGINEER AND THE C ITY SHALL INS AND APPROVE THE INSTALLATION OF EROSION CONTROL MEASURES PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 2. EROSION CONTROL MEASURES ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE ITEMS ON THIS PLAN. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES. NO SILTATION OF EXISTING OR PROPOSED DRAINAGE FACILITIES SHALL BE ALLOWED. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT MIGRATION OF SILTS TO OFF -SITE PROPERTIES. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE DAILY SURVEILLANCE OF ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AND MAKE ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS OR ADDITIONS TO THE EROSION CONTROL MEASURES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AS DETERMINED NECESSARY BY THE CITY INSPECTOR AND /OR THE PROJECT ENGINEER. 4. DURING THE WET SEASONS, NOVEMBER TO MARCH, ALL DISTURBED SOILS SHALL BE STABILIZED WITHIN 48 HOURS AFTER STOP OF WORK. EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LINKED TO COVERING THE AFFECTED AREA INCLUDING SPOIL PILES WITH PLASTIC SHEETING, STRAW MATTING, JUTE MATTING, STRAW MULCH, OR WOOD CHIPS. SEEDING OF THE DISUBRBED AREAS SHALL TAKE PLACE AS WEATHER PERMITS. 5. ALL SEEDED OR SODDED AREAS SHALL BE CHECKED REGULARLY TO MAKE SURE VEGETATIVE COVERAGE IS COMPLETE. AREAS SHALL BE REPAIRED, RESEEDED, AND FERTILIZED AS REQUIRED. 6. TRACKING, OF SOIL OFF -SITE WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. IF ANY SOIL IS TRACKED ONTO A CITY STREET IT SHALL BE REMOVED BY THE END OF THAT WORKING DAY. ANY FURTHER TRACKING OF MUD WILL THEM BE :PREVENTED BY SWEEPING OR ,WASHING OF THE VEHICLE TIRES BEFORE DRIVING: ON CITY STREET. 7. NO AL M L ORE BE OPE THAN NED. 500 AT LF ' ONE TIME. OF 'TRENCH ON A DOWNSLOPE OF MORE THAN 5'PERCENT SH 8. EXCAVATED MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED ON THE UPHILL SIDE OF TRENCHES. 9. TRENCH DEWATERING DEVICES SHALL BE DISCHARGED IN A MANNER THAT WILL NOT ADVERSELY AFFECT FLOWING STREAMS, DRAINAGE SYSTEMS, OR OFF -SITE PROPERTIES: 10. ALL STORM SEWER INLETS RECEIVING RUNOFF: FROM THE PROJECT DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROTECTED SO THAT SEDIMENT-LADEN WATER WILL BE FILTERED BEFORE ENTERING THE CONVEYANCE SYSTEM. 11. ALL OFF - SITE'. CATCH BASINS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE SITE SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM SILTATION. 12. ALL DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE SEEDED OR SODDED UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE' RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THAT COMPLETE COVERAGE OF THE DISTURBED AREAS IS PROVIDEDH OFTIl €-NEB ANON IS MAINTAINED. -. �� - - ---./ �� CITY OF TUKWILA / GRADING GENERAL NOTES (\ . ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE,IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE, AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION," WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ANDAMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS T ASSOCIATION, WASHINGTON STATE CFIAPTF.R: 1994EDITION. TOGETHER WITH HE LATEST EDITION OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA ENGINEERING STANDARDS. 1 2. AN APPROVED COPY OF THESE PLANS ROGRE MUST SS. BE ON SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION IS IN P 3. IT SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN STREET USE AND ANY OTHER RELATED PERMITS PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IN CITY • S RIGHT-OF -WAY. A. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, HE T OF KWILA ENGINEERING G. DEPARTMENT (433 -1850) MUST BE CONTACTED T FOR A PRECON MEETIN 5. ALL LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN HEREON HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED AN FIE O NS SURVEY OR OBMA FROM DV NOT NECESSARILY R AND SHOE TH IS THE S BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE ONLY AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE.. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR INEPENDENTLY VERIFY TH ACCURACY OF UTNtt LOCATIONS SHOWN, AND TO TO FU DISCOVER AND AVE OID ANY OTHER ALL UTILITIES NOT'SHOWN HEREON WHICH MAY AFFECTED'..BY THE IMPLEMENTATION'OF THIS PLAN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACTTHE UTILITIES UNDERCROUNO LOCATION SERVICE 1 -800 -4 4- P I \ \/ ( 5555 ROR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE OWNER OR NIS REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY CONTACTED IF A UTILITY CONFLICT E %Isis. A. THE TEMPORARY EROSION /SEDIMENTATION CONTROL FACILITIES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TT ANY ARADING OR EXTENSIVE LAND CLEARING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED TEMPORARY EROSION /SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLANS. THESE FACILITIES MUST BE SATISFACTORILY MAINTAINED UNTIL CONSTRUCTION AND LANDSCAPING IS COMPLETED AND THE POTENTIAL FOR ON -SITE EROSION HAS PASSED, 60.0 55.0 50.0 45.0 40,0 35.0 FILL AREA SECTION A -A ETHAN ALLEN APPROX. EX GROUND SURFACE N SECTION T.E.S.0 FINSHED GRADE ®.. SECT ON...... POND T.E.S.C. AND CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS CITY OF TUKWILA GENERAL NOTES. 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE, AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION," WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION, WASHINGTON STATE CHAPTER, 1994 EDITION. TOGETHER WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA ENGINEERING STANDARDS. 2. AN APPROVED COPY OF THESE PLANS MUST BE ON SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. 3. IT SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN STREET USE AND ANY OTHER RELATED PERMITS PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IN CITY RIGHT -OF -WAY. 4, PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, THE CITY OF TUKWILA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT (433 -1850) MUST BE CONTACTED FOR A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING. 5. ALL LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN HEREON HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED BY FIELD SURVEY OR OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS AND SHOULD THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE ONLY AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN, AND TO FURTHER DISCOVER AND AVOID ANY OTHER UTIURES NOT SHOWN HEREON WHICH MAY AFFECTED BY THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOCATION SERVICE (1 -800- 424 -5555) PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE OWNER OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY CONTACTED IFA UTILITY CONFLICT EXISTS. 6. THE SITE WORK IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED ACCORDING TO THE APPROVED PLANS WHICH ARE ON FILE IN THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT. ANY DEVIATION FROM THE APPROVED PLANS WILL REQUIRE APPROVAL FROM THE PROPER AGENCY. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP PARKING LOTS AND STREET CLEAN AT ALL TIMES BY SWEEPING. WASHING OF ANY TRAVELED SURFACE WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 8. AL PIPE BEDDING SHALL CONFORM TO WSDOT ION 3 9- 0 FR ALUMINUM AND P.V.C. PIPE' O 92 ° PE R CEN .7(1 /APWA )A FOR C SECT ONCRETE PIPE. .7(1)8 ALL O TRENCH BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTEDTO 92 PERCENT. MINIMUM DRY DENSITY PER A.S.T.M. D- 1557 -70. 9. ALL PIPE SHALL BE LAID I ON A PROPERLY PREPARED FOUNDATION ACCORDING TO WASHINGTON STATE SPECIFICATV 7- 02.3(1). THIS SHALL INCLUDE NECESSARY LEVELING OF THE TRENCH BOTTOM OR THE TOP OF THE FOUNDATION MATERIAL AS ,WELL AS PLACEMENT AND. COMPACTION OF REQUIRED BEDDING MATERIAL TO UNIFORM GRADE SO THAT'. ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE PIPE WILL BE SUPPORTED ON A UNIFORMLY DENSE UNYIELDING'. BASE. IF THE NATIVE MATERIAL IN THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS FOR "GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE BEDDING,' THE FIRST LEFT OF PIPE' BEDDING MAY BE OMID, PROVID: 'TOE H MAI IN HE BOTTOM HE ENCH TR IS LOOSENED, REGRADED, TTE COMPACT TO FORM TERAL A DENSE T UNYIELDING T BASE.' 10. PRIOR. TO OCCUPANCY, THE PERMANENT STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM MUST BE CLEANED SEWER UMPING ARY SEWER S (DO NOT PUMP YSTEM.) OR DISPOSE INTO ANY OTHER STREAM, STORM SEWER, OR. 7. ALL EARTHWORK UNDER PAVING TO BE USED BY VEHICULAR TRAFFIC SHALL BE COMPACTED TO MINIMUM 95 PERCENT DRY OPTIMUM DENSITY PER A.S.T.M. D- 1557 -70 (MODIFIED PROCTOR). 8. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, AL RE TOP ELEVATIOOF NS PAVING SHOWN IN PAVED AREAS ON THE PLANS IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING FINISH GRADING, ANY DISTURBE D AREAS NOT SPEI FOR PERMANENT LSIST O FG AP ER SEEDED AND LEG G WISE PE CIF INIMU ED VEGETATION, CONSISTING OF RAPID, PERSISTENT, O I LEGUME GRASSES (MINIMUM 80N PER ACRE). THIS IS TO INCLUDE: 10. THE SITE WORK IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED ACCORDING TO THE APPROVED PLANS WHICH ARE ON FILE IN THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT. ANY DEVIATION FROM THE APPROVED PLANS WILL REQUIRE APPROVAL FROM THE PROPER AGENCY, 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP PARKING' LOTS AND STREET CLEAN AT ALL TIMES BY SWEEPING. WASHING OF ANY TRAVELED SURFACE WILL NOT BE ALLOWED.' 12. ALL PARKINGNAND DRIVEWAY AREAS TO HAVE POSITIVE DRAINAGE TO COLLECTION / CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS SR OALLLNND SHEET DRAIN AREAS AT OME PERCENT MINIMUM SLOPE; PLAN DETAILS SMALL NOT SUPERSEDE THIS REQUIREMENT 13. OPEN-CUT .ROAD CROSSINGS FOR UTILITY TRENCHES ON EXISTING TRAVELED' ROADWAYS SHALL BE BAFILLED N ACCORDANCE WITH CITY F TUKWRA, DOar STANDARD PLAN 8 CK-11, ANID MECHANICALLY COMPACTED. CUTS INTO WS THE EXISTING ASPHALT SHALL NEAT -LINE CUT WITH SAW IN CONTINUOUS LINE. A TEMPORARY COLD MIX PATCH MUST. PLACED IMMEDIATELY AFTER BACKFILL AND COMPACTION A PERMANENT . HOT R PATCH SHALL BE RACED WITHIN DAYS H SHALL BE THE O THICKNESS OF THE ORIGINAL ASPHALT OR THREE (3) INCHES, WHICHEVER IS IS GREATER. 14. EXTRUDED CEMENT CONCRETE CURBS AROUND ASPHALT EDGES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER DETAIL. T.E 20 PERCENT ANNUAL, PERENNIAL, OR HYBRID RYE GRASS 40 PERCENT CREEPING RED FESCUE - 40 PERCENT WHITE CLOVER • S.0 POND: SLOPE'M BE TREATED PER T EROSION CONTROL SPECIFICATION WITH HYDROSEED MULCH PLASTIC. COVERY; 2'O HIGH BERM COMPACTED TO ":95%:I MAX, DRY DENSITY 5' SILT FENCE '',...„.. --_, - - ,,. _ .- "--.-'.- -- - --- ,,,_ __ ^_____,-____--,..,_ / _- "\__ -'-_ -- - -III = III = III =111= -111= = III =III I -III II M IN a " ?12FITREN C : I _- _ - - R TN.- B MAX SCALE CONTROL ROD 2 "x4" WOOD POST ALT: STEEL FENCE POSTS FILTER FABRIC MATERIAL 2'k2 "14 GA. WIRE FABRIC OR EQUIV. PROVIDE .75" - 1.5" WASHED GRAVEL BACKFILL IN TRENCH AND ON BOTH SIS CI LTEENCE FABR ON FI TH E SU ROUND 5011D COVER MARKER "D Al W LOCKING BOLTS. UNLESS OTHER APPROVED BYENGINEER FRAME AND LADDER OR STEPS OFFSET. SEE PLAN SHEET. FRAME & GRATE ELEVATION PER PLANS RIM =23.00 OVERFLOW ELEVATION TO PROVIDE DETENTION AND OIL SEPARATION EL =20.20 PIPE SUPPORT STD GALV. STEEL OR ALUMINUM LADDER STEPS CLEANOUT GATE ArSHFAR GAIL, IRON BODY BRONZE MTD, B) LLEEFT GGIATE, Y. STD. 0 CASCADE CULVERT INC. OR C) OTHER DEVICE APPROVED BY ENGINEER INVERT EL =17.20 REST T PLAE. -" W/ DRILLED OHI ICE EL= 15.20 DNA,= .11/16" NOT TO SCALE FILTER FABRIC MATERIAL 36" WIDE ROLLS. USE STAPLES OR WIRE RINGS TO AWN FABRIC TO WIRE. 2'k2"x14 GA. WIRE FABRIC OR EQUIV. OR EQUrALTPRNAiES I T D FENOE POSTS LT FENCE DETAIL NOTES: INVERT TYPE 11 -54" FLOW CONTROL MANHOLE Z r � O F m z 0 J O 0 Q z • Q z cc < w W U O . 2 1 Z Z W to C") O p Q • O'o O U • O co CO CO Z U • • CO O • 0 v c � • Q g o 6 O cc ' N o f U FILTER FABRIC FENCE INSTALLATION NOTES THE FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE PURCHASED IN A CONTINUOUS ROLL CUT TO THE LENGTH OF THE BARRIER TO AVOID USE OF JOINTS. WHEN JOINTS ARE NECESSARY, FILTER CLOTH SHALL BE SPLICED TOGETHER ONLY AT A SUPPORT POST, WITH A MINIMUM 6 -INCH OVERLAP, AND BOTH ENDS SECURELY FASTENED TO THE POST. 2. wax FABRIC FENCE SHALL BE INSTALLED TO FOLLOW THE CONTOURS (WHERE AND DRIVEN FEASIBLE), THE FENCE POSTS SHALL OE SPACED A MAXIMUM OF 6 FEET APART SECURELY INTO THE GROUND (MINIMUM OF 30 INCHES). 3. A TRENCH SHALL BE EXCAVATED, ROUGHLY 8 INCHES WIDE AND 12 INCHES DEEP, UPSLOPE AND ADJACENT TO THE WOOD POST TO ALLOW THE FILTER FABRIC TO BE BURIED. WHEN STANDARD STRENGTH FILTE FABRIC IS USED, A WIRE MESH SUPPORT FENCE SHALL ST FASTENED SECURELY TO TH E UIE WIRES 510E H THE POSTS USING HE HA DUTY WIRE STAPLES LEAST 1 INCH LONG. TIE WIRES OR HOG RINGS. THE WIRE SHALL EXTEND INTO THE TRENCH A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES AND SHALL NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 36 INCHES ABOVE THE ORIGINAL GROUND SURFACE. 5. THE STANDARD STRENGTH FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE STAPLED OR WIRED TO THE FENCE, AND 20 INCHES OF THE FABRIC SHALL BE EXTENDED INTO THE TRENCH. THE FABRIC SHALL NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 36 INCHES ABOVE THE ORIGINAL GROUND SURFACE. FILTER FABRIC •SHALL NOT. BE STAPLED TO, EXISTING TREES. 6 WHEN EXTRA STRENGTH FILTER FABRIC AND •CLOSE POST SPACING ARE USED, THE WIRE ',MESH SUPPORT FENCE MAY BE ELIMINATED. IN SUCH CASE, THE FILTER FABRIC IS ;STAPLED OR WIRED DIRECTLY TO THE POSTS WITH ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF STANDARD NOTE 5 APPLYING' 7. THE TRENCH SHALL RE. BACKFILLED WITH 3/4 -INCH MINIMUM DIAMETER WASHED GRAVEL. 8. FILTER FABRIC' FENCES. SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN THEY HAVE SERVED THEIR USEFUL PURPOSE, BUT NOT BEFORE THE UPSLOPE AREA HAS BEEN PERMANENTLY STABILIZED. 9, FILTER FABRIC FENCES SHALL BE INSPECTED IMMEDIATELY AFTER EACH RAINFALL AND AT LEAST DAILY DURING PROLONGED RAINFALL. ANY REQUIRED REPAIRS SHALL BE MADE IMMEDIATELY. 2" COMPACTED DEPTH CLASS 'B' A.C. PAVEMENT 4" CPACTED DEPTH CRUSHED - ROCK OM BASE. COURSE TYPICAL PAVING SECTION (ALTERNATIVE : ATB W /2" CIASG 'B' A.C. PAVEMENT) NOT TO SCALE (ALTERNATIVE 1) PIPE SIZES & SLOPES, SEE PLANS, 2) OUTLET CAPACITY NOT LESS THAN COMBINED LETS IN 3) METAL PARTS A) CORROSION RESISTANT OR GAL- VANIZED OR ALUMINIZED TYPE II, B) IF GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE, HAVE ASPHALT TREATMENT I. 4) FRAME At LADDER OR STEPS OFFSET S0: A) CLEANOUT GATE IS VISIBLE FROM TOP. B) CLIMBDOWN SPACE IS CLEAR OF RISER & CLEANOUT GATE, C) FRAME IS CLEAR OF CURB. 5) STRUCTURE SHALL BE A TYPE II CATCH BASIN MINIMUM. 6 DOWNTURNFD El BOW W/ RESTRICTOR PLAT E =19.40 ORIFICE DIA., /16" THIS SHEET FOR INFORMATION ONLY NOT PART OF THIS PERMIT 1 1� CATCH BASIN WITH CRATE FILTER FABRIC NoTE: \ 1) DO NOT PLACE FABRIC UNDER GRATE 2) APPLIES W/ SUBGRADE WORK. ONCE CRUSHED ROCK PLACEMNT GRATE E W/ FOR FINAL PAVING, E WRAP 3' APART MAX.) CRATE NT FABRIC MAKING WATER- TIGHT UNTIL FINAL ADJUSTMENT IS COMPLETE OR LESS ;We') ROCK FILTER OVER / FILTER FABRIC C.B. SILT FENCE DETAIL qvq32 2 1/2" SEDIMENT - CAT H BASIN- :. l ", SUMP W/ GRATE BURIED FILTER P'-- TYPICAL. FABRIC SECTION A-A ( SIDES) 10" PHALT 6" COMPACTED DEPTH CRUSHED ROCK BASE COURSE 2 1/2" HEAVY DUTY PAVING SECTION ISOMETRIC PLAN VIEW MIN. �( EXTRUDED CONCRETE CURB DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 3" COMPACTED D EPTH -- CLASS 'B' A.C, PAVEMENT 12" SUBGRADE COMPACTED TO 95% ATB W/3", CLASS B A.C. PAVEMENT) ___NOT NOT PERIMETER SEDIM SUMP. 2 "x2 "x4 "(MIN.) WOODEN STAKES, DRIVEN IN fO GROUND 18" (MIN.) IN DEPTH. (SLOPE= 2:1 6" MIN, APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION BY CITY ENGINEER DATE v "ar.9Tl0n PERIMETER INTERCEPTOR 5,CO200 • C • " ROC EC 6 ACOR DAMN PER DETAIL C AIMLE- N'4!.IaPLE- 5 ' AMAPLC 20' STORM SEWER EASEMENT 6 NPR (3)i3'm0PLE, MAPLE AAFIL ss. FLE -/ AND OUTLET PROTECTION TEMPORARY GRAVEL GONE STRUCTURE a • . L - y IF "mA1 5 0. 1 " =30' 60 120 EET SITE VICINITY MAP SCALE: 1" =2400' UTILITY CONFLICT NOTE! CAUTION! THE CO SHA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR Ter G THE RCN" OF ALL EXIS UTILITIES WHETHER SHOWN O N THESE PLANS R UTILITI AND SURVEY TH HO R120NTAL AND V ERTICAL LO CATION PR THIS S HALL INCLUDE CAL LING UTILITY LOCATE ® - 800 - 424 ALL O F THE E %ISTINC UTILITIES AT LOCATIONS OF NEW UTILIT VERIF WHETHER OR NOT CONFLICTS EXIST LOC ATIONS OF NRACTO SHA FULLY RE SPONSIBLE OR OBTAINING M ITS FROM HE WCOASHTINGTON R STATLL BE E V O E MNU 2 NT .OF NATURAL F RESOURCES FOR PER R ANTD' REPLACING ACTIVITY, ALL SURVEY AC 332-120. APPLICATIONS MT IONS MUST BE COMPLETED BY CONSTRUCTION M Y A MA AN RE G IS S TE D PURSUANT LAND FR WAC OC 3 APPLICATIONS S C. T AP PE R IT ST MO L MON E REGISTERED OBTAINED LAND O THE WASHINGTON FOR PERMITS EN OF TO OF NAT URAL RESOURCES, MONUMENTS MAY U OR FROM BY CONTACTING T T THEIR OFFICE STATE DEPARTMENT NATURAL OR gHIR FFICE BY TELEPHONE AT (206) 902 -1190. WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES PUBLIC LAND SURVEY OFFICE 1111 WASHINGTON STREET S.E. P.O. BOX WASHINGTON 98504 -7060 UPON COMPLETION OF CONUCTIO N, ALL MNMNTS DISPLACED, EMOV O DESTROYED SHALL OF THE CONTRACTOR, BY A REGIST E LAND SURVEYOR, R AT THE ED, COS T AND AT THE DATE EC FORMS FOR REPLACEMENT OF ORE EPLACPLTEMEOT, PURSUANT MENT OF SAD MO N THESE REGULATIONS. SHALL ALSO TBE APPROPRIATE FORMS ALSO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. SOUTHC ENTER MALL TEMPORARY 15x50' CON3TAUCTION E " • CE PER DETAIC$HEETZ`,1T LEGEND: EXISTING TYPE II CATCH BASIN EXISTING TYPE I CATCH BASIN EXISTING STORM DRAINAGE LINE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER UNE EXISTING WATERMAIN EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT EXISTING WATER VALVE EXISTING SPOT ELEVATIONS TEMPORARY SILT. FENCE TEMPORARY INRCEPTOR DITCHES WITH ROCK CTEHECK DAMS CB PROTECTION ETHAN ALLEN T.E.S.C. PLAN WELD ALL AROUND IE =38.0 OVERFLOW ELEV. = 40,0 NOT TO SCALE PUN CONE. PAD c - 2,200ETEDDS 18 "mCTR r- - "n;Ofli'fRGUS 24" 0 CMP PERE. STANDPIPE 1"0,IYP.AT10 "0 -c 10 PER ROW TOTA 40 PERE, 2 " -4 WASHED ROCK GRAVEL CONE SILT FENCE BAFFLE I I 1EASMENT 0' WIDE SANITARY SEWER \ EASMENT POND BOTTOM, MIN, 2" DEAD STORAGE FOR FE NATION SEDIMENTATION TRAP TEMPORARY SEDIMENT POND OUTLET CONTROL STRUCTURE IDE US UTILITY EASEMENT ii f TONY ROMA'S it II' �rQ iI l V I I% I r ;' � I ; I 1� r EASEMENT .FOR UG WATERLINE °' 1 _'LL11'LL11-:L:11 l i ETHAN ALLEN BUILDING VERTICAL DATUM NGVD -29 SURVEYOR: BAROFIAUSEN CONSULTING ENGINEERS 18215 72ND AVENUE SOUTH KENT, WA 98032 (425) 251 -6222 EARTHWORK OUANITIES: CUT: 50 C.Y. FILL: 11,000 C.Y. PROJECT BENCHMARK TOP OF MBLVD. ONUMENT AND CA AND SE O R . RIM AT INTERSECTION WEST OF BENCHMARK VE .. BARK FB CITY OF TUKWIL MEAN SEA LEVEL PARCEL B: CALL BEFORE YOU DIG: 1- 800 - 424 -5555 APPROVED FOR CONS7RUC77ON BY DATE CITY ENGINEER h 1 ' I 1::: � LEGAL DESCRIPTION it oe,,rea nCca�o r ee ompan THAT PORTION OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 2fi, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, WILLAMETTE MERIDIAN, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID SUBDIVISION; THENCE NORTH 00'50'36" EAST ALONG THE EAST. LINE OF •SAID SUBDIVISION, A DISTANCE OF 819,00 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE CONTINUING NORTH 00'50'36° EAST A DISTANCE OF 495.67 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SAID SUBDIVISION; THENCE SOUTH 87'55'53" EAST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SUBDIVISION ,0 A DISTANCE OF 373.22 FEET TO A POINT THAT BEARS NORTH 87'5553 WEST GTry OF 286.00 FEET HE CENTERLINE OF SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY; THENCE SOUTH H DFH 01'41'39" WEST 54.76 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 04'34'26" EAST 50.16 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 12'28'30 EAST 33.38 FEET TO THE CENTERLINE OF NF.Hm1'G210 A RAILROAD EASEMENT DESCRIBED IN INSTRUMENT RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 7711090221; THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID CENTERLINE A CU THE LEFT, THE RCN WHICH EE 4T01'1 Y EAST HAVING NG RFD OF 410,28 FEET DISTANCE AN ARC DISTANAI OF 1. THROUGH OF 5° FEET THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE E A 47' OF 4'A THENCE SOUTH 0019'15 WEST ALONG SAID CENTERLINE A DISTANCE OF 03 20 FEET TO A POINT NAT BEARS NORTH 85'08'34" WEST T A A DISTANCE OF 255.03 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; EXCEPT THE EASTERLY 11 FEET THEREOF LYING WITHIN SAID RAILROAD EASEMENT RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 7711090221: (ALSO KNOWN AS A PORTION OF PARCEL B, CITY OF T KWILA'BOUNDARY LINE ADJUSTMENT NO. 89 -10 -BU RECORDED UNDER RECOR INO NUMBER 8912270422); TOGETHER WITH EASEMENTS FOR INGRESS AND EGRESS AS ESTABLISHED IN SAID BOUNDARY UNE ADJUSTMENT RECORDED 'UNDER RECOR NG NUMBER' 8912270422 AND RESERVED IN STATUTORY WARRANTY DEED RECORDED U DER RECORDING NUMBER 8912290859 AND AS MODIFIED BY AMENDMENT RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NUMBER 9507210283., O co N G`) SD r-) 0 i n c A L `s 2 A tD 0 A THIS SHEET FOR INFORMATION ONLY NOT PART OF THIS PERMIT O 0 25,9 2 S.F. EXI ING AM RICA' BEST 4,000 S.F.', EXISTING 5 200 S.F. E STING ENAN 8 000 S.F. ETBACK EASEMEN 11,200 S.F. EXISTING NOTE: EXTERIOR LIGHTING: UNDER CANOPY, REF 2/A3.4 NEW STRIPING WN�Ks�•9P•G� �® % ��rr% . %j LO A ED H - DI ' 4 P = NG SP•C lAtt. � / �,I TRANSITION TO EXISTING — � ''SIDEWALK BY'CONTRACTOR ;�® 1 3.-0 TRANSITION TO EXISTING SIDEWALK. BY CONTRACTOR EXIST ACCESSIBLE - ATI4 EXISTI SITE NO WORK T iS PERMIT NOTE: ' . i - PARKWA LOCATED WE T OF PARKING LOT. ZA NyBr �Ein +� 12,106 S. EXISTINI 1 LADING UtIFSE GART sports 40,000 S.F. EXISTING ( NOTE: REPLACE' EXISTING PAVING REMOVED FOR CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO RESTORE PROPER DRAINAGE I00' -0'+/-0 LEv. IOF WALLPAPER O GO 3 000 S.F. EXISTING ERGMANS LUGGAGE _ 4 000 S.F. EXISTING \ \ a TENANT 3 S.F. SLOPE Ne LOADING Doc.: 6' CONC.,PAD REF:, STRUCTURAL \— SETBACK EASEMENT SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" =30 12' -0' o RETAINING WALL. 4 HANDRAIL; AS REQ'D BY CODE. RE: T /A -II MAINTAIN MIN. 10' -0' FLAT 4R A WITH I /8' SLOPE TO TRENCH DRAIN. REAR OF TRAILERS TO MEET FLUSHIWITH DOCK BUMPERS AND SEALS., 96' -0 ELEV. N® O PARTIAL PLAN - LOADING DOCK SCALE: 1/8.- P.O. LIMITS OF PAD PROPERTY LINE TYPE 'B' BOLLARDS -TYP. AS REQ'D BY SITE CONDITIONS RE: -I NOTE: FOR CONTINUATION, SC=E CIVIL PLANE. TRENCH DRAIN AT A 3% MIN. AS REQ'D BY CITY. CONNECT DIRECTLY TO SEWER T FIRE SPRINKLER SANITARY SEWER ELECTRICAL COMPACTOR PAD 40' x 10' x 6' CONC. Pop WITH4 X- -W2.9XW2.9 WLUM MIN 1316.77' OVER S GRANULATED FILL, VERIFY W/STRJCT. ®® NEW STRIPING CONTROL JOINT PATTERN, TYP. PARKING TO REMAIN GENERAL LIMITS OF NEW A.C. Ne O GALE: I /8 ' = 1' -0" N 01 GENERAL, NOTES: I. THIS SITE PLAN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. THE SHOPPING CENTER, PAVING, PARKING, DRIVEWAYS, LIGHTING 4 UTILITIES ARE FULLY DEVELOPED. 2. RELOCATED HANDICAP PARKING SPACE ® PER U.B.C. WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENT SECTION II01.1.6, 3. DEMOLITION, UTILITY MODIFICATIONS AND PAD DEVELOPMENT ARE BY LANDLORD UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. SEE SEPA PERMIT APPLICATION .85 -0026 DATED 5- 15 -55. 4. THIS SITE PLAN IS BEST BUY'S MINIMUM DESIGN CRITERIA FOR SITE ACCESS, PARKING LAYOUT AND LIGHTING. SITE SPECIFIC CONDITIONS AND BEST BUY SPECIFICATIONS ARE ALSO CRITERIA ALONG WITH THIS PLAN, 5. SHADED AREA INDICATES LIMIT OF WORK ALKS FILE COPY, pq TYPE 'B' BOLLARDS -TYP. AS REQ'D BY SITE CONDITIONS Aft A WEIRTIMI pOi1n ® N u - /4' S�I iwl IMI \ 1. I'r" 51 MO REVISION NO, 2. UCTI t00 =4' CONC.; E BY CONTRACTOR STRIPING TO CONNECT TO TING CONC. ACCESSIBLE LINE EXIS TO NEW CUR ING CURB / T 0.. MAIN, c k l� 4 Ai EXISTING CURB TO BE N 6 +/- EX ''EXISTING P A.C. ELEV. OUTLINE MODI MOPI NOTE: FIELD VERIFY A.C. ELEVATIONS, ADJUST IF NECESSARY TO MEET ACCESSIBILITY NEEDS OF ENTRY. L 11111rEleM 1 /XISTINA CURBS AND WALKS TO REMAIN A I I I , P 3 V q 1r/ LJ2 • kd • CONSTRUCTION SET 3/9/00 rev, date ® 17.22.99 city resubmittal LS 2,4.00 etty !alum #1 A ad� #2 ® addendum #3 ®ULa.#4 ® ad Z d S end p um #5 ® addendum #6 ®7900 construction ® city iesubmittal SCALE: AS NOTED ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN SQ. FT. CALCS "TA' 062 SF om 5,670 SF 1,152 SF "'4 5,884 SF CONCEFF C4.5 -45 CONCEPT DA'I'S: 09.01.99 EST. FIXTURINO DATE: EST. 0,0. DATE: w I- 3 rt N 3 AS -1